Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 2021.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Toast, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7389   45-4168768
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

401 Park Drive, Suite 801

Boston, MA 02215

Tel: (617) 297-1005

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Christopher P. Comparato

Chief Executive Officer

401 Park Drive, Suite 801

Boston, MA 02215

(617) 297-1005

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Mark T. Bettencourt, Esq.
Gregg L. Katz, Esq.
Andrew R. Pusar, Esq.
Goodwin Procter LLP
100 Northern Avenue
Boston, MA 02210
(617) 570-1000
  Brian R. Elworthy, Esq.
General Counsel
Toast, Inc.
401 Park Drive, Suite 801
Boston, MA 02215
(617) 297-1005
 

John L. Savva, Esq.
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
1870 Embarcadero Road

Palo Alto, CA 94303

(650) 461-5600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  

Proposed
Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

  

Amount of

Registration Fee

Class A common stock, par value $0.000001 per share

   $100,000,000    $10,910.00

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated    , 2021.

Shares

 

LOGO

Toast, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Toast, Inc. All of the                shares of our Class A common stock are being sold by us.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $                and $                . We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TOST.”

Following this offering, we will have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting, conversion and transfer rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes and is convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. All shares of our capital stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, including all shares held by our executive officers, employees and directors, and their respective affiliates, will be reclassified into shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 27 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount(1)

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to Toast, Inc.

   $                    $                

 

(1)

See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                shares from Toast, Inc. at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock against payment in New York, New York on                , 2021.

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC    Morgan Stanley    J.P. Morgan
KeyBanc Capital Markets    William Blair    Piper Sandler
Canaccord Genuity    Needham & Company    R. Seelaus & Co., LLC

 

 

Prospectus dated                , 2021.


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus

 

     Page  

A Letter from our Founders

     i  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     27  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     80  

Market and Industry Data

     82  

Use of Proceeds

     84  

Dividend Policy

     85  

Capitalization

     86  

Dilution

     89  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     92  

Business

     132  

Management

     170  

Executive Compensation

     179  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     190  

Principal Stockholders

     194  

Description of Capital Stock

     198  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     207  

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     212  

Underwriting

     216  

Validity of Class A Common Stock

     225  

Experts

     225  

Additional Information

     225  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any other information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we nor any of the underwriters take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since such date.

For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock, and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

A LETTER FROM OUR FOUNDERS

Running a restaurant is tough. It takes guts and determination to be in this business. It takes a love of the rush, a commitment to the any-time shift, and a knack for making magic from the chaos of a dinner service.

We started Toast to make restaurant work a little easier. Back in 2011, we hoped to take our passion for small business and build a technology platform for an industry that wasn’t benefiting from the digital innovation other industries were experiencing.

Toast started as a simple idea conceived in a local restaurant over a shared meal: how do we build a mobile app that can streamline the payment experience at restaurants? We had seen the untapped potential for mobile payments to transform businesses, and we noticed how hard the owners of our favorite local spots were working to make up for the shortcomings of their existing technology.

Our first attempt at solving this problem failed miserably. It was too difficult to integrate with legacy systems, and we didn’t understand the immense challenges of running a restaurant. So we went door-to-door, listening to restaurant operators. Rocco, the owner of a popular downtown pizza place, explained how he worked from the back office until 1 a.m. every night running the day’s reports on a clunky point of sale system, because he couldn’t access the information from home. Chris, the new owner of a small cafe franchise, told us he signed up with more than ten different technology providers and was constantly stuck on the phone trying to get the systems to work together.

Working closely with owners, operators, and staff, we quickly learned how dissatisfied the restaurant industry was with existing on-premise point of sale systems and the vast ecosystem of disconnected point solutions. We realized the reason restaurants couldn’t innovate was because of the limitations of their technology and the lack of a true partner who understood them.

A Complex Industry Lacking a Technology Leader

We set out to change this dynamic with the same unrelenting enthusiasm it takes to start a restaurant. Our vision was to build a highly scalable, end-to-end, cloud-based restaurant management platform that would improve the odds of success for the hard-working people who fuel this community.

Along the way, we discovered the restaurant industry was lacking a true technology leader. Despite how large the industry is, restaurants often lag behind other industries in transitioning to modern, cloud-based platforms. Even today, many of our favorite restaurants run on a combination of legacy on-premise technology, commodity payment processors, phoned-in takeout orders, and a stack of paper invoices. And it’s not just technology that’s been slow to change: structural industry challenges like perpetually low profit margins, higher than average failure rates, and high employee turnover make running a restaurant even harder.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we’ve seen a big shift in dining behavior and an acceleration in technology adoption. Many restaurant operators have rebuilt their businesses to meet new guest expectations for ordering online, contactless payments, and digital hospitality. Through new Toast product offerings like contactless Order & Pay for indoor dining, curbside notifications for takeout, and flat-fee delivery via Toast Delivery Services, we’ve supported our customers through this transition.

But while this rapid shift toward technology has helped restaurants rebuild, the COVID-19 pandemic has worsened systemic challenges in the industry. The restaurant industry is faced with the task of rebuilding local communities as sources for positive change amidst massive social upheaval and providing a working environment that is fair, equitable, and welcoming to all. Restaurants should be

 

i


Table of Contents

able to earn a fair profit without high fees or commissions. They should have access to great technology, support, and financial services for a fair price. Restaurant workers should earn a living wage. We believe fundamental change and ongoing innovation is needed throughout the next decade and beyond, and there’s a lot of work to be done.

A Platform Built for Restaurants

We’ve been committed to this vision for nearly a decade. Our restaurant-specific platform is fully integrated across point of sale, operations, digital ordering and delivery, marketing and loyalty, team management, financial technology solutions, and platform services to provide restaurant operators everything they need to run their businesses successfully. In short, we’re democratizing technology so that restaurants of all sizes can compete on an even playing field.

As a company that serves such a large and multi-faceted industry, we’re determined to deliver world-class experiences for all stakeholders in the restaurant community, including operators, guests, employees, and suppliers. Our vision to connect an entire industry contributes to an important point of differentiation for Toast: our platform is exclusively focused on the restaurant industry, built by a team that has experience working within this community.

Since the beginning, we’ve hired from restaurants. Many of our first employees were former servers, bartenders, kitchen staff, and even general managers. In fact, approximately two-thirds of our employees have worked in restaurants. As a result, we’ve developed deep empathy and understanding for our customers that informs how we build solutions to serve their needs.

Our strength can also be found in our unrivaled commitment to the success of the approximately 48,000 restaurant locations using our platform. We believe we provide a level of service and support that sets the standard in our industry and that has built our brand and reputation as a partner, advocate, and invaluable resource for the restaurant community.

Our Commitment to Customer Success

This is only the beginning of our journey. Our goal to become the platform of choice for restaurants all over the world is broad and could take us in many directions. To build a leading technology company, we’ll invest in the long-term drivers of the restaurant industry. We’ll invest ahead to help the industry thrive while taking a highly analytical approach to how we allocate capital.

To capture our market opportunity, we use three principles to guide us.

 

   

We serve our customers with hospitality and obsess over their success.

 

   

We’re determined to build a remarkable platform, provide unique insights and education, offer a knowledgeable and available support team, and invest in local communities through initiatives like Toast.org.

 

   

We relentlessly pursue innovation for an underserved industry.

 

   

We strive to improve our reliability, functionality, usability, and affordability. To us, innovation means placing many bets, some of which will fail, and taking bold action that will drive customer value, market share, and investor returns over the long-term.

 

   

We build a world-class team driven by mission and values.

 

   

We believe the strength of a company’s mission and values correlates with company success. That’s why we invest in top talent who constantly set the bar for innovation and

 

ii


Table of Contents
 

customer support, who are driven with purpose, and who expand our values that are centered around humility, hospitality, and inclusivity.

With these principles guiding us, we believe we’re uniquely positioned to help restaurants of all sizes navigate the new challenges and emerge as healthier and more successful businesses.

We’re excited about this milestone and the journey ahead. We thank our customers, who have guided, educated, and trusted us, and we look forward to our ongoing partnership. We thank our employees, who put the restaurant community first and live our values every day. And we thank our investors for believing the future of restaurants is bright and knowing we’ll honor our mission to empower the restaurant community to delight their guests, do what they love, and thrive.

Thank you,

Aman Narang, Steve Fredette, and Jonathan Grimm

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “Toast,” the “company,” “we,” “our,” “us,” or similar terms refer to Toast, Inc.

Our Mission

Our mission is to empower the restaurant community to delight their guests, do what they love, and thrive.

Overview

Toast is a cloud-based, end-to-end technology platform purpose-built for the entire restaurant community. Our platform provides a comprehensive suite of software as a service, or SaaS, products, financial technology solutions including integrated payment processing, restaurant-grade hardware, and a broad ecosystem of third-party partners. We serve as the restaurant operating system, connecting front of house and back of house operations across dine-in, takeout, and delivery channels. As of June 30, 2021, approximately 48,000 restaurant locations across approximately 29,000 customers, processing over $38 billion of gross payment volume in the trailing 12 months, partnered with Toast to optimize operations, increase sales, engage guests, and maintain happy employees.

The restaurant industry is one of the largest, most complex, and most competitive markets in the world, with an estimated 22 million restaurant locations globally generating greater than $2.6 trillion in annual sales in 2021.1 However, restaurants have lagged in technology adoption. Many restaurants still employ manual processes for critical tasks such as placing guest orders, coordinating kitchen operations, and managing employees. When technology is used, restaurants have historically relied on legacy systems and narrow point solutions that are not flexible, scalable, integrated, or built specifically for restaurants. These products often fail to meet evolving guest needs, which have continued to shift towards digital channels, and can be prohibitively expensive and complex for businesses with limited or no dedicated information technology staff. In addition, key data needed to optimize operations is often siloed, making it difficult to gain valuable insights.

We started Toast to address these pain points for restaurants. Since our founding, we have translated our love for restaurants into a commitment to innovation and digital transformation for the industry. Our success as a business is tightly aligned to the success of our customers. Our field-based sales team fosters relationships and generates deep local insights in their communities. In addition, our ongoing customer success efforts focus on meeting restaurants’ evolving needs through a combination of tailored onboarding, customer support, and intuitive product design.

By enabling these capabilities through a single, integrated platform, Toast improves experiences across the restaurant ecosystem:

 

   

Restaurant operators. We arm restaurants with a wide range of products and capabilities to address their specific needs regardless of size, location, or business model. As a result, restaurants using Toast often see higher sales and greater operational efficiency.

 

1

Euromonitor International Limited. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”


 

1


Table of Contents
   

Guests. We are laser focused on helping our customers deliver memorable guest experiences at scale. Guests can place orders easily, safely, and accurately across web, mobile, and in-person channels for dine-in, takeout, or delivery. In addition, our platform empowers restaurants to utilize their guest data to deliver targeted and personalized experiences with loyalty programs and marketing solutions. In June 2021, we saw an average of over 5.5 million guest orders per day on our platform.

 

   

Employees. Our easy-to-learn and easy-to-use technology improves the experience of up to 500,000 daily active restaurant employees across Toast customers. Employees are core to delivering great hospitality, and it is critical for restaurants to engage and retain employees in an increasingly competitive labor market. Our products enable new employees to learn quickly through guided workflows, facilitate faster table turns and safer, streamlined operations, and provide greater transparency around, and timely access to, employees’ wages.

The benefits to all stakeholders using the Toast platform create a powerful, virtuous cycle that amplifies our impact on restaurants. Guest satisfaction generates loyalty to restaurants, driving repeat sales, word-of-mouth referrals, and larger checks and tips. This promotes employee satisfaction, helping reduce turnover and motivating employees to continue to raise the bar on the guest experience. In addition, our integrated software and payments platform consolidates data on restaurant sales and operations, which enables our reporting and analytics as well as financial technology solutions, such as working capital loans, to further support our customers’ success.

We believe we are in the early stages of capturing our addressable market opportunity. Although we are a leading platform serving the restaurant industry,2 as of June 30, 2021, the locations on our platform represented only about 6% of the approximately 860,000 restaurant locations in the United States.3 Similarly, our Annualized Recurring Run-Rate, or ARR, as of June 30, 2021 was only about 3% of our near-term serviceable market opportunity of approximately $15 billion. We see a significant opportunity to increase sales to both new and existing customers, further expand the usage of our platform outside the United States, and address the diverse needs of new and existing restaurant industry stakeholders.

We have grown rapidly since our founding. As of June 30, 2021, we had 47,942 locations on our platform, increasing from 33,129 and 19,891 locations as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our gross payment volume, or GPV, grew 17% year-over-year from $21.8 billion in the year ended December 31, 2019 to $25.4 billion in the year ended December 31, 2020, and grew 125% period-over-period from $10.4 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $23.4 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2021. We generate revenue through four main revenue streams: subscription services, financial technology solutions, hardware, and professional services. Our revenue grew 24% year-over-year from $665 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 to $823 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 and 105% period-over-period from $344 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $704 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021. Our ARR grew 77% year-over-year from $184 million as of December 31, 2019 to $326 million as of December 31, 2020 and 118% period-over-period from $227 million as of June 30, 2020 to $494 million as of June 30, 2021. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, we incurred net losses of $209 million and $248 million, respectively, and generated Adjusted EBITDA of $(172) million and $(94) million, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we incurred net losses of $125 million and

 

2

Toast is a leading platform serving the restaurant industry based on industry survey reports, such as G2’s Grid Reports for Fall 2020, Winter 2021, and Spring 2021. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

3

IBISWorld. Estimated 2021 U.S. restaurant locations includes single location full-service restaurants, fast food restaurants, chain restaurants, coffee shops, bars & nightclubs, and caterers, and excludes food service contractors and street vendors. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”


 

2


Table of Contents

$235 million, respectively, and generated Adjusted EBITDA of $(86) million and $14 million, respectively. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information on our key business metrics and our non-GAAP financial measures.

These results are driven by our distinctive team of over 2,200 Toasters who are passionate about our customers and driven with purpose. Approximately two-thirds of Toasters have worked in the restaurant industry previously, enabling us to embrace a hospitality mindset and deeply understand our customers’ challenges. Our founder-led, mission-driven management team and talented employee base are committed to empowering those that power our industry and serve our local communities.

Our Industry

The restaurant industry is the one of the largest employers in the United States, with an estimate of more than 11 million people4 employed across approximately 860,000 restaurant locations in 2021.5 According to the National Restaurant Association, the restaurant industry’s share of the dollars spent on food was over 50% in 2019. U.S. restaurants generated nearly $700 billion in sales in 2020,6 despite the significant impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, representing approximately 3% of U.S. gross domestic product, or GDP.7 Restaurant sales are expected to grow to more than $1.1 trillion by 2024.8

The approximately 860,000 restaurant locations in the United States are highly diverse, in everything from location to type of cuisine and format to number of employees and amount of revenue. Regardless of these differences, operating a restaurant is challenging and complex. In general, restaurants operate with low margins, high employee turnover, highly perishable products, and complex regulations. At the same time, the restaurant industry, like many other sectors, is undergoing foundational changes driven by changing guest preferences and the imperative to utilize technology and data to innovate. What was once primarily an on-site experience with antiquated solutions such as pen and paper is now becoming an omnichannel experience that employs technology to enable dining in a restaurant, picking up curbside, or ordering delivery.

Consumer preference towards omnichannel dining options has further accelerated due to the COVID-19 pandemic. According to the National Restaurant Association, in 2020, 53% of adults said that purchasing food for takeout or delivery is essential to the way they live, up from 29% a decade earlier. They also found that approximately 70% of restaurant operators across service categories plan to keep some of the changes that they made to their restaurant as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, even after the pandemic has subsided. In addition to the shift in how guests are interacting with restaurants, there has been a transformation in how guests purchase their food. Credit cards, mobile wallets, and other forms of digital payment solutions have increased in popularity among guests, who are continually seeking more efficient and seamless experiences. As the diversity of how guests order, where guests eat, and the means guests use to pay continues to grow, restaurants must constantly adapt to support these trends.

 

4

U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, Industries at a Glance, Food Services and Drinking Places, Workforce Statistics. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

5

IBISWorld. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

6

National Restaurant Association, 2021 State of the Restaurant Industry, January 2021 (“National Restaurant Association”). See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

7

U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis, “Gross Domestic Product (Third Estimate), GDP By Industry, and Corporate Profits, Fourth Quarter and Year 2020,” news release (March 25, 2021). See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

8

The Freedonia Group, a division of MarketResearch.com, Restaurants & Foodservice: United States, February 2020 (“Freedonia Group”). See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”


 

3


Table of Contents

While the demand for technology adoption in restaurants has increased over recent years, the industry is still considered a laggard with one of the lowest levels of digitization across all sectors.9 Restaurants in the United States spent an estimated $25 billion on technology in 2019, which was less than 3% of their total sales.10 We expect the spend on technology to increase to $55 billion by 2024, closing the gap with other industries whose median technology spend as a percent of sales is approximately 5%.11

Though technology has become a necessity to address the challenges facing restaurants today, it can also create further complexities. Many restaurants have adopted a complex web of disparate point solutions, each of which is meant to address narrow use cases. As a result of this fragmentation, restaurants are unable to fully realize the power of technology and their data. According to Hospitality Technology’s 2020 annual restaurant technology study, the top challenge facing technology teams, cited by 39% of respondents, was feeling held back by legacy hardware and software systems. In addition, 59% of respondents said that they plan to reduce the number of disparate technology systems to achieve their strategic objectives.

What it Takes to Thrive

 

LOGO

 

9

McKinsey Global Institute, Digital America: A Tale of the Haves and Have-Mores, December 2015. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

10

Hospitality Technology, 2020 Restaurant Technology Study, March 2020 (“Hospitality Technology”); Freedonia Group. $25 billion in restaurant spend on technology in 2019 is estimated by taking 2.7%, which is the average technology budget of restaurants as a percentage of revenue in 2019, and multiplying by $935 billion, which is the gross merchandise value of the U.S. restaurant and foodservice industry in 2019. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

11

Flexera, 2021 State of Tech Spend Report (January 2021) © 2021 Flexera. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”


 

4


Table of Contents

Restaurants are complex businesses. In order to thrive, restaurants must continually improve operational efficiency; deliver omnichannel experiences; personalize the guest experience; recruit, train, and retain talent; collect and leverage valuable data; and gain increased access to financial services.

 

   

Improve Operational Efficiency. Restaurants face a number of operational challenges, including high costs, hiring and training staff, attracting and retaining guests, and optimizing speed and efficiency, resulting in typical operating margins of 4-5%.12

A restaurant’s operations are made up of a number of distinct, complex processes that must work in unison for a restaurant to run efficiently. As the return on investment of technology products becomes increasingly apparent, more restaurants have turned to industry-specific software products to improve their operations. While these point solutions solve specific use cases, restaurants are left with a new problem: large inefficiencies from not having an integrated platform that connects all areas of the restaurant.

 

   

Deliver Omnichannel Experiences. Euromonitor projects that, in 2021, 40% of food service revenue in the United States will be from dine-in, 51% will be from takeout and drive-through, and 9% will be from home delivery.

With the proliferation of mobile devices, ordering platforms, and other new technologies, the number and variety of touchpoints between restaurants and guests continues to increase. Restaurants must take advantage of these additional touchpoints with guests to provide a seamless omnichannel experience that is economically sustainable over time.

 

   

Personalize the Guest Experience. According to a study conducted by Harvard Business Review, when an emotional connection exists between restaurants and their guests, guest value can increase as much as 27%.

Great restaurant experiences are rooted in providing memorable services to guests that exceed their expectations. Empowered by data and insights into guest preferences, restaurants can utilize technology to provide a more personal guest experience across all channels.

 

   

Recruit, Train, and Retain Talent. 51% of restaurant operators named hiring staff as a top challenge, according to our research.13

Employees are key to the guest experience. However, they often work long and intense hours, and restaurants struggle with high turnover. Employees can face high variability in the amount and timing of pay, and the focus on guest satisfaction can come at the expense of employee happiness. Similar to guest expectations, employee expectations have evolved. Employees now focus on flexible pay, access to benefits, and improved working conditions.

 

   

Collect and Leverage Valuable Data. According to a Boston Consulting Group study, data and analytics programs across top restaurants yield a 5-10% increase in revenue, a 10-15% reduction in store-level operating costs, and a 10-20% improvement in earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, or EBITDA.

Coupling a comprehensive technology platform with integrated payment processing provides a unified view of data across the mission-critical aspects of a restaurant’s operations, such as order details, credit card processing, accounts payable, guest insights, and employee timesheets, which can unlock powerful insights for the restaurant operator. For example, data can be used to help set menu prices, identify best-selling items, better understand guest preferences and employee effectiveness, implement and track effectiveness of new initiatives, and bring awareness to competitive advantages or areas of weakness compared to peers.

 

12

IBISWorld. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

13

Toast, Inc., 2019 Restaurant Success Report.


 

5


Table of Contents
   

Gain Increased Access to Financial Services. According to an April 2020 survey conducted by PYMNTS, “Main Street” small- and medium-sized businesses had an average of only 24 days of cash buffer in reserve.

Restaurants often operate with thin margins, resulting in a need for increased and expedited access to capital. The fundamental business model of a restaurant deals with perishable goods subject to ever-changing seasonal and consumer trends. Historically, restaurants have had limited access to financial services, such as purchase financing, short-term working capital, and long-term banking solutions. As omnichannel ordering becomes increasingly prevalent and guests continue to shift away from paying in cash, restaurants will benefit from fully-integrated software and payments products that can simplify and streamline access to their revenue and improve the availability of capital through underwriting algorithms that are tailored to restaurants’ financial needs.

Limitations of Existing Restaurant Technologies

Existing legacy and point technologies face a number of critical limitations:

 

   

Inflexible and difficult to scale. Many existing technologies have a large upfront cost and are not cloud-based, making them rigid and difficult to use and update. This lack of flexibility adds to the challenge of operating in dynamic environments, resulting in limited reliability, scalability, and extensibility.

 

   

Lacking end-to-end capabilities. Point offerings address specific use cases and may not integrate seamlessly with other applications or systems, which can create operational and data silos.

 

   

Not purpose-built for restaurants. Many existing offerings are industry-agnostic and lack the specific capabilities required by restaurant operators, such as menu configuration, guest customization and modifications, ingredient inputs, timing of orders, labor compliance, digital ordering, and complex course handling.

 

   

Lacking data-driven insights. With limited integration across different systems and applications used to manage their operations, restaurants struggle to reliably collect quality data or cross-reference data from multiple sources. As a result, they cannot easily or effectively analyze, synthesize, and leverage the data necessary to drive meaningful insights on guests and operations to improve performance.

 

   

Poor onboarding and costly customer support. Many technology vendors do not consistently offer omnichannel, tailored support from restaurant experts that customers need given the fast-paced environment in which they operate. Furthermore, vendors are often more focused on their largest customers, and smaller restaurants with more limited resources often fail to get the support they need.


 

6


Table of Contents

Our Platform

 

LOGO

Our platform is purpose-built to drive success for the entire restaurant community. We provide our customers with a single platform that gives them the tools and features they need to run their business across point of sale, or POS, restaurant operations, digital ordering and delivery, marketing and loyalty, and team management. This suite of software and hardware products is integrated with our financial technology solutions, which includes payment processing and other products such as those provided by Toast Capital. In addition, we provide platform services that include reporting and analytics and e-commerce capabilities for restaurants to access additional products in a self-service manner, as well as the Toast application programming interface, or API, and partner ecosystem, allowing our customers to seamlessly connect with other technology vendors.


 

7


Table of Contents

Better Together: The Toast Ecosystem

 

LOGO

Our platform benefits from powerful network effects, which we often highlight with the term “better together”. We believe this mantra manifests in the following ways, each driving the success of our stakeholders and, in turn, the Toast platform:

 

   

Our fully-integrated, end-to-end platform offers unique advantages. Rather than simply stringing together multiple point solutions, we integrate these products into a single platform. This tightly integrated platform has positive network effects for our customers. For example, a customer that purchases Toast Go handheld hardware may not only see faster table turns, improved sales, and greater tip volume for employees, but can also capture real-time guest feedback and gather email contacts through the adoption of digital receipts. These insights can then power guest marketing solutions that drive repeat sales and guest referrals.

 

   

We benefit the entire restaurant ecosystem. The benefits of Toast to each stakeholder in the restaurant ecosystem bolsters the success of all. The result is a virtuous cycle between restaurants and their stakeholders. Higher spend from happier guests is correlated with higher wages for employees, which in tandem with the wage and benefits access enabled by our products, drives happier employees, lower turnover, improved quality of service, and enhanced operational efficiency.

 

   

We grow as our customers grow. The success and engagement of the restaurants and communities we support lie at the heart of our business model. As restaurants become more successful, driving repeat guest visits and improved employee retention, we benefit from the growth in GPV and increased adoption of our products.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the key ingredients to building a leading platform for the restaurant industry and driving our continued expansion in reach and impact within the restaurant ecosystem are the following:

 

   

Product depth and breadth. We founded Toast on the belief that restaurants are best served by a single platform that is purpose-built for the distinct demands of operating a restaurant.

 


 

8


Table of Contents
   

Culture of continuous innovation. We have a hunger for innovation and a long-standing track record of product launches that address continuously evolving restaurant needs. Our product roadmap is informed by our conversations with the restaurant community about their needs as well as by the visibility we have into the broader restaurant technology ecosystem through our data and third-party integrations.

 

   

Differentiated go-to-market strategy. We pair in-market sales teams that are closely aligned with their local restaurant community with an extensive thought leadership and content program that has powered Toast’s rapid growth in brand awareness and built Toast’s brand as an advocate and invaluable resource for the restaurant industry.

 

   

Unwavering commitment to restaurant success. Our customers’ success is bolstered by our combination of tailored onboarding services, differentiated customer support, and easy-to-use product design that supports intuitive in-product navigation and self-service by customers. Driven by our love of restaurants, we believe we are a true partner to the restaurant community and that our success is mutually reinforcing.

 

   

Modern, cloud-based platform approach. Toast’s platform pairs easy-to-use, intuitive user interfaces with a highly scalable modern cloud architecture. Our software infrastructure is cloud-hosted and mobile-first, providing a user experience that is flexible and configurable to diverse restaurant environments.

 

   

Unmatched data-driven insights. With unique visibility into restaurant, guest, and employee insights, we are able to provide advanced analytics for restaurant operators and make informed decisions on our product development pipeline.

 

   

Powerful partner ecosystem. In addition to our own products, our platform is augmented by our ecosystem of partners. This ecosystem includes large national food and beverage suppliers, technology partners across a broad spectrum of solutions, and local partners such as accountants, attorneys, and consultants, among others.

Why Our Stakeholders Win with Toast

Toast empowers restaurant operators to succeed in the digital age. To do so, restaurants must serve a wide range of stakeholders. We believe that when restaurant operators succeed, employees and guests also benefit, which in turn fuels rapid growth for restaurants.

 

   

We help restaurants streamline operations and drive sales. Through Toast’s integrated platform, customers spend less time managing disparate point solutions, enabling them to spend more time serving their guests, leading their teams, and growing their businesses.

 

   

We enable restaurants to drive off-premise sales and improve profit margins through first and third-party channels. Our commission-free online ordering software simplifies the digital ordering experience for guests, increases order accuracy, and allows restaurants to reduce reliance on third parties. We also enable restaurants to offer delivery services for their guests through their own fleet of drivers, through flat-fee Toast Delivery Services utilizing a partner network of delivery drivers, and through POS integrations with third-party delivery providers.

 

   

We provide access to insights, data, and tools to attract and retain guests through marketing, loyalty programs, and guest data. Through our platform, restaurants gain access to guest insights and advanced analytics that they can use to build direct relationships with their guests and drive repeat visits, increased loyalty, and higher sales.

 


 

9


Table of Contents
   

We save restaurants time onboarding and managing employees, while enabling improved productivity and higher pay for employees. Our platform enables reduced ticket times, higher sales and tips, and as a result, higher pay for the restaurant’s employees over time. Through our team management products, restaurants are able to manage payroll efficiently, leading to timely and accurate access to wages for employees. Moreover, our onboarding process, including training and ongoing support through our customer success team, makes adopting the Toast platform easy.

 

   

We provide hard-to-access capital via purchase financing and lending, while integrating payment processing to enable better data visibility and more efficient operations. Toast provides a fully-integrated software and payments platform that enables our customers to securely accept payments, while also providing valuable data-driven insights and driving our guest engagement programs. In addition, we provide financing solutions that minimize upfront costs for restaurants and offer working capital loans in a fast and flexible manner through Toast Capital.

 

   

We have their back. Driven by our mission, we invest heavily in ongoing customer success through a combination of tailored onboarding services, customer support, and easy-to-use product design that supports intuitive in-product navigation and self-service by customers. Our field-based go-to-market engine also generates deep local insights in our communities and helps us quickly address our customers’ questions and concerns, and we apply these insights to the research and development of new products to continue to meet the industry’s evolving needs.


 

10


Table of Contents

Our Opportunity

 

LOGO

The restaurant industry has lacked a clear technology category leader and has been categorized by fragmentation and historically slow adoption of technology. We are now seeing a shift in the use of technology alongside a preference for a single, integrated, digital-first technology platform, resulting in a significant opportunity for Toast. Restaurants in the United States spent an estimated $25 billion on technology in 2019, or less than 3% of their total sales.14 We expect the spend on technology to increase to $55 billion by 2024, as technology spend as a percent of restaurant sales closes the gap with other industry verticals. We believe our total addressable market, or TAM, is closely aligned with, and encompasses the vast majority of, this restaurant spend.

We estimate our current serviceable addressable market to be approximately $15 billion. We calculate this figure by adding the opportunities across our software and financial technology products. Our software addressable market is calculated by multiplying the average annual subscription revenue per location per product by the estimated number of restaurant locations in the United States. We determined the estimated number of restaurant locations in the United States to be approximately 860,000,15 which includes restaurants across all segments, given we serve restaurants of all types and sizes ranging from single-location restaurants to larger multi-location brands. The opportunity for payments recurring run-rate is calculated by multiplying the estimated non-cash restaurant sales in the United States for 2021 by our average take rate of approximately 55 basis points (measured as a percentage of GPV). Lastly, we estimate the Toast Capital opportunity by multiplying an estimated $29.5 billion of outstanding U.S. public banks’ restaurant loans as of March 31, 202016 by the average annual interest rate on small business loans of 1.4% to 7.2%.17

 

14

Hospitality Technology; Freedonia Group; and related explanation (footnote 10). See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

15

IBISWorld. Estimated 2021 U.S. restaurant locations includes single location full-service restaurants, fast food restaurants, chain restaurants, coffee shops, bars & nightclubs, and caterers, and excludes food service contractors and street vendors. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

16

S&P Global Market Intelligence, US Banks Disclose Exposure to Restaurant Industry Hard-Hit by COVID-19, May 2020. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

17

Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, Small Business Lending Survey, June 2021. Average annual interest rate as of the first quarter of 2021. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”


 

11


Table of Contents

We expect our market opportunity will continue to expand as we develop new solutions that address the distinct and evolving needs of a diverse market. Additionally, our current TAM does not consider the substantial opportunity to provide our products and services to international locations, which we have not pursued to date. With an estimated 22 million restaurant locations globally with greater than $2.6 trillion in revenue,18 we estimate that our global TAM is at least twice as large as the domestic opportunity, given there is nearly four times as much global spend and even more opportunity in terms of location count.

Our Growth Strategy

Our strategy is to continue to invest in areas that align with our customers’ needs and our own growth objectives. Toast both drives and benefits from the success of our customers—when restaurants grow, Toast grows through higher payments volume and increased adoption of our full platform.

 

   

Fuel efficient location growth with both new and existing customers. We intend to invest in our field-based go-to-market engine, customer success through a combination of tailored onboarding services, customer support, and intuitive product design, as well as research and development of new products to continue to meet the industry’s evolving needs and grow our location footprint.

 

   

Increase adoption of our full suite of products. We plan to continue to sell additional products to our existing customers through a combination of sales and marketing efforts and product-led growth.

 

   

Invest in and expand our product platform. We intend to continue to invest in research and development to expand the functionality of our current platform and to broaden the subscription services and financial technology solutions we offer.

 

   

Further develop our partner ecosystem. Toast’s integrated SaaS platform currently connects customers to approximately 150 partners, providing them with the tools and features they need to run their business. We intend to continue expanding our technology and channel partnerships to deliver even more value to our customers and increase the strategic nature of our platform.

 

   

Selectively pursue inorganic growth. We intend to selectively explore inorganic product and technology growth opportunities to build out our portfolio and strengthen our ecosystem advantage.

 

   

Expand internationally. To date, we have not made any significant investments in growing our presence internationally. We intend to add international sales team members to address this market opportunity alongside targeted research and development efforts based on local market dynamics.

 

18

Euromonitor International Consumer Foodservice 2021 (Foodservice Value RSP, YoY ex rates, Current Prices). See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”


 

12


Table of Contents

Our Response to COVID-19

The COVID-19 pandemic has had a dramatic impact on the restaurant industry. As a leading platform for the restaurant industry, Toast took immediate steps to help restaurants navigate the crisis.

During the course of the pandemic, and driven by our mission to help restaurants thrive, our team of passionate Toasters accomplished the following:

Rapid acceleration of product release

To help restaurants navigate the immediate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, we accelerated a number of planned product launches and introduced new product lines.

 

   

As a result of the pandemic, restaurants became highly dependent on off-premise dining. To help restaurants navigate this shift, save on third-party commissions, and build a direct relationship with their guests, we launched Toast Delivery Services, offering delivery through Toast Online Ordering and the Toast TakeOut app.

 

   

In addition, we launched Toast Now, a digital-only platform for restaurants of all sizes to quickly activate online ordering, delivery, gift card, and email marketing capabilities.

 

   

In response to greater guest sensitivity to health and safety in light of the COVID-19 pandemic, we launched a suite of contactless payment solutions including Order & Pay.

Advocacy for the entire restaurant industry

We also took steps during the pandemic to provide restaurants with much needed access to expense relief and operating capital, and built an advocacy program to encourage community and federal support.

 

   

We waived subscription fees of over $20 million for our entire customer base.

 

   

We launched a grassroots campaign, called Rally for Restaurants, that encouraged consumers to buy gift cards and order takeout to support the restaurant industry.

 

   

We also partnered with a coalition of Toast customers, partners, and lobbyists to call on Congress to act on behalf of the restaurant industry, leveraging proprietary data to support the need for focused relief. We believe our sustained actions throughout 2020 played a role in the eventual development and passing of the $28.6 billion Restaurant Revitalization Fund.

We recognize that the COVID-19 pandemic continues to have a significant impact on communities across the world, and we are fully committed, as we always have been, to investing in and supporting our restaurants, their employees, and the communities they serve.


 

13


Table of Contents

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include the following:

 

   

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service and customer satisfaction, or adequately address competitive challenges.

 

   

If we do not attract new customers, retain existing customers, and increase our customers’ use of our platform, we may not be able to sustain our recent revenue growth in future periods and our business will suffer.

 

   

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has adversely impacted and may continue to adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

   

We have a limited operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.

 

   

We have a history of generating net losses, and if we are unable to achieve adequate revenue growth while our expenses increase, we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

 

   

Our operating results depend in significant part on our payment processing services, and the revenue and gross profit we derive from our payment processing activity in a particular period can vary due to a variety of factors.

 

   

We depend upon third parties to manufacture our products and to supply key components to our products. If these manufacturers or suppliers become unwilling or unable to provide an adequate supply of components, particularly of semiconductor chips, with respect to which there is a severe global shortage, we may not be able to find alternative sources in a timely manner and our business would be impacted.

 

   

Our future revenue will depend in part on our ability to expand the financial technology services we offer to our customers and increase adoption of those services.

 

   

We rely substantially on one third-party processor to facilitate payments made by guests and payments made on behalf of customers, and if we cannot manage risks related to our relationships with this third-party payment processor, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

   

The markets in which we participate are intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be adversely affected.

 

   

A majority of our customers are small- and medium-sized businesses, which can be more difficult and costly to retain than enterprise customers and may increase the impact of economic fluctuations on us.

 

   

We rely in part on revenue from subscription contracts, and because we recognize revenue from subscription contracts over the term of the relevant subscription period, downturns or upturns in sales are not immediately reflected in full in our results of operations.

 

   

We are responsible for transmitting a high volume of sensitive and personal information through our platform and our success depends upon the security of this platform. Any actual or perceived breach of our system that would result in disclosure of such information could materially impact our business.


 

14


Table of Contents
   

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology and infrastructure may adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

   

Our success depends upon our ability to continually enhance the performance, reliability, and features of our platform.

 

   

We are subject to additional risks relating to the financial products we make available to our customers, including relationships with partners, the ability of our customers to generate revenue to pay their obligations under these products, general macroeconomic conditions and the risk of fraud.

 

   

If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be impaired and we may lose valuable assets, generate reduced revenue, and become subject to costly litigation to protect our rights.

 

   

Our business is subject to a variety of U.S. laws and regulations, many of which are unsettled and still developing, and our or our customers’ failure to comply with such laws and regulations could subject us to claims or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

 

   

We identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, which may result in material misstatements of our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations.

 

   

The trading price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

   

The dual-class structure of our common stock as contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to this offering, including our directors, executive officers and their respective affiliates. This ownership will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transactions requiring stockholder approval, and that may adversely effect the trading price of our Class A common stock.

 

   

Our principal stockholders will continue to have significant influence over the election of our board of directors and approval of any significant corporate actions, including any sale of the company.

Channels for Disclosure of Information

Investors, the media, and others should note that, following the completion of this offering, we intend to announce material information to the public through filings with the SEC, the investor relations page on our website, press releases and public conference calls and webcasts.

The information disclosed by the foregoing channels could be deemed to be material information. As such, we encourage investors, the media, and others to follow the channels listed above and to review the information disclosed through such channels.

Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website.


 

15


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of Delaware in December 2011 under the name Opti Systems, Inc. We changed our name to Toast, Inc. in May 2012. Our principal executive offices are located at 401 Park Drive, Boston, Massachusetts 02215 and our telephone number is (617) 297-1005. Our website address is www.toasttab.com. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website to be part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

“Toast,” our logo, and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks, or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of Toast, Inc. Other trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

   

only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

   

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

   

no non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

 

   

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. Additionally, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, while we are an emerging growth company we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.


 

16


Table of Contents

See the section titled “Risk Factors—General Risk Factors—Risks Related to Operating as a Public Company—We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.”


 

17


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered

                shares

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                shares

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional                 shares from us.

 

Total Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                shares (or                 shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full).

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $                 million (or approximately $                 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization, increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock, and enable access to the public equity markets for our stockholders and us. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments at this time. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

18


Table of Contents

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to              shares of Class A common stock, or     % of the shares offered by this prospectus, for sale at the initial public offering price, to certain of our customers and to certain friends, directors, and advisors of the Company. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals or entities purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will administer our directed share program. See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program” for additional information.

 

Voting rights

We will have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Shares of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following the completion of this offering and will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction. See the sections titled “Principal Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

 

Concentration of ownership

Upon the completion of this offering, our executive officers and directors, and their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding shares of common stock, representing approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

Risk factors

See the section titled “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully


 

19


Table of Contents
 

consider before deciding to invest in shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Proposed New York Stock Exchange trading symbol

“TOST ”

The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 95,518,710 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

12,385,001 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2021 under our Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $20.59 per share;

 

   

157,250 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted after June 30, 2021 through August 20, 2021 under our 2014 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $130.46 per share;

 

   

1,017,173 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units, or RSUs, outstanding as of June 30, 2021 under our 2014 Plan, for which the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering, but the service-based vesting condition was not yet satisfied as of June 30, 2021;

 

   

1,132,805 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of outstanding RSUs granted after June 30, 2021 through August 20, 2021 under our 2014 Plan, for which the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering;

 

   

200,407 shares of Class B common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.69 per share;

 

   

1,622,717 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, with an exercise price of $87.5168 per share;

 

   

4,204,607 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan as of June 30, 2021, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2021 Plan, becomes effective;

 

   

            shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any annual automatic evergreen increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan; and

 

   

            shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any annual automatic evergreen increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering;


 

20


Table of Contents
   

the adoption of our second amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;

 

   

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an equal number of shares of Class B common stock, or the Preferred Stock Conversion, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the automatic conversion and reclassification of outstanding warrants to purchase 149,225 shares of convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase an equal number of shares of Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the automatic exercise of warrants to purchase 51,182 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.9538 for such warrants and the subsequent conversion of such shares into shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur in connection with the closing of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of the outstanding stock options or warrants, or settlement of outstanding RSUs, except as described above; and

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                shares of Class A common stock in this offering.


 

21


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of comprehensive loss data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2021 are derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of the unaudited interim financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or any other period. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
    2019     2020             2020                     2021          
(in thousands, except share and per share data)                    

Revenue:

       

Subscription services

  $ 62,443   $ 101,374   $ 44,787   $ 68,041

Financial technology solutions

    531,751       644,372       262,070     579,475

Hardware

    54,999       63,968       30,187     48,954

Professional services

    15,836       13,420       6,798     7,278
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    665,029       823,134       343,842     703,748
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

       

Subscription services

    24,923       39,730       18,817     23,028

Financial technology solutions

    452,786       508,816       212,457     451,876

Hardware

    82,096       85,013       41,422     51,412

Professional services

    41,215       45,558       24,373     20,691

Amortization of acquired technology and customer assets

    1,660       3,604       1,787     1,967
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    602,680       682,721       298,856     548,974
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    62,349       140,413       44,986     154,774
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Sales and marketing

    129,066       139,325       72,110     73,858

Research and development

    63,967       108,574       44,384     73,278

General and administrative

    82,683       112,661       53,077     64,462
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    275,716       360,560       169,571     211,598
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (213,367     (220,147     (124,585     (56,824

Other income (expense):

       

Interest income

    2,106       842       682     53

Interest expense

    —         (12,651     (1,185     (12,156

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (1,497     (8,218     262     (16,492

Change in fair value of derivative liability

    —         (7,282     —         (103,281

Loss on debt extinguishment

    —         —         —         (49,783

Other income (expense), net

    62       (486     221     81
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents
    Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
    2019     2020             2020                     2021          
(in thousands, except share and per share data)                    

Loss before benefit (provision) for income taxes

    (212,696     (247,942     (124,605     (238,402

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

    3,248       (261     58     3,752
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (209,448   $ (248,203   $ (124,547   $ (234,650
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redemption of Series B Preferred

    —         (812     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (209,448   $ (249,015   $ (124,547   $ (234,650
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (5.38   $ (6.23   $ (3.14   $ (5.67
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

    38,964,029       39,996,593       39,723,440     41,418,256
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     As of June 30, 2021  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma
As
Adjusted(2)(3)
 
(in thousands)       

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 376,149     

Working capital(4)

     282,219     

Total assets

     696,160     

Warrant to purchase preferred stock

     27,988     

Total liabilities

     462,413     

Convertible preferred stock

     848,893     

Additional paid-in capital

     235,921     

Accumulated deficit

     (850,516     

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (615,146     

 

(1)

The pro forma column reflects (i) the Preferred Conversion; (ii) the reclassification of our outstanding shares of common stock into an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; (iii) the automatic exercise of warrants to purchase 51,182 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.9538 for such warrants, and the subsequent conversion of such shares into shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur in connection with the closing of this offering; and (iv) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (ii) the sale and issuance of                shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash and cash equivalents, total assets, working capital, and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $                million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash and cash equivalents, total assets, working capital, and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $                million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $                , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(4)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.


 

23


Table of Contents

Key Business Metrics

 

     Year ended
December 31,
           Six months ended
June 30, 2021,
        
(dollars in billions)    2019      2020      %
Growth
    2020      2021      %
Growth
 

Gross Payment Volume (GPV)

   $ 21.8      $ 25.4        17   $ 10.4      $ 23.4        125
     As of
December 31,
           As of
June 30, 2021,
        
(dollars in millions)    2019      2020      %
Growth
    2020      2021      %
Growth
 

Annualized Recurring Run-Rate (ARR)

   $ 184      $ 326        77   $ 227      $ 494        118

Gross Payment Volume (GPV)

GPV represents the sum of total dollars processed through the Toast payments platform across all restaurant locations in a given period. GPV is a key measure of the scale of our platform, which in turn drives our financial performance. As our customers generate more sales and therefore more GPV, we generally see higher financial technology solutions revenue.

Annualized Recurring Run-Rate (ARR)

We monitor ARR as a key operational measure of the scale of our subscription and payment processing services for both new and existing customers. To calculate this metric, we first calculate recurring run-rate on a monthly basis. Monthly Recurring Run-Rate, or MRR, is measured on the final day of each month for all restaurant locations live on our platform as the sum of (i) our monthly subscription services fees, which we refer to as the subscription component of MRR, and (ii) our in-month adjusted payments services fees, exclusive of estimated transaction-based costs, which we refer to as the payments component of MRR. MRR does not include fees derived from Toast Capital or related costs. MRR is also not burdened by the impact of SaaS credits offered, which we expect to be immaterial on an ongoing basis despite being larger in 2020 as we supported our customers through the COVID-19 pandemic.

ARR is determined by taking the sum of (i) twelve times the subscription component of MRR and (ii) four times the trailing-three-month cumulative payments component of MRR. We believe this approach provides an indication of our scale, while also controlling for short-term fluctuations in payments volume. Our ARR may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including customers’ satisfaction with our platform, pricing, competitive offerings, economic conditions, or overall changes in our customers’ and their guests’ spending levels. ARR is an operational measure, does not reflect our revenue or gross profit determined in accordance with GAAP, and should be viewed independently of, and not combined with or substituted for, our revenue, gross profit, and other financial information determined in accordance with GAAP. Further, ARR is not a forecast of future revenue and investors should not place undue reliance on ARR as an indicator of our future or expected results.


 

24


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Six months ended
June 30,
 
(dollars in millions)    2019     2020     2020      2021  

Free Cash Flow

   $ (141.2   $ (160.7   $ (128.9)      $ 38.8  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (171.6   $ (93.8   $ (86.1)      $ 14.2  

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is defined as net cash used in operating activities reduced by purchases of property and equipment and capitalization of internal-use software costs. We believe that free cash flow is a meaningful indicator of liquidity that provides information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated from operations and used for purchases of property and equipment, capitalization of software costs, and investments in our business. Once our business needs and obligations are met, cash can be used to maintain a strong balance sheet and invest in future growth.

Free cash flow has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Other companies may calculate free cash flow or similarly titled non-GAAP measures differently, which could reduce the usefulness of free cash flow as a tool for comparison. In addition, free cash flow does not reflect mandatory debt service and other non-discretionary expenditures that are required to be made under contractual commitments and does not represent the total increase or decrease in our cash balance for any given period. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss), adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation expense and related payroll tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense, interest income, interest expense, other income (expense) net, acquisition expenses, fair value adjustments on warrant and derivative liabilities, expenses related to COVID-19 pandemic initiatives resulting from a reduction of workforce in 2020 and early termination of leases, loss on debt extinguishment, and income taxes. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful for investors to use in comparing our financial performance to other companies and from period to period. Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization, interest expense, and interest income, which can vary substantially from company to company depending on their financing and capital structures and the method by which their assets were acquired. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA eliminates the impact of certain items that may obscure trends in the underlying performance of our business. Adjusted EBITDA also has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this measure in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. For example, although depreciation expense is a non-cash charge, the assets being depreciated may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new asset acquisitions. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA excludes stock-based compensation


 

25


Table of Contents

expense, which has been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy. Adjusted EBITDA also does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt, which reduces the cash available to us; or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us. The expenses and other items we exclude in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may differ from the expenses and other items that other companies may exclude from Adjusted EBITDA when they report their financial results.

See the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for further information regarding GPV, ARR, Free Cash Flow, and Adjusted EBITDA.


 

26


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock. The occurrence of any of the events described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, or prospects. In such an event, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business.

Risks Related to Our Business and Business Development

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service and customer satisfaction, or adequately address competitive challenges.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, which puts a strain on our business, operations, and employees. We anticipate that our operations will continue to rapidly expand. To manage our current and anticipated future growth effectively, we must continue to maintain and enhance our finance and accounting systems and controls, as well as our information technology, or IT, and security infrastructure. For example, we expect we will need to invest in and seek to enhance our IT systems and capabilities, including with respect to internal information sharing and interconnectivity between various systems within our infrastructure.

We must also attract, train, and retain a significant number of qualified sales and marketing personnel, client support personnel, professional services personnel, software engineers, technical personnel, and management personnel, without undermining our corporate culture of rapid innovation, teamwork, and attention to customer success that has been central to our growth.

Failure to effectively manage our growth could also lead us to over-invest or under-invest in development and operations, result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems, or controls, give rise to operational mistakes, financial losses, loss of productivity or business opportunities, and result in loss of employees and reduced productivity of remaining employees. To support our growth, we expect to make significant sales and marketing expenditures to increase sales of our platform and increase awareness of our brand and significant research and development expenses to increase the functionality of our platform and to introduce additional related products and services. A significant portion of our investments in our sales and marketing and research and development activities will precede the benefits from such investments, and we cannot be sure that we will receive an adequate return on our investments. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase or may grow more slowly than expected, and we may be unable to implement our business strategy.

If we do not attract new customers, retain existing customers, and increase our customers’ use of our platform, our business will suffer.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a majority of our revenue and cash inflows from our integrated cloud-based restaurant management platform, which encompasses software, financial technology, and hardware components. As such, our ability to attract new customers, retain existing customers, and increase use of the platform by existing customers is critical to our success.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our future revenue will depend in large part on our success in attracting additional customers to our platform. Our ability to attract additional customers will depend on a number of factors, including the effectiveness of our sales team, the success of our marketing efforts, our levels of investment in expanding our sales and marketing teams, referrals by existing customers, and the availability of competitive restaurant technology platforms. We may not experience the same levels of success with respect to our customer acquisition strategies as seen in prior periods, and if the costs associated with acquiring new customers materially rises in the future, our expenses may rise significantly.

In addition, while a majority of our current customer base consists of small- and medium-sized businesses, or SMBs, we intend to pursue continued customer growth within the enterprise and mid-market segments of the restaurant market, as well as among smaller businesses. Each of those segments of the overall market poses different sales and marketing challenges, and has different requirements, and we cannot be sure that we will achieve the same success in those market segments as we have achieved to date in sales to SMBs.

Our business also depends on retaining our existing customers. Our business is subscription-based, and contract terms for our SaaS products generally range from 12 to 36 months. Customers are not obligated to, and may not, renew their subscriptions after their existing subscriptions expire. As a result, even though the number of customers using our platform has grown rapidly in recent years, there can be no assurance that we will be able to retain these customers or new customers that may enter into subscriptions. Renewals of subscriptions may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including dissatisfaction with our platform or support, the perception that a competitive platform, product or service presents a better or less expensive option, or our failure to successfully deploy sales and marketing efforts towards existing customers as they approach the expiration of their subscription term. In addition, we may terminate our relationships with customers for various reasons, such as heightened credit risk, excessive card chargebacks, unacceptable business practices, or contract breaches.

Further, if customers on our platform were to cease operations, temporarily or permanently, or face financial distress or other business disruption, our ability to retain customers would suffer. This risk is particularly pronounced with restaurants, as each year a meaningful percentage of restaurants go out of business, and this risk has become particularly acute as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

In addition to attracting new customers and retaining existing customers, we seek to expand usage of our platform by broadening adoption by our customers of the various products included within our platform. Although in recent periods new customers have increasingly adopted our full suite of products, we cannot be certain that new customers will continue to adopt our full suite of products at existing rates or that we will be successful in increasing adoption of additional products by our existing customers. Further, while many of our customers deploy our platform to all of their restaurant locations, some of our customers initially deploy our platform to a subset of locations. For those customers, we seek to expand use of our platform to additional locations over time. Our ability to increase adoption of our products by our customers and to increase penetration of our existing customers’ locations will depend on a number of factors, including our customers’ satisfaction with our platform, competition, pricing, and our ability to demonstrate the value proposition of our products.

Our costs associated with renewals and generating sales of additional products to existing customers are substantially lower than our costs associated with entering into subscriptions with new customers. Accordingly, our business model relies to a significant extent on our ability to renew subscriptions and sell additional products to existing customers, and, if we are unable to retain revenue from existing customers or to increase revenue from existing customers, our operating results would be adversely impacted even if such lost revenue were offset by an increase in revenue from new customers.

 

28


Table of Contents

We may not be able to sustain our recent revenue growth in future periods.

We have grown rapidly over the last several years, and our recent revenue growth rate and financial performance should not be considered indicative of our future performance. In the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our revenue was $665.0 million and $823.1 million, respectively, representing a 24% growth rate. In the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our revenue was $343.8 million and $703.7 million, respectively, representing a 105% growth rate. You should not rely on our revenue or key business metrics for any previous quarterly or annual period as indicative of our revenue, revenue growth, key business metrics, or key business metrics growth in future periods. In particular, our revenue growth rate has fluctuated in prior periods. We expect our revenue growth rate to fluctuate over the short and long term. We may experience declines in our revenue growth rate as a result of a number of factors, including slowing demand for our platform, insufficient growth in the number of customers and their guests that utilize our platform, increasing competition, changing customer and guest behaviors, a decrease in the growth of our overall market, our failure to continue to capitalize on growth opportunities, the impact of regulatory requirements, and the maturation of our business, among others. In addition, SMBs comprise the majority of our customer base. If the demand for restaurant management platforms by SMBs does not continue to grow, or if we are unable to maintain our category share with SMBs, our revenue and other growth rates could be adversely affected.

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has adversely impacted and may continue to adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected workforces, consumers, economies, and financial markets globally. The adverse impact of the pandemic has been and may continue to be particularly acute among SMBs, which comprise the majority of our customer base, and many of which have been required to cease or substantially diminish business operations for an indeterminate period of time. The pandemic also has disrupted, and may continue to disrupt, our supply chains and relationships with third-party partners. The pandemic has also had, and may continue to have, a variety of additional effects on our business and operations, including reducing the demand for our platform, restricting our operations and sales and marketing efforts, impeding our ability to conduct product development and other important business activities, and decreasing technology spending.

For example, since the COVID-19 pandemic began, we have:

 

   

furloughed approximately 12% of our employees and terminated approximately 48% of our employees in connection with a reduction in force in April 2020;

 

   

re-prioritized our capital projects;

 

   

instituted a temporary company-wide hiring freeze; and

 

   

reduced salaries for management across the organization.

In addition, while adversely impacting the restaurant industry and our business, the COVID-19 pandemic has also increased the focus by restaurants on the need for a digital technology platform that can address the need for safe, frictionless, contact-free experiences in restaurants and address off-premise dining. While we believe these trends may positively impact our business in the longer-term, we cannot predict the extent to which the increased focus on the need for digital solutions such as those offered by our platform will persist. For example, we cannot predict the manner and extent to which the reemergence of on-premise dining and other types of in-person activity will impact our business, including with respect to levels of payment processing activity through our platform and our commission and margin rates on such payments.

Due to the uncertainty of the COVID-19 pandemic, we will continue to assess the situation, including abiding by any government-imposed restrictions, market-by-market. We are unable to

 

29


Table of Contents

accurately predict the ultimate impact that the COVID-19 pandemic will have on our operations going forward due to uncertainties that will be dictated by the length of time that the disruptions resulting from the pandemic continue, which will, in turn, depend on the currently unknowable duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, the impact of governmental regulations that might be imposed in response to the pandemic, the effectiveness and wide-spread availability of the vaccine, the speed and extent to which normal economic and operating conditions will resume, and overall changes in consumer behavior. We also cannot accurately forecast the potential impact of additional outbreaks as government restrictions are relaxed, the impact of further shelter-in-place or other government restrictions that are implemented in response to such outbreaks, or the impact on our customers’ ability to remain in business, each of which could continue to have an adverse impact on our business.

To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those relating to our liquidity, our indebtedness, and our ability to comply with the covenants contained in the agreements that govern our indebtedness.

We have a limited operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.

We launched our operations in 2013, have grown significantly in recent periods, and have a limited operating history, particularly at our current scale. In addition, we operate in an evolving industry and have frequently expanded our platform features and services and changed our pricing methodologies. This limited operating history and our evolving business make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter. These risks and challenges include, but are not limited to, our ability to:

 

   

accurately forecast our revenue and plan our operating expenses;

 

   

increase the number of and retain existing customers and their guests using our platform;

 

   

successfully compete with current and future competitors;

 

   

successfully expand our business in existing markets and enter new markets and geographies;

 

   

anticipate and respond to macroeconomic changes and changes in the markets in which we operate;

 

   

maintain and enhance the value of our reputation and brand;

 

   

comply with regulatory requirements in highly regulated markets;

 

   

adapt to rapidly evolving trends in the ways customers and their guests interact with technology;

 

   

avoid interruptions or disruptions in our service;

 

   

develop a scalable, high-performance technology infrastructure that can efficiently and reliably handle significant surges of usage by our customers and their guests as compared to historic levels and increased usage generally, as well as the deployment of new features and services;

 

   

maintain and effectively manage our internal infrastructure systems, such as information strategy and sharing and interconnectivity between systems;

 

   

hire, integrate, and retain talented technology, sales, customer service, and other personnel;

 

   

effectively manage rapid growth in our personnel and operations; and

 

   

effectively manage our costs.

 

30


Table of Contents

Further, because we have limited historical financial data relevant to our current scale and operations and operate in a rapidly evolving market, any predictions about our future revenue and expenses may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history or operated in a more predictable market. We have encountered in the past, and will encounter in the future, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies with limited operating histories in rapidly changing industries. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan and operate our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our results of operations could differ materially from our expectations and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our platform includes our payment services, and our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers depends in part on our ability to offer payment processing services with the desired functionality at an attractive price.

We sell subscriptions to our platform together with our payment services, and customers are unable subscribe to our platform without also subscribing to our payment services. While we believe that offering a complete end-to-end platform that includes payment processing functionality along with all the other functionality of our platform offers our customers significant advantages over separate point of sale solutions, some potential or existing customers may not desire to use our payment processing services or to switch from their existing payment processing vendors. Some of our potential customers for our platform may not be willing to switch payment processing vendors for a variety of reasons, such as transition costs, business disruption, and loss of accustomed functionality. There can be no assurance that our efforts to overcome these factors will be successful, and this resistance may adversely affect our growth.

The attractiveness of our payment processing services also depends on our ability to integrate emerging payment technologies, including crypto-currencies, other emerging or alternative payment methods, and credit card systems that we or our processing partners may not adequately support or for which we or they do not provide adequate processing rates. In the event such methods become popular among consumers, any failure to timely integrate emerging payment methods (e.g. ApplePay or Bitcoin) into our software, anticipate consumer behavior changes, or contract with processing partners that support such emerging payment technologies could reduce the attractiveness of our payment processing services and of our platform, and adversely affect our operating results.

Our operating results depend in significant part on our payment processing services, and the revenue and gross profit we derive from our payment processing activity in a particular period can vary due to a variety of factors.

Even if we succeed in increasing subscriptions to our platform and retaining subscription customers, the revenue we derive from payment processing services may vary from period to period depending on a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict. Our revenue from payment processing services is generally calculated as a percentage of payment volume plus a per-transaction fee and, accordingly, varies depending on the total dollar amount processed through the Toast platform across all of our customers’ restaurant locations in a particular period. This amount may vary, depending on, among other things, the success of our customers’ restaurant locations, the proportion of our customers’ payment volumes processed through our platform, ticket size, consumer spending levels in general, and overall economic conditions. In addition, the revenue and gross profit derived from our payment processing services varies depending on the particular type of payment processed on our platform. For example, card-not-present transactions, which are transactions for which the credit card is not physically present at the merchant location at the time of the transaction, are generally associated with higher payment processing revenue and gross profit compared to card-present transactions, and debit card transactions are generally also associated with

 

31


Table of Contents

higher gross profit compared to credit card transactions. During the COVID-19 pandemic, card-not-present transactions and debit card transactions accounted for a larger proportion of the total payment transactions processed through our platform than before the COVID-19 pandemic, which contributed to higher gross margins on those transactions than in prior periods. We expect the relative percentage of credit card transactions, and transactions where the card is present to increase in future periods.

A majority of our customers are SMBs, which can be more difficult and costly to retain than enterprise customers, and may increase the impact of economic fluctuations on us.

A majority of our customers are SMBs and we expect they will continue to comprise a large portion of our customer base for the foreseeable future. We define SMBs in the context of our customer base as customers that have between one and ten restaurant locations. Selling to and retaining SMBs can be more difficult than retaining enterprise customers, as SMBs often have higher rates of business failure and more limited resources, may have decisions related to the choice of payment processor dictated by their affiliated parent entity and are more readily able to change their payment processors than larger organizations.

SMBs are also typically more susceptible to the adverse effects of economic fluctuations, including those caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. Adverse changes in the economic environment or business failures of our SMB customers may have a greater impact on us than on our competitors who do not focus on SMBs to the extent that we do.

We rely in part on revenue from subscription contracts, and because we recognize revenue from subscription contracts over the term of the relevant subscription period, downturns or upturns in sales are not immediately reflected in full in our results of operations.

Subscription services revenue accounts for a significant portion of our total revenue. Sales of new or renewal subscription contracts may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including customers’ level of satisfaction with our platform, the prices of our subscriptions, the prices of subscriptions offered by our competitors, reductions in our customers’ spending levels, or other changes in consumer behavior. If our sales of new or renewal subscription contracts decline, our revenue and revenue growth may decline. We recognize subscription revenue ratably over the term of the relevant subscription period, which generally ranges from 12 to 36 months in duration. As a result, much of the subscription revenue we report each quarter is derived from subscription contracts that we sold in prior periods.

Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscription contracts in any one quarter will not be fully reflected in revenue in that quarter but will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in new or renewal sales of our subscriptions is not reflected in full in our results of operations in a given period. Also, it is difficult for us to rapidly increase our subscription revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new and renewal subscription contracts must be recognized ratably over the applicable subscription period. Furthermore, any increases in the average term of subscription contracts would result in revenue for those subscription contracts being recognized over longer periods of time.

Our future revenue will depend in part on our ability to expand the financial technology services we offer to our customers and increase adoption of those services.

We offer our customers a variety of financial technology products and services, and we intend to make available additional financial technology products and services to our customers in the future. A number of these services require that we enter into arrangements with financial institutions or other third parties. For example, our bank partner, which is a Utah-chartered and FDIC-insured industrial bank, offers qualified customers working capital loans, which we service. In order to provide these and

 

32


Table of Contents

future financial technology products and services, we may need to establish additional partnerships with third parties, comply with a variety of regulatory requirements, and introduce internal processes and procedures to comply with applicable law and the requirements of our partners, all of which may involve significant cost, require substantial management attention, and expose us to new business and compliance risks. We cannot be sure that our current or future financial technology services will be widely adopted by our customers or that the revenue we derive from such services will justify our investments in developing and introducing these services.

Failure to maintain and enhance our brand recognition in a cost-effective manner could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand identity and reputation is critical to our relationships with, and ability to attract, new customers, partners and employees. Accordingly, we have invested, and expect to continue to invest, increasing amounts of money in and greater resources to branding and other marketing initiatives, which may not be successful or cost effective. If we do not successfully maintain and enhance our brand and reputation in a cost-effective manner, our business may not grow, we may have reduced pricing power relative to competitors with stronger brands or reputations, and we could lose customers or partners, all of which would harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, any negative publicity about our company or our management, including about the quality, stability, and reliability of our platform or services, changes to our products and services, our privacy and security practices, litigation, regulatory enforcement, and other actions involving us, as well as the perception of us and our products by our customers and their guests, even if inaccurate, could cause a loss of confidence in us and adversely affect our brand.

We depend on the experience and expertise of our senior management team and key technical employees, and the loss of any key employee could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our success depends upon the continued service of our senior management team and key technical employees. Each of these employees could terminate his or her relationship with us at any time. Further, our competitors may be successful in recruiting and hiring members of our management team or other key employees, and it may be difficult for us to find suitable replacements on a timely basis, on competitive terms, or at all.

The loss of any member of our senior management team or key technical employees might significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives and could harm our business and our customer relationships.

Our ability to recruit, retain, and develop qualified personnel is critical to our success and growth.

All our businesses function at the intersection of rapidly changing technological, social, economic, and regulatory environments that require a wide range of expertise and intellectual capital. For us to successfully compete and grow, we must recruit, retain, and develop personnel who can provide the necessary expertise across a broad spectrum of disciplines. In addition, we must develop, maintain and, as necessary, implement appropriate succession plans to ensure we have the necessary human resources capable of maintaining continuity in our business.

The market for qualified personnel is competitive, and we may not succeed in recruiting additional personnel or may fail to effectively replace current personnel who depart with qualified or effective

 

33


Table of Contents

successors. Our effort to retain and develop personnel may also result in significant additional expenses, which could adversely affect our profitability. In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. The trading price of our Class A common stock following this offering is likely to be volatile, could be subject to fluctuations in response to various factors and may not appreciate. If the perceived value of our equity awards declines for these or other reasons, it may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain highly qualified employees. Certain of our employees have received significant proceeds from sales of our equity in private transactions and many of our employees may receive significant proceeds from sales of our equity in the public markets following this offering, which may reduce their motivation to continue to work for us.

We are also substantially dependent on our direct sales force to obtain new customers and increase sales to existing customers. There is significant competition for sales personnel with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, and retaining a sufficient number of sales personnel to support our growth. If we are unable to hire, train, and retain a sufficient number of qualified and successful sales personnel, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be harmed.

From time to time we are subject to various legal proceedings that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

From time to time we are or may become involved in claims, lawsuits (whether class actions or individual lawsuits), arbitration proceedings, government investigations, and other legal or regulatory proceedings involving commercial, corporate and securities matters; privacy, marketing and communications practices; labor and employment matters; alleged infringement of third-party patents and other intellectual property rights; and other matters. The results of any such claims, lawsuits, arbitration proceedings, government investigations, or other legal or regulatory proceedings cannot be predicted with any degree of certainty. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant management attention, and divert significant resources. Determining reserves for our pending litigation is a complex and fact-intensive process that requires significant subjective judgment and speculation. It is possible that a resolution of one or more such proceedings could result in substantial damages, settlement costs, fines, and penalties. These proceedings could also result in harm to our reputation and brand, sanctions, consent decrees, injunctions, or other orders requiring a change in our business practices. Any of these consequences could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Further, under certain circumstances, we have contractual and other legal obligations to indemnify and to incur legal expenses on behalf of our business, customers, and commercial partners and current and former directors and officers. In addition, certain litigation or the resolution of certain litigation may affect the availability or cost of some of our insurance coverage, which could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows, expose us to increased risks that would be uninsured, and adversely impact our ability to attract directors and officers.

Notwithstanding the terms of our agreements with our customers, it is possible that a default on such obligations by one or more of our customers could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. For example, if a customer defaults on its obligations under a customer agreement or terminates a customer agreement prior to the contractual termination date, we may be required to assert a claim to acquire the amount in full due under the customer agreement, which we may choose not to pursue. However, if we choose to pursue any such claim, we may incur substantial costs to resolve claims or enter into litigation or arbitration, and even if we were to prevail in the event of claims, litigation or arbitration, such claims, litigation, or arbitration could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and other employees from our business operations.

 

34


Table of Contents

We also include arbitration and class action waiver provisions in our terms of service with the customers that utilize our platform and certain agreements with our employees. These provisions are intended to streamline the litigation process for all parties involved, as they can in some cases be faster and less costly than litigating disputes in state or federal court. However, arbitration can nevertheless be costly and burdensome, and the use of arbitration and class action waiver provisions subjects us to certain risks to our reputation and brand, as these provisions have been the subject of increasing public scrutiny. In order to minimize these risks to our reputation and brand, we may limit our use of arbitration and class action waiver provisions, or we may be required to do so in any particular legal or regulatory proceeding, either of which could cause an increase in our litigation costs and exposure. Additionally, we permit certain customers and other users of our platform to opt out of such provisions, which could cause an increase in our litigation costs and exposure.

Further, with the potential for conflicting rules regarding the scope and enforceability of arbitration and class action waivers on a state-by-state basis, as well as between state and federal law, there is a risk that some or all of our arbitration and class action waiver provisions could be subject to challenge or may need to be revised to exempt certain categories of protection. If these provisions were found to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, or specific claims are required to be exempted, we could experience an increase in our costs to litigate disputes and in the time involved in resolving such disputes, and we could face increased exposure to potentially costly lawsuits, each of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have closed two acquisitions and may acquire or invest in other companies or technologies in the future, which could divert management’s attention, fail to meet our expectations, result in additional dilution to our stockholders, increase expenses, disrupt our operations, or harm our operating results.

We closed our acquisition of StratEx Holdings LLC, or StratEx, a provider of human resources and payroll software for restaurants, in July 2019, and our acquisition of xtra CHEF, Inc., or xtraCHEF, a provider of restaurant-specific invoice management software that helps restaurants track and record expenses, in June 2021. These were our first two acquisitions, and we may in the future acquire or invest in businesses, products, or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our platform, enhance our technical capabilities, or otherwise offer growth opportunities. We may not be able to fully realize the anticipated benefits of our acquisition of StratEx, xtraCHEF, or any future acquisitions. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses related to identifying, investigating, and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. Further, we may have to pay cash, incur debt, or issue securities, including equity-based securities, to pay for acquisitions, joint ventures, or strategic investments, each of which could affect our financial condition or the value of our capital stock or result in dilution to our existing shareholders.

There are inherent risks in integrating and managing acquisitions. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to assimilate or integrate the acquired personnel, operations, and technologies successfully or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including but not limited to: unanticipated costs associated with the acquisition; the inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs; the inability to maintain relationships with customers and partners of the acquired business; the difficulty of incorporating acquired technology into our platform and of maintaining quality and security standards consistent with our brand; harm to our existing business relationships as a result of the acquisition; and the potential loss of key employees. Acquisitions also increase the risk of unforeseen legal liability arising from prior or ongoing acts or omissions by the acquired businesses which are not discovered by due diligence during the acquisition process or that prove to have a greater than anticipated adverse impact. We have previously acquired

 

35


Table of Contents

and continue to evaluate companies that operate in highly regulated markets. There is no assurance that acquired businesses will have invested sufficient efforts in their own regulatory compliance, and we may need to invest in and seek to improve the regulatory compliance controls and systems of such businesses. Generally, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, or if we are unable to establish effective regulatory compliance controls with respect to an acquired business, our operating results, business, and financial condition may suffer.

In addition, to the extent we pursue acquisitions wholly or partially outside of the United States, these potential acquisitions often involve additional or increased risks including:

 

   

managing geographically separate organizations, systems and facilities;

 

   

integrating personnel with diverse business backgrounds and organizational cultures;

 

   

complying with non-U.S. regulatory and other legal requirements;

 

   

addressing financial and other impacts to our business resulting from fluctuations in currency exchange rates and unit economics across multiple jurisdictions;

 

   

enforcing intellectual property rights outside of the United States;

 

   

difficulty entering new non-U.S. markets due to, among other things, difficulties in achieving consumer acceptance of our platform in new markets and more limited business knowledge of these markets; and

 

   

general economic and political conditions.

The diversion of management’s attention and any delays or difficulties encountered in connection with acquisitions and their integration could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We do not have sufficient history with our subscription or pricing models to accurately predict optimal pricing strategies necessary to attract new customers and retain existing customers.

We have limited experience with respect to determining the optimal prices for our platform and services and we expect to make further changes to our pricing model from time to time. As the market for our platform matures, or as competitors introduce new products or services that compete with ours, we may be unable to attract new customers at the same price or based on the same pricing models that we have used historically. Moreover, while SMBs comprise the majority of our customer base, we have and will continue to seek subscriptions from enterprise customers, which may be more likely to demand substantial price concessions. As a result, in the future, we may be required to reduce our prices, which could adversely affect our revenue, gross margin, profitability, financial position, and cash flow.

Our business is exposed to risks associated with the handling of customer funds.

Our business handles payroll processing administration for certain of our customers. Consequently, at any given time, we may be holding or directing funds of customers, while payroll payments are being processed. This function creates a risk of loss arising from, among other things, fraud by employees or third parties, execution of unauthorized transactions, or errors relating to transaction processing. We are also potentially at risk if the financial institution in which we hold these funds suffers any kind of insolvency or liquidity event or fails, for any reason, to deliver their services in a timely manner. The occurrence of any of these types of events could cause us financial loss and reputational harm.

 

36


Table of Contents

Any failure to offer high-quality customer support may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In deploying and using our platform, our customers depend on our 24/7 support team to resolve complex technical and operational issues, including ensuring that our platform is implemented in a manner that integrates with a variety of third-party platforms. We also rely on third parties to provide some support services, and our ability to provide effective support is partially dependent on our ability to attract and retain qualified and capable third-party service providers. As we continue to grow our business and improve our offerings, we will face challenges related to providing high-quality support services at scale. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in demand for customer support or to modify the nature, scope, and delivery of our customer support to compete with changes in customer support services provided by our competitors. Increased demand for customer support, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results. Our sales are highly dependent on our business reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality customer support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality customer support, could adversely affect our reputation and brand, our ability to benefit from referrals by existing customers, our ability to sell our platform to existing and prospective customers, and our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

The long-term potential of our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to expand our business successfully into international markets.

Although we currently do not derive significant revenue from customers located outside the United States, and we do not derive any revenue from customers outside of North America, the long-term potential of our business will depend in part on our ability to expand our business into international markets. However, we have limited experience with international customers or in selling our platform internationally. Accordingly, we cannot be certain that our business model will be successful, or that our platform will achieve commercial acceptance, outside the United States. If we seek to expand internationally, we will face a wide variety of new business, sales and marketing, operational and regulatory challenges in markets outside the United States, including the presence of more established competitors, our lack of experience in those markets, and a wide variety of new regulatory requirements to which we would become subject. Expanding our business internationally would require significant additional investment in our platform, operations, infrastructure, compliance efforts, and sales and marketing organization, and any such investments may not be successful or generate an adequate return on our investment.

Risks Related to Our Technology and Privacy

We are responsible for transmitting a high volume of sensitive and personal information through our platform and our success depends upon the security of this platform. Any actual or perceived breach of our system that would result in disclosure of such information could materially impact our business.

We, our customers, our partners, and other third parties, including third-party vendors, cloud service providers, and payment processors that we use, obtain and process large amounts of sensitive and personal information, including information related to our customers, their guests, and their transactions. We face risks, including to our reputation as a trusted brand, in the handling and protection of this information, and these risks will increase as our business continues to expand to include new products and technologies. Our operations involve the storage, transmission, and processing of our customers’ proprietary information and sensitive and personal information of our customers and their guests and employees, including contact information, payment card numbers and

 

37


Table of Contents

expiration dates, purchase histories, lending information, and payroll information. Cyber incidents have been increasing in sophistication and frequency and can include third parties gaining access to employee or guest information using stolen or inferred credentials, computer malware, viruses, spamming, phishing attacks, ransomware, card skimming code, and other deliberate attacks and attempts to gain unauthorized access. In addition, these incidents can originate on our vendors’ websites or systems, which can then be leveraged to access our website or systems, further preventing our ability to successfully identify and mitigate the attack. As a result, unauthorized access to, security breaches of, or denial-of-service attacks against our platform could result in the unauthorized access to or use of, and/or loss of, such data, as well as loss of intellectual property, guest information, employee data, trade secrets, or other confidential or proprietary information.

We have administrative, technical, and physical security measures in place and proactively employ multiple security measures at different layers of our systems to defend against intrusion and attack and to protect our information. However, because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures that will be sufficient to counter all current and emerging technology threats. In addition, any security breaches that occur may remain undetected for extended periods of time. While we also have and will continue to make significant efforts to address any IT security issues with respect to acquisitions we make, we may still inherit such risks when we integrate these companies.

We also have policies and procedures in place to contractually require third parties to which we transfer data to implement and maintain appropriate security measures. Sensitive and personal information is processed and stored by our customers, software and financial institution partners and third-party service providers to whom we outsource certain functions. Threats to third-party systems can originate from human error, fraud, or malice on the part of employees or third parties, or simply from accidental technological failure, and/or computer viruses and other malware that can be distributed and infiltrate systems of third parties on whom we rely. While we select third parties to which we transfer data carefully, we do not control their actions, and these third parties may experience security breaches that result in unauthorized access of data and information stored with them despite these contractual requirements and the security measures these third parties employ.

If any security breach involving our systems or the systems of third parties that store or process our data or significant denial-of-service or other cyber-attack occurs or is believed to have occurred, our reputation and brand could be damaged, we could be required to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by such actual or perceived breaches or attacks and remediate our systems. In addition, we could be exposed to a risk of loss, litigation, or regulatory action and possible liability, some or all of which may not be covered by insurance, and our ability to operate our business may be impaired. Unauthorized parties have in the past gained access, and may in the future gain access, to systems or facilities used in our business through various means, including gaining unauthorized access into our systems or facilities or those of customers and their guests, attempting to fraudulently induce our employees, customers, their guests, or others into disclosing user names, passwords, payment card information, or other sensitive or personal information, which may in turn be used to access our IT systems or fraudulently transfer funds to bad actors.

If new or existing customers believe that our platform does not provide adequate security for the storage of personal or sensitive information or its transmission over the Internet, they may not adopt our platform or may choose not to renew their subscriptions to our platform, which could harm our business. Additionally, actual, potential, or anticipated attacks may cause us to incur increasing costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees, and engage third-party experts and consultants. Our errors and omissions insurance policies covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses may not be sufficient to compensate for all potential liability. Although we maintain cyber liability insurance, we cannot be certain that our

 

38


Table of Contents

coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all.

Further, because data security is a critical competitive factor in our industry, we may make statements in our privacy statements and notices and in our marketing materials describing the security of our platform, including descriptions of certain security measures we employ or security features embedded within our products. Should any of these statements be untrue, become untrue, or be perceived to be untrue, even if through circumstances beyond our reasonable control, we may face claims, including claims of unfair or deceptive trade practices, brought by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, state, local, or foreign regulators (e.g., a European Union-based data protection agency), or private litigants.

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology and infrastructure may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our continued growth depends in part on the ability of our existing and potential customers to access our platform at any time and within an acceptable amount of time. Our platform is proprietary, and we rely on the expertise of members of our engineering, operations, and software development teams for our platform’s continued performance. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions, outages, and other performance problems related to our platform due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, introductions of new functionality, human or software errors, delays in scaling our technical infrastructure if we do not maintain enough excess capacity and accurately predict our infrastructure requirements, capacity constraints due to an overwhelming number of users accessing our platform simultaneously, denial-of-service attacks, human error, actions or inactions attributable to third parties, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, natural disasters, power losses, disruptions in telecommunications services, fraud, military or political conflicts, terrorist attacks and other geopolitical unrest, computer viruses, ransomware, malware, or other events. Our systems also may be subject to break-ins, sabotage, theft, and intentional acts of vandalism, including by our own employees. Some of our systems are not fully redundant and our disaster recovery planning may not be sufficient for all eventualities. Further, our business and/or network interruption insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our losses that may result from interruptions in our service as a result of systems failures and similar events.

From time to time we may experience limited periods of server downtime due to server failure or other technical difficulties. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our performance, especially during peak usage times and as our platform becomes more complex and our user traffic increases. If our platform is unavailable or if our users are unable to access our platform within a reasonable amount of time, or at all, our business would be adversely affected and our brand could be harmed. In the event of any of the factors described above, or certain other failures of our infrastructure, customer or guest data may be permanently lost. Moreover, a limited number of our agreements with customers may provide for limited service level commitments from time to time.

If we experience significant periods of service downtime in the future, we may be subject to claims by our customers against these service level commitments. These events have resulted in losses in revenue, though such losses have not been material to date. System failures in the future could result in significant losses of revenue.

Moreover, we provided credits in an aggregate amount of approximately $3.5 million across 2019 and 2020 to our customers to compensate them for the inconvenience caused by a system failure or similar event. We may voluntarily provide similar such credits in the future, in addition to those credits we have provided to support our customers and for the benefit of the restaurant community as part of

 

39


Table of Contents

our ongoing goodwill efforts. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed, and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

Our success depends upon our ability to continually enhance the performance, reliability, and features of our platform.

The markets in which we compete are characterized by constant change and innovation, and we expect them to continue to evolve rapidly. Our success has been based on our ability to identify and anticipate the needs of our customers and their guests and design and maintain a platform that provides them with the tools they need to operate their businesses successfully. Our ability to attract new customers, retain existing customers, and increase sales to both new and existing customers will depend in large part on our ability to continue to improve and enhance the performance, reliability, and features of our platform. To grow our business, we must develop products and services that reflect the changing nature of restaurant management software and expand beyond our core functionalities to other areas of managing relationships with our customers, as well as their relationships with their guests. Competitors may introduce new offerings embodying new technologies, or new industry standards and practices could emerge, that render our existing technology, services, website, hardware, and mobile applications obsolete. Accordingly, our future success will depend in part on our ability to respond to new product offerings by competitors, technological advances, and emerging industry standards and practices in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to retain existing customers and attract new customers. Furthermore, as the number of our customers with higher volume sales increases, so does the need for us to offer increased functionality, scalability, and support, which requires us to devote additional resources to such efforts.

The success of these and any other enhancements to our platform depends on several factors, including timely completion, adequate quality testing and sufficient demand, and the accuracy of our estimates regarding the total addressable market for new products and/or enhancements and the portion of such total addressable market that we expect to capture for such new products and/or enhancements. Any new product or service that we develop may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, may contain defects, may not have an adequate total addressable market, or market demand or may not achieve the market acceptance necessary to generate meaningful revenue.

We have scaled our business rapidly, and significant new platform features and services have in the past resulted in, and in the future may continue to result in, operational challenges affecting our business. Developing and launching enhancements to our platform and new services on our platform may involve significant technical risks and upfront capital investments that may not generate return on investment. For example, we may use new technologies ineffectively, or we may fail to adapt to emerging industry standards. We may experience difficulties with software development that could delay or prevent the development, introduction or implementation of new products and enhancements. Software development involves a significant amount of time, as it can take our developers months to update, code, and test new and upgraded products and integrate them into our platform. The continual improvement and enhancement of our platform requires significant investment, and we may not have the resources to make such investment.

If we are unable to successfully develop new products or services, enhance the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security, and scalability of our platform in a manner that responds to our customers’ and their guests’ evolving needs, or gain market acceptance or our new products and services, or if our estimates regarding the total addressable market and the portion of such total addressable market which we expect to capture for new products and/or enhancements prove inaccurate, our business and operating results will be harmed.

 

40


Table of Contents

Defects, errors, or vulnerabilities in our applications, backend systems, hardware, or other technology systems and those of third-party technology providers could harm our reputation and brand and adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The software underlying our platform is highly complex and may contain undetected errors or vulnerabilities, some of which may only be discovered after the code has been released. Our practice is to effect frequent releases of software updates. Third-party software that we incorporate into our platform and our backend systems, hardware, or other technology systems, or those of third-party technology providers, may also be subject to defects, errors, or vulnerabilities. Any such defects, errors, or vulnerabilities could result in negative publicity, a loss of customers or loss of revenue, and access or other performance issues. Such vulnerabilities could also be exploited by bad actors and result in exposure of customer or guest data, or otherwise result in a security breach or other security incident. We may need to expend significant financial and development resources to analyze, correct, eliminate, or work around errors or defects or to address and eliminate vulnerabilities. Any failure to timely and effectively resolve any such errors, defects, or vulnerabilities could adversely affect our business, reputation, brand, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our risk management strategies may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk.

We operate in a rapidly changing industry. Accordingly, our risk management strategies may not be fully effective to identify, monitor, and manage all risks that our business encounters. In addition, when we introduce new services, focus on expanding relationships with new types of customers, or begin to operate in new markets, we may be less able to forecast risk levels and reserve accurately for potential losses, as a result of fraud or otherwise. If our strategies are not fully effective or we are not successful in identifying and mitigating all risks to which we are or may be exposed, we may suffer uninsured liability or harm to our reputation, or be subject to litigation or regulatory actions, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition and Capital Requirements

We have a history of generating net losses, and if we are unable to achieve adequate revenue growth while our expenses increase, we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We have incurred a net loss in each year since our inception and have a significant accumulated deficit. We incurred net losses of $209.4 million, $248.2 million, and $234.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. As of June 30, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $850.5 million. These losses and our accumulated deficit are a result of the substantial investments we have made to grow our business. We expect our costs will increase over time and our losses to continue as we expect to continue to invest significant additional funds in expanding our business, sales, and marketing activities, research and development as we continue to build software and hardware designed specifically for the restaurant industry, and maintaining high levels of customer support, each of which we consider critical to our continued success. We also expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of our growth and expect our costs to increase to support our operations as a public company. In addition, to support the continued growth of our business and to meet the demands of continuously changing security and operational requirements, we plan to continue investing in our technology infrastructure. Historically, our costs have increased over the years due to these factors, and we expect to continue to incur increasing costs to support our anticipated future growth. If we are unable to generate adequate revenue growth and manage our expenses, we may continue to incur significant losses and may not achieve or maintain profitability.

Following the completion of this offering, the stock-based compensation expense related to our RSUs and other outstanding equity awards will result in increases in our expenses in future periods, in

 

41


Table of Contents

particular in the quarter in which this offering is completed. Additionally, we may expend substantial funds in connection with the tax withholding and remittance obligations that arise upon the initial settlement of certain of our RSUs.

Further, we may make decisions that would adversely affect our short-term operating results if we believe those decisions will improve the experiences of our customers and their guests and if we believe such decisions will improve our operating results over the long term. These decisions may not be consistent with the expectations of investors and may not produce the long-term benefits that we expect, in which case our business may be materially and adversely affected.

Unfavorable conditions in the restaurant industry or the global economy could limit our ability to grow our business and materially impact our financial performance.

Our operating results may vary based on the impact of changes in the restaurant industry or the global economy on us or our customers and their guests. Our revenue growth and potential profitability depend on demand for business management software and platforms serving the restaurant industry. Historically, during economic downturns, there have been reductions in spending on IT as well as pressure for extended billing terms and other financial concessions. The adverse impact of economic downturns may be particularly acute among SMBs, which comprise the majority of our customer base. If economic conditions deteriorate, our current and prospective customers may elect to decrease their IT budgets, which would limit our ability to grow our business and adversely affect our operating results.

A deterioration in general economic conditions (including distress in financial markets and turmoil in specific economies around the world) may adversely affect our financial performance by causing a reduction in locations through restaurant closures or a reduction in gross payment volume. A reduction in the amount of consumer spending or credit card transactions could result in a decrease of our revenue and profits. Adverse economic factors may accelerate the timing, or increase the impact of, risks to our financial performance. These factors could include:

 

   

declining economies and the pace of economic recovery which can change consumer spending behaviors;

 

   

low levels of consumer and business confidence typically associated with recessionary environments;

 

   

high unemployment levels, which may result in decreased spending by consumers;

 

   

budgetary concerns in the United States and other countries around the world, which could impact consumer confidence and spending;

 

   

restrictions on credit lines to consumers or limitations on the issuance of new credit cards;

 

   

uncertainty and volatility in the performance of our customers’ businesses, particularly SMBs;

 

   

customers or consumers decreasing spending for value-added services we market and sell; and

 

   

government actions, including the effect of laws and regulations and any related government stimulus.

We are subject to additional risks relating to the financial products we make available to our customers, including relationships with partners, the ability of our customers to generate revenue to pay their obligations under these products, general macroeconomic conditions and the risk of fraud.

Current and any future financial products offered by Toast, Toast Capital, or through either party’s bank partners, subject us to additional risks. If we cannot source capital or partner with financial

 

42


Table of Contents

institutions to fund financial solutions for our customers, we might have to reduce the availability of these services, or cease offering them altogether.

Toast Capital’s bank partner offers qualified Toast customers working capital loans in accordance with credit policies established by our bank partner. Toast Capital markets the loans and acts as servicer of the loans and receives a servicing fee based on the outstanding balance of loans being serviced as well as a fee that varies depending on the credit performance of the loans extended under the program. We do not currently have similar partnerships with other financial institutions and are solely reliant on our bank partner to support this program. If our bank partner were to terminate its relationship with us, we would be unable to make working capital loans available to our customers, at least in the short-term, until we are able to enter into a relationship with another financial institution to offer similar loans. In addition, our bank partner may not expand its lending under this program to support future demand for such loans from our customers. There can be no assurance that we would be able into a similar relationship with another financial institution to make working capital loans available to our customers on terms our customers would find attractive, or at all.

Under our agreement with our bank partner, on a monthly basis, we are obligated to purchase loans made in a particular quarter that have been (or are scheduled to be) charged off, are otherwise non-performing, or do not satisfy our bank partner’s credit policy, unless such purchase would cause the principal amount of such purchased loans to exceed 15% (or 30% in the case of a limited program offered during the winter of 2020-2021 related to the COVID-19 pandemic) of the original principal amount of loans made in the applicable quarter. As a result of this potential repurchase obligation, and our servicing fee and credit performance fee, we are subject to credit risk on the loans extended by our partner bank under this program. Accordingly, if we fail to accurately predict the likelihood of default or timely repayment of loans, our business may be materially and adversely affected. For example, if more of our customers cease operations, experience a decline in their revenue, or engage in fraudulent behavior and are not able to repay their loans, our business may be materially and adversely affected. A decline in macroeconomic conditions could increase the risk of non-payment or fraud and could also lead to a decrease in the number of customers eligible for loans or financing. In addition, although our bank partner acts as the lender with respect to these working capital loans, we are subject to numerous contractual and regulatory requirements in connection with our marketing and servicing activities in connection with these loans. If we were to fail to comply with these requirements, we could be subject to liability, regulatory sanctions, or claims by our customers or our bank partner, and our bank partner could terminate its relationship with us.

We intend to continue to explore other financial solutions to offer to our customers. Some of those solutions may require, or be deemed to require, additional procedures, partnerships, licenses, regulatory approvals and requirements, or capabilities. Should we fail to address these requirements, or should these new solutions, or new regulations or interpretations of existing regulations, impose requirements on us that are impractical or that we cannot satisfy, the future growth and success of our financial business may be materially and adversely affected. Further, we have and may continue to have obligations to share in certain losses incurred in offering these financial solutions to our customers, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we are unable to properly manage the risks of offering financial solutions, either ourselves or through partner financial institutions, our business may be materially and adversely affected. If we are unable to maintain third-party insurance coverage to mitigate these risks, such as errors and omissions insurance, our exposure to losses would increase, which could have an adverse impact on our results. If laws and regulations change, or are interpreted by courts or regulators as subjecting us to licensing or other compliance requirements, we may be subject to government supervision and enforcement actions, litigation, and related liabilities, our ability to offer financial solutions may be negatively impacted, our costs associated with existing financial solutions, including Toast Capital, may increase

 

43


Table of Contents

or we may decide to discontinue offering financial solutions altogether, and our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be negatively impacted.

Our failure to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in new technologies in the future could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our financial condition.

Historically, we have funded our operations, capital expenditures, and acquisitions primarily through the issuance of convertible preferred stock and convertible notes as well as through payments received for the delivery of our services. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges. Although we currently anticipate that our existing cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, and amounts available under our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet our cash needs for at least the next twelve months, our future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors. We may require additional financing, and we may not be able to obtain debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of debt, equity, or other securities convertible into equity, including convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests, and any new securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our Class A common stock.

We have outstanding debt obligations, including our revolving credit facility, that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and requires us to maintain specified minimum liquidity amounts, among other restrictive covenants. The terms of any additional debt financing may be similar or more restrictive.

If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to, among other things:

 

   

develop and enhance our platform and product offerings and operating infrastructure;

 

   

continue to expand our technology development, sales, and marketing organizations;

 

   

hire, train, and retain employees;

 

   

respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements; or

 

   

acquire complementary businesses and technologies.

Our inability to do any of the foregoing could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of operations.

Our revolving credit facility provides our lenders with a first-priority lien against substantially all of our assets, and contains financial covenants and other restrictions on our actions that may limit our operational flexibility or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations.

We are party to a revolving credit and guaranty agreement which contains a number of covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, create or incur liens, merge or consolidate with other companies, sell substantially all of our assets, liquidate or dissolve, make distributions to equity holders, pay dividends, make redemptions and repurchases of stock, or engage in transactions with affiliates. We are also required to maintain a minimum liquidity balance. The terms of our outstanding debt may restrict our current and future operations and could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs or to execute business strategies in the manner desired. In addition, complying with these covenants may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy, invest in our growth strategy, and compete against companies who are not subject to such restrictions.

 

44


Table of Contents

A failure by us to comply with these covenants or payment requirements specified in the revolving credit and guaranty agreement could result in an event of default under the agreement, which would give the lenders the right to terminate their commitments to provide additional loans and extensions of credit and to declare any and all debt outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, the lenders would have the right to proceed against the collateral in which we granted a security interest to them, which consists of substantially all our assets. If our outstanding debt were to be accelerated, we may not have sufficient cash or be able to borrow sufficient funds to refinance the debt or sell sufficient assets to repay the debt, which could materially and adversely affect our cash flows, business, results of operations, and financial condition. Further, the terms of any new or additional financing may be on terms that are more restrictive or less desirable to us.

Our results of operations may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Our operations and customer base are currently concentrated in the United States. Therefore, we currently have limited foreign currency diversification and exposure. However, our foreign currency diversification and exposure may increase as international sales of our products and services increase over time. As a result, our revenue and profits generated by any non-U.S. operations may fluctuate from period to period as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. In addition, we may become subject to exchange control regulations that restrict or prohibit the conversion of our other revenue currencies into U.S. dollars. Any of these factors could decrease the value of revenue and profits we derive from our non-U.S. operations and adversely affect our business.

We may also seek to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates through the use of hedging arrangements. To the extent that we hedge our foreign currency exchange rate exposure, we forgo the benefits we would otherwise experience if foreign currency exchange rates changed in our favor. No strategy can completely insulate us from risks associated with such fluctuations and our currency exchange rate risk management activities could expose us to substantial losses if such rates move materially differently from our expectations.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2020, we had accumulated $444.0 million and $497.2 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, respectively, available to reduce future taxable income. Of the federal NOLs, $361.2 million have an indefinite carryforward period, and $82.8 million will expire at various dates through 2037. Of the state NOLs, the majority will begin to expire in 2034. It is possible that we will not generate taxable income in time to use NOLs before their expiration, or at all. Under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other tax attributes, including R&D tax credits, to offset its post-change income may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5 percent stockholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Our ability to use NOLs and other tax attributes to reduce future taxable income and liabilities may be subject to annual limitations as a result of prior ownership changes and ownership changes that may occur in the future, including as a result of this offering.

Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the Tax Act, as amended by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or the CARES Act, NOLs arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2021 may be carried back to each of the five taxable years preceding the tax year of such loss, but NOLs arising in taxable years beginning after December 31,

 

45


Table of Contents

2020 may not be carried back. Additionally, under the Tax Act, as modified by the CARES Act, NOLs from tax years that began after December 31, 2017 may offset no more than 80% of current taxable income annually for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020, but the 80% limitation on the use of NOLs from tax years that began after December 31, 2017 does not apply for taxable income in tax years beginning before January 1, 2021. NOLs arising in tax years ending after December 31, 2017 can be carried forward indefinitely, but NOLs generated in tax years ending before January 1, 2018 will continue to have a two-year carryback and twenty-year carryforward period. As we maintain a full valuation allowance against our U.S. NOLs, these changes will not impact our balance sheet as of December 31, 2020. However, in future years, if and when a net deferred tax asset is recognized related to our NOLs, the changes in the carryforward and carryback periods as well as the limitation on use of NOLs may significantly impact our valuation allowance assessments for NOLs generated after December 31, 2020.

There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs and tax credits by certain jurisdictions, including in order to raise additional revenue to help counter the fiscal impact from the COVID-19 pandemic, possibly with retroactive effect, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs and tax credits could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. A temporary suspension of the use of certain NOLs and tax credits has been enacted in California, and other states may enact suspensions as well. For these reasons, we may not be able to realize a tax benefit from the use of our NOLs and tax credits.

We experience elements of seasonal fluctuations in our financial results, which could cause our stock price to fluctuate.

Our business is highly dependent on the behavior patterns of our customers and their guests. We experience seasonality in our financial technology revenue which is largely driven by the level of GPV processed through our platform. For example, our average customers typically have greater sales during the warmer months, though this effect varies regionally. As a result, our financial technology revenue per location has historically been stronger in the second and third quarters. As a result, seasonality may cause fluctuations in our financial results, and other trends that develop may similarly impact our results of operations.

We rely primarily on third-party insurance policies to insure our operations-related risks. If our insurance coverage is insufficient for the needs of our business or our insurance providers are unable to meet their obligations, we may not be able to mitigate the risks facing our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We procure third-party insurance policies to cover various operations-related risks including employment practices liability, workers’ compensation, business interruptions, cybersecurity and data breaches, crime, directors’ and officers’ liability, and general business liabilities. For certain types of operations-related risks or future risks related to our new and evolving services, we may not be able to, or may choose not to, acquire insurance. In addition, we may not obtain enough insurance to adequately mitigate such operations-related risks or risks related to our new and evolving services, and we may have to pay high premiums, self-insured retentions, or deductibles for the coverage we do obtain. Additionally, if any of our insurance providers becomes insolvent, it would be unable to pay any operations-related claims that we make. Further, some of our agreements with customers may require that we procure certain types of insurance, and if we are unable to obtain and maintain such insurance, we would be in violation of the terms of these customer agreements.

If the amount of one or more operations-related claims were to exceed our applicable aggregate coverage limits, we would bear the excess, in addition to amounts already incurred in connection with deductibles, or self-insured retentions. Insurance providers have raised premiums and deductibles for

 

46


Table of Contents

many businesses and may do so in the future. As a result, our insurance and claims expense could increase, or we may decide to raise our deductibles or self-insured retentions when our policies are renewed or replaced. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected if the cost per claim, premiums, or the number of claims significantly exceeds our historical experience and coverage limits; we experience a claim in excess of our coverage limits; our insurance providers fail to pay on our insurance claims; we experience a claim for which coverage is not provided; or the number of claims under our deductibles or self-insured retentions differs from historical averages.

Risks Related to Competition, Sales, and Marketing

The markets in which we participate are intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be adversely affected.

The overall market for restaurant management software is rapidly evolving and subject to changing technology, shifting customer and guest needs, and frequent introductions of new applications. Our competitors vary in size and in the breadth and scope of the products and services they offer. In addition, there are a number of companies that are not currently direct competitors but that could in the future shift their focus to the restaurant industry and offer competing products and services, which could compete directly in our entire customer community or in a certain segment within the restaurant industry. There is also a risk that certain of our current customers and business partners could terminate their relationships with us and use the insights they have gained from partnering with us to introduce their own competing products.

Our current and future competitors may enjoy competitive advantages, such as greater name recognition, longer operating histories, greater category share in certain markets, market-specific knowledge, established relationships with restaurants, larger existing user bases in certain markets, more successful marketing capabilities, more integrated products and/or platforms, and substantially greater financial, technical, sales, and marketing, and other resources than we have. Additionally, some potential customers in the restaurant industry, particularly large organizations, have elected, and may in the future elect, to develop their own business management and point of sale software and platforms. Certain of our competitors have partnered with, or have acquired or been acquired by, and may in the future partner with or acquire, or be acquired by, other competitors, thereby leveraging their collective competitive positions and making it more difficult to compete with them. We believe that there are significant opportunities to further increase our revenue by expanding internationally. As we expand our business by selling subscriptions to our platform in international markets, we will also face competition from local incumbents in these markets.

Additionally, many of our competitors are well capitalized and offer discounted services, lower customer processing rates and fees, customer discounts and promotions, innovative platforms and offerings, and alternative pay models, any of which may be more attractive than those that we offer. Such competitive pressures may lead us to maintain or lower our processing rates and fees or maintain or increase our incentives, discounts, and promotions in order to remain competitive, particularly in markets where we do not have a leading position. Such efforts have negatively affected, and may continue to negatively affect, our financial performance, and there is no guarantee that such efforts will be successful. Further, the markets in which we compete have attracted significant investments from a wide range of funding sources, and we anticipate that many of our competitors will continue to be highly capitalized. These investments, along with the other competitive advantages discussed above, may allow our competitors to continue to lower their prices and fees, or increase the incentives, discounts, and promotions they offer and thereby compete more effectively against us.

Some of our competitors offer specific point solutions addressing particular needs in the restaurant industry, including subscriptions to software products without the requirement to use related

 

47


Table of Contents

payment processing services. While we believe that our integrated software and payments platform offers significant advantages over such point solutions, customers who have specific needs that are addressed by these point solutions, and customers who do not want to change from an existing payment processing relationship to use our payment processing services, may believe that products and services offered by competitors better address their needs.

Additionally, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than us to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, or customer requirements. With the introduction of new technologies and new market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. For example, our competitors may adopt certain of our platform features or may adopt innovations that customers value more highly than ours, which would render our platform less attractive and reduce our ability to differentiate our platform. Pricing pressures and increased competition generally could result in reduced sales, reduced margins, increased churn, reduced customer retention, losses, or the failure of our platform to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance. For all of these reasons, we may fail to compete successfully against our current and future competitors. If we fail to compete successfully, our business will be harmed.

Potential changes in competitive landscape, including disintermediation from other participants in the payments chain, could harm our business.

We expect the competitive landscape in the restaurant technology industry will continue to change in a variety of ways, including:

 

   

rapid and significant changes in technology, resulting in new and innovative payment methods and programs, that could place us at a competitive disadvantage and reduce the use of our platform and services;

 

   

competitors, including third-party processors and integrated payment providers, customers, governments, and/or other industry participants may develop products and services that compete with or replace our platform and services, including products and services that enable payment networks and banks to transact with consumers directly;

 

   

competitors may also elect to focus exclusively on one segment of the restaurant industry and develop product offerings uniquely tailored to that segment, which could impact our addressable market and reduce the use of our platform and services;

 

   

participants in the financial services, payments, and payment technology industries may merge, create joint ventures, or form other business alliances that may strengthen their existing business services or create new payment services that compete with our platform and services; and

 

   

new services and technologies that we develop may be impacted by industry-wide solutions and standards related to migration to Europay, Mastercard, and Visa standards, including chip technology, tokenization, and other safety and security technologies.

Certain competitors could use strong or dominant positions in one or more markets to gain a competitive advantage against us, such as by integrating competing platforms or features into products they control, including search engines, web browsers, mobile device operating systems, or social networks; by making acquisitions; or by making access to our platform more difficult. Failure to compete effectively against any of these or other competitive threats could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

 

48


Table of Contents

We expend significant resources pursuing sales opportunities, and if we fail to close sales after expending significant time and resources to do so, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The initial installation and set-up of many of our services often involve significant resource commitments by our customers, particularly those with larger operational scale. Potential customers generally commit significant resources to an evaluation of available services and may require us to expend substantial time, effort, and money educating them as to the value of our services. Our sales cycle may be extended due to our customers’ budgetary constraints or for other reasons. In addition, as we seek to sell subscriptions to our platform to additional enterprise customers, we anticipate that the sales cycle associated with those potential customers will be longer than the typical sales cycle for SMB customers, and that sales to enterprise customers will require us to expend greater sales and marketing and management resources. If we are unsuccessful in closing sales after expending significant funds and management resources, or we experience delays or incur greater than anticipated costs, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Partners and Other Third Parties

We depend upon third parties to manufacture our products and to supply key components necessary to manufacture our products. We do not have long-term agreements with all of our manufacturers and suppliers, and if these manufacturers or suppliers become unwilling or unable to provide an adequate supply of components, particularly of semiconductor chips, with respect to which there is a severe global shortage, we may not be able to find alternative sources in a timely manner and our business would be impacted.

Many of the key components used to manufacture our products, such as our customer-facing displays, come from limited or single sources of supply, and therefore a disruption with one manufacturer in our supply chain may have an adverse effect on other aspects of our supply chain and may disrupt our ability to effectively and timely deliver our hardware products. In addition, in some cases, we rely only on one hardware manufacturer to fabricate, test, and assemble our products. In general, our contract manufacturers fabricate or procure components on our behalf, subject to certain approved procedures or supplier lists, and we do not have firm commitments from all of these manufacturers to provide all components, or to provide them in quantities and on timelines that we may require. Due to our reliance on the components or products produced by suppliers such as these, we are subject to the risk of shortages and long lead times in the supply of certain components or products. We are still in the process of identifying alternative manufacturers for the assembly of our products and for many of the single-sourced components used in our products. In the case of off-the-shelf components, we are subject to the risk that our suppliers may discontinue or modify them, or that the components may cease to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, component shortages, or delays or other problems in product assembly, and the availability and cost of these components or products may be difficult to predict. For example, our manufacturers may experience temporary or permanent disruptions in their manufacturing operations due to equipment breakdowns, labor strikes or shortages, natural disasters, component or material shortages, cost increases, acquisitions, insolvency, changes in legal or regulatory requirements, or other similar problems.

In particular, increased demand for semiconductor chips in 2020, due in part to the COVID-19 pandemic and an increased use of laptop computers, 5G phones, gaming systems, and other IT equipment that use these chips, has resulted in a severe global shortage of chips in early 2021. As a result, our ability to source semiconductor chips used in our hardware products has been adversely affected. This shortage may result in increased component delivery lead times, delays in the production of our hardware products, and increased costs to source available semiconductor chips. To

 

49


Table of Contents

the extent this semiconductor chip shortage continues, and we are unable to mitigate the effects of this shortage, our ability to deliver sufficient quantities of our hardware products to support our existing customers and to support our growth through sales to new customers may be adversely affected.

As the scale of our hardware production increases, we will also need to accurately forecast, purchase, warehouse, and transport components at high volumes to our manufacturing facilities and servicing locations. If we are unable to accurately match the timing and quantities of component purchases to our actual needs or successfully implement automation, inventory management, and other systems to accommodate the increased complexity in our supply chain and parts management, we may incur unexpected production disruption, storage, transportation, and write-off costs, which may harm our business and operating results.

In the event of a shortage or supply interruption from suppliers of components used in our hardware products, we may not be able to develop alternate sources quickly, cost-effectively, or at all. This could harm our relationships with our customers, prevent us from acquiring new customers, and materially and adversely affect our business.

Additionally, various sources of supply-chain risk, including strikes or shutdowns at delivery ports or loss of or damage to our products while they are in transit or storage, intellectual property theft, losses due to tampering, third-party vendor issues with quality or sourcing control, failure by our suppliers to comply with applicable laws and regulation, potential tariffs (including those applicable to our relationships with vendors in China) or other trade restrictions, or other similar problems could limit or delay the supply of our products, or harm our reputation.

We also rely on certain suppliers located internationally as part of our supply chain, and the supply risks described above may similarly apply to or be more pronounced in respect of those international suppliers. For example, we have several long-term contracts with companies based in China and other parts of Asia. A violation of these contracts may require us to bring a claim in China or another jurisdiction in Asia and which may be difficult to enforce. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts in these international jurisdictions would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts. Any litigation in international jurisdictions, including in China or other parts of Asia, may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

We rely substantially on one third-party payment processor to facilitate payments made by guests and payments made to customers, and payments made on behalf of customers, and if we cannot manage risks related to our relationships with this payment processor or any future third-party payment processors, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We currently substantially rely on Worldpay, Inc., or Worldpay, as our third-party payment processor to facilitate payments made by guests and payments made to customers on our platform. While we are seeking to develop payment processing relationships with other payment processors, we expect to continue to rely on a limited number of payment processors for the foreseeable future. Under the terms of our contract with Worldpay, or the Worldpay contract, we pay Worldpay volume-based transaction fees on each transaction processed on our platform, as well as a fee-for-service for any additional functionality. In May 2021, the Worldpay contract was renewed for a new three-year term, and may be further renewed for a subsequent three-year term subject to either party’s right to elect not to renew. Worldpay may terminate the Worldpay contract if we fail to maintain a prescribed threshold for transaction volume, and upon certain customary events of default, including, among others, our failure to make payments when due, our uncured breaches of the Worldpay contract, a material deterioration in our financial condition, certain change of control transactions, or our bankruptcy. We have in the past experienced interrupted operations with respect to payments processed through Worldpay, which in some cases resulted in the temporary inability of our customers to collect payments from their guests through our platform. In the event that Worldpay or any additional third-party payment

 

50


Table of Contents

processors in the future fail to maintain adequate levels of support, experience interrupted operations, do not provide high quality service, increase the fees they charge us, discontinue their lines of business, terminate their contractual arrangements with us, or cease or reduce operations, we may suffer additional costs and be required to pursue new third-party relationships, which could materially disrupt our operations and our ability to provide our products and services, and could divert management’s time and resources. In addition, such incidents could result in periods of time during which our platform cannot function properly, and therefore cannot collect payments from customers and their guests, which could adversely affect our relationships with our customers and our business, reputation, brand, financial condition, and results of operations. It would be difficult to replace third-party processors, including Worldpay, in a timely manner if they were unwilling or unable to provide us with these services in the future, and our business and operations could be adversely affected. If these services fail or are of poor quality, our business, reputation, and operating results could be harmed.

Further, our contract with Worldpay requires us to bear risk for compliance with the operating rules, or the Payment Network Rules, of Visa, Mastercard, and other payment networks, or collectively, the Payment Networks, with whom we are registered as a payment facilitator or certified service provider, and applicable law, and the risk of fraud. In the event Worldpay or any additional third-party payment processors in the future are subjected to losses, including any fines for reversals, chargebacks, or fraud assessed by the Payment Networks, that are caused by us or our customers due to failure to comply with the Payment Network Rules or applicable law, our third-party payment processor may impose penalties on us, increase our transaction fees, or restrict our ability to process transactions through the Payment Networks, and we may lose our ability to process payments through one or more Payment Networks. Thus, in the event of a significant loss by Worldpay or any future third-party payment processor, we may be required to expend a large amount of cash promptly upon notification of the occurrence of such an event. A contractual dispute with our processing partner could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We are also dependent upon various large banks and regulators to execute electronic payments and wire transfers as part of our client payroll, tax, and other money movement services. Termination of any such banking relationship, a bank’s refusal or inability to provide services on which we rely, outages, delays, or systemic shutdown of the banking industry would impede our ability to process funds on behalf of our payroll, tax, and other money movement services clients and could have an adverse impact on our financial results and liquidity.

If we fail to comply with the applicable requirements of payment networks, they could seek to fine us, suspend us, or terminate our registrations. If our customers incur fines or penalties that we cannot collect from them, we may have to bear the cost of such fines or penalties.

In order to provide our transaction processing services, we are registered as a payment facilitator or certified service provider with the Payment Networks. We and our customers must comply with the Payment Network Rules. The Payment Network Rules require us to also comply with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or the Security Standard, which is a set of rules and standards designed to ensure that all companies that process, store, or transmit payment card information maintain a secure environment to protect cardholder data.

If we fail to, or are alleged to have failed to, comply with the Payment Network Rules or the Security Standard, we may be subject to fines, penalties, or restrictions, including, but not limited to, higher transaction fees that may be levied by the Payment Networks for failure to comply with the Payment Network Rules. If a customer fails or is alleged to have failed to comply with the Payment Network Rules, we could also be subject to a variety of fines or penalties that may be levied by the Payment Networks. If we cannot collect such amounts from the applicable customer, we may have to bear the cost of the fines or penalties, and we may also be unable to continue processing payments for that customer. This may result in lower earnings for us. In addition to these fines and penalties, if we or

 

51


Table of Contents

our customers do not comply with the Payment Network Rules or the Security Standard, we may lose our status as a payment facilitator or certified service provider. Our failure to comply with such rules and standards could mean that we may no longer be able to provide certain of our services as they are currently offered, and that existing customers, sales partners, or other third parties may cease using or referring our services. Prospective merchant customers, financial institutions, sales partners, or other third parties may choose to terminate negotiations with us or delay or choose not to consider us for their processing needs. In each of these instances, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.

In addition, as our business continues to develop and expand, and we create new product offerings, we may become subject to additional rules, regulations, and industry standards. We may not always accurately interpret or predict the scope or applicability of certain regulations and standards, including the Security Standard, to our business, particularly as we expand into new product offerings, which could lead us to fall out of compliance with the Security Standard or other rules. Further, the Payment Networks could adopt new operating rules or interpret or re-interpret existing rules in ways that might prohibit us from providing certain services to some users, be costly to implement, or be difficult to follow. Any changes in the Payment Network Rules or the Security Standard, including our interpretation and implementation of the Payment Network Rules or the Security Standard to our existing or future business offerings, or additional contractual obligations imposed on us by our customers relating to privacy, data protection, or information security, may increase our cost of doing business, require us to modify our data processing practices or policies, or increase our potential liability in connection with breaches or incidents relating to privacy, data protection, and information security, including resulting in termination of our registrations with the Payment Networks. The termination of our registrations, or any changes in the Payment Network Rules that would impair our registrations, could require us to stop providing payment facilitation services relating to the affected Payment Network, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

The Payment Network Rules, including rules related to the assessment of interchange and other fees, may be influenced by our competitors. Increases in Payment Network fees or new regulations could negatively affect our earnings.

The Payment Network Rules are set by their boards, which may be influenced by card issuers, and some of those issuers are our competitors with respect to these processing services. Many banks directly or indirectly sell processing services to customers in direct competition with us. These banks could attempt, by virtue of their influence on the Payment Networks, to alter the Payment Networks’ rules or policies to the detriment of other members and non-members including certain of our businesses.

We pay interchange, assessment, transaction, and other fees set by the Payment Networks to such networks and, in some cases, to the card issuing financial institutions for each transaction we process. From time to time, the Payment Networks increase the fees that they charge members or certified service providers. We could attempt to pass these increases along to our customers and their guests, but this strategy might result in the loss of customers to our competitors that do not pass along the increases. If competitive practices prevent us from passing along the higher fees to our customers and their guests in the future, we may have to absorb all or a portion of such increases, which may increase our operating costs and reduce our earnings.

In addition, regulators are subjecting interchange and other fees to increased scrutiny, and new regulations or interpretations of existing regulations could require greater pricing transparency of the breakdown in fees or fee limitations, which could lead to increased price-based competition, lower margins, and higher rates of customer attrition, and affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

 

52


Table of Contents

We rely on customers on our platform for many aspects of our business, and any failure by them to maintain their service levels or any changes to their operating costs could adversely affect our business.

We rely on customers on our platform to provide quality foods, beverages, and service and experience to their guests. Further, an increase in customer operating costs could cause customers on our platform to raise prices, cease operations, or renegotiate processing rates, which could in turn adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Many of the factors affecting customer operating costs, including the cost of offering off-premise dining, are beyond the control of customers and include inflation, costs associated with the goods provided, labor and employee benefit costs, costs associated with third-party delivery services, rent costs, and energy costs. Additionally, if customers try to pass along increased operating costs by raising prices for their guests, order volume may decline, which we expect would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We primarily rely on Amazon Web Services to deliver our services to customers on our platform, and any disruption of or interference with our use of Amazon Web Services could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We currently host our platform and support our operations on multiple data centers provided by Amazon Web Services, or AWS, a third-party provider of cloud infrastructure services. We do not have control over the operations of the facilities of AWS that we use. AWS’ facilities could be subject to damage or interruption from natural disasters, cybersecurity attacks, terrorist attacks, power outages, and similar events or acts of misconduct. The occurrence of any of the above circumstances or events and the resulting impact on our platform may harm our reputation and brand, reduce the availability or usage of our platform, lead to a significant short-term loss of revenue, increase our costs, and impair our ability to retain existing customers or attract new customers, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Even though our platform is hosted in the cloud solely by AWS, we believe that we could transition to one or more alternative cloud infrastructure providers on commercially reasonable terms. In the event that our agreement with AWS is terminated or we add additional cloud infrastructure service providers, we may experience significant costs or downtime for a short period in connection with the transfer to, or the addition of, new cloud infrastructure service providers. However, we do not believe that such transfer to, or the addition of, new cloud infrastructure service providers would cause substantial harm to our business, financial condition, or results of operations over the longer term.

We depend on the interoperability of our platform across third-party applications and services that we do not control.

We have integrations with various third parties, both within and outside the restaurant ecosystem. Third-party applications, products, and services are constantly evolving, and we may not be able to maintain or modify our platform to ensure its compatibility with third-party offerings. In addition, some of our competitors or customers on our platform may take actions that disrupt the interoperability of our platform with their own products or services, or they may exert strong business influence on our ability to, and the terms on which we operate and distribute our platform. As our platform evolves, we expect the types and levels of competition we face to increase. Should any of our competitors or customers on our platform modify their technologies, standards, or terms of use in a manner that degrades the functionality or performance of our platform or is otherwise unsatisfactory to us or gives preferential treatment to our competitors’ products or services, our platform, business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

53


Table of Contents

Certain estimates and information contained in this prospectus are based on information from third-party sources, and we do not independently verify the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in such sources or the methodologies for collecting such data. Any real or perceived inaccuracies in such estimates or information may harm our reputation and adversely affect your ability to evaluate our business.

Certain estimates and information contained in this prospectus, including general expectations concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, our market opportunity, and our market size, are based to some extent on information provided by third parties. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and, although we believe the information from such third-party sources is reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the information contained in such third-party sources or the methodologies for collecting such information or developing such estimates. If there are any limitations or errors with respect to such information, or if such estimates are inaccurate, your ability to evaluate our business and prospects could be impaired and our reputation with investors could suffer.

For example, market opportunity estimates and market growth forecasts included in this prospectus are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. Not every customer included in our market opportunity estimates will necessarily purchase subscriptions to our platform or similar products and services, and some or many of those potential customers may choose to use products or services offered by our competitors. We cannot be certain that any particular number or percentage of the potential customers included in our calculation of our market opportunity will generate any particular level of revenue for us. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasts in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow for a variety of reasons, including competition, customer preferences and the other risks described in this prospectus. Accordingly, the estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as necessarily indicative of our future growth.

Our partnerships with third parties are an important source of new business for us, and, if those third parties were to reduce their referral of customers to us, our ability to increase our revenue would be adversely affected.

We have partnerships with third parties that are an important source of new business. If any of our third-party partners, such as our partners in the online food marketplace that provide referrals, were to switch to providing marketing support for another payment processor, terminate their relationship with us, merge with or be acquired by one of our competitors, or shut down or become insolvent, we may no longer receive the benefits associated with that relationship, such as new customer referrals, and we also risk losing existing customers and the related payment processing that were originally referred to us by such third party. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to increase our revenue.

Risks Related to Government Regulation and Other Compliance Requirements

Our business is subject to a variety of U.S. laws and regulations, many of which are unsettled and still developing, and our or our customers’ failure to comply with such laws and regulations could subject us to claims or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

The restaurant technology industry and the offering of financial products therein is relatively nascent and rapidly evolving. We are subject to a variety of U.S. laws and regulations. Laws, regulations, and standards governing issues such as worker classification, labor and employment,

 

54


Table of Contents

anti-discrimination, online credit card payments, payment and payroll processing, financial services, gratuities, pricing and commissions, text messaging, subscription services, intellectual property, data retention, privacy, data security, consumer protection, background checks, website and mobile application accessibility, wages, and tax are often complex and subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity. The scope and interpretation of existing and new laws, and whether they are applicable to us, is often uncertain and may be conflicting, including varying standards and interpretations between state and federal law, between individual states, and even at the city and municipality level. As a result, their application in practice may change or develop over time through judicial decisions or as new guidance or interpretations are provided by regulatory and governing bodies, such as federal, state, and local administrative agencies.

It is also likely that if our business grows and evolves and our services are used in a greater number of geographies, we would become subject to laws and regulations in additional jurisdictions. It is difficult to predict how existing laws would be applied to our business and the new laws to which it may become subject.

We may not be able to respond quickly or effectively to regulatory, legislative, and other developments, and these changes may in turn impair our ability to offer our existing or planned features, products, and services, and/or increase our cost of doing business. While we have and will need to continue to invest in the development of policies and procedures in order to comply with the requirements of the evolving, highly regulated regulatory regimes applicable to our business and those of our customers, our compliance programs are relatively nascent and we cannot assure that our compliance programs will prevent the violation of one or more laws or regulations. If we are not able to comply with these laws or regulations or if we become liable under these laws or regulations, including any future laws or obligations that we may not be able to anticipate at this time, we could be adversely affected, and we may be forced to implement new measures to reduce our exposure to this liability. This may require us to expend substantial resources, discontinue certain services or platform features, limit our customer base, or find ways to limit our offerings in particular jurisdictions, which would adversely affect our business. Any failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could also subject us to claims and other legal and regulatory proceedings, fines, or other penalties, criminal and civil proceedings, forfeiture of significant assets, and other enforcement actions. In addition, the increased attention focused upon liability issues as a result of lawsuits and legislative proposals could adversely affect our reputation or otherwise impact the growth of our business.

Further, from time to time, we may leverage third parties to help conduct our businesses in the United States or abroad. We may be held liable for any corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party partners and intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, channel partners, and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. While we have policies and procedures to address compliance with such laws, we cannot assure you that our employees and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible.

Illegal or improper activities of customers or customer noncompliance with laws and regulations governing, among other things, online credit card payments, financial services, gratuities, pricing and commissions, data retention, privacy, data security, consumer protection, wages, and tax could expose us to liability and adversely affect our business, brand, financial condition, and results of operations. While we have implemented various measures intended to anticipate, identify, and address the risk of these types of activities, these measures may not adequately address or prevent all illegal or improper activities by these parties from occurring and such conduct could expose us to liability, including through litigation, or adversely affect our brand or reputation.

 

55


Table of Contents

We are subject to extensive and complex rules and regulations, licensing, and examination by various federal, state and local government authorities, and a failure to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to us could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to extensive and complex rules and regulations, licensing, and examination by various federal, state and local government authorities designed to protect our customers and guests of our customers when using our financial technology solutions. In connection with our financial technology solutions, we must comply with a number of federal, state and local laws and regulations, including state and federal unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts and practices laws, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, and the Dodd Frank Act. We must also comply with laws related to money laundering, money transfers, and advertising, as well as privacy and information security, laws, including the California Consumer Privacy Act, or the CCPA. Additionally, we are or may become subject to a wide range of complex laws and regulations concerning the withholding, filing, and remittance of income and payroll taxes in connection with our payroll processing business. We may, in the future, offer additional financial technology solutions to guests of our customers that may be subject to additional laws and regulations or be subject to the abovementioned laws and regulations in novel ways.

Lending facilitated through the Toast Capital platform must comply with anti-discrimination statutes such as the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and state law equivalents that prohibit creditors from discriminating against loan applicants and borrowers based on certain characteristics, such as race, religion and national origin. In addition to reputational harm, violations of the Equal Credit Opportunity Act can result in actual damages, punitive damages, injunctive or equitable relief, attorneys’ fees, and civil money penalties.

In addition, federal and state financial services regulators are aggressively enforcing existing laws, regulations, and rules and enhancing their supervisory expectations regarding the management of legal and regulatory compliance risks. This shift in government enforcement policies and priorities may increase the risk that we will be subject to penalties and other materially adverse consequences through government enforcement actions. A finding that we failed to comply with applicable federal, state, and local law could result in actions that make our platform less convenient and attractive to, and potentially unsuitable for, customers and their guests or that have other materially adverse effects on our operations or financial condition.

Our subsidiary, Toast Processing Services LLC, or TPS, holds or is in the process of obtaining money transmitter licenses or similar authorizations in multiple states where they may be required in order for us to offer our payroll processing products. Each of the issuers of these licenses has the authority to supervise and examine our activities. Licensing determinations are matters of regulatory interpretation and could change over time. For example, certain states may have a more expansive view than others of what activities qualify as money transmission and require a license. Government authorities could disagree with our licensing position or our reliance on certain exemptions from licensing requirements or determine that TPS or another Toast subsidiary or affiliate should have applied for licenses sooner, and they could require us to obtain such licenses, fine us for unlicensed activity, require us to enter into a consent agreement, or subject us to other investigations and enforcement actions. They could also require us to cease conducting certain aspects of our business until we are properly licensed. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain any such licenses, and, even if we are able to do so, we could be required to make products and services changes in order to obtain and maintain such licenses, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business. As we obtain such licenses, we are and will become subject to many additional requirements and limitations, including those with respect to the custody of customer funds, maintenance of capital or permissible investments, disclosures, anti-money laundering, reporting, bonding, and examination by government authorities. The cost of obtaining and maintaining licenses is material.

 

56


Table of Contents

Our relationship with our bank partner that makes loans to our customers may subject us to regulation as a service provider.

The working capital loans that we market to our customers are made by our bank partner. We are a service provider of this bank, providing marketing and loan administration services. Our contract with our bank partner requires us to comply with state and federal lending and servicing-related laws and regulations. In the future, we may enter into similar partner arrangements with other state or federally chartered financial institutions that may require us to comply with the laws to which such third parties are subject. As a service provider to financial institutions, such as banks, we are or may become subject to regulatory oversight and examination by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, an interagency body of the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or the OCC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, and various other federal and state regulatory authorities. We also may be subject to similar review by state agencies that regulate our partner financial institutions.

We may be considered a “bank service provider” to our bank partner, and therefore be subject to supervision and regulation by the FDIC in connection with its supervision of the bank. On July 29, 2016, the board of directors of the FDIC released examination guidance relating to third-party lending as part of a package of materials designed to “improve the transparency and clarity of the FDIC’s supervisory policies and practices” and consumer compliance measures that FDIC-supervised institutions should follow when lending through a business relationship with a third party. The proposed guidance would cover relationships for originating loans on behalf of, through or jointly with third parties, or using platforms developed by third parties. If adopted as proposed, the guidance would result in increased supervisory attention to institutions that engage in significant lending activities through third parties. The guidance would require at least one examination every 12 months, and it would include supervisory expectations for third-party lending risk management programs and third-party lending policies that contain certain minimum requirements, such as self-imposed limits as a percentage of total capital for each third-party lending relationship and for the overall loan program, relative to origination volumes, credit exposures (including pipeline risk), growth, loan types, and acceptable credit quality. The future formal adoption of this guidance could impose increased operating costs on us. It could also have a material negative impact on our partner financial institutions by making bank service provider arrangements more costly. As a result, we may have increased difficulty in establishing or maintaining such arrangements, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

These and other potential changes to laws and regulations and enhanced regulatory oversight of our partner financial institutions may require us to divert more resources to our compliance programs and maintaining our relationships with our partner financial institutions, terminate or modify our relationships with our partner financial institutions, or otherwise limit the manner in which we conduct our business. If we are unable to adapt our products and services to conform to the new laws and regulations, or if these laws and regulations have a negative impact on our clients, we may experience client losses or increased operating costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If loans made by our bank partner were found to violate the laws of one or more states, whether at origination or after sale by our bank partner, loans facilitated through the Toast Capital platform may be unenforceable or otherwise impaired, we may be subject to, among other things, fines and penalties, and/or our commercial relationships may suffer, each of which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

When establishing the factor rate and payment structures that are charged to borrowers on loans we market and service, our bank partner relies on certain authority under federal law to export the

 

57


Table of Contents

interest requirements of the state where the bank is located to borrowers in all other states. Further, we rely on the ability of subsequent holders to continue charging such factor rate and payment structures and to enforce other contractual terms of the loans that are permissible under federal banking laws following the acquisition of the loans. In some states, the factor rate of some loans facilitated through the Toast Capital platform, if considered interest, would exceed the maximum interest rate permitted for loans made by non-bank lenders to borrowers residing in, or that have nexus to, such states. In addition, the rate structures for some loans facilitated through the Toast Capital platform may not be permissible in all states for non-bank lenders and/or the amounts charged in connection with loans facilitated through the Toast Capital platform may not be permissible in all states for non-bank lenders.

Usury, fee, and disclosure related claims involving loans facilitated through the Toast Capital platform may be raised in multiple ways. We and our bank partner may face litigation, government enforcement, or other challenge, for example, based on claims that the bank did not establish loan terms that were permissible in the state in which it is located or did not correctly identify the home or host state in which it is located for purposes of interest exportation authority under federal law.

If a borrower or any state agency were to successfully bring a claim against us or our bank partner for a state usury law violation and the rate at issue on the loan was deemed impermissible under applicable state law, we and our bank partner may face various commercial and legal repercussions, including not receiving the total amount of payments expected, and in some cases, the loans could be deemed void, voidable, rescindable, or otherwise impaired or we or our bank partner may be subject to monetary, injunctive or criminal penalties. Were such repercussions to apply to us, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations; and were such repercussions to apply to our bank partner, it could be discouraged from making loans to our customers. We may also be subject to the payment of damages in situations where we agreed to provide indemnification to our bank partner, as well as fines and penalties assessed by state and federal regulatory agencies.

If loans facilitated through our platform were subject to successful challenge that our bank partner was not the “true lender,” such loans may be unenforceable, subject to rescission, or otherwise impaired, we and our bank partner may be subject to penalties, and/or our commercial relationships may suffer, each which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Loans facilitated by Toast Capital are made by our bank partner in reliance on the position that the bank is the “true lender” for such loans. That true lender status determines various elements of the structure of the loan program, including that we do not hold licenses required solely for being the party that makes loans to our customers, and loans facilitated through the Toast Capital platform may involve pricing and payment structures permissible at origination because the lender is a bank, and/or the disclosures provided to borrowers are accurate and compliant in reliance of the status of the lender as a bank. Because the loans facilitated through the Toast Capital platform are made by our bank partner, many state financial regulatory requirements, including usury restrictions (other than the restrictions of the state in which our bank partner made a particular loan is located) and many licensing requirements and substantive requirements under state lender licensing laws, are treated as inapplicable based on principles of federal preemption or express exemptions provided in relevant state laws for certain types of financial institutions or loans they make.

Certain recent litigation and regulatory enforcement has challenged, or is currently challenging, the characterization of bank partners as the “true lender” in connection with programs involving marketing, processing, and/or servicing relationships between a bank partner and non-bank lending platforms. In addition, the House Committee on Financial Services has issued statements and held a hearing in response to concerns that bank partner arrangements undermine consumer safeguards, including state usury laws, and encouraged federal regulators to intervene.

 

58


Table of Contents

We and our bank partners could also become subject to challenges regarding “true lender” status and, if so, we could face penalties and/or loans facilitated through the Toast Capital platform may be or become void, voidable, or otherwise impaired in a manner that may have adverse effects on our operations (either directly or as a result of an adverse impact on our relationship with our bank partner).

There have been no formal proceedings against us or indications of any proceedings against us to date, but there can be no assurance that state agencies or regulators will not make assertions with respect to the loans facilitated by our platform in the future. If a court or a state or federal enforcement agency were to deem Toast or Toast Capital, rather than our bank partner, the “true lender” for loans facilitated through our platform, and if for this reason (or any other reason) the loans were deemed subject to and in violation of certain state lender licensing and usury laws, we could be subject to fines, damages, injunctive relief (including required modification or discontinuation of our business in certain areas), and other penalties or consequences, and the loans could be rendered void or unenforceable in whole or in part, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business (directly, or as a result of adverse impact on our relationships with our bank partner).

Changes in legislative and regulatory policy affecting payment processing or small business lending, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We provide our financial technology solutions in a constantly changing legal and regulatory environment. New laws or regulations, or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations, affecting our financial technology solutions could have a materially adverse impact on our ability to operate as currently intended and cause us to incur significant expense in order to ensure compliance. For example, government agencies may impose new or additional rules that (i) prohibit, restrict, and/or impose taxes or fees on payment processing transactions in, to or from certain countries or with certain governments, individuals, and entities; (ii) impose additional client identification and client due diligence requirements; (iii) impose additional reporting or recordkeeping requirements, or require enhanced transaction monitoring; (iv) limit the types of entities capable of providing payment processing services, or impose additional licensing or registration requirements; (v) impose minimum capital or other financial requirements; (vi) require enhanced disclosures to our payment processing clients; (vii) cause loans facilitated through the Toast Capital platform, or any of the underlying terms of those loans, to be unenforceable against the relevant borrowers; (viii) limit the number or principal amount of payment processing transactions that may be sent to or from a jurisdiction, whether by an individual or in the aggregate; and (ix) restrict or limit our ability to facilitate processing transactions using centralized databases. These regulatory changes and uncertainties make our business planning more difficult. They could require us to invest significant resources and devote significant management attention to pursuing new business activities, change certain of our business practices or our business model, or expose us to additional costs (including increased compliance costs and/or customer remediation), any of which could adversely impact our results of operations. If we fail to comply with new laws or regulations, or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations, our ability to operate our business, our relationships with our customers, our brand, and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Further, proposals to change the statutes affecting working capital loans facilitated through the Toast Capital platform may periodically be introduced in Congress and state legislatures. If enacted, those proposals could affect Toast Capital’s operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. For example, California and New York have enacted laws that will soon regulate non-bank commercial financing providers. Although neither law has taken effect, these new laws may impose new compliance requirements on previously unregulated aspects of our business, including but not limited to requirements for new, consumer-style disclosures for certain financial products that we offer or facilitate.

 

59


Table of Contents

As we consider expanding our presence internationally, we may become subject to the laws, regulations, licensing schemes, industry standards, and payment card networks rules applicable in such jurisdictions, which may require us to invest additional resources to adopt appropriate compliance policies and measures. If we are unable to timely comply with the rules or laws of new jurisdictions in which we conduct business, our business or reputation may be adversely affected.

NACHA Rules and related oversight are material to our transaction processing business and our failure to comply could materially harm our business.

Our transaction processing services are subject to the National Automated Clearing House Association Rules, or NACHA Rules. Any changes in the NACHA Rules that increase our cost of doing business or limit our ability to provide processing services to our customers will adversely affect the operation of our business. If we or our customers fail to comply with the NACHA Rules or if our processing of customer transactions is materially or routinely delayed or otherwise disrupted, our partner financial institutions could suspend or terminate our access to NACHA’s clearing and settlement network, which would make it impossible for us to conduct our business on its current scale.

Additionally, we periodically conduct audits and self-assessments to verify our compliance with NACHA Rules. If an audit or self-assessment under NACHA Rules identifies any deficiencies that we need to remediate, the remediation efforts may distract our management team and other staff and be expensive and time consuming. NACHA may update its operating rules and guidelines at any time, which could require us to take more costly compliance measures or to develop more complex monitoring systems. Our partner financial institutions could also change their interpretation of NACHA requirements, similarly requiring costly remediation efforts and potentially preventing us from continuing to provide services through such partner financial institutions until we have remediated such issues to their satisfaction.

Failure to comply with anti-money laundering, economic and trade sanctions regulations, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, and similar laws could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

TPS is registered with the Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, or FinCEN, as a money services business, or MSB. Registration as an MSB subjects us to the regulatory and supervisory jurisdiction of FinCEN, the anti-money laundering provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, or the BSA, and its implementing regulations applicable to MSBs. FinCEN may also interpret the BSA and its regulations as requiring registration of our parent company or other subsidiaries as MSBs. State regulators often impose similar requirements on licensed money transmitters. In addition, our contracts with financial institution partners and other third parties may contractually require us to maintain an anti-money laundering program. We are also subject to economic and trade sanctions programs administered by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, which prohibit or restrict transactions to or from or dealings with specified countries, their governments, and in certain circumstances, their nationals, and with individuals and entities that are specially-designated nationals of those countries, narcotics traffickers, terrorists or terrorist organizations, and other sanctioned persons and entities.

We may in the future operate our business in foreign countries where companies often engage in business practices that are prohibited by U.S. and other regulations applicable to us. We are subject to anti-corruption laws and regulations, including the FCPA and other laws that prohibit the making or offering of improper payments to foreign government officials and political figures, including anti-bribery provisions enforced by the Department of Justice and accounting provisions enforced by the SEC. These laws prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by the United States and other business entities for the purpose of obtaining or

 

60


Table of Contents

retaining business. We have implemented policies, procedures, systems, and controls designed to identify and address potentially impermissible transactions under such laws and regulations; however, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, consultants, and agents, including those that may be based in or from countries where practices that violate U.S. or other laws may be customary, will not take actions in violation of our policies, for which we may be ultimately responsible.

Our failure to comply with anti-money laundering, economic, and trade sanctions regulations, the FCPA, and similar laws could subject us to substantial civil and criminal penalties, or result in the loss or restriction of our federal MSB registration and state money transmitter licenses (or the inability to obtain new licenses necessary to operate in certain jurisdictions). We may also face liability under our contracts with third parties, which may significantly affect our ability to conduct some aspects of our business. Additionally, changes in this regulatory environment may significantly affect or change the manner in which we currently conduct some aspects of our business. For example, bank regulators are imposing additional and stricter requirements on banks to ensure they are meeting their BSA obligations, and banks are increasingly viewing money services businesses, as a class, to be higher risk customers for money laundering. As a result, our bank partners may limit the scope of services they provide to us or may impose additional requirements on us. These regulatory restrictions on banks and changes to banks’ internal risk-based policies and procedures may result in a decrease in the number of banks that may do business with us, may require us to change the manner in which we conduct some aspects of our business, may decrease our revenue and earnings and could have a materially adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Our involvement in our payroll and transaction processing services could be subject to federal and state money service business or money transmitter registration and licensing requirements that could result in substantial compliance costs, and our business could be adversely affected if we fail to predict how a particular law or regulation should be applied to our business.

In jurisdictions where we are involved in providing payroll processing services, including as a result of our 2019 acquisition of StratEx, we may be required to apply for a state money transmitter or similar license or registration. StratEx had not historically obtained state money transmitter licenses in connection with its payroll services based on the position that it has the benefit of various state exemptions relating, among other things, to the nature of the payroll and other services that it provides. Nevertheless, governmental authorities in various states may determine that such exemptions were not available and that StratEx was required to comply with state money transmitter licensing requirements. We are applying for state money transmitter licenses for TPS, which will be administering our payroll processing services after such licenses are obtained. In the course of such license applications, or otherwise, one or more state governmental authorities may determine that the activities conducted by StratEx required a money transmitter or similar license and assess fines related to the activities that StratEx engaged in on an unlicensed basis.

In addition, while we believe we have defensible arguments in support of our positions that our involvement in our transaction processing services is not subject to federal MSB registration and state money transmitter licensing, we have not expressly obtained confirmation of such positions from FinCEN or the state regulators that administer the state money transmission laws. It is possible that certain state regulators may determine that our activities are subject to licensing. Any determination that we are in fact required to be licensed may require substantial expenditures of time and money and could lead to liability in the nature of penalties or fines, costs, legal fees, reputational damage, or other negative consequences as well as cause us to be required to cease operations in some of the states we service, which would result have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and reputation. In the past, certain competitors have been found to violate laws and regulations related to money transmission, and they have been subject to fines and other penalties by regulatory authorities. Regulators and third-party auditors have also identified gaps in how similar

 

61


Table of Contents

businesses have implemented anti-money laundering programs. The adoption of new money transmitter or money services business laws in jurisdictions, or changes in regulators’ interpretation of existing state and federal money transmitter or money services business laws or regulations, could subject us to new registration or licensing requirements. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain or maintain any such licenses in all of states where we offer transaction processing services, and, even if we were able to do so, there could be substantial costs and potential product changes involved in maintaining such licenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, there are substantial costs and potential product changes involved in maintaining and renewing such licenses, and we could be subject to fines or other enforcement action if we are found to violate disclosure, reporting, anti-money laundering, capitalization, corporate governance, or other requirements of such licenses. These factors could impose substantial additional costs, involve considerable delay in the development or provision of our products or services, require significant and costly operational changes, or prevent us from providing our products or services in any given market.

Our platform regularly collects and stores personal information and, as a result, both domestic and international privacy and data security laws apply. As these laws are enhanced or new laws are introduced, our business could incur additional costs and liabilities and our ability to perform our services and generate revenue could be impacted.

As we seek to build a trusted and secure platform for and to expand our network of customers and facilitate their transactions and interactions with their guests, we will increasingly be subject to laws and regulations relating to the collection, use, retention, privacy, security, and transfer of information, including the personal information of their employees and guests. As with the other laws and regulations noted above, these laws and regulations may change or be interpreted and applied differently over time and from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and it is possible they will be interpreted and applied in ways that will materially and adversely affect our business.

In addition, many states in which we operate have laws that protect the privacy and security of sensitive and personal information. Certain state laws may be more stringent or broader in scope, or offer greater individual rights, with respect to sensitive and personal information than federal or other state laws, and such laws may differ from each other, which may complicate compliance efforts. For example, California enacted the CCPA, which went into effect in January 2020 and became enforceable by the California Attorney General in July 2020, and which, among other things, requires companies covered by the legislation to provide new disclosures to California consumers and afford such consumers new rights with respect to their personal information, including the right to request deletion of their personal information, the right to receive the personal information on record for them, the right to know what categories of personal information generally are maintained about them, as well as the right to opt-out of certain sales of personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for certain data breaches that result in the loss of personal information. This private right of action may increase the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation.

Additionally, a new California ballot initiative, the California Privacy Rights Act, or the CPRA, was passed in November 2020. Effective on January 1, 2023, the CPRA imposes additional obligations on companies covered by the legislation and will significantly modify the CCPA, including by expanding consumers’ rights with respect to certain sensitive personal information. The CPRA also creates a new state agency that will be vested with authority to implement and enforce the CCPA and the CPRA. The effects of the CCPA and the CPRA are potentially significant and may require us to modify our data collection or processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply and increase our potential exposure to regulatory enforcement and/or litigation.

Certain other state laws impose similar privacy obligations and we also anticipate that more states may enact legislation similar to the CCPA, which provides consumers with new privacy rights

 

62


Table of Contents

and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling certain personal information of such consumers. The CCPA has prompted a number of proposals for new federal and state-level privacy legislation. Such proposed legislation, if enacted, may add additional complexity, variation in requirements, restrictions and potential legal risk, require additional investment of resources in compliance programs, impact strategies, and the availability of previously useful data, and could result in increased compliance costs and/or changes in business practices and policies.

The regulatory framework governing the collection, processing, storage, use, and sharing of certain information, particularly financial and other personal information, is rapidly evolving and is likely to continue to be subject to uncertainty and varying interpretations. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the features of our services and platform capabilities. Any failure or perceived failure by us, or any third parties with which we do business, to comply with our posted privacy statements or notices, changing consumer expectations, evolving laws, rules and regulations, industry standards, or contractual obligations to which we or such third parties are or may become subject, may result in actions or other claims against us by governmental entities or private actors, the expenditure of substantial costs, time, and other resources or the incurrence of significant fines, penalties, or other liabilities. In addition, any such action, particularly to the extent we were found to have engaged in violations or otherwise liable for damages, would damage our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We cannot yet fully determine the impact these or future laws, rules, regulations, and industry standards may have on our business or operations. Any such laws, rules, regulations, and industry standards may be inconsistent among different jurisdictions, subject to differing interpretations or may conflict with our current or future practices. Additionally, our partners and our customers and their guests may be subject to differing privacy laws, rules, and legislation, which may mean that our partners or customers require us to be bound by varying contractual requirements applicable to certain other jurisdictions. If our customers fail to comply with such privacy laws, rules, or legislation, we could be exposed to liability and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and brand could be adversely affected. Adherence to contractual requirements imposed by our partners or customers may impact our collection, use, processing, storage, sharing, and disclosure of various types of information including financial information and other personal information, and may mean we become bound by, or voluntarily comply with, self-regulatory or other industry standards relating to these matters that may further change as laws, rules, and regulations evolve. Complying with these requirements and changing our policies and practices may be onerous and costly, and we may not be able to respond quickly or effectively to regulatory, legislative, and other developments. These changes may in turn impair our ability to offer our existing or planned features, products, and services, and/or increase our cost of doing business. As we expand our partnerships and our customer base, these requirements may vary from customer to customer, and from guest to guest, further increasing the cost of compliance and doing business.

We publicly post documentation regarding our practices concerning the collection, processing, use, and disclosure of information. Although we endeavor to comply with our published statements, notices, and documentation, we may at times fail to do so or be alleged to have failed to do so. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy statements, notices, or any applicable privacy, security, or data protection, information security, or consumer-protection related laws, regulations, orders, or industry standards could expose us to costly litigation, significant awards, fines or judgments, civil and/or criminal penalties, or negative publicity, and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The publication of our privacy statements, notices, and other documentation that provide promises and assurances about privacy and security can subject us to potential state and federal action if they are found to be deceptive, unfair, or

 

63


Table of Contents

misrepresentative of our actual practices, which could, individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have incurred, and may continue to incur, significant expenses to comply with evolving mandatory privacy and security standards and protocols imposed by law, regulation, industry standards, shifting customer and guest expectations, or contractual obligations. We post on our website our privacy statement and practices concerning the collection, use, and disclosure of information. In particular, with laws and regulations such as the CCPA and the forthcoming CPRA in the United States imposing new and relatively burdensome obligations, and with substantial uncertainty over the interpretation and application of these and other laws and regulations, we may face challenges in addressing their requirements and making necessary changes to our policies and practices, and may incur significant costs and expenses in an effort to do so. Any failure, real or perceived, by us to comply with our posted privacy statements or notices, changing customer and guest expectations, or with any evolving regulatory requirements, interpretations, or orders, other local, state, federal, or international privacy, data protection, information security, or consumer protection-related laws and regulations, industry standards, or contractual obligations could cause our customers to reduce their use of our products and services, disrupt our supply chain or third-party vendor or developer partnerships, and materially and adversely affect our business.

Changes in tax law may adversely affect us or our investors.

The rules dealing with U.S. federal, state, and local income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, and the U.S. Treasury Department. Changes to tax laws (which changes may have retroactive application) could adversely affect us or holders of our Class A common stock. In recent years, many such changes have been made and changes are likely to continue to occur in the future. It cannot be predicted whether, when, in what form or with what effective dates tax laws, regulations, and rulings may be enacted, promulgated or issued, which could result in an increase in our or our shareholders’ tax liability or require changes in the manner in which we operate in order to minimize or mitigate any adverse effects of changes in tax law. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential consequences of changes in tax law on our business and on the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

Government regulation of the Internet, mobile devices, and e-commerce is evolving, and unfavorable changes could substantially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as federal and state regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet, mobile devices, and e-commerce that are constantly evolving. Existing and future laws and regulations, or changes thereto, may impede the growth of the Internet, mobile devices, e-commerce, or other online services, increase the cost of providing online services, require us to change our business practices, or raise compliance costs or other costs of doing business. These evolving regulations and laws may cover taxation, tariffs, user privacy, data protection, pricing and commissions, content, copyrights, distribution, social media marketing, advertising practices, sweepstakes, mobile, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, and the characteristics and quality of our services. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales, use, and other taxes, and personal privacy apply to the Internet and e-commerce. In addition, in the future, it is possible that foreign government entities in jurisdictions in which we seek to expand our business may seek to or may even attempt to block access to our mobile applications and website. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with any of these laws or regulations could result in damage to our reputation and brand, a loss in business, and proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

64


Table of Contents

We are developing new products and services that may be subject to the authority of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

We are constantly developing new products and services to make it easier for our customers to operate their businesses. These new products and services may include features that are subject to the authority of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or the CFPB. The 2010 Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, created the CFPB to assume responsibility for implementing and enforcing most federal consumer financial protection laws and a prohibition on unfair, deceptive, and abusive acts and practices. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB can take action against companies that have violated the Dodd-Frank Act, the federal consumer financial protection laws, or CFPB regulations. Should our business change to include products and services that are subject to the CFPB’s authority, we would face increased scrutiny that could result in regulatory or enforcement actions that adversely affect the operation of our business by increasing our costs or otherwise limiting our ability to provide such products and services.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be impaired and we may lose valuable assets, generate reduced revenue and become subject to costly litigation to protect our rights.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret laws, and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our intellectual property rights in our products and services. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours. Some provisions in our licenses of our technology to customers and other third parties protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer, and disclosure of our products may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. Further, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. To the extent we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our products and proprietary information may increase.

Our issued patents and any patents issued in the future may not provide us with any competitive advantages, and our patent applications may never be granted. Additionally, the process of obtaining patent protection is expensive and time consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications, or we may not be able to do so at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Even if issued, these patents may not adequately protect our intellectual property, as the legal standards relating to the infringement, validity, enforceability, and scope of protection of patent and other intellectual property rights are complex and often uncertain.

Additionally, we have registered, among other trademarks, the name “Toast” in the United States and other jurisdictions. Competitors have and may continue to adopt service names similar to ours, thereby harming our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to user confusion. There could also be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other trademarks that are similar to our trademarks. Litigation or proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other governmental authorities and administrative bodies in the United States and abroad may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Further, we may not timely or successfully register our trademarks or otherwise secure our intellectual property.

 

65


Table of Contents

We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances. These agreements may not be effective in preventing unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or controlling access to and distribution of our products or other proprietary information. Further, these agreements do not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our products.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming, and distracting to management, and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management’s attention and resources, could delay further sales or the implementation of our existing products, impair the functionality of our products, delay introductions of new products, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our products, or harm our reputation or brand. In addition, we may be required to license additional technology from third parties to develop and market new products, and we may not be able to license that technology on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our inability to license this technology could harm our ability to compete.

We have been, and may in the future be, subject to intellectual property rights claims by third parties, which are extremely costly to defend, could require us to pay significant damages and could limit our ability to use certain technologies.

Companies in the software and technology industries, including some of our current and potential competitors, own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks, and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. In addition, many of these companies have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them than we do. Any intellectual property litigation in which we become involved may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners that have no relevant product revenue and against which our patents may therefore provide little or no deterrence. From time to time, third parties have asserted and may assert patent, copyright, trademark, or other intellectual property rights against us, our partners, or our customers. We have received, and may in the future receive, notices that claim we have misappropriated, misused or infringed other parties’ intellectual property rights and, to the extent we gain greater market visibility, especially by becoming a public company, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims, which is not uncommon with respect to the restaurant technology market. In addition, our agreements with customers include indemnification provisions, under which we agree to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement and, in some cases, for damages caused by us to property or persons or other third-party claims. Large indemnity payments could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The outcome of intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be very time consuming, could be expensive to settle or litigate and could divert our management’s attention and other resources. These claims could also subject us to significant liability for damages, potentially including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents or copyrights. These claims could also result in our having to stop using technology found to be in violation of a third-party’s rights. We might be required to seek a license for the intellectual property, which may not be available on

 

66


Table of Contents

reasonable terms or at all. Even if a license were available, we could be required to pay significant royalties, which would increase our operating expenses. As a result, we may be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant effort and expense. If we cannot license or develop technology for any infringing aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit or stop sales of certain products or services and may be unable to compete effectively. Any of these results could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our platform makes use of open source software components, and a failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could negatively affect our ability to sell our products and subject us to possible litigation.

Our products incorporate and are dependent to a significant extent upon the use of open source software, and we intend to continue our use of open source software in the future. Such open source software is generally licensed by its authors or other third parties under open source licenses and is typically freely accessible, usable, and modifiable. Pursuant to such open source licenses, we may be subject to certain conditions, including requirements, depending on how the licensed software is used or modified, that we offer our proprietary software that incorporates the open source software for little or no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. This could enable our competitors to create similar offerings with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of our competitive advantage. Further, if an author or other third party that uses or distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, enjoined from the sale of our products that contained or are dependent upon the open source software, and required to comply with the foregoing conditions, which could disrupt the distribution and sale of some of our products. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, negatively affect our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our platform. The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide or distribute our platform. As there is little or no legal precedent governing the interpretation of many of the terms of certain of these licenses, the potential impact of these terms on our business is uncertain and may result in unanticipated obligations regarding our products and technologies. Any requirement that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon incorporating or using open source software or that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of open source licenses, could be harmful to our business, financial condition, or results of operations, and could help our competitors develop products and services that are similar to or better than ours. In addition, to the extent that we have failed to comply with our obligations under particular licenses for open source software, we may lose the right to continue to use and exploit such open source software in connection with our operations and products, which could disrupt and adversely affect our business.

In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage, and distribution of open source software can lead to greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide support, warranties, indemnification, controls on the origin or development of the software, remedies against the licensors or other contractual provisions regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Many of the risks associated with usage of open source software cannot be eliminated and could adversely affect our business.

Although we have established procedures to monitor the use of open source software, we rely on multiple software programmers to design our proprietary software and we cannot be certain that our

 

67


Table of Contents

programmers have never, directly or indirectly, incorporated open source software into, or otherwise used open source software in connection with, our proprietary software of which, or in a manner in which, we are not aware, or that they will not do so in the future. It is also possible that we may not be aware of all of our corresponding obligations under open source licenses. We cannot guarantee that we have incorporated open source software in our software in a manner that will not subject us to liability or in a manner that is consistent with our current policies and procedures.

We may be unable to continue to use the domain names that we use in our business or prevent third parties from acquiring and using domain names that infringe on, are similar to, or otherwise decrease the value of our brand, trademarks, or service marks.

We have registered domain names that we use in, or are related to, our business, most importantly www.toasttab.com. If we lose the ability to use a domain name, whether due to trademark claims, failure to renew the applicable registration, or any other cause, we may be forced to market our offerings under a new domain name, which could cause us substantial harm, or to incur significant expense in order to purchase rights to the domain name in question. We may not be able to obtain preferred domain names outside the United States for a variety of reasons. In addition, our competitors and others could attempt to capitalize on our brand recognition by using domain names similar to ours. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring and using domain names that infringe on, are similar to, or otherwise decrease the value of our brand or our trademarks or service marks. Protecting, maintaining, and enforcing our rights in our domain names may require litigation, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to Operating as a Public Company

As a public reporting company, we will be subject to rules and regulations established from time to time by the SEC and PCAOB regarding our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or report them in a timely manner.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public reporting company subject to the rules and regulations established from time to time by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB). These rules and regulations will require, among other things, that we establish and periodically evaluate procedures with respect to our internal control over financial reporting. Reporting obligations as a public company are likely to place a considerable strain on our financial and management systems, processes, and controls, as well as on our personnel.

In addition, as a public company we will be required to document and test our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act so that our management can certify as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting by the time our second annual report is filed with the SEC and thereafter, which will require us to document and make significant changes to our internal control over financial reporting. Likewise, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at such time as we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we become an accelerated or large accelerated filer, although we could potentially qualify as an “emerging growth company” until as late as the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods

 

68


Table of Contents

specified in SEC rules and forms and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting, which includes hiring additional accounting and financial personnel to implement such processes and controls.

We expect to incur costs related to implementing an internal audit and compliance function in the upcoming years to further improve our internal control environment. If we identify future deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting or if we are unable to comply with the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, in a timely manner, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results, or report them within the timeframes required by the SEC. We also could become subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. In addition, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting when required, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, we may face restricted access to the capital markets and our stock price may be adversely affected.

Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may also become inadequate because of changes in our business, and weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods, undermine investor confidence in us, and adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

We identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, which may result in material misstatements of our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. We have experienced rapid growth, and this growth has placed considerable strain on our accounting systems, financial close and reporting process, and personnel. As a result, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. These material weaknesses relate to the controls for the financial statement close process and the controls related to unusual and infrequent transactions (including accounting for complicated stock transactions and the adoption of ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers or ASC 606). As a result, we made immaterial revisions of our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019, an immaterial audit adjustment to our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and for the year then ended and a correction of errors relating to the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 in our financial statements for the first and second quarters of 2021.

We are taking steps to remediate these material weaknesses through the development and implementation of systems, processes and controls over the financial close and reporting process. In addition, we have begun to enhance our overall control environment through hiring additional qualified accounting and financial reporting personnel and engaging external consultants with appropriate expertise for more challenging technical accounting issues which will add to the depth of our skilled

 

69


Table of Contents

and managerial resources and allow us to scale our accounting processes to match growth and changes in the business and operations. We will also continue to evaluate our IT systems and related processes to optimize automation to enhance our financial statement close process, reduce the number of manual journal entries and facilitate review controls related to our significant classes of transactions.

While we are designing and implementing new controls and measures to remediate these material weaknesses, we cannot assure you that the measures we are taking will be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses or avoid the identification of additional material weaknesses in the future. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our consolidated financial statements that could result in a restatement of our financial statements and could cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations, any of which could diminish investor confidence in us and cause a decline in the price of our common stock.

We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (A) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (B) in which we have total annual revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (C) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, with at least $700 million of equity securities, which includes Class A common stock and Class B common stock, held by non-affiliates as of the prior June 30th, the end of our second fiscal quarter, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. While we have not made such an irrevocable election, we have not delayed the adoption of any applicable accounting standards.

As a result of the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to us, investor confidence in our company and the market price of our Class A common stock may be adversely affected. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

70


Table of Contents

We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company.

Prior to this offering, we operated on a private basis. After this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities laws and regulations. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes are greater than those for private companies. For example, the Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, and increase demand on our systems, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company. In addition, as a public company, we may be subject to stockholder activism, which can lead to additional substantial costs, distract management, and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty.

We also expect that being a public company and being subject to new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain directors and officers liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A common stock, fines, sanctions, and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation. These factors may therefore strain our resources, divert management’s attention, and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and executive officers.

Our senior management team has limited experience managing a public company, and regulatory compliance obligations may divert its attention from the day-to-day management of our business.

The individuals who now constitute our senior management team have limited experience managing a publicly-traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our senior management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock

The trading price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

We cannot predict the prices at which our Class A common stock will trade. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our Class A common stock will trade after this offering. The market price of our Class A common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially and may be lower

 

71


Table of Contents

than the initial public offering price. The market price of our Class A common stock following this offering will depend on a number of factors, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section, many of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. In addition, the limited public float of our Class A common stock following this offering will tend to increase the volatility of the trading price of our Class A common stock. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our Class A common stock, because you might not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our Class A common stock include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

actual or anticipated changes or fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

   

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections, or our failure to meet these projections;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of new products or new or terminated significant contracts, commercial relationships, or capital commitments;

 

   

industry or financial analyst or investor reaction to our press releases, other public announcements, and filings with the SEC;

 

   

rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

   

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

   

the expiration of market stand-off or contractual lock-up agreements and sales of shares of our Class A common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

   

failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

whether investors or securities analysts view our stock structure unfavorably, particularly our dual-class structure and the significant voting control of our executive officers, directors and their affiliates;

 

   

actual or anticipated developments in our business, or our competitors’ businesses, or the competitive landscape generally;

 

   

litigation involving us, our industry, or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

 

   

actual or perceived privacy or security breaches or other incidents;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property rights, our products, or third-party proprietary rights;

 

   

announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

   

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations, or principles;

 

   

any significant changes in our management or our board of directors;

 

   

general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets;

 

   

our anticipated uses of net proceeds from this offering; and

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, natural disasters, public health concerns or epidemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, or responses to these events.

 

72


Table of Contents

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. Securities litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business. This could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

The dual-class structure of our common stock as contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to this offering, including our directors, executive officers and their respective affiliates. This ownership will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transactions requiring stockholder approval, and that may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock.

Our Class B common stock has ten votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are selling in this offering, has one vote per share. Following this offering, our existing stockholders, all of which hold shares of Class B common stock, will collectively own shares representing approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering, and our directors, executive officers and their affiliates, will beneficially own in the aggregate     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering. Even if such individuals are no longer employed with us, they will continue to have the same influence over matters requiring stockholder approval. In addition, because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between our Class B and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively could continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock and therefore control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval until (i) the date the holders of two-thirds of our outstanding Class B common stock elect to convert the Class B common stock to Class A common stock, or (ii) the seventh anniversary of the date of the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering. This concentrated control may limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or other major corporate transactions requiring stockholder approval. In addition, this concentrated control may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our capital stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders. As a result, such concentrated control may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions as specified in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, such as transfers to family members and certain transfers effected for estate planning purposes. The conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. As a result, it is possible that one or more of the persons or entities holding our Class B common stock could gain significant voting control as other holders of Class B common stock sell or otherwise convert their shares into Class A common stock.

 

73


Table of Contents

We cannot predict the effect our dual-class structure may have on the market price of our Class A common stock.

We cannot predict whether our dual-class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common stock, adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have announced and implemented restrictions on including companies with multiple-class share structures in certain of their indices. In July 2017, FTSE Russell announced that it would require new constituents of its indices to have greater than 5% of the company’s voting rights in the hands of public stockholders, and S&P Dow Jones announced that it would no longer admit companies with multiple-class share structures to certain of its indices. Affected indices include the Russell 2000 and the S&P 500, S&P MidCap 400 and S&P SmallCap 600, which together make up the S&P Composite 1500. Also in 2017, MSCI, a leading stock index provider, opened public consultations on its treatment of no-vote and multi-class structures and temporarily barred new multi-class listings from certain of its indices; however, in October 2018, MSCI announced its decision to include equity securities “with unequal voting structures” in its indices and to launch a new index that specifically includes voting rights in its eligibility criteria. Under such announced and implemented policies, the dual-class structure of our common stock would make us ineligible for inclusion in certain indices and, as a result, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and other investment vehicles that attempt to passively track those indices would not invest in our Class A common stock. These policies are relatively new and it is unclear what effect, if any, they will have on the valuations of publicly-traded companies excluded from such indices, but it is possible that they may adversely affect valuations, as compared to similar companies that are included. Due to the dual-class structure of our common stock, we will likely be excluded from certain indices and we cannot assure you that other stock indices will not take similar actions. Given the sustained flow of investment funds into passive strategies that seek to track certain indices, exclusion from certain stock indices would likely preclude investment by many of these funds and could make our Class A common stock less attractive to other investors. As a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

Our principal stockholders will continue to have significant influence over the election of our board of directors and approval of any significant corporate actions, including any sale of the company.

Our founders, executive officers, directors, and other principal stockholders, in the aggregate, beneficially own a majority of our outstanding stock. These stockholders currently have, and likely will continue to have, significant influence with respect to the election of our board of directors and approval or disapproval of all significant corporate actions. The concentrated voting power of these stockholders could have the effect of delaying or preventing an initial public offering of our Class A common stock, an acquisition of the company or another significant corporate transaction.

No market currently exists for our Class A common stock, and an active, liquid trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop, which may cause our Class A common stock to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult for you to sell the Class A common stock you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common stock, but there has been some trading of our securities in private trades. These trades were speculative, and the trading price of our securities in these trades was privately negotiated. We cannot assure you that the price of our Class A common stock will equal or exceed the price at which our securities have traded prior to this offering. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of a trading market or how active and liquid that market may become. If an active and liquid trading market does not develop or continue, you may have difficulty selling any of our Class A common stock at a price above the price you purchase it or at all. The initial public offering price for the shares was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of

 

74


Table of Contents

prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. If an active market for our Class A common stock does not develop, or is not sustained, our ability raise capital to fund our operations by selling shares and our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration will suffer.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market following this offering, such as when our lock-up or market standoff restrictions are released, could cause the market price for our Class A common stock to decline.

After this offering, sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur in large quantities, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our Class A common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

Upon consummation of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of                  shares of Class A common stock and                  shares of Class B common stock. Of the outstanding shares, the                  shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering (or                shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, other than any shares held by our affiliates. Any shares of common stock held by our affiliates will be eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, subject to the volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144.

All of our directors, executive officers and certain other holders that together represent approximately     % of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters that our securities held by them will be restricted from resale as a result of lock-up agreements. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for additional information. These securities may not be sold during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus subject to earlier release of our holders from the restrictions contained in such agreements, including that:

 

  (1)

up to 15% of the shares of common stock (including shares underlying vested securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock) held as of October 15, 2021, or the Holdings Measurement Date, by “Service Providers,” who are defined as employees and consultants that are individuals and former employees and consultants that are individuals (but excluding directors and executive officers), or held by an “Estate Planning Transferee,” who is defined as a trust for the direct or indirect benefit of a Service Provider or an immediate family member of a Service Provider, may be sold beginning at the commencement of trading on the second trading day after the date that we publicly announce our earnings for the third quarter of 2021, or the earnings release date;

 

  (2)

up to 15% of the shares of common stock (including shares underlying vested securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock) held as of the Holdings Measurement Date by directors, executive officers, or any holder that is not a director, executive officer, Service Provider or Estate Planning Transferee, may be sold beginning at the opening of trading on the second trading day, after the Applicable Final Testing Date, provided that the closing price per share of our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price per share of the Class A common stock set forth on the cover of this prospectus (a) on at least 10 trading days in any 15 consecutive trading day period ending on or after the earnings release date

 

75


Table of Contents
  but not later than the fifteenth trading day following the earnings release date (any such period during which such condition is first satisfied, is referred to as the “measurement period”) and (b) on the Applicable Final Testing Date. The “Applicable Final Testing Date” is (i) the first trading day after the measurement period, if the last day of the measurement period is the earnings release date, or (ii) the last day of the measurement period, if the last day of the measurement period is after the earnings release date; and

 

  (3)

the restricted period will terminate on the earlier of (i) the commencement of the second trading day immediately after we announce earnings for the year ending December 31, 2021, and (ii) 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

In addition, substantially all of the remaining approximately % of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering comprised of equity awards under our stock incentive plans are subject to market standoff agreements with us that restrict certain transfers of such securities during the restricted period. Such equity plan securities will also be subject to the same early release terms as set forth the lock-up agreements. Notwithstanding the terms of such market standoff agreements, our stock trading policy prohibits hedging by all of our current directors, officers and employees.

Upon the expiration of the restricted period described above, substantially all of the securities subject to such lock-up and market standoff restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws.

The market price of our Class A common stock could drop significantly if our stockholders sell, or are perceived as intending to sell, shares of our Class A common stock. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of Class A common stock or other securities.

If you purchase shares of Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution, and you may incur dilution following this offering as a result of future equity issuances.

The assumed initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering. You will experience immediate dilution of $    per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, investors who purchase Class A common stock from us in this offering will have contributed                % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our Class A common stock but will own only approximately                % of the economic interests in our outstanding equity after this offering. See the section titled “Dilution” for more detail, including the calculation of the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock.

In addition, following this offering, any common stock that we issue under our existing equity incentive plans or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. Also, in the future, we may also issue securities in connection with investments, acquisitions, or capital raising activities. In particular, the number of shares of our Class A common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition, or to raise additional equity capital, could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our Class A common stock. Any such issuance of additional securities in the future may result in additional dilution to you or may adversely impact the price of our Class A common stock.

 

76


Table of Contents

We have broad discretion over the use of proceeds we receive in this offering and may not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

We cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services, or technologies. As of the date of this prospectus, however, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering, and we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and, as a result, you will have to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of these proceeds. Our management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds in ways that not all shareholders approve of or that may not yield a favorable return. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business.

Certain provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove members of our board of directors or current management and may adversely affect our stock price.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, will contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to elect directors that are not nominated by the current members of our board of directors or take other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. These provisions include:

 

   

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

   

the denial of any right of our stockholders to remove members of our board of directors except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two-thirds of the total voting power of all our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors;

 

   

the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

 

   

the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death, or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

   

provide for a dual-class common stock structure in which holders of our Class B common stock have the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets;

 

   

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of our board of directors, chief executive officer, or by the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors, which could delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

 

77


Table of Contents
   

certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the approval of two-thirds of the then-outstanding voting power of our capital stock; and

 

   

advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

These provisions may discourage proxy contests and delay or prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our board of directors and to cause us to take corporate actions they desire. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which, subject to certain exceptions generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with an “interested stockholder” for a specified period of time. Any of these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and Delaware law could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our Class A common stock and deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you would receive a premium for your shares of Class A common stock in an acquisition. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions” and “Description of Capital Stock—Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.”

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate declaring or paying any dividends to holders of our capital stock in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

Our amended and restated bylaws will designate certain specified courts as the sole and exclusive forums for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or the Chancery Court, will be the sole and exclusive forum for state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of, or a claim based on, a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (v) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, or the Delaware Forum Provision. The Delaware Forum Provision does not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, or the Federal Forum Provision. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing Delaware Forum Provision and the Federal Forum Provision; provided, however, that stockholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

78


Table of Contents

The Delaware Forum Provision and the Federal Forum Provision may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing the claims identified above, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the State of Delaware. Additionally, the Delaware Forum Provision and the Federal Forum Provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits. While the Delaware Supreme Court ruled in March 2020 that federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims under the Securities Act be brought in federal court are “facially valid” under Delaware law, there is uncertainty as to whether other courts will enforce our Federal Forum Provision. If the Federal Forum Provision is found to be unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such an action. The Federal Forum Provision may also impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert that the provision is not enforceable or invalid. The Chancery Court or the federal district courts of the United States of America may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, if they downgrade our stock or our sector or of our financial results do not meet or exceed the guidance we provide to the public, our stock price could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts and the analysts’ estimates are based upon their own opinions and are often different from our estimates or expectations. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price of our shares would likely be negatively impacted. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts stops covering us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

In addition, the stock prices of many companies in the technology industry have declined significantly after those companies failed to meet the financial guidance publicly announced by the companies or the expectations of analysts, and stock prices have even declined significantly after such companies exceeded, or even significantly exceeded, such guidance or expectations. If our financial results fail to meet our announced guidance or the expectations of analysts or public investors, or even if our financial results exceed, or even significantly exceed, such guidance or expectations, or if we reduce our guidance for future periods, our stock price may decline.

In making your investment decision, you should understand that we and the underwriters have not authorized any other party to provide you with information concerning us or this offering.

You should carefully evaluate all the information in this prospectus. We have in the past received, and may continue to receive, a high degree of media coverage, including coverage that is not directly attributable to statements made by our officers and employees, that incorrectly reports on statements made by our officers or employees, or that is misleading as a result of omitting information provided by us, our officers, or employees. We and the underwriters have not authorized any other party to provide you with information concerning us or this offering.

 

79


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations, financial condition, business strategy, plans and objectives of management for future operations, our market opportunity and the potential growth of that market, our liquidity and capital needs and other similar matters, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or “would,” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions about future events, which are inherently subject to uncertainties, risks, and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

   

our future financial performance, including our revenue, cost of revenue or expenses, or other operating results;

 

   

our ability to successfully execute our business and growth strategy;

 

   

the sufficiency of our cash, cash equivalents and investments to meet our liquidity needs;

 

   

anticipated trends and growth rates in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

 

   

our ability to maintain the security and availability of our platform;

 

   

our ability to increase the number of customers using our platform;

 

   

our ability to retain, and to sell additional products and services to, our existing customers;

 

   

our ability to successfully expand in our existing markets and into new markets;

 

   

our expectations concerning relationships with third parties;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage our growth and future expenses;

 

   

our estimated total addressable market;

 

   

our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property;

 

   

our ability to comply with modified or new laws and regulations applying to our business;

 

   

the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel;

 

   

our anticipated investments in sales and marketing and research and development;

 

   

our ability to successfully defend litigation brought against us;

 

   

the increased expenses associated with being a public company;

 

   

our use of the net proceeds from this offering;

 

   

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and industry;

 

   

our ability to compete effectively with existing competitors and new market entrants; and

 

   

our ability to integrate companies and assets that we have or may acquire.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business,

 

80


Table of Contents

financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. The results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events, or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments we may make.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. And while we believe such information provides a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

 

81


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, statistical data, forecasts, estimates, and information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations, market position, market opportunity, and market size, are based on industry publications and reports generated by third-party providers, other publicly available studies, and our internal sources and estimates. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have compiled, extracted, and reproduced industry data from various industry publications and other third-party sources. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe the information from such industry publications and other third-party sources included in this prospectus is reliable and based on reasonable assumptions, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in such sources. The content of, or accessibility through, the below sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this prospectus and is not incorporated herein and any websites are an inactive textual reference only.

The source of certain statistical data, estimates, and forecasts contained in this prospectus are the following independent industry publications or reports:

 

   

The Boston Consulting Group, Inc., Feeding the Algorithm, How Restaurants Use Data to Capture Competitive Advantage, November 2018;

 

   

Euromonitor International Consumer Foodservice 2021, Foodservice Value RSP, YoY, ex rates, Current Prices, February 2021;

 

   

Euromonitor International Limited, Consumer Foodservice 2021, March 2021;

 

   

Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, Small Business Lending Survey, June 2021;

 

   

Flexera, 2021 State of Tech Spend Report, January 2021, © 2021 Flexera. All rights reserved. This work by Flexera is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License;

 

   

The Freedonia Group, a division of MarketResearch.com, Restaurants & Foodservice: United States, February 2020;

 

   

G2.com, Inc., Grid Reports for Restaurant POS, Fall 2020, Winter 2021, Spring 2021;

 

   

Harvard Business Review, The New Science of Customer Emotions, November 2015;

 

   

Hospitality Technology, 2020 Restaurant Technology Study, March 2020;

 

   

IBISWorld, U.S. Industry (NAICS) Report 72211a: Chain Restaurants in the U.S. – September 2020; IBISWorld, U.S. Industry (NAICS) Report 72232: Caterers in the U.S. – January 2021; IBISWorld, U.S. Industry (NAICS) Report 72241: Bars & Nightclubs in the U.S. – December 2020; IBISWorld, U.S. Industry (NAICS) Report 72221b: Coffee & Snack Shops in the U.S. – September 2020; IBISWorld, U.S. Industry (NAICS) Report 72221a: Fast Food Restaurants in the U.S. – April 2021; IBISWorld, U.S. Industry (NAICS) Report 72211b: Single Location Full-Service Restaurants in the U.S. – February 2021;

 

   

McKinsey Global Institute, Digital America: A Tale of the Haves and Have-Mores, December 2015;

 

   

National Restaurant Association, 2010 Restaurant Industry Forecast, January 2010;

 

   

National Restaurant Association, 2019 Restaurant Industry Factbook, April 2019;

 

   

National Restaurant Association, 2021 State of the Restaurant Industry, January 2021;

 

82


Table of Contents
   

PYMNTS, Airlines and Restaurants Grapple with the Capacity and Cash Burn Challenges, April 2020;

 

   

Restaurant Technology News, New Study Surveys Financial Impact of COVID-19 on Restaurant IT Spending, July 2020;

 

   

S&P Global Market Intelligence, US Banks Disclose Exposure to Restaurant Industry Hard-Hit by COVID-19, May 2020;

 

   

U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis, “Gross Domestic Product, (Third Estimate) GDP By Industry, and Corporate Profits, Fourth Quarter and Year 2020,” March 2021;

 

   

U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, Industries at a Glance, Food Services and Drinking Places, Workforce Statistics, June 2021; and

 

   

U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, Job Openings and Labor Turnover Survey, 2019.

Certain information included in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets we serve, including our market share, are also based on our good-faith estimates derived from management’s knowledge of the industry and other information currently available to us.

None of the industry publications referred to in this prospectus were prepared on our or on our affiliates’ behalf or at our expense. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

83


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $                million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds would be approximately $                million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $                million, assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $                million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization, increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock, and enable access to the public equity markets for our stockholders and us. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments at this time.

We will have broad discretion over how to use the net proceeds to us from this offering. Pending the use of the net proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds from the offering in investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments.

 

84


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock, and we cannot provide any assurance that we will declare or pay cash dividends on our capital stock in the future. We currently anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of current or then-existing debt instruments, and other factors the board of directors deems relevant.

 

85


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, as well as our capitalization, as of June 30, 2021 as follows:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the Preferred Stock Conversion, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; (ii) the reclassification of our outstanding shares of common stock into an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; (iii) the automatic exercise of warrants to purchase 51,182 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.9538 for such warrants and the subsequent conversion of such shares into shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur in connection with the closing of this offering; and (iv) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above; and (ii) the sale and issuance of                shares of our Class A common stock offered by us in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other final terms of this offering. You should read this table together with our financial statements and related notes, and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2021  
     Actual      Pro
Forma
     Pro Forma as
Adjusted
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 376,149      $                $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants to purchase preferred stock

   $ 27,988      $        $    

Convertible preferred stock, $0.000001 par value; 51,449,136 shares authorized, 50,766,405 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     848,893        

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

        

Preferred stock, $0.000001 par value; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —          

Common stock, $0.000001 par value; 114,000,000 shares authorized, 44,752,305 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma                  shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —          

Class A common stock, $0.000001 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized, no                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and                  shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

        

 

86


Table of Contents
     As of June 30, 2021  
     Actual     Pro
Forma
     Pro Forma as
Adjusted
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)       

Class B common stock, $0.000001 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                  shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

       

Treasury stock

     (665     

Additional paid-in capital

     235,921       

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     114       
       

Accumulated deficit

     (850,516     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (615,146     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 261,735     $                    $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $                 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $                 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 95,518,710 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

12,385,001 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2021 under our 2014 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $20.59 per share;

 

   

157,250 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted after June 30, 2021 through August 20, 2021 under our 2014 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $130.46 per share;

 

   

1,017,173 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of RSUs outstanding as of June 30, 2021 under our 2014 Plan, for which the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering, but the service-based vesting condition was not yet satisfied as of June 30, 2021;

 

   

1,132,805 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of outstanding RSUs granted after June 30, 2021 through August 20, 2021 under our 2014 Plan, for which the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering;

 

87


Table of Contents
   

200,407 shares of Class B common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.69 per share;

 

   

1,622,717 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, with an exercise price of $87.5168 per share;

 

   

4,204,607 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan as of June 30, 2021, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2021 Plan becomes effective;

 

   

            shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any annual automatic evergreen increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan; and

 

   

            shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any annual automatic evergreen increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP.

 

88


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2021 was $                million, or $                per share of Class A common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and convertible preferred stock (which is not included within stockholders’ deficit), divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2021 was                , or                per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of our shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, after giving effect to (i) the Preferred Stock Conversion, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; (ii) the reclassification of our outstanding shares of common stock into an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; (iii) the automatic exercise of warrants to purchase 51,182 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.9538 for such warrants and the subsequent conversion of such shares into shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur in connection with the closing of this offering; and (iv) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

After giving effect to the sale by us of                shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2021 would have been $                million, or $                per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $                per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $                per share to new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of Class A common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of June 30, 2021

   $                   

Increase per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2021, before giving effect to this offering

     

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $    
     

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as

 

89


Table of Contents

applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by $                , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $                , in each case assuming that the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Similarly, each 1.0 million share increase or decrease in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by $                per share and increase or decrease, as applicable, the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $                per share, in each case assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share of $                , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering would be $                 per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $                 per share.

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2021, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, the number of shares of our Class B common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (1) paid to us by existing stockholders and (2) to be paid by new investors acquiring our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration        Average Price   
Per Share
 
        Number            Percent           Amount            Percent     

Existing stockholders

          $                        $                

New investors

                                $    
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Totals

                 100.0   $          100.0  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by $                , in each case assuming that the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by $                , in each case assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us in full, our existing stockholders would own    % and our new investors would own    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

 

90


Table of Contents

The number of shares of Class A common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 95,518,710 shares of Class B common stock (after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion) outstanding as of June 30, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

12,385,001 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2021 under our 2014 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $20.59 per share;

 

   

157,250 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted after June 30, 2021 through August 20, 2021 under our 2014 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $130.46 per share;

 

   

1,017,173 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of RSUs outstanding as of June 30, 2021 under our 2014 Plan, for which the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering, but the service-based vesting condition was not yet satisfied as of June 30, 2021;

 

   

1,132,805 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of outstanding RSUs granted after June 30, 2021 through August 20, 2021 under our 2014 Plan, for which the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering;

 

   

200,407 shares of Class B common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.69 per share;

 

   

1,622,717 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, with an exercise price of $87.5168 per share;

 

   

4,204,607 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan as of June 30, 2021, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2021 Plan becomes effective;

 

   

            shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any annual automatic evergreen increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan; and

 

   

            shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any annual automatic evergreen increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP.

To the extent that any of our outstanding options or warrants to purchase shares of our Class B common stock are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

91


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. You should read the “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” sections of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

Toast is a cloud-based, end-to-end technology platform purpose-built for the entire restaurant community. Our platform provides a comprehensive suite of SaaS products, financial technology solutions including integrated payment processing, restaurant-grade hardware, and a broad ecosystem of third-party partners. We serve as the restaurant operating system, connecting front of house and back of house operations across dine-in, takeout, and delivery channels. As of June 30, 2021, approximately 48,000 restaurant locations across approximately 29,000 customers, processing over $38 billion of gross payment volume in the trailing 12 months, partnered with Toast to optimize operations, increase sales, engage guests, and maintain happy employees.

By enabling these capabilities through a single, integrated platform, Toast improves experiences across the restaurant ecosystem:

 

   

Restaurant operators. We arm restaurants with a wide range of products and capabilities to address their specific needs regardless of size, location, or business model. As a result, restaurants using Toast often see higher sales and greater operational efficiency.

 

   

Guests. We are laser focused on helping our customers deliver memorable guest experiences at scale. Guests can place orders easily, safely, and accurately across web, mobile, and in-person channels for dine-in, takeout, or delivery. In addition, our platform empowers restaurants to utilize their guest data to deliver targeted and personalized experiences with loyalty programs and marketing solutions. In June 2021, we saw an average of over 5.5 million guest orders per day on our platform.

 

   

Employees. Our easy-to-learn and easy-to-use technology improves the experience of up to 500,000 daily active restaurant employees across Toast customers. Employees are core to delivering great hospitality, and it is critical for restaurants to engage and retain employees in an increasingly competitive labor market. Our products enable new employees to learn quickly through guided workflows, facilitate faster table turns and safer, streamlined operations, and provide greater transparency around, and timely access to, employees’ wages.

The benefits to all stakeholders using the Toast platform create a powerful, virtuous cycle that amplifies our impact on restaurants. Guest satisfaction generates loyalty to restaurants, driving repeat sales, word-of-mouth referrals, and larger checks and tips. This promotes employee satisfaction, helping reduce turnover and motivating employees to continue to raise the bar on the guest experience. In addition, our integrated software and payments platform consolidates data on restaurant sales and operations, which enables our reporting and analytics as well as financial technology solutions, such as working capital loans, to further support our customers’ success.

 

92


Table of Contents

Since our founding, we have translated our love for restaurants into a commitment to innovation and digital transformation for the restaurant industry. As we have expanded our platform, launched new products, and added new partners over time, we have rapidly grown the number of restaurant locations on the Toast platform.

Our Revenue Model

Our revenue is driven by our ability to attract new customers, retain existing customers, increase sales from both new and existing customers, and ultimately help our customers grow their businesses. Unless otherwise specified, we define a customer as a restaurant organization, which may have multiple locations, with at least one location live on the Toast platform. A single organization with multiple divisions, segments, or subsidiaries is generally counted as a single customer, even though we may enter into agreements with multiple parties within that organization. We serve restaurants of all sizes, ranging from single-location, family-owned operations to large, multi-location brands with hundreds of locations, across all dining types such as fast casual, fine dining establishments, bars and lounges, and everything in between. As of June 30, 2021, we had 47,942 locations on our platform, increasing from 33,129 and 19,891 locations as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

We generate revenue through four main revenue streams: subscription services, financial technology solutions, hardware, and professional services.

Subscription services revenue is generated from fees charged to customers for access to our SaaS products, such as POS, kitchen display system, invoice management, digital ordering and delivery, marketing and loyalty, and team management. Contract terms for our SaaS products generally range from 12 to 36 months. Our subscription services pricing is primarily based on a rate per location, which varies depending on the number of SaaS products purchased, hardware configuration, and employee count. We offer a variety of subscription plans to customers depending on the features and functionality they require.

Financial technology solutions revenue consists primarily of fees paid by our customers to facilitate their payment transactions. The transaction fee is generally calculated as a percentage of the total transaction amount processed, plus a fixed per-transaction fee. The transaction fees collected are recognized as revenue on a gross basis inclusive of all fees and costs paid to issuers and card networks as well as other related fees associated with third-party payment processors and fraud management.

Financial technology solutions revenue also includes fees earned from marketing and servicing working capital loans to our customers through Toast Capital that are originated by a third-party bank and that range from $5,000 to $100,000. Toast Capital is uniquely qualified to underwrite and price loans by using our patented systems for loan origination that incorporate data science models, historical POS data, and payment processing volume. In these arrangements, Toast Capital’s bank partner originates all loans, and Toast Capital subsequently services the loans using Toast’s payments infrastructure to remit a fixed percentage of daily sales until the loan is paid back. Toast Capital earns a servicing fee as well as a credit performance fee that is tied to the loan portfolio performance. Toast Capital is not a material component of our financial technology solutions revenue, representing less than 1% of revenue for all periods presented.

Hardware revenue is primarily derived from the sale of terminals, tablets, handhelds, and related devices and accessories. We also generate professional services revenue from installation and configuration services for new locations joining the Toast platform and new products added by existing locations. These services can be delivered on-site, remotely, or on a self-guided basis. We utilize our

 

93


Table of Contents

hardware and related onboarding professional services as customer acquisition tools and price them competitively in order to lower barriers to entry for new restaurants.

Key Business Metrics

 

     Year ended
December 31,
           Six months ended
June 30,
        
(dollars in billions)    2019      2020      % Growth     2020      2021      % Growth  

Gross Payment Volume (GPV)

   $ 21.8    $ 25.4      17   $ 10.4    $ 23.4      125
     As of

December 31,
           As of

June 30,
        
(dollars in millions)    2019      2020      % Growth     2020      2021      % Growth  

Annualized Recurring Run-Rate (ARR)

   $ 184    $ 326      77   $ 227    $ 494      118

Gross Payment Volume (GPV)19

 

LOGO

Gross Payment Volume represents the sum of total dollars processed through the Toast payments platform across all restaurant locations in a given period. GPV is a key measure of the scale of our platform, which in turn drives our financial performance. As our customers generate more sales and therefore more GPV, we generally see higher financial technology solutions revenue.

 

19

Please note that numbers may not tie due to rounding to the nearest hundred million.

 

94


Table of Contents

Annualized Recurring Run-Rate (ARR)

 

LOGO

We monitor Annualized Recurring Run-Rate as a key operational measure of the scale of our subscription and payment processing services for both new and existing customers. To calculate this metric, we first calculate recurring run-rate on a monthly basis. Monthly Recurring Run-Rate, or MRR, is measured on the final day of each month for all restaurant locations live on our platform as the sum of (i) our monthly subscription services fees, which we refer to as the subscription component of MRR, and (ii) our in-month adjusted payments services fees, exclusive of estimated transaction-based costs, which we refer to as the payments component of MRR. MRR does not include fees derived from Toast Capital or related costs. MRR is also not burdened by the impact of SaaS credits offered, which we expect to be immaterial on an ongoing basis despite being larger in 2020 as we supported our customers through the COVID-19 pandemic.

ARR is determined by taking the sum of (i) twelve times the subscription component of MRR and (ii) four times the trailing-three-month cumulative payments component of MRR. We believe this approach provides an indication of our scale, while also controlling for short-term fluctuations in payments volume. Our ARR may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including customers’ satisfaction with our platform, pricing, competitive offerings, economic conditions, or overall changes in our customers’ and their guests’ spending levels. ARR is an operational measure, does not reflect our revenue or gross profit determined in accordance with GAAP, and should be viewed independently of, and not combined with or substituted for, our revenue, gross profit, and other financial information determined in accordance with GAAP. Further, ARR is not a forecast of future revenue and investors should not place undue reliance on ARR as an indicator of our future or expected results.

 

95


Table of Contents

Our Business Model

We grow our customer base through a diverse array of marketing and sales channels. As of June 30, 2021, approximately two-thirds of new locations added to the Toast platform in the last twelve months came inbound across our organic, paid, field, and referral channels. Our in-market sales team integrates deeply into the local restaurant community, enabling us to spend significant time with our customers and prospects and helping us retain existing customers and onboard new customers. While we have meaningfully grown the size of our sales team over time, we have also continued to increase its efficiency.

We utilize our hardware and related professional services as customer acquisition tools and price them competitively to lower barriers to entry for new locations. As a result, the variable cost associated with manufacturing and configuring the hardware and providing the professional services has historically exceeded the related revenue we collect, resulting in negative gross profit for each. We consider these net costs of hardware and professional services, in addition to our sales and marketing expenses, to be the core components of our customer acquisition costs, or CAC.

For a given cohort of new locations and product upsells that go live on the Toast platform in a given month, we calculate the CAC as the in-month hardware and professional services gross profit plus the sales and marketing expense incurred two months prior, which is based on the median time between when a location is signed and when it goes live on our platform.20 To evaluate payback period, we compare our CAC to the estimated contribution profit from the same cohort of live locations and upsells, which is defined as (i) the subscription component of MRR for the cohort, less the estimated costs to service these fees, plus (ii) the average payments component of MRR in each new location’s first three full months live on our platform, less the estimated support costs to service these fees.

Since the third quarter of 2020, we have had sustained payback periods of under 15 months, bolstered by our investments in, and launch of, multiple new products such as Order & Pay and Toast Delivery Services, by the gradual reopening and recovery of the restaurant industry, and by heightened restaurant demand for cloud-based, innovative, end-to-end technologies. Efficiencies realized across our hardware and professional services teams, such as the launch of the Toast Flex and other proprietary hardware as well as the continued shift towards remote and self-guided installations, further helped us improve our CAC. Historically, we had payback periods that were typically around 18 months, though in late 2019 we accelerated our investment in go-to-market based on our strong unit economics and the massive opportunity ahead. This, in tandem with the unprecedented challenges that the COVID-19 pandemic caused for the restaurant industry, caused our payback periods to approach 30 months in the first quarter of 2020. Although we believe our recent payback periods of under 15 months are reflective of the efficiencies we are able to derive from our current go-to-market approach, our payback periods may change from period to period and may increase in future periods due to dependencies on factors such as our global supply chain as well as decisions we may make from time to time to invest more heavily in location acquisition to serve our longer-term strategic objectives. There is no assurance that these cohorts will be representative of any future group of locations or periods.

Net Retention Rate (NRR)

To calculate our Net Retention Rate, or NRR, we first identify a cohort of customers, or the Base Customers, in a particular month, or the Base Month. For this purpose, we do not consider a customer

 

20

CAC and the related cost of revenue and expense estimates do not include the impact of stock-based compensation expense. The stock-based compensation expense for Hardware and Services was $240, $4,633, and $767, respectively, for 2019, 2020, and the six months ended June 30, 2021. It was $4,941 for the twelve months ended June 30, 2021.

 

96


Table of Contents

as a Base Customer unless there is at least one location live on the Toast platform for the entirety of the Base Month. We then divide MRR for the Base Customers in the same month of the subsequent year, or the Comparison Month, by MRR in the Base Month to derive a monthly NRR. MRR in the Comparison Month includes the impact of any churn or contraction of the Base Customers, and by definition does not include any customers added to the Toast platform between the Base Month and Comparison Month. We measure the annual NRR by taking a weighted average of the monthly NRR over the trailing twelve months. For each year since 2015, our annual NRR has been above 110%. Specifically, our annual NRR in the base years of 2015 through 2019 (with the corresponding comparison years of 2016 through 2020) was, in chronological order starting with the base year of 2015: 119%; 122%; 114%; 110%; and 114%.

Impact of COVID-19

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 a pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic rapidly impacted market and economic conditions globally. In an attempt to limit the spread of the virus, various governmental restrictions have been implemented, including business activity and travel restrictions as well as “shelter-at-home” orders. These restrictions impacted restaurants in various ways, including limiting service to takeout orders for a period of time or reducing capacity to accommodate social distancing recommendations.

Due to the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, our GPV declined by 24% in the second quarter of 2020 as compared to the second quarter of 2019. With the gradual reopening of restaurants in the second half of 2020, alongside our continued location growth, our GPV recovered over time, ultimately growing 17% year-over-year for 2020 as compared to 2019. While in-store dining saw a material decline during the COVID-19 pandemic, we saw a significant increase in orders placed by guests through takeout and delivery channels.

As of June 30, 2021, same-store sales were over 8% greater than the corresponding period in 2019 prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, driven by consumer demand and relaxed dining restrictions. Though the exact long-term circumstances are difficult to predict, we believe that the COVID-19 pandemic will result in a lasting shift in consumer demand towards omnichannel consumption and increased guest demand for digital solutions such as Order & Pay. Depending on the extent to which the prevalence of takeout and delivery orders persists, our financial results may be impacted in a number of ways. For example, during the COVID-19 pandemic we saw a relative increase in card-not-present transactions related to takeout and delivery orders. Card-not-present transactions typically generate higher payment processing revenue and gross margins for us than card-present transactions. As a result, the increase in the proportion of card-not-present transactions contributed to an increase in our financial technology solutions revenue and gross margins during 2020. To the extent that this trend reverses as the effects of the pandemic subside, our payment processing revenue and gross margins may be impacted.

We also completed a significant reduction in workforce in April 2020 to reduce operating expenses and have taken other measures to reduce discretionary spending while conditions remain uncertain for the restaurant industry. In addition, we contributed towards customers’ dedicated recovery efforts by providing over $20 million in direct SaaS relief credits as well as additional access to loans through Toast Capital.

In light of the evolving nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and the uncertainty it has produced around the world, it is not possible to predict the cumulative and ultimate impact of the pandemic on our future business operations, results of operations, financial position, liquidity, and cash flows. The extent of the impact of the pandemic on our business and financial results will depend largely on future developments, including the duration of the spread of the pandemic both globally and within the United States, the impact on capital, foreign currency exchange, and financial markets, the impact of

 

97


Table of Contents

governmental or regulatory orders that impact our business, and the effect on global supply chains, all of which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. For example, increased demand for semiconductor chips in 2020, due in part to the COVID-19 pandemic and increased use of personal electronics, has created a global shortfall of microchip supply, and it is yet unknown how and the extent to which we may be impacted. We will continue to actively monitor the impacts of and responses to the COVID-19 pandemic and its related risks.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Acquisition of new locations

We believe there is a substantial opportunity to continue to grow our restaurant locations across the United States. As of June 30, 2021, our presence in 47,942 locations represented only about 6% of the approximately 860,000 restaurant locations in the United States.21 We intend to continue to drive new location growth through our differentiated go-to-market strategy, including through sales representatives who are deeply integrated in their local restaurant communities. In addition, we will continue to invest in marketing efforts in key U.S. cities to grow our brand awareness. Our ability to acquire new locations will depend on a number of factors, including the effectiveness and growth of our sales team, the success of our marketing efforts, and the continued satisfaction of, and word-of-mouth referrals generated by, our existing customers. We expect our absolute investment in sales and marketing and other customer acquisition costs related to our hardware and professional services to increase as we continue to grow.

Retention and expansion within our existing customer base

Our ability to retain and increase revenue from our existing customer base is a key driver of our business growth. We expand within our existing customer base by selling additional products, adding more locations, and helping restaurants generate greater sales per location.

Adoption of additional products

We believe there is an opportunity to increase adoption of more of our products by existing customers through a combination of customer relationship management investments, product-led growth, and the introduction of new products. We believe that we provide the most value when our customers have multiple touchpoints across our platform. We also believe that adoption of additional products will drive profitability improvements for our customers, allowing them to reinvest in their success. Our ability to increase adoption of our products will depend on a number of factors, including our customers’ satisfaction with our platform, competition, pricing, and our ability to demonstrate the value proposition of our products.

Expansion of locations per customer

As our customers grow their businesses and open new locations, we expect to see a corresponding increase in locations on our platform. To that end, we work closely with restaurants across our customer-facing teams to support their expansion efforts. We believe that we are well-positioned to extend our reach to and onboard these new locations based on our customers’ desire to use a single, integrated platform across all locations.

 

21

IBISWorld. Estimated 2021 U.S. restaurant locations includes single location full-service restaurants, fast food restaurants, chain restaurants, coffee shops, bars & nightclubs, and caterers, and excludes food service contractors and street vendors. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

 

98


Table of Contents

Support of our customers’ revenue growth

We believe our long-term revenue growth is correlated with the growth of our existing customers’ businesses, and we strive to support their success. Our revenue grows with that of our customers – as our customers generate more sales and therefore more GPV, we generally see higher financial technology solutions revenue. We have a demonstrated track record of partnering with restaurants to help grow their revenue, and will continue to invest in our customer success team and in new products that help customers thrive.

Innovation and development of new products

We have a culture of continuous innovation evidenced by our history of consistent and timely product launches and refinements. We intend to continue to invest in research and development to expand and improve the functionality of our current platform and broaden our capabilities to address new market opportunities. As a result, we expect our total operating expenses will increase over time and, in some cases, have short-term negative impacts on our operating margin. Our continued growth is dependent, in part, on our ability to successfully develop, market, and sell new products to our customers.

Investments in customer experience

We will continue to invest in our customer acquisition and customer success efforts to capture the market opportunity ahead of us. We intend to continue prioritizing efficient growth that balances the cost of acquiring customers with efforts focused on increasing the lifetime value, or LTV, of our customers. To improve customer LTV, we will continue to invest in our customer support team that helps drive restaurant success after initial onboarding, and expect that these investments will continue to impact our subscription gross margin.

Seasonality

We experience seasonality in our financial technology solutions revenue, which is largely driven by the level of GPV processed through our platform. For example, customers typically have greater sales during the warmer months, though this effect varies regionally. As a result, our financial technology solutions revenue per location has historically been stronger in the second and third quarters. We believe that financial technology solutions revenue from both existing and potential future products will continue to represent a significant proportion of our overall revenue mix, and seasonality will continue to impact our results of operations.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, we use certain non-GAAP financial measures, as described below, to understand and evaluate our core operating performance. These non-GAAP financial measures, which may be different than similarly-titled measures used by other companies, are presented to enhance investors’ overall understanding of our financial performance and should not be considered substitutes for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP.

We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information about our financial performance, enhance the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects, and allow for greater transparency with respect to important metrics used by our

 

99


Table of Contents

management for financial and operational decision-making. We are presenting these non-GAAP metrics to assist investors in seeing our financial performance using a management view. We believe that these measures provide an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core financial performance over multiple periods with other companies in our industry.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Six months ended
June 30,
 
(in millions)    2019     2020     2020     2021  

Free Cash Flow

   $ (141.2   $ (160.7   $ (128.9   $ 38.8

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (171.6   $ (93.8   $ (86.1   $ 14.2

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is defined as net cash used in operating activities reduced by purchases of property and equipment and capitalization of internal-use software costs. We believe that free cash flow is a meaningful indicator of liquidity that provides information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated from operations and used for purchases of property and equipment, capitalization of software costs, and investments in our business. Once our business needs and obligations are met, cash can be used to maintain a strong balance sheet and invest in future growth.

Free cash flow has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Other companies may calculate free cash flow or similarly titled non-GAAP measures differently, which could reduce the usefulness of free cash flow as a tool for comparison. In addition, free cash flow does not reflect mandatory debt service and other non-discretionary expenditures that are required to be made under contractual commitments and does not represent the total increase or decrease in our cash balance for any given period.

The following table presents a reconciliation of free cash flow to the net cash provided by (used in) operating activities for each of the periods presented:

 

     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
(in thousands)    2019     2020     2020     2021  

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (126,483   $ (124,633   $ (97,819   $ 51,218

Purchase of property and equipment

     (9,131     (27,557     (26,574     (8,320

Capitalized software

     (5,601     (8,515     (4,502     (4,087
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

   $ (141,215   $ (160,705   $ (128,895   $ 38,811
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss), adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation expense and related payroll tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense, interest income, interest expense, other income (expense) net, acquisition expenses, fair value adjustments on warrant and derivative liabilities, expenses related to COVID-19 pandemic initiatives resulting from a reduction of workforce in 2020 and early termination of leases, loss on debt extinguishment, and income taxes. We have provided below a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful for investors to use in comparing our financial performance to other companies and from period to period. Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to

 

100


Table of Contents

items such as depreciation and amortization, interest expense, and interest income, which can vary substantially from company to company depending on their financing and capital structures and the method by which their assets were acquired. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA eliminates the impact of certain items that may obscure trends in the underlying performance of our business. Adjusted EBITDA also has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this measure in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. For example, although depreciation expense is a non-cash charge, the assets being depreciated may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new asset acquisitions. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA excludes stock-based compensation expense, which has been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy. Adjusted EBITDA also does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt, which reduces the cash available to us; or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us. The expenses and other items we exclude in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may differ from the expenses and other items that other companies may exclude from Adjusted EBITDA when they report their financial results.

The following table reflects the reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods presented:

 

     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
(in thousands)    2019     2020     2020     2021  

Net loss

   $ (209,448   $ (248,203   $ (124,547   $ (234,650

Stock-based compensation expense and related payroll tax

     33,709     86,359     22,156     60,987

Depreciation and amortization

     6,842     27,067     6,380     8,944

Interest income

     (2,106     (842     (682     (53

Interest expense

     —         12,651     1,185     12,156

Other (income) expense, net

     (62     486     (221     (81

Acquisition expenses

     1,251     —         —         1,113

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     1,497     8,218     (262     16,492

Change in fair value of derivative liability

     —         7,282     —         103,281

Reduction of workforce

     —         10,127     9,973     —    

Termination of leases

     —         2,766     —         —    

Loss on debt extinguishment

     —         —         —         49,783

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (3,248     261     (58     (3,752
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (171,565   $ (93,828   $ (86,076   $ 14,220
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue from four main sources that are further described below: (1) subscription services, (2) financial technology solutions, (3) hardware, and (4) professional services.

Our total revenue consists of the following:

Subscription services. We generate subscription services revenue from fees charged to customers for access to our software applications, generally over a term ranging from 12 to 36 months. Our subscription services revenue is primarily based on a rate per location, and this rate varies

 

101


Table of Contents

depending on the number of software products purchased, hardware configuration, and employee count at such location.

Financial technology solutions. Revenue from financial technology solutions consists primarily of transaction-based fees paid by customers to facilitate their payment transactions, which are generally calculated as a percentage of the total transaction amount processed plus a per-transaction fee. The transaction fees collected are recognized as revenue on a gross basis inclusive of all fees and costs paid to issuers and card networks as well as other related fees associated with third-party payment processors and fraud management. Financial technology solutions revenue also includes fees earned from marketing and servicing working capital loans to our customers through Toast Capital that are originated by a third-party bank. In these arrangements, Toast Capital’s bank partner originates all loans, and Toast Capital then services the loans using Toast’s payments infrastructure to remit a fixed percentage of daily sales until the loan is paid back. Toast Capital revenue is recognized net of expected defaults, and Toast Capital is responsible for purchasing from our bank partner loans in default (or that have been or are scheduled to be charged off) until the aggregate principal amount of such purchased loans equals 15% (or 30% in the case of a limited program offered during the winter of 2020-2021 related to the COVID-19 pandemic) of the total originated amount for each quarterly loan cohort. Toast Capital earns a servicing fee as well as a credit performance fee that is tied to the portfolio performance.

Hardware. We generate hardware revenue from the sale of terminals, tablets, handhelds, and related devices and accessories, net of estimated returns.

Professional services. We primarily generate professional services revenue from fees charged to customers for installation services, including business process mapping, configuration, and training. These services can be delivered on-site, remotely, or on a self-guided basis.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of expenses that are directly related or closely correlated to revenue generation, including, but not limited to, employee-related costs for customer support and certain operations roles as well as allocated overhead. Employee-related costs consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation. Allocated overhead includes certain facilities costs, depreciation expense, and amortization costs associated with internally developed software. Below are descriptions of the types of costs classified within each component of cost of revenue:

Subscription services. Subscription services costs primarily consist of customer support and associated employee-related costs, hosting costs, professional services costs, other software costs to support our cloud-based platform, and amortization costs associated with internally developed software.

Financial technology solutions. Financial technology solutions costs primarily consist of transaction-based costs, which are primarily fees and costs paid to issuers and card networks as well as other related fees associated with third-party payment processors and fraud management.

Hardware. Hardware costs primarily consist of raw materials and the cost to manufacture and ship hardware sold to customers, including terminals, tablets, handhelds, card readers, printers, and other accessories. Included in the manufacturing and shipping costs are employee-related costs, professional services costs, and allocated overhead associated with our supply chain and fulfillment teams.

Professional services. Professional services costs primarily consist of employee-related costs and allocated overhead associated with our onboarding team, along with fees paid to third-party service providers engaged to perform installations and other services.

 

102


Table of Contents

Amortization of acquired technology. Amortization of acquired technology costs consist of amortization related to technologies acquired through acquisitions that have the capability of producing revenue.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of the following:

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of employee-related costs incurred to acquire new customers and increase product adoption across our existing customer base. Marketing expenses also include fees incurred to generate demand through various advertising channels. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we also incurred one-time costs, including severance, in connection with a reduction in workforce resulting from changes to our operations as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

We expect that sales and marketing expenses will increase on an absolute dollar basis as we invest to grow our field-based sales team, increase demand generation, and enhance our brand awareness. We expect sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue will vary from period-to-period over the short-term and decrease over the long-term.

Research and development. Research and development expenses consist primarily of employee-related costs associated with improvements to our platform and the development of new product offerings, as well as allocated overhead and expenses associated with the use of third-party software directly related to development of our products and services. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we also incurred one-time costs, including severance, in connection with a reduction in workforce resulting from changes to our operations as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

We plan to continue to hire employees to support our research and development efforts to expand the capabilities and scope of our platform and related products and services. As a result, we expect that research and development expenses will increase on an absolute dollar basis as we continue to invest to support these activities and innovate over the long-term.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of expenses related to operations, finance, legal, human resources, information technology, and administrative personnel. General and administrative expenses also include costs related to fees paid for certain professional services, including legal, information technology, tax and accounting services, and bad debt expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we also incurred one-time costs, including severance, lease exit costs, and impairment of property and equipment in connection with a reduction in workforce resulting from changes to our operations as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase on an absolute dollar basis as we add personnel and enhance our systems, processes, and controls to support the growth of our business as well as our increased compliance and reporting requirements as a public company. We expect general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue will vary from period-to-period over the short-term and decrease over the long-term.

Other Income (Expense)

Our other income and expenses consist of the following:

Interest income. Interest income consists primarily of interest earned from cash held in money market accounts.

 

103


Table of Contents

Interest expense. Interest expense represents primarily interest incurred on our convertible notes, which were issued in June 2020 and repaid in June 2021.

Change in fair value of warrant liability. This represents the change in fair value of warrant liability related to warrants issued to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock and our common stock. The warrant liability is remeasured at fair value at each reporting date which could have a significant effect on other income (expense) and our results of operations during each period.

Change in fair value of derivative liability. This represents the change in fair value of derivative liability related to the conversion option provided for in the convertible notes.

Loss on debt extinguishment. This represents the loss on settlement of our convertible notes.

Other income (expense), net. This represents certain reserves recorded on certain municipal grants we received in previous years and foreign currency gains and losses.

Income Tax Benefit (Expense)

Income tax benefit (expense) primarily consists of U.S. federal and state income tax, as well as international taxes in Ireland. Income tax benefit (expense) for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2021 also includes the deferred tax benefit related to our acquisitions of StratEx and xtraCHEF, Inc, respectively.

 

104


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)    2019     2020  

Revenue:

    

Subscription services

   $ 62,443   $ 101,374

Financial technology solutions

     531,751     644,372

Hardware

     54,999     63,968

Professional services

     15,836     13,420
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     665,029     823,134
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

    

Subscription services

     24,923     39,730

Financial technology solutions

     452,786     508,816

Hardware

     82,096     85,013

Professional services

     41,215     45,558

Amortization of acquired technology and customer assets

     1,660     3,604
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue(1)

     602,680     682,721
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     62,349     140,413
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Sales and marketing(1)

     129,066     139,325

Research and development(1)

     63,967     108,574

General and administrative(1)

     82,683     112,661
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     275,716     360,560
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (213,367     (220,147
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     2,106     842

Interest expense

     —         (12,651

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (1,497     (8,218

Change in fair value of derivative liability

     —         (7,282

Other income (expense), net

     62     (486
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (212,696     (247,942

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     3,248     (261
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (209,448   $ (248,203
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2019      2020  

Cost of revenue

   $ 462    $ 7,299

Sales and marketing

     1,166        16,296  

Research and development

     3,368        30,000  

General and administrative

     28,713        32,764  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 33,709    $ 86,359
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

Revenue

 

     Year ended
December 31,
              
(dollars in thousands)    2019      2020      $ Change     % Change  

Subscription services

   $ 62,443    $ 101,374    $ 38,931     62

Financial technology solutions

     531,751      644,372      112,621     21

Hardware

     54,999      63,968      8,969     16

Professional services

     15,836      13,420      (2,416     (15 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total revenue

   $ 665,029    $ 823,134    $ 158,105     24
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total revenue increased 24% to $823.1 million for 2020, as compared to $665.0 million for 2019.

Revenue from subscription services increased 62% to $101.4 million for 2020, as compared to $62.4 million for 2019. The increase was attributable to growth in restaurant locations on the Toast platform and the continued upsell of products to existing customers, partially offset by COVID-related SaaS credits and refunded fees.

Revenue from financial technology solutions increased 21% to $644.4 million for 2020, as compared to $531.8 million for 2019. The increase was generally reflective of our 17% increase in GPV for the same period, with slightly faster growth in revenue due to a greater mix of card-not-present transactions as restaurants shifted their business to adapt to the COVID-19 pandemic. The overall increase in GPV and financial technology solutions revenue was primarily attributable to, and affected by, the following events and factors:

 

   

In the first quarter of 2020, we saw a year-over-year increase in GPV as we benefited from a greater number of restaurant locations compared to 2019 as well as from the growth in payment volume per location in January and February of 2020. This was slightly offset by the sudden decline in GPV due to the COVID-19 pandemic, particularly in the second half of March 2020.

 

   

In the second quarter of 2020, we saw a year-over-year decline in GPV as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and subsequent shelter-in-place restrictions, which was only partially offset by continued growth in restaurant locations.

 

   

In the third and fourth quarters of 2020, we saw year-over-year increases in GPV as the restaurant industry recovery continued, and as we continued to grow the number of locations live on the Toast platform as compared to 2019.

Revenue from hardware increased 16% to $64.0 million for 2020, as compared to $55.0 million for 2019. The increase was primarily driven by the growth of our customer base, which saw an increase in new locations going live as well as higher upsell volume following initial installation.

Revenue from professional services decreased 15% to $13.4 million for 2020, as compared to $15.8 million for 2019 primarily due to targeted promotions and a shift towards remote and self-guided installations, which are more favorably priced for customers.

 

106


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

 

     Year ended
December 31,
               
(dollars in thousands)    2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  

Subscription services

   $ 24,923    $ 39,730    $ 14,807      59

Financial technology solutions

     452,786      508,816      56,030      12

Hardware

     82,096      85,013      2,917      4

Professional services

     41,215      45,558      4,343      11

Amortization of acquired technology and customer assets

     1,660      3,604      1,944      117
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

   $ 602,680    $ 682,721    $ 80,041      13
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of revenue increased 13% to $682.7 million for 2020, as compared to $602.7 million for 2019. Included in this was an increase in stock-based compensation expense, which contributed $7.3 million towards cost of revenue in 2020, as compared to $0.5 million in 2019. The $6.8 million increase in stock-based compensation expense was largely attributable to a third-party tender offer and certain secondary sale transactions conducted in 2020, resulting in $5.7 million of stock-based compensation expense. For more information regarding the tender offer, see the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tender Offer.”

Subscription services costs increased 59% to $39.7 million for 2020, as compared to $24.9 million for 2019. The $14.8 million increase was primarily attributable to the increase in support costs necessary to support a larger number of customers on our platform, inclusive of a $10.2 million increase in employee-related, professional services, and related overhead costs.

Financial technology solutions costs increased 12% to $508.8 million for 2020, as compared to $452.8 million for 2019. The $56.0 million increase was generally reflective of our increase in GPV over the same period, with slightly slower growth in costs primarily due to a greater mix of debit card transactions as compared to credit card transactions, which lowered the average cost as a percentage of GPV.

Hardware costs increased 4% to $85.0 million for 2020, as compared to $82.1 million for 2019, primarily due to a $2.2 million increase in employee-related, professional services, and related overhead costs required to service the increase in hardware demand and revenue.

Professional services costs increased 11% to $45.6 million for 2020, as compared to $41.2 million for 2019, largely due to stock-based compensation expense, which accounted for $4.0 million of the increase.

Amortization of acquired technology and customer assets increased 117% to $3.6 million for 2020, as compared to $1.7 million for 2019 due to the mid-year timing of the StratEx acquisition impacting a partial year in 2019 versus a full year of 2020.

Operating Expenses

As with cost of revenue, we saw a meaningful increase in stock-based compensation expense within operating expenses, increasing to $79.1 million in 2020 compared to $33.3 in 2019. This was primarily attributable to a third-party tender offer and certain secondary sale transactions conducted in 2020, which contributed $37.1 million of the $45.8 million increase from 2019 to 2020.

 

107


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year ended December 31,                
(dollars in thousands)    2019      2020      $ Change      % Change  

Sales and marketing

   $ 129,066    $ 139,325    $ 10,259      8

Sales and marketing expenses increased 8% to $139.3 million for 2020, as compared to $129.1 million for 2019. Employee-related costs, less commissions, increased $17.9 million, of which $15.1 million was due to stock-based compensation expense. This was partially offset by a $5.8 million reduction in commissions expense due to the adoption of ASC 606 and a $3.9 million decrease in travel-related expense driven by changes to our operations as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Research and Development

 

     Year ended December 31,                
(dollars in thousands)            2019                      2020              $ Change      % Change  

Research and development

   $ 63,967      $ 108,574      $ 44,607        70

Research and development expenses increased 70% to $108.6 million for 2020, as compared to $64.0 million for 2019. The increase resulted primarily from an increase of $40.4 million in employee-related costs, $26.6 million of which was related to stock-based compensation expense.

General and Administrative

 

     Year ended December 31,                
(dollars in thousands)            2019                      2020              $ Change      % Change  

General and administrative

   $ 82,683    $ 112,661    $ 29,978      36

General and administrative expenses increased 36% to $112.7 million for 2020, as compared to $82.7 million for 2019. The increase resulted primarily from a $22.1 million increase in allocated facilities and depreciation expense, mostly related to one-time lease buy-out transactions, and a $8.6 million increase in employee-related costs, $4.1 million of which was related to increases in stock-based compensation expense.

Interest Income

 

     Year ended December 31,               
(dollars in thousands)            2019                      2020              $ Change     % Change  

Interest income

   $ 2,106    $ 842    $ (1,264     (60 )% 

Interest income decreased 60% to $0.8 million for 2020, compared to $2.1 million for 2019. The decrease in interest income was primarily due to a lower average interest rate on invested balances.

Interest Expense

 

     Year ended December 31,              
(dollars in thousands)            2019                      2020             $ Change     % Change  

Interest expense

   $    $ (12,651   $ (12,651     —  

Interest expense increased to $12.7 million for 2020, as compared to no interest expense for 2019. Interest expense in 2020 was primarily related to the issuance of convertible notes in June 2020.

 

108


Table of Contents

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

     Year ended December 31,              
(dollars in thousands)            2019                     2020             $ Change     % Change  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

   $ (1,497   $ (8,218   $ (6,721     449

Change in fair value of warrant liability increased to $8.2 million for 2020, as compared to $1.5 million for 2019. The change was due to an increase in the value of the convertible preferred stock underlying outstanding warrants.

Change in fair value of derivative liability

 

     Year ended December 31,              
(dollars in thousands)            2019                      2020             $ Change     % Change  

Change in fair value of derivative liability

   $ —      $ (7,282   $ (7,282     —  

Change in fair value of derivative liability was $7.3 million for 2020, as compared to no derivative liability in 2019, related to the derivative liability associated with the issuance of the convertible notes in June 2020.

Other income (expense), net

 

     Year ended December 31,              
(dollars in thousands)            2019                      2020             $ Change     % Change  

Other income (expense), net

   $ 62    $ (486   $ (548     (884 )% 

Other expense, net was an expense of $0.5 million for 2020 and was primarily due to reserves recorded on certain municipal grants we received in previous years and to a lesser extent foreign currency gains and losses.

Income tax benefit (provision)

 

     Year ended December 31,              
(dollars in thousands)            2019                      2020             $ Change     % Change  

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

   $ 3,248    $ (261   $ (3,509     (108 )% 

Income tax benefit (expense) was an expense of $0.3 million for 2020, as compared to a benefit of $3.2 million for 2019. The change was primarily due to the impact of a deferred tax benefit generated in 2019 as a result of our acquisition of StratEx.

 

109


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2021

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021:

 

     Six months ended
June 30,
 
(dollars in thousands)    2020     2021  

Revenue:

    

Subscription services

   $ 44,787   $ 68,041

Financial technology solutions

     262,070     579,475

Hardware

     30,187     48,954

Professional services

     6,798     7,278
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     343,842     703,748
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

    

Subscription services

     18,817     23,028

Financial technology solutions

     212,457     451,876

Hardware

     41,422     51,412

Professional services

     24,373     20,691

Amortization of acquired technology and customer assets

     1,787     1,967
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue(1)

     298,856     548,974
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     44,986     154,774
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Sales and marketing(1)

     72,110     73,858

Research and development(1)

     44,384     73,278

General and administrative(1)

     53,077     64,462
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     169,571     211,598
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (124,585     (56,824
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     682     53

Interest expense

     (1,185     (12,156

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     262     (16,492

Change in fair value of derivative liability

     —         (103,281

Loss on debt extinguishment

     —         (49,783

Other income (expense), net

     221     81
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (124,605     (238,402

Benefit for income taxes

     58     3,752
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (124,547   $ (234,650
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 as follows:

 

     Six months ended June 30,  
(in thousands)        2020                      2021          

Cost of revenue

   $ 919    $ 1,253

Sales and marketing

     1,649      2,939

Research and development

     2,200      26,511

General and administrative

     17,388      30,166
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 22,156    $ 60,869
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents

Revenue

 

     Six months ended June 30,                
(dollars in thousands)            2020                      2021              $ Change      % Change  

Subscription services

   $ 44,787    $ 68,041    $ 23,254      52

Financial technology solutions

     262,070      579,475      317,405      121

Hardware

     30,187      48,954      18,767      62

Professional services

     6,798      7,278      480      7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 343,842    $ 703,748    $ 359,906      105
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue increased 105% to $703.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $343.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Revenue from subscription services increased 52% to $68.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $44.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to growth in restaurant locations on the Toast platform combined with the continued upsell of products to existing customers.

Revenue from financial technology solutions increased 121% to $579.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $262.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase was generally reflective of our 125% increase in GPV for the same period, which was driven both by the continued increase in the number of restaurant locations live on the Toast platform and the increase in GPV per restaurant location.

Revenue from hardware increased 62% to $49.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $30.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by greater hardware demand in the six months ended June 30, 2021, resulting from both increased locations going live and greater hardware upsells to existing locations.

Revenue from professional services increased 7% to $7.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $6.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 primarily due to the increase in the number of locations going live on the Toast platform, partially offset by lowered upfront services pricing.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Six months ended June 30,               
(dollars in thousands)            2020                      2021              $ Change     % Change  

Subscription services

   $ 18,817    $ 23,028    $ 4,211     22

Financial technology solutions

     212,457      451,876      239,419     113

Hardware

     41,422      51,412      9,990     24

Professional services

     24,373      20,691      (3,682     (15 )% 

Amortization of acquired technology and customer assets

     1,787      1,967      180     10
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

   $ 298,856    $ 548,974    $ 250,118     84
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue increased 84% to $549.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $298.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Subscription services costs increased 22% to $23.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $18.8 million for six months ended June 30, 2020. The $4.2 million increase was

 

111


Table of Contents

primarily attributable to a $3.4 million increase in hosting and other infrastructure costs necessary to support a larger number of customers on our platform and a $1.7 million increase in professional services costs, mostly offset by a $0.8 million decrease in employee-related and overhead costs.

Financial technology solutions costs increased 113% to $451.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $212.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The $239.4 million increase was generally reflective of our increase in GPV over the same period, with slightly slower growth in costs primarily due to an increase in average transaction value.

Hardware costs increased 24% to $51.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $41.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The growth was largely due to increased shipment volume, partially offset by lower costs per shipment as a result of the continued increase in the mix towards Toast proprietary hardware such as the Toast Flex.

Professional services costs decreased 15% to $20.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $24.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, which was primarily driven by a $6.0 million decrease in employee-related and overhead costs, partially offset by an increase of $2.3 million in third-party contractor costs as we shifted the mix of services resourcing.

Amortization of acquired technology and customer assets increased 10% to $2.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $1.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily due to newly acquired intangible assets as a result of the xtraCHEF acquisition.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Six months ended June 30,                
(dollars in thousands)            2020                      2021              $ Change      % Change  

Sales and marketing

   $ 72,110    $ 73,858    $ 1,748      2

Sales and marketing expenses increased 2% to $73.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $72.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to a $5.0 million increase in commissions, $2.6 million increase in advertising and related costs, and $2.5 million increase in professional services, including reseller and referral fees. This was partially offset by a $6.6 million decrease in employee-related and overhead costs and a $1.7 million decrease in travel-related expenses driven by changes to our operations as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Research and Development

 

     Six months ended June 30,                
(dollars in thousands)            2020                      2021              $ Change      % Change  

Research and development

   $ 44,384    $ 73,278    $ 28,894      65

Research and development expenses increased 65% to $73.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $44.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase resulted primarily from a $28.7 million increase in employee-related costs, $24.3 million of which was related to stock-based compensation expense.

 

112


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

 

     Six months ended June 30,                
(dollars in thousands)            2020                      2021              $ Change      % Change  

General and administrative

   $ 53,077    $ 64,462    $ 11,385      21

General and administrative expenses increased 21% to $64.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $53.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase resulted primarily from a $13.4 million increase in employee-related and overhead costs, $12.8 million of which was related to stock-based compensation expense, and a $2.8 million increase in professional services expense, partially offset by a $5.3 million decrease in bad debt expense as a result of a more favorable outcome on collection activities than estimated.

Interest Income

 

     Six months ended June 30,               
(dollars in thousands)            2020                      2021              $ Change     % Change  

Interest income

   $ 682    $ 53    $ (629     (92 )% 

Interest income decreased 92% to $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to a lower average interest rate on invested balances.

Interest Expense

 

     Six months ended June 30,              
(dollars in thousands)            2020                     2021             $ Change     % Change  

Interest expense

   $ (1,185   $ (12,156   $ (10,971     926

Interest expense increased 926% to $12.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily due to the issuance of convertible notes in June 2020.

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

     Six months ended June 30,              
(dollars in thousands)            2020                      2021             $ Change     % Change  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

   $ 262    $ (16,492   $ (16,754     (6395 )% 

Change in fair value of warrant liability was an expense of $16.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to a gain of $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. This was due to an increase in the value of the convertible preferred stock underlying outstanding warrants.

Change in fair value of derivative liability

 

     Six months ended June 30,              
(dollars in thousands)            2020                      2021             $ Change     % Change  

Change in fair value of derivative liability

   $ —      $ (103,281   $ (103,281    

Change in fair value of derivative liability was an expense of $103.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 due to the issuance of convertible notes in June 2020. The notes were fully

 

113


Table of Contents

repaid on June 21, 2021. The derivative liability was adjusted to its fair value during each reporting period and on the convertible notes’ settlement date. There was no gain or loss on a change in fair value of derivative liability during the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

     Six months ended June 30,              
(dollars in thousands)            2020                      2021             $ Change     % Change  

Loss on debt extinguishment

   $ —      $ (49,783   $ (49,783    

Loss on debt extinguishment was $49,783 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 due to the settlement of our convertible notes.

Income tax benefit

 

     Six months ended June 30,                
(dollars in thousands)            2020                      2021              $ Change      % Change  

Benefit for income taxes

   $ 58    $ 3,752    $ 3,694      6369

Income tax benefit was $3.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The change was primarily due to the impact of a deferred tax benefit generated during the six months ended June 30, 2021 as a result of our acquisition of xtraCHEF.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the quarters indicated. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of this information. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any other fiscal period. This information should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in the prospectus.

 

114


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

 

    Three months ended,  
    Mar. 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
    Dec. 31,
2020
    Mar. 31,
2021
    June 30,
2021
 
(in thousands)                                      

Revenue:

                   

Subscription services

  $ 11,205     $ 12,454     $ 18,038     $ 20,746     $ 22,009     $ 22,778     $ 27,406     $ 29,181     $ 30,442     $ 37,599  

Financial technology solutions

    93,693       125,733       148,213       164,112       156,380       105,690       188,195       194,107       225,873       353,602  

Hardware

    11,446       14,577       14,104       14,872       16,336       13,851       18,148       15,633       19,802       29,152  

Professional services

    3,081       3,970       4,011       4,774       3,924       2,874       3,008       3,614       2,898       4,380  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    119,425       156,734       184,366       204,504       198,649       145,193       236,757       242,535       279,015       424,733  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                   

Subscription services

    4,626       5,231       6,752       8,314       9,561       9,256       10,388       10,525       10,331       12,697  

Financial technology solutions

    78,547       107,225       126,668       140,346       133,524       78,933       145,945       150,414       171,525       280,351  

Hardware

    16,423       20,161       20,690       24,822       22,531       18,891       21,914       21,677       20,740       30,672  

Professional services

    7,057       8,812       11,572       13,774       14,652       9,721       9,282       11,903       9,124       11,567  

Amortization of acquired technology and customer assets

    —         —         796       864       879       908       908       909       908       1,059  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue (1)

    106,653       141,429       166,478       188,120       181,147       117,709       188,437       195,428       212,628       336,346  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    12,772       15,305       17,888       16,384       17,502       27,484       48,320       47,107       66,387       88,387  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                   

Sales and marketing (1)

    20,933       29,377       36,280       42,476       43,106       29,004       32,216       34,999       32,203       41,655  

Research and development (1)

    11,701       13,907       18,591       19,768       24,170       20,214       34,274       29,916       22,828       50,450  

General and administrative (1)

    14,355       35,750       16,786       15,792       21,705       31,372       20,481       39,103       16,449       48,013  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    46,989       79,034       71,657       78,036       88,981       80,590       86,971       104,018       71,480       140,118  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (34,217     (63,729     (53,769     (61,652     (71,479     (53,106     (38,651     (56,911     (5,093     (51,731

Other income (expense)

                   

Interest income

    (216     1,146       883       293       547       135       137       23       33       20  

Interest expense

    —         —         —         —         (203     (982     (5,661     (5,805     (5,957     (6,199

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    —         (214     (491     (792     262       —         (202     (8,278     (11,668     (4,824

Change in fair value of derivative liability

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (18,208     10,926       (76,249     (27,032

Loss on debt extinguishment

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (49,783

Other income (expense), net

    100       63       (11     (90     (10     231       104       (811     (80     161  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (34,333     (62,734     (53,388     (62,241     (70,883     (53,722     (62,481     (60,856     (99,014     (139,388

(Provision) benefit for income taxes

    (17     (18     3,390       (107     58       —         (127     (192     (113     3,865  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (34,350   $ (62,752   $ (49,998   $ (62,348   $ (70,825   $ (53,722   $ (62,608   $ (61,048   $ (99,127   $ (135,523
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense recognized for each of the quarterly periods for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, and the three months ended March 31, 2021 and June 30, 2021 as follows:

 

115


Table of Contents
    Three months ended,  
(in thousands)   Mar. 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
    Dec. 31,
2020
    Mar. 31,
2021
    June 30,
2021
 

Cost of revenue

  $ 69     $ 69     $ 106     $ 218     $ 337     $ 582     $ 2,250     $ 4,130     $ 501     $ 752  

Sales and marketing

    151       159       482       374       414       1,235       7,445       7,202       1,215       1,724  

Research and development

    329       332       2,163       544       840       1,360       17,422       10,378       1,633       24,878  

General and administrative

    3,878       23,163       860       812       1,336       16,052       9,084       6,292       1,564       28,602  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 4,427     $ 23,723     $ 3,611     $ 1,948     $ 2,927     $ 19,229     $ 36,201     $ 28,002     $ 4,913     $ 55,956  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Free Cash Flow

 

    Three months ended,  
(in thousands)   Mar. 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
    Dec. 31,
2020
    Mar. 31,
2021
    June 30,
2021
 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $ (18,248   $ (24,676   $ (39,418   $ (44,141   $ (63,423   $ (34,396   $ 11,189     $ (28,067   $ (5,476   $ 56,694  

Purchase of property, plant, and equipment

    (1,152     (1,529     (2,349     (4,101     (12,031     (14,543     (8,811     (2,108     (6,250     (2,070

Capitalized software

    (961     (1,304     (1,627     (1,709     (2,123     (2,379     (1,977     (2,036     (1,973     (2,114
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

  $ (20,361   $ (27,509   $ (43,394   $ (49,951   $ (77,577   $ (51,318   $ 401     $ (32,211   $ (13,699   $ 52,510  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

    Three months ended,  
(in thousands)   Mar. 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
    Dec. 31,
2020
    Mar. 31,
2021
    June 30,
2021
 

Net loss

  $ (34,350   $ (62,752   $ (49,998   $ (62,348   $ (70,825   $ (53,722   $ (62,608   $ (61,048   $ (99,127   $ (135,523

Stock-based compensation expense and related payroll tax

    4,427       23,723       3,611       1,948       2,927       19,229       36,201       28,002       4,973       56,014  

Depreciation and amortization

    925       1,027       2,307       2,583       2,420       3,960       3,118       17,569       3,746       5,198  

Interest income

    216       (1,146     (883     (293     (547     (135     (137     (23     (33     (20

Interest expense

    —         —         —         —         203       982       5,661       5,805       5,957       6,199  

Other (income) expense, net

    (100     (63     11       90       10       (231     (104     811       80       (161

Acquisition expenses

    —         468       783       —         —         —         —         —         —         1,113  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    —         214       491       792       (262     —         202       8,278       11,668       4,824  

Change in fair value of derivative liability

    —         —         —         —         —         —         18,208       (10,926     76,249       27,032  

Reduction of workforce

    —         —         —         —         —         9,973       154       —         —         —    

Termination of leases

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (1,092     3,858       —         —    

Loss on debt extinguishment

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         49,783  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    17       18       (3,390     107       (58     —         127       192       113       (3,865
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (28,865   $ (38,511   $ (47,068   $ (57,121   $ (66,132   $ (19,944   $ (270   $ (7,482   $ 3,626     $ 10,594  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

116


Table of Contents

Quarterly Trends

Revenue

Our quarterly total revenue trends were largely driven by changes in financial technology solutions revenue, which themselves reflect trends in our GPV. Total revenue increased quarter over quarter for the periods presented as we continued to grow our customer base, with the exception of the first quarter of 2020 and second quarter of 2020. These declines were predominantly due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, which caused a meaningful reduction in same-store sales and a resulting decline in GPV.

Cost of Revenue

Our quarterly cost of revenue trends were predominantly driven by changes in financial technology solutions costs, reflective of trends in GPV. Similar to total revenue, total cost of revenue increased quarter over quarter for the periods presented, with the exception of the first quarter of 2020 and second quarter of 2020, due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on GPV.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses generally increased sequentially quarter over quarter, with the exception of the second quarter of 2020 and the first quarter of 2021. The second quarter of 2020 saw a decrease in expenses compared to the first quarter of 2020 as a result of the reduction of workforce in April 2020 which we completed as a response to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the restaurant industry and as part of our measures to reduce operating expenses. For more information, see the section titled “—Impact of COVID-19.” The first quarter of 2021 saw a decrease in expenses compared to the preceding quarter due to large stock-based compensation expense in the fourth quarter of 2020 from a third-party tender offer. For more information regarding the tender offer, see the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tender Offer.”

Research and Development

Research and development expenses increased sequentially quarter over quarter for most periods presented, with the exception of the second quarter of 2020, the fourth quarter of 2020, and the first quarter of 2021. The second quarter of 2020 saw a decrease in expenses compared to the first quarter of 2020 as a result of the reduction of workforce in April 2020. The consecutive decreases in the fourth quarter of 2020 and the first quarter of 2021 were driven primarily by significant stock-based compensation expense related to large secondary sale transactions in the third quarter of 2020 and a third-party tender offer in the fourth quarter of 2020. The increase in expenses in the second quarter of 2021 was primarily driven by stock-based compensation expense related to secondary sale transactions.

General and Administrative

Quarterly fluctuations in general and administrative expenses were largely impacted by various one-time events, including: secondary sale transactions in the first quarter of 2019, second quarter of 2019, second quarter of 2020, third quarter of 2020, and the second quarter of 2021; a third-party tender offer in the fourth quarter of 2020; and one-time lease termination costs in the fourth quarter of 2020. Expenses related to secondary sale transactions in the second quarter of 2020 more than offset the impact of the reduction in workforce in April 2020, and were also greater in magnitude than expenses related to secondary sale transactions in the subsequent quarter, resulting in a quarter-over-quarter decline between the second and third quarters of 2020.

 

117


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have financed our operations, capital expenditures, and acquisitions primarily through issuance of convertible preferred stock and convertible notes as well as through payments received for the delivery of products and services.

Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash and cash equivalents. As of June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $376.1 million, excluding cash held on behalf of customers and restricted cash, and $330.0 million available under our senior debt credit facility. Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the time of purchase, other than those held for sale in the ordinary course of business.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, along with our available financial resources from our credit facility, will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs for at least the next 12 months, including any expenditures related to strategic transactions and investment commitments that we may from time to time enter into, and planned capital expenditures. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors”. We expect to incur additional costs as a result of operating as a public company.

In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we cannot be sure that any additional financing will be available to us on acceptable terms if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

    Year ended
December 31,
    Six months ended June 30,  
(in thousands)   2019     2020             2020                     2021          

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $ (126,483   $ (124,633   $ (97,819   $ 51,218

Net cash (used in) investing activities

    (47,429     (35,860     (31,089     (38,540

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    256,337     594,498     588,800     (201,342
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

  $ 82,425   $ 434,005   $ 459,892   $ (188,664
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in operating activities was $126.5 million. This consisted of our net loss of $209.4 million partially offset by adjustments for non-cash charges of $39.6 million and a net increase in cash from changes in operating assets and liabilities of $43.4 million. The non-cash adjustments primarily relate to stock-based compensation expense of $33.7 million, depreciation and amortization of $6.8 million, changes in fair value related to warrant liabilities of $1.5 million, and other items of $0.9 million, partially offset by change in deferred income taxes of $3.4 million. The net increase from changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily relate to increases in deferred revenue of $22.8 million, accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $22.0 million, accounts payable of $14.6 million, and other liabilities of $32.3 million partially offset by increases in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $24.4 million, net merchant cash advances of $9.3 million, inventories of $6.7 million, accounts receivables of $4.1 million, factor receivable of $1.7 million, and other non-current assets of $2.1 million.

 

118


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in operating activities was $124.6 million. This consisted of our net loss of $248.2 million and a net use of cash from a change in operating assets and liabilities of $28.8 million, partially offset by adjustments for non-cash charges of $152.4 million. The non-cash adjustments primarily relate to stock-based compensation expense of $86.4 million, depreciation and amortization of $27.1 million, changes in fair value related to derivative and warrant liabilities of $15.5 million, amortization of costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts of $15.5 million, and other items of $8.0 million. The net use of cash from a change in operating assets and liabilities primarily related to increases in accounts receivables of $12.7 million, costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts of $25.2 million and inventories of $3.9 million, and decreases in deferred revenue of $8.3 million, accounts payable of $6.1 million, and accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $2.7 million, partially offset by decreases in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $18.0 million, merchant cash advances of $8.9 million, factor receivable of $2.6 million, and an increase in other liabilities of $0.8 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, net cash used in operating activities was $97.8 million. This consisted of a net loss of $124.5 million and a net use of cash from a change in operating assets and liabilities of $9.3 million, partially offset by adjustments for non-cash charges of $36.1 million. The non-cash charges primarily related to stock-based compensation expense of $22.2 million, amortization of costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts of $6.8 million, depreciation and amortization of $6.4 million, and other items of $1.0 million, partially offset by a gain on changes in fair value of warrant liabilities of $0.3 million. The use of net cash from a change in operating assets and liabilities primarily related to increases in costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts of $10.6 million, decreases in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $8.8 million, decreases in accounts payable of $8.7 million, and increases in accounts receivable of $7.5 million. These changes were partially offset by decreases in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $9.7 million, decreases in merchant cash advances repaid of $6.6 million, increases in other liabilities of $4.1 million, decreases in inventories of $2.5 million, and decreases in factor receivables of $2.4 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2021, net cash provided by operating activities was $51.2 million. The net loss of $234.7 million, was more than offset by adjustments for non-cash charges of $256.3 million and a net source of cash from a change in operating assets and liabilities of $29.5 million. The non-cash charges were primarily related to changes in fair value related to derivative and warrant liabilities of $119.8 million, stock-based compensation expense of $58.9 million, loss on debt extinguishment of $49.8 million, non-cash interest on convertible notes of $11.8 million, amortization of costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts of $11.0 million, and depreciation and amortization of $8.9 million. The net source of cash from a change in operating assets and liabilities was primarily related to increases in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $92.6 million primarily due to favorable payment terms on certain transaction-based costs, increases in deferred revenue of $3.7 million and increases in other liabilities of $3.8 million. These changes were partially offset by increases in costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts of $17.6 million, increases in accounts receivable of $15.1 million, increases in inventories of $14.6 million, increases in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $17.2 million, and increases in other assets of $6.1 million.

Investing Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2019, cash used in investing activities was $47.4 million which consisted of cash paid for an acquisition of $40.9 million, for the purchase of property and equipment of $9.1 million, and cash outflows for capitalized software of $5.6 million, partially offset by customer funds assumed in an acquisition of $8.2 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, cash used in investing activities was $35.9 million, which primarily consisted of purchases of property and equipment of $27.6 million and cash outflows for capitalized software of $8.5 million, partially offset by other items of $0.2 million.

 

119


Table of Contents

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, cash used in investing activities was $31.1 million, which primarily consisted of purchases of property and equipment of $26.6 million and cash outflows for capitalized software of $4.5 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2021, cash used in investing activities was $38.5 million, which primarily consisted of cash paid for a business combination of $26.1 million, net of cash acquired, purchases of property and equipment of $8.3 million, and cash outflows for capitalized software of $4.1 million.

Financing Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2019, cash provided by financing activities was $256.3 million, which consisted of proceeds from the issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs, of $249.8 million, from secured borrowings of $9.8 million, and from the exercise of stock options and issuance of restricted stock of $1.2 million, partially offset by repayments of secured borrowings of $2.9 million and the change in customer funds obligations, net, of $1.5 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, cash provided by financing activities was $594.5 million, which consisted of proceeds from the issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs, of $402.4 million, from the issuance of convertible notes of $194.9 million, from the exercise of stock options and issuance of restricted stock of $3.8 million, and the change in customer funds obligations of $3.9 million, partially offset by repayments of secured borrowings of $9.2 million, the redemption of Series B convertible preferred stock of $0.8 million, and the repurchases of restricted stock and common stock of $0.4 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, cash provided by financing activities was $588.8 million, which consisted of proceeds from the issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs, of $402.4 million, proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $194.9 million, and proceeds from the exercise of stock options and issuance of restricted stock of $0.4 million. These inflows were partially offset by repayments of secured borrowings of $7.1 million, and the change in customer funds obligations of $1.4 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2021, cash used in financing activities was $201.3 million, which consisted of repayments of our convertible notes of $244.5 million, partially offset by proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $16.6 million, the change in customer funds obligations of $16.4 million and proceeds from exercise of restricted stock units of $10.2 million.

Debt

Credit Facilities

In March 2019, we entered into a senior secured credit facility, or the 2019 Facility, which included a revolving line of credit equal to $100 million. Loans under this agreement accrued interest at a per annum rate of, at our election, LIBOR plus 3.00% or the base rate plus 2.00%. Interest was payable in arrears quarterly, in the case of base rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period (but not less frequently than three months) in the case of LIBOR loans. The 2019 Facility was subject to certain financial covenants, including maximum total net debt to recurring revenue ratio, maximum senior net debt to recurring revenue ratio, minimum liquidity and minimum last quarter annualized recurring revenue. As of December 31, 2020, no amount was drawn and outstanding under this credit facility; however, $13.7 million of letters of credit were outstanding, which reduced the amount available under this credit facility to $86.3 million. On June 8, 2021, the 2019 Facility and all commitments thereunder were terminated. There were no amounts outstanding under the 2019 Facility.

 

120


Table of Contents

On June 8, 2021, we entered into a senior secured credit facility, or the 2021 Facility, which includes a revolving line of credit equal to $330 million. Interest on outstanding loans under the revolving line of credit is determined based on loan type and accrues at an annual rate, as defined in the agreement, of: (a) LIBO Rate multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate, plus 1.50% per annum; or 0.5% per annum plus the highest of: (i) the Prime Rate, (ii) the Federal Reserve Bank of New York Rate plus 0.5%, or (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate plus 1.00%. The 2021 Facility is subject to a minimum liquidity covenant of $250 million. As of June 30, 2021, no amount was drawn and outstanding under the 2021 Facility which had $330.0 million available for borrowings. As of June 30, 2021, there were $11.6 million of letters of credit outstanding. As a result of entering into the 2021 Facility, we became obligated to prepay or redeem the convertible notes discussed below which were prepaid on June 21, 2021.

Convertible Notes

On June 19, 2020, we issued $200 million in aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured convertible promissory notes, or the convertible notes, pursuant to the Senior Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement between us and investors party thereto. We received net proceeds of approximately $195 million, net of a $5 million original issue discount and certain legal fees. The convertible notes bore interest at a rate of 8.5% per annum, 50% of which was payable in cash and the other 50% of which was payable in kind. Unless earlier converted or redeemed, the convertible notes were scheduled to mature on June 19, 2027.

On June 21, 2021, we prepaid all of the outstanding convertible notes with a carrying amount of $183.5 million, including principal and accrued interest, net of an unamortized discount, for an aggregate cash amount of $248.7 million, or the Optional Prepayment, which included an applicable redemption premium. In connection with the Optional Prepayment, we issued warrants to purchase 1,622,717 shares of our Class B common stock to the registered holders of the convertible notes, with an exercise price of $87.5168 per share.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020 and the effects that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
(in thousands)    Total      Less than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 

Convertible notes(1)

   $ 372,654    $ 8,785    $ 18,718    $ 20,361    $ 324,790

Operating lease commitments(2)

     138,118      24,635      36,773      25,729      50,981

Purchase commitments(3)

     62,651      50,090      12,561      —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 573,423    $ 83,510    $ 68,052    $ 46,090    $ 375,771
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents future interest and principal payments on the convertible notes. For information regarding our convertible notes, see Note 10 in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)

Reflects minimum payments due for our leases of office and warehouse space under operating leases that expire between 2020 and 2029.

(3)

Reflects non-cancelable purchase obligations to hardware suppliers and cloud service providers.

 

121


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2021 and the effects that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
(in thousands)    Total      Less than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 

Operating lease commitments(1)

   $ 133,750    $ 26,140    $ 33,684    $ 28,728    $ 45,198

Purchase commitments(2)

     151,780      144,781      6,999      —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 285,530    $ 170,921    $ 40,683    $ 28,728    $ 45,198
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Reflects minimum payments due for our leases of office and warehouse space under operating leases that expire between 2020 and 2029.

(2)

Reflects non-cancelable purchase obligations to hardware suppliers and cloud service providers.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

See Note 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for discussion of our off-balance sheet credit exposure as it relates to our financial guarantee as of December 31, 2020. See Note 9 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for discussion of our off-balance sheet credit exposure as it relates to our financial guarantee as of June 30, 2021.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date, as well as reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Our most significant estimates and judgments are related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, allowances for uncollectible loans, loan servicing assets, business combinations and other acquired intangible assets, stock-based compensation, and common stock and derivative liabilities valuation. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows will be affected.

We believe that the accounting policies described below involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations. For further information, see Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Revenue Recognition

Effective on January 1, 2020, we adopted ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, (“ASC 606” or “Topic 606”) using the modified retrospective method of transition. Modified retrospective adoption requires entities to apply the standard retrospectively to the most current period presented in the financial statements, requiring the cumulative effect of the retrospective application as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at the date of initial application. Accordingly, results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2020 are presented under ASC 606, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with our historic revenue recognition methodology under ASC 605, Revenue Recognition.

 

122


Table of Contents

We applied ASC 606 to all contracts that were effective as of January 1, 2020. Under this method, we applied the Topic 606 to contracts that were not complete as of January 1, 2020. Under the guidance of ASC 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In order to achieve this core principle, we applied the following five steps:

 

  1.

Identify the contract(s) with a customer.

 

  2.

Identify the performance obligations in the contract.

 

  3.

Determine the transaction price.

 

  4.

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

 

  5.

Recognize revenue as the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, we generated revenue through four revenue streams, including: (1) subscription services, (2) financial technology solutions, (3) hardware, and (4) professional services. Our contracts often include promises to transfer multiple products and services to a customer. Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately versus together may require significant judgment. We allocate total arrangement consideration at the inception of an arrangement to each performance obligation using the relative selling price allocation method based on each distinct performance obligation’s standalone selling price, or SSP. Judgment is required to determine the SSP for each distinct performance obligation. We determined the SSP for hardware and professional services revenue using an adjusted market assessment approach which analyzes discounts provided to similar customers based on customer category and size. SSP for subscription services revenue was established using the adjusted market approach considering relevant information, such as current and new customer pricing, renewal pricing, competitor information, market trends, and market share for similar services. SSP for financial technology solutions revenue was determined using our own standalone sales data.

Subscription services revenue

We generate subscription services revenue from fees charged to customers for access to our software applications. Our subscription services revenue is primarily based on a rate per location, and this rate varies depending on the number of software products purchased, hardware configuration, and employee count. We consider that we satisfy our performance obligation ratably over the contract period as the service is provided, commencing when the subscription service is made available to the customer. Our contracts with customers are generally for a term ranging from 12 to 36 months. Amounts invoiced in excess of revenue recognized are deferred revenue.

Financial technology solutions revenue

Financial technology solutions revenue includes transaction-based payment processing services for restaurants, which are charged a transaction fee for payment-processing transactions. This transaction fee is generally calculated as a percentage of the total transaction amount processed plus a fixed per-transaction fee, which is earned as transactions are authorized and submitted for processing. We incur costs of interchange and network assessment fees, processing fees, and bank settlement fees to the third-party payment processors and financial institutions involved in settlement, which are recorded as cost of revenues. We satisfy our payment processing performance obligations and recognize the transaction fees as revenue upon authorization by the issuing bank and submission for processing. The transaction fees collected are recognized as revenue on a gross basis as we are the principal in the delivery of the managed payments solutions to the restaurants.

 

123


Table of Contents

We have concluded that we are the principal in this performance obligation to provide a managed payment solution because we control the payment processing services before the restaurant receives them, perform authorization and fraud check procedures prior to submitting transactions for processing in the payment network, have sole discretion over which third-party acquiring payment processors we use and are ultimately responsible to the restaurants for amounts owed if those acquiring payment processors do not fulfill their obligations. We generally have full discretion in setting prices charged to the restaurants. Additionally, we are obligated to comply with certain payment card network operating rules and contractual obligations under the terms of our registration as a payment facilitator and as a master merchant under our third-party acquiring payment processor agreements, which make us liable for the costs of processing the transactions for our restaurants and chargebacks and other financial losses if such amounts cannot be recouped from the restaurant.

Financial technology solutions revenue is recorded net of refunds and reversals initiated by the restaurant and are recognized upon authorization by the issuing bank and submission for processing. We allocate all variable fees earned from transaction-based revenue to this performance obligation on the basis that it is consistent with the ASC 606 allocation objectives.

Financial technology solutions revenue also includes fees earned from marketing and servicing working capital loans to our customers through Toast Capital that are originated by a third-party bank. We believe Toast Capital is uniquely qualified to underwrite and competitively price loans that range from $5,000 to $100,000 to eligible Toast customers by using patented systems for loan origination that incorporate historical POS data and payment processing volume. In these arrangements, Toast Capital’s bank partner originates all loans, and Toast Capital then services the loans using Toast’s payments infrastructure to remit a fixed percentage of daily sales until the loan is paid back. Toast Capital earns fees for the underwriting and marketing of loans, which are recognized upon origination of the loan, and loan servicing fees, based on a percentage of each outstanding loan, which is recognized as servicing revenue as the servicing is delivered. Servicing revenue is adjusted for the amortization of servicing rights carried at amortized cost. The marketing and facilitation fees earned upon execution of these loan agreements with its customers are recognized as revenue on a gross basis.

Hardware revenue

We generate hardware revenue from the sale of terminals, tablets, handhelds, and related devices and accessories, net of estimated returns. Revenue for hardware sales is recognized at the point in time at which the transfer of control occurs in accordance with agreed upon shipping terms, satisfying our performance obligation. We allow for customer returns and accrue the amount expected as a sales credit. We estimate these credits based on historical experience and reduce revenue recognized accordingly. We invoice end-user customers upon shipment of the products.

Professional services revenue

We generate professional services revenue from fees charged to customers for installation services, including business process mapping, configuration, and training. Professional services are sold separately. Amounts invoiced in advance are recorded as deferred revenue. The duration of providing professional services to the customer is relatively short and completed in a matter of days. As such, we consider the performance obligation for professional services to be satisfied upon the completion of the installation.

Business Combinations

The purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition dates. The excess of total

 

124


Table of Contents

consideration over the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments would be recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

Loan Servicing Activities

Servicing assets are recorded based on their initial fair value and amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income, and subject to impairment analysis at each reporting date. We use the present value of expected cash flows, including both future inflows of servicing revenue and outflows of costs related to servicing, to calculate their fair value. Should the actual performance and timing differ materially from our projected assumptions, the estimate of fair value of the servicing rights could be materially different.

Under the terms of the contracts with our bank partner, we provide the following limited protections on the bank-originated loan portfolio:

 

   

Ineligible loans – we are obligated to purchase from our bank partner, all non-excess loans which fail to meet certain conditions, including when no payments have been made for 30 days. Any recovery from these loans by us prior to the date of charge off will result in the purchase of an equivalent amount of ineligible loans from the same quarterly vintage (if any) up to a contractually agreed upon percentage of the aggregate principal amount for each quarterly tranche.

 

   

Purchase of excess loans – we are obligated to purchase from our bank partner all originated loans in which the origination amounts result in the total loans then held by our bank partner to exceed the agreed upon program threshold amount.

 

   

Charge-off loans – we are obligated to purchase from our bank partner any ineligible loan that is scheduled to be charged off in accordance with the applicable charge off policy, including when no payments have been made for 120 days.

We reserve for portfolio credit losses by holding cash in restricted escrow accounts in an amount equal to a contractual percentage of the bank partner’s monthly originations and month-end outstanding portfolio balance. As of December 31, 2019, December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, we had recorded a liability related to our obligation to repurchase defaulted loans of $0.5 million, $0.5 million, and $0.9 million, respectively.

Share-Based Compensation

We account for share-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, for our employee stock option program, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards based on estimated fair values. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the estimated fair value for stock-based awards with service conditions and recognize the compensation cost of share-based awards with service conditions only on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. We use Monte-Carlo simulations for stock-based awards with service and market conditions and recognize the expense over the implied service period using the accelerated attribution method. We estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for the awards based on an analysis of actual historical experience and expected employee attrition rates. Our stock option program allows for early exercise of all granted options, before vesting requirements have been satisfied. Shares acquired through the early exercise of options which have not vested at the time of an employee’s termination may be purchased by us at the lower of the original exercise price or the then current fair value.

 

125


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Common Stock

The fair value of our common stock underlying our stock options has historically been determined by our board of directors, with assistance from management, based upon information available at the time of grant. As our common stock does not trade on any public markets, we determine the fair value of our common stock, in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting & Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, and with the assistance of third-party valuation specialists. Prior to November 2020, our equity value was determined at various dates using either (i) a “backsolve” approach that combined equity valuation and equity allocation into a single step, when appropriate recent financing rounds or transactions involving our equity securities were available, or (ii) the income approach, utilizing a discounted cash flow, or DCF, model. Under the “backsolve” approach, where recent financing rounds or transactions involving our equity securities were available, the option pricing method, or the OPM, was used to determine our equity value that resulted in the per share value of the relevant class of our capital stock being equal to the relevant transaction price. Under the DCF model, our enterprise value was first calculated as the sum of two components: (1) the present value of our projected cash flows over the discrete projection period and (2) the terminal value estimated with an exit multiple based on consideration of comparable public company revenue multiples. The equity value was then derived by adding cash and subtracting interest-bearing debt from enterprise value and allocated to each class of our capital stock using the OPM. The OPM treats shares of common stock and preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. Under this model, the shares of common stock have value only if the funds available for distribution to shareholders exceed the value of the preferred stock liquidation preferences at the time of the liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or a merger. In November 2020, February 2021, March 2021, and June 2021, our equity value was calculated using a hybrid method, consisting of one or two probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, scenarios and a scenario consisting of the OPM. A hybrid method is appropriate when a company is expecting or pursuing a liquidity event in the near future, but due to market or other factors, the liquidity event is still uncertain. The PWERM is a scenario-based methodology that estimates the fair value of common stock based upon an analysis of future values of the company’s equity, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available as well as the rights of each class of stock. The future value of the common stock under each outcome is discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability weighted to arrive at an indication of value. Under either of these approaches, a discount for lack of marketability was then applied to arrive at an indication of value for our common stock on a non-marketable basis. These third-party valuations were performed at various dates, which resulted in valuations of our common stock of $11.05 per share as of March 31, 2020, $12.08 per share as of June 30, 2020, $49.02 per share as of November 11, 2020, $76.32 per share as of February 1, 2021, $104.72 per share as of March 31, 2021, and $130.46 per share as of June 21, 2021.

In addition to considering the results of these third-party valuations, our board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock, as of each grant date, including:

 

   

the prices, rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

financing investment rounds;

 

   

the prices of convertible preferred stock sold by us to third-party investors in arms-length transactions;

 

   

our operating and financial performance;

 

126


Table of Contents
   

current business conditions and projections;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

   

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

   

the U.S. and global economic and capital market conditions and outlook.

The per share estimated fair value of our common stock in the table below represents the determination by our board of directors of the fair value of our common stock as of the date of grant, taking into consideration the various objective and subjective factors described above, including the valuations of our common stock. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates and, if we had made different assumptions than those described below, the fair value of the underlying common stock and amount of our stock-based compensation expense, net loss, and net loss per share amounts would have differed.

The fair value of our common stock will be determined by our board of directors until such time as our common stock is listed on an established stock exchange. Following the closing of our initial public offering, the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of determining stock-based compensation will be the closing price of our common stock as reported on the applicable grant date.

Options Granted

The following table sets forth, by grant date, the number of shares subject to options granted from January 1, 2020 through August 20, 2021, the per share exercise price of the options and the per share fair value of our common stock on each grant date:

 

Options Granted:

   Number of
shares
subject to
options
granted
     Per share
exercise
price of
options
     Per share
fair value
of
shares of
common
stock on
grant
 

April 6, 2020

     1,122,100    $ 11.05    $ 11.05

April 21, 2020

     2,750,150    $ 11.05    $ 11.05

September 4, 2020

     343,313    $ 12.08    $ 12.08

December 20, 2020

     647,980    $ 49.02    $ 49.02

February 15, 2021

     568,000    $ 76.32    $ 76.32

February 22, 2021

     109,950    $ 76.32    $ 76.32

March 22, 2021

     872,500    $ 76.32    $ 76.32

April 28, 2021

     151,950    $ 104.72    $ 104.72

June 2, 2021

     101,250    $ 104.72    $ 104.72

July 28, 2021

     157,250    $ 130.46    $ 130.46

 

127


Table of Contents

The fair value of each option grant with service-based vesting conditions was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following table indicates the weighted-average assumptions made in estimating the fair value of awards for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021:

 

     December 31,     June 30,  
     2019     2020     2020     2021  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.12     0.49     0.47     1.01

Expected term (in years)

     6.26       6.64       6.47       6.32  

Expected volatility

     60     63     63     65

Expected dividend yield

     —       —       —       —  

Weighted-average fair value of common stock

   $ 9.22     $ 16.15     $ 11.05     $ 80.31  

Weighted-average fair value per share of options granted

   $ 5.56     $ 9.75     $ 6.42     $ 47.98  

For awards with service conditions, we applied an estimated forfeiture rate for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, in determining the expense recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

The fair value of each option grant, with market-based vesting conditions, was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation. The following table indicates the weighted-average assumptions made in estimating the fair value of awards with market-based vesting conditions for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the six months ended June 30, 2020:

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2020
 
     2019     2020  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.41     0.25     0.30

Expected volatility

     45     62     60

Expected dividend yield

     —       —       —  

Weighted-average fair value of common stock

   $ 7.57     $ 21.39     $ 15.79  

Weighted-average fair value per share of options granted

   $ 0.92     $ 15.29     $ 3.00  

There were no market-based awards granted during the six months ended June 30, 2021.

Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at                  was $                , of which $                 and $                 related to stock options that were vested and unvested, respectively, at that date.

 

128


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units Granted

The following table sets forth, by grant date, the number of shares related to restricted stock units granted from January 1, 2021 through August 20, 2021 and the per share fair value of our common stock on each grant date:

 

Grant Date

   Restricted
Stock Units
     Per share
fair value

of shares of
common stock
on grant
 

February 15, 2021

     32,586      $ 76.32

February 22, 2021

     4,586      $ 76.32

March 22, 2021

     513,155      $ 76.32

April 28, 2021

     178,885      $ 104.72

June 2, 2021

     280,600      $ 104.72

July 28, 2021

     448,350      $ 130.46  

August 9, 2021

     400,250      $ 130.46  

August 13, 2021

     284,205      $ 130.46  

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is recorded when the consideration paid for an acquisition of a business exceeds the fair value of identifiable net tangible and intangible assets acquired. We performed our annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2020. We determined that the business operations as a whole are represented by a single reporting unit and through qualitative analysis concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit was greater than its carrying amount. As a result, the two-step goodwill impairment test was not required. No impairments of goodwill were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the six months ended June 30, 2021.

Our intangible assets include technology assets, trade names, and customer assets. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods deemed appropriate for the type of intangible asset acquired, and reported net of accumulated amortization, separately from goodwill. All intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The amortization periods for acquired technology, customer intangible assets, and acquired trade names are 3 to 10 years, 6 years, and 1.5 years, respectively.

Convertible Notes

Upon the issuance of the convertible notes in June 2020, we identified and assessed the embedded features in accordance with the accounting guidance for debt with conversion and other options. We concluded that certain features including conversion and redemption features and contingently issuable warrants were not clearly and closely related to the convertible notes and met the definition of a derivative and therefore we bifurcated and separately accounted for these features. We estimated the fair value of the derivative liability on the issuance date and deducted the fair value from the carrying value of the convertible notes. The fair value of the derivative was recorded in long-term liabilities.

We allocated the transaction costs related to the convertible notes and bifurcated derivatives using the same proportion as the allocation of the related proceeds. The transaction costs attributable to the convertible notes were recorded as a direct deduction from the debt liability along with original issue discount and amortized to interest expense over the term of the convertible notes. The transaction costs attributable to the bifurcated derivatives were expensed as incurred. We were accreting the carrying value of the convertible notes to the principal amount along with the 15% exit fee

 

129


Table of Contents

payable at maturity as interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the convertible notes. On June 21, 2021, we prepaid all of the then outstanding convertible notes, including principal and accrued interest, net of an unamortized discount, as an optional prepayment for an aggregate cash amount of $248.7 million which included an applicable redemption premium. The bifurcated derivative liability and contingently issuable warrants were adjusted to their then fair value each reporting period and on the convertible notes’ settlement date with the change in the fair value being recorded in change in fair value of derivative liability.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted as of the date of this prospectus.

Emerging Growth Company

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act for the adoption of certain accounting standards until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We have operations both in the United States and in Ireland, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate and foreign exchange risks.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Our cash and cash equivalents are held primarily in cash deposits and money market funds. The fair value of our cash and cash equivalents would not be significantly affected by either an increase or decrease in interest rates due mainly to the short-term nature of these instruments. Interest on the revolving line of credit incurred pursuant to the credit agreement would accrue at a floating rate based on a formula tied to certain market rates at the time of incurrence. Interest rates on the convertible notes are fixed. We do not expect that any change in prevailing interest rates will have a material impact on our results of operations.

Foreign Currency Risk

Most of our sales and operating expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore, neither our revenue nor operating expenses are currently subject to significant foreign currency risk. A portion of our operating expenses are denominated in Euros and may be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statement of operations. To date, foreign currency transaction gains and losses have not been material to our financial statements, and we have not engaged in any foreign currency hedging transactions.

 

130


Table of Contents

Credit Risk

We are exposed to credit risk on accounts receivable and merchant cash advance balances as well as our loan servicing activities. This risk is mitigated due to our diverse customer base, dispersed over various geographic regions. No single customer comprised more than 10% of our consolidated accounts receivable or revenue in 2019 or 2020 or the six months ended June 30, 2020 or 2021. We maintain provisions for potential credit losses and such losses to date have normally been within our expectations. We evaluate the solvency of our customers on an ongoing basis to determine if additional allowances for doubtful accounts need to be recorded.

Inflation Risk

Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial. We cannot assure you our business will not be affected in the future by inflation.

 

131


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission

Our mission is to empower the restaurant community to delight their guests, do what they love, and thrive.

Overview

Toast is a cloud-based, end-to-end technology platform purpose-built for the entire restaurant community. Our platform provides a comprehensive suite of SaaS products, financial technology solutions including integrated payment processing, restaurant-grade hardware, and a broad ecosystem of third-party partners. We serve as the restaurant operating system, connecting front of house and back of house operations across dine-in, takeout, and delivery channels. As of June 30, 2021, approximately 48,000 restaurant locations across approximately 29,000 customers, processing over $38 billion of gross payment volume in the trailing 12 months, partnered with Toast to optimize operations, increase sales, engage guests, and maintain happy employees.

The restaurant industry is one of the largest, most complex, and most competitive markets in the world, with an estimated 22 million restaurant locations globally generating greater than $2.6 trillion in annual sales in 2021.22 However, restaurants have lagged in technology adoption. Many restaurants still employ manual processes for critical tasks such as placing guest orders, coordinating kitchen operations, and managing employees. When technology is used, restaurants have historically relied on legacy systems and narrow point solutions that are not flexible, scalable, integrated, or built specifically for restaurants. These products often fail to meet evolving guest needs, which have continued to shift towards digital channels, and can be prohibitively expensive and complex for businesses with limited or no dedicated information technology staff. In addition, key data needed to optimize operations is often siloed, making it difficult to gain valuable insights.

We started Toast to address these pain points for restaurants. Since our founding, we have translated our love for restaurants into a commitment to innovation and digital transformation for the industry. Our success as a business is tightly aligned to the success of our customers. Our field-based sales team fosters relationships and generates deep local insights in their communities. In addition, our ongoing customer success efforts focus on meeting restaurants’ evolving needs through a combination of tailored onboarding, customer support, and intuitive product design.

By enabling these capabilities through a single, integrated platform, Toast improves experiences across the restaurant ecosystem:

 

   

Restaurant operators. We arm restaurants with a wide range of products and capabilities to address their specific needs regardless of size, location, or business model. As a result, restaurants using Toast often see higher sales and greater operational efficiency.

 

   

Guests. We are laser focused on helping our customers deliver memorable guest experiences at scale. Guests can place orders easily, safely, and accurately across web, mobile, and in-person channels for dine-in, takeout, or delivery. In addition, our platform empowers restaurants to utilize their guest data to deliver targeted and personalized experiences with loyalty programs and marketing solutions. In June 2021, we saw an average of over 5.5 million guest orders per day on our platform.

 

22

Euromonitor International Limited. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

 

132


Table of Contents
   

Employees. Our easy-to-learn and easy-to-use technology improves the experience of up to 500,000 daily active restaurant employees across Toast customers. Employees are core to delivering great hospitality, and it is critical for restaurants to engage and retain employees in an increasingly competitive labor market. Our products enable new employees to learn quickly through guided workflows, facilitate faster table turns and safer, streamlined operations, and provide greater transparency around, and timely access to, employees’ wages.

The benefits to all stakeholders using the Toast platform create a powerful, virtuous cycle that amplifies our impact on restaurants. Guest satisfaction generates loyalty to restaurants, driving repeat sales, word-of-mouth referrals, and larger checks and tips. This promotes employee satisfaction, helping reduce turnover and motivating employees to continue to raise the bar on the guest experience. In addition, our integrated software and payments platform consolidates data on restaurant sales and operations, which enables our reporting and analytics as well as financial technology solutions, such as working capital loans, to further support our customers’ success.

We believe we are in the early stages of capturing our addressable market opportunity. Although we are a leading platform serving the restaurant industry,23 as of June 30, 2021, the locations on our platform represented only about 6% of the approximately 860,000 restaurant locations in the United States.24 Similarly, our ARR as of June 30, 2021 was only about 3% of our near-term serviceable market opportunity of approximately $15 billion. We see a significant opportunity to increase sales to both new and existing customers, further expand the usage of our platform outside the United States, and address the diverse needs of new and existing restaurant industry stakeholders.

We have grown rapidly since our founding. As of June 30, 2021, we had 47,942 locations on our platform, increasing from 33,129 and 19,891 locations as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our gross payment volume, or GPV, grew 17% year-over-year from $21.8 billion in the year ended December 31, 2019 to $25.4 billion in the year ended December 31, 2020, and grew 125% period-over-period from $10.4 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $23.4 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2021. We generate revenue through four main revenue streams: subscription services, financial technology solutions, hardware, and professional services. Our revenue grew 24% year-over-year from $665 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 to $823 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 and 105% period-over-period from $344 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $704 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021. Our ARR grew 77% year-over-year from $184 million as of December 31, 2019 to $326 million as of December 31, 2020 and 118% period-over-period from $227 million as of June 30, 2020 to $494 million as of June 30, 2021. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, we incurred net losses of $209 million and $248 million, respectively, and generated Adjusted EBITDA of $(172) million and $(94) million, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we incurred net losses of $125 million and $235 million, respectively, and generated Adjusted EBITDA of $(86) million and $14 million, respectively. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information on our key business metrics and our non-GAAP financial measures.

These results are driven by our distinctive team of over 2,200 Toasters who are passionate about our customers and driven with purpose. Approximately two-thirds of Toasters have worked in the restaurant industry previously, enabling us to embrace a hospitality mindset and deeply understand our customers’ challenges. Our founder-led, mission-driven management team and talented employee base are committed to empowering those that power our industry and serve our local communities.

 

23

Toast is a leading platform serving the restaurant industry based on industry survey reports, such as G2’s Grid Reports for Fall 2020, Winter 2021, and Spring 2021. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

24

IBISWorld. Estimated 2021 U.S. restaurant locations includes single location full-service restaurants, fast food restaurants, chain restaurants, coffee shops, bars & nightclubs, and caterers, and excludes food service contractors and street vendors. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

 

133


Table of Contents

Our Industry

The restaurant industry is the one of the largest employers in the United States, with an estimate of more than 11 million people25 employed across approximately 860,000 restaurant locations in 2021.26 According to the National Restaurant Association, the restaurant industry’s share of the dollars spent on food was over 50% in 2019. U.S. restaurants generated nearly $700 billion in sales in 2020,27 despite the significant impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, representing approximately 3% of U.S. GDP.28 Restaurant sales are expected to grow to more than $1.1 trillion by 2024.29

The approximately 860,000 restaurant locations in the United States are highly diverse, in everything from location to type of cuisine and format to number of employees and amount of revenue. Regardless of these differences, operating a restaurant is challenging and complex. In general, restaurants operate with low margins, high employee turnover, highly perishable products, and complex regulations. At the same time, the restaurant industry, like many other sectors, is undergoing foundational changes driven by changing guest preferences and the imperative to utilize technology and data to innovate. What was once primarily an on-site experience with antiquated solutions such as pen and paper is now becoming an omnichannel experience that employs technology to enable dining in a restaurant, picking up curbside, or ordering delivery.

Consumer preference towards omnichannel dining options has further accelerated due to the COVID-19 pandemic. According to the National Restaurant Association, in 2020, 53% of adults said that purchasing food for takeout or delivery is essential to the way they live, up from 29% a decade earlier. They also found that approximately 70% of restaurant operators across service categories plan to keep some of the changes that they made to their restaurant as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, even after the pandemic has subsided. In addition to the shift in how guests are interacting with restaurants, there has been a transformation in how guests purchase their food. Credit cards, mobile wallets, and other forms of digital payment solutions have increased in popularity among guests, who are continually seeking more efficient and seamless experiences. Cash sales as a percent of total sales through our platform has declined from approximately 25% in 2015 to 15% prior to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic in early 2020. As the diversity of how guests order, where guests eat, and the means guests use to pay continues to grow, restaurants must constantly adapt to support these trends.

While the demand for technology adoption in restaurants has increased over recent years, the industry is still considered a laggard with one of the lowest levels of digitization across all sectors.30 Restaurants in the United States spent an estimated $25 billion on technology in 2019, which was less than 3% of their total sales.31 We expect the spend on technology to increase to $55 billion by 2024, closing the gap with other industries whose median technology spend as a percent of sales is approximately 5%.32 A June 2020 survey reported by Restaurant Technology News found that 18% of

 

25

U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, Industries at a Glance, Food Services and Drinking Places, Workforce Statistics. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

26

IBISWorld. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

27

National Restaurant Association, 2021 State of the Restaurant Industry, January 2021 (“National Restaurant Association”). See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

28

U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis, “Gross Domestic Product (Third Estimate) GDP By Industry, and Corporate Profits, Fourth Quarter and Year 2020,” news release (March 25, 2021). See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

29

The Freedonia Group, a division of MarketResearch.com, Restaurants & Foodservice: United States, February 2020 (“Freedonia Group”). See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

30

McKinsey Global Institute, Digital America: A Tale of the Haves and Have-Mores, December 2015. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

31

Hospitality Technology, 2020 Restaurant Technology Study, March 2020 (“Hospitality Technology”); Freedonia Group. $25 billion in restaurant spend on technology in 2019 is estimated by taking 2.7%, which is the average technology budget of restaurants as a percentage of revenue in 2019, and multiplying by $935 billion, which is the gross merchandise value of the U.S. restaurant and foodservice industry in 2019. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

32

Flexera, 2021 State of Tech Spend Report (January 2021) © 2021 Flexera. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

 

134


Table of Contents

restaurants surveyed were planning to spend at least 25% more on technology compared to pre-COVID-19 levels, with another 15% planning to spend at least 10% more.

Though technology has become a necessity to address the challenges facing restaurants today, it can also create further complexities. Many restaurants have adopted a complex web of disparate point solutions, each of which is meant to address narrow use cases. As a result of this fragmentation, restaurants are unable to fully realize the power of technology and their data. According to Hospitality Technology’s 2020 annual restaurant technology study, the top challenge facing technology teams, cited by 39% of respondents, was feeling held back by legacy hardware and software systems.

What it Takes to Thrive

 

LOGO

Restaurants are complex businesses. In order to thrive, restaurants must continually improve operational efficiency; deliver omnichannel experiences; personalize the guest experience; recruit, train, and retain talent; collect and leverage valuable data; and gain increased access to financial services.

 

   

Improve Operational Efficiency. Restaurants face a number of operational challenges, including high costs, hiring and training staff, attracting and retaining guests, and optimizing speed and efficiency, resulting in typical operating margins of 4-5%.33

A restaurant’s operations are made up of a number of distinct, complex processes that must work in unison for a restaurant to run efficiently. What was once a very manual, paper-based industry has gradually shifted to become more digital. To optimize for success, we believe restaurants must utilize technology to deliver differentiated guest experiences while also turning tables faster, reducing ticket times, improving employee retention, and optimizing operational costs. As the return on investment of technology products becomes increasingly apparent, more restaurants have turned to industry-specific software products to improve their

 

33

IBISWorld. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

 

135


Table of Contents

operations. While these point solutions solve specific use cases, restaurants are left with a new problem: large inefficiencies from not having an integrated platform that connects all areas of the restaurant. According to a Hospitality Technology restaurant survey in 2020, 59% of respondents said that they plan to reduce the number of disparate technology systems to achieve their strategic objectives. Restaurants need a fully-integrated platform connecting front of house and back of house operations as well as on-site and digital channels to maximize their potential.

 

   

Deliver Omnichannel Experiences. Euromonitor projects that, in 2021, 40% of food service revenue in the United States will be from dine-in, 51% will be from takeout and drive-through, and 9% will be from home delivery.

With the proliferation of mobile devices, ordering platforms, and other new technologies, the number and variety of touchpoints between restaurants and guests continues to increase. While historically the restaurant industry relied on in-store dining, now more than half of U.S. consumers order delivery or takeout at least once a week, and 86% order online at least once a month, according to our research. Restaurants must take advantage of these additional touchpoints with guests to provide a seamless omnichannel experience that is economically sustainable over time. Guests expect their experience to be frictionless, convenient, and safe, regardless of whether they are ordering from their phone, computer, tablet, or in-person.

 

   

Personalize the Guest Experience. According to a study conducted by Harvard Business Review, when an emotional connection exists between restaurants and their guests, guest value can increase as much as 27%.

Great restaurant experiences are rooted in providing memorable services to guests that exceed their expectations. Empowered by data and insights into guest preferences, restaurants can utilize technology to provide a more personal guest experience across all channels. Today, the guest experience begins well before entering the physical location, as restaurants must utilize curated marketing and loyalty initiatives to most successfully drive awareness, attract new diners, and retain existing guests. To be competitive, good food is simply not good enough. Restaurants need a platform that captures, shares, and manages guest data insights to better understand and engage their guests.

 

   

Recruit, Train, and Retain Talent. 51% of restaurant operators named hiring staff as a top challenge, according to our research.34

Employees are key to the guest experience. However, they often work long and intense hours, and restaurants struggle with high turnover. Employees can face high variability in the amount and timing of pay, and the focus on guest satisfaction can come at the expense of employee happiness. As a result of these challenges, staffing and retention is a fundamental issue in this industry. In 2019, before the COVID-19 pandemic, turnover was at roughly 79%, the highest level in over a decade on an annual basis,35 and the COVID-19 pandemic has only amplified hiring and retention challenges. Restaurants must keep up with trends in their own industry, competing industries, and the gig economy, and must find ways to innovate and deliver an enticing work environment. Similar to guest expectations, employee expectations have evolved. Employees now focus on flexible pay, access to benefits, and improved working conditions.

 

   

Collect and Leverage Valuable Data. According to a Boston Consulting Group study, data and analytics programs across top restaurants yield a 5-10% increase in revenue, a 10-15% reduction in store-level operating costs, and a 10-20% improvement in EBITDA.

 

34

Toast, Inc., 2019 Restaurant Success Report.

35

U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, Job Openings and Labor Turnover Survey. Turnover percentage represents annual sum of monthly turnover percentages. Turnover is defined to include quits, layoffs and discharges, and other separations. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

 

136


Table of Contents

Data is a powerful tool that restaurants can use to make smarter decisions across their operations. While data collection continues to become more and more common, the aggregation and synthesis of data across multiple sources is critical to maximizing its utility. Coupling a comprehensive technology platform with integrated payment processing provides a unified view of data across the mission-critical aspects of a restaurant’s operations, such as order details, credit card processing, accounts payable, guest insights, and employee timesheets, which can unlock powerful insights for the restaurant operator. For example, data can be used to help set menu prices, identify best-selling items, better understand guest preferences and employee effectiveness, implement and track effectiveness of new initiatives, and bring awareness to competitive advantages or areas of weakness compared to peers.

 

   

Gain Increased Access to Financial Services. According to an April 2020 survey conducted by PYMNTS, “Main Street” small- and medium-sized businesses had an average of only 24 days of cash buffer in reserve.

Restaurants often operate with thin margins, resulting in a need for increased and expedited access to capital. The fundamental business model of a restaurant deals with perishable goods subject to ever-changing seasonal and consumer trends. Historically, restaurants have had limited access to financial services, such as purchase financing, short-term working capital, and long-term banking solutions, and these limitations were further exacerbated by challenges accessing effective, forgivable relief early in the COVID-19 pandemic despite significant fiscal stimulus aimed at small businesses in the United States. As omnichannel ordering becomes increasingly prevalent and guests continue to shift away from paying in cash, restaurants will benefit from fully-integrated software and payments products that can simplify and streamline access to their revenue and improve the availability of capital through underwriting algorithms that are tailored to restaurants’ financial needs.

Limitations of Existing Restaurant Technologies

Existing legacy and point technologies face a number of critical limitations:

 

   

Inflexible and difficult to scale. Many existing technologies have a large upfront cost and are not cloud-based, making them rigid and difficult to use and update. This lack of flexibility adds to the challenge of operating in dynamic environments, resulting in limited reliability, scalability, and extensibility. The COVID-19 pandemic shed light on how quickly restaurant-focused technologies must adapt and showed that legacy and point offerings have limited ability to innovate operations at scale.

 

   

Lacking end-to-end capabilities. Point offerings address specific use cases and may not integrate seamlessly with other applications or systems, which can create operational and data silos. Integrating point offerings across a restaurant’s operations requires a significant amount of time and technical expertise that many restaurant operators may not have.

 

   

Not purpose-built for restaurants. Many existing offerings are industry-agnostic and lack the specific capabilities required by restaurant operators, such as menu configuration, guest customization and modifications, ingredient inputs, timing of orders, labor compliance, digital ordering, and complex course handling. Given these restaurant-specific challenges, technology partners must provide tailored solutions purpose-built to meet restaurants’ current and ever-changing demands.

 

   

Lacking data-driven insights. With limited integration across different systems and applications used to manage their operations, restaurants struggle to reliably collect quality data or cross-reference data from multiple sources. As a result, they cannot easily or effectively analyze, synthesize, and leverage the data necessary to drive meaningful insights on guests and operations to improve performance.

 

137


Table of Contents
   

Poor onboarding and costly customer support. Many technology vendors do not consistently offer omnichannel, tailored support from restaurant experts that customers need given the fast-paced environment in which they operate. Furthermore, vendors are often more focused on their largest customers, and smaller restaurants with more limited resources often fail to get the support they need.

Our Platform

 

LOGO

Our platform is purpose-built to drive success for the entire restaurant community. We provide our customers with a single platform that gives them the tools and features they need to run their business across POS, restaurant operations, digital ordering and delivery, marketing and loyalty, and team management. This suite of software and hardware products is integrated with our financial technology solutions, which includes payment processing and other products such as those provided by Toast Capital. In addition, we provide platform services that include reporting and analytics and e-commerce capabilities for restaurants to access additional products in a self-service manner, as well as the Toast application programming interface, or API, and partner ecosystem, allowing our customers to seamlessly connect with other technology vendors.

As of June 30, 2021, our platform facilitated:

 

   

$23.4 billion GPV in the six months ended June 30, 2021;

 

   

Over 5.5 million orders per day;

 

   

Up to 40 million touchpoints per day on these orders;

 

   

Up to 50 million items and order modifiers per day; and

 

   

Over 79,000 connections to approximately 150 partners used by over 33,000 of our restaurant locations.

 

138


Table of Contents

Better Together: The Toast Ecosystem

 

LOGO

Our platform benefits from powerful network effects, which we often highlight with the term “better together”. We believe this mantra manifests in the following ways, each driving the success of our stakeholders and, in turn, the Toast platform:

 

   

Our fully-integrated, end-to-end platform offers unique advantages. Rather than simply stringing together multiple point solutions, we integrate these products into a single platform. This tightly integrated platform has positive network effects for our customers. For example, a customer that purchases Toast Go handheld hardware may not only see faster table turns, improved sales, and greater tip volume for employees, but can also capture real-time guest feedback and gather email contacts through the adoption of digital receipts. These insights can then power guest marketing solutions that drive repeat sales and guest referrals. Similarly, when a guest places an order through Toast’s online ordering service, the guest may sign up for a restaurant-specific loyalty program, which can drive future dine-in visits through targeted promotions such as “double point weekdays”. These are just two examples that demonstrate the benefits and value proposition we can deliver to our customers with a fully-integrated suite of products that address restaurants’ end-to-end needs. As customers have realized the value of our full platform, we have seen them adopt more Toast products. As of June 30, 2021, approximately 54% of Toast locations used four or more products, on top of our integrated POS and payments solution, up from approximately 43% as of June 30, 2020 and 32% as of June 30, 2019.

 

   

We benefit the entire restaurant ecosystem. The benefits of Toast to each stakeholder in the restaurant ecosystem bolsters the success of all. The result is a virtuous cycle between restaurants and their stakeholders. For example, because Toast helps restaurants create a more seamless guest experience, guests often spend more and are more likely to return to the restaurant, allowing the restaurant to further invest in the guest experience. Similarly, higher spend from happier guests is correlated with higher wages for employees, which in tandem with the wage and benefits access enabled by our products, drives happier employees, lower turnover, improved quality of service, and enhanced operational efficiency.

 

   

We grow as our customers grow. The success and engagement of the restaurants and communities we support lie at the heart of our business model. As restaurants become more successful, driving repeat guest visits and improved employee retention, we benefit from the growth in GPV and increased adoption of our products. In addition, as our customers prosper,

 

139


Table of Contents
 

they tend to open new locations, adopt the Toast platform at more locations, increase the total number of Toast products purchased, and grow the breadth, depth, and potential of their guest data. The resulting scale of our financial profile allows us to reinvest in new product development, customer acquisition, and customer support – all of which further promote restaurant success as we continue to innovate across the restaurant ecosystem.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the key ingredients to building a leading platform for the restaurant industry and driving our continued expansion in reach and impact within the restaurant ecosystem are the following:

 

   

Product depth and breadth. We founded Toast on the belief that restaurants are best served by a single platform that is purpose-built for the distinct demands of operating a restaurant. For example, our software addresses workflows that are unique to the restaurant industry, such as highly customizable orders, check splitting, and tip distribution. Our ruggedized hardware can withstand the high-pressure environment of the lunch or dinner rush. This deep specialization is a key competitive differentiator. Toast replaces what was historically a wide range of disconnected point solutions, horizontal platforms, and manual processes with a fully-integrated, end-to-end platform. For example, in the second quarter of 2021, over half of newly opened restaurant customers also bundled our Payroll & Team Management solutions when selecting Toast as their integrated POS and payments platform, highlighting the value proposition of our end-to-end ecosystem.

 

   

Culture of continuous innovation. We have a hunger for innovation and a long-standing track record of product launches that address continuously evolving restaurant needs. For example, we launched Online Ordering in 2014 to enable restaurants to grow their off-premise sales, built the Toast Go handheld POS in 2018 to streamline waitstaff operations by providing real-time menu information at their fingertips and improve table turn time, and launched Order & Pay in 2020 to give guests the ability to safely and conveniently order and pay at the table using their own mobile device. Our product roadmap is informed by our conversations with the restaurant community about their needs as well as by the visibility we have into the broader restaurant technology ecosystem through our data and third-party integrations.

 

   

Differentiated go-to-market strategy. Toast’s platform is built by people who know, and are passionate about, restaurants. As of the first quarter of 2021, approximately two-thirds of our employees have previously worked for a restaurant. We pair in-market sales teams that are closely aligned with their local restaurant community with an extensive thought leadership and content program that has powered Toast’s rapid growth in brand awareness and built Toast’s brand as an advocate and invaluable resource for the restaurant industry. As a result, over the twelve months ended June 30, 2021, approximately two-thirds of new locations added to the Toast platform came inbound across organic, paid, field, and referral channels, with over one-fifth joining as referrals from other restaurants and partners.

 

   

Unwavering commitment to restaurant success. Our customers’ success is bolstered by our combination of tailored onboarding services, differentiated customer support, and easy-to-use product design that supports intuitive in-product navigation and self-service by customers. In addition, our field-based sales team fosters relationships with local restaurants, acting as a trusted advisor to our customers and celebrating with them when they succeed. Driven by our love of restaurants, we believe we are a true partner to the restaurant community and that our success is mutually reinforcing.

 

   

Modern, cloud-based platform approach. With the ubiquity of modern mobile and cloud applications, a frictionless user experience has become critical to engaging both guests and employees. Toast’s platform pairs easy-to-use, intuitive user interfaces with a highly scalable

 

140


Table of Contents
 

modern cloud architecture. Our software infrastructure is cloud-hosted and mobile-first, providing a user experience that is flexible and configurable to diverse restaurant environments.

 

   

Unmatched data-driven insights. Each day, Toast’s platform handles an average of over 5.5 million orders across up to 40 million touchpoints, such as orders entering the system, kitchens fulfilling orders, and guests paying from the table. With unique visibility into restaurant, guest, and employee insights, we are able to provide advanced analytics for restaurant operators and make informed decisions on our product development pipeline.

 

   

Powerful partner ecosystem. In addition to our own products, our platform is augmented by our ecosystem of partners. This ecosystem includes large national food and beverage suppliers, technology partners across a broad spectrum of solutions, and local partners such as accountants, attorneys, and consultants, among others. Restaurants utilizing the Toast platform typically pay a monthly software service fee to access our full technology partner network through the API module, which is included in our subscription services revenue. Additionally, we have revenue sharing agreements with select partners under which we receive a revenue share on either a per-transaction basis or percentage-basis of dollars earned by our partners. These revenue sharing arrangements have historically comprised less than 1% of our annual revenue. As of June 30, 2021, over 33,000 locations on Toast utilized our partner ecosystem.

Why Our Stakeholders Win with Toast

Toast empowers restaurant operators to succeed in the digital age. To do so, restaurants must serve a wide range of stakeholders. We believe that when restaurant operators succeed, employees and guests also benefit, which in turn fuels rapid growth for restaurants.

 

   

We help restaurants streamline operations and drive sales. Through Toast’s integrated platform, customers spend less time managing disparate point solutions, enabling them to spend more time serving their guests, leading their teams, and growing their businesses. For example, our handheld POS and contactless ordering solutions make it easier for guests to order or pay in a safe, convenient, and efficient way. When we help restaurants streamline operations, guests can benefit from reduced wait times and more accurate orders, which helps drive greater sales for restaurants.

 

   

We enable restaurants to drive off-premise sales and improve profit margins through first and third-party channels. Our commission-free online ordering software simplifies the digital ordering experience for guests, increases order accuracy, and allows restaurants to reduce reliance on third parties. We also enable restaurants to offer delivery services for their guests through their own fleet of drivers, through flat-fee Toast Delivery Services utilizing a partner network of delivery drivers, and through POS integrations with third-party delivery providers. Our software connects online channels, point of sale, menu management, and kitchen operations in real-time, allowing for smoother operations.

 

   

We provide access to insights, data, and tools to attract and retain guests through marketing, loyalty programs, and guest data. Through our platform, restaurants gain access to guest insights and advanced analytics that they can use to build direct relationships with their guests and drive repeat visits, increased loyalty, and higher sales. This has become especially critical with the shift to off-premise dining, as third-party delivery platforms can disintermediate a restaurant’s direct relationship with their guests. Leveraging our data-driven insights, we provide marketing and loyalty solutions which can generate tailored recommendations and deals for guests.

 

141


Table of Contents
   

We save restaurants time onboarding and managing employees, while enabling improved productivity and higher pay for employees. We believe that we empower employees to focus on critical restaurant tasks, making them more efficient and less frustrated. Our platform enables reduced ticket times, higher sales and tips, and as a result, higher pay for the restaurant’s employees over time. Through our team management products, restaurants are able to manage payroll efficiently, leading to timely and accurate access to wages for employees. All of these benefits enable our customers to improve employee retention. Moreover, our onboarding process, including training and ongoing support through our customer success team, makes adopting the Toast platform easy.

 

   

We provide hard-to-access capital via purchase financing and lending, while integrating payment processing to enable better data visibility and more efficient operations. Toast provides a fully-integrated software and payments platform that enables our customers to securely accept payments, while also providing valuable data-driven insights and driving our guest engagement programs. In addition, we provide financing solutions that minimize upfront costs for restaurants and offer working capital loans in a fast and flexible manner through Toast Capital. We believe Toast Capital is uniquely qualified to underwrite and competitively price loans that range from $5,000 to $100,000 to eligible Toast customers by using patented systems for loan origination that incorporate data science models, historical point of sale data, and payment processing volume.

 

   

We have their back. Driven by our mission, we invest heavily in ongoing customer success through a combination of tailored onboarding services, customer support, and easy-to-use product design that supports intuitive in-product navigation and self-service by customers. Our field-based go-to-market engine also generates deep local insights in our communities and helps us quickly address our customers’ questions and concerns, and we apply these insights to the research and development of new products to continue to meet the industry’s evolving needs.

 

142


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

143


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

144


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

145


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

146


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

147


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

148


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

149


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

150


Table of Contents

Our Opportunity

 

LOGO

The restaurant industry has lacked a clear technology category leader and has been categorized by fragmentation and historically slow adoption of technology. We are now seeing a shift in the use of technology alongside a preference for a single, integrated, digital-first technology platform, resulting in a significant opportunity for Toast. Restaurants in the United States spent an estimated $25 billion on technology in 2019, or less than 3% of their total sales.36 We expect the spend on technology to increase to $55 billion by 2024, as technology spend as a percent of restaurant sales closes the gap with other industry verticals. We believe our total addressable market, or TAM, is closely aligned with, and encompasses the vast majority of, this restaurant spend.

We estimate our current serviceable addressable market to be approximately $15 billion. We calculate this figure by adding the opportunities across our software and financial technology products. Our software addressable market is calculated by multiplying the average annual subscription revenue per location per product by the estimated number of restaurant locations in the United States. We determined the estimated number of restaurant locations in the United States to be approximately 860,000,37 which includes restaurants across all segments, given we serve restaurants of all types and sizes ranging from single-location restaurants to larger multi-location brands. The opportunity for payments recurring run-rate is calculated by multiplying the estimated non-cash restaurant sales in the United States for 2021 by our average take rate of approximately 55 basis points (measured as a percentage of GPV). Lastly, we estimate the Toast Capital opportunity by multiplying an estimated $29.5 billion of outstanding U.S. public banks’ restaurant loans as of March 31, 202038 by the average annual interest rate on small business loans of 1.4% to 7.2%.39

 

 

36

Hospitality Technology; Freedonia Group; and related explanation (footnote 31). See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

37

IBISWorld. Estimated 2021 U.S. restaurant locations includes single location full-service restaurants, fast food restaurants, chain restaurants, coffee shops, bars & nightclubs, and caterers, and excludes food service contractors and street vendors. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

38

S&P Global Market Intelligence, US Banks Disclose Exposure to Restaurant Industry Hard-Hit by COVID-19, May 2020. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

39

Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, Small Business Lending Survey, June 2021. Average annual interest rate as of the first quarter of 2021. See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

 

151


Table of Contents

We expect our market opportunity will continue to expand as we develop new solutions that address the distinct and evolving needs of a diverse market. Additionally, our current TAM does not consider the substantial opportunity to provide our products and services to international locations, which we have not pursued to date. With an estimated 22 million restaurant locations globally with greater than $2.6 trillion in revenue,40 we estimate that our global TAM is at least twice as large as the domestic opportunity, given there is nearly four times as much global spend and even more opportunity in terms of location count. Though the COVID-19 pandemic has had a short-term impact on our serviceable market, it has also increased the need for end-to-end restaurant technology platforms as the volume of restaurant transactions over digital platforms has increased and there is now a heightened preference for safe, frictionless, and contact-free experiences both in-store and off-premises. Additionally, new restaurants are expected to open and replace restaurants that were closed during the pandemic, and this wave of restaurant openings presents substantial opportunities for Toast’s continued rapid growth as restaurants seek to find the right end-to-end platform to support their growth.

Our Growth Strategy

Our strategy is to continue to invest in areas that align with our customers’ needs and our own growth objectives. We expect that both we and our customers will continue to realize the value of our network as we continue to grow in scale, make enhancements to our technology, offer more products and services, and help our restaurants increase revenue while saving time and money. Toast both drives and benefits from the success of our customers—when restaurants grow, Toast grows through higher payments volume and increased adoption of our full platform.

 

   

Fuel efficient location growth with both new and existing customers. Despite our rapid growth and scale, we estimate that our current locations account for only about 6% of restaurants in the United States. We also expect that new restaurants that open in the aftermath of the COVID-19 pandemic will seek innovative and end-to-end technology solutions to manage their operations. We therefore believe there is a substantial opportunity to grow our location footprint. To that end, we intend to invest in various strategic areas, such as our field-based go-to-market engine, customer success through a combination of tailored onboarding services, customer support, and intuitive product design, as well as research and development of new products to continue to meet the industry’s evolving needs. We also expect to continue to see significant location growth among our existing customers, both as they open new locations and as we continue to roll out the Toast platform to more of our customers’ existing locations.

 

   

Increase adoption of our full suite of products. We believe that we are well-positioned to sell additional products to our existing customers through a combination of sales and marketing efforts and product-led growth. We believe our end-to-end, integrated platform approach is well-suited to a customer base that has historically struggled to adopt technology at the same pace as other industries due to a lack of dedicated information technology resources.

 

   

Invest in and expand our product platform. We intend to continue to invest in research and development to expand the functionality of our current platform and to broaden the subscription services and financial technology solutions we offer. We believe our proven track record and continued strategy to build products that directly address key pain points for our stakeholders will differentiate us and help grow our addressable market. We also believe we have an opportunity to expand the ways in which we leverage the data on our platform to help our customers succeed.

 

 

40

Euromonitor International Consumer Foodservice 2021 (Foodservice Value RSP, YoY ex rates, Current Prices). See the section titled “Market and Industry Data.”

 

152


Table of Contents
   

Further develop our partner ecosystem. Toast’s integrated SaaS platform currently connects customers to approximately 150 partners, providing them with the tools and features they need to run their business. We intend to continue expanding our technology and channel partnerships to deliver even more value to our customers and increase the strategic nature of our platform. Today, we have partnerships in place across a spectrum of solutions that include employee management, reservations, inventory, accounting, security, analytics, marketing and customer relationship management, loyalty, mobile pay, gift cards, online ordering, and digital signage.

 

   

Selectively pursue inorganic growth. We intend to selectively explore inorganic product and technology growth opportunities to build out our portfolio and strengthen our ecosystem advantage. We believe that the scale of our partner ecosystem provides additional visibility into what products would be most valuable to our stakeholders. For example, in July 2019, we announced the acquisition of StratEx to simplify and optimize payroll, one of a restaurant’s largest single expenses, while leveraging our existing capabilities in timeclock and attendance. Additionally, in June 2021, we announced the acquisition of xtraCHEF to enable our customers to improve operational efficiency and financial decision-making through restaurant-specific invoice management software that helps track and record expenses.

 

   

Expand internationally. We believe there is a significant opportunity to expand usage of our platform outside of the United States. To date, we have not made any significant investments in growing our presence internationally. We intend to add international sales team members to address this market opportunity alongside targeted research and development efforts based on local market dynamics.

Our Response to COVID-19

The COVID-19 pandemic has had a dramatic impact on the restaurant industry. As a result of state-mandated decisions to shutter in-store dining in March 2020, weekly same-store restaurant sales nationwide plummeted nearly 75% virtually overnight. As a leading platform for the restaurant industry, Toast took immediate steps to help restaurants navigate the crisis, transition to off-premise dining through existing products such as Online Ordering and new product launches, and call much needed attention to an industry in need of guest and government support.

During the course of the pandemic, and driven by our mission to help restaurants thrive, our team of passionate Toasters accomplished the following:

Rapid acceleration of product release

To help restaurants navigate the immediate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, we accelerated a number of planned product launches and introduced new product lines.

 

   

As a result of the pandemic, restaurants became highly dependent on off-premise dining. To help restaurants navigate this shift, save on third-party commissions, and build a direct relationship with their guests, we launched Toast Delivery Services, offering delivery through Toast Online Ordering and the Toast TakeOut app. Toast Delivery Services is a flat-fee solution for restaurants that enables them to manage their delivery margins while collecting and retaining their guest data, which otherwise may not be shared for orders placed through third-party delivery platforms.

 

   

In addition, we launched Toast Now, a digital-only platform for restaurants of all sizes to quickly activate online ordering, delivery, gift card, and email marketing capabilities.

 

 

153


Table of Contents
   

Finally, in response to greater guest sensitivity to health and safety in light of the COVID-19 pandemic, we launched a suite of contactless payment solutions including Order & Pay. With Order & Pay, restaurants can allow guests to order and pay at the table via a unique QR code at their convenience. Restaurants using this solution were able to increase speed of service and drive sales while also collecting valuable guest insights and providing a safer dining experience.

Advocacy for the entire restaurant industry

We also took steps during the pandemic to provide restaurants with much needed access to expense relief and operating capital, and built an advocacy program to encourage community and federal support.

 

   

The first steps that we took on behalf of the industry included a decision to waive subscription fees of over $20 million for our entire customer base.

 

   

We combined this with the launch of a grassroots campaign, called Rally for Restaurants, that encouraged consumers to buy gift cards and order takeout to support the restaurant industry.

 

   

As part of Rally for Restaurants, we also partnered with a coalition of Toast customers, partners, and lobbyists to call on Congress to act on behalf of the restaurant industry, leveraging proprietary data to support the need for focused relief. We believe our sustained actions throughout 2020 played a role in the eventual development and passing of the $28.6 billion Restaurant Revitalization Fund.

We recognize that the COVID-19 pandemic continues to have a significant impact on communities across the world, and we are fully committed, as we always have been, to investing in and supporting our restaurants, their employees, and the communities they serve.

Our Products

 

 

LOGO

 

154


Table of Contents

Toast’s end-to-end platform powers the entire restaurant community. Our extensive and customizable portfolio of vertically integrated products and solutions democratizes technology for restaurants of all types and sizes. Our portfolio spans seven product categories: point of sale, restaurant operations, digital ordering & delivery, marketing & loyalty, team management, financial technology solutions, and platform & insights. Alongside this platform, our commitment to customer success drives a differentiated customer experience, powers operational innovation, and enables our and our restaurants’ long-term growth and success.

As restaurants adopt more of our platform, our solutions work better together to drive even more success for them. For example, when a restaurant switches from pen and paper to using Order & Pay, they collect guest data that was previously not available to them. This guest data can then fuel our marketing solutions, increasing the likelihood of a return visit to the restaurant or driving the guest to the restaurant’s online ordering channel with Toast, eliminating a third-party commission that can be as high as 30% and driving incremental margin for the restaurant.

Point of Sale

LOGO

 

   

Software. Our Android-based software has been custom-built for the restaurant industry and is the foundation that powers each of our vertically integrated solutions. Our proprietary software enables seamless connectivity across restaurant operations, guests, and employees, and drives a differentiated dining experience.

 

   

Toast POS: Our core software module supports our intuitive hardware products to reduce wait times, optimize operations, and seamlessly handle payments. Toast POS is easy to use, leveraging consumer technology, allowing restaurant employees to quickly get up to speed on the software and seamlessly use it throughout their day. We provide color coded tables and kitchen tickets, mobile alerts, and guest text messaging to help keep restaurant staff on top of their service. For example, when a dish is ready, kitchen staff can alert the server right on their Toast Go or send a text message directly to a guest for a pick-up order.

 

155


Table of Contents
   

Toast Order & Pay: Toast Order & Pay allows guests to order and pay directly from their mobile devices, which provides greater peace of mind by minimizing the need for physical contact throughout their entire restaurant experience, while driving sales, optimizing staffing, capturing guest insights, and reducing table turn times.

 

   

Hardware. Our restaurant-grade hardware is custom built from the ground up to withstand the rigors of a restaurant, combining durability needed for the restaurant environment, including water and heat resistance, with aesthetically pleasing designs and in-store branding, serving as the tool that helps deliver our end-to-end solutions.

 

   

Toast Flex: Our proprietary hardware can be used for on-counter order and pay, but can also be used as a server station, guest kiosk, kitchen display system, or order fulfillment station, allowing the restaurant to “flex” our hardware to fit their specific needs.

 

   

Toast Go: Our fully-integrated, handheld POS device enhances the guest experience and improves table turn times through tableside ordering and payment acceptance. The Toast Go enables real-time menu updates, accelerated service, easy and accurate ordering, and contactless payments – all of which have been essential in supporting outdoor dining and curbside pick-up during the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Toast Tap: Our proprietary card reader supports NFC, EMV, and MSR payments, and creates a frictionless experience for our guests.

Restaurant Operations

 

LOGO

 

   

Software

 

   

Kitchen Display System: Our proprietary Kitchen Display System software seamlessly connects the front of the house with the kitchen staff so they can focus on what they do best –

 

156


Table of Contents
 

delivering amazing meals. Our software fully integrates all ordering stations with the kitchen, automates firing by prep time, and instantaneously notifies servers when orders are ready.

 

   

Multi-Location Management: Multi-location management software allows our customers to manage and standardize their operations and easily configure menus across multiple locations and channels, including online ordering and delivery, in real time. Customers can set location-specific items and prices or keep them consistent across the brand, configure restaurant settings such as discount rules and item-level tax rates, and centralize data across all locations for a single, clear view of business performance.

 

   

xtraCHEF by Toast: xtraCHEF by Toast is restaurant-specific invoice management software that digitizes invoices and connects them with data that includes sales and supplier costs to give restaurants transparency and actionable insights in order to improve operational efficiency and financial decision-making. This solution automates the accounts payable workflow, which reduces the time spent by restaurants on manually intensive data entry and streamlines the reconciliation of invoices for accounting and vendor payments. In addition, these tools are augmented with native inventory and recipe management modules to further streamline operational management.

 

   

Hardware

 

   

Toast Flex for Kitchen: Toast Flex for Kitchen is a larger format, mountable piece of hardware that can be used as a kitchen screen or order fulfillment station to help restaurants run their kitchens smoothly. Heat and water resistance allows the Toast Flex for Kitchen to stand up to real-world use in the kitchen.

 

157


Table of Contents

Digital Ordering & Delivery

 

LOGO

 

   

Toast Online Ordering & Toast TakeOut. Our commission-free online ordering and consumer Toast TakeOut application simplifies the digital ordering experience for guests, increases order accuracy, and allows restaurants to reduce reliance on third parties for driving online orders. By providing restaurants with a software-based platform to take commission-free off-premise orders directly through their own branded website, we reduce phone orders, minimize double entry and other costly errors, and optimize the balance between dine-in and takeout. Our software connects online channels, point of sale, menu management, and kitchen operations in real-time, allowing for smoother operations.

 

   

First-Party Delivery, Toast Delivery Services, & Toast Delivery Partners. Toast enables restaurants to offer delivery services in a variety of ways that can be tailored to their needs and operations. With first-party delivery, restaurants can manage their own fleet of drivers and customize delivery hours, zones, fees, and minimum ticket sizes. Toast Delivery Services, or TDS, enables restaurants to utilize a partner network of delivery drivers so restaurants can offer delivery to guests without needing their own fleet. With TDS, restaurants are charged a flat fee that can be passed through at custom rates to their guests. These capabilities empower restaurants to better manage their delivery margins, while retaining access to their guest data. Finally, through Toast Delivery Partners, we provide POS integrations for restaurants using third-party delivery services to streamline order intake, eliminate the need for extra third-party tablets, and sync menus in real-time.

 

158


Table of Contents

Marketing & Loyalty

 

LOGO

 

   

Loyalty & Gift Cards. Toast has designed a suite of guest-focused products, including loyalty programs and branded gift cards, to enhance a restaurant’s cash flow by driving further engagement with their guests. Our credit-card linked loyalty program automatically accrues points each time the guest swipes their card, and offers can be customized by the restaurant to drive repeat visits and increased spend over time.

 

   

Marketing. Our powerful, data-driven insights are used by our restaurants to foster their guest touchpoints. Our restaurants can easily create and send email campaigns to their list of loyalty members and guests based on POS data such as visit frequency and spending patterns that are automatically built through daily guest interactions across our product suite.

 

159


Table of Contents

Team Management

 

LOGO

 

   

Payroll & Team Management. Employee performance and satisfaction are some of the most important elements of a restaurant’s success. We have created a centralized hub that streamlines the entire hiring, employee management, and payroll process. Integrated POS and payroll creates a single employee record across systems, allowing for hours, tips, and employee data to synchronize seamlessly and helping managers get valuable time back.

 

   

Partner-Enabled Products (Insurance & Benefits). Toast offers workers compensation, business owner policy (BOP) insurance, and restaurant-specific add-ons such as liquor liability insurance, as well as a simple, automated 401k option for restaurants and their employees through our partners—simplifying the procurement process for restaurants and providing much-requested benefits to their teams.

 

160


Table of Contents

Financial Technology Solutions

 

LOGO

 

   

Payment Processing. Toast provides a fully-integrated platform that enables our customers to securely accept and process payments, while also providing valuable data-driven insights and driving our guest engagement programs. We maintain competitive and clear pricing, our systems are in compliance with PCI Security Council standards, and our hardware supports EMV and NFC payment technology.

 

   

Toast Capital. The restaurant industry has historically been underserved by financial institutions, and lack of access to capital is a common reason why restaurants fail. Toast Capital offers restaurants fast and flexible funding via loans advanced by our bank partner that are repaid with interest through a daily holdback of credit card receipts. We are uniquely positioned to offer capital to our restaurants using patented systems for loan origination that incorporate data science models, historical point of sale data, and payment processing volume, and have created a straightforward process that can deliver urgently needed funds as soon as the next business day.

 

   

Purchase Financing. We also offer a number of ways for customers to finance the upfront cost of Toast products, often one of the largest barriers to switching to or purchasing a new POS system. Our programs include 0% interest financing for investments made in Toast products. The flexibility we offer has had a measurable impact on our rapid location growth.

 

161


Table of Contents

Platform & Insights

 

LOGO

 

   

Reporting & Analytics. Our differentiated software and financial technology ecosystem underpins our data collection and analytics capabilities, providing insights and reporting on real-time sales, menu, and labor data, and allowing our customers to analyze their results and improve performance over time. Our cloud-based reporting enables access to performance data regardless of physical location, and our automatic nightly email sends key business metrics directly to our customers, sharing the critical daily insights they need to successfully operate their business. We estimate that on any given day, approximately two-thirds of Toast locations engage with reporting in their restaurant dashboard.

 

   

Toast Partner Connect and APIs. Toast’s partner ecosystem allows our customers to customize their technology stack to meet their business needs, choosing from a curated portfolio of approximately 150 partners that deliver a broad spectrum of specialized solutions ranging from accounting to waitlists. Toast Partner Connect is a portal within Toast that allows customers to discover, select, and seamlessly connect their restaurant to our partners. Our suite of bi-directional APIs connects our partners to our workflows and data, and also allows our customers to connect custom applications and software to our ecosystem.

 

162


Table of Contents

Our Technology

We empower our customers to take control of their operations by utilizing our proprietary technology that spans across our products. Each of our products is built on Toast’s shared platform infrastructure and services. This platform layer provides common capabilities and reusable components, allowing a streamlined, integrated customer experience to be built efficiently by our independent teams.

Our technology platform includes:

Software, cloud-based services, and partner ecosystem

 

   

Reliable cloud services. Our highly scalable, services-based, multi-tenant architecture runs on Amazon Web Services (AWS), and maintained 99.98% core platform uptime in 2020.

 

   

Offline POS capabilities. In the event of an internet or network disruption, Toast’s offline POS capabilities provide essential continuity of operations. This allows customers to continue to place orders, print tickets and receipts, and take credit card payments. In this offline mode, all credit card information is securely encrypted and stored on the Toast device until it regains connection.

 

   

Partner APIs. Toast has curated a portfolio of approximately 150 restaurant technology partners that utilize Toast APIs to deliver a broad range of specialized solutions.

Payments

Toast provides fast and secure, integrated payment processing through its POS devices, standalone contactless reader (Toast Tap), and online ordering applications.

 

   

Security and compliance. Toast is a PCI-DSS Level 1 service provider and PA-DSS validated payments application. All card processing systems adhere to strict PCI security policies and procedures.

 

   

Reliability. We leverage our extensive on-the-ground experience to provide a reliable payments experience that is resilient to issues with restaurants’ networks or internet service providers as well as Toast’s own cloud platform.

 

   

Flexible omni-channel capabilities. Toast provides in-store, digital, and partner payment capabilities. In-store payments through the Toast integrated card reader and Toast Tap support card dipping, tapping, and swiping as well as Apple Pay, Google Pay, and Samsung Pay, with fraud detection capabilities to minimize transaction risks. Using Toast-provided payments across channels simplifies our customers’ experience, providing them with a single daily deposit of funds and consolidated reporting for easier accounting.

Hardware

 

   

Full-service hardware to power all operations. Toast offers a unique line of purpose-built, restaurant-grade hardware, including POS terminals, handheld devices, kitchen display screens, card readers, guest display devices, printers, and networking equipment.

 

   

User-friendly, durable, and designed to last. Our custom-designed hardware is pre-configured to enable self-installation with limited support and is created to be spill- and drop-proof with a long battery life to withstand the rigors of the restaurant environment.

 

   

Device management. Our hardware utilizes the open-source Android mobile operating system which enables us to freely distribute the operating system to the Toast terminal and handheld devices. Proprietary management tools allow Toast to safely and efficiently upgrade POS software and device firmware as well as to monitor the health of devices across the fleet.

 

163


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

The restaurant industry is an extremely local industry. Restaurant operators purchase everything from food and alcohol to equipment and table linens from individuals that they know and trust. Our sales and marketing motion is designed from the ground up to integrate into this dynamic by combining a high-volume marketing engine with a localized and consultative sales force.

We start with in-market sales teams that are deeply familiar with, and trusted by, the local community. This deep knowledge of the local food and beverage scene provides us with a competitive advantage. Our sales team is organized by three main functional areas: an acquisition team that is focused on new location growth and organized by restaurant size, an upsell team that focuses on our customer community, and a growth team focused on sales enablement and operations.

We maintain high levels of sales productivity by investing in a high growth marketing organization that is organized into five primary functions: Brand & Demand Generation, Customer Marketing, Product Marketing & Pricing, Web & e-commerce, and PR & Communications.

To generate and capture demand we invest heavily in the primary discovery channels for restaurant operators. This includes a rich content library that allows Toast to maximize organic reach through SEO optimization, data-driven paid programming, and a robust referral network that is the source of over one-fifth of new Toast locations. We combine our demand generation efforts with pricing and packaging that is designed to increase platform adoption and simplify the buying process for restaurants. This approach provides multiple entry points into the Toast platform ranging from a single terminal point of sale to a multi-product setup for a complex restaurant.

As of June 30, 2021, we had 734 employees across sales and marketing. We intend to continue to invest in our sales and marketing capabilities to capitalize on our market opportunity.

Customer Success

Our customer success team supports our customers through their entire lifecycle beginning with onboarding and extending to ongoing customer care, including product enablement and education around industry best practices. We invest in scalable and efficient onboarding solutions that offer a differentiated customer experience. We currently offer on-site, remote, and self-guided implementation options to our customers. To better serve the growing sophistication of our customers and improve the upfront cost burden, we launched a remote onboarding offering in 2019. We have since scaled remote installations to represent the majority of our onboarding efforts.

We offer multi-channel customer support 24 hours per day, 7 days a week, 365 days per year via chat, phone, or web. We built our entire platform to be cloud-based, so our customer success team can provide seamless support remotely. Due to the end-to-end nature of our platform, we offer restaurants a single point of contact for any issues across their entire technology stack. We invest significantly in customer support and consider these investments to be a key competitive differentiator.

As of June 30, 2021, we had 669 employees on our customer success team. The majority of these employees are included in our cost of revenue, though there are specific roles that map to various operating expenses.

 

164


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Our product development strategy is based on typical inputs such as market and user research, routine strategy planning, and iterative financial analysis, but it is first and foremost based around our customer obsession and mission of empowering the restaurant community to delight guests, do what they love, and thrive. We believe strongly that this customer obsession and innovation on their behalf is the best long-term product strategy to help our customers outperform, and this drives both the products we build and the partnerships we create within the restaurant ecosystem.

We organize our team with a full-stack development model, integrating product management, engineering, analytics, data science, and design. We develop our products in three primary research and development locations: Boston, Chicago, and Dublin. Each location has a combination of product management, user experience design, software engineering, and quality assurance personnel. As of June 30, 2021, we had 497 employees in our research and development team.

Our Competition

The markets in which we compete are competitive and evolving rapidly. Our platform combines functionality from numerous product categories, and we therefore compete in each of these categories:

 

   

with respect to cloud-based point of sale platforms, we primarily compete with Square Inc., Touchbistro Inc., Clover Network Inc., and Lightspeed POS Inc.;

 

   

with respect to legacy point of sale platforms, we primarily compete with Oracle Corporation – Micros, NCR Corporation, and PAR Technology Corporation;

 

   

with respect to payments solutions, we primarily compete with Heartland Payment Systems, Inc., Shift4 Payments, Inc., Fiserv, Inc, and FreedomPay, Inc.; and

 

   

we also compete with point technology providers with products addressing specific front of house or back of house operations. Many of these point technology providers integrate with our platform.

We compete on the basis of a number of factors, including:

 

   

the ability to provide an end-to-end software and financial technology platform specifically designed to meet the existing and future technology needs of prospective customers, including comprehensive partner ecosystem integrations;

 

   

product performance, flexibility, ease of use, security, scalability, and reliability;

 

   

brand recognition, reputation, and customer satisfaction;

 

   

the availability and quality of support and other professional services, including the ability to onboard prospective customers in a timely and cost-efficient manner;

 

   

the ability to operate and support all geographic markets specified by the prospective customer; and

 

   

the ability to integrate systems seamlessly and at low costs to provide important data insights.

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to these factors. However, many of our competitors have greater financial, technical, and other resources, greater brand recognition, larger sales forces and marketing budgets, broader distribution networks, more diverse product and services offerings, and larger and more mature intellectual property portfolios. They may be able to leverage these resources to gain business in a manner that discourages customers from purchasing our offerings. Furthermore, we expect that our industry will continue to attract new market entrants,

 

165


Table of Contents

including smaller emerging companies, which could introduce new offerings. We may also expand into new markets and encounter additional competitors in such markets.

For information on risks relating to increased competition in our industry, see the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Competition, Sales, and Marketing.”

Our Employees, Culture, and Values

Core to our success is our passionate and diverse team of over 2,200 Toasters, led by a skilled and experienced leadership team with a proven track record of scaling leading platforms and organizations. With approximately two-thirds of our employees having previous work experience in the restaurant industry, we are truly driven by a love for amazing food, a love for delightful experiences, and a love for the diverse community that restaurants represent. We consider our unique culture, manifested in the following five values, to be core to our recipe for success:

 

   

One team. The best way to serve our community is by solving problems together and sharing lessons along the way. We have each other’s back, respect one another, and embrace our differences.

 

   

Lead with humility. We believe that great ideas come from anywhere or anyone, regardless of tenure, title, or background. Open and honest feedback is a gift to be acted on.

 

   

Embrace a hospitality mindset. Empathy is our default. We strive to make everyone, from customer to employee to guest, feel welcomed and included.

 

   

Always be hungry. We believe no problem is too big to solve if we remain hungry for innovation, growth, and big ideas. We challenge the status-quo and take risks to help our community thrive.

 

   

Be driven with purpose. We deliver results with integrity. Challenging work is rewarding work, and getting things done requires determination and resiliency mixed with a healthy dose of fun. Toasters are creative problem-solvers who hold each other accountable to get the job done.

At Toast, we are committed to supporting causes that solve critical food issues and enrich the food experience for all. Driven by our commitment to local communities, in 2019 we launched a philanthropic branch, Toast.org, dedicated to solving critical food issues that impact communities across the United States. In furtherance of Toast’s values and these goals, we are joining the Pledge 1% movement and are reserving              shares of our Class A common stock (representing approximately 1% of our fully-diluted capitalization immediately prior to this offering) that we may issue over a period of ten years to fund our social impact initiatives through Toast.org.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of trade secret, copyright, and trademark laws, a variety of contractual arrangements, such as license agreements, assignment agreements, confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, and confidentiality procedures and technical measures to gain rights to and protect the intellectual property used in our business.

We have also developed a patent program and a strategy to identify, apply for, and secure patents for innovative aspects of our platform and technology. As of June 30, 2021, we have 24 U.S. patent applications allowed/granted, and in addition we have 57 U.S. patent applications pending. Our issued patents are estimated to expire between 2034 and 2039. Such expiration dates may vary based on a variety of factors, including benefit claims, term adjustments, and/or extensions as well as the timely payment of maintenance fees. We intend to pursue additional patent protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost-effective.

 

166


Table of Contents

We have an ongoing trademark and service mark registration program pursuant to which we register our brand names and product names, taglines, and logos in the United States and other countries to the extent we determine appropriate and cost-effective. We also have common law rights in some trademarks and numerous pending trademark applications in U.S. jurisdictions. In addition, we have registered domain names for websites that we use in our business, such as www.toasttab.com and other variations.

We intend to pursue additional intellectual property protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost-effective. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, they may not be respected in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented, or challenged. See the sections titled “Risk Factors,” including the section(s) titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property” for a description of the risks related to our intellectual property.

Our Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in Boston, Massachusetts and consist of approximately 185,838 square feet of office space under a lease that expires on December 31, 2029, subject to an option to extend the lease for two periods of five years each.

We maintain additional offices in: Dublin, Ireland; Chicago, Illinois; Omaha, Nebraska; and Reno, Nevada. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future and that we will be able to secure additional space, as needed, to accommodate expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, legal proceedings can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

Government Regulation

Various aspects of our business and service areas are subject to U.S. federal, state, and local regulation, as well as regulation outside the United States. As more fully described below, certain of our services also are, or may be in the future, subject to the laws, rules, and regulations that are related to acceptance of credit cards and debit cards, payments services (such as payment processing and settlement services), including laws concerning consumer financial protection, anti-money laundering and escheatment. We also are, or may be in the future, subject to rules promulgated and enforced by multiple authorities and governing bodies in the United States, including federal, state and local agencies, payment card networks and other authorities. These descriptions are not exhaustive, and these laws, regulations, and rules frequently change and are increasing in number.

BSA and FinCEN Regulation

Certain of our payment technology solutions are or may become subject to anti-money laundering laws and regulations under the BSA. The BSA requires certain financial institutions, including banks and MSBs (such as money transmitters), to register with FinCEN as MSBs and to develop and implement risk-based anti-money laundering programs, report large cash transactions and suspicious activity, and maintain transaction records, among other things.

 

167


Table of Contents

TPS is registered as an MSB with FinCEN in its capacity as a money transmitter. As an MSB, we are required to maintain a written anti-money laundering program, or AML Program, that meets the standards set forth in the FinCEN regulations implementing the BSA. In addition, our AML Program is designed to address and comply with the Money Laundering Control Act and other U.S. laws and regulations regarding anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism, which we refer to as AML/CFT, and to control for the AML/CFT risks inherent to our business. The AML Program is also designed to prevent our platform from being used to facilitate business with certain individuals, entities, countries, and territories that are targets of economic or trade sanctions imposed by OFAC.

State Licensing Requirements

Certain of our payment technology solutions are or may become subject to state money transmitter laws and regulations. TPS is licensed as a money transmitter in a small number of states and is seeking licenses to operate as a money transmitter in connection with its payroll processing activities in certain other states. State licensing laws impose a variety of requirements and restrictions on us, including record-keeping requirements; disclosure requirements; examination requirements; annual or biennial activity reporting and license renewal requirements; notification and approval requirements for changes in our officers, directors, stock ownership or corporate control; permissible investment requirements; minimum net worth requirements; restrictions on marketing and advertising; qualified individual requirements; anti-money laundering and compliance program requirements; data security and privacy requirements; and review requirements for customer-facing documents.

Card Network and NACHA Rules

We rely on our relationships with financial institutions and third-party payment processors to access the payment card networks, such as Visa and Mastercard, which enable our acceptance of credit cards and debit cards. We pay fees to such financial institutions and third-party payment processors for such services. We are required by these third-party payment processors to register with Visa, Mastercard, and other card networks and to comply with the rules and the requirements of these card networks’ self-regulatory organizations. The payment networks and their member financial institutions routinely update, generally expand, and modify requirements applicable to our customers, including rules regulating data integrity, third-party relationships, merchant chargeback standards and compliance with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS. PCI DSS is a set of requirements designed to ensure that all companies that process, store, or transmit payment card information maintain a secure environment to protect cardholder data.

We are also subject to the operating rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association, or NACHA. NACHA is a self-regulatory organization which administers and facilitates private-sector operating rules for ACH payments and defines the roles and responsibilities of financial institutions and other ACH network participants. The NACHA Rules and Operating Guidelines impose obligations on us and our partner financial institutions, such as audit and oversight by the financial institutions and the imposition of mandatory corrective action, including termination, for serious violations.

State Loan Disclosure Requirements and Other Substantive Lending Regulations

Loans facilitated by Toast Capital are subject to state laws and regulations that impose requirements related to commercial loans, including loan disclosures and terms, credit discrimination, and credit reporting. State advertising, loan brokering, loan servicing, and debt collection laws may apply to the marketing and loan administration services we provide to our bank partner that makes the loans facilitated by Toast Capital.

 

168


Table of Contents

FTC Act and Unfair and Deceptive Acts and Practices

Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, or FTC Act, prohibits unfair or deceptive acts or practices. The Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, enforces Section 5 of the FTC Act against non-banks and has a history of pursuing enforcement actions for alleged unfair or deceptive acts or practices in connection with the marketing or servicing of financial products and services that are marketed to consumers or small businesses. The FTC has jurisdiction over us and our business practices.

Privacy and Consumer Information Security

In the ordinary course of our business, we access, collect, store, use, transmit and otherwise process certain types of data, including personally identifiable information, or PII, which subjects us to certain federal and state privacy and information security laws, rules, industry standards and regulations designed to regulate consumer information and data privacy, security and protection, and mitigate identity theft. These laws, some of which are discussed below, impose obligations with respect to the collection, processing, storage, disposal, use, transfer, retention and disclosure of PII, and, with limited exceptions, give consumers the right to prevent use of their PII and disclosure of it to third parties. Such laws and regulations are subject to ongoing changes, and a number of new proposed or recently-passed laws or regulations in this area are expected to be applicable to our business.

In addition, under these laws and regulations, including the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or GLBA, and Regulation P promulgated thereunder, we must disclose our privacy policy and practices, including those policies relating to the sharing of nonpublic personal information with third parties. The GLBA may restrict the purposes for which we may use PII obtained from consumers and third parties. We may also be required to provide an opt-out from certain sharing.

On January 1, 2020, the CCPA took effect, directly impacting our California business operations and indirectly impacting our operations nationwide. While personal information that we process that is subject to the GLBA is exempt from the CCPA, the CCPA regulates other personal information that we collect and process. A new California ballot initiative, the CPRA was passed in November 2020. Effective starting on January 1, 2023, the CPRA imposes additional obligations on companies covered by the legislation and will significantly modify the CCPA, including by expanding consumers’ rights with respect to certain sensitive personal information.

 

169


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers:

     

Christopher P. Comparato

     54     

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Brian R. Elworthy

     41     

General Counsel

Stephen Fredette

     37     

Co-President, Co-Founder, and Director

Elena Gomez

     51     

Chief Financial Officer

Aman Narang

     35      Co-President, Co-Founder, Chief Operating Officer, and Director

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Paul Bell(1)

     61     

Director

Kent Bennett(2)(3)

     43     

Director

Susan Chapman-Hughes(2)(3)

     52     

Director

Mark Hawkins(1)(2)

     62     

Director

Deval L. Patrick(3)

     65     

Director

David Yuan(1)

     46     

Director

 

(1)

Member of the audit committee.

(2)

Member of the compensation committee.

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Christopher P. Comparato. Mr. Comparato has been our Chief Executive Officer since February 2015 and a member of our board of directors since December 2015. Previously, Mr. Comparato led Customer Success functions at Acquia, Inc. and Endeca Technologies, Inc., or Endeca (acquired by Oracle Corporation, or Oracle), and held management roles at Keane, Inc. and Cambridge Technology Partners, both consulting firms. Mr. Comparato holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Union College. Mr. Comparato is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his management experience and business expertise, including his prior executive-level leadership and experience scaling companies.

Brian R. Elworthy. Mr. Elworthy has been our General Counsel since November 2016. Previously, Mr. Elworthy was Assistant General Counsel at inVentiv Health Inc., now Syneos Health, Inc., from July 2014 to November 2016 and an Associate at Ropes & Gray LLP from September 2008 to June 2014. Mr. Elworthy holds a J.D. from Georgetown University and a B.A. from Middlebury College.

Stephen Fredette. Mr. Fredette is a Co-Founder and has been a Co-President since December 2015 and a member of our board of directors since August 2021. Mr. Fredette was formerly our Chief Executive Officer from December 2011 to February 2015. Mr. Fredette also previously served as a member of our board of directors from December 2011 to June 2017 and February 2020 to January 2021. Previously, Mr. Fredette served in various roles at Oracle. Mr. Fredette holds a B.S. in Chemistry from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mr. Fredette is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his management experience and business expertise, including his perspective and experience he brings as our Co-President and as a Co-Founder.

Elena Gomez. Ms. Gomez has been our Chief Financial Officer since May 2021. Previously, Ms. Gomez served as the Chief Financial Officer of Zendesk, Inc., a global customer service software company, from May 2016 to May 2021. From July 2010 to April 2016, Ms. Gomez served in senior

 

170


Table of Contents

finance roles at Salesforce.com, Inc., or Salesforce, a provider of customer relationship management services, including as Senior Vice President of Finance and Strategy and Senior Vice President of Go-to-Market Distribution. Ms. Gomez has served on the boards of directors of Smartsheet Inc., a software as a service, or SaaS, collaboration and work management platform provider, since October 2017 and PagerDuty, Inc., a SaaS incident response platform provider, since October 2018. Ms. Gomez holds a B.S. in Business Administration from the Haas School of Business, University of California, Berkeley.

Aman Narang. Mr. Narang is a Co-Founder and has been a Co-President since December 2012, our Chief Operating Officer since June 2021, and a member of our board of directors since January 2021. Mr. Narang also served as a member of our board of directors from December 2011 to December 2015 and from June 2017 to June 2018. Previously, Mr. Narang worked in Product Management at Oracle. Mr. Narang holds a B.S. and M.S. in Computer Science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mr. Narang is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his management experience and business expertise, including his perspective and experience he brings as our Co-President and as a co-founder.

Non-Employee Directors

Paul Bell. Mr. Bell has been a member of our board of directors since June 2017. Mr. Bell has been an Operating Partner at Lead Edge Capital since July 2013. Previously, Mr. Bell worked for Dell Inc., or Dell, serving as President of various business units. Mr. Bell currently serves on the boards of directors of several private companies. Mr. Bell holds an M.B.A. from Yale University and a B.S. and B.A. from Pennsylvania State University. Mr. Bell’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive leadership, executive, managerial, and business experience with technology companies and knowledge of the venture capital industry.

Kent Bennett. Mr. Bennett has been a member of our board of directors since December 2015. Mr. Bennett has served as an investment professional at Bessemer Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, since 2008 and has been a Partner since 2013. Mr. Bennett currently serves on the boards of directors of various privately held companies. Mr. Bennett holds an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.S. in Systems Engineering from the University of Virginia. Mr. Bennett’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive experience in the venture capital industry and serving as a director of various privately held companies, and his knowledge of technology companies.

Susan E. Chapman-Hughes. Ms. Chapman-Hughes has been a member of our board of directors since February 2021. Ms. Chapman-Hughes was the Executive Vice President, Global Head of Digital Capabilities, Transformation and Operations of American Express Company, or American Express, from February 2018 to February 2021. Previously at American Express, Ms. Chapman-Hughes served as Senior Vice President, U.S. Large Market, Global Corporate Payments from December 2014 to February 2018 and in various other roles since 2013. Ms. Chapman-Hughes has served on the board of directors of The J.M. Smucker Company since August 2020 and previously served on the board of directors of Potbelly Corporation from May 2014 to June 2020. Ms. Chapman-Hughes is a trustee emeriti of the National Trust for Historic Preservation and has served on the board of directors of A Better Chance, each of which is a national nonprofit organization. Ms. Chapman-Hughes holds an M.B.A. in Real Estate Finance and Urban Land Economics from the University of Wisconsin Madison, a Master’s Degree in Regional Planning from the University of Massachusetts, Amherst and a B.S. in Engineering from Vanderbilt University. Ms. Chapman-Hughes’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include her extensive experience as a director of public companies and her leadership, executive, managerial and business experience with technology companies.

Mark Hawkins. Mr. Hawkins has been a member of our board of directors since April 2020. Mr. Hawkins has served as the Chief Financial Officer Emeritus Advisor at Salesforce since February

 

171


Table of Contents

2021. Mr. Hawkins previously served as the President and Chief Financial Officer at Salesforce from August 2014 to February 2021. Previously, Mr. Hawkins served as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Autodesk, Inc., Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Finance & IT at Logitech International S.A. and held various positions at Dell and Hewlett-Packard. Mr. Hawkins serves on the board of directors of SecureWorks Inc., a global cybersecurity company, and Plex Systems, Inc., a cloud-based manufacturing company, and on the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company advisory board. Mr. Hawkins holds an M.B.A. in Finance from the University of Colorado, a B.A. from Michigan State University and has completed the Advanced Management Program at Harvard Business School. Mr. Hawkins’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive experience as a director of public companies and his leadership, executive, managerial and business experience with technology companies.

Deval L. Patrick. Mr. Patrick has been a member of our board of directors since February 2021. Mr. Patrick has been a Senior Advisor at Bain Capital LLC since March 2021, where he previously founded and served as Managing Partner of the Double Impact Fund, a growth equity fund focused on delivering competitive financial returns and positive social impact, from April 2015 to December 2019. Previously, from January 2007 to January 2015, Mr. Patrick served as Governor of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Mr. Patrick has served on the boards of directors of American Well Corp., a telemedicine technology company, from June 2015 to December 2019, and from April 2020 to the present, including through its recent entry into the public market; Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., a biotech company focused on sickle cell disease, from April 2015 to November 2019, and from May 2020 to the present, including through its 2015 entry into the public market; Cerevel Therapeutics Holdings, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on neuroscience since January 2021; Environmental Impact Acquisition Corp., a SPAC focused on sustainability, since December 2020, and Twilio Inc., a cloud communications developer platform, since January 2021. In addition, Mr. Patrick serves as a member of several charitable boards and is the co-chair of American Bridge 21st Century Foundation. Mr. Patrick holds a B.A. in English and American Literature from Harvard College and a J.D. from Harvard Law School. Mr. Patrick’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive leadership, executive, and business experience with companies and investment firms, combined with his dedication and commitment to public service through corporate social impact and civil rights.

David Yuan. Mr. Yuan has been a member of our board of directors since March 2019. Mr. Yuan is a general partner at Tidemark Capital, a growth equity firm which Mr. Yuan founded in January 2021. Prior to Tidemark, Mr. Yuan was a General Partner at Technology Crossover Ventures, or TCV, a private investment firm, from September 2005 to January 2021. Mr. Yuan serves on the boards of directors, or as a board observer, of multiple companies within the technology and financial technology space, including Cypress Holdings, Inc., Avetta, LLC, Klook, LegalZoom.com, Inc., SiteMinder, and Wealthsimple Inc., and as a Senior Advisor at TCV. Mr. Yuan holds an M.B.A. from Stanford Graduate School of Business and an A.B. in Economics from Harvard University. Mr. Yuan’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive experience as a director of technology companies and his knowledge of the venture capital and technology industries.

Appointment of Officers

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no familial relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

172


Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, which will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, that will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors. Upon the completion of this offering, the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. We currently have nine directors and no vacancies. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as in effect prior to the completion of this offering and a fourth amended and restated voting agreement between us and certain of our stockholders, our current directors are elected as follows:

 

   

The seat occupied by Mr. Yuan is elected by the holders of a majority of our Series E convertible preferred stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, as the designee of TCV;

 

   

The seat occupied by Mr. Bell is elected by the holders of a majority of our Series C convertible preferred stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, as the designee of Generation Investment Management and Lead Edge Capital;

 

   

The seat occupied by Mr. Bennett is elected by the holders of a majority of our Series B convertible preferred stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, as the designee of Bessemer Venture Partners;

 

   

The seat occupied by Mr. Fredette is elected by the holders of a majority of our Series A convertible preferred stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class;

 

   

The seat occupied by Mr. Narang is elected by the holders of a majority of our common stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class;

 

   

The seat occupied by Mr. Comparato is elected by the holders of a majority of our capital stock, voting exclusively and together as a single class on an as-converted basis, to be our then-current Chief Executive Officer; and

 

   

The seats occupied by Ms. Chapman-Hughes, Mr. Hawkins and Mr. Patrick are elected by the holders of a majority of our capital stock, voting exclusively and together as a single class on an as-converted basis, as the designees of the other members of our board of directors.

The provisions of our fourth amended and restated voting agreement by which the directors are currently elected will terminate in connection with this offering, and there will be no contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors following this offering.

After this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering. Each of our current directors will continue to serve until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal.

Our board of directors may establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect in connection with the closing of this offering, immediately after this offering, our board of

 

173


Table of Contents

directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Mr. Bell, Mr. Yuan and Mr. Comparato, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Ms. Chapman-Hughes, Mr. Hawkins and Mr. Bennett, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Mr. Narang, Mr. Fredette and Mr. Patrick, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024.

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment, and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Bell, Mr. Bennett, Ms. Chapman-Hughes, Mr. Hawkins, Mr. Patrick, and Mr. Yuan do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee and has approved the establishment, effective prior to the completion of this offering, of a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors is described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until as otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

Audit Committee

Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Bell, Mr. Hawkins, and Mr. Yuan will serve on the audit committee, which will be chaired by Mr. Hawkins. The composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee meets the financial literacy and sophistication requirements of the New York Stock Exchange listing standards. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Hawkins is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will, among other things:

 

   

select a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

174


Table of Contents
   

help to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

discuss the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and review, with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, our interim and year-end results of operations;

 

   

develop procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

review our policies on risk assessment relating to financial, accounting, and financial statement risks and our enterprise risk management framework;

 

   

review major issues as to the adequacy of our internal controls and any special audit steps adopted in light of material control deficiencies; and

 

   

approve (or, as permitted, pre-approve) all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective in connection with the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Compensation Committee

Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Bennett, Ms. Chapman-Hughes, and Mr. Hawkins will serve on the compensation committee, which will be chaired by Ms. Chapman-Hughes. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of the compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Following the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will, among other things:

 

   

review, approve and determine, or makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers and directors;

 

   

administer our equity incentive plans;

 

   

review and approve, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

   

establish and review general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Bennett, Ms. Chapman-Hughes, and Mr. Patrick will serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be chaired by Mr. Patrick. The composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Following the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will, among other things:

 

   

identify, evaluate and select, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

evaluate the performance of our board of directors, our committees and of individual directors;

 

175


Table of Contents
   

consider and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

review related party transactions;

 

   

review developments in corporate governance practices; and

 

   

review and assess the adequacy of the corporate governance guidelines and code of business conduct and ethics and recommend any changes to our board of directors for approval.

The nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for information about related party transaction involving members of our compensation committee or their affiliates.

 

176


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

The following table presents the total compensation we paid to non-employee members of our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2020. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the non-employee members of our board of directors in 2020 for their services as members of the board of directors. Mr. Comparato, our Chief Executive Officer, does not receive any compensation from us for his service on our board of directors. See the section titled “Executive Compensation” for more information on the compensation paid to or earned by Mr. Comparato as an employee for year ended December 31, 2020. Mr. Fredette did not receive any compensation for his service as a director. He did earn compensation in his capacity as an employee for year ended December 31, 2020 but since he is not one of our named executive officers his compensation data is not disclosed herein. As non-employee directors and representatives of certain investors, Messrs. Bell, Bennett, Papa, and Yuan also do not receive any compensation from us for their service on our board of directors. As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Hawkins holds 31,674 restricted stock units and Mr. Fredette holds 670,938 shares of restricted stock.

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)
     Stock Awards ($)(1)      Total ($)  

Paul Bell

     —          —          —    

Kent Bennett

     —          —          —    

Mark Hawkins

     25,000        349,997        374,997  

Steven Papa

     —          —          —    

David Yuan

     —          —          —    

 

(1)

The amount reflects the grant date fair value of restricted stock units granted in 2020 in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Such grant date fair values do not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock awards reported in this column are set forth in Note 19 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these restricted stock units and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our non-employee directors upon the issuance of shares of Class B common stock.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Program

Prior to this offering, our non-employee directors were eligible to receive cash and equity compensation under our Non-Employee Director Compensation Program. Pursuant to the Non-Employee Director Compensation Program, our non-employee directors were eligible to receive cash retainers (which were paid quarterly in arrears and prorated for partial years of service) and equity awards as set forth below:

 

Annual Retainer for Board Membership

  

Annual service on the board of directors

   $ 30,000  

Additional Annual Retainer for Committee Membership

  

Annual service as audit committee chairperson

   $ 20,000  

Annual service as member of the audit committee (other than chair)

   $ 10,000  

Annual service as compensation committee chairperson

   $ 14,000  

Annual service as member of the compensation committee (other than chair)

   $ 7,000  

In addition, our Non-Employee Director Compensation Program provided that, upon initial election or appointment to our board of directors, each new non-employee director was granted a one-time grant of restricted stock units with a total value of $350,000 on the date of such director’s election or appointment to the board of directors, or the Director Initial Grant. The Director Initial Grant vests in substantially equal annual installments over three years, subject to continued service

 

177


Table of Contents

relationship with us through each applicable vesting date. Each year thereafter, each non-employee director who will continue as a non-employee director was granted an annual award of restricted stock units with a total value of $200,000, or the Director Annual Grant. The Director Annual Grant vests on the one-year anniversary of the grant date, subject to continued service relationship with us through such date.

Our Non-Employee Director Compensation Program will remain in effect following the consummation of our initial public offering; however, effective as of such offering, the additional annual cash retainers for our compensation committee chairperson and members of our compensation committee (other than chair) will increase to $15,000 and $7,500, respectively, and the additional annual cash retainers for our nominating and governance committee chairperson and members of our nominating and governance committee (other than chair) will be $10,000 and $5,000, respectively. Furthermore, the total value of the Director Annual Grant will increase to $220,000.

In connection with our initial public offering, we will also adopt a director stock ownership policy for our non-employee directors, which requires each director to acquire and hold a number of shares of our common stock equal in value to at least three times his or her applicable annual cash retainer for regular service on our board of directors, excluding any annual cash retainers paid for committee service, until such director’s service on the board of directors ceases. We only count directly and beneficially owned shares in our determination of ownership under this policy. Each non-employee director has until the later of the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering or the fifth anniversary of his or her initial election to our board of directors, to attain the required ownership level.

 

178


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations, and determinations regarding future compensation programs. The actual amount and form of compensation and the compensation policies and practices that we adopt in the future may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion.

As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act. The compensation provided to our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2020 is detailed in the 2020 Summary Compensation Table and accompanying footnotes and narrative that follow. Our named executive officers are:

 

   

Christopher P. Comparato, our Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Jennifer DiRico, our Senior Vice President, Finance;

 

   

Brian R. Elworthy, our General Counsel; and

 

   

Timothy Barash, our former Chief Business Officer.

To date, the compensation of our named executive officers has consisted of a combination of base salary, bonuses, and long-term incentive compensation in the form of stock options and restricted stock units. Our named executive officers, like all full-time employees, are eligible to participate in our 401(k), health, and welfare benefit plans. As we transition from a private company to a publicly traded company, we intend to evaluate our compensation values and philosophy and compensation plans and arrangements as circumstances require.

2020 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents information regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to each individual who served as one of our named executive officers for services rendered to us in all capacities during the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary

($)
     Bonus
($)(1)
     Option
Awards
($)(2)
    Stock
Awards(2)
     Non-Equity
Incentive  Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
     All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
    Total
($)
 

Christopher P. Comparato

Chief Executive Officer

     2020        241,250        —          —         —          128,113        5,305       374,668  

Jennifer DiRico

Senior Vice President, Finance

     2020        260,731        50,000        2,460,934       —          61,238        3,080       2,835,983  

Brian R. Elworthy

General Counsel

     2020        248,654        —          574,644       —          63,875        3,367       890,540  

Timothy Barash(5)

Former Chief Business Officer

     2020        206,250        —          1,790,373 (6)      27,852        —          125,000 (7)      2,149,475  

 

(1)

The amount paid to Ms. DiRico was a discretionary bonus associated with her expanded job responsibilities in connection with her promotion to Interim Head of Finance in May 2020.

(2)

The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards granted to the named executive officers during year 2020, calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC Topic 718. Such grant date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the awards reported in this column are set forth in Note 19 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for the stock options and stock awards, as applicable, and does not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received upon exercise of the stock option issuance of shares of Class B common stock, or any sale of any of the underlying shares of Class B common stock.

(3)

The amounts represent actual bonuses earned for bonus plan performance periods in 2020 by Messrs. Comparato and Elworthy and Ms. DiRico, approved by our board of directors based upon company and individual performance.

(4)

The amounts reported reflect an employer matching contribution on the employee’s behalf under our 401(k) plan.

 

179


Table of Contents
(5)

Mr. Barash’s employment with us ended on October 31, 2020. Thereafter, he continued to provide consulting services to us as a strategic advisor, which services terminated on May 1, 2021.

(6)

Amount reflects the incremental fair value related to the modifications of Mr. Barash’s outstanding stock options on May 19, 2020 and December 8, 2020 in connection with his transition as described below under the heading “—Barash Transition Agreement”.

(7)

Represents $125,000 in severance payments (of which $33,654 was paid as of December 31, 2020 and the remainder of which was paid in equal bi-weekly payments through April 2021). Additionally, $27,852 reflecting the incremental fair value related to accelerated vesting of 83,125 shares of restricted stock in connection with Mr. Barash’s transition is disclosed in the “Stock Awards” column.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

Base Salaries

Base salaries for our named executive officers are reviewed periodically and adjusted from time to time based on factors including market-competitive compensation levels, job responsibilities, individual performance, and experience. As of December 31, 2020, the base salaries for Mr. Comparato, Ms. DiRico, and Mr. Elworthy were $250,000, $300,000, and $250,000, respectively. Prior to his termination of employment on October 31, 2020, Mr. Barash’s annual base salary was $250,000.

During 2020, Ms. DiRico received increases to her base salary in connection with two promotions. As of January 1, 2020, her annual base salary was $240,000 which was subsequently increased to $260,000 as of May 1, 2020 in connection with her promotion to Interim Head of Finance and then further increased to $300,000 as of October 1, 2020 in connection with her promotion to Senior Vice President, Finance.

Annual Cash Bonuses

During 2020, our named executive officers were eligible for and received semi-annual bonus payments based upon company performance and the achievement of business objectives, as approved by our compensation committee and further described below. As of December 31, 2020, the annual bonus target opportunities for our named executive offers were as follows: Mr. Comparato: $185,000; Ms. DiRico: 30% of base salary; and Mr. Elworthy: $100,000.

Our compensation committee approved bonus achievement equal to 75% of target for the first quarter of 2020 based upon company financial performance and no bonus achievement for the second quarter of 2020 due to reductions in cash compensation as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, as further described below. The resulting bonus payments to our named executive officers for the first half of 2020 were as follows: Mr. Comparato: $34,688; Ms. DiRico: $12,188; and Mr. Elworthy: $9,375. Further, based upon our performance in the second half of 2020 measured against our financial goals, as well as individual performance measured against certain strategic and operational objectives, our compensation committee approved, and we paid, bonuses to our named executive officers for the second half of 2020 as follows: Mr. Comparato: $93,425; Ms. DiRico: $49,050; and Mr. Elworthy: $54,500.

Equity-Based Compensation

Although we do not have a formal policy with respect to the grant of equity incentive awards to our executive officers, we believe that equity grants provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture, and help to align the interests of our executives and our stockholders. In addition, we believe that equity grants promote executive retention because they incentivize our executive officers to remain in our employment during the vesting period. Accordingly, our board of directors or our compensation committee periodically review the equity incentive compensation of our named executive officers and may grant equity incentive awards to them from time to time.

 

180


Table of Contents

In April 2020, Ms. DiRico was granted an option to purchase 1,750 shares of our Class B common stock, vesting over two years in eight equal quarterly installments, and an option to purchase 70,000 shares of our Class B common stock, vesting over five years in twenty equal quarterly installments, and Mr. Elworthy was granted an option to purchase 90,000 shares of our Class B common stock, vesting over five years in twenty equal quarterly installments. In December 2020, Ms. DiRico was granted an option to purchase 70,000 shares of our Class B common stock, vesting over five years in twenty equal quarterly installments. Each of the options granted to Ms. DiRico and Mr. Elworthy in 2020 was granted with an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of our Class B common stock on the date of grant and vests based on the holder’s continuous service relationship with us. Each of these options is also subject to early exercise, which permits the holder to exercise the option at any time following the grant date, pursuant to which the holder would receive restricted shares of Class B common stock that vest in accordance with the original stock option vesting schedule.

COVID-19 Response

In April 2020, as part of company-wide salary and bonus reductions for a period of time in connection with the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the restaurant industry, we reduced the annual on-target cash compensation for our named executive officers. Annual on-target cash compensation is the combination of annual base salary and annual target bonus. Annual on-target cash compensation was reduced by 50% for Mr. Comparato; 30% for Mr. Elworthy; and 20% for Ms. DiRico. As a result of these reductions, the bonus opportunities for our named executive officers were eliminated during such period. Further, Mr. Comparato’s annual base salary was reduced by $32,500 and Mr. Elworthy’s annual base salary was reduced by $5,000. Bonus opportunities for our named executive officers were restored to pre-COVID-19 levels effective July 1, 2020 and base salaries returned to their rates prior to the April 2020 reduction effective August 3, 2020.

Compensation Changes Approved During 2021

During 2021, our compensation committee reviewed compensation for our named executive officers and approved cash compensation changes for Mr. Elworthy and Ms. DiRico that went into effect on April 1, 2021. Ms. DiRico’s annual base salary was increased to $346,200 and her annual target bonus opportunity remained equal to 30% of her annual base salary. Mr. Elworthy’s annual base salary was increased to $346,200 and his annual target bonus opportunity was increased to 30% of his annual base salary.

During 2021, our compensation committee approved changes to Mr. Comparato’s future cash compensation which will go into effect in the first full payroll period following the closing of this offering. Mr. Comparato’s base salary will be reduced to an amount intended to cover only employee payroll benefit plan contributions and payroll taxes with minimal resulting net pay after applicable withholding. His regular annual cash bonus opportunity will be eliminated, although our compensation committee will retain the ability to approve cash or other awards to Mr. Comparato in the event that actual company performance exceeds performance goals.

Barash Transition Agreement

In connection with his resignation as our Chief Business Officer, we and Mr. Barash entered into a transition agreement on May 19, 2020, or the Transition Agreement. Pursuant to the Transition Agreement, Mr. Barash transitioned to a role as our strategic advisor and we paid Mr. Barash his salary and benefits through October 31, 2020, or the Separation Date. Following the Separation Date, Mr. Barash was entitled to (i) salary continuation payments through April 2021 at his base salary rate as of the Separation Date, (ii) payment of his COBRA premiums necessary to continue the health insurance coverage in effect for himself and his covered dependents on the Separation Date if he

 

181


Table of Contents

timely elects and remains eligible for continued coverage under COBRA until the earliest of (x) April 2021; (y) the expiration of Mr. Barash’s eligibility for the continuation coverage under COBRA; or (z) the date when Mr. Barash becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage. Pursuant to the Transition Agreement, Mr. Barash was also entitled to acceleration of 83,125 shares of his outstanding restricted stock and eligibility to vest in 106,875 unvested shares underlying his performance-vesting stock option upon the achievement of certain market value thresholds related to our initial public offering or sale prior to the expiration of the stock option.

Severance and Change in Control Policy and Severance Letter

Severance Policy

In June 2021, we adopted the Toast, Inc. Severance and Change in Control Policy, or the Severance Policy, which provides certain severance benefits and accelerated vesting of equity awards to certain executives, including the named executive officers, each a “covered employee,” in the event of a qualified termination, including a qualified termination in connection with a change in control. The severance payments and benefits under the Severance Policy (and Severance Letter, as applicable and as defined below) will supersede any severance payments and benefits for which the covered employees may be eligible under existing employment agreements or other agreements, plans, policies, or arrangements.

Pursuant to the Severance Policy, in the event of a termination by us for any reason other than due to “cause” (as defined in the Severance Policy), death, or disability that occurs outside of the period beginning three months prior to and ending 12 months following a “change in control,” as defined in the Severance Policy, or a change in control period, subject to the covered employee’s execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in favor of Toast and our affiliates and continued compliance with all applicable restrictive covenants, we shall pay the covered employee (i) 12 months of continued base salary, (ii) a lump sum cash payment equal to the covered employee’s target bonus for the year in which the termination date occurs to the extent not already paid and pro-rated to reflect the number of days of service provided in the year of termination, or a pro-rated target bonus, and (iii) if the covered employee was participating in our group health plan immediately prior to termination and elects COBRA health continuation, monthly cash payments for 12 months in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to the covered employee (and his or her eligible dependents) if the covered employee had remained employed by us. Additionally, notwithstanding anything in any applicable option agreement or stock-based award agreement, the covered employee’s unvested and outstanding time-based stock options and other time-based stock-based awards held by the covered employee immediately prior to termination that would have vested during the 12-month period following the termination date will accelerate and become fully vested. Awards that are solely performance-based and/or performance- and time-based will be governed by the terms of the applicable award agreement.

In the event of a (i) termination by us for any reason other than due to cause, death, or disability that occurs during a change in control period or (ii) resignation by the covered employee for “good reason” (as defined in the Severance Policy) that occurs within 12 months following a change in control, in lieu of the foregoing benefits, and subject to the covered employee’s execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in favor of us and our affiliates and continued compliance with applicable restrictive covenants, we shall pay the covered employee: (i) an amount equal to 1.5 times the sum of (A) 12 months of base salary and (B) the covered employee’s target bonus, (ii) a pro-rated target bonus, and (iii) if the covered employee was participating in our group health plan immediately prior to termination and elects COBRA health continuation, monthly cash payments in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to the covered employee (and his or her eligible dependents) if the covered employee had remained

 

182


Table of Contents

employed by us until the earlier of 18 months following the date of termination or the date the covered employee becomes eligible for health benefits through another employer or otherwise becomes ineligible for COBRA. Additionally, notwithstanding anything in any applicable option agreement or stock-based award agreement, the covered employee will receive full accelerated vesting of any unvested and outstanding time-based stock options and other time-based stock-based awards held by the covered employee immediately prior to termination, and awards that are solely performance-based and/or performance- and time-based will be governed by the terms of the applicable award agreement.

The payments and benefits provided under the Severance Policy in connection with a change in control may not be eligible for a federal income tax deduction by us pursuant to Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. These payments and benefits may also subject a covered employee, including the named executive officers, to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code. If the payments or benefits payable to an eligible participant in connection with a change in control would be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, then those payments or benefits will be reduced if such reduction would result in a greater net after-tax benefit to the applicable participant.

Severance Letter

We entered into a letter agreement with Christopher Comparato, our Chief Executive Officer, in June 2021, or the Severance Letter, pursuant to which certain provisions of the Severance Policy were superseded solely with respect to Mr. Comparato. The Severance Letter provides for an amended definition of “good reason” for purposes of severance payments and benefits under the Severance Policy and provides that (i) upon a resignation by Mr. Comparato for good reason outside of a change in control period, he will be entitled to the same severance benefits as if he were terminated by us without cause outside of a change in control period and (ii) upon a resignation by Mr. Comparato for good reason during a change in control period, including the period beginning three months prior to a change in control, he will be entitled to the same severance benefits as if he were terminated by us without cause during a change in control period. In addition, the Severance Letter provides that as long as Mr. Comparato serves as our Chief Executive Officer, we will nominate him for re-election as a member of its board of directors and any payments or benefits due to Mr. Comparato pursuant to the Severance Policy are subject to his resignation from our board of directors as of the effective date of the applicable termination event. Furthermore, the Severance Letter provides that for purposes of calculating the cash compensation payable under the Severance Policy upon any termination event, the base salary input shall be an amount equal to the greater of Mr. Comparato’s base salary immediately prior to the termination event and $250,000, and the target bonus input shall be an amount equal to the greater of his then current target bonus and $185,000.

 

183


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2020 Year-End

The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2020.

 

        Option Award (1)     Stock Awards  

Name

  Grant Date   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That Have
Not
Vested (#)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested
($)
 

Christopher P. Comparato

  February 8, 2019

February 8, 2019

   

133,032

71,250

(2) 

(3) 

   

—  

—  

 

 

   

—  

213,750

 

(3) 

   

7.57

7.57

 

 

   

02/08/2029

02/08/2029

 

 

   
      —         —         —         —         —         324,156 (2)   

Jennifer DiRico

  July 5, 2016

April 13, 2017

April 12, 2018

June 24, 2019

April 6, 2020

April 21, 2020

December 20, 2020

   

1,050

6,450

20,000

10,000

1,750

70,000

70,000

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

(10) 

   

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

0.3174

0.3687

3.11

10.37

11.05

11.05

49.02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

07/05/2026

04/13/2027

04/12/2028

06/24/2029

04/06/2030

04/21/2030

12/20/2030

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Brian R. Elworthy

  February 8, 2019     75,000 (11)      —           7.57       02/08/2029      
  April 21, 2020     90,000 (9)      —           11.05       04/21/2030      
  December 27, 2016           —           —         —         11,862 (12)   
  September 26, 2017           —           —         —         15,000 (13)   

Timothy Barash

  February 8, 2019     178,125  (14)      —           7.57       02/08/2029      

 

(1)

These option grants are subject to early exercise, which permits the holder to exercise the option at any time following the grant date. If the holder early exercises the option grants, he or she will hold restricted shares that will vest in accordance with the original stock option vesting schedule. Each of the grants vests based on the holder’s continuous service relationship with us and was granted under our 2014 Plan. Each of the grants will also be subject to certain acceleration of vesting provisions as set forth in our Severance Policy and/or Severance Letter, as applicable.

(2)

33,250 shares subject to this option vested as of the grant date with the remaining continuing to vest in eighteen equal quarterly installments thereafter. As of December 31, 2020, 324,156 shares acquired pursuant to the partial early exercise of this option remained subject to repurchase.

(3)

The shares subject to this option vest in four equal portions based on the attainment of certain aggregate company market value thresholds, subject to Mr. Comparato’s continuous employment relationship with us. The first tranche vested on February 14, 2020.

(4)

20% of the shares subject to this option vested on May 4, 2017 and in sixteen equal quarterly installments thereafter.

(5)

The shares subject to this option vest in twenty equal quarterly installments over five years following March 1, 2017.

(6)

The shares subject to this option vest in twenty equal quarterly installments over five years following April 11, 2018.

(7)

The shares subject to this option vest in twenty equal quarterly installments over five years following March 1, 2019.

(8)

The shares subject to this option vested in eight equal quarterly installments over two years following January 29, 2020.

(9)

The shares subject to this option vest in twenty equal quarterly installments over five years following April 21, 2020.

(10)

The shares subject to this option vest in twenty equal quarterly installments over five years following October 1, 2020.

(11)

The shares subject to this option vest in twenty equal quarterly installments over five years following July 1, 2018.

(12)

The amount reflects the number of shares issued upon the early exercise of a stock option grant that remain subject to our repurchase right. The shares subject to the option vest in twenty equal quarterly installments over five years following November 16, 2016.

(13)

The amount reflects the number of shares that were issued upon the early exercise of a stock option grant that remain subject to our repurchase right. The shares subject to the stock option grant vested 20% on June 1, 2017 with the remaining portion continuing to vest in sixteen equal quarterly installments thereafter.

(14)

This amount reflects the number of shares that remain outstanding under a performance-based vesting option of 285,000 shares of our Class B common stock: 25% vested on February 14, 2020 and 25% will vest based on the consummation of our initial public offering or sale event resulting in a per share price of $70 or greater. Pursuant to the Transition Agreement, 12.5% of the remaining shares that were underlying this option were vested and 37.5% were cancelled and terminated for no consideration.

 

184


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit and Equity Compensation Plans

Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan

Our 2014 Plan was initially approved by our board of directors and stockholders in June 2014, and amended and restated by our board of directors and stockholders in December 2020. Under the 2014 Plan, we have reserved for issuance an aggregate of 33,555,562 shares of our Class B common stock. The number of shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance is subject to adjustment in the event of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, or other similar transaction.

The shares of Class B common stock underlying awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and shares of Class B common stock that are withheld upon exercise of an option or settlement of an award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding are currently added back to the shares of Class B common stock available for issuance under the 2014 Plan. Upon completion of this offering, such shares will be added to the shares of Class A common stock available under the 2021 Plan.

Our board of directors has acted as administrator of the 2014 Plan. The administrator has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2014 Plan, and to take such other actions as specified in the 2014 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2014 Plan are our employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors, as selected from time to time by the administrator in its discretion.

The 2014 Plan permits the granting of (i) options to purchase Class B common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and (ii) options that do not so qualify. The per share exercise price of each option is determined by the administrator but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Class B common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option is fixed by the administrator but may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. The administrator determines at what time or times each option may be exercised. In addition, the 2014 Plan permits the granting of restricted shares of Class B common stock, unrestricted shares of Class B common stock, and restricted stock units. The administrator determines the restrictions and conditions applicable to each restricted share of Class B common stock and restricted stock unit at the time of grant.

The 2014 Plan provides that upon the occurrence of a “sale event,” as defined in the 2014 Plan, all outstanding stock options will terminate at the effective time of such sale event, unless the parties to the sale event agree that such awards will be assumed or continued by the successor entity. In the event of a termination of the 2014 Plan and all options issued thereunder in connection with a sale event, optionees will be provided an opportunity to exercise options that are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the sale event within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the sale event. In addition, we have the right to provide for cash payment to holders of options, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount per share equal to the difference between the value of the consideration payable per share of Class B common stock in the sale event and the per share exercise price of such options. In the event of, and subject to the consummation of, a sale event, restricted stock, and restricted stock units (other than those becoming vested as a result of the sale event) will be forfeited immediately prior to the effective time of a sale event unless such awards are assumed or continued by the successor entity. In the event that shares of restricted stock are forfeited in connection with a sale event, such shares of restricted stock shall be

 

185


Table of Contents

repurchased at a price per share equal to the original per share purchase price of such shares. We have the right to provide for cash payment to holders of restricted stock or restricted stock units, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount per share equal to the value of the consideration payable per share of Class B common stock in the sale event.

Additionally, the 2014 Plan provides for certain drag along rights pursuant to which grantees may be obligated to, upon our request or the request of the accepting requisite holder, sell, transfer and deliver, or cause to be sold, transferred and delivered, to a buyer, their shares in the event we or the accepting requisite holder determine to enter into a sale event with a buyer.

The board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2014 Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval where such approval is required by applicable law, or amend or cancel any outstanding award, provided that no such action may adversely affect a participant’s rights without his or her consent. The administrator of the 2014 Plan is specifically authorized to exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options or effect the repricing of such awards through cancellation and re-grants.

The 2014 Plan will automatically terminate on June 24, 2024, which is 10 years from the date on which the 2014 Plan was initially adopted by our board of directors. As of                , options to purchase                 shares of Class B common stock were outstanding under the 2014 Plan and                shares of Class B common stock that were issued upon the early exercise of a stock option grant under the 2014 Plan remain subject to our repurchase right. Our board of directors has determined not to make any further awards under the 2014 Plan following the closing of this offering.

2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

Our 2021 Plan was adopted by our board of directors on August 13, 2021, approved by our stockholders on                , 2021 and will become effective upon the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The 2021 Plan will replace the 2014 Plan as our board of directors has determined not to make additional awards under the 2014 Plan following the closing of our initial public offering. However, the 2014 Plan will continue to govern outstanding equity awards granted thereunder. The 2021 Plan allows us to make equity-based and cash-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, directors, and consultants.

We have initially reserved                 shares of our Class A common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2021 Plan, or the Initial Limit. The 2021 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the 2021 Plan will automatically increase on January 1, 2022 and each January 1 thereafter, by 5% of the outstanding number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee, or the Annual Increase. These limits are subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, or other change in our capitalization.

The shares we issue under the 2021 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock underlying any awards under the 2021 Plan and the 2014 Plan that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock, expire, or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) will be added back to the shares of Class A common stock available for issuance under the 2021 Plan.

The maximum number of shares of Class A common stock that may be issued in the form of incentive stock options shall not exceed the Initial Limit, cumulatively increased on January 1, 2022

 

186


Table of Contents

and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or                 shares of Class A common stock.

The grant date fair value of all awards made under our 2021 Plan and all other cash compensation paid by us to any non-employee director for services as a non-employee director in any calendar year for services as a non-employee director shall not exceed $                 ; provided, however, that such amount shall be $                 for the calendar year in which the applicable non-employee director is initially elected or appointed to the board of directors.

The 2021 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted and the number of shares subject to such awards, to make any combination of awards to participants, to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of any award and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2021 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2021 Plan will be those full or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors, and consultants, as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.

The 2021 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase Class A common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code, and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant unless the option is granted (i) pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with Section 424(a) of the Code or (ii) to individuals who are not subject to U.S. income tax. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

Our compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights under the 2021 Plan subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of Class A common stock, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price of each stock appreciation right may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The term of each stock appreciation right will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each stock appreciation right may be exercised.

Our compensation committee may award restricted shares of Class A common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation committee may also grant shares of Class A common stock that are free from any restrictions under the 2021 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

Our compensation committee may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held a specified number of shares of Class A common stock.

Our compensation committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2021 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

 

187


Table of Contents

The 2021 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event,” as defined in the 2021 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue, or substitute for the outstanding awards under the 2021 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under the 2021 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted for by the successor entity, upon the effective time of the sale event, such awards shall terminate. In such case, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant award agreement, all options and stock appreciation rights with time-based vesting conditions or restrictions that are not vested and/or exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of the sale event will become fully vested and exercisable as of the effective time of the sale event, all other awards with time-based vesting, conditions, or restrictions shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the sale event, and all awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a sale event in the plan administrator’s discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant award agreement. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) within a specified period of time prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of the 2021 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding in-the-money vested and exercisable options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights and we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding other vested awards.

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2021 Plan and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2021 Plan require the approval of our stockholders. No awards may be granted under the 2021 Plan after the date that is 10 years from the effective date of the 2021 Plan. No awards under the 2021 Plan have been made prior to the date of this prospectus.

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, was adopted by our board of directors on August 13, 2021, approved by our stockholders on                 2021, and will become effective on the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. The ESPP initially reserves and authorizes the issuance of up to a total of                shares of our Class A common stock to participating employees. The ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will automatically increase on January 1, 2022 and each January 1 thereafter through January 1, 2031, by the least of (i)                  shares of our Class A common stock, (ii) 1% of the outstanding number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock on the immediately preceding December 31, 2020, or (iii) such lesser number of shares of Class A common stock as determined by the plan administrator of the ESPP. The number of shares reserved under the ESPP is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, or other change in our capitalization.

All employees who are customarily employed by us or one of our designated subsidiaries for more than 20 hours per week and who we have employed for such period as determined by the plan administrator in advance of an offering, with such period not to exceed two years, are eligible to participate in the ESPP. However, any employee who owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our stock will not be eligible to purchase shares of our Class A common stock under the ESPP.

We may make one or more offerings each year to our employees to purchase shares under the ESPP. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, determine when each offering will occur, including

 

188


Table of Contents

the duration of any offering; provided, that no offering will exceed 27 months in duration. Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 business days before the applicable offering date.

Each employee who is a participant in the ESPP may purchase shares of our Class A common stock by authorizing payroll deductions of up to 15% of his or her eligible compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares of our Class A common stock on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the shares of our Class A common stock on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than a number of shares determined by dividing $25,000 by the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the offering date for such offering (or such other lesser maximum number of shares as may be established by the plan administrator) may be purchased by any one employee during any offering period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of shares of our Class A common stock, valued at the start of the purchase period, under the ESPP in any calendar year.

The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering period will be refunded. An employee’s rights under the ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.

The ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time, but will automatically terminate on the 10-year anniversary of this initial public offering. An amendment that increases the number of shares of our Class A common stock authorized under the ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of our stockholders. The plan administrator may adopt subplans under the ESPP for employees of our non-U.S. subsidiaries.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides all regular U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Under our 401(k) plan, participants may elect to defer a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax basis and have it contributed to the plan subject to applicable annual limits under the Code. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employee elective deferrals are 100% vested at all times. As a U.S. tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan and all contributions are deductible by us when made. We may provide a discretionary matching contribution.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or earn any benefits under, a nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by us during 2020.

Other Benefits

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans on the same basis as our other employees, including our health and welfare plans.

 

189


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment, and change in control arrangements, discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2018 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

   

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

   

the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Convertible Preferred Stock Financings

In June 2018, we sold an aggregate of 6,644,706 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $17.3070 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $115 million.

In March 2019, we sold an aggregate of 9,157,605 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $27.2997 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $250 million.

From February 2020 through April 2020, we sold an aggregate of 8,860,244 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $45.4496 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $403 million.

The following table summarizes the participation in the foregoing transactions by our directors, executive officers or holders of 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock as of the date of such transactions:

 

Stockholder

  Shares of
Series D
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
    Shares of
Series E
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
    Shares of
Series F
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
    Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners(1)

    510,221       58,608       1,540,167     $ 80,430,349.79  

Entities affiliated with TCV(2)

    —         3,989,054       425,429     $ 128,235,555.40  

Tiger Global PIP 10 LLC(3)

    752,576       3,663,043       660,071     $ 143,024,770.76  

Certain funds and accounts advised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (4)

    4,449,066       439,565       467,483     $ 110,246,893.48  

 

(1)

Bessemer Venture Partners IX L.P., or BVP IX, Bessemer Venture Partners IX Institutional L.P., or BVP IX Institutional, Bessemer Venture Partners Century Fund Institutional L.P., or BVP Century Fund Institutional, and Bessemer Venture Partners Century Fund L.P., or BVP Century Fund, and together with BVP IX, BVP IX Institutional, and BVP Century Fund Institutional, the Bessemer Entities, collectively hold five percent or more of our capital stock. The Bessemer Entities are affiliate funds of Bessemer Venture Partners. Mr. Bennett is a Partner of Bessemer Venture Partners and a member of our board of directors. Deer IX & Co. L.P., or Deer IX L.P., is the general partner of BVP IX and BVP IX Institutional. Deer IX & Co. Ltd., or Deer IX Ltd., is the general partner of Deer IX L.P. Robert P. Goodman, David Cowan, Jeremy Levine, Byron Deeter, Robert M. Stavis and Adam Fisher are the directors of Deer IX Ltd. and hold the voting and dispositive power for BVP IX and BVP IX Institutional. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by BVP IX and BVP IX Institutional are made by the directors of Deer IX Ltd. acting as an investment committee. Deer X & Co. L.P., or Deer X L.P., is the general partner of BVP Century Fund and BVP Century Fund Institutional. Deer X & Co. Ltd., or Deer X Ltd., is the

 

190


Table of Contents
  general partner of Deer X L.P. Robert P. Goodman, David Cowan, Jeremy Levine, Byron Deeter, Adam Fisher, Brian Feinstein, Alex Ferrara, Stephen Kraus and Ethan Kurzweil are the directors of Deer X Ltd. and hold the voting and dispositive power for BVP Century Fund and BVP Century Fund Institutional. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by BVP Century Fund and BVP Century Fund Institutional are made by the directors of Deer X Ltd. acting as an investment committee.
(2)

Entities affiliated with TCV are holders of five percent or more of our capital stock. Mr. Yuan is a senior advisor at TCV and a member of our board of directors.

(3)

Tiger Global PIP 10 LLC, or Tiger, is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock.

(4)

Certain funds and accounts advised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. collectively hold five percent or more of our capital stock.

Promissory Notes

On February 8, 2019, we accepted promissory notes from each of Christopher P. Comparato, Aman Narang, and Stephen Fredette as payment in connection with the early exercise of stock options for principal amounts of $4.0 million, $2.5 million, and $7.2 million, respectively, each bearing interest at the rate of 2.63% per annum. The principal and accrued interest under each promissory note was repaid in full in May 2021.

On February 15, 2019, we accepted a promissory note from Timothy Barash as payment in connection with the early exercise of stock options for the principal amount of $4.0 million, which bears interest at the rate of 2.63% per annum. The principal and accrued interest, net of related adjustments, under the promissory note was repaid in full in May 2021.

Investors’ Rights, Voting, and Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreements

In connection with our convertible preferred stock financings, we entered into investors’ rights, voting, and right of first refusal and co-sale agreements containing registration rights, information rights, voting rights, and rights of first refusal, among other matters, with certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, TCV, Technology Investment Dining Group, LLC, Tiger Capital, T. Rowe Price, Christopher P. Comparato, Stephen Fredette and Aman Narang. These stockholder agreements will terminate upon the closing of this offering, except for the registration rights granted under our investor rights agreement, or the IRA, as more fully described in “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Tender Offer

In November 2020, we facilitated a tender offer whereby certain new stockholders commenced a tender offer to purchase shares of our outstanding common stock and common stock issuable upon exercise of vested options to purchase common stock from certain of our securityholders for $75.00 per share in cash. In connection with the tender offer, we waived certain transfer restrictions on our common stock. An aggregate of 656,232 shares of our common stock were purchased pursuant to the tender offer for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $49.0 million.

Equity Awards to Directors and Executive Officers

We have granted stock option and restricted stock awards to certain of our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding the equity awards granted to our directors and named executive officers, see the sections titled “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Director Compensation.”

 

191


Table of Contents

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to              shares of Class A common stock, or         % of the shares to be issued by us and offered by this prospectus, for sale at the initial public offering price, to certain of our customers and to certain friends, directors, and advisors of the Company.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

   

any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, we expect to adopt second amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our second amended and restated bylaws will provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our second amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

 

192


Table of Contents

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, second amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers, directors and employees for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

In connection with this offering, we have adopted a nominating and corporate governance committee charter and written related person transaction policy, each of which will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, that will provide that the nominating and corporate governance committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of our related person transaction policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and any of their immediate family members. Our nominating and corporate governance committee charter will provide that our nominating and corporate governance committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions.

 

193


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2021, as adjusted to reflect the sale of Class A common stock offered by us in this offering assuming no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock, for:

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.

Applicable percentage ownership before the offering is based on 95,518,710 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, assuming the reclassification of our outstanding shares of common stock into an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 50,766,405 shares of Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Applicable percentage ownership after the offering is based on the issuance of                  shares of Class A common stock in this offering (or                  shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full) and excludes any potential purchases in this offering by the persons and entities named in the table below. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable or would become exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021 and all shares underlying RSUs held by that person that will vest based on service-based vesting conditions within 60 days of June 30, 2021. However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

194


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Toast, Inc., 401 Park Drive, Suite 801, Boston, Massachusetts 02215.

 

    Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
        Shares
Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
        Percent of
Total
Voting
Power
After the
Offering (2)
 
    Class B(1)         Class A     Class B(1)            

Name

  Number     Percentage           Number         Percentage         Number         Percentage              

Executive Officers and Directors:

                     

Christopher P. Comparato(3)

    2,273,202         2.38                

Jennifer L. DiRico(4)

    52,363         *                  

Brian R. Elworthy(5)

    165,121         *                  

Stephen Fredette(6)

    6,648,025         6.96                

Aman Narang(7)

    4,915,116         5.14                

Timothy Barash(8)

    147,581         *                  

Paul Bell

    —           —                    

Kent Bennett

    —           —                    

Susan Chapman-Hughes

    —           —                    

Mark Hawkins(9)

    10,558         *                  

Deval L. Patrick

    —           —                    

David Yuan

    —           —                    

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)(10)

    14,211,966         14.83                

5% Stockholders:

                     

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners(11)

    11,920,931         12.48                

Certain funds and accounts advised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.(12)

    5,712,225         5.98                

Entities affiliated with TCV(13)

    5,211,503         5.46                

Technology Investment Dining Group, LLC(14)

    11,143,408         11.67                

Tiger Global PIP 10 LLC(15)

    12,206,100         12.78                

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

(1)

Shares of Class B common stock are convertible at any time by the holder into shares of Class A common stock on a share-for-share basis.

(2)

Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, as a single class. The holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share and holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Voting Rights” for more information about the voting rights of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

(3)

Consists of 531,968 shares of Class B common stock held by Christopher P. Comparato, 1,548,484 shares of Class B common stock held by the Comparato Family Holding Trust dated July 27, 2018, 40,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Comparato Family Irrevocable Trust F/B/O Caroline E. Comparato & Descendants, 40,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Comparato Family Irrevocable Trust F/B/O Elizabeth A. Comparato & Descendants, 40,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Comparato Family Irrevocable Trust F/B/O Sophia C. Comparato & Descendants, and 72,750 shares of Class B common stock underlying outstanding stock options that are or will be immediately exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021.

(4)

Consists of 52,363 shares of Class B common stock underlying outstanding stock options that are or will be immediately exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021.

(5)

Consists of 85,786 shares of Class B common stock held by Brian R. Elworthy, 21,835 shares of Class B common stock held by The Brian R. Elworthy Grantor Retained Annuity Trust of 2019, and 57,500 shares of Class B common stock underlying outstanding stock options that are or will be immediately exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021.

(6)

Consists of 4,730,608 shares of Class B common stock held by Stephen Fredette, 1,366,667 shares of Class B common stock held by the SHFA 2021 Nominee Trust, 400,000 shares of Class B common stock held by The SHFA Family Trust, 150,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Fredette Family Nominee Trust, and 750 shares of Class B common stock underlying outstanding stock options that are or will be immediately exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021.

(7)

Consists of 4,754,568 shares of Class B common stock held by Aman Narang, 40,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Narang Family Irrevocable Trust FBO Fitzgerald Family, 18,735 shares of Class B common stock held by the Narang Family Irrevocable Trust FBO Varun Narang, 13,133 shares of Class B common stock held by the Narang Family Irrevocable Trust FBO Lia Narang, 13,133 shares of Class B common stock held by the Narang Family Irrevocable Trust

 

195


Table of Contents
  FBO Noah Narang, 3,547 shares of Class B common stock held by the Narang Family Irrevocable Trust FBO Vijay and Madhu Narang, and 72,000 shares of Class B common stock underlying outstanding stock options that are or will be immediately exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021.
(8)

Consists of 76,331 shares of Class B common stock held by Timothy Barash and 71,250 shares of Class B common stock underlying outstanding stock options that are or will be immediately exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021.

(9)

Consists of 10,558 shares of Class B common stock.

(10)

Consists of 13,885,353 shares of Class B common stock held by our executive officers and directors and 326,613 shares of Class B common stock underlying outstanding stock options held by our executive officers and directors that are or will be immediately exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021.

(11)

Consists of (i) 6,129,872 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series C convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, Series E convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by Bessemer Venture Partners IX L.P., or BVP IX, (ii) 4,910,964 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series C convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, Series E convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by Bessemer Venture Partners IX Institutional L.P., or BVP IX Institutional, (iii) 759,698 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series F convertible preferred stock held by Bessemer Venture Partners Century Fund Institutional L.P., or BVP Century Fund Institutional, and (iv) 120,397 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series F convertible preferred stock held by Bessemer Venture Partners Century Fund L.P., or BVP Century Fund, and together with BVP IX, BVP IX Institutional, and BVP Century Fund Institutional, the Bessemer Entities. Deer IX & Co. L.P., or Deer IX L.P., is the general partner of BVP IX and BVP IX Institutional. Deer IX & Co. Ltd., or Deer IX Ltd., is the general partner of Deer IX L.P. Robert P. Goodman, David Cowan, Jeremy Levine, Byron Deeter, Robert M. Stavis and Adam Fisher are the directors of Deer IX Ltd. and hold the voting and dispositive power for BVP IX and BVP IX Institutional. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by BVP IX and BVP IX Institutional are made by the directors of Deer IX Ltd. acting as an investment committee. Deer X & Co. L.P., or Deer X L.P., is the general partner of BVP Century Fund and BVP Century Fund Institutional. Deer X & Co. Ltd., or Deer X Ltd., is the general partner of Deer X L.P. Robert P. Goodman, David Cowan, Jeremy Levine, Byron Deeter, Adam Fisher, Brian Feinstein, Alex Ferrara, Stephen Kraus and Ethan Kurzweil are the directors of Deer X Ltd. and hold the voting and dispositive power for BVP Century Fund and BVP Century Fund Institutional. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by BVP Century Fund and BVP Century Fund Institutional are made by the directors of Deer X Ltd. acting as an investment committee. Mr. Bennett disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by the Bessemer Entities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest, if any, in such securities by virtue of his indirect interest in the Bessemer Entities. The address for each of the Bessemer Entities is c/o Bessemer Venture Partners, 1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104, Larchmont, New York 10538.

(12)

Consists of (i) 2,600,910 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, Series E convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund, Inc., (ii) 303,340 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, Series E convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by T. Rowe Price New Horizons Trust, (iii) 33,727 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, Series E convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust, (iv) 17,011 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, Series E convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by MassMutual Select Funds – MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Small and Mid Cap Blend Fund, (v) 757,280 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by T. Rowe Price Small-Cap Stock Fund, Inc., (vi) 361,093 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by T. Rowe Price Institutional Small-Cap Stock Fund, (vii) 6,282 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by T. Rowe Price Spectrum Conservative Allocation Fund, (viii) 9,802 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by T. Rowe Price Spectrum Moderate Allocation Fund, (ix) 13,864 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by T. Rowe Price Spectrum Moderate Growth Allocation Fund, (x) 808 shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series F convertible preferred stock held by T. Rowe Price Moderate Allocation Portfolio, (xi) 30,608 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by U.S. Small-Cap Stock Trust, (xii) 7,897 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock

 

196


Table of Contents
  including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by VALIC Company I – Small Cap Fund, (xiii) 27,154 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by TD Mutual Funds – TD U.S. Small-Cap Equity Fund, (xiv) 114,512 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by T. Rowe Price U.S. Small-Cap Core Equity Trust, (xv) 7,666 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by Minnesota Life Insurance Company, (xvi) 31,613 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by Costco 401(k) Retirement Plan, (xvii) 3,932 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock and Series D convertible preferred stock held by The Bunting Family III, LLC, (xviii) 1,272 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock and Series D convertible preferred stock held by The Bunting Family VI Socially Responsible LLC, (xix) 10,904 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by Jeffrey LLC, (xx) 1,545 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock held by T. Rowe Price Global Consumer Fund, (xxi) 421,035 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series D convertible preferred stock and Series F convertible preferred stock held by T. Rowe Price Communications & Technology Fund, Inc., (xxii) 41,646 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series D convertible preferred stock and Series F convertible preferred stock held by TD Mutual Funds – TD Global Entertainment & Communications Fund, (xxiii) 772,661 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock and Series D convertible preferred stock held by T. Rowe Price Small-Cap Value Fund, Inc., and (xxiv) 135,663 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock and Series D convertible preferred stock held by T. Rowe Price U.S. Small-Cap Value Equity Trust, or, collectively, the T. Rowe Entities. T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., or TRPA, serves as investment adviser or subadviser, as applicable, with power to direct investments and/or to vote the securities owned by the T. Rowe Entities. For purposes of reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, TRPA may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of all of the shares held by the T Rowe Price Entities; however, TRPA expressly disclaims that it is, in fact, the beneficial owner of such securities. TRPA is the wholly owned subsidiary of T. Rowe Price Group, Inc., which is a publicly traded financial services holding company. The address of each of the T. Rowe Entities, TRPA and T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. is c/o T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., 100 East Pratt Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.
(13)

Consists of (i) 3,852,526 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series E convertible preferred stock and Series F convertible preferred stock held by TCV X, L.P., or TCV X, (ii) 877,412 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series E convertible preferred stock held by TCV X (A), L.P., or TCV XA, (iii) 77,948 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series F convertible preferred stock held by TCV X (A) Blocker, L.P., or TCV XA Blocker, (iv) 187,825 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series E convertible preferred stock and Series F convertible preferred stock held by TCV X (B), L.P., or TCV XB, together with TCV X, TCV XA, and TCV XA Blocker, the TCV X Entities, and (v) 215,792 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series E convertible preferred stock and Series F convertible preferred stock held by TCV X Member Fund, L.P., or TCV X Member Fund. Technology Crossover Management X, Ltd., or Management X, is the sole general partner of TCV X Member Fund and Technology Crossover Management X, L.P., or TCM X, which in turn is the sole general partner of each of the TCV X Entities. Management X may be deemed to have the sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the TCV X Entities and TCV X Member Fund. Jay C. Hoag, Jon Q. Reynolds Jr., Timothy P. McAdam, and Christopher P. Marshall are the Class A Directors of Management X and each disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by the TCV X Entities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of TCV is 250 Middlefield Road, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(14)

Consists of 11,143,408 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible preferred stock. Steven Papa may be deemed to have the sole voting and dispositive power over the shares. The address of Technology Investment Dining Group, LLC is 18 Bank Street, Lebanon, New Hampshire 03766.

(15)

Consists of 12,206,100 shares of Class B common stock including shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, Series C convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, Series E convertible preferred stock, and Series F convertible preferred stock. Tiger Global PIP 10 LLC is controlled by Chase Coleman and Scott Shleifer. The address of Tiger Global PIP 10 LLC is 9 West 57th Street, 35th Floor, New York, New York 10019.

 

197


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and second amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The descriptions of the Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and preferred stock give effect to changes to our capital structure that will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Because these descriptions are only summaries, they do not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, second amended and restated bylaws and fourth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, which are or will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our second amended and restated bylaws as our bylaws.

General

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.000001 per share,                  shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.000001 per share, and                  shares of preferred stock, par value $0.000001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated.

Assuming the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering, as of June 30, 2021, there were no shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, 95,518,710 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, held by 939 stockholders of record, and no shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding. Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without stockholder approval except as required by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have authorized Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of our existing common stock will be reclassified into shares of our new Class B common stock. In addition, any options to purchase shares of our capital stock outstanding prior to the completion of this offering will become eligible to be settled in or exercisable for shares of our new Class B common stock.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to share equally, identically, and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any dividend or distribution of cash or property paid or distributed by us if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share, on all matters submitted to a vote of

 

198


Table of Contents

stockholders. The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law or our certificate of incorporation. Delaware law could require either holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class if (i) we were to seek to amend our certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of such class or to increase or decrease the par value of a class of our capital stock, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment; or (ii) we were to seek to amend our certificate of incorporation in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences or special rights of a class of our capital stock in a manner that affected its holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment.

Our certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will establish a classified board of directors that is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only the directors in one class will be subject to election by a plurality of the votes cast at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the directors in the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Initial Public Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—The dual-class structure of our common stock as contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to this offering, including our directors, executive officers and their respective affiliates. This ownership will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transactions requiring stockholder approval, and that may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock” for a description of the risks related to the dual-class structure of our common stock.

Conversion

Each outstanding share of Class B common stock will be convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain permitted transfers described in our certificate of incorporation, including transfers to family members, trusts solely for the benefit of the stockholder or their family members, and partnerships, corporations and other entities exclusively owned by the stockholder or their permitted transferees.

All outstanding shares of Class B common stock will convert automatically into shares of Class A common stock on the earlier of (i) the date that is seven years from the date of the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering, or (ii) the date the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding Class B common stock elect to convert the Class B common stock to Class A common stock. The purpose of this provision is to ensure that following such conversion, each share of common stock will have one vote per share and the rights of the holders of all outstanding common stock will be identical.

Change of Control Transactions

The holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, on (a) the sale, lease, exclusive license, exchange, or other disposition of all or substantially all of our property and assets, (b) the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction with any other entity, which results in the voting securities outstanding immediately prior thereto representing (either by remaining outstanding or by

 

199


Table of Contents

being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) less than fifty percent of the total voting power represented by our voting securities and less than fifty percent of our total number of outstanding shares of capital stock, in each case as outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation, business combination or other similar transaction, and (c) a recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar transaction which results in the voting securities outstanding immediately prior thereto representing (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) less than fifty percent of the total voting power represented by our voting securities and less than fifty percent of our total number of outstanding shares of capital stock, in each case as outstanding immediately after such recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction.

Subdivisions and Combinations

If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, the outstanding shares of the other classes will be subdivided or combined in the same manner.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights and are not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions, except for the conversion provisions with respect to the Class B common stock described above.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable

All of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock are, and the shares of our Class A common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into shares of our Class B common stock. Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to                  shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of Class A common stock or Class B common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of Class A common stock or Class B common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

200


Table of Contents

Stock Options

As of June 30, 2021, we had outstanding options to purchase 12,385,001 shares of our Class B common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $20.59 per share under our 2014 Plan.

Restricted Stock Units

As of June 30, 2021, we had 1,017,173 RSUs for shares of our Class B common stock outstanding under our 2014 Plan.

Warrants

As of June 30, 2021, we had outstanding warrants to purchase 80,000, 25,591 and 25,591 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock, respectively. The outstanding warrant to purchase 80,000 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock, exercisable through 2026, will become exercisable for the same number of shares of our Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering at an exercise price of $1.9538 per share. Both of the outstanding warrants to purchase 25,591 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock will be automatically exercised in full at an exercise price of $1.9538 for such warrants, which will occur in connection with the closing of this offering.

As of June 30, 2021, we had outstanding warrants to purchase 42,900 and 26,325 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock, respectively. These warrants are exercisable through 2027 and one year from the effective date of this initial public offering, respectively. These warrants will become exercisable for the same number of shares of our Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering, each at an exercise price of $6.98 per share.

As of June 30, 2021, we had outstanding warrants to purchase 1,622,717 shares of our Class B common stock. These warrants are exercisable through 2027, at an exercise price of $87.5168 per share.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of                  shares of our Class B common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these securities under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under our IRA. The IRA includes demand registration rights, Form S-3 registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations under the IRA will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

Demand Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of shares of our Class B common stock issuable or issued upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock upon the completion of this offering, are entitled to demand registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the effective date of this offering, the holders of a majority of the shares registrable under the IRA, subject to certain exceptions, can request that we register the offer and sale of their shares as long as such registration would cover at least 40% of the shares registrable under the IRA (or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of selling expenses, would exceed $15 million). We are obligated to effect only one such registration. If we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in

 

201


Table of Contents

any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning 60 days prior to our good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending on a date 180 days following the effectiveness of, a Company-initiated registration statement relating to the public offering of our common stock.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to                 shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of at least 30% of the shares registrable under the IRA may make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on a registration statement on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, so long as the request covers securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which is at least $5 million, net of selling expenses. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3; however, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected one such registration within the 12-month period preceding the date of the request. If we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a Form S-3 registration during the period that is 30 days prior to our good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending on a date 90 days following the effectiveness of, a Company-initiated registration statement relating to the public offering of our common stock.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of our common stock under the Securities Act, in connection with the public offering of such common stock the holders of up to                 shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (i) a registration related to any employee benefit plan, (ii) a registration related to a corporate reorganization or other transaction covered by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act, (iii) a registration on any registration form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the shares, or (iv) a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

Indemnification

Our IRA contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify each selling stockholder, each underwriter of the shares being registered and each other person, if any, who controls such selling stockholder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or Exchange Act for losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, and any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred, arising from or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement, any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in any registration statement or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party of securities laws, subject to certain exceptions.

 

202


Table of Contents

Expiration of Registration Rights

The registration rights granted under the IRA will terminate on the earliest of (i) a deemed liquidation event, as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as in effect prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) the third anniversary of the completion of this offering and (iii) with respect to any particular stockholder, when such stockholder is able to sell all of its shares pursuant to Rule 144 or any similar exemption under the Securities Act during any three-month period without registration.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are also designed to encourage persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Board Composition and Filling Vacancies

Our certificate of incorporation will provide for the division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board of directors, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. The classification of directors, together with the limitations on removal of directors and treatment of vacancies, have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

No Written Consent of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limitation may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.

Meetings of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that special meetings of stockholders may only be called by a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office, the chairperson of our board of directors, and our chief executive officer, and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws will limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

Advance Notice Requirements

Our bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before

 

203


Table of Contents

meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our bylaws will specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders’ notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting.

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that any amendment thereof must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a separate class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, limitation of liability and the amendment of our bylaws and certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment.

Our certificate of incorporation will further provide for a dual-class common stock structure, which provides our current investors, officers, and employees with control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets.

Our bylaws will provide that any amendment thereof must be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, voting together as a single class.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

Our certificate of incorporation will provide for                 authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation will grant our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

Choice of Forum

Our bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Chancery Court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of, or a claim based on, a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action

 

204


Table of Contents

asserting a claim against us, or any current or former director, officer, or other employee or stockholder, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or (v) any action asserting a claim against us or any current or former director or officer or other employee governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, however, that this choice of forum provision does not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Our bylaws will further provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Our bylaws also will provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. We recognize that the forum selection clause that will be in our bylaws may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the State of Delaware. Additionally, the forum selection clause that will be in our bylaws may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. In addition, while the Delaware Supreme Court ruled in March 2020 that federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims under the Securities Act be brought in federal court are “facially valid” under Delaware law, there is uncertainty as to whether other courts will enforce our Federal Forum Provision. If the Federal Forum Provision is found to be unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such an action. The Federal Forum Provision may also impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert that the provision is not enforceable or invalid. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the federal district courts of the United States may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

   

before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

205


Table of Contents

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, lease, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “TOST.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 

206


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued on the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales or issuances occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our Class A common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Based on our shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020, on the closing of this offering, a total of                shares of Class A common stock and                  shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding, assuming the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock, and the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 50,766,405 shares of Class B common stock. Of these shares, all of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold by us on the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common stock, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining shares of Class B common stock will be, and shares of Class B common stock subject to stock options will be on issuance, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Restricted securities may also be sold outside of the United States to non-U.S. persons in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S.

Subject to the lock-up and market standoff agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as well as our insider trading policy, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as set forth in the table below. The information set forth in the table below is based on shares of common stock and shares underlying securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (including stock options, restricted stock units and other equity awards) as of                , 2021. The number of shares available for sale may increase in the event additional shares or securities are issued or granted after                , 2021.

 

207


Table of Contents

Earliest Date Available for Sale in the Public Market

  

Number of Shares of Class A Common Stock

The commencement of trading on the second trading day after the date that we publicly announce our earnings (the “earnings release date”) for the third quarter of 2021.    Up to                  shares. Represents securities held by Service Providers or Estate Planning Transferees (as defined under “— Lock-Up and Market Standoff Agreements” below).
The second trading day after the Applicable Final Testing Date (as defined under “— Lock-Up and Market Standoff Agreements” below), provided that the closing price of our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus for the periods described under “— Lock-Up and Market Standoff Agreements” below. The Applicable Final Testing Date may be as early as the first trading day following the earnings release date or as late as the fifteenth trading day following the earnings release date, depending on the trading performance of the Class A common stock.    Up to                  shares. Includes certain securities held by executive officers, directors and others who are not executive officers, directors, Service Providers or Estate Planning Transferees.
The earlier of (i) the opening of trading on the second trading day immediately following our public release of earnings for the year ending December 31, 2021, and (ii) the 180th day after the date of this prospectus.    All remaining shares held by our stockholders not previously eligible for sale.

Lock-Up and Market Standoff Agreements

We and all of our directors, executive officers, and certain other holders that together represent approximately     % of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters that, until 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, and will not cause or direct any of our or their respective affiliates to, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, directly or indirectly:

 

  (i)

offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend, or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock (such options, warrants, or other securities, collectively, “derivative instruments”);

 

  (ii)

engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge, or other disposition (whether by such holder or someone other than such holder), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any shares of our common stock or derivative instruments, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or

 

208


Table of Contents
  (iii)

otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clauses (i) or (ii) above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

  (1)

up to 15% of the shares of common stock (including shares underlying vested securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock) held as of October 15, 2021, or the Holdings Measurement Date, by “Service Providers,” who are defined as employees and consultants that are individuals and former employees and consultants that are individuals (but excluding directors and executive officers), or by an “Estate Planning Transferee,” who is defined as a trust for the direct or indirect benefit of a Service Provider or an immediate family member of a Service Provider, may be sold beginning at the commencement of trading on the second trading day after the date that we publicly announce our earnings for the third quarter of 2021, or the earnings release date;

 

  (2)

up to 15% of the shares of common stock (including shares underlying vested securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock) held as of the Holdings Measurement Date by directors, executive officers, or any holder that is not a director, executive officer, Service Provider, or Estate Planning Transferee may be sold beginning at the opening of trading on the second trading day after the Applicable Final Testing Date, provided that the closing price per share of our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price per share of the Class A common stock set forth on the cover of this prospectus (a) on at least 10 trading days in any 15 consecutive trading day period ending on or after the earnings release date but not later than the fifteenth trading day following the earnings release date (any such period during which such condition is first satisfied, is referred to as the “measurement period”) and (b) on the Applicable Final Testing Date. The “Applicable Final Testing Date” is (i) the first trading day after the measurement period, if the last day of the measurement period is the earnings release date, or (ii) the last day of the measurement period, if the last day of the measurement period is after the earnings release date; and

 

  (3)

the restricted period will terminate on the earlier of (i) the commencement of the second trading day immediately after we announce earnings for the year ending December 31, 2021, and (ii) 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Subject to certain additional limitations, including those relating to public filings required to be or voluntarily made in connection with a transfer, the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements do not apply to:

 

   

transfers as a bona fide gift or gifts or charitable contribution, or for bona fide estate planning purposes;

 

   

to a transferring stockholder’s immediate family or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the stockholder or an immediate family of the stockholder, or if the transferring holder is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or beneficiary of such trust (including such beneficiary’s estate);

 

   

upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession;

 

   

transfers by a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity to (i) its affiliated entities, (ii) any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the transferor or its affiliated entities, or (iii) as part of a distribution to its stockholders, partners, members, or other equity holders;

 

   

transfers by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

209


Table of Contents
   

transfers to us in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, shares of restricted stock, options, warrants, or other rights to purchase shares of our common stock (including by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of tax withholdings and remittance payments due as a result of any such securities or rights;

 

   

any sales in open market transactions during the restricted period to generate net proceeds for tax or estimated tax that become due as a result of the vesting or settlement of equity compensation awards;

 

   

transfers pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation, or other similar transaction that is approved by the board of directors and made to all holders of our common stock, and which involves a change in control;

 

   

transfers of common stock or other securities acquired (i) from the underwriters in this offering or (ii) in open market transactions after the date of this offering; or

 

   

the entry into a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act relating to the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period (other than transfers of shares subject to early release from the restricted period as set forth above).

An entity affiliated with Steven Papa, a former member of our Board of Directors, has pledged 10,182,038 shares of Class B common stock to certain lenders to secure personal loans. Such lenders have agreed that, in the event of a foreclosure in respect of such loans, they will be bound by the lock-up agreements. In addition, Mr. Papa has agreed that he and his affiliates will not pledge additional shares of our common stock or increase the principal amount of the loans secured by shares of common stock owned by him or his affiliates during the restricted period unless (i) the loan-to-value ratio in respect of all loans secured by such pledges is less than 20% at the time any such additional pledge is granted or loan is made and (ii) the lenders agree that, in the event of a foreclosure in respect of such loans, they will be bound by the lock-up agreements in favor of the underwriters.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements in whole or in part at any time, subject to applicable notice requirements.

In addition, substantially all of the remaining approximately     % of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering, comprised of equity awards issued under our equity incentive plans, are subject to market standoff agreements with us that restrict certain transfers of such securities during the restricted period, and such securities will be subject to the same early release terms as set forth in the lock-up agreement. Notwithstanding the terms of such market standoff agreements, our stock trading policy prohibits hedging by all of our current directors, officers and employees. As a result of the foregoing, substantially all of our outstanding common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering are subject to a lock-up agreement or market standoff provisions during the restricted period.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, an eligible stockholder is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. To be an eligible stockholder under Rule 144, such stockholder must not be deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90

 

210


Table of Contents

days preceding a sale and must have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell shares upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, within any three-month period, such stockholders may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                 shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of                shares of our Class B common stock or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately on the effectiveness of the registration. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Registration Statements on Form S-8

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act with the SEC to register the offer and sale of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that are issuable under our 2014 Plan, 2021 Plan, and ESPP. These registration statements will become effective immediately on filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described above, and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

 

211


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a general discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a non-resident alien individual;

 

   

a foreign corporation or any other foreign organization taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or

 

   

a foreign estate or trust, the income of which is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. In addition, the IRS could challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this prospectus.

We assume in this discussion that each non-U.S. holder holds shares of our Class A common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the alternative minimum tax, the rules regarding qualified small business stock within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code, the Medicare Contribution Tax or any U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address any special tax rules that may apply to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

tax-exempt or governmental organizations;

 

   

financial institutions;

 

   

brokers or dealers in securities;

 

   

pension plans;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

owners that hold our Class A common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment;

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds,” or entities wholly owned by a “qualified foreign pension fund”;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

U.S. expatriates;

 

   

persons who have elected to mark securities to market; or

 

   

persons that acquire our Class A common stock as compensation for services.

 

212


Table of Contents

In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other entities that are transparent for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons who hold their Class A common stock through such entities. In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner in such partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. A person treated as a partner in a partnership or who holds their stock through another transparent entity should consult his, her or its tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock through a partnership or other transparent entity, as applicable.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of our Class A common stock.

Distributions on our Class A Common Stock

We do not currently expect to pay dividends. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” above in this prospectus. However, in the event that we do pay distributions of cash or property on our Class A common stock, those distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in our Class A common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading “Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock.”

Subject also to the discussions below under the headings “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence. If we or the applicable withholding agent are unable to determine, at a time reasonably close to the date of payment of a distribution on our Class A common stock, what portion, if any, of the distribution will constitute a dividend, then we or the applicable withholding agent may withhold U.S. federal income tax on the basis of assuming that the full amount of the distribution will be a dividend. If we or another withholding agent apply over-withholding, a non-U.S. holder may be entitled to a refund or credit of any excess tax withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must generally provide us or the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed original IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, will be taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

 

213


Table of Contents

A non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide us or the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements in order for us or the applicable withholding agent to withhold at such lower treaty rate to which he, she or it is may be entitled. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for such lower rate of U.S. withholding tax as may be specified under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Any documentation provided to an applicable withholding agent may need to be updated in certain circumstances. The certification requirements described above also may require a non-U.S. holder to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below under the headings “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to U.S. persons, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, may also apply;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which the non-U.S. holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the disposition (without taking into account any capital loss carryovers); or

 

   

we are or were a “U.S. real property holding corporation” during a certain look-back period, unless our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder held no more than five percent of our outstanding Class A common stock, directly or indirectly, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our Class A common stock. Generally, a corporation is a “U.S. real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we believe that we have not been and are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We (or the applicable paying agent) must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our Class A common stock paid to such holder and the tax

 

214


Table of Contents

withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our Class A common stock. Generally, a holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a foreign broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement. Any documentation provided to an applicable withholding agent may need to be updated in certain circumstances.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder may be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Provisions of the Code commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments of dividends on our Class A common stock paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, if any, or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA. Such withholding may also apply to payments of proceeds of sales or other dispositions of our Class A common stock, although under proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations (the preamble to which specifies that taxpayers are permitted to rely on them pending finalization), no withholding will apply to such payments of gross proceeds. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of this withholding tax. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our Class A common stock and the entities through which they hold our Class A common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of the 30% withholding tax under FATCA.

The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our Class A common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

 

215


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Piper Sandler & Co.

  

Canaccord Genuity LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

R. Seelaus & Co., LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

                       
  

 

 

 

The underwriters will be committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters will have an option to purchase up to an additional                shares from us. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                additional shares.

 

     No Exercise    Full Exercise

Per Share

   $    $

Total

   $    $

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $                per share from the public offering price. After the offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and all of our directors, executive officers, and certain other holders that together represent approximately         % of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters that, until 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, and will not cause or direct any of our or their respective affiliates to, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, directly or indirectly:

 

  (i)

offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend, or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our

 

216


Table of Contents
  common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock (such options, warrants, or other securities, collectively, derivative instruments);

 

  (ii)

engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap, or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge, or other disposition (whether by such holder or someone other than such holder), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any shares of our common stock or derivative instruments, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or

 

  (iii)

otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clauses (i) or (ii) above.

The restrictions set forth above with respect to other persons who entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters became effective on the date such agreements were signed. Securities issued pursuant to our equity incentive plans to persons who have executed a lock-up agreement with the underwriters or a market standoff agreement with us are subject to the applicable market standoff provisions generally beginning no later than the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

  (1)

up to 15% of the shares of common stock (including shares underlying vested securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock) held as of October 15, 2021, or the Holdings Measurement Date, by “Service Providers,” who are defined as employees and consultants that are individuals and former employees and consultants that are individuals (but excluding directors and executive officers), or by an “Estate Planning Transferee,” who is defined as a trust for the direct or indirect benefit of a Service Provider or an immediate family member of a Service Provider, may be sold beginning at the commencement of trading on the second trading day after the date that we publicly announce our earnings for the third quarter of 2021, or the earnings release date;

 

  (2)

up to 15% of the shares of common stock (including shares underlying vested securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock) held as of the Holdings Measurement Date by directors, executive officers, or any holder that is not a director, executive officer, Service Provider, or Estate Planning Transferee may be sold beginning at the opening of trading on the second trading day after the Applicable Final Testing Date, provided that the closing price per share of our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price per share of the Class A common stock set forth on the cover of this prospectus (a) on at least 10 trading days in any 15 consecutive trading day period ending on or after the earnings release date but not later than the fifteenth trading day following the earnings release date (any such period during which such condition is first satisfied, is referred to as the “measurement period”) and (b) on the Applicable Final Testing Date. The “Applicable Final Testing Date” is (i) the first trading day after the measurement period, if the last day of the measurement period is the earnings release date, or (ii) the last day of the measurement period, if the last day of the measurement period is after the earnings release date; and

 

  (3)

the restricted period will terminate on the earlier of (i) the commencement of the second trading day immediately after we announce earnings for the year ending December 31, 2021, and (ii) 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

217


Table of Contents

Subject to certain additional limitations, including those relating to public filings required to be or voluntarily made in connection with a transfer, the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements do not apply to:

 

   

transfers as a bona fide gift or gifts or charitable contribution, or for bona fide estate planning purposes;

 

   

to a transferring stockholder’s immediate family or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the stockholder or an immediate family of the stockholder, or if the transferring holder is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or beneficiary of such trust (including such beneficiary’s estate);

 

   

upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession;

 

   

transfers by a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, or other business entity to (i) its affiliated entities, (ii) any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the transferor or its affiliated entities, or (iii) as part of a distribution to its stockholders, partners, members, or other equity holders;

 

   

transfers by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

   

transfers to us in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, shares of restricted stock, options, warrants, or other rights to purchase shares of our common stock (including by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of tax withholdings and remittance payments due as a result of any such securities or rights;

 

   

any sales in open market transactions during the restricted period to generate net proceeds for tax or estimated tax that become due as a result of the vesting or settlement of equity compensation awards;

 

   

transfers pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation, or other similar transaction that is approved by the board of directors and made to all holders of our common stock, and which involves a change in control;

 

   

transfers of common stock or other securities acquired (i) from the underwriters in this offering or (ii) in open market transactions after the date of this offering; or

 

   

the entry into a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act relating to the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period (other than transfers of shares subject to early release from the restricted period as set forth above).

The restrictions on us set forth above are subject to certain exceptions, including with respect to:

 

   

the sale of the shares of Class A common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

   

the conversion, exercise or exchange of convertible, exercisable or exchangeable securities outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and described in this prospectus;

 

   

stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or other equity awards, and the issuance of shares of common stock with respect thereto or upon the exercise, vesting or settlement thereof (including any “net” or “cashless” exercises or settlements), pursuant to the terms of equity plans described in this prospectus;

 

   

the sale or issuance of, or entry into an agreement providing for the sale or issuance of, common stock or securities convertible into, exercisable for or which are otherwise exchangeable for or represent the right to receive common stock, in connection with (x) the acquisition by us of the securities, business, technology, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by us in connection with

 

218


Table of Contents
 

such acquisition or (y) joint ventures, commercial relationships and other strategic transactions, provided that the aggregate number of shares of common stock that we may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this exception may not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately following this offering;

 

   

the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and of shares of Class A common stock upon the conversion of shares of Class B common stock; and

 

   

the issuance by us of up to                  shares of Class A common stock as a bona fide gift to a charitable organization.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements or restriction on us, in whole or in part at any time, subject to applicable notice requirements.

In addition, substantially all of the remaining approximately         % of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering comprised of equity awards issued under our equity incentive plans are subject to market standoff agreements with us that restrict certain transfers of such securities during the restricted period, and such securities will be subject to the same early release terms as set forth in lock-up agreement. Notwithstanding the terms of such market standoff agreements, our stock trading policy prohibits hedging by all of our current directors, officers and employees. As a result of the foregoing, substantially all of our outstanding common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering are subject to a lock-up agreement or market standoff provisions during the restricted period.

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TOST.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions, and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the number of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the number of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

219


Table of Contents

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Class A common stock. As a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                 million.

We will also agree to reimburse the underwriters for expenses in an amount not to exceed $35,000 relating to any applicable state securities filings and to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. We will also agree to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to             shares of Class A common stock, or         % of the shares offered by this prospectus, for sale at the initial public offering price, to certain of our customers and to certain friends, directors, and advisors of the Company.

The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals or entities purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will administer our directed share program.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a Member State), no Class A common stock has been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that

 

220


Table of Contents

Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to our Class A common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)

by the underwriters to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior written consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of Class A common stock shall result in a requirement for us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in a Member State who initially acquires any Class A common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed with us and the representatives that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any Class A common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the Class A common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior written consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgments and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Class A common stock in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for our Class A common stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

No shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the FSMA;

 

221


Table of Contents

provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws. Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

Our Class A common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (Securities and Futures Ordinance), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to our Class A common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our Class A common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our Class A common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject

 

222


Table of Contents

of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where our Class A common stock is subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired our Class A common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (Regulation 32).

Where our Class A common stock is subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired our Class A common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares

 

223


Table of Contents

of Class A common stock to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares of our Class A common stock should conduct their own due diligence on such shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Switzerland

The Class A common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the Class A common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, our company or our Class A common stock has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of Class A common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority and the offer of Class A common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of Class A common stock.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of our Class A common stock may only be made to persons, or Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer our Class A common stock without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares of our Class A common stock applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares of our Class A common stock must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

224


Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus. The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, Palo Alto, California.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Toast, Inc. at December 31, 2019 and 2020, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.toasttab.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

225


Table of Contents

TOAST, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

INDEX TO ANNUAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F- 2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F- 3  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F- 4  

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F- 5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F- 6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F- 7  
INDEX TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-49  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-50  

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-51  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-53  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-54  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Toast, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Toast, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Adoption of New Accounting Standard

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method for revenue recognition in 2020.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

Boston, Massachusetts

April 30, 2021

 

F-2


Table of Contents

TOAST, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Assets:

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 150,366     $ 581,824  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $5,215 and $4,438 at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     15,091       32,633  

Merchant cash advances and loans receivable, net of allowance for uncollectable loans of $216 and $4,454 at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     11,612       872  

Inventories

     15,386       19,330  

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, net

     —         16,794  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     36,011       21,611  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     228,466       673,064  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     19,957       34,056  

Intangible assets

     10,440       6,835  

Goodwill

     35,887       35,887  

Capitalized software

     6,222       10,055  

Restricted cash

     2,308       1,214  

Security deposits

     1,846       1,633  

Noncurrent costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, net

     —         12,612  

Other non-current assets

     616       600  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     77,276       102,892  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 305,742     $ 775,956  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 31,522     $ 30,554  

Current portion of deferred revenue

     38,979       42,680  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     69,196       63,172  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     139,697       136,406  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of discount

     —         171,709  

Derivative liabilities

     —         37,443  

Warrants to purchase preferred stock

     3,187       11,405  

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     20,515       15,533  

Deferred rent, net of current portion

     25,377       18,536  

Other long-term liabilities

     837       7,007  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     49,916       261,633  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     189,613       398,039  

Commitments & Contingencies (Note 23)

    

Convertible preferred stock, $0.000001 par value—42,478,881 and 51,449,136 shares authorized, 41,921,615 and 50,766,405 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively; total liquidation value of $850,000 at December 31, 2020

     446,555       848,893  

Stockholders’ Deficit:

    

Common stock, $0.000001 par value—104,000,000 and 114,000,000 shares authorized, 42,980,280 and 43,951,086 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     —         —    

Treasury stock, at cost—40,000 and 45,000 shares outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     (460     (665

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (55     228  

Additional paid-in capital

     56,010       145,327  

Accumulated deficit

     (385,921     (615,866
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (330,426     (470,976
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 305,742     $ 775,956  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

TOAST, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Revenue:

    

Subscription services

   $ 62,443     $ 101,374  

Financial technology solutions

     531,751       644,372  

Hardware

     54,999       63,968  

Professional services

     15,836       13,420  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     665,029       823,134  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

    

Subscription services

     24,923       39,730  

Financial technology solutions

     452,786       508,816  

Hardware

     82,096       85,013  

Professional services

     41,215       45,558  

Amortization of acquired technology and customer assets

     1,660       3,604  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     602,680       682,721  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     62,349       140,413  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Sales and marketing

     129,066       139,325  

Research and development

     63,967       108,574  

General and administrative

     82,683       112,661  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     275,716       360,560  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (213,367     (220,147

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     2,106       842  

Interest expense

     —         (12,651

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (1,497     (8,218

Change in fair value of derivative liability

     —         (7,282

Other income (expense), net

     62       (486
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

     (212,696     (247,942

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     3,248       (261
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (209,448     (248,203

Redemption of Series B Preferred

     —         (812
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (209,448   $ (249,015
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (5.38   $ (6.23
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     38,964,029       39,996,593  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (209,448   $ (248,203

Other comprehensive loss:

    

Foreign currency translation

     (30     283  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (209,478   $ (247,920
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

TOAST, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Convertible
Preferred
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Treasury Stock     Stockholder     Additional
Paid-in
    Accumulated     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
    Total
Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Receivable     Capital     Deficit     Loss     Deficit  

Balances at January 1, 2019

    32,764,010     $ 196,771       39,402,008     $ —         40,000     $ (460   $ (157   $ 18,516     $ (176,473   $ (25   $ (158,599

Repurchase of common stock

    —         —         (22,275     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of common stock in connection with business combination

    —         —         108,660       —         —         —         —         2,966       —         —         2,966  

Settlement of shareholder receivable

    —         —         —         —         —         —         157       —         —         —         157  

Issuance of Series E preferred Stock

    9,157,605       250,000       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance cost of Series E preferred stock

    —         (216     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Exercise of common stock options

    —         —         3,491,887       —         —         —         —         549       —         —         549  

Vesting of restricted stock

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         270       —         —         270  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         33,709       —         —         33,709  

Cumulative translation adjustment

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (30     (30

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (209,448     —         (209,448
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2019

    41,921,615       446,555       42,980,280       —         40,000       (460     —         56,010       (385,921     (55     (330,426

Cumulative adjustment due to adoption of ASC 606

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         18,258       —         18,258  

Repurchase of common stock

    —         —         (202,376     —         5,000       (205     —         (68     —         —         (273

Redemption of Series B preferred stock

    (15,454     (30     —         —         —         —         —         (812     —         —         (812

Issuance of Series F preferred Stock

    8,860,244       402,695       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance cost of Series F preferred stock

    —         (327     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Exercise of common stock options

    —         —         1,173,182       —         —         —         —         3,480       —         —         3,480  

Vesting of restricted stock

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         358       —         —         358  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         86,359       —         —         86,359  

Cumulative translation adjustment

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         283       283  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (248,203     —         (248,203
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2020

    50,766,405     $ 848,893       43,951,086     $ —         45,000     $ (665   $ —       $ 145,327     $ (615,866   $ 228     $ (470,976
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

TOAST, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
          2019               2020       

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (209,448   $ (248,203

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     6,842       27,067  

Stock-based compensation

     33,709       86,359  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     656       326  

Amortization of costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts

     —         15,458  

Change in fair value of derivative liability

     —         7,282  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     1,497       8,218  

Change in deferred income taxes

     (3,369     —    

Non-cash interest on convertible note

     —         7,617  

Other noncash items

     238       48  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Account receivable, net

     (4,095     (12,710

Factor receivable, net

     (1,698     2,640  

Merchant cash advances made

     (22,100     —    

Merchant cash advances repaid

     12,831       8,919  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (24,414     17,952  

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, net

     —         (25,247

Inventories

     (6,673     (3,944

Accounts payable

     14,586       (6,137

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     21,960       (2,725

Deferred revenue

     22,781       (8,330

Other liabilities

     32,294       760  

Other non-current assets

     (2,080     17  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (126,483     (124,633
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Acquisition, net of customer funds obligations assumed

     (40,869     —    

Customer funds obligations assumed in acquisition

     8,172       —    

Capitalized software

     (5,601     (8,515

Purchases of property and equipment

     (9,131     (27,557

Other

     —         212  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (47,429     (35,860
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from secured borrowings

     9,846       —    

Repayments of secured borrowings

     (2,948     (9,223

Change in customer funds obligations, net

     (1,457     3,923  

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     —         194,850  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     549       3,480  

Proceeds from issuance of restricted stock

     607       368  

Proceeds from issuance of Series E Preferred

     249,784       —    

Proceeds from issuance of Series F Preferred

     —         402,368  

Redemption of Series B Preferred

     —         (842

Repurchase of restricted stock

     (44     (153

Repurchase of common stock

     —         (273
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     256,337       594,498  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, cash held on behalf of customers and restricted cash

     82,425       434,005  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (30     282  

Cash, cash equivalents, cash held on behalf of customers and restricted cash at beginning of period

     76,994       159,389  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, cash held on behalf of customers and restricted cash at end of period

   $ 159,389     $ 593,676  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, cash held on behalf of customers and restricted cash

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 150,366     $ 581,824  

Cash held on behalf of customers

     6,715       10,638  

Restricted cash

     2,308       1,214  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, cash held on behalf of customers and restricted cash

   $ 159,389     $ 593,676  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 107     $ 4,533  

Cash received for interest

   $ 3,558     $ 842  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment included in accounts payable

   $ 10,914     $ 5,323  

Stock issued for business combinations

   $ 2,966     $ —    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

TOAST, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

Toast, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company” or “Toast”), a Delaware corporation, is a cloud-based end-to-end technology platform purpose-built for the entire restaurant community. Toast’s platform provides a comprehensive suite of software as a service (“SaaS”) products, financial technology solutions including integrated payment processing, restaurant-grade hardware, and a broad ecosystem of third-party partners. Toast serves as the restaurant operating system, connecting front of house and back of house operations across dine-in, takeout, and delivery channels.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Comprehensive loss is composed of two components: net loss and other comprehensive loss (income). Other comprehensive loss (income) refers to expenses and losses that under U.S. GAAP are recorded as an element of stockholders’ deficit but are excluded from the Company’s net loss. For all periods presented, the Company’s other comprehensive loss (income) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments related to the Company’s foreign subsidiary.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company is subject to a number of risks common to emerging, technology-based companies, including a limited operating history; dependence on key individuals; rapid technological changes; competition from substitute products and larger companies; the need for additional financing to fund future operations; and the successful development, marketing, and outsourced manufacturing of its products and services as well as the impact of the novel coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”) on the restaurant industry.

Liquidity

Through December 31, 2020, the Company has funded its operations primarily with proceeds from contracts with customers, proceeds from sales of its convertible preferred stock and borrowings under a convertible debt arrangement. The Company has incurred recurring losses since its inception, including net losses of $209,448 and $248,203 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $615,866 and the Company expects to continue to generate significant operating losses for the foreseeable future. As of April 30, 2021, the date these consolidated financial statements were available for issuance, the Company expects that its existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least twelve months following the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering (“IPO”) of its Class A common stock. In the event the Company does not complete an IPO, the Company expects to seek additional funding through private equity financings, debt financings, or other capital sources. The Company may not be able to obtain financing on acceptable terms, or at all, and the terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of the Company’s stockholders.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Impact of COVID-19

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 a pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic has rapidly impacted market and economic conditions globally. In an attempt to limit the spread of the virus, various governmental restrictions have been implemented, including business activity and travel restrictions as well as “shelter-at-home” orders. These restrictions impacted restaurants in various ways, including limiting service to takeout orders for a period of time or reducing capacity to accommodate social distancing recommendations.

The Company considered the potential effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on its consolidated financial statements and the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and 2020. During 2020, the Company accrued $16,791 of lease termination costs at their net present value, recognizing a loss of $2,766 (net of reversals of related deferred rent representing accounting recognition of escalating lease costs on a normalized basis), which had been in connection with the termination of leases for two office facilities, with $9,500 payable up front and the balance payable in monthly installments through 2026. In addition, the Company incurred costs of $16,036 related to accelerated depreciation on certain leasehold improvements and other property and equipment. The Company also completed a significant reduction in workforce in April 2020, pursuant to which it incurred severance costs of $10,127 and stock-based compensation expense of $2,793 in connection with the modification of previously issued employee stock option awards. As of December 31, 2020, the Company recorded a liability of $6,930 in connection with the lease termination fee. In addition to the restructuring liabilities described above, the Company engaged in efforts to reduce operating expenses and has taken other measures to reduce discretionary spending while conditions remain uncertain for the restaurant industry.

In light of the evolving nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and the uncertainty it has produced around the world, it is not possible to predict the cumulative and ultimate impact of the pandemic on the Company’s future business operations, results of operations, financial position, liquidity, and cash flows. The extent of the impact of the pandemic on the Company’s business and financial results will depend largely on future developments, including the duration of the spread of the pandemic both globally and within the United States, the impact on capital, foreign currency exchange, and financial markets, the impact of governmental or regulatory orders that impact the Company’s business, and the effect on global supply chains, all of which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. For example, increased demand for semiconductor chips in 2020, due in part to the COVID-19 pandemic and an increased use of personal electronics, has created a global shortfall of microchip supply, and it is yet unknown how and the extent to which the Company may be impacted. The Company will continue to actively monitor the impacts of and responses to the COVID-19 pandemic and its related risks.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates, judgments, and assumptions in these consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, allowances for uncollectable loans and merchant cash advances, loan servicing assets, allowance for excessive and obsolete inventory, reserves for warranties on hardware sold, reserves for sales returns, guarantees for losses on customer loans held with a bank the Company partners with, business combinations and other acquired intangible assets, stock-based compensation, warrants, convertible debt, debt derivatives and common stock valuation. Actual results could vary from those estimates.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company generated four types of revenue, including: (1) subscription services from its SaaS products, (2) financial technology services, including loan servicing activities, (3) hardware, and (4) professional services. Our contracts often include promises to transfer multiple products and services to a customer.

ASC 605

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 is presented under Accounting Standards Codification 605, Revenue Recognition (“ASC 605” or “Topic 605”). Under Topic 605, the Company recognized revenue when all the following criteria were met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; the sales price is fixed or determinable; collection is reasonably assured; and services have been rendered.

Subscription service revenue recognized under Topic 605 primarily included fees for customer use of the Company’s SaaS products. The subscription service revenue was recognized ratably over the service period as service is provided.

Financial technology solutions revenue recognized under Topic 605 consisted primarily of transaction-based services from payment processing for cardholder transactions for its customers for which the Company charges a transaction fee that is generally calculated as a percentage of the total transaction amount processed. Financial technology solutions revenue from payment processing was recognized on a gross basis and interchange fees and other transaction costs were recorded as costs of revenue.

Hardware revenue recognized under Topic 605 primarily included sales of tablets and related accessories. The hardware revenue was recognized upon shipment of products to customers. The Company maintains an allowance for customer returns based on historical return data.

Professional services revenue recognized under Topic 605 primarily included fees from consultation services to support the business process mapping, configuration and training. Amounts invoiced to customers in advance are recorded to deferred revenue and recognized as services occur. The Company calculates an allowance for returns and customer credits based on historical data.

For contracts with multiple element arrangements, the Company evaluates each element in a multiple-element arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has stand-alone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable and substantially controlled by the Company. The Company considers a deliverable to have stand-alone value if the product or service is sold separately by the Company or another vendor or could be resold by the customer. The Company allocates revenue to the separate units of accounting at the inception of the arrangement on the basis of the relative selling price for each unit of accounting. The selling price for each element is based upon the following selling price hierarchy: vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available, or the Company’s best estimated selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE are available.

ASC 606

Effective on January 1, 2020, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, (“ASC 606” or “Topic 606”) using the modified retrospective method of transition. Modified retrospective adoption requires entities to apply the

 

F-9


Table of Contents

standard retrospectively to the most current period presented in the financial statements, requiring the cumulative effect of the retrospective application as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at the date of initial application. Accordingly, results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2020 are presented under ASC 606, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company’s historic revenue recognition methodology under ASC 605.

The Company applied ASC 606 to all contracts that were effective as of January 1, 2020. Under this method, the Topic 606 was applied to contracts that were not complete as of January 1, 2020. The Company elected to adopt the practical expedient outlined in ASC 606 and analyzed the aggregate effect of all contract modifications that occurred prior to January 1, 2020.

The Company recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment of $18,258 in accumulated deficit upon the adoption of ASU 2014-09, which includes the impact of ASC 606 on the Company’s accounting for revenue recognition and costs to obtain a contract.

Under the guidance of ASC 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In order to achieve this core principle, the following five steps are applied:

 

  1.

Identify the contract(s) with a customer.

 

  2.

Identify the performance obligations in the contract.

 

  3.

Determine the transaction price.

 

  4.

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

 

  5.

Recognize revenue as the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company generated revenue through four revenue streams, including: (1) subscription services, (2) financial technology solutions, (3) hardware, and (4) professional services. The Company’s contracts often include promises to transfer multiple products and services to a customer. Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately versus together may require significant judgment. The Company allocates total arrangement consideration at the inception of an arrangement to each performance obligation using the relative selling price allocation method based on each distinct performance obligation’s standalone selling price (“SSP”). Judgment is required to determine the SSP for each distinct performance obligation. The Company determined the SSP for hardware and professional services revenue using an adjusted market assessment approach which analyzes discounts provided to similar customers based on customer category and size. SSP for subscription services revenue was established using the adjusted market approach considering relevant information such as current and new customer pricing, renewal pricing, competitor information, market trends and market share for similar services. SSP for financial technology solutions revenue was determined using the Company’s own standalone sales data. The Company allocates all variable fees earned from financial technology services revenue to that distinct performance obligation on the basis its pricing practices for that performance obligation are consistent with the allocation objective under ASC 606.

Customer credits are estimated based on historical experience. The provision for these estimates is recorded as a reduction of revenue and increase to liabilities at the time that the related revenue is recorded.

The Company facilitates customers receiving financing from third-party lenders for hardware, professional services, and the initial SaaS subscription services term. The Company has partnerships

 

F-10


Table of Contents

with these third-party financing firms that ultimately decide whether to extend credit to the customers. The Company pays the equivalent of an early payment discount to the third-party financing partners as a reduction of revenue, as it considers such costs to be a customer sales incentive. Under its arrangements with the financing firms, the Company also assumes a limited portion of the risk of customer defaults, which is accrued upon origination of the financing agreements under ASC 460, Guarantees (ASC 460). Costs incurred to date under such guarantees have not been material.

Subscription services

Subscription services revenue is generated from fees charged to customers for access to the Company’s software applications. Subscription services revenue is primarily based on a rate per location, and this rate varies depending on the number of software products purchased, hardware configuration, and employee count. The performance obligation is satisfied ratably over the contract period as the service is provided, commencing when the subscription service is made available to the customer. The Company’s contracts with customers are generally for a term ranging from 12 to 36 months. Amounts invoiced in excess of revenue recognized are deferred revenue.

Financial technology solutions

Financial technology solutions revenue includes transaction-based payment processing services for customers which are charged a transaction fee for payment-processing transactions. This transaction fee is generally calculated as a percentage of the total transaction amount processed plus a fixed per-transaction fee, which is earned as transactions are authorized and submitted for processing. The Company incurs costs of interchange and network assessment fees, processing fees, and bank settlement fees to the third-party payment processors and financial institutions involved in settlement, which are recorded as cost of revenues. The Company satisfies its payment processing performance obligations and recognizes the transaction fees as revenue upon authorization by the issuing bank and submission for processing. The transaction fees collected are recognized as revenue on a gross basis as the Company is the principal in the delivery of the managed payments solutions to the customers.

The Company has concluded that it is the principal in this performance obligation to provide a managed payment solution because it controls the payment processing services before the customer receives them, performs authorization and fraud check procedures prior to submitting transactions for processing in the payment network, has sole discretion over which third-party acquiring payment processors it will use and is ultimately responsible to the customers for amounts owed if those acquiring payment processors do not fulfill their obligations. The Company generally has full discretion in setting prices charged to the customers. Additionally, the Company is obligated to comply with certain payment card network operating rules and contractual obligations under the terms of its registration as a payment facilitator and as a master merchant under its third-party acquiring payment processor agreements which make it liable for the costs of processing the transactions for its customers and chargebacks and other financial losses if such amounts cannot be recouped from the restaurant.

Financial technology solutions revenue is recorded net of refunds and reversals initiated by the restaurant and are recognized upon authorization by the issuing bank and submission for processing. The Company allocates all variable fees earned from transaction-based revenue to this performance obligation on the basis that it is consistent with the ASC 606 allocation objectives.

Financial technology solutions revenue also includes fees earned from marketing and servicing working capital loans to customers through the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Toast Capital, that are originated by a third-party bank. The Company believes Toast Capital is uniquely qualified to

 

F-11


Table of Contents

underwrite and competitively price loans that range from $5 to $100 to eligible Toast customers by using patented systems for loan origination that incorporate historical POS data and payment processing volume. In these arrangements, Toast Capital’s bank partner originates all loans, and Toast Capital then services the loans using Toast’s payments infrastructure to remit a fixed percentage of daily sales until the loan is paid back. Toast Capital earns fees for the underwriting and marketing of loans, which are recognized upon origination of the loan, and loan servicing fees, based on a percentage of each outstanding loan, which is recognized as servicing revenue as the servicing is delivered in accordance with ASC 860 Transfers and Servicing. Servicing revenue is adjusted for the amortization of servicing rights carried at amortized cost. The marketing and facilitation fees earned upon execution of these loan agreements with its customers are recognized as revenue on a gross basis. The Company also provides limited guarantees for customer defaults which are accounted for under ASC 460 as described further in the subsection to Note 2 Assets and Liabilities Recorded with Loan Servicing Activities.

Hardware

Hardware revenue is generated from the sale of terminals, tablets, handhelds, and related devices and accessories, net of estimated returns. Revenue for hardware sales is recognized at the point in time at which the transfer of control occurs in accordance with agreed upon shipping terms, satisfying the performance obligation. The Company allows for customer returns and accrues the amount expected as a sales credit. The Company estimates these credits based on historical experience and reduces revenue recognized accordingly. The Company invoices end-user customers upon shipment of the products.

Professional services

Professional services revenue is generated from fees charged to customers for installation services, including business process mapping, configuration, and training. Professional services are sold separately. Amounts invoiced in advance are recorded as deferred revenue. The duration of providing professional services to the customer is relatively short and completed in a matter of days. The performance obligation for professional services is considered to be satisfied upon the completion of the installation.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of costs associated with payment processing, personnel, and related infrastructure for operation of the Company’s cloud-based platform, data center operations, customer support, loan servicing and allocated overhead. Hardware costs consist of all product costs associated with tablets, printers, and other peripherals. Employee-related costs consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation. Overhead consists of certain facilities costs, depreciation expense, and amortization costs associated with internally developed software.

Payment processing costs include interchange fees, network assessment fees and fees paid to the acquiring processor.

Business Combinations

The purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition dates. The excess of total consideration over the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding

 

F-12


Table of Contents

offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments would be recorded on the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets and liabilities of the Company are carried at fair value under U.S. GAAP. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels of the fair value hierarchy, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable:

 

   

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 2—Observable inputs (other than Level 1 quoted prices), such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets or liabilities, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

   

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to determining the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques.

The Company’s warrants to purchase preferred stock and convertible debt related derivative liabilities are carried at fair value, determined according to Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy described above (See Note 5). The carrying values of accounts receivable, merchant cash advances receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these liabilities.

Foreign Currency Translation

The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of the Company’s Ireland subsidiary is in the local currency. The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated using exchange rates in effect at the consolidated balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Exchange-rate differences resulting from translation adjustments are accounted for as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Cash Held on Behalf of Customers and Restricted Cash

The Company defines cash and cash equivalents as highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the time of purchase. At December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents consisted primarily of cash held in checking and money market accounts.

Cash held on behalf of customers represents an asset that is restricted for the purpose of satisfying obligations to remit funds to various tax authorities to satisfy customers’ payroll, tax and other obligations. Cash held on behalf of customers is included within prepaid expenses and other current assets and the corresponding customer funds obligation is included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Restricted cash relates to cash held with commercial lending institutions. The restrictions are cash collateralized letters of credit to cover potential customer defaults on third-party financing arrangements. Additionally, restricted cash is held as collateral pursuant to an agreement with the originating bank for the Company’s loan product (See Note 7).

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $  150,366      $  581,824  

Cash held on behalf of customers

     6,715        10,638  

Restricted cash

     2,308        1,214  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, cash held on behalf of customers and restricted cash

   $ 159,389      $ 593,676  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains substantially all of its cash and cash equivalents with one financial institution, which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not incurred any losses associated with this concentration of deposits.

The Company has a single third-party automated clearing house acquiring processor that represented substantially all deposits in transit as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had no customers that accounted for greater than 10% of total revenue. No customers represented more than 10% of the Company’s merchant cash advances at December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are stated net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. When management becomes aware of circumstances that may decrease the likelihood of collection to a point where a receivable is no longer probable of being collected, it records an allowance against amounts due, which reduces the receivable to the amount that management reasonably believes will be collected. For all other customers, management determines the adequacy of the allowance based on historical loss patterns, the number of days that billings are past due, and an evaluation of the potential risk of loss associated with specific accounts.

Merchant Cash Advance Losses

The Company incurs loan losses on the portfolio of merchant cash advances that it originates. These losses are reflected in general and administrative expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. The establishment of appropriate reserves for transaction losses is an inherently uncertain process, and ultimate losses may vary from current estimates.

Inventories

Inventories, which consists primarily of tablets, printers, and networking equipment, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value and are accounted for using the average cost method. Inventories consist of primarily advances made to its contract manufacturers for finished goods. This

 

F-14


Table of Contents

valuation requires the Company to periodically analyze inventory quantities on hand for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on historical usage. The Company recognizes freight, handling costs, and wasted inventory as current-period costs. The Company’s inventory is held at the Company’s warehouse as well as at third-party contract manufacturer premises. The Company recorded provisions for excess and obsolete inventory as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, of $2,121 and $5,339, respectively.

Transfers of Financial Assets

The Company accounts for transfers of financial assets as sales when it has surrendered control over the related assets. Whether control has been relinquished requires, among other things, an evaluation of relevant legal considerations and an assessment of the nature and extent of the Company’s continuing involvement with the assets transferred.

Transfers of financial assets that do not qualify for sale accounting are reported as secured borrowings. Accordingly, the related assets remain on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and continue to be reported and accounted for as if the transfer had not occurred. Cash proceeds from these transfers are reported as liabilities, with attributable interest expense recognized over the life of the related transactions.

Assets and Liabilities Recorded with Loan Servicing Activities

Capitalized servicing rights include rights associated with servicing loans originated by the industrial bank that the Company partners with. A servicing asset (or liability) is recognized on the consolidated balance sheets when benefits of servicing are expected to be greater (or lower) than adequate compensation for performing servicing by the Company. No servicing rights are recorded if the amounts earned represent adequate compensation. In determining adequate compensation, the Company compares its level of compensation to the level of compensation demanded by current market prices.

Servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value. Initial measurement is based on an analysis of discounted cash flows based on assumptions that market participants use to estimate fair value. Subsequently, servicing rights are amortized over the expected period of estimated net servicing income and assessed for impairment.

Amortization of servicing rights is recorded in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. Resulting amortization expense is recorded as an adjustment to net financial technology solutions revenue on the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

Impairment (or an increased obligation) is recognized through a valuation allowance and a charge to current period earnings if it is considered to be temporary. If circumstances indicate that the likelihood of future recovery of the impaired assets or liability is remote, the Company directly writes-down such assets and relieves the valuation account.

The Company assumes liability on loans it services for defaults on a limited basis based on a specified percentage of the total loans originated which are measured on a quarterly basis. The estimated liability is accounted for as a guarantee under ASC 460 and recorded as a reduction of net revenue at the time the loans are originated and is trued up over the period of repayment. If the merchant falls behind in payments for a defined period of time, the loan is considered delinquent and the Company is required to purchase the loan from its bank partner and such purchase will reduce the Company’s potential liability with respect to the quarterly cohort of loans from which the defaulted loan originated, as described further in Note 7.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated over their estimated lives using the straight-line method. The useful life of leasehold improvements and capital leases are determined by the economic useful life of the assets or the term of the leases, whichever is shorter. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, whereas major betterments are capitalized as additions to property and equipment. Depreciation is provided for by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Property and Equipment

               Estimated Useful Life             

Computer and other equipment

   3 years

Office furniture and fixtures

   3 years

Tooling

   3 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of estimated useful
life or remaining lease
term

Capitalized Software and Intangible Assets, Net

The Company accounts for its internal use software and website development costs in accordance with the guidance in ASC 350-40, Internal-Use Software. The costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental, are capitalized until the application is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, at which point amortization begins.

Intangible assets consist of acquired technology, customer intangible assets, acquired trade names and capitalized software and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.

Acquired technology is amortized over its useful life on a straight-line basis within cost of revenue. Amortization of customer relationships acquired is amortized over its useful life on a straight-line basis within operating expenses.

The estimated useful lives for acquired technology, customer intangible assets, acquired trade names and capitalized software are as follows:

 

Intangible Assets & Capitalized Software

   Estimated Useful Life

Acquired technology

   3 years

Customer acquired intangible assets

   6 years

Trade names

   1.5 years

Capitalized software

   2 years

Long-Lived Assets, Including Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company evaluates the recoverability of property and equipment and finite lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset or an asset group to estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated. If the carrying amount of the long–lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values, and third–party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. The Company concluded it was comprised of one reporting unit as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The Company performs a goodwill impairment test annually on December 31 and more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying amount and determine whether further action is needed. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, the Company determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary.

Acquired intangible assets consist of acquired technology and customer relationships related to an acquisition. Acquired technology is amortized over its estimated useful life on a straight-line basis within cost of revenue. Customer relationships are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives within operating expenses. The Company evaluates the remaining estimated useful life of its intangible assets being amortized on an ongoing basis to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue is composed of amounts deferred from subscription services contracts, professional service engagements, and deposits paid in advance. Amounts deferred under subscription services contracts with customers are recognized ratably over the life of the respective customer contract. Deferrals for professional services include amounts that have been paid for in advance, but the services are yet to be completed or accepted by the customer. Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities are excluded from revenue and deferred revenue.

Leases

The Company leases office space under non-cancellable operating leases with various expiration dates. For leases that contain rent escalations, the Company records the total rent payable during the lease term on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease and records the difference between the rent paid and the straight-line rent as a deferred rent liability. In addition, lease incentive payments received from landlords are recorded as deferred rent liabilities and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term as a reduction of rent expense.

Classification of Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company has applied the guidance in ASC 480-10-S99-3A, SEC Staff Announcement: Classification and Measurement of Securities and has therefore classified the Series A, B, C, D, E and F convertible preferred stock as temporary equity. The convertible preferred stock is recorded outside of stockholders’ deficit because, in the event of certain deemed liquidation events considered not solely within the Company’s control, such as a merger, acquisition and sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, the convertible preferred stock would be redeemable at the option of the holders. In the event of such a deemed liquidation event proceeds received from the sale of such shares will be distributed in accordance with the liquidation preferences set forth in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses. The largest single component of operating expenses is employee-related expenses, which include salaries, commissions and bonuses, employee benefit costs, and stock-based compensation.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of employee-related costs incurred to acquire new customers and increase product adoption across our existing customer base. Marketing expenses also include fees incurred to generate demand through various advertising channels.

Research and development expenses consist primarily of employee-related costs associated with improvements to our platform and the development of new product offerings, as well as allocated overhead and expenses associated with the use of third-party software directly related to development of the Company’s products and services. These costs are expensed unless they meet the requirements for capitalization.

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of expenses related to operations, finance, legal, human resources, information technology, and administrative personnel. General and administrative expenses also include costs related to fees paid for certain professional services, including legal, information technology, tax and accounting services, and bad debt expenses.

General and administrative expenses also include expected transaction losses such as chargebacks for unauthorized credit card use and inability to collect on disputes between cardholders and customers of the Company. Reserves are based on estimates on prior chargeback history and current period data points indicative of transaction losses. Current period reserves are reflected in general and administrative expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. The establishment of appropriate reserves for transaction losses is an inherently uncertain process, and ultimate losses may vary from current estimates.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, was $7,894 and $6,308, respectively, and is included in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, for its employee stock option program, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards based on estimated fair values. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the estimated fair value for stock-based compensation awards with service conditions and recognize the compensation cost of share-based awards with service conditions on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. The Company uses Monte-Carlo simulations for stock-based awards with service and market conditions and recognizes the expense over the implied service period using the accelerated attribution method.

The Company estimates a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for the awards based on an analysis of actual historical experience and expected employee attrition rates. The Company’s stock option program allows for early exercise of all granted options, before vesting requirements have been satisfied. Shares acquired through the early exercise of options which have not vested at the time of an employee’s termination may be purchased by the Company at the lower of the original exercise price or the then current fair value.

The Company’s stock option program allows for early exercise of all granted options, before vesting requirements have been satisfied. Shares acquired through the early exercise of options that have not vested at the time of an employee’s termination may be purchased by the Company at the lower of the original exercise price or the then current fair value.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The Company calculates the fair value of stock options granted to employees by using the following assumptions:

Expected Volatility—The Company estimates volatility for stock option grants by evaluating the average historical volatility of a peer group of companies for the period immediately preceding the stock option grant for a term that is approximately equal to the stock options’ expected term.

Expected Term—The expected term of the Company’s stock options represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. For awards with service based vesting conditions, the Company has elected to use the midpoint of the stock options vesting term and contractual expiration period to compute the expected term, as the Company does not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior.

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term that is equal to the stock options’ expected term at the grant date.

Dividend Yield—The Company has not declared or paid dividends to date and does not anticipate declaring dividends. As such, the dividend yield has been estimated to be zero.

Income and Other Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. Income taxes are provided for the tax effect of transactions reported in the consolidated financial statements and consist of taxes currently due, plus deferred taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis, measured by enacted tax rates for years in which taxes are expected to be paid or recovered.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit of uncertain tax positions to the extent that the benefit will more likely than not be realized. The Company’s income tax returns are subject to examination by taxing authorities in jurisdictions in which the Company operates.

The Company recognizes the effect of uncertain income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in Income tax expense on the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted net loss per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average shares outstanding for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents outstanding for the period.

For purposes of the dilutive net loss per share applicable to common stockholders calculation, convertible preferred stock, warrants, convertible debt, stock options, option exercises made with non-recourse notes receivable, and unvested restricted stock are considered to be common stock

 

F-19


Table of Contents

equivalents but are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share applicable to common stockholders, as their effect would be anti-dilutive due to the fact that the Company was in a net loss position for the periods presented; therefore, basic and diluted net loss per share applicable to common stockholders were the same for the period presented.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is the chief executive officer who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company’s operations constitute a single operating segment and one reportable segment.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which supersedes most existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU No. 2014-09 is to recognize revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU No. 2014-09 defines a five-step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP. For private organizations, the standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods therein, using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients or (ii) a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU No. 2014-09 recognized at the date of adoption (which includes additional footnote disclosures). The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2020, using the modified retrospective method of transition. The Company applied ASU No. 2014-09 to all contracts that were effective as of January 1, 2020. Under this method, the Topic 606 was applied to contracts that were not complete as of January 1, 2020. The Company recorded a net reduction to retained earnings of $18,258 as of January 1, 2020 due to the cumulative impact of adopting ASU No. 2014-09, primarily related to capitalizing commissions and changes in allocation of arrangement consideration to hardware revenue and subscription revenue. See Note 3 for further disclosure on the impact of ASU No. 2014-09 adoption.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU 2018-07 simplifies the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees by aligning it with the accounting for share-based payments to employees, with certain exceptions. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after 15 December 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU 2018-07, which did not materially impact the consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Customer’s accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract, which is intended to align the requirements for capitalization of implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract with the existing guidance for internal-use software. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU 2018-15, which did not materially impact the consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), as amended, which supersedes the guidance in former ASC 840, Leases. The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than 12 months regardless of their classification. Leases with a term of 12 months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases today. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05, which defers the effective date of ASU 2016-02 for private entities to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company will defer the adoption of ASU 2016-02 pursuant to ASU 2020-05 and plans to adopt the new standard on January 1, 2022. The ASU is expected to impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures as it has certain operating lease arrangements for which it is the lessee. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-02, as amended, will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, and has since issued various amendments including ASU No. 2018-19, ASU No. 2019-04, ASU No. 2019-05, ASU No. 2019-11, and ASU 2020-02. The guidance and related amendments modify the accounting for credit losses for most financial assets and require the use of an expected loss model replacing the currently used incurred loss method. Under this model, entities will be required to estimate the lifetime expected credit loss on such instruments and record an allowance to offset the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, resulting in a net presentation of the amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements (Topic 326), Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 815), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Financial Instruments (Topic 825). The amendments clarify the scope of the credit losses standard and among other things. With respect to hedge accounting, the amendments address partial-term fair value hedges and fair value hedge basis adjustments. On recognizing and measuring financial instruments, they address the scope of the guidance, the requirement for remeasurement to fair value when using the measurement alternative, and certain disclosure requirements. This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted as long an entity has also adopted the amendments in ASU 2016-13. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740). The amendments in the updated guidance simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions and improving consistent application of other areas of the topic by clarifying the guidance. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an “emerging growth company” (EGC), as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act) and accordingly the Company may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs. The Company may take advantage of these exemptions until the Company is no longer an EGC under Section 107 of the JOBS Act, which provides that an EGC can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. The Company has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and as a result of this election, the consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. If the Company were to lose EGC status for purposes of its 2021 financial statements, it would need to adopt ASUs No. 2016-02, 2016-13, 2019-04 and 2019-12, retroactive to January 1, 2021 in its annual financial statements.

3. Revenue

Adoption of ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The Company adopted ASC 606 on January 1, 2020. Prior to the adoption of ASC 606, the Company did not allocate discounts on hardware revenue and professional services to subscription elements and variable transaction-based fees which were considered contingent revenue. Under ASC 606, arrangement consideration is allocated to each distinct performance obligation using a relative selling price allocation method based on each distinct performance obligation’s SSP, which impacted the allocation of arrangement consideration between hardware revenue and subscription services. The Company continues to allocate all variable fees earned from transaction-based revenue to this performance obligation on the basis that it is consistent with the allocation objectives in ASC 606.

Additionally, prior to the adoption of ASC 606, the Company expensed commission costs and related employer payroll taxes as incurred as costs of obtaining a contract. Under ASC 340-40, the Company is required to capitalize and amortize incremental costs of obtaining a contract, such as sales commissions and related payroll taxes, over the period of benefit, which the Company has calculated to be three years. The period of benefit for commissions paid for the acquisition of initial subscription services is determined by taking into consideration the initial estimated customer life and the technological life of the Company’s subscription services platform and related significant features. The Company adjusts the carrying value of the deferred commissions assets periodically to account for customer churn, which occurs when customers have ceased operations or otherwise discontinued use of the Company’s subscription services and financial technology solutions. Amortization expense is included in sales and marketing expense on the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the cumulative effect of changes from the adoption of ASC 606 on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of January 1, 2020 as a result of the Company adopting ASC 606 using the modified retrospective transition method:

 

     Balance as of
December 31, 2019
    Adjustments
Due to Adoption
    Balance as of
January 1, 2020
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet

      

Assets:

      

Accounts receivable

   $ 15,091     $ 5,689     $ 20,780  

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, net

     —         10,257       10,257  

Noncurrent costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, net

     —         9,360       9,360  

Liabilities:

      

Current portion of deferred revenue

     38,979       (1,591     37,388  

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     20,515       8,639       29,154  

Stockholders’ deficit:

      

Accumulated deficit

     (385,921     18,258       (367,663

The following tables summarize the effect of the adoption of ASC 606 on the Company’s select line items included in the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, as if the previous accounting was in effect:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2020  
     As reported
(ASC 606)
    Impact of Adoption     Without Adoption
(ASC 605)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet

      

Assets:

      

Accounts receivable

   $ 32,633     $  21,507     $ 11,126  

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, net

     16,794       16,794       —    

Noncurrent costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, net

     12,612       12,612       —    

Liabilities:

      

Current portion of deferred revenue

     42,680       16,674       26,006  

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     15,533       (258     15,791  

Stockholders’ deficit:

      

Accumulated deficit

     (615,866     34,497       (650,363

 

     Year ended December 31, 2020  
     As reported
(ASC 606)
    Impact of Adoption     Without Adoption
(ASC 605)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

      

Revenue:

      

Hardware revenue

   $ 63,968     $ 3,600     $ 60,368  

Subscription revenue

     101,374       2,482       98,892  

Professional services revenue

     13,420       368       13,052  

Operating Expense:

      

Sales and marketing

     139,325       (9,789     149,114  

Net loss

     (248,203     16,239       (264,442

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The Company elected to use the portfolio approach practical expedient for contracts with similar characteristics provided the accounting result will not be materially different from the result of applying the guidance at the individual contract level. The Company selected various types of contract types and vendors to ensure all possible contract considerations were being captured. The Company applied this approach to all five steps of its analysis and uses its judgment in the application of this approach to contracts and groups of similar contracts for revenue recognition.

The Company elected to use the significant financing component practical expedient to not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component if the entity expects, at contract inception, that the period between when the entity transfers a promised good or service to a customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less.

The following table summarizes the activity in deferred revenue:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2020
 

Deferred revenue, beginning of year

   $  59,494  

Cumulative adjustment for adoption of ASC 606

     7,048  
  

 

 

 

Deferred revenue, beginning of year, as adjusted

     66,542  

Deferred revenue, end of period

     58,213  

Revenue recognized in the period from amounts included in deferred revenue at the beginning of period

   $ 28,752  
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2020, approximately $235,000 of revenue is expected to be recognized from remaining performance obligations for customer contracts. We expect to recognize revenue on approximately $224,000 of these remaining performance obligations over the next 24 months, with the balance recognized thereafter.

The following table summarizes the activity in deferred contract acquisition costs:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2020
 

Beginning balance

   $ —    

Adjustment due to adoption of ASC 606

     19,617  

Capitalization of sales commissions costs

     25,247  

Amortization of sales commissions costs

     (15,458
  

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 29,406  
  

 

 

 
     Year ended
December 31,
2020
 

Capitalized sales commissions costs, current

   $ 16,794  

Capitalized sales commissions costs, noncurrent

     12,612  
  

 

 

 

Total capitalized sales commissions costs

   $ 29,406  
  

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

4. Business Combination

On July 17, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of StratEx Holdco, LLC (“StratEx”), a technology company that offers payroll services. The acquisition of StratEx enabled the Company to integrate payroll services to the Company’s existing point of sale product offering creating a cohesive solution for restaurant labor and payroll management.

The purchase consideration directly paid to shareholders consisted of $36,105 in cash and 108,660 shares of the Company’s common stock with a fair value of $2,966 supported by a contemporaneous valuation. Third-party acquisition-related costs were $1,251. The results of StratEx’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the closing date. No remeasurements of the original purchase price have been recorded during the year ended December 31, 2020. The following table summarized the consideration paid for StratEx and the fair value of the assets acquired, and liabilities assumed at the closing date:

 

Consideration:

  

Cash paid to shareholders

   $  36,105  

Common stock issued

     2,966  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration to shareholders

     39,071  

Indebtedness paid at closing

     4,764  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 43,835  
  

 

 

 

Acquired Assets and Liabilities

  

Net working capital

   $  (1,075)  

Fixed assets

     316  

Intangible technology assets

     9,400  

Intangible customer relationships

     2,600  

Intangible trade name

     100  

Goodwill

     35,887  

Deferred tax liability

     (3,393
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 43,835  
  

 

 

 

Net working capital includes $8,172 of cash held on behalf of customers, and a corresponding liability for the same amount representing the Company’s obligation to remit funds to satisfy customers’ payroll, tax, and other obligations.

Goodwill from the StratEx acquisition was primarily attributable to the value of the expected synergies created by incorporating StratEx solutions into the Company’s point of sale platform and the value of the assembled workforce. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

The acquisition of StratEx did not have a material impact on the Company’s reported revenue or net loss amounts. Accordingly, pro forma financial information has not been presented.

In connection with the acquisition of StratEx, certain individual stockholders continuing employment at the Company are eligible to receive earn-out bonuses of up to $7,000 in aggregate based on achievement of defined financial metrics for specified periods of time in the three-year period following the acquisition. The rights to such payments are tied to continuing employment at the Company and as such are considered compensatory and expected payments are accrued over the requisite service period. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company has concluded that it does not expect to pay the earn-out bonuses and hence no accrual was recorded.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

5. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table presents information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicates the level of the fair value hierarchy used to determine such fair values:

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019
Using:
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 47,416      $  —        $ —        $ 47,416  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 47,416      $ —        $ —        $ 47,416  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —        $ —        $ 3,187      $ 3,187  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ —        $ 3,187      $ 3,187  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2020
Using:
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $  142,000      $ —        $ —        $  142,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 142,000      $ —        $ —        $ 142,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —        $ —        $  11,405      $ 11,405  

Derivative liability

     —          —          37,443        37,443  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ —        $ 48,848      $ 48,848  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3.

Valuation of warrants to purchase preferred stock

The fair value for the liability for warrants to purchase preferred stock in the table above was determined based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represent a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the warrants were determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which considered as inputs the underlying price, strike price, time to expiration, volatility, risk-free interest rates, and dividend yield. The following table indicates the weighted-average assumptions made in estimating the fair value for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2019     2020  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.80     0.25

Expected term (in years)

     6-8       5-7  

Expected volatility

     56     60

Expected dividend yield

     0     0

Exercise price

   $  3.69     $  3.69  

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Valuations of convertible notes related bifurcated derivative liability and contingently issuable warrants

In June 2020, the Company issued $200,000 aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured convertible promissory notes (the “Convertible Notes”). The Convertible Notes provided a conversion option whereby upon the closing of an underwritten public offering or direct listing of the Company’s common stock on a national securities exchange, in each case, that meets certain criteria, the Convertible Notes will convert into common stock at a conversion price that represents a discount to the price paid by investors (see Note 15). The conversion option was determined to be an embedded derivative, required to be bifurcated and accounted for separately from the Convertible Notes.

Additionally, upon a voluntary redemption of the Convertible Notes, the Company is obligated to issue warrants to purchase common stock to the noteholders equal to two-thirds the principal balance divided by the strike price which is determined assuming a total equity value of $9,500,000 divided by the fully diluted share count at the time of conversion. These contingently issuable warrants to purchase common stock met the definition of a derivative and are accounted for separately and recorded based on the fair value of those warrants as adjusted for the probability that there would be a voluntary redemption of the Convertible Notes.

The fair value of the bifurcated derivative liability and contingently issuable warrants was determined based on inputs not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy.

The Company’s valuations of the bifurcated derivative liability and contingently issuable warrants were measured using an income approach based on a discounted cash flow model, as well as a probability-weighted expected return method (“PWERM”). The Company used various key assumptions, such as estimation of the timing and probability of expected future events, and selection of discount rates applied to future cash flows using a yield curve representative of the Company’s credit risk.

The following table provides a roll-forward of the aggregate fair value of the Company’s warrants to purchase preferred stock and derivative liability, for which fair value is determined using Level 3 inputs:

 

     Preferred
Stock Warrant
Liability
     Derivative
Liability
 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

   $ 1,690      $ —    

Change in fair value

     1,497        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     3,187        —    

Fair value at issuance

     —          30,161  

Change in fair value

     8,218        7,282  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

   $  11,405      $  37,443  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The estimated fair value of the Convertible Notes at December 31, 2020 was $249,301, a Level 3 valuation, based on assumptions about a plain vanilla debt instrument based on entity specific credit risk assumptions and the contractual term of the debt and the values previously noted for the bifurcated derivative liability and contingently issuable warrants, adjusted for the expected probability of the settlement options allowable under the Convertible Notes.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

6. Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Accounts receivable

   $  10,689     $ 4,684  

Unbilled receivables

     9,617       32,387  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (5,215     (4,438
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 15,091     $  32,633  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was comprised of the following:

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

   $ (2,054

Additions

     (11,846

Write-offs

     8,685  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     (5,215

Additions

     (5,467

Write-offs

     6,244  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

   $ (4,438
  

 

 

 

7. Merchant Cash Advances Receivable and Acquired Loans Receivable, Net

During 2019, the Company originated merchant cash advances to customers which are generally repaid through withholding a percentage of the amounts remitted to the merchant from future card processing transactions processed through the Company.

Toast Capital merchant cash advances provided customers with access to financing from $5 to $250. Customers could use these funds to make investments in their business, such as opening new locations, completing a renovation, hiring additional employees, or any other business need. Merchant cash advance repayment occurred automatically through a fixed percentage of every payment transaction on the Company’s platform. Merchants were evaluated for creditworthiness based on their tenure as a customer and historical point of sale and cash receipts data. Customers repaid their merchant cash advance in nine months on average. Interest earned on such advances was recorded within financial technology solutions revenue over the period the advance was outstanding. The Company reserved an estimate for losses on individual merchant cash advances to estimate expected losses based on recent point of sale and cash receipt activity or where known collection risks were identified such as a restaurant closure.

In November 2019, the Company sold the rights to a portfolio with a principal balance of $12,172 in merchant cash advances originated by the Company to the same Utah-chartered industrial bank with which it partners for other loan activities (See Notes 2 and 14). The Company received $9,846 in payments in 2019, with the remaining amount representing a cash holdback for collateral which was later received in 2020. The Company continues to service these advances after the sale in accordance with the contractual agreement with the partner bank.

The sale did not qualify for sale accounting and was accounted for as secured borrowings and the underlying merchant cash advance receivables were not derecognized from the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Obligation under secured borrowing arrangement is included in other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at the amounts at which the merchant cash advance receivables were sold.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Other merchant cash advances receivable includes loans originated by Toast that were not sold to the bank partner.

The Company records loans held for sale at the lower of cost or market as determined on an individual loan basis. The Company has determined the carrying value of these advances is materially consistent with the fair value of those advances given their short repayment period.

The Company assumes liability on loans it services for defaults on a limited basis based on a specified percentage of the total loans originated which is measured on a quarterly basis. The estimated liability is accounted for as a guarantee under ASC 460 and recorded as a reduction of net revenue at the time the loans are originated and is trued up over the period of repayment. If the merchants fall behind in payments for a defined period a time, the Company is obligated to purchase them from its bank partner and such purchases are recorded as a reduction to the Company’s potential liability with respect to the quarterly cohort of loans from which the defaulted loan originated (see Note 14). As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $3,483 of acquired loans outstanding which are largely reserved based on collection risk.

Merchant cash advances receivable consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2019  
     MCA
Receivable
    Loans
Receivable
    Factor
Receivable
     Total  

Balance

   $  10,200     $ —       $  1,628      $  11,828  

Less: Allowance

     (216     —         —          (216
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,984     $ —       $ 1,628      $ 11,612  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2020  
   MCA
Receivable
    Loans
Receivable
    Factor
Receivable
     Total  

Balance

   $ 1,281     $ 3,483     $ 562      $ 5,326  

Less: Allowance

     (971     (3,483     —          (4,454
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 310     $ —       $ 562      $ 872  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s allowance for uncollectible loans consisted of the following:

 

     Allowance  
     MCA
Receivable
    Loans
Receivable
 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

   $ —       $ —    

Additions

     (752     —    

Write-offs

     536       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     (216     —    

Additions

     (749     (5,346

Repayments

     (22     1,863  

Write-offs

     16       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

   $  (971)     $  (3,483)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

8. Inventory

Inventory consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Finished goods

   $  11,329     $  17,560  

Components of finished goods

     5,783       6,351  

Capitalized overhead

     396       758  

Less: Reserve

     (2,122     (5,339
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 15,386     $ 19,330  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of finished goods consist of advances made to contract manufacturers for finished goods components to which the Company has title.

9. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Cash held on behalf of customers

   $ 6,715      $ 10,638  

Prepaid SaaS

     4,719        6,088  

Prepaid expenses

     5,609        2,365  

Prepaid commissions

     960        999  

Prepaid rent

     58        830  

Prepaid insurance

     26        399  

Tenant lease incentive receivable

     15,876        201  

VAT receivables

     67        91  

Receivable held for loans

     1,981        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  36,011      $  21,611  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Leasehold improvements

   $ 11,432     $ 30,359  

Construction in process

     5,713       6  

Computer equipment

     3,002       2,871  

Furniture and fixtures

     2,925       7,276  

Tooling and equipment

     936       1,203  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     24,008       41,715  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (4,051     (7,659
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $  19,957     $  34,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, was $2,595 and $18,780, respectively. There are no assets held under capital leases.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

During 2020, in connection with an effort to reduce the size of its workforce and operating costs, the Company elected to terminate two operating leases early and determined the estimated remaining useful life of leasehold improvements associated with the leases and other fixed assets such as laptops for the terminated employees should be reduced from its original estimates. Depreciation expense was accelerated prospectively by $16,036 for the year ended December 31, 2020 based on the new remaining useful life of the related assets.

11. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

On July 19, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of StratEx. This transaction was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC Topic 805 Business Combinations. The Company recorded $35,887 of goodwill and $12,100 of intangible assets associated with this acquisition. Refer to Note 3 for further detail. The Company recorded amortization expense of $1,660 and $3,605 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2019  
   Technology
Asset
    Trade
Names
    Customer
Assets
    Total  

Gross carrying amount

   $ 9,400     $  100     $  2,600     $  12,100  

Accumulated amortization

     (1,432     (30     (198     (1,660
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

   $ 7,968     $ 70     $ 2,402     $ 10,440  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     December 31, 2020  
   Technology
Asset
    Trade
Names
    Customer
Assets
    Total  

Gross carrying amount

   $ 9,400     $ 100     $ 2,600     $ 12,100  

Accumulated amortization

     (4,571     (97     (597     (5,265
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

   $ 4,829     $ 3     $ 2,003     $ 6,835  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The total estimated future amortization of intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 is as follows:

 

Year ended December 31:       

2021

   $ (3,598

2022

     (2,135

2023

     (433

2024

     (433

2025

     (236
  

 

 

 
   $ (6,835
  

 

 

 

Goodwill was $35,887 and $35,887 as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. There were no impairments recorded against goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

The Company determined indicators of impairment existed as of March 31, 2020 due to COVID-19 conditions and evaluated the indicators in accordance with ASC 350 Goodwill and Other and ASC 360 Property Plant and Equipment. The Company performed an undiscounted cash flow analysis as of March 31, 2020, which indicated that the carrying amount of its long-lived asset groups were not impaired. The Company also compared the book value of its reporting unit to the fair value of the equity implied by common stock valuations done in April 2020, concluding that there was no goodwill impairment.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

12. Capitalized Software

Capitalized software development costs consisted of the following:

 

     Gross Carrying
Amount
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

   $ 4,621     $  (1,413)     $ 3,208  

Additions

     5,601       —         5,601  

Amortization

     —         (2,587     (2,587
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     10,222       (4,000     6,222  

Additions

     8,515       —         8,515  

Amortization

     —         (4,682     (4,682

Write-off fully amortized projects

     (1,162     1,162       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

   $  17,575     $  (7,520)     $  10,055  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense related to capitalized software included within cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, was $2,587 and $4,682, respectively.

The following table represents the remaining estimated amortization of capitalized software development costs as of December 31, 2020:

 

Year ended December 31:       

2021

   $ 7,184  

2022

     2,670  

2023

     201  
  

 

 

 
   $  10,055  
  

 

 

 

13. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Accrued transaction-based costs

   $ 16,232      $ 14,226  

Accrued payroll and bonus

     10,677        12,185  

Customer funds obligation

     6,715        10,638  

Accrued expenses

     10,779        7,989  

Accrued commissions

     6,150        7,493  

Sales return and allowance

     2,377        4,137  

Product warranty liability

     2,822        2,362  

Deferred rent

     527        1,290  

Sales taxes payable

     891        849  

Servicing loan guarantee liability

     542        509  

Secured borrowings (see Note 7)

     9,223        —    

Other liabilities

     2,261        1,494  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  69,196      $  63,172  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. Loan Servicing Activities

During 2019 and 2020, the Company performed loan servicing activities through the Toast Capital loan program, where the Company partnered with an industrial bank to provide working capital

 

F-32


Table of Contents

loans to qualified Toast customers based on the customer’s current payment processing and POS data. Under the program, the Company’s bank partner originates the loans and the Company markets and services the loans and facilitates the loan application and origination process. These loans provided eligible customers with access to financing up to $250 and loan repayment occurs automatically through a fixed percentage of every payment transaction on Toast’s platform. These loans had a maximum size of $250 prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, when lending was temporarily paused. Since resuming loan servicing activities starting in the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company has had a maximum loan size of $100. The Company earns a share of interest and fees paid on loans, which is recognized as servicing revenue as the services are delivered and included within financial technology services revenue in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Servicing revenue is adjusted for the amortization of servicing rights carried at amortized cost.

Under the terms of the contracts with the bank partner, the Company provides limited credit enhancement to the bank partner in the event of excess bank partner portfolio credit losses by holding cash in restricted escrow accounts in an amount equal to a contractual percentage of the bank partner’s monthly originations and month-end outstanding portfolio balance, which was $906 as of December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $3,483 of acquired loans outstanding which are largely reserved based on collection risk (see Note 7). As of December 31, 2020, the Company had recorded $509, which represents the Company’s estimate of additional loans expected to be repurchased under the guarantee.

15. Debt

Credit Agreements

During 2019, the Company closed various credit and debt arrangements. In conjunction with the closing of these arrangements, the Company incurred $394 of loan commitment fees, which are recognized as interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2019. Refer to Note 16 for details on warrants to purchase preferred stock associated with these credit and debt arrangements.

Revolving Line of Credit

In March 2019, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility, which comprises a revolving line of credit equal to $100,000. Interest on outstanding loans under the revolving line of credit accrue interest at a per annum rate of, at the election of the Company, LIBOR plus 3.00% or the base rate plus 2.00%. Interest is payable in arrears quarterly, in the case of base rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period (but not less frequently than three months), in the case of LIBOR loans. This credit facility is subject to certain financial maintenance covenants, including maximum total net debt to recurring revenue ratio, maximum senior net debt to recurring revenue ratio, minimum liquidity and minimum last quarter annualized recurring revenue. Amortization of the loan commitment fee totaled $262 and $326 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, no amount was drawn and outstanding under this credit facility; however, approximately $13,700 of letters of credit were outstanding, which reduced the amount available under this credit facility to $86,300.

Convertible Notes

Convertible Notes consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2020
 

Convertible notes

   $  200,000  

Accrued interest

     4,533  

Less: Unamortized discount

     (32,824
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of discount

   $ 171,709  
  

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

In June 2020, the Company issued the Convertible Notes pursuant to the Senior Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement (the “NPA”), dated as of June 19, 2020. The aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes issued at the time of closing of the convertible notes transaction was $200,000. The Convertible Notes bear interest at a rate of 8.5% per annum, 50% of which is payable in cash and the other 50% payable in kind. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears, beginning on December 30, 2020. Unless earlier converted, redeemed, or repaid, the Convertible Notes will mature on June 19, 2027.

Upon an underwritten initial public offering or direct listing of Company’s common stock on a national securities exchange, in each case, that meets certain criteria, the Convertible Notes will convert into common stock. The conversion rate at which the Convertible Notes will convert into common stock upon a qualifying underwritten initial public offering is equal to the lesser of (i) the public offering price per share of the common stock multiplied by a discount factor (as defined in the NPA) and (ii) a capped price that assumes a total equity value of $9,500,000, divided by the number of fully diluted shares then outstanding (the “Capped Price”). The conversion rate at which the Convertible Notes will convert into common stock at each DL Conversion Date (as defined in the Convertible Notes) following a qualifying direct listing is equal to the lesser of (i) the volume weighted average trading price of the common stock on such DL Conversion Date multiplied by a discount factor (as defined in the Convertible Notes) and (ii) the Capped Price.

Upon a deemed liquidation event (as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation), the Convertible Notes shall be redeemed for cash in accordance with the terms in the Convertible Notes. The maximum return that the noteholders may receive upon a qualifying initial public offering, qualifying direct listing or change of control is capped at 3.0x the original principal amount of the Convertible Notes, less any cash interest paid prior to such time.

The Convertible Notes may be voluntarily redeemed in whole (but not in part), subject to the payment of an applicable premium, as further described in the NPA and in the Convertible Notes. Upon a voluntary redemption of the Convertible Notes, the Company is obligated to issue warrants to the noteholders to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient of (i) two-thirds of the outstanding principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, on such redemption date, divided by (ii) the Capped Price, provided that if the Convertible Notes are voluntarily redeemed prior to December 19, 2021, the number of shares underlying such warrants will be calculated as of December 19, 2021.

If the Convertible Notes are not converted or redeemed prior to the maturity date, the Company must pay the noteholders an exit fee equal to 15% of the outstanding principal balance of the Convertible Notes at maturity. The Convertible Notes are unsecured and guaranteed by each existing and future subsidiary of the Company, subject to certain exceptions, that guarantees the Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility or other debt for borrowed money in excess of a certain threshold. The Convertible Notes are subject to customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default.

In accounting for the issuance of the Convertible Notes, the Company identified and assessed the embedded features of the Convertible Notes. The Company concluded that the conversion features upon both IPO and non-IPO events pursuant to which the Company’s securities would become publicly traded, as well as the redemption features upon a change in control, certain events of default and sales of certain assets were not clearly and closely related to the Convertible Notes and met the definition of a derivative and therefore were required to be bifurcated and separately accounted from the Convertible Notes. The Company estimated the fair value of these bifurcated derivative features as a combined single derivative liability. Additionally, the contingently issuable warrants to purchase common stock met the definition of a derivative and are accounted for separately and recorded based on the fair value of those warrants as adjusted for the probability that there would be a voluntary redemption of the Convertible Notes.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The estimated fair values of the derivative liability and warrants on the issuance date was deducted from the carrying value of the Convertible Notes and recorded in long-term liabilities.

The Company allocated the transaction costs related to the Convertible Notes and bifurcated derivatives using the same proportion as the allocation of proceeds from the Convertible Notes. Transaction costs attributable to Convertible Notes were recorded as a direct deduction from the debt liability in the consolidated balance sheet, along with the original issue discount, and amortized to interest expense over the term of the Convertible Notes. The transaction costs attributable to the bifurcated derivatives were expensed as incurred. The carrying value of the Convertible Notes will be accreted to the principal amount along with the 15% exit fee payable at maturity as interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the Convertible Notes. The effective interest rate on the Convertible Notes is 13.33%.

The bifurcated derivative liability and contingently issuable warrants will be subsequently adjusted to their then fair value each reporting period with the change in fair value being recorded in Other income (expense).

Interest expense related to the Convertible Notes for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $12,035.

16. Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock

In conjunction with certain debt financing transactions, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of preferred stock. These warrants are exercisable upon issuance and are not subject to any vesting or restrictions on timing of exercise.

The Company classifies the warrants as liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet as the warrants are free-standing financial instruments that may require the Company to transfer assets upon exercise. The initial value of the warrants were recorded as a discount to the related debt and amortized as interest expense. All debt financing arrangements entered into prior to March 2019 have been settled; however, associated warrants remain outstanding.

Warrants consisted of the following:

 

December 31, 2019

 

Issuance Date

  Contractual
Term
    Class of Stock     Balance Sheet
Classification
    Shares Issuable
Upon Exercise
    Exercise
Price
    Fair Value of
Warrant
Liability
 

December 7, 2015

    10.5 years       Series B       Liability       51,182     $ 1.95     $ 831  

August 9, 2016

    10 years       Series B       Liability       80,000     $  1.95       1,300  

December 28, 2017

    10 years       Series C       Liability       42,900     $ 6.98       633  

January 23, 2018

    8 years       Series C       Liability       26,325     $ 6.98       423  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 
          200,407       $ 3,187  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Issuance Date

  Contractual
Term
    Class of Stock     Balance Sheet
Classification
    Shares Issuable
Upon Exercise
    Exercise
Price
    Fair Value of
Warrant
Liability
 

December 7, 2015

    10.5 years       Series B       Liability       51,182     $ 1.95     $  2,943  

August 9, 2016

    10 years       Series B       Liability       80,000     $ 1.95       4,601  

December 28, 2017

    10 years       Series C       Liability       42,900     $ 6.98       2,317  

January 23, 2018

    8 years       Series C       Liability       26,325     $ 6.98       1,544  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 
          200,407       $ 11,405  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The warrants were measured at fair value at issuance and subsequently remeasured at fair value at each reporting date. Changes in the fair value of the warrant liability are recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Changes in the fair value of the warrant liability will continue to be recognized until the warrant is exercised, expires or qualifies for equity classification.

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company recorded losses of $1,497 and $8,218, respectively from the change in the fair value of the warrants to purchase preferred stock.

 

17.

Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company has issued Series A convertible preferred stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), Series B convertible preferred stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), Series C convertible preferred stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), Series D convertible preferred stock (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), Series E convertible preferred stock (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), and Series F convertible preferred stock (the “Series F Preferred Stock”) (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”).

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorized the Company to issue an aggregate of 42,478,881 and 51,449,136 shares of Preferred Stock, respectively. The undesignated shares of Preferred Stock will have rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, and liquidation preferences, as shall be determined by the Board upon issuance of the Preferred Stock.

In October 2020, the Company entered into a stock repurchase agreement with an investor, pursuant to which it repurchased 15,454 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for $842.

In February 2020, the Company entered into a Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Series F Stock Purchase Agreement”). From February 2020 to April 2020, pursuant to the Series F Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company issued an aggregate of 8,860,244 shares of Series F Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $45.4496 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $402,695. The Company incurred issuance costs of $327 in connection with the issuance of the Series F Preferred Stock.

In March 2019, the Company entered into a Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Series E Stock Purchase Agreement”) whereby it issued 9,157,605 shares of Series E Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $27.2997 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $250,000. The Company incurred issuance costs of $216 in connection with the issuance of the Series E Preferred Stock.

At each consolidated balance sheet date, Preferred Stock consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Preferred Stock
Authorized
     Preferred Stock
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
     Common Stock
Issuable Upon
Conversion
 

Series A Preferred Stock

     3,614,458        3,614,458      $ 1,500      $ 1,500        3,614,458  

Series B Preferred Stock

     15,307,339        15,176,157        29,479        29,651        15,176,157  

Series C Preferred Stock

     7,754,773        7,328,689        50,965        51,154        7,328,689  

Series D Preferred Stock

     6,644,706        6,644,706        114,827        115,000        6,644,706  

Series E Preferred Stock

     9,157,605        9,157,605        249,784        250,000        9,157,605  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     42,478,881        41,921,615      $  446,555      $ 447,305        41,921,615  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2020  
     Preferred Stock
Authorized
     Preferred Stock
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
     Common Stock
Issuable Upon
Conversion
 

Series A Preferred Stock

     3,614,458        3,614,458      $ 1,500      $ 1,500        3,614,458  

Series B Preferred Stock

     15,307,339        15,160,703        29,449        29,621        15,160,703  

Series C Preferred Stock

     7,754,773        7,328,689        50,965        51,154        7,328,689  

Series D Preferred Stock

     6,644,706        6,644,706        114,827        115,000        6,644,706  

Series E Preferred Stock

     9,157,605        9,157,605        249,784        250,000        9,157,605  

Series F Preferred Stock

     8,970,255        8,860,244        402,368        402,695        8,860,244  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     51,449,136        50,766,405      $ 848,893      $ 849,970        50,766,405  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The holders of Preferred Stock have the following rights and preferences:

Voting

Each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter; provided, however, that the Series F Preferred Stock shall not have a right to vote on matters which the stockholders of the Company shall be entitled to vote to the extent such matter relates to the election of the directors on the Board, and the shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall not be included in determining the number of shares voting or entitled to vote on any such matters related to the election of the directors of the Board. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of common stock as a single class on an as-converted basis. The holders of record of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series A Preferred Stock, each exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Company.

Voluntary Conversion

Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price (each as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation) in effect at the time of conversion. Such initial conversion price, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of common stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company or a deemed liquidation event (as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation), the conversion rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

Mandatory Conversion

The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions for mandatory conversion for Preferred Stock into shares of common stock at the then-applicable conversion price upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $60,000 of gross proceeds to the Company or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of the requisite majority, the requisite Series C majority, the requisite Series D majority, the requisite Series E majority, and the requisite Series F majority (each as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation) then (A) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock, at the then-effective conversion rate thereof and (B) such shares may not be reissued by the Company.

Redemption Provisions

Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately canceled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold, or transferred. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

Deemed Liquidation Events

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company or deemed liquidation event (as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation), the holders of shares of each series of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, on a pari passu basis, before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the applicable original issue price (as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation), plus any dividends declared, but unpaid thereon or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of such series of Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, or deemed liquidation event. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company or deemed liquidation event, the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts, which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

Dividends

The holders of Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of common stock, are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, but only out of funds that are legally available, therefore, dividends in an amount equal to 8% per annum of the applicable original issue price, as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Preferred dividends are noncumulative and are payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board and the Company is under no obligation to pay such preferred dividends. No dividends have been declared by the Company through December 31, 2020.

18. Common Stock

As of December 31, 2019, and 2020, the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorized the Company to issue 104,000,000 shares and 114,000,000 shares, respectively, of $0.000001 par value common stock, of which 42,980,280 shares and 43,951,086 shares, respectively, are legally issued and outstanding. The holders of the common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held at all meetings of stockholders.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

During 2020, the Company repurchased 5,000 shares of common stock at a cost of $273. Shares that are repurchased are classified as treasury stock pending future use and reduce the number of shares outstanding.

As of each consolidated balance sheet date, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance in connection with the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Conversion of shares of preferred stock (as if converted to common stock)

     41,921,615        50,766,405  

Options to purchase Class B common stock

     10,252,517        11,607,044  

Warrants to purchase preferred stock (as if converted to warrants to purchase common stock)

     200,407        200,407  

Shares available for future grant under the Stock Incentive Plan

     3,299,201        6,687,076  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     55,673,740        69,260,932  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted Stock and Promissory Notes

As of December 31, 2020, 219,360 shares of common stock issued upon the early exercise of stock options are restricted and subject to repurchase by the Company at a price equal to the lower of cost or fair market in the event of employee termination prior to vesting. The restricted shares and the amount paid for them, $576, are included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

In February 2019, the Board of Directors authorized certain senior executives to exercise an aggregate of 3,011,468 of stock options by issuing to the Company an aggregate of $22,797 in promissory notes (the “Promissory Notes”) that bear interest at 2.63% per annum and are repayable through proceeds of any sales of the stock (once it is vested) or upon a maturity date of five years from issuance, sixty days following termination of employment or immediately prior to the Company filing a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Promissory Notes are considered non-recourse for accounting purposes. Accordingly, the exercises are not considered substantive and not recorded in the consolidated balance sheet or consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity or cash flows. Interest earned on the Promissory Notes is not recognized as income but is incorporated into the exercise price used to determine the fair value of the underlying stock options. The fair value of the underlying stock options is recognized in the Company’s statement of comprehensive loss over the requisite service period through a charge to compensation expense and a corresponding credit to additional paid in capital.

At each consolidated balance sheet date, shares subject to restriction consisted of the following:

 

     Shares  

Nonvested as of January 1, 2019

     1,101,698  

Exercise of stock options

     94,238  

Repurchases

     (22,225

Vested

     (798,169
  

 

 

 

Nonvested as of December 31, 2019

     375,542  

Exercise of stock options

     64,280  

Repurchases

     (37,038

Vested

     (183,424
  

 

 

 

Nonvested as of December 31, 2020

     219,360  
  

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

19. Stock-Based Compensation

In 2020, the Company amended and restated the Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (“Stock Plan”). Under the Stock Plan, the Company has reserved 33,555,562 shares of common stock for issuance to officers, directors, employees, and consultants. As of December 31, 2020, shares of common stock, stock options, or restricted stock units with respect to 11,607,044 shares have been granted and are currently outstanding, and 6,687,076 shares of Common Stock remain available for issuance to officers, directors, employees, and consultants pursuant to the Stock Plan. The vesting provisions, exercise price, and expiration dates are established by the Board at the date of grant, but incentive stock options may be subject to earlier termination, as provided in the Stock Plan. For the majority of awards with service conditions, 20% of each option vests on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and the remaining 80% vests in equal quarterly installments over the next 16 quarters. Awards with performance or market conditions vest upon occurrence of certain events or meeting certain financials measures as defined in the individual grant agreements. The awards have a contractual life of ten years. The determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards utilizing the Black-Scholes model is affected by the stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends. The Company does not have a history of market prices of its common stock as it is not a public company, and as such, volatility is estimated using historical volatilities of similar public entities. The expected life of the awards is estimated based on the simplified method. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the term of the awards. The dividend yield assumption is based on history and expectations of paying no dividends. The majority of stock compensation expense reported is with employees.

The fair value of the common stock has been determined at each award grant date based upon a variety of factors, including the illiquid nature of the common stock, arm’s-length sales of the Company’s capital stock (including convertible preferred stock), the effect of the rights and preferences of the preferred shareholders, and the prospects of a liquidity event. Other factors include, but are not limited to, the Company’s consolidated financial position and historical financial performance and the status of technological developments within the Company’s research. The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following table indicates the weighted-average assumptions made in estimating the fair value for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
         2019             2020      

Risk-free interest rate

     2.12     0.49

Expected term (in years)

     6.26       6.64  

Expected volatility

     60     63

Expected dividend yield

     0     0

Weighted-average fair value of common stock

   $ 9.22     $ 16.15  

Weighted-average fair value per share of options issued

   $ 5.56     $ 9.75  

For awards with service conditions, the Company applied an estimated forfeiture rate for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, in determining the expense recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Performance Incentive Plan

During the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company granted stock-based awards to members of management that vest based on both service and market conditions. Vesting of awards is based on time with the Company as well as to the Company’s achievement of market capitalization targets. The weighted-average fair value for awards containing market-based performance condition was determined based on a Monte Carlo simulation. The Monte Carlo weighted-average assumptions utilized to determine the fair value of options granted in 2020 are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
         2019             2020      

Risk-free interest rate

     2.41     0.25

Expected volatility

     45     62

Expected dividend yield

     0     0

Weighted average fair value of common stock

   $ 7.57     $ 21.39  

Weighted-average fair value per share of options issued

   $ 0.92     $ 15.29  

For awards with market conditions, the Company recorded $262 and $2,562 as a component of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

As of December 31, 2020, there was $46,368 of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock option awards and restricted stock purchase awards that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.8 years.

The following is a summary of stock option activity under the Company’s stock option plans:

 

    Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
    Aggregate
Intrinsic Value (1)
 
                (in years)        

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

    10,252,517     $ 6.63       8.55     $ 67,794  

Granted (2)

    4,863,543       16.15      

Exercised (2)

    (1,173,182     3.15      

Forfeited

    (2,335,834     9.69      
 

 

 

       

Outstanding as of December 31, 2020

    11,607,044     $ 10.37       8.27     $ 447,365  
 

 

 

       

Options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2019

    10,226,616     $ 6.63       8.55     $ 67,794  

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2019

    10,077,517     $ 6.51       8.53     $ 67,794  

Options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2020

    11,607,044     $ 10.37       8.27     $ 447,365  

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2020

    11,524,133     $ 10.36       8.26     $ 445,547  

 

(1)

The aggregate intrinsic value was calculated based on the positive difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2020, or the date of exercise, as appropriate, and the exercise price of the underlying options.

(2)

The number of options granted and exercised exclude 31,674 restricted stock units granted to a member of the Company’s Board of Directors.

The total number of vested, unexercised options was 2,394 and 3,630 with an intrinsic value of $25,980 and $158,607, as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The total number of non-vested options was 7,832 and 10,152, as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

The aggregate intrinsic values of options exercised amounted to $3,707 and $37,645 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $9,831 and $22,738, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, is as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
          2019                2020       

Cost of revenue

   $ 462      $ 7,299  

Sales and marketing

     1,166        16,296  

Research and development

     3,368        30,000  

General and administrative

     28,713        32,764  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 33,709      $ 86,359  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has not recognized any tax benefits or deductions related to the effects of employee stock-based compensation.

During 2019 and 2020, secondary investors purchased 1,517,236 shares and 1,899,620 shares of common stock from certain employees, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense related to these transactions, representing amounts paid in excess of then current fair value, totaled $27,471 and $53,199 in 2019 and 2020, respectively, and is recorded in operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

During 2020, the Company facilitated a tender offer of common stock whereby certain third parties purchased an aggregate of 656,302 shares of common stock from certain eligible employees and non-employees for an aggregate purchase price of $49,223. The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $17,051 in connection with the tender offer, which represented the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of common stock on the date of sale.

During 2020 the Company amended the terms of previously issued employee stock option awards. Specifically, the vesting of certain awards was accelerated, and the post-termination exercise periods of the awards were extended. The Company accounted for the amendment as a modification of previously issued awards and incurred $2,793 of incremental stock-based compensation expense in connection with the modifications.

20. Income Taxes

The components of income tax benefit (expense) for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
         2019             2020      

Current state

   $ 72     $ 84  

Current foreign

     49       127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current tax expense

     121       211  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred federal

     (2,232     10  

Deferred state

     (1,137     40  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax benefit

     (3,369     50  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

   $ (3,248   $ 261  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to a significant portion of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2019 and 2020, are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 81,697     $ 120,987  

Stock-based compensation

     244       2,581  

Credit carryforward

     10,929       16,877  

Accrued expenses and reserves

     3,425       8,411  

Deferred revenue

     6,106       8,376  

Deferred rent

     7,658       5,379  

Depreciation

     —         200  

Interest carryforwards

     —         1,223  

Convertible debt derivative

     —         6,432  

Inventory reserve

     712       1,516  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     110,771       171,982  

Valuation allowance

     (103,633     (153,821
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     7,138       18,161  

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

Amortization

     (3,058     (2,124

Convertible debt

     —         (6,432

Depreciation

     (4,104     —    

Other

     —         (1,331

Capitalized contract acquisition costs

     —         (8,348
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (7,162     (18,235
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ (24   $ (74
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the Company’s effective tax rate to the United States federal income tax rate is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Tax provision at statutory rate

     21.0     21.0

State tax—net of federal

     6.6     5.4

Permanent items

     (0.4 )%      (0.8 )% 

Research and development credits

     1.8     1.6

Stock-based compensation

     (3.3 )%      (4.0 )% 

Derivative liability

     0.0     (1.3 )% 

Other, net

     0.2     0.3

Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance

     (24.4 )%      (22.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     1.5     (0.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Interpretive guidance on the accounting for Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) states that an entity can make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred as a period expense. The Company has made the accounting policy election to recognize GITLI as a period expense.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $3,248, which is primarily attributable to a non-recurring benefit of $3,393 for the release of a portion of the Company’s valuation allowance. This release was due to taxable temporary differences available as a source of income to realize the benefit of certain pre-existing Toast deferred tax assets as a result of the StratEx acquisition.

Management has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its net deferred tax assets, which are composed principally of net operating loss carryforwards. Management has determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will not recognize the benefits of its deferred tax assets and, as a result, a full valuation allowance has been recorded against its deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020. The valuation allowance increased by $51,281 and $50,188 during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, primarily due to the operating losses incurred during each year.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $443,996 which may be able to offset future income tax liabilities. Of the federal net operating loss carryforward as of December 31, 2020, approximately $361,181 has an indefinite carryforward period, and approximately $82,815 will expire at various dates through 2037. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $497,154, of which $438,311 begin to expire in 2034. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had U.S. federal tax credit carryforwards of $11,158 which expire between 2034 and 2037. As of December 31, 2020 the Company had U.S. state tax credit carryforwards of $7,239 which expire between 2031 and 2035.

Ownership changes, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code Section 382, could limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income. Generally, an ownership change occurs when the ownership percentage of 5% or greater stockholders increases by more than 50% over a three-year period. Accordingly, the purchase of the Company’s stock in amounts greater than specified levels could have limited the Company’s ability to utilize the federal and state net operating losses for tax purposes.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had immaterial tax reserves for uncertain tax positions, none of which would impact the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. The Company will recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions and no such amounts have been recognized.

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the United States (federal, and various state jurisdictions), as well as Ireland. The federal, state and foreign income tax returns are generally subject to tax examinations for the tax years ended December 31, 2016 through December 31, 2020. To the extent the Company has tax attribute carryforwards, the tax years in which the attribute was generated may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service, state or foreign tax authorities until utilized in a future period.

The unremitted earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiary are immaterial at December 31, 2020.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

21. Loss Per Share

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the following table sets forth the computation of net loss per share of common stock:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (209,448   $ (248,203

Redemption of Series B Preferred

     —         (812
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (209,448   $ (249,015
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding—basic and diluted

     38,964,029       39,996,593  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (5.38   $ (6.23
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding exclude shares described in Note 19 which were acquired from the early exercise of options and from the exercise of options and from the exercise of options under promissory notes, both of which are not considered substantive exercises for accounting purposes.

The Company’s potentially dilutive securities, which include convertible preferred stock, options to purchase Class B common stock, exercised options for which the Company received non-recourse notes from the individuals, warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, and contingently convertible debt, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be antidilutive. Therefore, the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share is the same.

The Company excluded the following potential shares of common stock from the computation of diluted net loss per share because including them would have an anti-dilutive effect for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Options to purchase Class B common stock

     10,252,517        11,607,044  

Unvested restricted stock

     375,542        219,360  

Shares issued for exercise of non-recourse notes

     3,011,468        2,853,530  

Convertible preferred stock (as converted to common stock)

     41,921,615        50,766,405  

Warrants to purchase preferred stock (as converted to warrants to purchase common stock)

     200,407        200,407  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     55,761,549        65,646,746  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Potential shares issuable under the contingent conversion features under the Convertible Notes (see Note 15) are also excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share because the number of shares issuable in contingent on the enterprise value of the business and number of shares outstanding at the time of conversion and such shares would be anti-dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

22. Segment Information

The Company has operations in the United States and Ireland. The Company earns all of its revenue in the United States. Information about the Company’s long-lived assets, consisting solely of property and equipment, net, by geographic region was as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

United States

   $ 19,738      $ 33,849  

Ireland

     219        207  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 19,957      $ 34,056  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

23. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company has entered into various non-cancelable operating leases for certain offices with contractual lease periods expiring between 2020 and 2029. The Company recognized total rent expense under operating leases of $14,764 and $28,439 during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases (with initial lease terms in excess of one year) as of December 31, 2020, are as follows:

 

Year ended December 31,

  

2021

   $ 24,635  

2022

     23,360  

2023

     13,413  

2024

     12,821  

2025

     12,908  

Thereafter

     50,981  
  

 

 

 
   $ 138,118  
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company has issued standby letters of credit in the amount of approximately $13,700 held as collateral for various real estate leases.

Lease Agreements

The Company leases office and warehouse space in various cities throughout the United States and Ireland, pursuant to operating leases. Monthly lease payments, inclusive of base rent, expansion costs, tenant improvement allowances and ancillary charges, total $1,939. Monthly base rent is subject to escalation which varies by lease. The leases expire at various dates in 2021 through 2029 and contain the right for the Company to exercise at their discretion multi-year extension options.

Lease Terminations

During 2020, the Company ceased the use of two leased office facilities that were accounted for as operating leases. As the leases for both properties were non-cancellable until the end of the term, the Company and the respective landlords agreed on a total of $18,500 in termination fees in December 2020, with $9,500 payable up front and the remainder payable in monthly installments through 2026. As a result, in accordance with ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations, the Company recorded a loss of $2,766 relating primarily to the termination fee and other lease disposal

 

F-46


Table of Contents

related fees which were offset by a tenant improvement allowance and the write-down of deferred rent. The Company accounted for the net present value of the outstanding portion of the termination fee of $7,171 within accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities based on scheduled repayments.

Purchase Commitments

The Company had non-cancelable purchase obligations to hardware suppliers and to cloud service providers of $62,651 as of December 31, 2020.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company may be involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Each of these matters is subject to various uncertainties, and it is possible that some of these matters may be resolved unfavorably. The Company establishes accruals for losses that management deems to be probable and subject to reasonable estimate. As of December 31, 2020, the Company does not expect any claims with a reasonably possible adverse outcome to have a material impact to the Company, and accordingly, has not accrued for any such claims.

24. Retirement Plan

The employees of the Company are covered under a 401(k) defined contribution plan. Substantially all employees of the Company are eligible for the plan. Participants may contribute a portion of their compensation to the plan, up to the maximum amount permitted under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. At the Company’s discretion, it can match a portion of the participants’ contributions. The Company made matching contributions of 50% of employee 401(k) contributions up to a maximum of 6% of total earnings. The matching contribution to the plan for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $3,512 and $1,973, respectively. The Company engages with a third party to undergo an annual audit of the retirement plan per the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

25. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events from December 31, 2020 through April 30, 2021, which represents the date the consolidated financial statements were issued, for events requiring adjustment to or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements. Except as discussed below, there are no events that require adjustment to or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

26. Events Subsequent to Original Issuance of Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Acquisition

On June 8, 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of xtra CHEF, Inc. (“xtraCHEF”), a provider of restaurant-specific invoice management software that automates the accounts payable and inventory workflow and improves efficiencies related to expense tracking and recording. In consideration for the acquisition of xtraCHEF, the Company issued 113,880 shares and made a total cash payment of $28,523, net of cash acquired, subject to normal and customary purchase price adjustments.

Revolving Line of Credit

On June 8, 2021, the Company terminated its then existing revolving line of credit facility that was originated in March 2019 and entered into a new revolving line of credit facility equal to $330,000. The Company paid $2,100 of debt issuance costs in connection with obtaining the new credit facility.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Interest on outstanding loans under the revolving line of credit is determined based on loan type and accrues at an annual rate, as defined in the agreement, of: (a) LIBO Rate multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate, plus 1.50% per annum; or 0.5% per annum plus the highest of: (i) the Prime Rate, (ii) the Federal Reserve Bank of New York Rate plus 0.5%, or (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate plus 1.00%. As a result of entering into a new revolving line of credit facility, the Company is obligated to prepay or redeem the Convertible Notes (see Note 15), which prepayment occurred on June 21, 2021.

Promissory Notes

In February 2019, certain senior executives exercised an aggregate of 3,011,468 of stock options by issuing to the Company an aggregate of $22,797 in Promissory Notes that bear interest at 2.63% per annum (see Note 18). The principal and accrued interest under the Promissory Notes was repaid in full in May 2021.

Convertible Notes

On June 21, 2021, the Company prepaid all of the outstanding Convertible Notes for an aggregate amount in cash equal to $248,730. In connection with the prepayment, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1,622,717 shares of the Company’s common stock to the registered holders of the Convertible Notes, with an exercise price of $87.5168 per share.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

TOAST, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,
2020
    June 30,
2021
 

Assets:

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 581,824   $ 376,149

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $4,438 and $2,744, respectively, at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021

     32,633     48,015

Merchant cash advances and loans receivable, net of allowance for uncollectible loans of $4,454 and $4,003, respectively, at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021

     872     448

Inventories

     19,330     33,963

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, net

     16,794     20,642

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     21,611     55,598
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     673,064     534,815
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     34,056     32,908

Intangible assets

     6,835     18,368

Goodwill

     35,887     74,738

Capitalized software

     10,055     10,454

Restricted cash

     1,214     1,672

Security deposits

     1,633     1,625

Non-current costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, net

     12,612     15,364

Other non-current assets

     600     6,216
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     102,892     161,345
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 775,956   $ 696,160
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit:

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 30,554   $ 25,312

Current portion of deferred revenue

     42,680     46,885

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     63,172     180,399
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     136,406     252,596
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of discount

     171,709     —    

Derivative liabilities

     37,443     —    

Warrants to purchase preferred stock

     11,405     27,988

Warrants to purchase common stock

     —         125,111

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     15,533     15,076

Deferred rent, net of current portion

     18,536     17,706

Other long-term liabilities

     7,007     23,936
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     261,633     209,817
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     398,039     462,413

Commitments & Contingencies (Note 19)

    

Convertible preferred stock, $0.000001 par value—51,449,136 shares authorized at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, 50,766,405 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021; total liquidation value of $849,970 at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021

     848,893     848,893

Stockholders’ Deficit:

    

Common stock, $0.000001 par value—114,000,000 shares authorized, 43,951,086 and 44,752,305 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively

     —         —    

Treasury stock, at cost—45,000 shares outstanding at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021

     (665     (665

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     228     114

Additional paid-in capital

     145,327     235,921

Accumulated deficit

     (615,866     (850,516
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (470,976     (615,146
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 775,956   $ 696,160
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

TOAST, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2020     2021  

Revenue:

    

Subscription services

   $ 44,787   $ 68,041

Financial technology solutions

     262,070     579,475

Hardware

     30,187     48,954

Professional services

     6,798     7,278
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     343,842     703,748
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

    

Subscription services

     18,817     23,028

Financial technology solutions

     212,457     451,876

Hardware

     41,422     51,412

Professional services

     24,373     20,691

Amortization of acquired technology and customer assets

     1,787     1,967
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     298,856     548,974
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     44,986     154,774
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Sales and marketing

     72,110     73,858

Research and development

     44,384     73,278

General and administrative

     53,077     64,462
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     169,571     211,598
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (124,585     (56,824

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     682     53

Interest expense

     (1,185     (12,156

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     262     (16,492

Change in fair value of derivative liability

     —         (103,281

Loss on debt extinguishment

     —         (49,783

Other income (expense), net

     221     81
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before benefit for income taxes

     (124,605     (238,402

Benefit for income taxes

     58     3,752
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (124,547   $ (234,650
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (3.14   $ (5.67

Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     39,723,440     41,418,256

Net loss

   $ (124,547   $ (234,650

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Foreign currency translation

     29     (114
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (124,518   $ (234,764
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

TOAST, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Six months ended June 30, 2020  
    Convertible
Preferred
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Treasury Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balances at December 31, 2019

    41,921,615   $ 446,555     42,980,280   $ —       40,000   $ (460   $ 56,010   $ (385,921   $ (55   $ (330,426

Cumulative adjustment due to adoption of ASC 606

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          18,258     —          18,258

Repurchase of common stock

    —          —          (41,538     —          5,000     (205     —          —          —          (205

Issuance of Series F preferred stock

    8,860,244     402,695     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance cost of Series F preferred stock

    —          (305     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Exercise of common stock options

    —          —          205,022     —          —          —          355     —          —          355

Vesting of restricted stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          213     —          —          213

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          22,156     —          —          22,156

Cumulative translation adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          29     29

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (124,547     —          (124,547
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at June 30, 2020

    50,781,859   $ 848,945     43,143,764   $ —       45,000   $ (665   $ 78,734   $ (492,210   $ (26   $ (414,167
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Six months ended June 30, 2021  
    Convertible
Preferred
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Treasury Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balances at December 31, 2020

    50,766,405   $ 848,893     43,951,086   $ —       45,000   $ (665   $ 145,327   $ (615,866   $ 228   $ (470,976

Repurchase of common stock

    —          —          (800     —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Exercise of common stock options

    —          —          677,581     —          —          —          3,048     —          —          3,048

Exercise of common stock options in connection with promissory notes repayment

    —          —            —          —          —          13,540     —          —          13,540

Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units

    —          —          10,558     —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Vesting of restricted stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          291     —          —          291

Stock-based compensation (1)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          58,858     —          —          58,858

Issuance of common stock in connection with business combination

    —          —          113,880     —          —          —          14,857     —          —          14,857

Cumulative translation adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (114     (114

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (234,650     —          (234,650
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at June 30, 2021

    50,766,405   $ 848,893     44,752,305   $ —       45,000   $ (665   $ 235,921   $ (850,516   $ 114   $ (615,146
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-51


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended June 30, 2020  
    Convertible
Preferred
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Treasury Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balances at March 31, 2020

    50,671,848   $ 844,014     43,074,646   $ —       45,000   $ (665   $ 59,184   $ (438,488   $ (60   $ (380,029

Repurchase of common stock

    —          —          (37,613     —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of Series F preferred Stock

    110,011     5,000     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance cost of Series F preferred stock

    —          (69     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Exercise of common stock options

    —          —          106,731     —          —          —          221     —          —          221

Vesting of restricted stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          100     —          —          100

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          19,229     —          —          19,229

Cumulative translation adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          34     34

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (53,722     —          (53,722
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at June 30, 2020

    50,781,859   $ 848,945     43,143,764   $ —        45,000   $ (665   $ 78,734   $ (492,210   $ (26   $ (414,167
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Three Months Ended June 30, 2021  
    Convertible
Preferred
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Treasury Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balances at March 31, 2021

    50,766,405   $ 848,893     44,342,682   $ —         45,000   $ (665   $ 152,168   $ (714,993   $ 223   $ (563,267

Repurchase of common stock

    —          —          (800     —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Exercise of common stock options

    —          —          285,985     —          —          —          1,199     —          —          1,199

Exercise of common stock options in connection with promissory notes repayment

    —          —          —          —          —          —          13,540       —          —          13,540  

Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units

    —          —          10,558     —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Vesting of restricted stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          212     —          —          212

Stock-based compensation (1)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          53,945     —          —          53,945

Issuance of common stock in connection with business combination

    —          —          113,880     —          —          —          14,857     —          —          14,857

Cumulative translation adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (109     (109

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (135,523     —          (135,523
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at June 30, 2021

    50,766,405   $ 848,893     44,752,305   $ —        45,000   $ (665   $ 235,921   $ (850,516   $ 114   $ (615,146
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2021, stock-based compensation expense recorded within additional paid-in capital does not include $2,011 of expense recognized as a result of the acquisition of xtraCHEF due to accelerated vesting of acquiree option awards on the acquisition date (see Note 4).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

TOAST, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2020     2021  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (124,547   $ (234,650

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     6,380     8,944

Stock-based compensation

     22,156     58,858

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     164     136

Amortization of costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts

     6,767     10,992

Change in fair value of derivative liability

     —          103,281

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (262     16,492

Change in deferred income taxes

     —          (3,920

Loss on debt extinguishment

     —          49,783  

Non-cash interest on convertible note

     845     11,771

Other noncash items

     —          —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Account receivable, net

     (7,461     (15,095

Factor receivable, net

     2,371     (60

Merchant cash advances repaid

     6,605     437

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     9,709     (17,170

Other assets

     203     (6,116

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, net

     (10,605     (17,592

Inventories

     2,539     (14,633

Accounts payable

     (8,668     (375

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (8,766     92,598

Deferred revenue

     635     3,748

Other liabilities

     4,116     3,789
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (97,819     51,218
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Cash paid for acquisition, net of cash acquired

     —          (26,142

Capitalized software

     (4,502     (4,087

Purchases of property and equipment

     (26,574     (8,320

Other

     (13     9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (31,089     (38,540
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Repayments of secured borrowings

     (7,095     —     

Extinguishment of convertible notes

     —          (244,528

Change in customer funds obligations, net

     (1,429     16,440

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     194,850     —     

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     355     16,588

Proceeds from issuance of Series F preferred stock

     402,390     —     

Proceeds from exercise of restricted stock

     89     10,158

Repurchase of restricted stock

     (155     —     

Repurchase of common stock

     (205     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     588,800     (201,342
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, cash held on behalf of customers and restricted cash

     459,892     (188,664

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

     29     (114

Cash, cash equivalents, cash held on behalf of customers and restricted cash at beginning of period

     159,389     593,676
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, cash held on behalf of customers and restricted cash at end of period

   $ 619,310   $ 404,898
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, cash held on behalf of customers and restricted cash

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 611,309   $ 376,149

Cash held on behalf of customers

     5,286     27,077

Restricted cash

     2,715     1,672
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, cash held on behalf of customers and restricted cash

   $ 619,310   $ 404,898
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ —        $ 13,226

Cash received for interest

   $ 680   $ 1,410

Non-cash items in investing and financing activities

    

Purchase of property and equipment included in accounts payable

   $ 8,641   $ 658

Contingent consideration included in purchase price

   $ —        $ 1,876

Deferred payments included in purchase price

   $ —        $ 5,357

Common stock issued in acquisition

   $ —        $ 14,857

Issuance of common stock warrants upon debt extinguishment

   $ —        $ 125,111

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

TOAST, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

Toast, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company” or “Toast”), a Delaware corporation, is a cloud-based end-to-end technology platform purpose-built for the entire restaurant community. Toast’s platform provides a comprehensive suite of software as a service (“SaaS”) products, financial technology solutions including integrated payment processing, restaurant-grade hardware, and a broad ecosystem of third-party partners. Toast serves as the restaurant operating system, connecting front of house and back of house operations across dine-in, takeout, and delivery channels.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Comprehensive loss is composed of two components: net loss and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to income and expenses that under U.S. GAAP are recorded as an element of stockholders’ deficit but are excluded from the Company’s net loss. For all periods presented, the Company’s other comprehensive income (loss) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments related to the Company’s foreign subsidiary.

Unaudited interim financial information

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2021, and the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 are unaudited. The interim unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments of a normal recurring nature considered necessary to state fairly the Company’s consolidated financial position as of June 30, 2021, and the results of operations, comprehensive loss, and cash flows for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, are unaudited and are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2021, or for any other future annual or interim period.

The information included in these consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Impact of COVID-19

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 a pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic has rapidly impacted market and economic conditions globally. In an attempt to limit the spread of the virus, various governmental restrictions have been implemented, including business activity and travel restrictions as well as “shelter-at-home” orders. These restrictions impacted restaurants in various ways, including limiting service to takeout orders for a period of time or reducing capacity to accommodate social distancing recommendations.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

The Company considered the potential effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on its consolidated financial statements and the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Company had recognized a liability of $6,930 and $7,053, respectively, in connection with lease termination fees. During the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Company completed a significant reduction in workforce, pursuant to which it incurred severance costs of $10,127 and stock-based compensation expense of $980 in connection with the modification of previously issued employee stock option awards. The Company is also engaged in efforts to reduce operating expenses and has taken other measures to reduce discretionary spending while conditions remain uncertain for the restaurant industry.

In light of the evolving nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and the uncertainty it has produced around the world, it is not possible to predict the cumulative and ultimate impact of the pandemic on the Company’s future business operations, results of operations, financial position, liquidity, and cash flows. The extent of the impact of the pandemic on the Company’s business and financial results will depend largely on future developments, including the duration of the spread of the pandemic both globally and within the United States, the impact on capital, foreign currency exchange, and financial markets, the impact of governmental or regulatory orders that impact the Company’s business, and the effect on global supply chains, all of which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. For example, increased demand for semiconductor chips in 2020 and 2021, due in part to the COVID-19 pandemic and an increased use of personal electronics, has created a global shortfall of microchip supply, and it is yet unknown how and the extent to which the Company may be impacted. The Company will continue to actively monitor the impacts of and responses to the COVID-19 pandemic and its related risks.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Supplemental Financial Statement Disclosures

The Company believes that other than the adoption of new accounting pronouncements as described below, there have been no significant changes during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 to the items disclosed in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, included the audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates, judgments, and assumptions in these consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, allowances for uncollectable loans and merchant cash advances, loan servicing assets, allowance for excessive and obsolete inventory, reserves for warranties on hardware sold, reserves for sales returns, guarantees for losses on customer loans held with a bank the Company partners with, business combinations and other acquired intangible assets, stock-based compensation, warrants, convertible debt, debt derivatives and common stock valuation. Actual results could vary from those estimates.

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company capitalizes certain legal, professional accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs until such financings are consummated. After the consummation of an equity financing, these costs are recorded as a reduction of the proceeds from the offering, either as a reduction to the carrying value of the shares of

 

F-55


Table of Contents

convertible preferred stock, or in stockholders’ deficit as a reduction of additional paid-in capital generated as a result of the offering. Should an in-process equity financing be abandoned, the deferred offering costs would be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Company had $120 and $2,937, respectively, of deferred offering costs included in other non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which supersedes most existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU No. 2014-09 is to recognize revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU No. 2014-09 defines a five-step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP. For private organizations, the standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods therein, using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients or (ii) a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU No. 2014-09 recognized at the date of adoption (which includes additional footnote disclosures). The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2020, using the modified retrospective method of transition. The Company applied ASU No. 2014-09 to all contracts that were effective as of January 1, 2020. Under this method, the Topic 606 was applied to contracts that were not complete as of January 1, 2020. The Company recorded a net reduction to accumulated deficit of $18,258 as of January 1, 2020 due to the cumulative impact of adopting ASU No. 2014-09, primarily related to capitalizing commissions and changes in allocation of arrangement consideration to hardware revenue and subscription revenue. See Note 3 for further disclosure on the impact of ASU No. 2014-09 adoption.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU 2018-07 simplifies the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees by aligning it with the accounting for share-based payments to employees, with certain exceptions. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU 2018-07, which did not materially impact the consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract, which is intended to align the requirements for capitalization of implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract with the existing guidance for internal-use software. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU 2018-15, which did not materially impact the consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), as amended, which supersedes the guidance in former ASC 840, Leases. The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will

 

F-56


Table of Contents

determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than 12 months regardless of their classification. Leases with a term of 12 months or less will be accounted for similar to the current guidance for operating leases. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05, which defers the effective date of ASU 2016-02 for private entities to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The ASU is expected to impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures as it has certain operating lease arrangements for which it is the lessee. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-02, as amended, will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, and has since issued various amendments including ASU No. 2018-19, ASU No. 2019-04, ASU No. 2019-05, ASU No. 2019-11, and ASU 2020-02. The guidance and the related amendments modify the accounting for credit losses for most financial assets and require the use of an expected credit loss model replacing the currently used incurred loss method. Under this model, entities will be required to estimate the expected lifetime credit loss on such instruments and record an allowance to offset the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, resulting in a net presentation of the amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements (Topic 326), Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 815), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Financial Instruments (Topic 825). The amendments clarify the scope of the credit losses standard among other things. With respect to hedge accounting, the amendments address partial-term fair value hedges and fair value hedge basis adjustments. On recognizing and measuring financial instruments, they address the scope of the guidance, the requirement for remeasurement to fair value when using the measurement alternative, and certain disclosure requirements. This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted as long an entity has also adopted the amendments in ASU 2016-13. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740). The amendments in the updated guidance simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions and improving consistent application of other areas of the topic by clarifying the guidance. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2020, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2020-06, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40)—Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (“ASU 2020-06”). The new guidance simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments by removing certain separation models required under current U.S. GAAP, including the beneficial conversion feature and cash conversion feature. ASU 2020-06 also improves and amends the related earnings per share guidance for both subtopics. ASU 2020-06 is effective for public

 

F-57


Table of Contents

business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods within that fiscal year. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2020-06 on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an “emerging growth company” (EGC), as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act) and accordingly the Company may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs. The Company may take advantage of these exemptions until the Company is no longer an EGC under Section 107 of the JOBS Act, which provides that an EGC can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. The Company has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and as a result of this election, the consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. If the Company were to lose EGC status for purposes of its 2021 financial statements, it would need to adopt ASUs No. 2016-02, 2016-13, 2019-04 and 2019-12, retroactive to January 1, 2021 in its annual financial statements.

3. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the Company generated four types of revenue, including: (1) subscription services from its SaaS products, (2) financial technology services, including loan servicing activities, (3) hardware, and (4) professional services. Our contracts often include promises to transfer multiple products and services to a customer.

Adoption of ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The Company adopted ASC 606 on January 1, 2020. Prior to the adoption of ASC 606, the Company did not allocate discounts on hardware revenue and professional services to subscription elements and variable transaction-based fees which were considered contingent revenue. Under ASC 606, arrangement consideration is allocated to each distinct performance obligation using a relative selling price allocation method based on each distinct performance obligation’s standalone selling price (“SSP”), which impacted the allocation of arrangement consideration between hardware revenue and subscription services. The Company continues to allocate all variable fees earned from transaction-based revenue to this performance obligation on the basis that it is consistent with the allocation objectives in ASC 606.

Additionally, prior to the adoption of ASC 606, the Company expensed commission costs and related employer payroll taxes when incurred as costs of obtaining a contract. Under ASC 340-40, the Company is required to capitalize and amortize incremental costs of obtaining a contract, such as sales commissions and related payroll taxes, over the period of benefit, which the Company has calculated to be three years. The period of benefit for commissions paid for the acquisition of initial subscription services is determined by taking into consideration the initial estimated customer life and the technological life of the Company’s subscription services platform and related significant features. The Company periodically adjusts the carrying value of the deferred commissions assets to account for customer churn, which occurs when customers have ceased operations or otherwise discontinued use of the Company’s subscription services and financial technology solutions. Amortization expense is included in sales and marketing expense on the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the cumulative effect of changes on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of January 1, 2020 as a result of the adoption of ASC 606 based on the modified retrospective transition method:

 

     Balance as of
December 31,
2019
    Adjustments
Due to
Adoption
    Balance as of
January 1,
2020
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

      

Assets:

      

Accounts receivable

   $ 15,091   $ 5,689   $ 20,780

Costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, net

     —         10,257       10,257  

Non-current costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts, net

     —         9,360       9,360  

Liabilities:

      

Current portion of deferred revenue

     38,979       (1,591     37,388  

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     20,515       8,639       29,154  

Stockholders’ deficit:

      

Accumulated deficit

     (385,921     18,258       (367,663

The Company elected to use the portfolio approach practical expedient for contracts with similar characteristics provided the accounting result will not be materially different from the result of applying the guidance at the individual contract level. The Company selected various types of contracts and vendors to ensure all possible contract considerations were being captured. The Company applied this approach to all five steps of its analysis and used its judgment in the application of this approach to contracts and groups of similar contracts for revenue recognition.

The Company elected to use the significant financing component practical expedient to not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component if the entity expects, at contract inception, that the period between when the entity transfers a promised good or service to a customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less.

The following table summarizes the activity in deferred revenue:

 

     Six months ended June 30,  
         2020              2021      

Deferred revenue, beginning of year

   $ 59,494    $ 58,213

Cumulative adjustment for adoption of ASC 606

     7,048      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred revenue, beginning of year, as adjusted

     66,542      58,213

Deferred revenue, end of period

     67,178      61,961
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue recognized in the period from amounts included in deferred revenue at the beginning of period

   $ 17,932    $ 33,030
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2021, approximately $315,008 of revenue is expected to be recognized from remaining performance obligations for customer contracts. We expect to recognize revenue on approximately $306,502 of these remaining performance obligations over the next 24 months, with the balance recognized thereafter.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the activity in deferred contract acquisition costs:

 

     Six months ended June 30,  
         2020             2021      

Beginning balance

   $ —     $ 29,406

Adjustment due to adoption of ASC 606

     19,617     —    

Capitalization of sales commissions costs

     10,605     17,592

Amortization of sales commissions costs

     (6,767     (10,992
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 23,455   $ 36,006
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Six months ended June 30,  
         2020              2021      

Capitalized sales commissions costs, current

   $ 12,918    $ 20,642

Capitalized sales commissions costs, non-current

     10,537      15,364
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalized sales commissions costs

   $ 23,455    $ 36,006
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Business Combination

On June 8, 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of xtraCHEF, Inc. (“xtraCHEF”), a provider of restaurant-specific invoice management software that automates the accounts payable and inventory workflow and improves efficiencies related to expense tracking and recording. The acquisition is expected to expand the Company’s product portfolio and enable its customers to improve operational efficiencies and financial decision-making.

The preliminary aggregate purchase price, net of cash acquired of $883, is subject to normal and customary purchase price adjustments and is as follows on the acquisition date:

 

     Amount  

Cash consideration, net of cash acquired

   $ 23,528

Fair value of common stock issued

     14,857

Fair value of settled stock option awards

     1,343

Fair value of contingent consideration

     1,876

Liabilities settled on behalf of xtraCHEF

     1,271

Deferred payments for indemnity claims and working capital funds, net of adjustments (1)

     5,357
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 48,232
  

 

 

 

In consideration for the acquisition of xtraCHEF, the Company issued 113,880 shares of common stock to the seller shareholders with a fair value of $130.46 per share on the acquisition date supported by a contemporaneous valuation. Additionally, the Company settled 265,250 acquiree option awards that were subject to accelerated vesting on the acquisition date. Total consideration transferred for the settled option awards consisted of cash consideration of $2,823 and deferred consideration of $531, which included the indemnity fund, the working capital fund and the fair value of contingent consideration. The consideration transferred for the settled option awards of $3,354 approximated the

 

(1)

The amount includes the indemnity funds related to the seller’s satisfaction of potential indemnity claims that may be released to the sellers no later than 15 months following the acquisition date, as well as a cash payment related to working capital, subject to further working capital adjustments, that will be released to the sellers or remitted back to the Company no later than 12 months following the acquisition date.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

estimated fair value of the settled option awards on the acquisition date, of which $1,343 was attributable to pre-acquisition services and included in the purchase price. The remaining amount of $2,011 was recorded as a stock-based compensation expense on the acquisition date within general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

Fair value of contingent consideration of $2,013 on the acquisition date was estimated based on a Monte Carlo simulation and recorded as a liability in the consolidated balance sheets. Contingent consideration is based on a cumulative achievement of certain recurring revenue targets, as defined in the acquisition agreement, and represents a potential obligation of the Company to pay cash and issue additional shares of its common stock to the former xtraCHEF shareholders up to a certain amount based on the achievement of the required revenue targets during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2022. The contingent consideration obligation is limited to a maximum payment amount of $7,300. The liability of $5,650 related to the indemnity fund will be released to the sellers, to the extent there are no claims for indemnification by the Company against the fund, no later than 15 months following the acquisition date and is included within other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company accounted for the acquisition as a business combination in accordance with provisions of ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”). The operating results of xtraCHEF have been reflected in the Company’s results of operations from the date of the acquisition. The Company used a market participant approach to record the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the xtraCHEF acquisition. Due to the timing of the acquisition, the accounting for this acquisition was not complete as of June 30, 2021. The fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed have been determined provisionally and are subject to adjustment as the Company obtains additional information. In particular, additional time is needed to review and finalize the results of the valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Any adjustments to the purchase price allocation will be made as soon as practicable, but no later than one year from the acquisition date.

Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is primarily the result of expected synergies from combining the operations of xtraCHEF with the Company’s operations and is currently not deductible for tax purposes.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the preliminary purchase price and the amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the acquisition based upon their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. Such balances are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2021:

 

     Amount  

Property and equipment

   $ 22

Intangible assets

     13,500

Goodwill

     38,851

Net working capital

     (221

Deferred tax liability

     (3,920
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 48,232
  

 

 

 

The developed technology and the customer relationships intangible assets of $12,600 and $900, respectively, have a weighted average amortization period of 10 years and 6 years, respectively, on the acquisition date. The Company used the income approach in accordance with the relief-from-royalty method to estimate the fair value of the developed technology which is equal to the present value of the after-tax royalty savings attributable to owning the intangible asset. Fair value of the customer relationships was estimated based on the income approach in accordance with the excess-earnings method which is equal to the present value of the after-tax cash flows attributable to the intangible asset only.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

The Company incurred acquisition-related costs of $1,113 in connection with the acquisition of xtraCHEF which were recorded in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

The Company did not present proforma financial information for its consolidated results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 as if the acquisition of xtraCHEF occurred on January 1, 2020 because such results were not material. Revenue and result of operations from xtraCHEF were not material to the Company’s consolidated revenue and consolidated net loss during the six months ended June 30, 2021.

5. Cash and Cash Equivalents, Cash Held on Behalf of Customers and Restricted Cash

The Company defines cash and cash equivalents as highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the time of purchase. At December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents consisted primarily of cash held in checking and money market accounts.

Cash held on behalf of customers represents an asset that is restricted for the purpose of satisfying obligations to remit funds to various tax authorities to satisfy customers’ payroll, tax, and other obligations. Cash held on behalf of customers is included within prepaid expenses and other current assets, and the corresponding customer funds obligation is included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Restricted cash relates to cash held with commercial lending institutions. The restrictions are related to cash collateralized letters of credit to cover potential customer defaults on third-party financing arrangements. Additionally, restricted cash is held as collateral pursuant to an agreement with the originating bank for the Company’s loan product (see Note 9).

Cash, cash equivalents, cash held on behalf of customers, and restricted cash consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2020      2021  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 581,824    $ 376,149

Cash held on behalf of customers

     10,638        27,077

Restricted cash

     1,214        1,672
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, cash held on behalf of customers and restricted cash

   $ 593,676    $ 404,898
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Certain assets and liabilities of the Company are carried at fair value under U.S. GAAP. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels of the fair value hierarchy, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable:

 

   

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

F-62


Table of Contents
   

Level 2—Observable inputs (other than Level 1 quoted prices), such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets or liabilities, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

   

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to determining the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, and similar techniques.

The following table presents information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicates the level of the fair value hierarchy used to determine such fair values:

 

     Fair Value Measurement at December 31,
2020 Using
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 142,000    $ —      $ —      $ 142,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 142,000    $ —      $ —      $ 142,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —      $ —      $ 11,405    $ 11,405

Derivative liability

     —          —          37,443      37,443
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —      $ —      $ 48,848    $ 48,848
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurement at June 30, 2021 Using  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 168,044    $ —        $ —        $ 168,044
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 168,044    $ —        $ —        $ 168,044
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —        $ —        $ 27,988    $ 27,988

Common stock warrant liability

     —          —          125,111      125,111

Contingent consideration

     —          —          2,013      2,013
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ —        $ 155,112    $ 155,112
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy.

Valuation of Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock

The fair value of the liability for warrants to purchase preferred stock in the table above was determined based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represent a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which considered as inputs the underlying price, strike price, time to expiration, volatility, risk-free interest rates, and dividend yield. The following table indicates the

 

F-63


Table of Contents

weighted-average assumptions made in estimating the fair value for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021:

 

     Six months ended June 30,  
     2020     2021  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.19     0.32

Contractual term (in years)

     6-8       5-7  

Expected volatility

     60     60

Expected dividend yield

     —       —  

Exercise price

   $ 3.69   $ 3.69

Valuation of Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

The fair value of the liability for warrants to purchase common stock in the table above was determined based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represent a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which considered as inputs the underlying price, strike price, time to expiration, volatility, risk-free interest rates, and dividend yield. The following table indicates the weighted-average assumptions made in estimating the fair value for the six months ended June 30, 2021:

 

     Six months ended  
     June 30, 2021  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.1

Contractual term (in years)

     6  

Expected volatility

     50.2

Expected dividend yield

     —  

Exercise price

   $ 85.79  

Valuations of Convertible Notes Related Bifurcated Derivative Liability and Contingently Issuable Warrants

In June 2020, the Company issued $200,000 aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured convertible promissory notes (the “Convertible Notes”). The Convertible Notes provided a conversion option whereby upon the closing of an underwritten public offering or direct listing of the Company’s common stock on a national securities exchange, in each case, that meets certain criteria, the Convertible Notes would convert into common stock at a conversion price that represented a discount to the price paid by investors (see Note 10). The conversion option was determined to be an embedded derivative, required to be bifurcated and accounted for separately from the Convertible Notes. Upon a voluntary redemption of the Convertible Notes, the Company is obligated to issue warrants to the noteholders to purchase common stock equal to two-thirds the principal balance divided by the strike price which is determined assuming a total equity value of $9,500,000 divided by the fully diluted share count at the time of conversion. These contingently issuable warrants to purchase common stock met the definition of a derivative and were accounted for separately and recorded based on the fair value of those warrants as adjusted for the probability that there would be a voluntary redemption of the Convertible Notes.

The fair value of the bifurcated derivative liability and contingently issuable warrants was determined based on inputs not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The Company’s valuations of the bifurcated derivative liability and contingently issuable warrants were measured using an income approach based on a discounted cash

 

F-64


Table of Contents

flow model, as well as a probability-weighted expected return method (“PWERM”). The Company used various key assumptions, such as estimation of the timing and probability of expected future events, and selection of discount rates applied to future cash flows using a yield curve representative of the Company’s credit risk.

The estimated fair value of the Convertible Notes at December 31, 2020 was $249,301, a Level 3 valuation, based on assumptions about a plain vanilla debt instrument based on entity specific credit risk assumptions and the contractual term of the debt and the values previously noted for the bifurcated derivative liability and contingently issuable warrants, and adjusted for the expected probability of the settlement options allowable under the Convertible Notes.

On June 21, 2021, the Company prepaid all of the then-outstanding Convertible Notes as an optional prepayment (see Note 10). In connection with the optional prepayment, the Company derecognized the bifurcated derivative liability and contingently issuable warrants which were remeasured at fair value on the settlement date.

Contingent Consideration Liability

Fair value of contingent consideration liability incurred in connection with the acquisition of xtraCHEF was estimated at $2,013 on the acquisition date based on a Monte Carlo simulation (see Note 4). The Monte Carlo simulation performs numerous simulations utilizing certain assumptions, such as projected revenue amounts over the related period, risk-free rate, and risk-adjusted discount rate. The fair value measurement of contingent consideration is based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. Changes in the assumptions used could materially change the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration which is subject to remeasurement during each reporting period until the contingency is resolved and the liability is settled. The Company recognizes the change in fair value of the contingent consideration liability in its results of operations.

The following tables provide a roll-forward of the aggregate fair value of the Company’s warrants to purchase preferred stock, common stock, derivative liability, and contingent consideration liability, for which fair value is determined using Level 3 inputs:

 

     Preferred
Stock Warrant
Liability
    Derivative
Liability
 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

   $ 3,187   $ —  

Fair value at issuance

     —         30,161

Change in fair value

     (262     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2020

   $ 2,925   $ 30,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Preferred
Stock Warrant
Liability
     Common
Stock Warrant
Liability
     Derivative
Liability
    Contingent
Consideration
Liability
 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

   $ 11,405    $ —      $ 37,443   $ —  

Fair value at issuance

     —          125,111      —         —    

Fair value on the acquisition date

     —          —          —         2,013

Change in fair value and other adjustments

     16,583      —          103,281     —    

Settlement

     —          —          (140,724 )     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2021

   $ 27,988    $ 125,111    $ —     $ 2,013
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

7. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2020      2021  

Cash held on behalf of customers

   $ 10,638    $ 27,077

Prepaid SaaS

     6,088      7,624

Prepaid expenses

     2,365      2,284

Prepaid commissions

     999      1,475

Prepaid rent

     830      2,124

Prepaid insurance

     399      1,189

Tenant lease incentive receivable

     201      186

VAT receivables

     91      419

Deposits for inventory purchases

     —          13,220
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 21,611    $ 55,598
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2020      2021  

Accrued transaction-based costs

   $ 14,226    $ 104,487

Accrued payroll and bonus

     12,185        15,081

Customer funds obligation

     10,638        27,077

Accrued expenses

     7,989        11,573

Accrued commissions

     7,493        7,696

Sales return and allowance

     4,137        6,962

Product warranty liability

     2,362        1,936

Deferred rent

     1,290        1,492

Sales taxes payable

     849        1,581

Servicing loan guarantee liability

     509        910

Other liabilities

     1,494        1,604
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 63,172    $ 180,399
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Loan Servicing Activities

During 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company performed loan servicing activities through the Toast Capital loan program, where the Company partnered with an industrial bank to provide working capital loans to qualified Toast customers based on the customer’s current payment processing and POS data. Under the program, the Company’s bank partner originates the loans and the Company markets and services the loans and facilitates the loan application and origination process. These loans provided eligible customers with access to financing of up to $250, and loan repayment occurs automatically through a fixed percentage of every payment transaction on Toast’s platform. These loans had a maximum size of $250 prior to the COVID-19 pandemic when lending was temporarily paused. Since resuming loan servicing activities starting in the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company has had a maximum loan size of $100. The Company earns a share of interest and fees paid on loans, which is recognized as servicing revenue as the services are delivered and included within financial technology services revenue in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Servicing revenue is adjusted for the amortization of servicing rights carried at amortized cost.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Under the terms of the contracts with the bank partner, the Company provides limited credit enhancement to the bank partner in the event of excess bank partner portfolio credit losses by holding cash in restricted escrow accounts in an amount equal to a contractual percentage of the bank partner’s monthly originations and month-end outstanding portfolio balance, which was $906 and $1,364, respectively, at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021.

The Company assumes on a limited basis liability for defaults on loans it services based on a specified percentage of the total loans originated which is measured on a quarterly basis. The estimated liability is accounted for as a guarantee under ASC 460, Guarantees, which is recorded as a reduction of net revenue at the time the loans are originated and is trued up over the period of repayment. Customers historically repaid their Toast Capital loans in nine months on average. If the merchants fall behind in payments for a defined period of time, the Company is obligated to purchase them from its bank partner and such purchases are recorded as a reduction to the Company’s potential liability with respect to the quarterly cohort of loans from which the defaulted loan originated. At December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Company had $3,483 and $3,158, respectively, of acquired loans outstanding which are largely reserved based on collection risk.

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Company recorded a guarantee liability of $509 and $910, respectively, which represents the Company’s estimate of additional loans expected to be repurchased under the guarantee.

10. Debt

Revolving Line of Credit

In March 2019, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility (the “2019 Facility”), which comprised a revolving line of credit equal to $100,000. Interest on outstanding loans under the 2019 Facility accrued interest at a per annum rate of, at the election of the Company, LIBOR plus 3.00% or the base rate plus 2.00%. Interest was payable in arrears quarterly, in the case of base rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period (but not less frequently than three months), in the case of LIBOR loans. This credit facility was subject to certain financial maintenance covenants, including maximum total net debt to recurring revenue ratio, maximum senior net debt to recurring revenue ratio, minimum liquidity and minimum last quarter annualized recurring revenue. Amortization of the debt issuance costs totaled $163 and $168, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021. As of December 31, 2020, no amount was drawn and outstanding under the 2019 Facility; however, approximately $13,700 of letters of credit were outstanding, which reduced the amount available under this credit facility to $86,300.

On June 8, 2021, the Company terminated the 2019 Facility and entered into a new revolving line of credit facility (the “2021 Facility”) equal to $330,000. Interest on outstanding loans under the 2021 Facility is determined based on loan type and accrues at an annual rate, as defined in the agreement, of: (a) LIBO Rate multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate, plus 1.50% per annum; or 0.5% per annum plus the highest of: (i) the Prime Rate, (ii) the Federal Reserve Bank of New York Rate plus 0.5%, or (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate plus 1.00%. The 2021 Facility is subject to a minimum liquidity covenant of $250,000. As of June 30, 2021, no amount was drawn and outstanding under the 2021 Facility which had $330,000 available for borrowings. As of June 30, 2021, there were approximately $11,600 of letters of credit outstanding. As a result of entering into a 2021 Facility, the Company became obligated to prepay or redeem the Convertible Notes which occurred on June 21, 2021.

The Company incurred $2,582 of debt issuance costs in connection with obtaining the 2021 Facility which are presented within other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets and amortized over the term of the 2021 Facility.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Convertible Notes

Convertible Notes consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2020  

Convertible notes

   $ 200,000

Accrued paid in kind interest

     4,533  

Less: Unamortized discount

     (32,824
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of discount

   $ 171,709
  

 

 

 

In June 2020, the Company issued the Convertible Notes pursuant to the Senior Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement (the “NPA”), dated as of June 19, 2020. The aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes issued at the time of closing of the convertible notes transaction was $200,000. The Convertible Notes bore interest at a rate of 8.5% per annum, 50% of which was payable in cash and the other 50% payable in kind. Interest was payable semi-annually in arrears, beginning on December 30, 2020. Unless earlier converted, redeemed, or repaid, the Convertible Notes would mature on June 19, 2027. Interest expense related to the Convertible Notes for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 was $845 and $11,771, respectively.

Upon the issuance of the Convertible Notes, the Company identified and assessed the embedded features of the Convertible Notes. The Company concluded that the conversion features upon both IPO and non-IPO events pursuant to which the Company’s securities would become publicly traded, as well as the redemption features upon a change in control, certain events of default and sales of certain assets were not clearly and closely related to the Convertible Notes and met the definition of a derivative and therefore were required to be bifurcated and separately accounted from the Convertible Notes. The Company estimated the fair value of these bifurcated derivative features as a combined single derivative liability. Additionally, the contingently issuable warrants to purchase common stock met the definition of a derivative and were accounted for separately and recorded based on their fair value as adjusted for the probability that there would be a voluntary redemption of the Convertible Notes. The estimated fair values of the derivative liability and warrants on the issuance date were deducted from the carrying value of the Convertible Notes and recorded in long-term liabilities. The bifurcated derivative liability and contingently issuable warrants were subsequently adjusted to their fair value during each reporting period with the change in fair value recorded in other income (expense).

The Company allocated the transaction costs related to the Convertible Notes and bifurcated derivatives using the same proportion as the allocation of proceeds from the Convertible Notes. Transaction costs attributable to Convertible Notes were recorded as a direct deduction from the debt liability in the consolidated balance sheets, along with the original issue discount, and amortized to interest expense over the term of the Convertible Notes. The transaction costs attributable to the bifurcated derivatives were expensed as incurred. The carrying value of the Convertible Notes was accreted to the principal amount along with the 15% exit fee payable at maturity as interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the Convertible Notes. The effective interest rate on the Convertible Notes was 13.33%.

Upon a voluntary redemption of the Convertible Notes in whole (but not in part), the Company was obligated to pay an applicable premium, as further described in the NPA and in the Convertible Notes, and issue warrants to the note holders to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient of: (i) two-thirds of the outstanding principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, on such redemption date, divided by (ii) the Capped Price, provided that if the Convertible Notes were voluntarily redeemed prior to December 19, 2021, the number of shares underlying such warrants would be calculated as of December 19, 2021. On June 21, 2021, the Company prepaid all of

 

F-68


Table of Contents

the outstanding Convertible Notes with a carrying amount of $183,478, including principal and accrued cash and paid in kind interest, net of an unamortized discount, for an aggregate amount equal to $248,875, including the associated transaction costs of $145. In connection with the prepayment, the Company issued to the registered holders of the Convertible Notes the warrants to purchase 1,622,717 shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price of $87.5168 per share. The fair value of the warrants of $125,111 was included in the Convertible Notes’ aggregate settlement consideration of $373,986. Additionally, the Company derecognized the liability for the bifurcated derivative and contingently issuable warrants of $140,724 which were remeasured at fair value on the settlement date. During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company recognized a loss of $49,783 on the settlement of the Convertible Notes and a loss of $103,281 on the change in fair value of the bifurcated derivative liability and contingently issuable warrants which were recorded in other income (expense).

11. Warrants to Purchase Preferred and Common Stock

Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock

In conjunction with certain debt financing transactions, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of preferred stock. These warrants are exercisable upon issuance and are not subject to any vesting or restrictions on timing of exercise.

The Company classifies the warrants as liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet as the warrants are free-standing financial instruments that may require the Company to transfer assets upon exercise. The initial value of the warrants were recorded as a discount to the related debt and amortized as interest expense. All debt financing arrangements entered into prior to March 2019 have been settled; however, the associated warrants remain outstanding.

The warrants consist of the following instruments:

 

December 31, 2020

 

Issuance Date

   Contractual
Term
     Class of
Stock
     Balance
Sheet
Classification
     Shares
Issuable
Upon
Exercise
     Exercise
Price
     Fair Value
of Warrant
Liability
 

December 7, 2015

     10.5 years        Series B        Liability        51,182      $ 1.95      2,943  

August 9, 2016

     10 years        Series B        Liability        80,000      $ 1.95      4,601  

December 28, 2017

     10 years        Series C        Liability        42,900      $ 6.98      2,317  

January 23, 2018

     8 years        Series C        Liability        26,325      $ 6.98      1,544  
           

 

 

       

 

 

 
              200,407           11,405  
           

 

 

       

 

 

 

June 30, 2021

 

Issuance Date

   Contractual
Term
     Class of
Stock
     Balance
Sheet
Classification
     Shares
Issuable
Upon
Exercise
     Exercise
Price
     Fair Value
of Warrant
Liability
 

December 7, 2015

     10.5 years        Series B        Liability        51,182    $ 1.95      7,230

August 9, 2016

     10 years        Series B        Liability        80,000    $ 1.95      11,300

December 28, 2017

     10 years        Series C        Liability        42,900    $ 6.98      5,866

January 23, 2018

     8 years        Series C        Liability        26,325    $ 6.98      3,592
           

 

 

       

 

 

 
              200,407         27,988
           

 

 

       

 

 

 

The warrants were measured at fair value at issuance and subsequently remeasured at fair value at each reporting date. Changes in the fair value of the warrant liability are recognized as a component of other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Changes

 

F-69


Table of Contents

in the fair value of the warrant liability will continue to be recognized until the warrants are exercised, expire or qualify for equity classification. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the Company recorded a gain of $262 and a loss of $16,492, respectively, from the change in the fair value of the warrants to purchase preferred stock.

Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

In conjunction with the optional prepayment of the Convertible Notes on June 21, 2021, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1,622,717 shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price of $87.5168 per share (see Note 10). These warrants are exercisable upon issuance and are not subject to any vesting or restrictions on timing of exercise.

The Company classifies the warrants as liabilities and recognizes them at fair value on its consolidated balance sheets since they meet the definition of a derivative. Subsequent changes in the warrants’ respective fair values will be recognized in the Company’s results of operations in its consolidated statements of comprehensive loss at each reporting period. The Company evaluated the warrants and concluded that they do not meet the criteria to be classified within stockholders’ deficit. The agreement governing the warrants includes a provision the application of which could result in a different exercise price and a settlement value depending on the assumption of the warrants by their holders. The warrants are not considered to be indexed to the Company’s own stock since the actions of the warrant holders do not represent an input into the pricing of a fixed-for-fixed option on the Company’s shares of common stock which precludes the Company from classifying the warrants in stockholders’ deficit.

The warrants were initially measured at fair value upon their issuance and will be subsequently measured at fair value during each reporting date. Changes in the fair value of the warrants liability are recognized as a component of other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Changes in the fair value of the warrants liability will continue to be recognized in the Company’s results of operations until the warrants are exercised or expire.

12. Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company has issued Series A convertible preferred stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), Series B convertible preferred stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), Series C convertible preferred stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), Series D convertible preferred stock (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), Series E convertible preferred stock (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), and Series F convertible preferred stock (the “Series F Preferred Stock”) (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”).

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorized the Company to issue an aggregate of 51,449,136 shares of Preferred Stock. The undesignated shares of Preferred Stock will have rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, and liquidation preferences, as shall be determined by the Board upon issuance of the Preferred Stock.

In October 2020, the Company entered into a stock repurchase agreement with an investor, pursuant to which it repurchased 15,454 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for $842.

In February 2020, the Company entered into a Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Series F Stock Purchase Agreement”). From February 2020 to April 2020, pursuant to the Series F Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company issued an aggregate of 8,860,244 shares of Series F Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $45.4496 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $402,695. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company incurred issuance costs of $327 in connection with the issuance of the Series F Preferred Stock.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock consisted of the following at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021:

 

     Preferred
Stock
Authorized
     Preferred
Stock
Issued
and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
     Common
Stock
Issuable
Upon
Conversion
 

Series A Preferred Stock

     3,614,458      3,614,458    $ 1,500    $ 1,500      3,614,458

Series B Preferred Stock

     15,307,339      15,160,703      29,449      29,621      15,160,703

Series C Preferred Stock

     7,754,773      7,328,689      50,965      51,154      7,328,689

Series D Preferred Stock

     6,644,706      6,644,706      114,827      115,000      6,644,706

Series E Preferred Stock

     9,157,605      9,157,605      249,784      250,000      9,157,605

Series F Preferred Stock

     8,970,255      8,860,244      402,368      402,695      8,860,244
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     51,449,136      50,766,405    $ 848,893    $ 849,970      50,766,405
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The holders of Preferred Stock have the following rights and preferences:

Voting

Each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter; provided, however, that the Series F Preferred Stock shall not have a right to vote on matters which the stockholders of the Company shall be entitled to vote to the extent such matter relates to the election of the directors on the Board, and the shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall not be included in determining the number of shares voting or entitled to vote on any such matters related to the election of the directors of the Board. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of common stock as a single class on an as-converted basis. The holders of record of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series A Preferred Stock, each exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Company.

Voluntary Conversion

Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price (each as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation) in effect at the time of conversion. Such initial conversion price, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of common stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company or a deemed liquidation event (as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation), the conversion rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

Mandatory Conversion

The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions for mandatory conversion for Preferred Stock into shares of common stock at the then-applicable

 

F-71


Table of Contents

conversion price upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $60,000 of gross proceeds to the Company, or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of the requisite majority, the requisite Series C majority, the requisite Series D majority, the requisite Series E majority, and the requisite Series F majority (each as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation) then (A) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock, at the then-effective conversion rate thereof and (B) such shares may not be reissued by the Company.

Redemption Provisions

Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately canceled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold, or transferred. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

Deemed Liquidation Events

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company or deemed liquidation event (as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation), the holders of shares of each series of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, on a pari passu basis, before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the applicable original issue price (as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation), plus any dividends declared, but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of such series of Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, or deemed liquidation event. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company or deemed liquidation event, the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts, which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

Dividends

The holders of Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of common stock, are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, but only out of funds that are legally available, therefore, dividends in an amount equal to 8% per annum of the applicable original issue price, as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Preferred dividends are noncumulative and are payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board and the Company is under no obligation to pay such preferred dividends. No dividends have been declared by the Company through June 30, 2021.

13. Common Stock

As of December 31, 2020, and June 30, 2021, the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorized the Company to issue 114,000,000 shares, of $0.000001 par value common stock, of which 43,951,086 and 44,752,305 shares, respectively, are legally issued and outstanding. The holders of the common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held at all meetings of stockholders.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company repurchased 5,000 shares of common stock at a cost of $205. Shares that are repurchased are classified as treasury stock pending future use and reduce the number of shares outstanding. There were no shares repurchased by the Company during the six months ended June 30, 2021.

As of each consolidated balance sheet date, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance in connection with the following:

 

     December 31,
2020
     June 30,
2021
 

Conversion of shares of preferred stock (as if converted to common stock)

     50,766,405        50,766,405

Options to purchase common stock

     11,607,044        12,385,001  

Restricted stock units

     —          1,017,173  

Warrants to purchase preferred stock (as if converted to warrants to purchase

common stock)

     200,407        200,407

Warrants to purchase common stock

     —          1,622,717

Shares available for future grant under the Stock Plan

     6,687,076        4,204,607  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     69,260,932        70,196,310  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. Restricted Stock and Promissory Notes

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, 219,360 shares and 1,429,747 shares, respectively, of common stock issued upon the early exercise of stock options are restricted and subject to repurchase by the Company at a price equal to the lower of cost or fair market value in the event of employee termination prior to vesting. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the amount paid for the restricted shares of $576 and $10,388, respectively, is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

At each consolidated balance sheet date, shares subject to restriction consisted of the following:

 

     Shares  

Nonvested as of January 1, 2020

     375,542

Exercise of stock options

     64,280

Repurchases

     (37,038

Vested

     (183,424
  

 

 

 

Nonvested as of December 31, 2020

     219,360

Exercise of stock options

     71,591

Exercise of stock options in connection with promissory notes repayment

     2,853,530

Repurchases

     (800

Vested

     (1,713,934
  

 

 

 

Nonvested as of June 30, 2021

     1,429,747  
  

 

 

 

In February 2019, the Board of Directors authorized certain senior executives to exercise an aggregate of 3,011,468 of stock options by issuing to the Company an aggregate of $22,797 in promissory notes (the “Promissory Notes”) that bore interest at 2.63% per annum and were repayable through proceeds of any sales of the stock (once it is vested) or upon a maturity date of five years from

 

F-73


Table of Contents

issuance, sixty days following termination of employment or immediately prior to the Company filing a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Promissory Notes were considered non-recourse for accounting purposes. Accordingly, the exercises were not considered substantive and not recorded in the consolidated balance sheets or consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit or consolidated statements of cash flows. Interest earned on the Promissory Notes was not recognized as income but was incorporated into the exercise price used to determine the fair value of the underlying stock options. The fair value of the underlying stock options was recognized in the Company’s statements of comprehensive loss over the requisite service period through a charge to compensation expense and a corresponding credit to additional paid in capital. The then outstanding principal and accrued interest of $22,959 under the Promissory Notes was repaid in full in May 2021. The total repayment excluded underlying stock options as part of the Promissory Notes which were not vested, forfeited, and cancelled upon employee termination.

The Company issued 1,609,060 shares for the exercise of vested options upon the Promissory Notes repayment and recognized $13,540 of the associated cash proceeds in additional paid in capital during the six months ended June 30, 2021. Additionally, the Company recognized a liability of $9,421 related to unvested shares in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

15. Stock-Based Compensation

In 2020, the Company amended and restated the Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (“Stock Plan”). Under the Stock Plan, the Company has reserved 33,555,562 shares of common stock for issuance to officers, directors, employees, and consultants. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, shares of common stock, stock options, or restricted stock units with respect to 11,607,044 and 13,402,174 shares, respectively, have been granted and are currently outstanding, and 6,687,076 and 4,204,607 shares, respectively, of common stock remain available for issuance to officers, directors, employees, and consultants pursuant to the Stock Plan. The vesting provisions, exercise price, and expiration dates are established by the Board at the date of grant, but incentive stock options may be subject to earlier termination, as provided in the Stock Plan. For the majority of awards with service conditions, 20% of each option award vests on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and the remaining 80% vests in equal quarterly installments over the next 16 quarters. Awards with performance or market conditions vest upon occurrence of certain events or meeting certain financial targets set forth in the individual grant agreements. The awards have a contractual life of seven to ten years. The determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards utilizing the Black-Scholes model is affected by the stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends. The Company does not have a history of market prices of its common stock as it is not a public company, and as such, volatility is estimated using historical volatilities of similar public entities. The expected life of the awards is estimated based on the simplified method. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the term of the awards. The dividend yield assumption is based on history and expectations of paying no dividends. The majority of stock compensation expense reported is related to the Company’s employees.

The fair value of the common stock has been determined at each award grant date based upon a variety of factors, including the illiquid nature of the common stock, arm’s-length sales of the Company’s capital stock (including convertible preferred stock), the effect of the rights and preferences of the preferred shareholders, and the prospects of a liquidity event. Other factors include, but are not limited to, the Company’s consolidated financial position and historical financial performance and the status of technological developments within the Company’s research. The fair value of each option grant was estimated on its grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No option grants were made during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The following table indicates the

 

F-74


Table of Contents

weighted-average assumptions made in estimating the fair value for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021:

 

     Six months ended
June 30,
2020
    Six months ended
June 30,
2021
 

Risk-free interest rate

     0.47     1.01

Expected term (in years)

     6.47       6.32  

Expected volatility

     63     65

Expected dividend yield

     —       —  

Weighted-average fair value of common stock

   $ 11.05   $ 80.31

Weighted-average fair value per share of options granted

   $ 6.42   $ 47.98

Stock-based compensation expense recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, is as follows:

 

     Six months ended
June 30,
 
     2020      2021  

Cost of revenue

   $ 919    $ 1,253

Sales and marketing

     1,649      2,939

Research and development

     2,200      26,511

General and administrative

     17,388      30,166
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

   $ 22,156    $ 60,869
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For awards with service conditions, the Company applied an estimated forfeiture rate for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, in determining the expense recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. The Company has not recognized any tax benefits or deductions related to the effects of employee stock-based compensation.

The following is a summary of stock option activity under the Company’s stock option plans:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2020 (2)

     11,607,044   $ 10.37      8.27      $ 447,365

Granted (2)

     1,803,650   $ 80.31      

Exercised (2)

     (677,581   $ 5.62      

Forfeited

     (348,112   $ 19.01      
  

 

 

         

Outstanding as of June 30, 2021

     12,385,001   $ 20.59      8.08      $ 1,360,808
  

 

 

         

Options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2020

     11,607,044     10.37        8.27      $ 447,365

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2020

     11,524,133     10.36        8.26      $ 445,547

Options vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2021

     12,385,001     20.59        8.08      $ 1,360,808

Options exercisable as of June 30, 2021

     12,385,001     20.59        8.08      $ 1,360,808

 

(1)

The aggregate intrinsic value was calculated based on the positive difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock as of each reporting date or the date of exercise, as appropriate, and the exercise price of the underlying options.

 

F-75


Table of Contents
(2)

The number of options outstanding, granted and exercised exclude 31,674 restricted stock units granted to a member of the Company’s Board of Directors which are presented separately in the “Restricted Stock Units” section below.

The weighted average grant date fair value per share of options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $47.98. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the total number of vested, unexercised options was 3,630,000 and 4,038,527, respectively, with an intrinsic value of $158,607 and $499,197, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the total number of non-vested options was 10,152 and 10,188, respectively.

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the aggregate intrinsic values of options exercised amounted to $2,040 and $51,807, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 was $10,148 and $14,201, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

Through June 30, 2021, the Company granted restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to employees and directors, some of which contain service-based vesting conditions, and some of which contain both service and performance-based vesting conditions under the Stock Plan. The RSUs with only service-based vesting conditions generally vest over a three-year service period, subject to the risk of forfeiture upon termination of employment or service to the Company. RSUs that contain both service and performance-based vesting conditions (as defined in the award) become eligible to vest when both the service and performance criteria have been met.

The Company reflects RSUs as issued and outstanding shares of common stock when such units vest. The following table summarizes RSU activity during the six months ended June 30, 2021:

 

     RSU     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested balance as of December 31, 2020

     31,674   $ 11.05

Granted

     1,009,812     89.24

Vested

     (10,558     11.05

Forfeited

     (13,755     96.34
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested balance as of June 30, 2021

     1,017,173   $ 87.52
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation expense related to RSUs is equal to the fair value of the underlying shares on the date of grant. Compensation expense associated with awards that have performance-based vesting conditions will be recognized when the performance conditions become probable of being achieved.

During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company issued approximately 10,558 shares of common stock to settle RSUs upon vesting. The fair value of RSUs vested during the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $1,106. No RSUs vested during the six months ended June 30, 2020.

As of June 30, 2021, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to the options and RSUs was $99,464 and is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average service period of approximately 3.97 years.

Performance Incentive Plan

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Company granted stock-based awards to certain members of management that vest based on both service and market conditions. No such awards

 

F-76


Table of Contents

were granted during the six months ended June 30, 2021. Vesting of awards is based on service conditions and the Company’s achievement of certain market capitalization targets. The weighted average fair value of awards containing market-based performance condition was determined based on a Monte Carlo simulation.

The Monte Carlo weighted-average assumptions utilized to determine the fair value of options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2020 are as follows:

 

     Six months ended
June 30,
2020
 

Risk-free interest rate

     0.30

Expected volatility

     60

Expected dividend yield

     —  

Weighted-average fair value of common stock

   $ 15.79

Weighted average fair value per share of options granted

     3.00  

For the awards with market conditions, the Company recorded $810 and $60, respectively, as a component of stock-based compensation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021. During the six months ended June 30, 2020 the Company amended the terms of previously issued employee stock option awards. Specifically, the vesting of certain awards was accelerated. The Company accounted for the amendment as a modification of previously issued awards and incurred $233 of incremental stock-based compensation expense in connection with the modifications.

16. Income Taxes

The Company’s effective income tax rate was 0.0% and 2.1%, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021. The benefit from income taxes was $58 and $3,752, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021.

The change in the benefit from income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2021 was primarily due to a non-recurring benefit of $3,920 for the release of a portion of the Company’s valuation allowance. This release was due to taxable temporary differences available as a source of income to realize the benefit of certain pre-existing Company deferred tax assets as a result of the xtraCHEF acquisition.

The Company determines its estimated annual effective tax rate at the end of each interim period based on estimated pre-tax income (loss) and facts known at that time. The estimated annual effective tax rate is applied to the year-to-date pre-tax income (loss) at the end of each interim period with certain adjustments. The tax effects of significant unusual or extraordinary items are reflected as discrete adjustments in the periods in which they occur. The Company’s estimated annual effective tax rate can change based on the mix of jurisdictional pre-tax income (loss) and other factors. However, if the Company is unable to make a reliable estimate of its annual effective tax rate, then the actual effective tax rate for the year-to-date period may be the best estimate. For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company determined that its annual effective tax rate approach would provide for a reliable estimate and therefore used this method to calculate its tax provision.

The effective income tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2021 differed from the federal statutory tax rate primarily due to the release of a portion of the valuation allowance as a result of the xtraCHEF acquisition and the valuation allowance maintained against the Company’s remaining deferred tax assets. The effective income tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2020 differed

 

F-77


Table of Contents

from the federal statutory tax rate primarily due to the valuation allowance maintained against the Company’s deferred tax assets.

17. Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of net loss per share of common stock:

 

     Six months ended June 30,  
     2020     2021  

Numerator:

    

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (124,547   $ (234,650
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding—basic and diluted

     39,723,440     41,418,256
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (3.14   $ (5.67
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding exclude shares which were acquired from the early exercise of options and the exercise of options under the Promissory Notes, both of which are not considered substantive exercises for accounting purposes (see Note 14). During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding include shares issued as a result of the exercise of vested options upon the repayment of the Promissory Notes.

The Company’s potentially dilutive securities, which include convertible preferred stock, options to purchase common stock, unvested restricted stock, exercised options for which the Company received non-recourse notes from the individuals, as well as warrants to purchase common stock and convertible preferred stock, and contingently convertible debt, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be antidilutive. Therefore, the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share is the same.

The Company excluded the following potential shares of common stock from the computation of diluted net loss per share because including them would have an antidilutive effect for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021:

 

     Six months ended June 30,  
     2020      2021  

Options to purchase common stock

     12,255,817      12,385,001

Unvested restricted stock

     248,303      1,017,173

Shares issued for exercise of non-recourse notes

     2,853,530      —    

Convertible preferred stock (as converted to common stock)

     50,781,859      50,766,405

Warrants to purchase common stock and preferred stock (as converted to warrants to purchase common stock)

     200,407      1,823,124
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     66,339,916      65,991,703
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Potential shares issuable under the contingent conversion features under the Convertible Notes prior to their repayment are also excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share because the number of shares issuable was contingent on the enterprise value of the business and number of shares outstanding at the time of conversion and such shares would be antidilutive for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 (see Note 10).

 

F-78


Table of Contents

18. Segment Information

The Company conducts its operations in the United States, Ireland, and India. The Company earns all of its revenue in the United States. Information about the Company’s long-lived assets, consisting solely of property and equipment, net, by geographic region is as follows:

 

     December 31,
2020
     June 30,
2021
 

United States

   $ 33,849    $ 32,662

Ireland

     207      227

India

     —        19
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 34,056    $ 32,908
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

19. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company has entered into various non-cancelable operating leases for certain offices with contractual lease periods expiring between 2021 and 2029. The Company recognized total rent expense under operating leases of $14,640 and $11,889, respectively, during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases (with initial lease terms in excess of one year) as of June 30, 2021, are as follows:

 

Year ended December 31,    Amount  

2021 (remaining 6 months)

   $ 13,073

2022

     24,778  

2023

     14,853  

2024

     14,261  

2025

     14,363  

Thereafter

     52,422  
  

 

 

 
   $ 133,750
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Company has issued standby letters of credit in the amount of approximately $13,700 and $11,600, respectively, held as collateral for various real estate leases.

Lease Agreements

The Company leases office and warehouse space in various cities primarily throughout the United States and Ireland, pursuant to operating leases. Monthly lease payments, inclusive of base rent, expansion costs, tenant improvement allowances and ancillary charges, amount to $1,957. Monthly base rent is subject to escalation which varies by lease. The leases expire at various dates in 2021 through 2029 and contain the right for the Company to exercise multi-year extension options at their discretion.

Lease Terminations

The Company accounted for the net present value of the outstanding portion of lease termination fees of $7,171 and $7,053, respectively, as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 within accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities based on scheduled repayments.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

Purchase Commitments

The Company had non-cancelable purchase obligations to hardware suppliers and cloud service providers of $62,651 and $151,780, respectively, as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company may be involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Each of these matters is subject to various uncertainties, and it is possible that some of these matters may be resolved unfavorably. The Company establishes accruals for losses that management deems to be probable and subject to reasonable estimate. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Company does not expect any claims with a reasonably possible adverse outcome to have a material impact to the Company, and accordingly, has not accrued for any such claims.

20. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events from June 30, 2021 through August 20, 2021 which represents the date the consolidated financial statements were issued, for events requiring adjustment to or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements. Except as discussed below, there are no events that require adjustment to or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

On August 13, 2021, the Board approved for filing immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “IPO Charter”).

Upon the effectiveness of the IPO Charter, each share of common stock issued and outstanding shall be reclassified as, and become, one share of Class B common stock. Each share of Class A common stock entitles the holder to one vote per share and each share of Class B common stock entitles the holder to ten votes per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to receive dividends, when and if declared by the Board. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into a share of Class A common stock on the earlier of (i) the date that is seven years from the date of the filing and effectiveness of the IPO Charter in Delaware, or (ii) the date the holders of at least two-thirds of the Company’s Class B common stock elect to convert the Class B common stock to Class A common stock.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

 

 

            Shares

Toast, Inc.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC    Morgan Stanley    J.P. Morgan
KeyBanc Capital Markets    William Blair    Piper Sandler
Canaccord Genuity    Needham & Company    R. Seelaus & Co., LLC

Through and including                     , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

 

     Amount to
be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 10,910  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *  

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and our second amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

   

any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, our second amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, will provide that we will

 

II-1


Table of Contents

indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our second amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our second amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.

Further, prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, second amended restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We expect to obtain insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against losses arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since January 1, 2018, we have issued the following unregistered securities:

Preferred Stock Issuances

In June 2018, we sold an aggregate of 6,644,706 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $17.3070 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $115.0 million.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

In March 2019, we sold an aggregate of 9,157,605 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $27.2997 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $250.0 million.

In February 2020 and April 2020, we sold an aggregate of 8,860,244 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $45.4496 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $403.0 million.

Common Stock Issuance

In June 2021, we issued an aggregate of 113,880 shares of our common stock to certain stockholders of xtraCHEF for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $15.0 million as partial consideration for the acquisition of xtraCHEF.

Option and RSU Issuances

From January 1, 2018 through the date of this registration statement, we granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 17,889,368 shares of our common stock pursuant to the 2014 Plan with exercise prices ranging from $3.11 to $130.46 per share. 5,852,630 shares of our common stock have been issued upon the exercise of stock options pursuant to the 2014 Plan.

From January 1, 2018 through the date of this registration statement, we granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers an aggregate of 2,174,291 RSUs to be settled in shares of our common stock.

Warrants

From January 1, 2018 through the date of this registration statement, we issued a warrant to purchase 21,450 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $6.98 per share and warrants to purchase 1,622,717 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $87.5168 per share.

Convertible Note Issuances

In June 2020, we issued convertible notes in the aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million to five accredited investors.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts, or commissions, or any public offering. We believe the offers, sales, and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering, by virtue of Regulation D or Regulation S under the Securities Act or by virtue of Rule 701 under the Securities Act because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits.

See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the signature page for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification by the Registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4*    Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1*    Form of Class A common stock certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2    Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated April 27, 2020, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
  4.3    Warrant to Purchase Shares of Preferred Stock of the Registrant, dated December 7, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Venture Lending & Leasing VII, LLC.
  4.4    Warrant to Purchase Shares of Preferred Stock of the Registrant, dated December 7, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Venture Lending & Leasing VIII, LLC.
  4.5    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated August 9, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
  4.6    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated December 28, 2017, by and between the Registrant and Pacific Western Bank.
  4.7    Plain English Warrant Agreement, dated January 23, 2018, by and between the Registrant and TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp.
  5.1*    Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP.
10.1*    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2#    Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of award agreements thereunder.
10.3#*    2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, and forms of award agreements thereunder.
10.4#*    2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and form of agreements thereunder.
10.5#    Executive Severance Policy.
10.6#    Chief Executive Officer Severance Letter.
10.7†    Lease, dated June 12, 2015, by and between Registrant and Landmark Center Park Drive LLC, as amended.
10.8    Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated June  8, 2021, by and among the Registrant, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders and issuing banks party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.
10.9†    Bank Card Merchant Agreement, dated September 30, 2013, by and among Vantiv, LLC (n/k/a Worldpay, LLC), Fifth Third Bank and the Registrant, as amended.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2*    Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-6 of this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

#

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or agreement.

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Boston, Massachusetts, on August 27, 2021.

 

TOAST, INC.
By:  

/s/ Christopher P. Comparato

  Christopher P. Comparato
  Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Christopher P. Comparato, Stephen Fredette, Aman Narang and Brian R. Elworthy, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Toast, Inc., and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Christopher P. Comparato

Christopher P. Comparato

   Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   August 27, 2021

/s/ Elena Gomez

Elena Gomez

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  August 27, 2021

/s/ Paul Bell

Paul Bell

   Director   August 27, 2021

/s/ Kent Bennett

Kent Bennett

   Director   August 27, 2021

/s/ Susan E. Chapman-Hughes

Susan E. Chapman-Hughes

   Director   August 27, 2021

/s/ Stephen Fredette

Stephen Fredette

   Director   August 27, 2021

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Mark Hawkins

Mark Hawkins

   Director   August 27, 2021

/s/ Aman Narang

Aman Narang

   Co-President, Co-Founder, Chief Operating Officer, and Director   August 27, 2021

/s/ Deval L. Patrick

Deval L. Patrick

   Director   August 27, 2021

/s/ David Yuan

David Yuan

   Director   August 27, 2021

 

II-7

Exhibit 1.1

Toast, Inc.

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.000001 per share

 

                                 

Underwriting Agreement

_______________, 2021

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC,

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC,

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC,

    As representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters

        named in Schedule I hereto

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC,

200 West Street,

New York, New York 10282-2198.

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC,

1585 Broadway,

New York, New York 10036.

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC,

383 Madison Avenue,

New York, New York 10179.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Toast, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this agreement (this “Agreement”), to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of [•] shares (the “Firm Shares”) and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [•] additional shares (the “Optional Shares”) of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.000001 per share (“Stock”), of the Company (the Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof being collectively called the “Shares”).

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”) has agreed to reserve a portion of the Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, employees and business associates and other parties related to the Company (collectively, “Participants”), as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the heading “Underwriting” (the “Directed Share Program”). The Shares to be sold by Morgan Stanley and its affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program, at the direction of the Company, are referred to hereinafter as the “Directed Shares”. Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by the end of the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.

1. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:


(a) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-[•]) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(c) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act or Rule 163B under the Act is hereinafter called a “Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”);

(b) (i) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and (ii) each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information (as defined in Section 9(b) of this Agreement);

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [•:••] [a.m./p.m.] (New York City time) on the date of this Agreement. The Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule II(c) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4(a) of this Agreement) will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written


Testing-the-Waters Communication, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(d) No documents were filed with the Commission since the Commission’s close of business on the business day immediately prior to the date of this Agreement and prior to the execution of this Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule II(b) hereto;

(e) (i) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement, as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, and as of each Time of Delivery, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(f) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, (i) sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree or (ii) entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been (x) any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (i) the exercise, if any, of stock options or settlement of restricted stock units (including any “net” or “cashless” exercises or settlements), if any, or the award, if any, of stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock or other awards, in each case in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (ii) the repurchase of shares of capital stock upon termination of the holder’s employment or service with the Company pursuant to agreements providing for an option to repurchase or a right of first refusal on behalf of the Company, or (iii) the issuance, if any, of stock upon exercise of or conversion of Company securities as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus) or short-term or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (y) any Material Adverse Effect (as defined below); as used in this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse change or effect, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change or effect, in or affecting (i) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or (ii) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;


(g) The Company and its subsidiaries do not own any real property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all tangible personal property owned by them that is material to its business, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Prospectus or such as do not materially and adversely affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them, to the Company’s knowledge, under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases (subject to the effects of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights or remedies of creditors generally; (ii) the application of general principles of equity (including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity); and (iii) applicable law and public policy with respect to rights to indemnity and contribution) with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries;

(h) Each of the Company and each of its subsidiaries has been (i) duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other business organization for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of this clause (ii), where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and each subsidiary of the Company has been listed in the Registration Statement;

(i) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform in all material respects to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all of the issued shares of capital stock and equity interests of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, as applicable, and (except, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except for such liens or encumbrances described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(j) The Shares have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform in all material respects to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights except rights that have been validly waived in writing or complied with;

(k) The issue and sale of the Shares, the execution and delivery by the Company of, and the compliance by the Company with, this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the Pricing Prospectus do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (i) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document) of the Company or any of its


subsidiaries, or (iii) any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) for such defaults, breaches, or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or regulatory body is required for the issue and sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the Act, the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements, the approval for listing of the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may have been obtained or as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

(l) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document), (ii) in violation of any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, or (iii) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii), for such violations or defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(m) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock”, insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, and under the captions “Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”, “Underwriting” and “Business—Government Regulation”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(n) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company, is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or such officer or director), would individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or others;

(o) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is and, immediately after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will be an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

(p) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Act) of the Shares, and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act;


(q) Ernst & Young LLP, which has certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

(r) The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that (i) complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to the Company, (ii) has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and (iii) is sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets, (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and the Company is not aware of (i) any material weaknesses or (ii) any significant deficiencies in its internal control over financial reporting, except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus (it being understood that this section shall not require the Company to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, as of an earlier date than it would otherwise be required to so comply under applicable law);

(s) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;

(t) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to the Company; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

(u) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(v) There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the Act except as have been validly waived or complied with;

(w)

(i) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus or Prospectus, and except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the Company’s knowledge, (A) the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can obtain on reasonable terms, adequate rights to use all: patents (together with any reissues, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, renewals, extensions, counterparts and reexaminations thereof), patent applications (including provisional applications), other rights in


discoveries and inventions; trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos, Internet domain names and other indicia of origin and all registrations and applications therefor; rights in published and unpublished works of authorship, whether copyrightable or not (including software, website content and related documentation), and copyrights and all registrations and applications therefor; trade secrets, know-how and other confidential or proprietary information, including systems, procedures, methods, technologies, algorithms, designs, data, unpatentable discoveries and inventions and any other information meeting the definition of a trade secret under the Uniform Trade Secrets Act or similar laws (“Trade Secrets”) and other technology and intellectual property rights (collectively, “Intellectual Property”), owned or used by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, in each case as described in the Pricing Prospectus (the “Company Intellectual Property”); and (B) the Company or its subsidiaries own all Company Intellectual Property purported to be owned by the Company or its subsidiaries.

(ii) To the Company’s knowledge, the conduct of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ respective businesses as currently conducted, in each case as described in the Prospectus, has not violated, infringed, misappropriated or conflicted with, in each case except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, any Intellectual Property rights of others. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries have not received any notice of any claim of infringement, misappropriation or conflict with any such rights of others, except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus. To the Company’s knowledge, there are no third parties who have ownership rights or rights to use any Company Intellectual Property owned or purported to be owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except for the rights of customers, service providers and strategic and channel partners to use the Company Intellectual Property in the ordinary course, consistent with past practice. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus or Prospectus, and except where the outcome of which would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (1) there is no pending, or to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s rights or any of its subsidiaries’ rights in or to any of the Company Intellectual Property; (2) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any of the Company Intellectual Property; (3) there is no pending, or to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any of its subsidiaries violates, infringes, misappropriates or conflicts with any Intellectual Property or other proprietary rights of others; (4) there is no pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that a third party violates, infringes, misappropriates or conflicts with any of the Company Intellectual Property; and (5) to the Company’s knowledge, no Intellectual Property has been obtained or is being used by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons;

(iii) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus or Prospectus, and except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps to secure their respective interests in the Intellectual Property developed by their employees, consultants, agents and contractors in the course of their employment with or service to the Company. There are no outstanding options, licenses or binding agreements of any kind relating to the Company Intellectual Property owned or purported to be owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and are not so described in all material respects. The Company and its subsidiaries are not a party to or bound by


any options, licenses or binding agreements with respect to any Intellectual Property of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and are not so described in all material respects. Except as would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no government funding, facilities or resources of a university, college, other educational institution or research center was used in the development for the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any Intellectual Property that is owned or purported to be owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Except as would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of all material Trade Secrets and other material confidential information owned, used or held for use by the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(iv) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus or Prospectus, and except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries have used all software (including source code) and other materials that are distributed under a “free,” “open source,” or similar licensing model (including the GNU General Public License, GNU Lesser General Public License, GNU Affero General Public License, New BSD License, MIT License, Common Public License and other licenses approved as Open Source licenses under the Open Source Definition of the Open Source Initiative) (“Open Source Materials”) in compliance with all license terms applicable to such Open Source Materials. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has used or distributed any Open Source Materials in a manner that requires or has required as a result of such use or distribution (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries to permit reverse engineering of any products or services of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any software code or other technology owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (B) any products or services of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any software code or other technology owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, to be (1) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (2) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, or (3) redistributed at no charge, except, in the case of each of the proceeding (A) and (B), such as would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(x) The Company and its subsidiaries have (i) operated and currently operate their respective businesses in a manner compliant in all material respects with all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations, all contractual obligations and all publicly posted Company’s policies, in each case related to privacy and data security and which are applicable to the Company’s, and its subsidiaries’, collection, access, use, modification, processing, handling, transfer, transmission, storage, disclosure and/or disposal of any data concerning an identified or identifiable natural person (“Personal Information”) of their respective customers, employees and other third parties (the “Privacy and Data Security Requirements”), (ii) implemented, monitored and have been and are in material compliance with, applicable reasonable administrative, technical and physical safeguards and policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with Privacy and Data Security Requirements, and (iii) required and currently require all third parties to which they provide any Personal Information to use reasonable measures to maintain the privacy and security of such Personal Information. Except as described in the Pricing Prospectus, to the Company’s knowledge, there has been no material loss or unauthorized collection, access, use, modification, processing, handling, transfer, transmission, storage, disclosure, disposal or other breach of security of Personal Information of customers, employees or other third parties maintained by or on behalf of the Company and its subsidiaries, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has notified, has been required to notify pursuant to the Privacy and Data Security Requirements, nor has the current intention to notify, any customer, governmental entity or the media of any such event;


(y) The information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases owned, used or held for use by the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, “IT Systems”) operate and perform in all material respects as required in connection with, the operation of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, free and clear of all material bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants or malicious code. The Company and its subsidiaries have implemented and maintained commercially reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards designed to maintain and protect the integrity, operation and security of their IT Systems, and all Personal Information and material confidential information stored therein, and to the Company’s knowledge there have been (i) no breaches, violations, outages or unauthorized uses of or access to same, except for those that have been remedied without material cost or liability, and (ii) no material incidents under internal review or investigations relating to the same;

(z)

(i) The Company and its subsidiaries, (A) are in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and regulatory capital requirements or court decrees relating to the business of lending, money transmission, finance, loan brokering, loan servicing, consumer protection or other regulations applicable to the business of the Company as currently conducted, other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, including, but not limited to, rules and regulations promulgated by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Consumer Financial Protection Act, the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Military Lending Act, Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Credit Practices Rule, the Bankruptcy Code, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, state laws, fair lending or other applicable laws relating to discrimination (including, without limitation, anti-redlining, equal credit opportunity and fair credit reporting), truth-in-lending, or consumer credit (such applicable laws, rules and regulations, the “Regulatory Laws”), (B) have received all federal and state permits, licenses and other approvals required of them under applicable Regulatory Laws to conduct their respective businesses, other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, and (C) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, except to the extent such failures under (A), (B) or (C) would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(ii) None of the Company or its subsidiaries is subject to any order or action, and to the Company’s knowledge none has been threatened with any action, by any federal or state regulatory authority concerning its compliance with applicable Regulatory Laws (including, but not limited to, the failure to obtain any permit, license or approval, or to comply with the terms thereof) that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(aa) (i) None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any affiliate or other person “associated with,” within the meaning of the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom (the “Bribery Act”), the Company or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (A) made, offered, promised or authorized any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense or taken any act in furtherance thereof; (B) made, offered,


promised or authorized any direct or indirect unlawful payment; or (C) violated or is in violation of any applicable provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the Bribery Act or any other applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery or related law, statute or regulation (collectively, “Anti-Corruption Laws”); (ii) the Company and each of its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the Anti-Corruption Laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of the Anti-Corruption Laws;

(bb) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with the requirements of applicable anti-money laundering laws, including, but not limited to, the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA PATRIOT ACT of 2001, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the anti-money laundering laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened;

(cc) (i) None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is, or is owned or controlled by one or more Persons that are, currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Government, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person,” the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the United Nations Security Council or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), or located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions (including, but not limited to, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, and Crimea, collectively, the “Sanctioned Jurisdictions”), and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (A) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject or the target of Sanctions or a Sanctioned Jurisdiction, respectively, or (B) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions; and (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, each director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, any dealings or transactions with or involving any individual or entity that was or is, as applicable, at the time of such dealing or transaction, the subject or target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Jurisdiction;

(dd) The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a


consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in all material respects in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus under the Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply in all material respects with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Act, to the extent applicable;

(ee) Any statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry and in good faith, to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources;

(ff) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof, subject to permitted extensions, and have paid all taxes due thereon. No tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Company does not have any knowledge of any tax deficiencies which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries, in each case except for cases where a tax deficiency would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(gg) From the time of initial confidential submission of a registration statement relating to the Shares with the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”);

(hh) Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused it to believe that the forward-looking statements included in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus have been made other than on a reasonable basis and in good faith;

(ii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has taken, directly or indirectly, any action that was designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale of the Shares;

(jj) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has issued or guaranteed any debt securities that are rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act.

(kk) The Company has properly classified and treated all applicable persons currently or formerly employed or engaged by the Company in accordance with all applicable laws in all material respects, including without limitation all applicable laws concerning employment and compensation, and for purposes of all employee benefit plans and perquisites, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened complaint, claim, audit or investigation by or before any governmental body regarding any misclassification of any person currently or formerly employed or engaged by the Company, except in each case as would not result in a material liability to the Company;


(ll) No labor dispute, action, or similar proceeding with any current or former employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the Company’s knowledge, is threatened in writing, except in each case as would not result in a material liability to the Company;

(mm) (A) The Company and its subsidiaries (1) are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and other legally enforceable requirements relating to pollution or the protection of human health or safety, the environment, natural resources, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”); (2) have received and are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under any Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (3) have not received written notice of any actual or potential liability or obligation under or relating to, or any actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, except where such non-compliance with Environmental Laws, or where such claim, notice, proceeding, investigation, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (B) except as described in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including any capital or operating expenditures for clean-up, closure of properties, compliance with Environmental Laws or any permits, licenses, approvals, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of the Company or its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws;

(nn) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA or any entity that would be regarded as a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b),(c),(m) or (o) of the Code) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) (A) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; (B) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (C) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no Plan has failed (whether or not waived), or is reasonably expected to fail, to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code) applicable to such Plan; (D) no Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in “at risk status” (within the meaning of Section 303(i) of ERISA) and no Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA is in “endangered status” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Sections 304 and 305 of ERISA); (E) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (F) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (G) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification; (H) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or


premiums to the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (I) none of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (1) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company or its Controlled Group affiliates in the current fiscal year of the Company and its Controlled Group affiliates compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company’s and its Controlled Group affiliates’ most recently completed fiscal year; or (2) a material increase in the Company and its subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715-60) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year, except in each case with respect to the events or conditions set forth in (A) through (I) hereof, as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(oo) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, sub-licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization, except where such revocation or modification would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(pp) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the business in which it is engaged; the Company has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(hh) The Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus and any Preliminary Prospectus comply, and any amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or any Preliminary Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(ii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency, other than those obtained, is required in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares in any jurisdiction where the Directed Shares are being offered.

(jj) The Company has not offered, or caused Morgan Stanley or any Morgan Stanley Entity as defined in Section 10 to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.


2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price per share of $[•], the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2 (provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares), that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [•] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement, setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus.

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive or book-entry form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Representatives, through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on [•], 2021 or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified by the Representatives in each written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery”, each such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery”.

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(i) hereof, will be delivered at the offices of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, 1870 Embarcadero Road, Palo Alto, California 94303 (the “Closing


Location”), and the Shares will be delivered at the office of the DTC or its designated custodian, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at [•:••] p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all materials required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation (where not otherwise required) or subject itself to taxation for doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is otherwise not subject to taxation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction (where not otherwise required);

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement (or such later time as may be agreed to by the Company and the Representatives) and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice


referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”)), but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e)(1) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Lock-Up Period”), not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with or confidentially submit to the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to take any action described in clauses (i) or (ii) above, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) the issuance by the Company of shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options or the settlement of restricted stock units (including any “net” or “cashless” exercises or settlements), in each case outstanding as of the date of this Agreement or issued after the date of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s equity-based compensation plans described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of a security outstanding on the date of this Agreement, provided that such security is described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (C) the grant of options to purchase or the issuance by the Company of shares of Stock or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Stock, in each case pursuant to the Company’s equity-based compensation plans described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (D) the issuance by the Company of shares of Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Stock pursuant to an agreement entered into by the Company (before or after the date of this Agreement) in connection with the acquisition by the Company of the securities, business, technology, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with such acquisition, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement, (E) the issuance of shares of Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Stock pursuant to an agreement entered into by the Company (before or after the date of this Agreement) in connection with joint ventures,


commercial relationships or other strategic transactions, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement, (F) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or any assumed employee benefit plan contemplated by clause (D), (G) the issuance by the Company of shares of Stock upon the conversion of shares of common stock, and (H) the issuance by the Company of up to [•] shares of Stock as a bona fide gift to a charitable organization provided that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; provided that in the case of clauses (D) and (E), the aggregate number of shares of Stock that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to clauses (D) and (E) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and provided, further, that in the case of clauses (B) through (H), the Company shall (x) cause each recipient of such securities to execute and deliver to the Representatives, on or prior to the issuance of such securities, a lock-up agreement on substantially the same terms as the lock-up agreements referenced in Section 8(h) hereof for the remainder of the Lock-Up Period and (y) enter stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar on such securities, which the Company agrees it will not waive or amend without the prior written consent of the Representatives;

(e)(2) If Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 8(h) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex I hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver;

(f) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail; provided, however, that any report, communication, or financial statement that is furnished or filed by the Company and publicly available on the EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been furnished and delivered to the stockholders at the same time as it is publicly available on the EDGAR system;

(g) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders and not available on the EDGAR system or any successor thereto, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed to the extent they are not available on EDGAR; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request that is not already publicly available;


(h) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”;

(i) To use its best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the Exchange;

(j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

(k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3(a)(c) of the Commission’s Informal and Other Procedures (16 C.F.R. 202.3a);

(l) Upon request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company’s trademarks, servicemarks and corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “License”); provided, however, that the License shall be used solely for the purpose described above, is granted without any fee and may not be assigned or transferred; and

(m) To promptly notify you if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Act and (ii) the last Time of Delivery.

(n) The Company will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), on the date of execution of this Agreement, a properly completed and executed Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners of Legal Entity Customers, together with copies of identifying documentation, and the Company undertakes to provide such additional supporting documentation as each Underwriter may reasonably request in connection with the verification of the foregoing Certification.

(o) To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

6. (a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule II(a) hereto;

(b) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic roadshow;

(c) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication prepared or authorized by it any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication prepared or authorized by it would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement


of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Written Testing-the-Waters Communication prepared or authorized by it or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission, provided, however, that this covenant shall not apply to any statements or omissions in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(d) The Company represents and agrees that (i) it has not engaged in, or authorized any other person to engage in, any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that the Company reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act; and (ii) it has not distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Representatives that are listed on Schedule II(d) hereto; and the Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in engaging in Testing-the-Waters Communications; and

(e) Each Underwriter represents and agrees that any Testing-the-Waters Communications undertaken by it were with entities that such Underwriter reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7), (a)(8), (a)(9), (a)(12) or (a)(13) under the Act.

7. The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; (v) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares; provided that the aggregate amount payable pursuant to subsections (iii) and (v) including filing fees and disbursements of counsel shall not exceed $35,000 in the aggregate; (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates, if applicable; (vii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; (viii) all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program; and (ix) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section. It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section and Sections 9,10 and 13 hereof, (A) the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and


expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make, (B) the Company will bear all of the Company’s (but not the Underwriters’) travel and lodging expenses and the Underwriters will bear all of the Underwriters’ (but not the Company’s) travel and lodging expenses, in each case, in connection with any “roadshow” presentation to investors and (C) notwithstanding clause (B), the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall each pay 50% of the cost of any chartered plane, chartered jet or other chartered aircraft used in connection with any “roadshow” presentation to investors.

8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company herein are, at and as of the Applicable Time and such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all materials required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Prospectus, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

(b) Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such written opinion or opinions, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, with respect to such matters as you may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

(c) Goodwin Proctor LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(d) On the date of the Prospectus and concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Ernst & Young LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(e) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the


respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (A) the exercise, if any, of stock options or settlement of restricted stock units (including any “net” or “cashless” exercises or settlements), or the award of stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock or other awards, in each case in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (B) the repurchase of shares of capital stock upon termination of the holder’s employment or service with the Company pursuant to agreements providing for an option to repurchase or a right of first refusal on behalf of the Company, or (C) the issuance of shares of Stock upon conversion of Company securities as described in the Pricing Prospectus) or short-term or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change or effect, or any development involving a prospective change or effect, in or affecting (x) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, prospects, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or (y) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(f) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York or Massachusetts State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(g) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject to notice of issuance, on the Exchange;

(h) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each director, executive officer and substantially all stockholders of the Company, substantially in the form set forth in Annex II hereto, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(i) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement;


(j) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company of all of its obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (e) of this Section and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request; and

(k) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you on the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement and at such Time of Delivery a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company as to the accuracy of certain financial information included in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, in form and substance satisfactory to you.

9. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “roadshow” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Act (a “roadshow”), any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred. As used in this Agreement with respect to an Underwriter and an applicable document, “Underwriter Information” shall mean the written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the [•] paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”, and the information contained in the [•] paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”.


(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9. If any such proceeding shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof: (1) in the case of a civil proceeding (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any governmental, regulatory or non-civil proceeding), the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in such civil proceeding and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such civil proceeding, and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such civil proceeding, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation; and (2) in the case of any governmental, regulatory or non-civil proceeding, upon request of the indemnified party, the indemnifying party shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such governmental, regulatory or non-civil proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such governmental, regulatory or non-civil proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel, (ii) the indemnifying party has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, (iii) the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party or (iv) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all such indemnified parties and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in writing by the Representatives, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 9(a), and by the Company, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 9(b). The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second, third and fourth sentences of this paragraph,


the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.


(e) The obligations of the Company under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each employee, officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer or other affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act.

10. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley, each person, if any, who controls Morgan Stanley within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each affiliate of Morgan Stanley within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Act (“Morgan Stanley Entities”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or arise out of, or are based upon, any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) that arise out of, or are based upon, the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of Morgan Stanley Entities.

(b) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Morgan Stanley Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 10(a) above, the Morgan Stanley Entity seeking indemnity, shall promptly notify the Company in writing and the Company, upon request of the Morgan Stanley Entity, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Morgan Stanley Entity to represent the Morgan Stanley Entity and any others the Company may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Morgan Stanley Entity shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Morgan Stanley Entity unless (i) the Company shall have agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and the Morgan Stanley Entity and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Morgan Stanley Entities. Any such separate firm for the Morgan Stanley Entities shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company agrees to indemnify the Morgan Stanley Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time a Morgan Stanley Entity shall have requested the Company to reimburse it for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Company agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Company of the aforesaid request and (ii) the Company shall not have reimbursed


the Morgan Stanley Entity in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Morgan Stanley Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Morgan Stanley Entity, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Morgan Stanley Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(c) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 10(a) above is unavailable to a Morgan Stanley Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the Company in lieu of indemnifying the Morgan Stanley Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with any statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Morgan Stanley Entities for the Directed Shares, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Directed Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Morgan Stanley Entities and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(d) The Company and the Morgan Stanley Entities agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Morgan Stanley Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 10(c). The amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Morgan Stanley Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Morgan Stanley Entity has otherwise been required to pay. The remedies provided for in this Section 10 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(e) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 10 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Morgan Stanley Entity or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed Shares.


11. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to a Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

12. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any director, officer, employee, affiliate or controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.


13. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 11 hereof, the Company shall not then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 11 hereof; but, if for any other reason (other than those set forth in clauses (i), (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 8(f)), any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company as provided herein or the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all documented out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7, 9 and 10 hereof.

14. In all dealings hereunder, the Representatives shall act jointly on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you jointly on behalf of the Underwriters.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to each of the Representatives in care of (a) Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Registration Department; (b) Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; and (c) J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth on the cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: General Counsel; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by you upon request; provided, however, that notices under Section 5(e) shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you at (i) Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Control Room; (ii) Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; and (iii) J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

15. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and, to the extent provided in Sections 9, 10 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company or any Underwriter, or any director, officer, employee, or affiliate of any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

16. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.


17. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto and that none of the activities of the Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated herein constitutes a recommendation, investment advice or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters with respect to any entity or natural person.

18. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

19. This Agreement and any transaction contemplated by this Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would result in the application of any other law than the laws of the State of New York. The Company agrees that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the Company agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

20. The Company and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

21. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

22. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company is authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

23. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.


(a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(b) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(c) As used in this section:

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this letter by signing in the space provided below, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters and the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

[Signature Pages Follow]


Very truly yours,
Toast, Inc.
By:  

             

  Name:
  Title:


Accepted as of the date hereof:
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
By:  

             

  Name:
  Title:
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:  

             

  Name:
  Title:
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
By:  

             

  Name:
  Title:
  On behalf of each of the Underwriters


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Total
Number
of

Firm
Shares to
be
Purchased
     Number
of
Optional
Shares to

be
Purchased

if
Maximum
Option
Exercised
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

     

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

     

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

     

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

     

William Blair & Company L.L.C.

     

Piper Sandler & Co.

     

Canaccord Genuity LLC

     

Needham & Company, LLC

     

R. Seelaus & Co., LLC

     

Total

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


SCHEDULE II

(a) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package:

[Electronic roadshow dated [•]]

(b) Additional Documents Incorporated by Reference:

None

(c) Information other than the Pricing Prospectus that comprise the Pricing Disclosure Package:

The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $ [•].

The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [•].

[Add any other pricing disclosure.]

(d) Written Testing-the-Waters Communications:

[•]


ANNEX I

[Form of Press Release]

Toast, Inc.

[Date]

Toast, Inc. announced today that [•], the joint [lead] book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of                shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to    shares of the Company’s Class A common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on                ,                20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.    

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


ANNEX II

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

Toast, Inc.

Lock-Up Agreement

August 24, 2021

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

As the Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282-2198

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

Re: Toast, Inc. - Lock-Up Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representatives (the “Representatives”), propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) on behalf of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I to such agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”), with Toast, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for a public offering (the “Public Offering”) of the Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.000001 per share (the “Shares”), pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). As used herein, the term “Common Stock” means all shares of common stock of the Company, including all series or classes of common stock, if more than one.


In consideration of the agreement by the Underwriters to offer and sell the Shares, and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees that, during the period beginning from the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares (the “Prospectus”), subject to earlier termination pursuant to the terms hereof (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned shall not, and shall not cause or direct any of its affiliates to, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock of the Company (such options, warrants or other securities, collectively, “Derivative Instruments”), including without limitation any such shares or Derivative Instruments now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned, (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by the undersigned or someone other than the undersigned), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any shares of Common Stock of the Company or Derivative Instruments, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise (any such sale, loan, pledge or other disposition, or transfer of economic consequences, a “Transfer”) or (iii) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clause (i) above or transaction or arrangement described in clause (ii) above. In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, the undersigned will not, during the Lock-Up Period, make any demand for, exercise any right with respect to, or otherwise include the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock in, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is not, and has not caused or directed any of its affiliates to be or become, currently a party to any agreement or arrangement that provides for, is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in any Transfer during the Lock-Up Period. For the avoidance of doubt, if the undersigned is an officer of the Company under the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or other Shares the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is not a natural person, the undersigned represents and warrants that no single natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (the “Exchange Act”), other than a natural person, entity or “group” (as described above) that has executed a Lock-Up Agreement in substantially the same form as this Lock-Up Agreement, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the common equity interests, or 50% or more of the voting power, in the undersigned.


If the undersigned is an officer of the Company under the rules and regulations of FINRA or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration or to an immediate family member as defined in the FINRA Rule 5130(i)(5) and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing,

(1) if the undersigned is, as of the date hereof, (i) a current or former employee or consultant (that is an individual) of the Company (other than an Officer or a Director (as defined below)) (a “Service Provider”) or (ii) a trust for the direct or indirect benefit of a Service Provider or an immediate family member of a Service Provider (an “Estate Planning Transferee”), then beginning at the commencement of the second Trading Day after the date that the Company publicly announces its earnings for the first completed quarterly period (which, for this purpose, shall not include “flash” numbers or preliminary, partial earnings) following the most recent period for which financial statements are included in the Prospectus (such date of earnings announcement, the “Post-Offering Earnings Release Date”), the Lock-Up Period shall expire with respect to a number of shares of Common Stock equal to 15% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock and shares of Common Stock underlying securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including stock options, restricted stock units and other equity awards) held by the undersigned as of the Holdings Measurement Date, for which all vesting conditions are satisfied as of such Holdings Measurement Date;

(2) if the undersigned is (i) an “officer” of the Company (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act)) (an “Officer”), (ii) a member of the board of directors of the Company (a “Director”), or (iii) otherwise not an Officer, Director, Service Provider or Estate Planning Transferee, in each case as of the date hereof, if the last reported closing price of the Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus (a) on at least 10 Trading Days in any 15 consecutive Trading Day period ending on or after the Post-Offering Earnings Release Date but not later than the 15th Trading Day following the Post-Offering Earnings Release Date (any such period during which such condition is first satisfied, the


“Measurement Period”, and the final Trading Day of such Measurement Period, the “Final Measurement Period Date”), and (b) on the Applicable Final Testing Date (as defined below), then, beginning at the commencement of the second Trading Day after the Applicable Final Testing Date, the Lock-Up Period shall expire with respect to a number of shares of Common Stock equal to 15% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock and shares of Common Stock underlying securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including stock options, restricted stock units and other equity awards) held by the undersigned as of the Holdings Measurement Date, for which all vesting conditions are satisfied as of the Holdings Measurement Date; and

(3) in addition, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Lock-Up Period shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the commencement of the second Trading Day immediately following the Company’s release of earnings (which for this purpose shall not include “flash” numbers or preliminary, partial earnings) for the second quarter following the most recent period for which financial statements are included in the Prospectus (or if such quarter is the fourth quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, the Company’s release of earnings for the completed fiscal year) and (ii) 180 days after the date of the Prospectus.

Any release of securities from the restrictions contained in this Letter Agreement pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) above shall be referred to as an “Earnings-Related Lockup Release.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Earnings-Related Lockup Release shall occur unless the Company shall have announced, either through a major news service or on a Current Report on Form 8-K, the anticipated date of such Earnings-Related Lockup Release at least two full Trading Days in advance of such Earnings-Related Lockup Release.

For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement,

(i) a “Trading Day” is a day on which the New York Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Stock Market are open for the buying and selling of securities;

(ii) the “Holdings Measurement Date” shall mean October 15, 2021; and

(iii) the “Applicable Final Testing Date” shall mean (i) the first Trading Day after the Final Measurement Period Date, if the Final Measurement Period Date is the Earnings Release Date and (ii) the Final Measurement Period Date, if the Final Measurement Period Date is after the Earnings Release Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may (a) transfer the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock of the Company:

(i) as a bona fide gift or gifts or charitable contribution, or for bona fide estate planning purposes (including any pledge or similar commitment to donate shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments and/or proceeds from the sale of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments pursuant to a charitable contribution), provided that (a) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (b) the donee or donees or transferee or


transferees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein and (c) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock, or other public filing, report or announcement by or on behalf of the undersigned reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period (other than any required Form 5 filing after the end of the calendar year in which such transaction occurs, which shall include a statement to the effect that such transaction reflects the circumstances described in this clause (i) that the donee or transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth herein);

(ii) to any immediate family member (as defined below) of the undersigned or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or an immediate family member of the undersigned, or if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust (including such beneficiary’s estate) of the undersigned; provided that (a) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (b) the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein and (c) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock, or other public filing, report or announcement by or on behalf of the undersigned reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period (other than any required Form 5 filing after the end of the calendar year in which such transaction occurs, which shall include a statement to the effect that such transaction reflects the circumstances described in this clause (ii) and that the trustee or transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth herein);

(iii) upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession; provided that (a) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (b) the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, (c) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock, or other public filing, report or announcement by or on behalf of the undersigned reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period, and (d) if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such report to the effect that (1) such transfer relates to the circumstances described in this clause (iii), and (2) the shares received are subject to a lock-up agreement with the Underwriters of the Public Offering;

(iv) if the undersigned is a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate (within the meaning set forth in Rule 405 as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, and including the subsidiaries of the undersigned) of the undersigned, (B) to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned (including, for the avoidance of doubt,


where the undersigned is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership) or (C) as part of a distribution, transfer or disposition by the undersigned to its direct or indirect stockholders, limited partners, general partners, limited liability company members or other equityholders or to the estate of any such stockholders, limited partners, general partners, limited liability company members or equityholders; provided that (a) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (b) the transferee or distributee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein (c) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock, or other public filing, report or announcement by or on behalf of the undersigned reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the period beginning from the date set forth on the Prospectus and continuing to and including the date 45 days after the date set forth on the Prospectus and (d) if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act after such 45th day after the date set forth on the Prospectus and through the remainder of the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer relates to the circumstances described in this clause (iv);

(v) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that (a) the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and (b) if required, any filings under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or any other public filing or disclosure of such transfer by or on behalf of the undersigned, shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such transfer was by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

(vi) to the Company in connection with the vesting, settlement, or exercise of restricted stock units, shares of restricted stock, options, warrants, or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock including “net” or “cashless” exercises, including any transfer of shares of Common Stock to the Company for the payment of tax withholdings or remittance payments due as a result of the exercise of any such options; provided, that in all such cases, (a) the exercise, vesting or settlement be pursuant to equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan that is described in the Prospectus, (b) any shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement shall be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, and (c) if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer relates to the circumstances described in this clause (vi);

(vii) any sales in open market transactions (including, without limitation, the establishment of a 10b5-1 Plan and any sales pursuant to such 10b5-1 Plan) during the Lock-Up Period to generate such amount of net proceeds to the undersigned from such sales (after deducting commissions) in an aggregate amount up to the total amount of taxes or estimated taxes (as applicable) that become due as a result of the vesting and/or


settlement of Company equity awards held by the undersigned and issued pursuant to a plan or arrangement described in the Prospectus that are scheduled to vest and/or settle immediately prior to or during the Lock-Up Period, and, if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer relates to the circumstances described in this clause (vii);

(viii) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by the board of directors of the Company and made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock and, and the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of at least 75% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company or the surviving entity (a “Change of Control Transaction”); provided that (a) in the event that the Change of Control Transaction is not completed, the undersigned’s shares shall remain subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement and (b) that so long as the undersigned’s shares are not transferred, sold or tendered, such shares shall remain subject to this Lock-Up Agreement;

(ix) as a sale of the undersigned’s securities acquired (a) in the Public Offering or (b) in open market transactions after the closing date for the Public Offering; provided that it shall be a condition to the transfer that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting such transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period; or

(x) with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC; and

(b) enter into a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act relating to the transfer, sale or other disposition of securities of the undersigned, if then permitted by the Company, provided that the securities subject to the plan may not be sold during the Lock-Up Period (except to the extent otherwise allowed pursuant to this Agreement, including for the avoidance of doubt, any sale of securities subject to a plan established at or following the date of any Earnings-Related Lockup Release in order to sell securities permitted to be sold as part of such Earnings-Related Lockup Release under this Agreement) and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, or any other public filing or announcement, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan during the Lock-Up Period.

For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, current or former marriage, current or former domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin. The undersigned now has, and, except as contemplated by any Earnings-Related Lockup Release and clauses (a)(i)-(x) and (b) above, for the duration of this Lock-Up Agreement will have, good and marketable title to the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock of the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and claims


whatsoever. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock of the Company except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

Reference is hereby made to that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated April 27, 2020, by and among the Company and the investors party thereto (the “IRA”). In the event that (i) the undersigned is a Holder (as defined in the IRA) and (ii) during the Lock-Up Period, the Representatives release or waive any prohibition set forth in this Lock-Up Agreement on the transfer of Common Stock held by any holder, the same percentage of the total number of outstanding Common Stock held by the undersigned as the percentage of the total number of outstanding Common Stock held by such holder that are the subject of such waiver shall be immediately and fully released on the same terms from the applicable prohibition(s) set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this paragraph will not apply (i) in the case of any primary and/or secondary underwritten public offering of Common Stock (a “Follow-On Offering”), so long as the undersigned has been given the opportunity to participate in such Follow-on Offering on the same terms (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to its Pro Rata Amount (as defined in the IRA)) as any other Holders participating in such Follow-on Offering or (ii) if the release or waiver is granted due to circumstances of an emergency or hardship as determined by the Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co in their sole judgment, provided, that, such releases under this clause (ii) (whether in one or multiple releases under this Lock-Up Agreement or other Lock-Up Agreements entered into by other holders of Common Stock in connection with the Public Offering) shall not in the aggregate result in the release of more than 1% of the total number of outstanding Common Stock (calculated on an as-converted, fully diluted basis and as of the close of business on the date of the final Prospectus relating to the Public Offering filed with the SEC). Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly notify the Company of each such release (provided that the failure to provide such notice shall not give rise to any claim or liability against Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co or the Underwriters). The undersigned further acknowledges that Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co are under no obligation to inquire into whether, or to ensure that, the Company notifies the undersigned of the delivery by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co of any such notice, which is a matter between the undersigned and the Company.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Lock-Up Agreement will automatically terminate and the undersigned will be released from all obligations hereunder upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (i) the date that the Company advises the Representatives in writing prior to execution of the Underwriting Agreement that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, (ii) the date that the Company files an application with the SEC to withdraw the registration statement related to the Public Offering, (iii) the date of termination of the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder, or (iv) October 15, 2021, in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by such date (provided that the Company may by written notice to the undersigned prior to such date extend such date for a period of up to an additional three months).


The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that none of the Underwriters has made any recommendation or provided any investment or other advice to the undersigned with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement or the subject matter hereof, and the undersigned has consulted its own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory, tax and other advisors with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement and the subject matter hereof to the extent the undersigned has deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Underwriters may provide certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures or other related documentation to the undersigned in connection with the Public Offering, the Underwriters are not making a recommendation to you to participate in the Public Offering or sell any Shares at the price determined in the Public Offering, and nothing set forth in such disclosures or documentation is intended to suggest that any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

This Lock-Up Agreement and any transaction contemplated by this Lock-Up Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would result in the application of any other law than the laws of the State of New York.

This Lock-Up Agreement may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and, as so delivered, shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.


Very truly yours,

 

Exact Name of Shareholder

 

Authorized Signature

 

Title

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TOAST, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Toast, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. That the name of this corporation is Toast, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on December 22, 2011 under the name Opti Systems, Inc.

2. That the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Toast, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 114,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.000001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) 51,449,136 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.000001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

1


  A.

COMMON STOCK

1. General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2. Voting. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”)) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

  B.

PREFERRED STOCK

3,614,458 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock,” 15,307,339 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock,” 7,754,773 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock,” 6,644,706 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series D Preferred Stock,” 9,157,605 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series E Preferred Stock,” and 8,970,255 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series F Preferred Stock,” with each such series having the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

1. Dividends.

The holders of Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, dividends in an amount equal to eight percent (8%) per annum of the applicable Original Issue Price (as such term is defined below) per share of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the applicable series of Preferred Stock) (the “Preferred Dividends”). Preferred Dividends shall be non-cumulative and shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to pay such Preferred Dividends. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (i) in the

 

2


case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (A) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (ii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Preferred Stock determined by (A) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (B) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Preferred Stock dividend. The “Series A Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.415 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock. The “Series B Original Issue Price” shall mean $1.9538 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. The “Series C Original Issue Price” shall mean $6.98 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock. The “Series D Original Issue Price” shall mean $17.307 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock. The “Series E Original Issue Price” shall mean $27.2997 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock. The “Series F Original Issue Price” shall mean $45.4496 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock. For purposes hereof, the Series A Original Issue Price, the Series B Original Issue Price, the Series C Original Issue Price, the Series D Original Issue Price, the Series E Original Issue Price, and the Series F Original Issue Price, collectively, shall be referred to as the “Original Issue Price,” and individually as the “applicable Original Issue Price.”

2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.

2.1 Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of each series of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, on a pari passu basis, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the applicable Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of such series of

 

3


Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Preferred Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.2 Payments to Holders of Common Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 2.1, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

2.3 Deemed Liquidation Events.

2.3.1 Definition. Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless (i) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis (the “Requisite Majority”), (ii) solely with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, the holders of at least 55% of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class (the “Requisite Series C Preferred”), (iii) solely with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class (the “Requisite Series D Preferred”), (iv) solely with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class (the “Requisite Series E Preferred”), and (v) solely with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class (the “Requisite Series F Preferred”) elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(a) a merger or consolidation in which

 

  (i)

the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

  (ii)

a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation; or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; or

 

4


(b) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

2.3.2 Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event.

(a) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “Merger Agreement”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2.

(b) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(ii) or 2.3.1(b), if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within ninety (90) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the ninetieth (90th) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause; (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock; and (iii) if the Requisite Majority, the Requisite Series C Preferred, the Requisite Series D Preferred, the Requisite Series E Preferred, and the Requisite Series F Preferred so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “Available Proceeds”), on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Preferred Liquidation Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.3.2(b), the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

 

5


2.3.3 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed. The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders pursuant to such Deemed Liquidation Event. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

2.3.4 Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Subsection 2.3.4, consideration placed into escrow or retained as a holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Initial Consideration.

3. Voting.

3.1 General. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, on any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter; provided, however, that the Series F Preferred Stock shall not have a right to vote on matters which the stockholders of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote to the extent, and solely to the extent, such matter relates to the election of the directors on the Board of Directors, and the shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall not be included in determining the number of shares voting or entitled to vote on any such matters related to the election of the directors of the Board of Directors. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class on an as-converted basis.

3.2 Election of Directors. The holders of record of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series E Director”). The holders of record of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series C Director”). The holders of record of the shares of Series B

 

6


Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series B Director”). The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series A Director”). The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation. Any director elected as provided in the preceding five sentences may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first five sentences of this Subsection 3.2, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2.

3.3 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, of the Requisite Majority, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.3.1 liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, or effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

3.3.2 amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Preferred Stock;

3.3.3 (i) issue shares of any class or series of capital stock (including any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security) ranking senior to

 

7


or pari passu with any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that ranks pari passu with any series of Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to any series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (iii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that ranks junior to any series of Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with any series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

3.3.4 increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock;

3.3.5 purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price (as adjusted in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization) or the then-current fair market value thereof or (iv) as approved by the Board of Directors;

3.3.6 create, or authorize the creation of, any indebtedness, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any indebtedness, if the aggregate indebtedness of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for borrowed money following such action would exceed $5,000,000, other than for indebtedness incurred in connection with (i) lines of credit associated with purchasing hardware, (ii) customer financing or merchant capital advances and (iii) any transaction approved by the Board of Directors;

3.3.7 increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors; or

3.3.8 cause or permit any of its subsidiaries to, without approval of the Board of Directors, sell, issue, sponsor, create or distribute any digital tokens, cryptocurrency or other blockchain-based assets (collectively, “Tokens”), including through a pre-sale, initial coin offering, token distribution event or crowdfunding, or through the issuance of any instrument convertible into or exchangeable for Tokens.

3.4 Series F Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when shares of Series F Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, of the Requisite Series F Preferred, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

 

8


3.4.1 increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series F Preferred Stock;

3.4.2 amend, alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series F Preferred Stock in an adverse manner without adversely affecting the other series of Preferred Stock in the same manner;

3.4.3 engage in any transaction, or enter into or amend the terms of any agreement, with any director, stockholder, affiliate or member of senior management of the Corporation, or any immediate family member of such persons, unless such transaction or agreement (i) has an aggregate value of less than $1,000,000, (ii) is entered into at arms’ length and approved by the Board of Directors, or (iii) is an equity or debt financing that is approved by the Board of Directors; or

3.4.4 create, or authorize the creation of, any equity security, or any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, that ranks senior to the Series F Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends, or rights of redemption.

3.5 Series E Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when shares of Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, of the Requisite Series E Preferred, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.5.1 increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock;

3.5.2 amend, alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series E Preferred Stock in an adverse manner without adversely affecting the other series of Preferred Stock in the same manner;

3.5.3 engage in any transaction, or enter into or amend the terms of any agreement, with any director, stockholder, affiliate or member of senior management of the Corporation, or any immediate family member of such persons, unless such transaction or agreement (i) has an aggregate value of less than $1,000,000, (ii) is entered into at arms’ length and approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of the Series E Director, or (iii) is an equity or debt financing that is approved by the Board of Directors; or

3.5.4 create, or authorize the creation of, any equity security, or any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, that ranks senior to the Series E Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends, or rights of redemption.

 

9


3.6 Series D Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, of the Requisite Series D Preferred, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.6.1 increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock;

3.6.2 amend, alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series D Preferred Stock in an adverse manner without adversely affecting the other series of Preferred Stock in the same manner;

3.6.3 engage in any transaction, or enter into or amend the terms of any agreement, with any director, stockholder, affiliate or member of senior management of the Corporation, or any immediate family member of such persons, unless such transaction or agreement (i) has an aggregate value of less than $1,000,000, (ii) is entered into at arms’ length and approved by the Board of Directors, or (iii) is an equity or debt financing that is approved by the Board of Directors; or

3.6.4 create, or authorize the creation of, any equity security, or any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, that ranks senior to the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption.

3.7 Series C Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, of the Requisite Series C Preferred, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.7.1 increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock;

3.7.2 amend, alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series C Preferred Stock in an adverse manner without adversely affecting the other series of Preferred Stock in the same manner; or

3.7.3 engage in any transaction, or enter into or amend the terms of any agreement, with any director, stockholder, affiliate or member of senior management of the Corporation, or any immediate family member of such persons, unless such transaction or agreement (i) has an aggregate value of less than $1,000,000, (ii) is entered into at arms’ length and approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of the Series C Director, or (iii) is an equity or debt financing that is approved by the Board of Directors.

 

10


3.8 Additional Series C Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, as a separate class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.8.1 create, or authorize the creation of, any equity security, or any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, that ranks senior to the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption.

3.9 Series B Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, as a separate class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.9.1 increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series B Preferred Stock;

3.9.2 amend, alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series B Preferred Stock in an adverse manner without adversely affecting the other series of Preferred Stock in the same manner; or

3.9.3 engage in any transaction, or enter into or amend the terms of any agreement, with any director, stockholder, affiliate or member of senior management of the Corporation, or any immediate family member of such persons, unless such transaction or agreement (i) has an aggregate value of less than $1,000,000, (ii) is entered into at arms’ length and approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of the Series B Director, or (iii) is an equity or debt financing that is approved by the Board of Directors.

3.10 Series A Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, as a separate class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.10.1 increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock;

 

11


3.10.2 amend, alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock in an adverse manner without adversely affecting the other series of Preferred Stock in the same manner; or

3.10.3 engage in any transaction, or enter into or amend the terms of any agreement, with any director, stockholder, affiliate or member of senior management of the Corporation, or any immediate family member of such persons, unless such transaction or agreement (i) has an aggregate value of less than $1,000,000, (ii) is entered into at arms’ length and approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of the Series A Director, or (iii) is an equity or debt financing that is approved by the Board of Directors.

3.11 BHCA Voting Limitation and Protections.

3.11.1 If a “BHCA Shareholder” and its “BHCA Transferees” (as each such term is defined below) at any time collectively hold any shares of capital stock of the Corporation that, but for this Section 3.11, on an individually converted basis or in the aggregate, would constitute more than 4.99% of any class of voting shares (as that term is defined for purposes of the BHCA) of the Corporation, or that would provide the BHCA Shareholder and its BHCA Transferees collectively with the right to cast more than 4.99% of the votes entitled to vote on any matter (other than the BHCA Matters defined below), then notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any such shares in excess of such amount shall be non-voting shares and shall not entitle the holder or holders thereof to vote on, or consent to, any matter pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation, other than BHCA Matters (such shares, “Non-Voting Shares”). A BHCA Shareholder and its BHCA Transferees shall be deemed to hold such Non-Voting Shares pro rata based on their respective aggregate shareholdings. Such Non-Voting Shares shall not be counted for purposes of determining whether any vote or consent required under this Certificate of Incorporation has been approved by the requisite percentage of shares or be counted towards any quorum required pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation.

3.11.2 Except upon a “Permitted Regulatory Transfer” (as such term is defined below), any shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, upon the closing of the purchase of such shares by and with respect to each BHCA Shareholder, or become, at any time subsequent to such closing, Non-Voting Shares pursuant to Section 3.11.1 hereof, shall at all times thereafter continue to be Non-Voting Shares, regardless of the number or percentage of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that may be held by such BHCA Shareholder or its BHCA Transferees at any time subsequent to any such shares becoming Non-Voting Shares.

3.11.3 For the purposes of this Section 3.11 only:

(a) A “BHCA Shareholder means any holder of capital stock of the Corporation that has provided written notice to the Corporation of its election to be treated as a BHCA Shareholder for purposes of this Section 3.11, which notice shall be irrevocable, together with any Affiliate of such holder;

(b) An “Affiliate of any person or entity shall have the meaning set forth in the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), and the Federal Reserve Board’s implementing Regulation Y thereunder; and

 

12


(c) A “BHCA Transferee” shall mean a person to whom a BHCA Shareholder transfers shares of capital stock of the Corporation and any person to whom such person transfers such shares of capital stock (and so on), in each case, other than in a Permitted Regulatory Transfer.

(d) A “Permitted Regulatory Transfer shall mean a transfer of shares of capital stock of the Corporation from a BHCA Shareholder or its BHCA Transferees in any of the following manners:

 

  (i)

a widespread public distribution;

 

  (ii)

to the Corporation;

 

  (iii)

in transfers in which no transferee (or group of transferees) would receive 2% or more of any of the outstanding securities of any class of voting securities (as such term is used for purposes of the BHCA) of the Corporation;

 

  (iv)

an assignment to a single party (e.g., a broker or investment banker) for the purpose of conducting a widespread public distribution on behalf of a BHCA Shareholder and its BHCA Transferees; or

 

  (v)

to a transferee that would control more than 50% of every class of voting securities (as such term is used for purposes of the BHCA) of the Corporation without giving effect to any transfer from the BHCA Shareholder or its BHCA Transferees.

(e) “BHCA Matters” means, with respect to any BHCA Shareholder, any action proposed to be taken by the Corporation to:

 

  (i)

amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation that relates to the rights and preferences of the Preferred Stock held by such BHCA Shareholder;

 

13


  (ii)

issue shares of any additional class or series of stock or shares of any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security having any preference or priority as to voting, dividends, or distribution of assets senior to the Preferred Stock held by such BHCA Shareholder;

 

  (iii)

reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to such series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege; or

 

  (iv)

amend, alter, repeal or waive any of the terms set forth in this Section 3.11 which shall require the approval of (A) holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation held by the BHCA Shareholders and their respective BHCA Transferees and (B) each BHCA Shareholder.

4. Optional Conversion.

The holders of Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

4.1 Right to Convert.

4.1.1 Conversion Ratio. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series A Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $0.415. Such initial Series A Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series B Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $1.9538. Such initial Series B Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable

 

14


shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series C Original Issue Price by the Series C Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series C Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $6.98. Such initial Series C Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series C Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series D Original Issue Price by the Series D Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series D Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $17.307. Such initial Series D Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series D Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. Each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series E Original Issue Price by the Series E Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series E Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $27.2997. Such initial Series E Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series E Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. Each share of Series F Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series F Original Issue Price by the Series F Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series F Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $45.4496. Such initial Series F Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series F Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. The “Conversion Price” means the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price, the Series E Conversion Price, or the Series F Conversion Price, as applicable.

4.1.2 Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

4.2 Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

15


4.3 Mechanics of Conversion.

4.3.1 Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall (a) provide written notice to the Corporation’s transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) that such holder elects to convert all or any number of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent and (b), if such holder’s shares are certificated, surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent). Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such notice and, if applicable, certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the specified shares shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

4.3.2 Reservation of Shares. The Corporation shall at all times when any shares of Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock.

 

16


4.3.3 Effect of Conversion. All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Subsection 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

4.3.4 No Further Adjustment. Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on such series of Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5 Taxes. The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

4.4 Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

4.4.1 Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(b) “Series F Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series F Preferred Stock was issued.

(c) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(d) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series F Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):

 

17


  (i)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

 

  (ii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8;

 

  (iii)

shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors;

 

  (iv)

shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

  (v)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors;

 

  (vi)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors;

 

  (vii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection

 

18


  with technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors; or

 

  (viii)

shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to an underwritten public offering in which all of the Preferred Stock is converted to Common Stock.

4.4.2 No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price with respect to a series of Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock (or, in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock, the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock) agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

4.4.3 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(a) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series F Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or if any other adjustment is made pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock as would have been obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security.

 

19


Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(c) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series F Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series F Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(d) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock as would have been obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(e) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Conversion Price any series of Preferred

 

20


Stock that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

4.4.4 Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series F Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, then the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issuance or deemed issuance, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP1* (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “CP2” shall mean the Conversion Price of the applicable series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately after such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(b) “CP1” shall mean the Conversion Price of the applicable series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued or deemed issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.5 Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Subsection 4.4, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issuance or deemed issuance of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a) Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

 

21


  (i)

insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (ii)

insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

 

  (iii)

in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(b) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

 

  (i)

the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

  (ii)

the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the

 

22


  conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.6 Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than ninety (90) days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

4.5 Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series F Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series F Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

4.6 Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series F Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock then in effect by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

23


Notwithstanding the foregoing (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.7 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series F Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.8 Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.5, 4.6 or 4.7), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible, in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event, into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such series of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the extent that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Subsection 4.8 shall be construed as preventing the holders of Preferred Stock from seeking any appraisal rights to which they are otherwise entitled under the General Corporation Law in connection with a merger triggering an adjustment hereunder, nor shall this Subsection 4.8 be deemed conclusive evidence of the fair value of the shares of Preferred Stock in any such appraisal proceeding.

 

24


4.9 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of each series of Preferred Stock.

4.10 Notice of Record Date. In the event:

(a) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(b) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(c) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of each series of Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or Deemed Liquidation Event is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of each series of Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or Deemed Liquidation Event, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to such series of Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least thirty (30) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

 

25


5. Mandatory Conversion.

5.1 Trigger Events. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $60,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of (i) the Requisite Majority, (ii) the Requisite Series C Preferred, (iii) the Requisite Series D Preferred, (iv) the Requisite Series E Preferred, and (v) the Requisite Series F Preferred (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), then (A) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate thereof, and (B) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

5.2 Procedural Requirements. All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 5.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.2. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

6. Redemption. The Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder thereof.

 

26


7. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

8. Waiver. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series F Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series F Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of the Requisite Series F Preferred. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series E Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series E Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of the Requisite Series E Preferred. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series D Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series D Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of the Requisite Series D Preferred. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series C Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series C Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Requisite Series C Preferred. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series B Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding.

9. Notices. Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

27


NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

TENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not (a) adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification or (b) increase the liability of any director, officer or agent of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, affiliate or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the persons referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) are “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation while such Covered Person is performing services in such capacity. Any repeal or modification of this Article Eleventh will only be prospective and will not affect the rights under this Article Eleventh in effect at the time of the occurrence of any actions or omissions to act giving rise to liability.

TWELFTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or

 

28


proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Article Twelfth shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article Twelfth (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article Twelfth containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

* * *

3. That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

4. That this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 27th day of April, 2020.

 

By:   /s/ Stephen Fredette
  Stephen Fredette
  President

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Exhibit 3.3

Amended and Restated Bylaws

of

Toast, Inc.

(the “Corporation”)

 

1

Stockholders.

 

  (a)

Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors each year at such place, date and time as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. If no date for the annual meeting is established or said meeting is not held on the date established as provided above, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held or there may be action by written consent of the stockholders on matters to be voted on at the annual meeting, and such special meeting or written consent shall have for the purposes of these Bylaws or otherwise all the force and effect of an annual meeting.

 

  (b)

Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called by the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, a President, or by the Board of Directors, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons. The call for the meeting shall state the place, date, hour and purposes of the meeting. Only the purposes specified in the notice of special meeting shall be considered or dealt with at such special meeting.

 

  (c)

Notice of Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the Secretary (or other person authorized by these Bylaws or by law) not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat and to each stockholder who, under the Certificate of Incorporation or under these Bylaws is entitled to such notice. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be effectively given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

If a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, except that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.


  (d)

Quorum. The holders of a majority in interest of all stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present. The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to reduce the voting shares below a quorum.

 

  (e)

Voting and Proxies. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by either written proxy or by a transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL, but no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period or is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the meeting, or of any adjournment thereof. Except as otherwise limited therein, proxies shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting.

 

  (f)

Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present, any matter before the meeting shall be decided by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock voting on such matter except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. Any election of directors by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. The Corporation shall not directly or indirectly vote any share of its own stock; provided, however, that the Corporation may vote shares which it holds in a fiduciary capacity to the extent permitted by law.

 

  (g)

Presiding Officer. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or in his or her absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or if neither is elected or in their absence, a President. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to appoint a temporary presiding officer to serve at any meeting of the stockholders if the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board or a President is unable to do so for any reason.

 

  (h)

Conduct of Meetings. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the presiding officer of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or

 

2


  prescribed by the presiding officer of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the presiding officer of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

  (i)

Action without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office, by hand or by certified mail, return receipt requested, or to the Corporation’s principal place of business or to the officer of the Corporation having custody of the minute book. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature and no written consent shall be effective unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered pursuant to these Bylaws, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders entitled to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner set forth in these Bylaws. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

  (j)

Stockholder Lists. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this Section 1(j) shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. The list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.

 

2

Directors.

 

  (a)

Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

 

3


  (b)

Number and Qualification. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or in these Bylaws, the number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

  (c)

Vacancies; Reduction of Board. A majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or a sole remaining Director, may fill vacancies in the Board of Directors occurring for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors. In lieu of filling any vacancy, the Board of Directors may reduce the number of directors.

 

  (d)

Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, directors shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

 

  (e)

Removal. To the extent permitted by law, a director may be removed from office with or without cause by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

  (f)

Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time, date and place as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called, orally or in writing, by the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President, or by two or more Directors, designating the time, date and place thereof. Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

  (g)

Notice of Meetings. Notice of the time, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary, or Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be given to each director in person, by telephone, or by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic communications, sent to such director’s business or home address at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to such director’s business or home address at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting.

 

  (h)

Quorum. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting from time to time and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

 

4


  (i)

Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, unless otherwise provided in the following sentence, a majority of the directors present may take any action on behalf of the Board of Directors, unless a larger number is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. So long as there are two (2) or fewer Directors, any action to be taken by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of all Directors.

 

  (j)

Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

  (k)

Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, establish one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these Bylaws.

Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but in the absence of such rules its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold their committee offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, and the Board may abolish any committee at any time.

 

3

Officers.

 

  (a)

Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of one or more Presidents (who, if there is more than one, shall be referred to as Co-Presidents), a Treasurer, a Secretary, and such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chief Executive Officer and one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board.

 

5


  (b)

Election. The Presidents, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at their first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Other officers may be chosen by the Board of Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

 

  (c)

Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder or Director. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may be required by the Board of Directors to give bond for the faithful performance of such officer’s duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

  (d)

Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the Corporation, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

 

  (e)

Removal. The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

 

  (f)

Vacancies. Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

 

  (g)

Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Vice Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

  (h)

Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

  (i)

Presidents. The Presidents shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, each have general supervision and control of the Corporation’s business and any action that would typically be taken by a President may be taken by any Co-President. If there is no Chairman of the Board or Vice Chairman of the Board, a President shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Presidents shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

6


  (j)

Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents. Any Vice President (including any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and any Assistant Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

  (k)

Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. The Treasurer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation, except as the Board of Directors may otherwise provide. The Treasurer shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

  (l)

Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall record the proceedings of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors (including committees of the Board) in books kept for that purpose. In the absence of the Secretary from any such meeting an Assistant Secretary, or if such person is absent, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting, shall record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation) and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

  (m)

Other Powers and Duties. Subject to these Bylaws, each officer of the Corporation shall have in addition to the duties and powers specifically set forth in these Bylaws, such duties and powers as are customarily incident to such officer’s office, and such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

4

Capital Stock.

 

  (a)

Certificates of Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by a President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Such signatures may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue. Every certificate for

 

7


  shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law. The Corporation shall be permitted to issue fractional shares.

 

  (b)

Transfers. Subject to any restrictions on transfer, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. No stockholder may sell, transfer, assign, encumber, pledge or otherwise dispose of (i) any shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock (the “Common Stock”), $0.000001 par value per share (other than Common Stock acquired upon conversion of any shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”), $0.000001 par value per share) or (ii) any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Corporation’s Common Stock (other than Common Stock acquired upon conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock), in each case, without the prior consent of the Board of Directors, provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to: (a) in the case of a stockholder that is an entity, transfers by a stockholder to its Affiliates (as defined below) or current or former stockholders, members, partners or other equity holders, (b) a repurchase of stock from a stockholder by the Corporation at a price no greater than that originally paid by such stockholder for such stock and pursuant to an agreement containing vesting and/or repurchase provisions approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, or (c) in the case of a stockholder that is a natural person, upon a transfer of stock by such stockholder made for bona fide estate planning purposes, either during his or her lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to his or her spouse, child (natural or adopted), or any other direct lineal descendant of such stockholder (or his or her spouse) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to as “family members”), or any other relative approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any custodian or trustee of any trust, partnership or limited liability company for the benefit of, or the ownership interests of which are owned wholly by such stockholder or any such family members. For purposes of this Section 4(b), “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified stockholder that is an entity, any other individual or entity who directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such stockholder, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such stockholder, or any venture capital, private equity or similar investment fund now or hereafter existing which is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such stockholder.

 

  (c)

Record Holders. Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

 

8


It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the Corporation of such stockholder’s post office address.

 

  (d)

Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date on which it is established, and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, more than ten (10) days after the date on which the record date for stockholder consent without a meeting is established, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. In such case only stockholders of record on such record date shall be so entitled notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the books of the Corporation after the record date.

If no record date is fixed, (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, (ii) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in this state, to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded, and (iii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

  (e)

Lost Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

5

Indemnification.

 

  (a)

Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5:

 

  (i)

“Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (A) as a Director of the Corporation, (B) as an Officer of the Corporation, (C) as a Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation, or (D) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, foundation, association, organization or other legal

 

9


  entity for which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(a)(i), a Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Corporate Status” shall not include the status of a person who is serving or has served as a director, officer, employee or agent of a constituent corporation absorbed in a merger or consolidation transaction with the Corporation with respect to such person’s activities prior to said transaction, unless specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation;

 

  (ii)

“Director” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as a director on the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

 

  (iii)

“Disinterested Director” means, with respect to each Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought hereunder, a Director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to such Proceeding;

 

  (iv)

“Expenses” means all reasonable attorneys fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, costs of preparation of demonstrative evidence and other courtroom presentation aids and devices, costs incurred in connection with document review, organization, imaging and computerization, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding;

 

  (v)

“Liabilities” means judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement;

 

  (vi)

“Non-Officer Employee” means any person who serves or has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation, but who is not or was not a Director or Officer;

 

  (vii)

“Officer” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as an officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

 

  (viii)

“Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, inquiry, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative; and

 

  (ix)

“Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity of which the Corporation owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the

 

10


  Corporation) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) 50% or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, or (B) 50% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity.

 

  (b)

Indemnification of Directors and Officers. Subject to the operation of Section 5(d) of these Bylaws, each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), and to the extent authorized in subsections (i) through (iv) of this Section 5(b).

 

  (i)

Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than By or In the Right of the Corporation. Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred or paid by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

  (ii)

Actions, Suits and Proceedings By or In the Right of the Corporation. Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses that are incurred by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein by or in the right of the Corporation, which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 5(b)(ii) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Director or Officer shall have been finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Director or Officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses that such court deems proper.

 

11


  (iii)

Survival of Rights. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 5(b) shall continue as to a Director or Officer after he or she has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.

 

  (iv)

Actions by Directors or Officers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any Director or Officer seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director or Officer only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director or Officer) was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, unless such Proceeding was brought to enforce such Officer’s or Director’s rights to indemnification or, in the case of Directors, advancement of Expenses under these Bylaws in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

 

  (c)

Indemnification of Non-Officer Employees. Subject to the operation of Section 5(d) of these Bylaws, each Non-Officer Employee may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against any or all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred by such Non-Officer Employee or on such Non-Officer Employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Non-Officer Employee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Non-Officer Employee’s Corporate Status, if such Non-Officer Employee acted in good faith and in a manner such Non-Officer Employee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 5(c) shall exist as to a Non-Officer Employee after he or she has ceased to be a Non-Officer Employee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify any Non-Officer Employee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Non-Officer Employee only if such Proceeding was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

  (d)

Determination. Unless ordered by a court, no indemnification shall be provided pursuant to this Section 5 to a Director, to an Officer or to a Non-Officer Employee unless a determination shall have been made that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such determination shall be made by (i) a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (ii) a committee comprised of Disinterested Directors, such committee having been designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (even though less than a quorum), (iii) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of Disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iv) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

12


  (e)

Advancement of Expenses to Directors Prior to Final Disposition.

 

  (i)

The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director in connection with any Proceeding in which such Director is involved by reason of such Director’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written statement from such Director requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Director and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director seeking advancement of expenses hereunder in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director) was (A) authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (B) brought to enforce such Director’s rights to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under these Bylaws.

 

  (ii)

If a claim for advancement of Expenses hereunder by a Director is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of documentation of Expenses and the required undertaking, such Director may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, such Director shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such advancement of Expenses under this Section 5 shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director for recovery of the unpaid amount of an advancement claim and shall not create a presumption that such advancement is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director is not entitled to an advancement of expenses shall be on the Corporation.

 

  (iii)

In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Director has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

 

  (f)

Advancement of Expenses to Officers and Non-Officer Employees Prior to Final Disposition.

 

  (i)

The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, advance any or all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Officer or any Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which such person is involved by reason of his or her Corporate Status as an Officer or Non-Officer Employee upon the receipt by the Corporation of

 

13


  a statement or statements from such Officer or Non-Officer Employee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Officer or Non-Officer Employee and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Officer or Non-Officer Employee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

 

  (ii)

In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Officer or Non-Officer Employee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

 

  (g)

Contractual Nature of Rights.

 

  (i)

The provisions of this Section 5 shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director and Officer entitled to the benefits hereof at any time while this Section 5 is in effect, in consideration of such person’s past or current and any future performance of services for the Corporation. Neither amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Section 5 nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Section 5 shall eliminate or reduce any right conferred by this Section 5 in respect of any act or omission occurring, or any cause of action or claim that accrues or arises or any state of facts existing, at the time of or before such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption of an inconsistent provision (even in the case of a proceeding based on such a state of facts that is commenced after such time), and all rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses granted herein or arising out of any act or omission shall vest at the time of the act or omission in question, regardless of when or if any proceeding with respect to such act or omission is commenced. The rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 5 shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person.

 

  (ii)

If a claim for indemnification hereunder by a Director or Officer is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written claim for indemnification, such Director or Officer may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, such Director or Officer shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such indemnification under this Section 5 shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director or Officer for recovery of the unpaid amount of an indemnification claim and shall not create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director or Officer is not entitled to indemnification shall be on the Corporation.

 

14


  (iii)

In any suit brought by a Director or Officer to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder, it shall be a defense that such Director or Officer has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

 

  (h)

Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Section 5 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Director, Officer, or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.

 

  (i)

Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee against any liability of any character asserted against or incurred by the Corporation or any such Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee, or arising out of any such person’s Corporate Status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the provisions of this Section 5.

 

  (j)

Other Indemnification. The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or provide advancement of Expenses to any person under this Section 5 as a result of such person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or enterprise (the “Primary Indemnitor”). Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Section 5 owed by the Corporation as a result of a person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall only be in excess of, and shall be secondary to, the indemnification or advancement of Expenses available from the applicable Primary Indemnitor(s) and any applicable insurance policies.

 

6

Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

  (a)

Fiscal Year. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year.

 

  (b)

Seal. The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

 

  (c)

Execution of Instruments. Subject to any limitations which may be set forth in a resolution of the Board of Directors, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without director action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by, a President, or by any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may authorize.

 

15


  (d)

Voting of Securities. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, a President, any Vice President or the Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of this Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for this Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by this Corporation.

 

  (e)

Resident Agent. The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.

 

  (f)

Corporate Records. The original or attested copies of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board of Directors and the stock and transfer records, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock held by each, shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at the office of its counsel, or at an office of its transfer agent.

 

  (g)

Certificate of Incorporation. All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

  (h)

Amendments. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new Bylaws may be adopted, by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors; provided, that (a) the Board of Directors may not alter, amend or repeal any provision of these Bylaws which by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws requires action by the stockholders and (b) any alteration, amendment or repeal of these Bylaws by the Board of Directors and any new By-law adopted by the Board of Directors may be altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders.

 

  (i)

Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting needs to be specified in any written waiver or any waiver by electronic transmission.

Adopted: June 27, 2017

 

16

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Version

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  
1.   Definitions      1  
2.   Registration Rights      6  
  2.1    Demand Registration      6  
  2.2    Company Registration      8  
  2.3    Underwriting Requirements      8  
  2.4    Obligations of the Company      10  
  2.5    Furnish Information      11  
  2.6    Expenses of Registration      12  
  2.7    Delay of Registration      12  
  2.8    Indemnification      12  
  2.9    Reports Under Exchange Act      14  
  2.10    Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      15  
  2.11    “Market Stand-off” Agreement      16  
  2.12    Restrictions on Transfer      17  
  2.13    Termination of Registration Rights      18  
  2.14    Deemed Underwriter      19  
3.   Information and Observer Rights      19  
  3.1    Delivery of Financial Statements      19  
  3.2    Inspection      20  
  3.3    Observer Rights      21  
  3.4    Termination of Information and Observer Rights      23  
  3.5    Confidentiality      23  
4.   Rights to Future Stock Issuances      24  
  4.1    Right of First Offer      24  
  4.2    Termination      25  
5.   Additional Covenants      25  
  5.1    Insurance      25  
  5.2    Employee Agreements      26  
  5.3    Employee Stock      26  
  5.4    Board Matters      26  
  5.5    Successor Indemnification      26  
  5.6    Indemnification Matters      27  
  5.7    Expenses of Counsel      27  
  5.8    Right to Conduct Activities      28  
  5.9    No Investment Company      28  
  5.10    FCPA      28  
  5.11    OFAC      28  

 

i


   5.12    JPMC Put Right      29  
   5.13    Amex Put Right      29  
   5.14    BHCA Voting Limitations and Protections      29  
   5.15    Termination of Covenants      29  
6.    Miscellaneous      30  
   6.1    Successors and Assigns      30  
   6.2    Governing Law      30  
   6.3    Counterparts      30  
   6.4    Titles and Subtitles      30  
   6.5    Notices      31  
   6.6    Amendments and Waivers      32  
   6.7    Severability      32  
   6.8    Aggregation of Stock      32  
   6.9    Additional Investors      33  
   6.10    Entire Agreement      33  
   6.11    Dispute Resolution      33  
   6.12    Delays or Omissions      34  
   6.13    Acknowledgment      34  

 

Schedule A

           Schedule of Investors

Schedule B

           Schedule of Key Holders

 

ii


FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of the 27th day of April, 2020, by and among Toast, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “Investor”, and each of the stockholders listed on Schedule B hereto, each of whom is referred to herein as a “Key Holder” and any additional Investor that becomes party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.9 hereof.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company, the Key Holders and certain of the Investors (the “Prior Investors”) previously entered into a Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of February 14, 2020 (the “Prior Agreement”), in connection with the purchase of shares of Series F Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.000001 per share (“Series F Preferred Stock”);

WHEREAS, the Key Holders, the Prior Investors and the Company desire to induce certain of the Investors to purchase shares of Series F Preferred Stock, pursuant to the Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of February 14, 2020 by and among the Company and certain of the Investors, as amended by that certain Amendment to Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as further amended from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”) by amending and restating the Prior Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company, the Key Holders and the Investors (including the Prior Investors) each hereby agree to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein, and the parties hereto further agree as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital, private equity or similar investment fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company or investment advisor (or sub-advisor) with, such Person.

1.2 “Bessemer Associates” means each of Horsley Bridge XIII Venture, L.P. and its Affiliates, Mousserena, L.P. and its Affiliates, Pathway Private Equity Fund XX-A, LP and its Affiliates, Pathway Private Equity Fund XVII-B, LP and its Affiliates, Pathway Private Equity Fund XXIII, LP and its Affiliates, Pathway Private Equity Fund XXIX, LP and its Affiliates, Pathway Private Equity Fund Investors 10, LP and its Affiliates, SMRS-TOPE LLC and its Affiliates, HarbourVest Partners XI Venture Fund L.P. and its Affiliates, and HarbourVest Partners XI Venture AIF L.P. and its Affiliates.


1.3 “Board of Directors” means the Company’s board of directors.

1.4 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.5 “Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.000001 per share.

1.6 “Competitor” means a person or entity engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)) in the business of the Company, but shall not include (i) any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle solely by virtue of its ownership (and/or its Affiliates’ ownership) of an equity interest of less than ten percent (10%) in any Competitor held solely for investment purposes, (ii) GV 2014, L.P., GV 2017, L.P. or any of their affiliated funds, solely as a result of any affiliation between such fund and Alphabet Inc. (including any Affiliate of Alphabet Inc.), or (iii) T. Rowe Price, or any of its advised or sub-advised funds or accounts and any representative of T. Rowe Price pursuant to Section 3.3(f), solely as a result of its ownership (and/or advised or sub-advised funds or accounts representative’s ownership) of an equity interest of less than ten percent (10%) in any Competitor held solely for investment purposes; provided, however, before treating any Investor as a Competitor for purposes of this Agreement by virtue of such Investor owning (and/or its Affiliates’ owning) an equity interest in another Person (as such, an “Affiliated Portfolio Company”), the Company shall have provided to the applicable Investor no less than ten (10) business days’ prior notice of its intent to treat such Investor as a Competitor as a result of its affiliation with such Affiliated Portfolio Company.

1.7 “Damages” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

1.8 “Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

 

2


1.9 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.10 “Excluded Registration” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

1.11 “FOIA Party” means a Person that, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors, may be subject to, and thereby required to disclose non-public information furnished by or relating to the Company under, the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552 (“FOIA”), any state public records access law, any state or other jurisdiction’s laws similar in intent or effect to FOIA, or any other similar statutory or regulatory requirement.

1.12 “Form S-1” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

1.13 “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits forward incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

1.14 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

1.15 “Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

1.16 “Immediate Family Member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including, adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

1.17 “Initiating Holders” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

1.18 “IPO” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

1.19 “Key Employee” means Chris Comparato, Steve Fredette, Aman Narang, Jon Grimm and Tim Barash.

 

3


1.20 “Key Holder Registrable Securities” means (i) shares of Common Stock held by the Key Holders, and (ii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of such shares.

1.21 “Major Investor” means (i) Bessemer Venture Partners IX, L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners IX Institutional L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners Century Fund L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners Century Fund Institutional L.P. and any of their Affiliates that own Preferred Stock (together, “Bessemer Venture Partners”), for so long as such entities own, in the aggregate, at least 20% of the shares of Preferred Stock owned by such entities in the aggregate at the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); (ii) GV 2014, L.P., GV 2017, L.P. and any of their Affiliates that own Preferred Stock (together, “GV”), for so long as such entities own, in the aggregate, at least 20% of the shares of Preferred Stock owned by such entities in the aggregate on June 27, 2018; (iii) Steve Papa, for so long as he owns at least 20% of the shares of Preferred Stock owned by him on June 27, 2018; (iv) Raging Capital Master Fund, Ltd. and any of its Affiliates that own Preferred Stock (together, “Raging Capital”), for so long as such entities own, in the aggregate, at least 20% of the shares of Preferred Stock owned by such entities in the aggregate on June 27, 2018; (v) Generation IM Climate Solutions Fund II, L.P. and any of its Affiliates that own Preferred Stock (together, “GIM”), for so long as such entities own, in the aggregate, at least 20% of the shares of Preferred Stock owned by such entities in the aggregate on June 27, 2018; (vi) Lead Edge Capital III, LP and any of its Affiliates that own Preferred Stock (together, “LEC”), for so long as such entities own, in the aggregate, at least 20% of the shares of Preferred Stock owned by such entities in the aggregate on June 27, 2018; (vii) each T. Rowe Price Investor for so long as T. Rowe Price Investors collectively own, in the aggregate, at least 20% of the shares of Preferred Stock owned by T. Rowe Price Investors in the aggregate at the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); (viii) TCV X, L.P., TCV X (A), L.P., TCV X (B), L.P. and TCV X Member Fund, L.P. and any of their Affiliates that own Preferred Stock (together, “TCV”), for so long as such entities own, in the aggregate, at least 20% of the shares of Preferred Stock owned by such entities in the aggregate at the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); (ix) Tiger Global PIP 10 LLC and any of its Affiliates that own Preferred Stock (together, “Tiger”), for so long as such entities own, in the aggregate, at least 20% of the shares of Preferred Stock owned by such entities in the aggregate at the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); (x) each Bessemer Associate that owns Preferred Stock, for so long as such Bessemer Associate owns, in the aggregate, at least 80% of the shares of Preferred Stock owned by such Bessemer Associate in the aggregate at the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the shares of Preferred Stock owned by each Bessemer Associate shall not be aggregated for purposes of this Subsection 1.21); (xi) TPG Tech Adjacencies Tasteful, L.P. and any of its Affiliates that own Preferred Stock (together, “TPG”), for so long as such entities own, in the aggregate, at least 80% of the shares of Preferred Stock owned by such entities in the aggregate at the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); (xii) Greenoaks Capital Opportunities Fund II LP, Greenoaks Capital MS LP—Kubrick Series and any of their Affiliates that own Preferred Stock (together, “Greenoaks”), for so long as such entities own, in the aggregate, at least 80% of the shares of Preferred Stock owned by such entities in the aggregate at the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); and (xiii) each Person to whom the rights of a Major Investor are assigned pursuant to Subsection 6.1.

 

4


1.22 “New Securities” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

1.23 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

1.24 “Preferred Stock” means, collectively, shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock.

1.25 “Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by the Investors; (iii) the Key Holder Registrable Securities, provided, however, that such Key Holder Registrable Securities shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Key Holders shall not be deemed Holders for the purposes of Subsections 2.1, 2.10, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1 and 6.6; and (iv) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Subsection 6.1, and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Subsection 2.13 of this Agreement.

1.26 “Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

1.27 “Restricted Securities” means the securities of the Company required to be notated with the legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b) hereof.

1.28 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.29 “SEC Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

5


1.30 “SEC Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.31 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.32 “Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Subsection 2.6.

1.33 “Series A Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.000001 per share.

1.34 “Series B Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.000001 per share.

1.35 “Series C Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.000001 per share.

1.36 “Series D Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.000001 per share.

1.37 “Series E Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.000001 per share.

1.38 “T. Rowe Price” means T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and any successor or affiliated registered investment advisor to the T. Rowe Price Investors.

1.39 “T. Rowe Price Investors” means the Investors that are advisory or sub-advisory clients of T. Rowe Price with respect to holding shares of the Company. For the sake of clarity, as of the date hereof, the T. Rowe Price Investors are indicated on Schedule A hereto.

2. Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Demand Registration.

(a) Form S-1 Demand. If at any time after one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, excluding Amex (as defined below) and its BHCA Transferees (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation (as defined below)), that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to at least forty percent (40%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, would exceed $15 million), then the Company shall (x) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “Demand Notice”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c) and 2.3.

 

6


(b) Form S-3 Demand. If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $5 million, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c) and 2.3.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Subsection 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected one registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a); or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b). The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected one registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Subsection 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d).

 

7


2.2 Company Registration. If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Subsection 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Subsection 2.6.

2.3 Underwriting Requirements.

(a) If, pursuant to Subsection 2.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 2.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection 2.3, if the managing underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

 

8


(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Subsection 2.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below twenty percent (20%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering or (iii) notwithstanding (ii) above, any Registrable Securities which are not Key Holder Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all Key Holder Registrable Securities are first excluded from such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Subsection 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

9


(c) For purposes of Subsection 2.1, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Subsection 2.3(a), fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

2.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, excluding Amex and its BHCA Transferees, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to forty-five (45) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

 

10


(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

2.5 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

11


2.6 Expenses of Registration. All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $50,000 of one counsel for the selling Holders (“Selling Holder Counsel”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Subsection 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b), as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b). All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

2.7 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8 Indemnification. If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and, with respect to each T. Rowe Price Investor, T. Rowe Price, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

 

12


(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Subsections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Subsection 2.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8, to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Subsection 2.8.

 

13


(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either: (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Subsection 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Subsection 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Subsection 2.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Subsection 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Subsection 2.8(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Subsection 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.9 Reports Under Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

14


(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

2.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, excluding Amex and its BHCA Transferees, consenting as a single class on an as-converted basis, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that (i) would provide to such holder the right to include securities in any registration on other than on a subordinate basis after all Holders have had the opportunity to include in the registration and offering all shares of Registrable Securities that they wish to so include; or (ii) allow such holder or prospective holder to initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder; provided that this limitation shall not apply to Registrable Securities acquired by any additional Investor that becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Subsection 6.9.

 

15


2.11 Market Stand-off Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company of shares of its Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form S-3, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days in the case of the IPO, or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports, and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor provisions or amendments thereto, or, if approved by holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (other than the Key Holder Registrable Securities), ninety (90) days in the case of any registration other than the IPO, or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2241, or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held by such Holder immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for the IPO (other than those included in the registration), or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.11 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, or the transfer of any shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or the immediate family of the Holder, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors are subject to the same restrictions and the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a similar agreement from all stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock). The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Subsection 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Subsection 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements, after giving effect to relative rights of priority in regards to “cut-backs” as set forth in this Agreement (the “Pro Rata Amount”); provided, however, that no such pro rata waiver or termination will be triggered (x) in connection with a discretionary waiver or termination in connection with any primary and/or secondary follow-on public offering of shares of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (a “Follow-on Offering”) that is filed with the SEC during the period in which the restrictions of any or all such agreements by the Company or the underwriters apply so long as such Holder has been given the opportunity to participate in such Follow-on Offering on the same terms (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to its Pro Rata Amount) as any other Holders participating in such Follow-on Offering or (y) if the representative(s) of the underwriters in its or their sole judgment determines that a Holder should be granted an early release from any or all of such lock-up agreements due to circumstances of emergency or hardship (provided, that, such releases (whether in one or multiple releases) under this clause (y) shall not in the aggregate result in the release of more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock prior to the IPO (calculated on an as-converted, fully diluted basis and as of the close of business on the date of the final prospectus relating to the IPO filed with the SEC) originally subject to a substantially similar lock-up agreement). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.11 shall not apply to any shares purchased in (i) the IPO, (ii) any registered offering following the IPO or (iii) the secondary market following effectiveness of the registration statement relating to the IPO or any registered offering following the IPO.

 

16


Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, none of the provisions of this Agreement shall in any way limit JP Morgan Chase & Co. or any of its Affiliates from (a) engaging in any brokerage, investment advisory, financial advisory, anti-raid advisory, principaling, merger advisory, financing, asset management, trading, market making, arbitrage, investment activity and other similar activities conducted in the ordinary course of its business, provided, however, that this clause (a) shall not relieve JPMC Strategic Investments I Corporation (“JPMC”) or any Affiliate of JPMC to whom JPMC transferred any Registrable Securities of its obligation to protect proprietary and confidential information of the Company in accordance with this Agreement, or (b) entering into a transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding paragraph with respect to any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock acquired by JPMC (or any Affiliate of JPMC that holds any Registrable Securities) following the effective date of the first registration statement of the Company covering Common Stock (or other securities) to be sold on behalf of the Company in an underwritten public offering; provided that clause (b) hereof shall not relieve JPMC (or any Affiliate of JPMC to whom JPMC transferred any Registrable Securities prior to the IPO) of its obligation to refrain from entering into any transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) in the preceding paragraph in accordance with this Section 2.11 with respect to the shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock acquired by JPMC (or such Affiliate of JPMC) prior to the effective date of the first registration statement of the Company.

2.12 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

(b) Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Subsection 2.12(c)) be notated with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Subsection 2.12.

 

17


(c) The holder of such Restricted Securities, by acceptance of ownership thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2. Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company (it being understood that internal securities counsel of T. Rowe Price shall be deemed acceptable for transfers by any T. Rowe Price Investor), addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144; or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Subsection 2.12. Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall be notated with, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b), except that such certificate instrument, or book entry shall not be notated with such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

(d) The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its IPO or in connection with a sale of Registrable Securities by a Holder pursuant to Rule 144 and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company (it being understood that internal securities counsel of T. Rowe Price shall be deemed acceptable for transfers by any T. Rowe Price Investor) to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend.

2.13 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1 or 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

(a) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”);

 

18


(b) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration; and

(c) the third anniversary of the IPO.

2.14 Deemed Underwriter. The Company agrees that, if as a result of its holding of Registrable Securities, JPMC (or one of JPMC’s Affiliates) could reasonably be deemed to be an “underwriter,” as defined in Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities pursuant to this Agreement, and any amendment or supplement thereof (based on the advice of counsel to JPMC) (any such registration statement or amendment or supplement an “Underwriter Registration Statement”), then the Company will cooperate reasonably with JPMC in allowing them to conduct customary “underwriter’s due diligence” with respect to the Company and satisfy its obligations in respect thereof. In addition, at JPMC’s request, the Company will furnish to JPMC on the date of the effectiveness of any Underwriter Registration Statement and thereafter from time to time on such dates as JPMC may reasonably request (i) a letter, dated such date, from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to JPMC and (ii) an opinion, dated as of such date, of counsel representing the Company for purposes of such Underwriter Registration Statement, in form, scope and substance as is customarily given in an underwritten public offering, including, without limitation, a standard “10b-5” opinion for such offering, addressed to JPMC. The Company will also permit legal counsel to JPMC to review and comment upon any such Underwriter Registration Statement at least five (5) business days prior to its filing with the SEC and all amendments and supplements to any such Underwriter Registration Statement within a reasonable number of days prior to their filing with the SEC, and not file any Underwriter Registration Statement or amendment or supplement thereto in a form to which JPMC’s legal counsel reasonably and timely objects.

3. Information and Observer Rights.

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor, provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a Competitor of the Company:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and a comparison between (x) the actual amounts as of and for such fiscal year and (y) the comparable amounts for the prior year and as included in the Budget (as defined in Section 3.1(d) hereof) for such year, with an explanation of any material differences between such amounts and a schedule as to the sources and applications of funds for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all such financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and audited and certified by independent public accountants of regionally recognized standing selected by the Company (provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, such audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 shall be delivered prior to September 30, 2020);

 

19


(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days of the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP and including unaudited income statements and balance sheets presented on a monthly basis (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days of the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of the Company, a detailed capitalization of the Company as of a recent date, including a list of the Company’s outstanding convertible debt securities (which shall include the face amount, issue date, maturity date, interest rate, conversion discount, change of control premium and valuation cap to the extent applicable);

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “Budget”), approved by the Board of Directors and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company; and

(e) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Subsection 3.1 to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in a form acceptable to the Company), or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Subsection 3.1 during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Subsection 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

20


3.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor (provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a Competitor of the Company), at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.3 Observer Rights.

(a) As long as Steve Fredette is an employee (but not a member of the Board of Directors) of the Company and owns greater than one percent (1%) of the shares of the Company’s Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding securities), the Company shall invite Steve Fredette to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such observer copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such observer shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such observer from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

(b) As long as Aman Narang is an employee (but not a member of the Board of Directors) of the Company and owns greater than one percent (1%) of the shares of the Company’s Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding securities), the Company shall invite Aman Narang to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such observer copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such observer shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such observer from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

(c) As long as Jonathan Grimm is an employee (but not a member of the Board of Directors) of the Company and owns greater than one percent (1%) of the shares of the Company’s Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding securities), the Company shall invite Jonathan Grimm to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such observer copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such observer shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such observer from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

21


(d) As long as GIM owns not less than 895,416 shares of the Series C Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of GIM to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and committee meetings (including executive sessions) in a nonvoting observer capacity in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold all information so provided in confidence on the same basis as if such information had been provided directly to GIM; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if (i) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel and the Company has withheld any such information from, or excluded from any such meeting or portion thereof, all Persons invited to attend the meetings of the Board of Directors pursuant to this Subsection 3.3 or (ii) if such Investor or its representative is, as determined by the Board of Directors reasonably and in good faith, a Competitor of the Company. Such representative shall initially be Lila Preston.

(e) As long as LEC owns not less than 716,333 shares of the Series C Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of LEC to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and committee meetings (including executive sessions) in a nonvoting observer capacity in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold all information so provided in confidence on the same basis as if such information had been provided directly to LEC; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if (i) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel and the Company has withheld any such information from, or excluded from any such meeting or portion thereof, all Persons invited to attend the meetings of the Board of Directors pursuant to this Subsection 3.3 or (ii) if such Investor or its representative is, as determined by the Board of Directors reasonably and in good faith, a Competitor of the Company. Such representative shall initially be Brian Neider.

(f) As long as T. Rowe Price Investors collectively own not less than 889,813 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (or the equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of T. Rowe Price to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and committee meetings (including executive sessions) in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold all information so provided in confidence on the same basis as if such information had been provided directly to T. Rowe Price; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if (i) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel and the Company has withheld any such information from, or excluded from any such meeting or portion thereof, all Persons invited to attend the meetings of the Board of Directors pursuant to this Subsection 3.3 or (ii) if T. Rowe Price or its representative is, as determined by the Board of Directors reasonably and in good faith, a Competitor of the Company. Such representative shall initially be Anouk Dey.

 

22


3.4 Termination of Information and Observer Rights. The covenants set forth in Subsection 3.1, Subsection 3.2 and Subsection 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, resulting in proceeds to the Investors paid solely in cash or publicly traded securities on a nationally recognized securities exchange or marketplace (e.g., the New York Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Stock Market), whichever event occurs first.

3.5 Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Subsection 3.5 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, investment advisors and sub-advisors (or any employee, representative, attorney, accountant or consultant of such Person) and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Subsection 3.5; (iii) to any existing Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor (or any employee or representative of any of the foregoing) in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, legal process or request of a governmental or regulatory authority (including pursuant to the rules of a securities exchange); or (v) to voluntarily report such information to a regulatory authority (including pursuant to the rules of a securities exchange), provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Investor may identify the Company and the value of such Investor’s security holdings in the Company in accordance with applicable investment reporting and disclosure regulations and respond to routine examinations, demands, requests or reporting requirements of a regulator without prior notice to or consent from the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Subsection 3.5 shall prohibit each Investor’s use of the Company’s name and other non-confidential information for marketing and other purposes (including indicating the Company’s status as a portfolio company of such Investor).

 

23


4. Rights to Future Stock Issuances.

4.1 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Subsection 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself, (ii) its Affiliates and (iii) its beneficial interest holders, such as limited partners, members or any other Person having “beneficial ownership,” as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of such Major Investor (“Investor Beneficial Owners”); provided that each such Affiliate or Investor Beneficial Owner (x) is not a Competitor or FOIA Party, unless such party’s purchase of New Securities is otherwise consented to by the Board of Directors, (y) agrees to enter into this Agreement and each of the Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement and Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, each, of even date herewith and among the Company, the Investors and the other parties named therein, as an “Investor” under each such agreement (provided that any Competitor or FOIA Party shall not be entitled to any rights as a Major Investor under Subsections 3.1, 3.2 and 4.1 hereof), and (z) agrees to purchase at least such number of New Securities as are allocable hereunder to the Major Investor holding the fewest number of Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities.

(a) The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

(b) By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Common Stock then held by such Major Investor (including all shares of Common Stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Major Investor) bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Preferred Stock and other Derivative Securities). The closing of any sale pursuant to this Subsection 4.1(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Subsection 4.1(c).

 

24


(c) If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Subsection 4.1(b), the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Subsection 4.1(b), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Subsection 4.1.

(d) The right of first offer in this Subsection 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation); (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO and (iii) the issuance of shares of Series F Preferred Stock to Additional Purchasers (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) pursuant to Subsection 1.3 of the Purchase Agreement.

(e) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in lieu of complying with the provisions of this Subsection 4.1, the Company may elect to give notice to the Major Investors within thirty (30) days after the issuance of New Securities. Such notice shall describe the type, price, and terms of the New Securities. Each Major Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the date notice is given to elect to purchase up to the number of New Securities that would, if purchased by such Major Investor, maintain such Major Investor’s percentage-ownership position, calculated as set forth in Subsection 4.1(b) before giving effect to the issuance of such New Securities. The closing of such sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date notice is given to the Major Investors.

4.2 Termination. The covenants set forth in Subsection 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) upon the listing of the Common Stock on a nationally-recognized securities exchange or marketplace (e.g., the New York Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Stock Market), or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

5. Additional Covenants.

5.1 Insurance. The Company shall maintain Directors and Officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued. The Company shall annually, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, deliver to the Major Investors a certification that such a Directors and Officers liability insurance policy remains in effect.

 

25


5.2 Employee Agreements. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the Company will cause (i) each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement; and (ii) each Key Employee and any executive to enter into a one (1) year noncompetition and nonsolicitation agreement, substantially in the form approved by the Board of Directors. In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the consent of the Board of Directors.

5.3 Employee Stock. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof), all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a five (5) year period, with the first twenty percent (20%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following forty-eight (48) months, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Subsection 2.11. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, (i) the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock and (ii) no equity awards to employees or consultants shall provide for accelerated vesting upon specified events.

5.4 Board Matters. Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, the Board of Directors shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule, except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors. The Company shall reimburse the nonemployee directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors. Each non-employee director appointed by Bessemer Venture Partners, GIM, LEC and TCV shall be entitled in such person’s discretion to be a member of any Board committee.

5.5 Successor Indemnification. If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in this Agreement, an indemnification agreement with the Company, the Company’s Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

 

26


5.6 Indemnification Matters. The Company hereby acknowledges that one (1) or more of the directors nominated to serve on the Board of Directors by the Investors (each a “Fund Director”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their Affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (a) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such Fund Director are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Fund Director are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Fund Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Fund Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Fund Director), without regard to any rights such Fund Director may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (c) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any such Fund Director with respect to any claim for which such Fund Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Fund Director against the Company.

5.7 Expenses of Counsel. In the event of a transaction which is a Sale of the Company (as defined in the Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of even date herewith among the Investors, the Company and the other parties thereto), the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $50,000, of one counsel for the Major Investors (“Investor Counsel”), in their capacities as stockholders, shall be borne and paid by the Company. At the outset of considering a transaction which, if consummated would constitute a Sale of the Company, the Company shall obtain the ability to share with the Investor Counsel (and such counsel’s clients) and shall share the confidential information (including, without limitation, the initial and all subsequent drafts of memoranda of understanding, letters of intent and other transaction documents and related noncompete, employment, consulting and other compensation agreements and plans) pertaining to and memorializing any of the transactions which, individually or when aggregated with others would constitute the Sale of the Company. The Company shall be obligated to share (and cause the Company’s counsel and investment bankers to share) such materials with Investor Counsel when distributed to the Company’s executives and/or any one or more of the other parties to such transaction(s). In the event that Investor Counsel deems it appropriate, in its reasonable discretion, to enter into a joint defense agreement or other arrangement to enhance the ability of the parties to protect their communications and other reviewed materials under the attorney client privilege, the Company shall, and shall direct its counsel to, execute and deliver to Investor Counsel and its clients such an agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Investor Counsel. In the event that one or more of the other party or parties to such transactions require the clients of Investor Counsel to enter into a confidentiality agreement and/or joint defense agreement in order to receive such information, then the Company shall share whatever information can be shared without entry into such agreement and shall, at the same time, in good faith work expeditiously to enable Investor Counsel and its clients to negotiate and enter into the appropriate agreement(s) without undue burden to the clients of Investor Counsel.

 

27


5.8 Right to Conduct Activities. The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that Bessemer Venture Partners, GIM, LEC, T. Rowe Price and the T. Rowe Price Investors, GV, Raging Capital, TCV, TPG, Durable Capital Master Fund LP (“Durable”), JPMC, Tiger and American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. (“Amex”), and their affiliated advisors and funds, are professional investment managers and/or funds, and as such, invest in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as conducted or proposed to be conducted). None of Bessemer Venture Partners, GIM, LEC, the T. Rowe Price Investors, GV, Raging Capital, TCV, TPG, Durable, JPMC, Tiger, Amex or any of their Affiliates (including affiliated advisors and funds) shall be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by Bessemer Venture Partners, GIM, LEC, the T. Rowe Price Investors, GV, Raging Capital, TCV, TPG, Durable, JPMC, Tiger or Amex, or any Affiliated funds, in any entity competitive to the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any advisor, sub-advisor, partner, officer or other representative of Bessemer Venture Partners, GIM, LEC, T. Rowe Price Investors, GV, Raging Capital, TCV, TPG, Durable, JPMC, Tiger or Amex, or any Affiliated advisor or fund, to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a board member of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve (x) any of the Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (y) any member of the Board of Directors from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

5.9 No Investment Company. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary of the Company shall become an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. In the event the Company or any subsidiary breaches the foregoing, the Company shall promptly notify the Investors and take prompt corrective action to remedy such breach.

5.10 FCPA. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to, promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any Non-U.S. Official (as such term is defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”)), in each case, in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (the “U.K. Bribery Act”) or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to, cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law.

5.11 OFAC. The Company shall, and shall endeavor, using all reasonable efforts, to ensure that all of its directors, officers and employees shall, comply with the applicable regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control under the United States Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) and that neither the Company nor its directors, officers, or employees, as duly authorized representatives of the Company, become a OFAC Sanctioned Person (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and do not violate the USA Patriot Act of 2001, as amended through the date of this Agreement, to the extent applicable to the Company and such persons and any other applicable U.S. and U.K. anti-money laundering laws and regulations.

 

28


5.12 JPMC Put Right. JPMC shall have the right (the “JPMC Put Right”), but not the obligation, to require the Company to repurchase all (or any portion of) the shares of capital stock of the Company held by JPMC and its Affiliates for a total purchase price of $1.00 for all the shares of capital stock held by JPMC (or in the event that JPMC exercises the JPMC Put Right for only a portion of the shares held by JPMC, for a total purchase price in respect of such portion of shares equal to a fraction of $1.00 based on the percentage such portion represents of the total number of shares held by JPMC and its Affiliates prior to JPMC’s exercise of the JPMC Put Right; provided, that in all events the total purchase price payable by the Company under this Section 5.12 as a result of JPMC’s exercise of the JPMC Put Right (whether exercised on a one time basis or multiple times) shall not exceed $1.00).

5.13 Amex Put Right. Amex shall have the right (the “Amex Put Right”), but not the obligation, to require the Company to repurchase all (or any portion of) the shares of capital stock of the Company held by Amex and its Affiliates for a total purchase price of $1.00 for all the shares of capital stock held by Amex (or in the event that Amex exercises the Amex Put Right for only a portion of the shares held by Amex, for a total purchase price in respect of such portion of shares equal to a fraction of $1.00 based on the percentage such portion represents of the total number of shares held by Amex and its Affiliates prior to Amex’s exercise of the Amex Put Right; provided, that in all events the total purchase price payable by the Company under this Section 5.12 as a result of Amex’s exercise of the Amex Put Right (whether exercised on a one time basis or multiple times) shall not exceed $1.00).

5.14 BHCA Voting Limitations and Protections. The Company shall cooperate in good faith with each BHCA Shareholder in order to avoid such BHCA Shareholder being deemed to be in control of the Company or any successor to the Company (or being required to divest all or any portion of the shares of capital stock of the Company held by such BHCA Shareholder). For purposes of this Agreement, “BHCA Shareholder” means any holder of capital stock of the Company that has provided written notice to the Company of its election to be treated as a BHCA Shareholder for purposes of Section 3.11 of the Certificate of Incorporation.

5.15 Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 5, except for Subsections 5.5 and 5.6, shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO or (ii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

 

29


6. Miscellaneous.

6.1 Successors and Assigns. The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of such Holder; (ii) is such Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of such individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 1,178,342 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); or (iv) with respect to any BHCA Shareholder (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), is any other transferee (regardless of whether it holds at least 1,178,342 shares of Registrable Securities) that acquires Registrable Securities from such BHCA Shareholder solely as a result of a transfer which such BHCA Shareholder believes, in good faith, based on the advice of counsel, is necessary or appropriate to bring such BHCA Shareholder into compliance (or into anticipated compliance) with applicable law or regulation, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as it may be amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and is reasonably acceptable to the Company; provided, however, that (w) notwithstanding the foregoing, rights granted to Major Investors (in their capacities as such) under this Agreement may be assigned only by a Major Investor to a transferee of Registrable Securities that is an Affiliate of such Major Investor or is such Major Investor’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of such individual Major Investor or one or more of such Major Investor’s Immediate Family Members; (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Subsection 2.11; and (z) the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such transferee is a Competitor. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

6.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware.

6.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

6.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

30


6.5 Notices.

(a) All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Subsection 6.5. If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to Gregg L. Katz, Esq. at Goodwin Procter LLP, 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, MA 02210 and if notice is given to Bessemer Venture Partners or the Bessemer Associates, a copy shall also be given to Pat Mitchell, Esq. at Cooley LLP, 500 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02116.

(b) Consent to Electronic Notice. Each Investor and Key Holder consents to the delivery of any stockholder notice pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), as amended or superseded from time to time, by electronic transmission pursuant to Section 232 of the DGCL (or any successor thereto) at the electronic mail address or the facsimile number set forth below such Investor’s or Key Holder’s name on the Schedules hereto, as updated from time to time by notice to the Company, or as on the books of the Company. Each Investor and Key Holder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any change in such stockholder’s electronic mail address, and that failure to do so shall not affect the foregoing.

 

31


6.6 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement (other than Section 4 and Subsections 1.21, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 5.1, 5.5, 5.6, 5.8, 5.11, 5.12, 5.13, 5.14, and 5.15) may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of (a) the Company and (b) the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Subsection 2.12(c) (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Subsection 2.12(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion. The terms of Section 4 and Subsections 1.21, 3.1, 3.2 and 3.4 may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of such sections may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Major Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Major Investors; provided, however, that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply (x) subject to clause (y) below, to all Major Investors only if all Major Investors have been provided the opportunity to participate in such transaction to the extent provided in Section 4 and on similar terms as any Major Investors participating in such transaction and (y) in any case, only to those Major Investors who have not affirmatively exercised their rights (by delivering a notice of exercise) pursuant to such section. Furthermore, (i) the terms of Subsections 3.3(d), 3.3(e), and 3.3(f), respectively, may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of such sections may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of GIM, LEC and the T. Rowe Price Investors, respectively, (ii) the terms of Subsections 5.1, 5.5, 5.14, 5.8 and 5.15 (solely with respect to the termination of Subsections 5.5, 5.6 and 5.8) may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of such sections may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of Bessemer Venture Partners, GIM, LEC, TCV and the T. Rowe Price Investors, (iii) the terms of Subsections 5.11 and 5.15 (solely with respect to the termination of Subsection 5.11) may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of such sections may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of GIM, (iv) the terms of Subsection 5.12 may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of such section may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of JPMC and (v) Subsections 5.13 and 5.14 and any specific reference in this Agreement to Amex may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of such section may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of Amex if Amex holds any shares of Series F Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Schedule A hereto may be amended by the Company from time to time to add transferees of any Registrable Securities in compliance with the terms of this Agreement without the consent of the other parties. The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

6.7 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

6.8 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

 

32


6.9 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Series F Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

6.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be deemed amended and restated and superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and shall be of no further force or effect.

6.11 Dispute Resolution. The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of Delaware and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the District of Delaware for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the state courts of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL: EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

 

33


Each party will bear its own costs in respect of any disputes arising under this Agreement. Each of the parties to this Agreement consents to personal jurisdiction for any equitable action sought in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware or any court of the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction.

6.12 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.13 Acknowledgment. The Company acknowledges that the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

TOAST, INC.
By:   /s/ Chris Comparato
Name:   Chris Comparato
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


AMERICAN EXPRESS TRAVEL RELATED SERVICES COMPANY, INC.
By:   /s/ Douglas C. Turnbull
Name:   Douglas C. Turnbull
Title:   Corporate Secretary

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS IX, L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS IX INSTITUTIONAL L.P.
By: Deer IX & Co. L.P., their General Partner
By: Deer IX & Co. Ltd., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Scott Ring
Name:   Scott Ring
Title:   General Counsel
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS CENTURY FUND L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS CENTURY FUND INSTITUTIONAL L.P.
By: Deer IX & Co. L.P., their General Partner
By: Deer IX & Co. Ltd., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Scott Ring
Name:   Scott Ring
Title:   General Counsel

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


KEY HOLDERS:
/s/ Stephen Fredette
Name: Stephen Fredette
/s/ Aman Narang
Name: Aman Narang
/s/ Jonathan Grimm
Name: Jonathan Grimm
/s/ Chris Comparato
Name: Chris Comparato
/s/ Tim Barash
Name: Tim Barash
/s/ Steven Papa
Name: Steven Papa

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


KEY HOLDERS:

COMPARATO FAMILY HOLDING TRUST

dated July 27, 2018

By:   /s/ Christopher P. Comparato
Name:   Christopher P. Comparato
Title:   Trustee

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


TCV X, L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, acting by its general partner

Technology Crossover Management X, L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, acting by its general partner

Technology Crossover Management X, Ltd.

a Cayman Islands exempted company

By:   /s/ Frederic D. Fenton
Name:   Frederic D. Fenton
Title:   Attorney-in-fact

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


TCV X (A), L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, acting by its general partner

Technology Crossover Management X, L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, acting by its general partner

Technology Crossover Management X, Ltd.

a Cayman Islands exempted company

By:   /s/ Frederic D. Fenton
Name:   Frederic D. Fenton
Title:   Attorney-in-fact

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


TCV X (B), L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, acting by its general partner

Technology Crossover Management X, L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, acting by its general partner

Technology Crossover Management X, Ltd.

a Cayman Islands exempted company

By:   /s/ Frederic D. Fenton
Name:   Frederic D. Fenton
Title:   Attorney-in-fact

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


TCV X Member Fund, L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, acting by its general partner

Technology Crossover Management X, Ltd.

a Cayman Islands exempted company

By:   /s/ Frederic D. Fenton
Name:   Frederic D. Fenton
Title:   Attorney-in-fact

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


TCV X (A) Blocker, L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, acting by its general partner

Technology Crossover Management X, L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, acting by its general partner

Technology Crossover Management X, Ltd.

a Cayman Islands exempted company

By:   /s/ Frederic D. Fenton
Name:   Frederic D. Fenton
Title:   Attorney-in-fact

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


TPG Tech Adjacencies Tasteful, L.P.
By: TPG Tech Adjacencies SPV GP, LLC
Its General Partner
By:   /s/ Adam Fliss
Name: Adam Fliss
Title: Vice President

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


TIGER GLOBAL PIP 10 LLC
By:   /s/ Steven D. Boyd
Name: Steven D. Boyd
Title: General Counsel
TIGER GLOBAL PRIVATE INVESTMENT PARTNERS X, L.P.
By:   /s/ Steven D. Boyd
Name: Steven D. Boyd
Title: General Counsel

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


G SQUARED IV, LP
By:   G Squared Equity GP IV, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Larry Aschebrook
Name:   Larry Aschebrook
Title:   Authorized Representative
G SQUARED OPPORTUNITIES FUND IV LLC
By:   G Squared Equity Management LP
Its:   Manager
By:   /s/ Larry Aschebrook
Name:   Larry Aschebrook
Title:   Authorized Representative

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


LEC HTC 1, LLC
By:   /s/ Brian Neider
Name: Brian Neider
Title: Authorized Person
LEC HTC 2, LLC
By:   /s/ Brian Neider
Name: Brian Neider
Title: Authorized Person

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE A

Investors

 

Bessemer Venture Partners Century Fund Institutional L.P.

Bessemer Venture Partners Century Fund L.P.

Mousserena, L.P.

HarbourVest Partners XI Venture Fund L.P.

HarbourVest Partners XI Venture AIF L.P.

SMRS-TOPE LLC

Horsley Bridge XIII Venture, L.P.

Pathway Private Equity Fund XXIII, LP

Pathway Private Equity Fund Investors 10, LP

Pathway Private Equity Fund XXIX, LP

Pathway Private Equity Fund XX-A, LP

Pathway Private Equity Fund XVII-B, LP

TPG Tech Adjacencies Tasteful, LP

Greenoaks Capital Opportunities Fund LP

Greenoaks Capital MS LP – Kubrick Series

G Squared Opportunities Fund IV LLC

G Squared IV LP

Durable Capital Master Fund LP
JPMC Strategic Investments I Corporation
Alta Park Fund, LP

TCV X, L.P.

TCV X (A), L.P.

TCV X (A) Blocker, L.P.

TCV X (B), L.P.

TCV X Member Fund, L.P.

Tiger Global PIP 10 LLC
LEC HTC 1, LLC
LEC HTC 2, LLC
Light Street Beacon I, L.P.
Tim Stone
T. ROWE PRICE MODERATE ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO (formerly known as T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Balanced Portfolio)*


T. ROWE PRICE COMMUNICATIONS & TECHNOLOGY FUND, INC.*
T. ROWE PRICE GLOBAL CONSUMER FUND*
T. ROWE PRICE INSTITUTIONAL SMALL-CAP STOCK FUND*
T. ROWE PRICE NEW HORIZONS FUND, INC.*
T. ROWE PRICE NEW HORIZONS TRUST*
T. ROWE PRICE SPECTRUM CONSERVATIVE ALLOCATION FUND (formerly known as T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Income Fund)*
T. ROWE PRICE SPECTRUM MODERATE ALLOCATION FUND (formerly known as T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Balanced Fund)*
T. ROWE PRICE SPECTRUM MODERATE GROWTH ALLOCATION FUND (formerly known as T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Growth Fund)*
T. ROWE PRICE SMALL-CAP STOCK FUND, INC.*
T. ROWE PRICE SMALL-CAP VALUE FUND, INC.*
T. ROWE PRICE U.S. EQUITIES TRUST*
T. ROWE PRICE U.S. SMALL-CAP CORE EQUITY TRUST*
T. ROWE PRICE U.S. SMALL-CAP VALUE EQUITY TRUST*
COSTCO 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN*
JEFFREY LLC*
MASSMUTUAL SELECT FUNDS—MASSMUTUAL SELECT T. ROWE PRICE SMALL AND MID CAP BLEND FUND*
MINNESOTA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY*
TD MUTUAL FUNDS—TD U.S. SMALL-CAP EQUITY FUND*
TD MUTUAL FUNDS—TD GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT & COMMUNICATIONS FUND*
THE BUNTING FAMILY III, LLC*
THE BUNTING FAMILY VI SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE LLC*
U.S. SMALL-CAP STOCK TRUST*
VALIC COMPANY I—SMALL CAP FUND*
H. DEAN VANDEKAMP REV TRUST U/A/D 12/21/99
THE DAVID PEACOCK REVOCABLE TRUST U/T/A DATED 5/3/2001, AS AMENDED


GENERATION IM CLIMATE SOLUTIONS FUND II, L.P.
Jeff Epstein
GV 2017, L.P.
GV 2014, L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS IX L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS IX INSTITUTIONAL L.P.
F-PRIME CAPITAL PARTNERS TECH FUND LP
Arun Agarwal
Rajeev Madhavan
Dahong Qian
Steven B. Samuels
Peter Sougarides
Joel Sklar

Raging Capital Master Fund, Ltd.

Raging Capital Opportunity Fund VI, LLC

Aloysius Trading Limited
Mustafa Kiral
Uhuru Capital LLC
Michael Porter
Tom Reilly
Optionality Fund, L.P.
Chris Reisig
William Sahlman
Chadwick Investors LLC
Madhavan Living Trust, October 1998
Ted Okazaki
MJR Family Limited Partnership


Matt Eichner
Annette Tran
Keith Johnson
Edward B. Roberts Trust – 2003
Scott Carmel
Peter Bell
Kyle T Spellman
Kent R Spellman Revocable Trust
John Kelleher
Pacini Ventures LLC
Ross Kudwitt
Jim Bildner
JAZFund, LLC
Colin Mahony
Brendan Callahan
Shelley Elizabeth McEachern Simmons Trust
Geraldine Alias
Amar Chokhawala


Dries Buytaert
Pawan Deshpande
Steve Papa
Venture Lending & Leasing VII, LLC
Venture Lending & Leasing VIII, LLC
American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc.

 

*

T. Rowe Price Investor


SCHEDULE B

Key Holders

 

Name and Address
Stephen Fredette
Aman Narang
Jonathan Grimm
Chris Comparato
Tim Barash
Timothy Fredette
Steven Papa

Exhibit 4.3

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE AND DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED DUE TO AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

Date of Issuance: December 7, 2015

WARRANT TO PURCHASE

SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK OF

TOAST, INC.

(Void after June 30, 2026)

This certifies that VENTURE LENDING & LEASING VII, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or assigns (“Holder”), for value received, is entitled to purchase from TOAST, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), the Applicable Number (hereinafter defined) of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company’s preferred equity securities (“Preferred Stock”) issued and sold in the Qualifying Round (hereinafter defined), for cash, at a purchase price per share equal to the Stock Purchase Price (hereinafter defined). Holder may also exercise this Warrant on a cashless or “net issuance” basis as described in Section 1(b) below, and this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised in full on such basis on the Expiration Date, to the extent not fully exercised prior to such date. This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement and Supplement thereto, both of even date herewith (as amended, restated and supplemented from time to time, the “Loan Agreement” and the “Supplement”, respectively), between Company, as borrower, and Holder’s subsidiary, Venture Lending & Leasing VII, Inc., as lender (“Lender”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined in this Warrant shall have the meaning(s) ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement and the Supplement, unless the context would otherwise require.

“Stock Purchase Price” means the lowest price per share paid by a new, outside investor for Preferred Stock issued and sold in the Qualifying Round, including for this purpose the value of all consideration given by an investor for such Preferred Stock but specifically excluding any discounts afforded to investors and stockholders of Company upon conversion of any convertible promissory notes or other securities held by them in connection with the Qualifying Round or otherwise in connection therewith. “Qualifying Round” means the next bona fide round of equity financing after the date hereof led by a new, outside investor in which Company sells or issues shares of its Preferred Stock with cash proceeds, net of offering expenses, to Company of at least $10,000,000 (excluding the conversion into Preferred Stock of any Indebtedness in connection with the Qualifying Round), and includes (and Holder shall be entitled to receive, as calculated in relation to the Applicable Number) any options, warrants, or other convertible securities or similar consideration issued or delivered to investors in the Qualifying Round; provided that the Qualifying Round excludes any additional sales of Company’s Series A Preferred Stock. The “Applicable Number” means the number of shares of Preferred Stock obtained by dividing (A) $50,000 by (B) the Stock Purchase Price.


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraphs, if at any time during the term of this Warrant a Qualifying Round has not been completed and a Change of Control or IPO occurs, or the Expiration Date is reached, then this Warrant shall entitle Holder to acquire in accordance with the terms hereof the Applicable Number of shares of Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (in which case all references herein to “Preferred Stock” shall be deemed to mean Company’s Series A Preferred Stock) and the Stock Purchase Price shall be deemed to be a price per share which is equal to $50,000,000 divided by the sum of (i) the number of issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Company and (ii) the number of shares of capital stock of Company underlying “in-the-money” convertible securities, in each case on an as-converted to Common Stock basis as of the time of such Change of Control or IPO (or the Expiration Date).

As soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence or non-occurrence of the latest event or condition necessary to determine (i) the actual number and type of shares of Company’s Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, or (ii) the Stock Purchase Price, if applicable, Company shall deliver a supplement to this Warrant (subsequent to a request by Holder therefor), in substantially the form of Exhibit “A” attached hereto, specifying the total number and series of shares of Preferred Stock issuable hereunder after giving effect to the foregoing calculations, and otherwise completed with such quantity and price terms and other information as have been determined as a result of the occurrence or non-occurrence of such events or conditions. The provisions of such supplement, once completed and executed, shall control the interpretation and exercise of this Warrant; provided, however, that the failure of Company to deliver such supplement shall not affect the rights of Holder to receive the number and type of shares of Preferred Stock as set forth herein.

Subject to Section 4.3, this Warrant may be exercised at any time or from time to time up to and including 5:00 p.m. (Pacific time) on June 30, 2026 (the “Expiration Date”), upon surrender to Company at its principal office at 401 Park Drive, Suite 801, Boston, Massachusetts 02215 (or at such other location as Company may advise Holder in writing) of this Warrant properly endorsed with the Form of Subscription attached hereto duly completed and signed and upon payment in cash or by check of the aggregate Stock Purchase Price for the number of shares for which this Warrant is being exercised determined in accordance with the provisions hereof. The Stock Purchase Price and the number of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to further adjustment as provided in Section 4 of this Warrant.

This Warrant is subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Exercise; Issuance of Certificates; Payment for Shares.

(a) Unless an election is made pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 1, this Warrant shall be exercisable at the option of Holder, at any time or from time to time (after the identity of the Preferred Stock is ascertainable), on or before the Expiration Date for all or any portion of the shares of Preferred Stock (but not for a fraction of a share) which may be purchased hereunder for the Stock Purchase Price multiplied by the number of shares to be purchased. In the event, however, that pursuant to Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended or restated from time to time (the “Charter”), an event causing automatic conversion of Company’s Preferred Stock (an “Automatic Conversion”) shall have occurred prior to the exercise of this Warrant, in whole or in part, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the number of shares of Common Stock of Company (“Common Stock”) into which the Preferred Stock not purchased upon any prior exercise of this Warrant would have been so converted (and, where the context requires, reference to “Preferred Stock” shall be deemed to be or include such Common Stock, as may be appropriate). Company agrees that the shares of Preferred Stock purchased under this Warrant shall be and are deemed to be issued to Holder as the record owner of such shares as of the close of business on the date on which the form of subscription shall have been delivered and payment made for such shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 2, certificates for the shares of Preferred Stock so purchased, together with any other securities or property to which Holder is entitled upon such exercise, shall be delivered to Holder by Company at Company’s expense within a reasonable time after the rights represented by this Warrant have been so exercised. Except as provided in clause (b) of this Section 1, in case of a purchase of less than all the shares which may be purchased under this Warrant, Company shall cancel this Warrant and execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor for the balance of the shares purchasable under this Warrant surrendered upon such purchase to Holder within a reasonable time. Each stock certificate so delivered shall be in such denominations of Preferred Stock as may be requested by Holder and shall be registered in the name of such Holder or such other name as shall be designated by such Holder, subject to the limitations contained in Section 2.

 

2


(b) Holder, in lieu of exercising this Warrant by the cash payment of the Stock Purchase Price pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 1, may elect, at any time (after the identity of the Preferred Stock is ascertainable) on or before the Expiration Date, to surrender this Warrant and receive that number of shares of Preferred Stock computed using the following formula:

 

  X =   

 Y(A – B)

  
  A   

 

Where:   

X 

  

=  

   the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to Holder.
   Y    =    the number of shares of Preferred Stock that Holder would otherwise have been entitled to purchase hereunder pursuant to Section 1(a) (or such lesser number of shares as Holder may designate in the case of a partial exercise of this Warrant).
   A    =    the Per Share Price (as defined in Section 1(c) below) of one (1) share of Preferred Stock at the time the net issuance election under this Section 1(b) is made.
   B    =    the Stock Purchase Price then in effect.

Election to exercise under this Section 1(b) may be made by delivering a signed form of subscription to Company via facsimile, to be followed by delivery of this Warrant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Warrant, if as of the close of business on the last business day preceding the Expiration Date this Warrant remains unexercised as to all or a portion of the shares of Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder, then effective as 9:00 a.m. (Pacific time) on the Expiration Date, Holder shall be deemed, automatically and without need for notice to Company, to have elected to exercise this Warrant in full pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1(b), and upon surrender of this Warrant shall be entitled to receive that number of shares of Preferred Stock computed using the above formula, provided that the application of such formula as of the Expiration Date yields a positive number for “X”.

(c) For purposes of Section 1(b), the “Per Share Price” shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Company (the “Board”) based on relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the net exercise under Section 1(b), including in the case of a Change of Control (as defined in Section 4.3 hereof) the consideration receivable by the holders of the Preferred Stock in such Change of Control and the liquidation preference (including any declared but unpaid dividends), if any, then applicable to the Preferred Stock.

2. Limitation on Transfer.

(a) This Warrant, the Preferred Stock and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Preferred Stock (the “Conversion Shares”) shall not be transferable except upon the conditions specified in this Section 2, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Each holder of this Warrant, the Preferred Stock issuable hereunder or the Conversion Shares will cause any proposed transferee of the Warrant, Preferred Stock or Conversion Shares to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Section 2. Notwithstanding the foregoing and any other provision of this Section 2, Holder may freely transfer all or part of this Warrant, the Preferred Stock or Conversion Shares at any time to any lender transferee of a portion of the loan commitment of Lender under the Loan Agreement or any affiliate of Holder, provided that such transferee is not an actual or potential competitor of Company (as determined in good faith by the Board), by giving Company notice of the portion of the Warrant, the Preferred Stock or Conversion Shares being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant, such Preferred Stock or such Conversion Shares to Company for reissuance to the transferees(s) (and Holder, if applicable).

 

3


(b) Each certificate representing (i) this Warrant, (ii) the Preferred Stock, (iii) the Conversion Shares and (iv) any other securities issued in respect to the Preferred Stock or Conversion Shares upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Section 2 or unless such securities have been registered under the Securities Act or sold under Rule 144) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE AND DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED DUE TO AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(c) Holder of this Warrant and each person to whom all or any portion of this Warrant, all or any portion of the Preferred Stock or all or any portion of the Conversion Shares is subsequently transferred represents and warrants to Company (by acceptance of such transfer) that it will not transfer such portion of this Warrant, such Preferred Stock or such Conversion Shares unless a registration statement under the Securities Act was in effect with respect to such securities at the time of issuance thereof) except pursuant to (i) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any other rule under the Securities Act relating to the disposition of securities), or (iii) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to counsel for Company, that an exemption from such registration is available.

3. Shares to be Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares. Company covenants and agrees that all shares of Preferred Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all preemptive rights of any stockholder and free of all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. Company further covenants and agrees that during the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, Company will at all times have authorized and reserved, for the purpose of issue or transfer upon exercise of the subscription rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of authorized but unissued Preferred Stock, or other securities and property, when and as required to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant. Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such shares of Preferred Stock may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which the Preferred Stock may be listed. Company will not take any action which would result in any adjustment of the Stock Purchase Price (as described in Section 4 hereof) (i) if the total number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable after such action upon exercise of all outstanding warrants, together with all shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding and all shares of Preferred Stock then issuable upon exercise of all options and upon the conversion of all convertible securities then outstanding, would exceed the total number of shares of Preferred Stock then authorized by the Charter, (ii) if the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable after such action upon the conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock together with all shares of Common Stock then outstanding and then issuable upon exercise of all options and upon the conversion of all convertible securities then outstanding would exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock then authorized by the Charter or (iii) if the par value per share of the Preferred Stock would exceed the Stock Purchase Price.

 

4


4. Adjustment of Stock Purchase Price and Number of Shares. The Stock Purchase Price and the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events described in this Section 4. Upon each adjustment of the Stock Purchase Price, Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Stock Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares obtained by multiplying the Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares purchasable pursuant hereto immediately prior to such adjustment, and dividing the product thereof by the Stock Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment. For clarity, no adjustment to the Stock Purchase Price or the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made in respect of the occurrence of the certain events described in this Section 4 to the extent such events occurred prior to the Qualifying Round, except for adjustments pursuant to Section 4.2 (other than those adjustments that provide to holders of Preferred Stock additional securities of Company that are convertible, directly or indirectly, into Common Stock) in the event this Warrant, in accordance with its terms, entitles Holder to acquire shares of Company’s Series A Preferred Stock.

4.1 Subdivision or Combination of Stock. In case Company shall at any time subdivide its outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into a greater number of shares, the Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock of Company shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

4.2 Dividends in Preferred Stock, Other Stock, Property, Reclassification. If at any time or from time to time the holders of Preferred Stock (or any shares of stock or other securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall have received or become entitled to receive, without payment therefor,

(a) Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock or other securities whether or not such securities are at any time directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Stock, or any rights or options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any of the foregoing by way of dividend or other distribution,

(b) any cash paid or payable otherwise than as a cash dividend, or

(c) Preferred Stock or other or additional stock or other securities or property (including cash) by way of spin off, split-up, reclassification, combination of shares or similar corporate rearrangement, (other than shares of Preferred Stock issued as a stock split, adjustments in respect of which shall be covered by the terms of Section 4.1 above),

then and in each such case, Holder shall, upon the exercise of this Warrant, be entitled to receive, in addition to the number of shares of Preferred Stock receivable thereupon, and without payment of any additional consideration therefor, the amount of stock and other securities and property (including cash in the cases referred to in clauses (b) and (c) above) which such Holder would hold on the date of such exercise had it been the holder of record of such Preferred Stock as of the date on which holders of Preferred Stock received or became entitled to receive such shares and/or all other additional stock and other securities and property.

4.3 Change of Control; IPO. In the event of (i) a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined) or (ii) the consummation of a sale of Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by Company under the Securities Act (or pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which the initial public offering is completed), in connection with the first firm commitment underwritten offering of Company’s securities to the general public that occurs after the date this Warrant is issued (“IPO”), this Warrant shall be automatically exchanged, contemporaneously with the consummation of such Change of Control or IPO, as applicable, for a number of shares of Company’s securities, such number of shares being equal to the maximum number of shares issuable pursuant to the terms hereof (after taking into account all adjustments described herein) had Holder elected to exercise this Warrant immediately prior to the closing of such Change of Control or IPO and purchased all such shares pursuant to the cash exercise provision set forth in Section 1(a) hereof (as opposed to the cashless exercise provision set forth in Section 1(b)), subject to the terms of Section l(a) that this Warrant shall be exercisable for the number of shares of Common Stock that such shares of Preferred Stock are convertible into, in lieu of such shares of Preferred Stock, in the event an Automatic Conversion occurs prior to or concurrently with such Change of Control or IPO; provided, however, that Holder shall pay to Company in cash the aggregate par value of the securities acquired pursuant to such automatic exchange. Company acknowledges and agrees that Holder shall not be required to make any payment (cash or otherwise) for such shares as further consideration for their issuance pursuant to the terms of the preceding sentence. “Change of Control” shall mean any sale, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Company, any reorganization, consolidation, merger or other transaction involving Company where the holders of Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction; provided, however, the sale of Company’s equity securities in a bona fide financing transaction for capital-raising purposes shall not be considered a “Change of Control.” This Warrant shall terminate upon Holder’s receipt of the number of shares of Company’s equity securities described in this Section 4.3.

 

5


4.4 Sale or Issuance Below Purchase Price; “Pay-to-Play” Exemption.

(a) The other antidilution rights applicable to the shares of Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder are set forth in the Charter. Such antidilution rights shall not be restated, amended, modified or waived in any manner without Holder’s prior written consent if the terms of such restatement, amendment, modification or waiver on Holder would be more adverse to Holder than, and substantially dissimilar to, such terms for the other holders of the same series of Company’s Preferred Stock. Company shall promptly provide Holder with any restatement, amendment, modification or waiver of the Charter promptly after the same has been made.

(b) In the event that the Charter provides, or is amended to so provide, for the amendment or modification of the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant, or the reclassification, conversion or exchange of the outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock, in the event that a holder of shares thereof fails to participate in an equity financing or debt financing transaction (as applicable, a “Pay-to-Play Provision”), and in the event that such Pay-to-Play Provision becomes operative in a transaction occurring after the date hereof, this Warrant shall automatically and without any action required become exercisable for that type of shares of equity securities as would have been issued or exchanged, or would have remained outstanding, in respect of the shares of Preferred Stock issuable hereunder had this Warrant been exercised in full prior to such event (and for that number of shares of equity securities as would have been issued or exchanged, or would have remained outstanding, in respect of the shares of Preferred Stock issuable hereunder had this Warrant been exercised in full prior to such event, if applicable), and had Holder participated in the equity or debt financing to the maximum extent permitted.

4.5 Notice of Adjustment. Upon any adjustment of the Stock Purchase Price, and/or any increase or decrease in the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant, Company shall give written notice thereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the registered holder of this Warrant at the address of such holder as shown on the books of Company. The notice, which may be substantially in the form of Exhibit “A” attached hereto, shall be signed by Company’s chief financial officer and shall state the Stock Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

4.6 Other Notices. If at any time:

(a) Company shall declare any cash dividend upon its Preferred Stock;

 

6


(b) Company shall declare any dividend upon its Preferred Stock payable in stock or make any special dividend or other distribution to the holders of its Preferred Stock;

(c) Company shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of its Preferred Stock any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights;

(d) there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of Company, or consolidation or merger of Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, another entity;

(e) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of Company; or

(f) Company shall take or propose to take any other action, notice of which is actually provided to holders of the Preferred Stock;

then, in any one or more of said cases, Company shall give, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Holder of this Warrant at the address of such Holder as shown on the books of Company, (i) at least 10 days’ prior written notice of the date on which the books of Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights or for determining rights to vote in respect of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, or other action and (ii) in the case of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, or other action, at least 10 days’ written notice of the date when the same shall take place. Any notice given in accordance with the foregoing clause (i) shall also specify, in the case of any such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, the date on which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled thereto. Any notice given in accordance with the foregoing clause (ii) shall also specify the date on which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Preferred Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, or other action as the case may be.

4.7 Certain Events. If any change in the outstanding Preferred Stock of Company or any other event occurs as to which the other provisions of this Section 4 are not strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly effect the adjustments to this Warrant in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board shall make in good faith an adjustment in the number and class of shares issuable under this Warrant, the Stock Purchase Price and/or the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid. The adjustment shall be such as will give Holder of this Warrant upon exercise for the same aggregate Stock Purchase Price the total number, class and kind of shares as Holder would have owned had this Warrant been exercised prior to the event and had Holder continued to hold such shares until after the event requiring adjustment.

5. Issue Tax. The issuance of certificates for shares of Preferred Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to Holder of this Warrant for any issue tax in respect thereof; provided, however, that Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the then Holder of this Warrant being exercised.

6. Closing of Books. Company will at no time close its transfer books against the transfer of this Warrant or of any shares of Preferred Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.

 

7


7. No Voting or Dividend Rights; Limitation of Liability. Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon Holder the right to vote or to consent as a stockholder in respect of meetings of stockholders for the election of directors of Company or any other matters or any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of Company. No dividends or interest shall be payable or accrued in respect of this Warrant or the interest represented hereby or the shares purchasable hereunder until, and only to the extent that, this Warrant shall have been exercised. No provisions hereof, in the absence of affirmative action by Holder to purchase shares of Preferred Stock, and no mere enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of Holder, shall give rise to any liability of such Holder for the Stock Purchase Price or as a stockholder of Company, whether such liability is asserted by Company or by its creditors.

8. [Intentionally Omitted]

9. Registration Rights. Holder shall be entitled, with respect to the shares of Preferred Stock issued upon exercise hereof or the shares of Common Stock or other securities issued upon conversion of such Preferred Stock as the case may be, to all of the registration rights set forth in any investors’ rights agreement (or like agreement) among Company and any of its investors (as amended from time to time, the “Rights Agreement”), to the same extent and on the same terms and conditions as possessed by the investors thereunder with the following exceptions and clarifications: (i) Holder will have no right to make a written request under the Rights Agreement that Company file a registration statement under Form S-1 of the Securities Act; (ii) Holder will be subject to the same provisions regarding indemnification as contained in the Rights Agreement; and (iii) any registration rights are freely assignable by Holder of this Warrant in connection with a permitted transfer of this Warrant or the shares issuable upon exercise hereof. Company shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to assure that the granting of such registration rights to Holder does not violate the provisions of the Rights Agreement or any of Company’s charter documents or rights of prior grantees of registration rights.

10. Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of Warrant. Subject to the other provisions set forth herein, the rights and obligations of Company, of Holder of this Warrant and of the holder of shares of Preferred Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant, contained in Sections 6, 9, 18.7 and 19 shall survive the exercise of this Warrant.

11. Modification and Waiver. This Warrant and any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the same is sought.

12. Notices. Any notice, request or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to Holder or Company shall be deemed to have been given (i) upon receipt if delivered personally or by courier (ii) upon confirmation of successful transmission if sent by telecopy or affirmative confirmation of receipt by the recipient if sent by electronic mail or (iii) three business days after deposit in the US mail, with postage prepaid and certified or registered, to each such Holder at its address as shown on the books of Company or to Company at the address indicated therefor in the opening paragraphs of this Warrant.

13. Survival of Certain Obligations. Subject to other provisions set forth herein, all of the obligations of Company relating to the Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall survive the exercise and termination of this Warrant. All of the covenants and agreements of Company shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Holder. Company will, at the time of the exercise of this Warrant, in whole or in part, upon request of Holder but at Company’s expense, acknowledge in writing its continuing obligation to Holder in respect of any rights (including, without limitation, any right to registration of the shares of Common Stock) to which Holder shall continue to be entitled after such exercise in accordance with this Warrant; provided, that the failure of Holder to make any such request shall not affect the continuing obligation of Company to Holder in respect of such rights.

 

8


14. Descriptive Headings and Governing Law. The descriptive headings of the several sections and paragraphs of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant. This Warrant shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware.

15. Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates. Company represents and warrants to Holder that upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Company of the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of any Warrant or stock certificate and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to Company, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, Company at its expense will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant or stock certificate.

16. Fractional Shares. No fractional shares shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant. Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the holder entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then effective Stock Purchase Price.

17. Representations of Holder. With respect to this Warrant, Holder represents and warrants to Company as follows:

17.1 Experience. It is experienced in evaluating and investing in companies engaged in businesses similar to that of Company; it understands that investment in this Warrant involves substantial risks; it has made detailed inquiries concerning Company, its business and services, its officers and its personnel; the officers of Company have made available to Holder any and all written information it has requested; the officers of Company have answered to Holder’s satisfaction all inquiries made by it; in making this investment it has relied upon information made available to it by Company; and it has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investment in Company and it is able to bear the economic risk of that investment.

17.2 Investment. It is acquiring this Warrant for investment for its own account and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. It understands that this Warrant, the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise thereof and the Conversion Shares, have not been registered under the Securities Act, nor qualified under applicable state securities laws.

17.3 Rule 144. It acknowledges that this Warrant, the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. It has been advised or is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

17.4 Access to Data. It has had an opportunity to discuss Company’s business, management and financial affairs with Company’s management and has had the opportunity to inspect Company’s facilities.

17.5 Accredited Investor. It is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

18. Additional Representations and Covenants of Company. Company hereby represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

18.1 Corporate Power. Company has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to issue this Warrant and to carry out and perform its obligations hereunder.

 

9


18.2 Authorization. All corporate action on the part of Company, its directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance by Company of this Warrant has been taken. This Warrant is a valid and binding obligation of Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

18.3 Offering. Subject in part to the truth and accuracy of Holder’s representations set forth in Section 17 hereof on the date of issuance of any Preferred Stock to Holder, the offer, issuance and sale of this Warrant is, and the issuance of Preferred Stock upon exercise of this Warrant and the issuance of Conversion Shares will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and are exempt from the qualification requirements of any applicable state securities laws; and neither Company nor anyone acting on its behalf will take any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such exemptions.

18.4 Listing; Stock Issuance. Company shall secure and maintain the listing of the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Conversion Shares upon each securities exchange or over-the-counter market upon which securities of the same class or series issued by Company are listed, if any. Upon exercise of this Warrant, Company will use its best efforts to cause stock certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise to be issued in the names of Holder, its nominees or assignees, as appropriate at the time of such exercise. Upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, Company will issue the Common Stock in the names of Holder, its nominees or assignees, as appropriate.

18.5 Charter Documents. Company has provided Holder with true and complete copies of the Charter, By-Laws, and each Certificate of Designation or other charter document setting, forth any rights, preferences and privileges of Company’s capital stock, each as amended and in effect on the date of issuance of this Warrant.

18.6 Reserved.

18.7 Financial and Other Reports. Until the Expiration Date, Company shall furnish to Holder (i) within 180 days after the close of each fiscal year of Company, a balance sheet, together with an income statement and a cash flow statement, for such fiscal year, in the same form as such annual financial statements are furnished to the Board; (ii) within 45 days after the close of each fiscal quarter of Company, an unaudited balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement, each at and as of the end of such quarter, together with an up-to-date capitalization table; and (iii) promptly after the closing of each equity financing consummated by Company after the date this Warrant has been issued, a copy of the term sheet for such equity financing (if any), a post-closing capitalization table and other information relating to the then-current valuation of Company. In addition, Company agrees to provide Holder at any time and from time to time with such information as Holder may reasonably request for purposes of Holder’s compliance (as determined by Holder in its reasonable discretion) with regulatory, accounting and reporting requirements applicable to Holder (e.g., Fair Value Accounting Standard 157), including any 409A valuation reports and up-to-date operating budgets, as well as information with respect to whether the securities issuable upon the exercise hereof constitute “qualified small business stock” for purposes of Section 1202(c) of the Internal Revenue Code and Section 18152.5 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company shall not be required to furnish to Holder the financial information described in this Section 18.7 (i) in the event such financial information has been previously delivered to Lender pursuant to the Loan Agreement or if Holder’s auditors no longer require such information or (ii) if such information is highly confidential or a trade secret or other confidential information, which would result in a conflict of interest or is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege, or which constitutes attorney work product, or the disclosure of which is prohibited by applicable law or binding agreement.

19. Right to Purchase Securities in Qualifying Round. Company hereby grants to Holder the right to invest up to $175,000 in the Preferred Stock sold by Company in the Qualifying Round. Such right may be satisfied either by Holder purchasing Preferred Stock directly from Company in the Qualifying Round or by Holder purchasing a note from Company that is convertible into Preferred Stock to be issued in the Qualifying Round. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holder shall not have any obligation to purchase Company’s equity securities (or any note convertible into such securities) in the Qualifying Round. Except as otherwise agreed by Holder and Company, to exercise its purchase right under this Section 19, Holder shall deliver, within ten (10) days of Holder’s actual receipt of written notification from Company regarding the offer or sale of its equity securities in the Qualifying Round (which written notification from Company shall include a description of the material terms of such securities), a written notice stating Holder’s intention to exercise such right and the number of equity securities that Holder desires to purchase. In the event Holder exercises its purchase right set forth hereunder, Holder shall not have any obligation to purchase such securities, except pursuant to those definitive purchase documents executed by other purchasers in connection with the Qualifying Round. The right to purchase equity securities in the Qualifying Round described in this Section 19 shall survive the payment and satisfaction of all of Company’s Obligations to Lender, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any other Loan Document executed or delivered by Company or Lender after the date hereof Holder shall be entitled to apportion the rights hereby granted to it among itself and any affiliate of Holder in such proportions as Holder deems appropriate.

 

10


20. “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by Company of shares of Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-l, and ending on the date specified by Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, or such other period as may be requested by Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports, and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 20 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to Holder only if all officers of Company, all directors of Company and all stockholders owning more than five percent (5%) (or such other percent that is used in the “market stand-off’ agreement in the Rights Agreement) of Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to the conversion into Common Stock of all Preferred Stock) are subject to similar restrictions. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 20 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 20 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

11


[Signature Page to Warrant]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed by its officer, thereunto duly authorized as of the date of issuance set forth on the first page hereof.

 

COMPANY:
TOAST, INC.
By:  

/s/ Tim Barash

Name:  

Tim Barash

Title:  

CFO


FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION

(To be signed only upon exercise of Warrant)

To:                                         

 

The undersigned, the holder of the within Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the purchase right represented by such Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder, (1) See Below                      (                ) shares (the “Shares”) of Stock of                          and herewith makes payment of                      Dollars ($                    ) therefor, and requests that the certificates for such shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to,                     , whose address is                     .

 

The undersigned hereby elects to convert              percent (    %) of the value of the Warrant pursuant to the provisions of Section l(b) of the Warrant.

The undersigned acknowledges that it has reviewed the representations and warranties contained in Section 17 of this Warrant and by its signature below hereby makes such representations and warranties to Company.

 

Dated  

 

Holder:  

 

By:  

 

Its:  

 

 

(Address)

 

 

 

 

(1)

Insert here the number of shares called for on the face of the Warrant (or, in the case of a partial exercise, the portion thereof as to which the Warrant is being exercised), in either case without making any adjustment for additional Preferred Stock or any other stock or other securities or property or cash which, pursuant to the adjustment provisions of the Warrant, may be issuable upon exercise.


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, the holder of the within Warrant, hereby sells, assigns and transfers all of the rights of the undersigned under the within Warrant, with respect to the number of shares of Preferred Stock covered thereby set forth herein below, unto:

 

Name of Assignee

  

Address

  

No. of Shares

          
          
     

 

Dated  

 

Holder:  

 

By:  

 

Its:  

 


EXHIBIT “A”

[On letterhead of Company]

Reference is hereby made to that certain Warrant dated December 7, 2015, issued by TOAST, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), to VENTURE LENDING & LEASING VII, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Holder”).

[IF APPLICABLE] The Warrant provides that the actual number and type of shares of Company’s capital stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant and the initial exercise price per share are to be determined by reference to one or more events or conditions subsequent to the issuance of the Warrant. Such events or conditions have now occurred or lapsed, and Company wishes to confirm the actual number of shares issuable and the initial exercise price. The provisions of this Supplement to Warrant are incorporated into the Warrant by this reference, and shall control the interpretation and exercise of the Warrant.

[IF APPLICABLE] Notice is hereby given pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Warrant that the following adjustment(s) have been made to the Warrant: [describe adjustments, setting forth details regarding method of calculation and facts upon which calculation is based].

This certifies that Holder is entitled to purchase from Company                     , at the Holder’s option, either (i) (            ) fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company’s                  Stock at a price of                      Dollars ($                    ) per share or (ii) (            ) fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company’s                  Stock at a price of                      Dollars ($                    ) per share. The applicable Stock Purchase Price and the number of shares purchasable under the Warrant remain subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4 of the Warrant.

Executed this      day of                 , 20    .

 

TOAST, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Exhibit 4.4

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE AND DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED DUE TO AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

Date of Issuance: December 7, 2015

WARRANT TO PURCHASE

SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK OF

TOAST, INC.

(Void after June 30, 2026)

This certifies that VENTURE LENDING & LEASING VIII, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or assigns (“Holder”), for value received, is entitled to purchase from TOAST, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), the Applicable Number (hereinafter defined) of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company’s preferred equity securities (“Preferred Stock”) issued and sold in the Qualifying Round (hereinafter defined), for cash, at a purchase price per share equal to the Stock Purchase Price (hereinafter defined). Holder may also exercise this Warrant on a cashless or “net issuance” basis as described in Section 1(b) below, and this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised in full on such basis on the Expiration Date, to the extent not fully exercised prior to such date. This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement and Supplement thereto, both of even date herewith (as amended, restated and supplemented from time to time, the “Loan Agreement” and the “Supplement”, respectively), between Company, as borrower, and Holder’s subsidiary, Venture Lending & Leasing VIII, Inc., as lender (“Lender”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined in this Warrant shall have the meaning(s) ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement and the Supplement, unless the context would otherwise require.

“Stock Purchase Price” means the lowest price per share paid by a new, outside investor for Preferred Stock issued and sold in the Qualifying Round, including for this purpose the value of all consideration given by an investor for such Preferred Stock but specifically excluding any discounts afforded to investors and stockholders of Company upon conversion of any convertible promissory notes or other securities held by them in connection with the Qualifying Round or otherwise in connection therewith. “Qualifying Round” means the next bona fide round of equity financing after the date hereof led by a new, outside investor in which Company sells or issues shares of its Preferred Stock with cash proceeds, net of offering expenses, to Company of at least $10,000,000 (excluding the conversion into Preferred Stock of any Indebtedness in connection with the Qualifying Round), and includes (and Holder shall be entitled to receive, as calculated in relation to the Applicable Number) any options, warrants, or other convertible securities or similar consideration issued or delivered to investors in the Qualifying Round; provided that the Qualifying Round excludes any additional sales of Company’s Series A Preferred Stock. The “Applicable Number” means the number of shares of Preferred Stock obtained by dividing (A) $50,000 by (B) the Stock Purchase Price.


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraphs, if at any time during the term of this Warrant a Qualifying Round has not been completed and a Change of Control or IPO occurs, or the Expiration Date is reached, then this Warrant shall entitle Holder to acquire in accordance with the terms hereof the Applicable Number of shares of Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (in which case all references herein to “Preferred Stock” shall be deemed to mean Company’s Series A Preferred Stock) and the Stock Purchase Price shall be deemed to be a price per share which is equal to $50,000,000 divided by the sum of (i) the number of issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Company and (ii) the number of shares of capital stock of Company underlying “in-the-money” convertible securities, in each case on an as-converted to Common Stock basis as of the time of such Change of Control or IPO (or the Expiration Date).

As soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence or non-occurrence of the latest event or condition necessary to determine (i) the actual number and type of shares of Company’s Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, or (ii) the Stock Purchase Price, if applicable, Company shall deliver a supplement to this Warrant (subsequent to a request by Holder therefor), in substantially the form of Exhibit “A” attached hereto, specifying the total number and series of shares of Preferred Stock issuable hereunder after giving effect to the foregoing calculations, and otherwise completed with such quantity and price terms and other information as have been determined as a result of the occurrence or non-occurrence of such events or conditions. The provisions of such supplement, once completed and executed, shall control the interpretation and exercise of this Warrant; provided, however, that the failure of Company to deliver such supplement shall not affect the rights of Holder to receive the number and type of shares of Preferred Stock as set forth herein.

Subject to Section 4.3, this Warrant may be exercised at any time or from time to time up to and including 5:00 p.m. (Pacific time) on June 30, 2026 (the “Expiration Date”), upon surrender to Company at its principal office at 401 Park Drive, Suite 801, Boston, Massachusetts 02215 (or at such other location as Company may advise Holder in writing) of this Warrant properly endorsed with the Form of Subscription attached hereto duly completed and signed and upon payment in cash or by check of the aggregate Stock Purchase Price for the number of shares for which this Warrant is being exercised determined in accordance with the provisions hereof. The Stock Purchase Price and the number of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to further adjustment as provided in Section 4 of this Warrant.

This Warrant is subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Exercise; Issuance of Certificates; Payment for Shares.

(a) Unless an election is made pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 1, this Warrant shall be exercisable at the option of Holder, at any time or from time to time (after the identity of the Preferred Stock is ascertainable), on or before the Expiration Date for all or any portion of the shares of Preferred Stock (but not for a fraction of a share) which may be purchased hereunder for the Stock Purchase Price multiplied by the number of shares to be purchased. In the event, however, that pursuant to Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended or restated from time to time (the “Charter”), an event causing automatic conversion of Company’s Preferred Stock (an “Automatic Conversion”) shall have occurred prior to the exercise of this Warrant, in whole or in part, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the number of shares of Common Stock of Company (“Common Stock”) into which the Preferred Stock not purchased upon any prior exercise of this Warrant would have been so converted (and, where the context requires, reference to “Preferred Stock” shall be deemed to be or include such Common Stock, as may be appropriate). Company agrees that the shares of Preferred Stock purchased under this Warrant shall be and are deemed to be issued to Holder as the record owner of such shares as of the close of business on the date on which the form of subscription shall have been delivered and payment made for such shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 2, certificates for the shares of Preferred Stock so purchased, together with any other securities or property to which Holder is entitled upon such exercise, shall be delivered to Holder by Company at Company’s expense within a reasonable time after the rights represented by this Warrant have been so exercised. Except as provided in clause (b) of this Section 1, in case of a purchase of less than all the shares which may be purchased under this Warrant, Company shall cancel this Warrant and execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor for the balance of the shares purchasable under this Warrant surrendered upon such purchase to Holder within a reasonable time. Each stock certificate so delivered shall be in such denominations of Preferred Stock as may be requested by Holder and shall be registered in the name of such Holder or such other name as shall be designated by such Holder, subject to the limitations contained in Section 2.

 

2


(b) Holder, in lieu of exercising this Warrant by the cash payment of the Stock Purchase Price pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 1, may elect, at any time (after the identity of the Preferred Stock is ascertainable) on or before the Expiration Date, to surrender this Warrant and receive that number of shares of Preferred Stock computed using the following formula:

 

X =    Y(A – B)
  A

 

  Where:    X    =    the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to Holder.
     Y    =    the number of shares of Preferred Stock that Holder would otherwise have been entitled to purchase hereunder pursuant to Section 1(a) (or such lesser number of shares as Holder may designate in the case of a partial exercise of this Warrant).
     A    =    the Per Share Price (as defined in Section 1(c) below) of one (1) share of Preferred Stock at the time the net issuance election under this Section 1(b) is made.
     B    =    the Stock Purchase Price then in effect.

Election to exercise under this Section 1(b) may be made by delivering a signed form of subscription to Company via facsimile, to be followed by delivery of this Warrant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Warrant, if as of the close of business on the last business day preceding the Expiration Date this Warrant remains unexercised as to all or a portion of the shares of Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder, then effective as 9:00 a.m. (Pacific time) on the Expiration Date, Holder shall be deemed, automatically and without need for notice to Company, to have elected to exercise this Warrant in full pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1(b), and upon surrender of this Warrant shall be entitled to receive that number of shares of Preferred Stock computed using the above formula, provided that the application of such formula as of the Expiration Date yields a positive number for “X”.

(c) For purposes of Section 1(b), the “Per Share Price” shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Company (the “Board”) based on relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the net exercise under Section 1(b), including in the case of a Change of Control (as defined in Section 4.3 hereof) the consideration receivable by the holders of the Preferred Stock in such Change of Control and the liquidation preference (including any declared but unpaid dividends), if any, then applicable to the Preferred Stock.

2. Limitation on Transfer.

(a) This Warrant, the Preferred Stock and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Preferred Stock (the “Conversion Shares”) shall not be transferable except upon the conditions specified in this Section 2, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Each holder of this Warrant, the Preferred Stock issuable hereunder or the Conversion Shares will cause any proposed transferee of the Warrant, Preferred Stock or Conversion Shares to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Section 2. Notwithstanding the foregoing and any other provision of this Section 2, Holder may freely transfer all or part of this Warrant, the Preferred Stock or Conversion Shares at any time to any lender transferee of a portion of the loan commitment of Lender under the Loan Agreement or any affiliate of Holder, provided that such transferee is not an actual or potential competitor of Company (as determined in good faith by the Board), by giving Company notice of the portion of the Warrant, the Preferred Stock or Conversion Shares being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant, such Preferred Stock or such Conversion Shares to Company for reissuance to the transferees(s) (and Holder, if applicable).

 

3


(b) Each certificate representing (i) this Warrant, (ii) the Preferred Stock, (iii) the Conversion Shares and (iv) any other securities issued in respect to the Preferred Stock or Conversion Shares upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Section 2 or unless such securities have been registered under the Securities Act or sold under Rule 144) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE AND DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED DUE TO AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(c) Holder of this Warrant and each person to whom all or any portion of this Warrant, all or any portion of the Preferred Stock or all or any portion of the Conversion Shares is subsequently transferred represents and warrants to Company (by acceptance of such transfer) that it will not transfer such portion of this Warrant, such Preferred Stock or such Conversion Shares unless a registration statement under the Securities Act was in effect with respect to such securities at the time of issuance thereof) except pursuant to (i) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any other rule under the Securities Act relating to the disposition of securities), or (iii) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to counsel for Company, that an exemption from such registration is available.

3. Shares to be Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares. Company covenants and agrees that all shares of Preferred Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all preemptive rights of any stockholder and free of all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. Company further covenants and agrees that during the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, Company will at all times have authorized and reserved, for the purpose of issue or transfer upon exercise of the subscription rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of authorized but unissued Preferred Stock, or other securities and property, when and as required to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant. Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such shares of Preferred Stock may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which the Preferred Stock may be listed. Company will not take any action which would result in any adjustment of the Stock Purchase Price (as described in Section 4 hereof) (i) if the total number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable after such action upon exercise of all outstanding warrants, together with all shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding and all shares of Preferred Stock then issuable upon exercise of all options and upon the conversion of all convertible securities then outstanding, would exceed the total number of shares of Preferred Stock then authorized by the Charter, (ii) if the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable after such action upon the conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock together with all shares of Common Stock then outstanding and then issuable upon exercise of all options and upon the conversion of all convertible securities then outstanding would exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock then authorized by the Charter or (iii) if the par value per share of the Preferred Stock would exceed the Stock Purchase Price.

 

4


4. Adjustment of Stock Purchase Price and Number of Shares. The Stock Purchase Price and the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events described in this Section 4. Upon each adjustment of the Stock Purchase Price, Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Stock Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares obtained by multiplying the Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares purchasable pursuant hereto immediately prior to such adjustment, and dividing the product thereof by the Stock Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment. For clarity, no adjustment to the Stock Purchase Price or the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made in respect of the occurrence of the certain events described in this Section 4 to the extent such events occurred prior to the Qualifying Round, except for adjustments pursuant to Section 4.2 (other than those adjustments that provide to holders of Preferred Stock additional securities of Company that are convertible, directly or indirectly, into Common Stock) in the event this Warrant, in accordance with its terms, entitles Holder to acquire shares of Company’s Series A Preferred Stock.

4.1 Subdivision or Combination of Stock. In case Company shall at any time subdivide its outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into a greater number of shares, the Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock of Company shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

4.2 Dividends in Preferred Stock, Other Stock, Properly, Reclassification. If at any time or from time to time the holders of Preferred Stock (or any shares of stock or other securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall have received or become entitled to receive, without payment therefor,

(a) Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock or other securities whether or not such securities are at any time directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Stock, or any rights or options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any of the foregoing by way of dividend or other distribution,

(b) any cash paid or payable otherwise than as a cash dividend, or

(c) Preferred Stock or other or additional stock or other securities or property (including cash) by way of spin off, split-up, reclassification, combination of shares or similar corporate rearrangement, (other than shares of Preferred Stock issued as a stock split, adjustments in respect of which shall be covered by the terms of Section 4.1 above),

then and in each such case, Holder shall, upon the exercise of this Warrant, be entitled to receive, in addition to the number of shares of Preferred Stock receivable thereupon, and without payment of any additional consideration therefor, the amount of stock and other securities and property (including cash in the cases referred to in clauses (b) and (c) above) which such Holder would hold on the date of such exercise had it been the holder of record of such Preferred Stock as of the date on which holders of Preferred Stock received or became entitled to receive such shares and/or all other additional stock and other securities and property.

4.3 Change of Control; IPO. In the event of (i) a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined) or (ii) the consummation of a sale of Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by Company under the Securities Act (or pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which the initial public offering is completed), in connection with the first firm commitment underwritten offering of Company’s securities to the general public that occurs after the date this Warrant is issued (“IPO”), this Warrant shall be automatically exchanged, contemporaneously with the consummation of such Change of Control or IPO, as applicable, for a number of shares of Company’s securities, such number of shares being equal to the maximum number of shares issuable pursuant to the terms hereof (after taking into account all adjustments described herein) had Holder elected to exercise this Warrant immediately prior to the closing of such Change of Control or IPO and purchased all such shares pursuant to the cash exercise provision set forth in Section l(a) hereof (as opposed to the cashless exercise provision set forth in Section 1(b)), subject to the terms of Section 1(a) that this Warrant shall be exercisable for the number of shares of Common Stock that such shares of Preferred Stock are convertible into, in lieu of such shares of Preferred Stock, in the event an Automatic Conversion occurs prior to or concurrently with such Change of Control or IPO; provided, however, that Holder shall pay to Company in cash the aggregate par value of the securities acquired pursuant to such automatic exchange. Company acknowledges and agrees that Holder shall not be required to make any payment (cash or otherwise) for such shares as further consideration for their issuance pursuant to the terms of the preceding sentence. “Change of Control” shall mean any sale, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Company, any reorganization, consolidation, merger or other transaction involving Company where the holders of Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction; provided, however, the sale of Company’s equity securities in a bona fide financing transaction for capital-raising purposes shall not be considered a “Change of Control.” This Warrant shall terminate upon Holder’s receipt of the number of shares of Company’s equity securities described in this Section 4.3.

 

5


4.4 Sale or Issuance Below Purchase Price; “Pay-to-Play” Exemption.

(a) The other antidilution rights applicable to the shares of Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder are set forth in the Charter. Such antidilution rights shall not be restated, amended, modified or waived in any manner without Holder’s prior written consent if the terms of such restatement, amendment, modification or waiver on Holder would be more adverse to Holder than, and substantially dissimilar to, such terms for the other holders of the same series of Company’s Preferred Stock. Company shall promptly provide Holder with any restatement, amendment, modification or waiver of the Charter promptly after the same has been made.

(b) In the event that the Charter provides, or is amended to so provide, for the amendment or modification of the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant, or the reclassification, conversion or exchange of the outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock, in the event that a holder of shares thereof fails to participate in an equity financing or debt financing transaction (as applicable, a “Pay-to-Play Provision”), and in the event that such Pay-to-Play Provision becomes operative in a transaction occurring after the date hereof, this Warrant shall automatically and without any action required become exercisable for that type of shares of equity securities as would have been issued or exchanged, or would have remained outstanding, in respect of the shares of Preferred Stock issuable hereunder had this Warrant been exercised in full prior to such event (and for that number of shares of equity securities as would have been issued or exchanged, or would have remained outstanding, in respect of the shares of Preferred Stock issuable hereunder had this Warrant been exercised in full prior to such event, if applicable), and had Holder participated in the equity or debt financing to the maximum extent permitted.

4.5 Notice of Adjustment. Upon any adjustment of the Stock Purchase Price, and/or any increase or decrease in the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant, Company shall give written notice thereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the registered holder of this Warrant at the address of such holder as shown on the books of Company. The notice, which may be substantially in the form of Exhibit “A” attached hereto, shall be signed by Company’s chief financial officer and shall state the Stock Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

4.6 Other Notices. If at any time:

(a) Company shall declare any cash dividend upon its Preferred Stock;

 

6


(b) Company shall declare any dividend upon its Preferred Stock payable in stock or make any special dividend or other distribution to the holders of its Preferred Stock;

(c) Company shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of its Preferred Stock any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights;

(d) there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of Company, or consolidation or merger of Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, another entity;

(e) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of Company; or

(f) Company shall take or propose to take any other action, notice of which is actually provided to holders of the Preferred Stock;

then, in any one or more of said cases, Company shall give, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Holder of this Warrant at the address of such Holder as shown on the books of Company, (i) at least 10 days’ prior written notice of the date on which the books of Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights or for determining rights to vote in respect of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, or other action and (ii) in the case of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, or other action, at least 10 days’ written notice of the date when the same shall take place. Any notice given in accordance with the foregoing clause (i) shall also specify, in the case of any such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, the date on which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled thereto. Any notice given in accordance with the foregoing clause (ii) shall also specify the date on which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Preferred Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, or other action as the case may be.

4.7 Certain Events. If any change in the outstanding Preferred Stock of Company or any other event occurs as to which the other provisions of this Section 4 are not strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly effect the adjustments to this Warrant in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board shall make in good faith an adjustment in the number and class of shares issuable under this Warrant, the Stock Purchase Price and/or the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid. The adjustment shall be such as will give Holder of this Warrant upon exercise for the same aggregate Stock Purchase Price the total number, class and kind of shares as Holder would have owned had this Warrant been exercised prior to the event and had Holder continued to hold such shares until after the event requiring adjustment.

5. Issue Tax. The issuance of certificates for shares of Preferred Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to Holder of this Warrant for any issue tax in respect thereof; provided, however, that Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the then Holder of this Warrant being exercised.

6. Closing of Books. Company will at no time close its transfer books against the transfer of this Warrant or of any shares of Preferred Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.

 

7


7. No Voting or Dividend Rights; Limitation of Liability. Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon Holder the right to vote or to consent as a stockholder in respect of meetings of stockholders for the election of directors of Company or any other matters or any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of Company. No dividends or interest shall be payable or accrued in respect of this Warrant or the interest represented hereby or the shares purchasable hereunder until, and only to the extent that, this Warrant shall have been exercised. No provisions hereof, in the absence of affirmative action by Holder to purchase shares of Preferred Stock, and no mere enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of Holder, shall give rise to any liability of such Holder for the Stock Purchase Price or as a stockholder of Company, whether such liability is asserted by Company or by its creditors.

8. [Intentionally Omitted]

9. Registration Rights. Holder shall be entitled, with respect to the shares of Preferred Stock issued upon exercise hereof or the shares of Common Stock or other securities issued upon conversion of such Preferred Stock as the case may be, to all of the registration rights set forth in any investors’ rights agreement (or like agreement) among Company and any of its investors (as amended from time to time, the “Rights Agreement”), to the same extent and on the same terms and conditions as possessed by the investors thereunder with the following exceptions and clarifications: (i) Holder will have no right to make a written request under the Rights Agreement that Company file a registration statement under Form S-1 of the Securities Act; (ii) Holder will be subject to the same provisions regarding indemnification as contained in the Rights Agreement; and (iii) any registration rights are freely assignable by Holder of this Warrant in connection with a permitted transfer of this Warrant or the shares issuable upon exercise hereof. Company shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to assure that the granting of such registration rights to Holder does not violate the provisions of the Rights Agreement or any of Company’s charter documents or rights of prior grantees of registration rights.

10. Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of Warrant. Subject to the other provisions set forth herein, the rights and obligations of Company, of Holder of this Warrant and of the holder of shares of Preferred Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant, contained in Sections 6, 9, 18.7 and 19 shall survive the exercise of this Warrant.

11. Modification and Waiver. This Warrant and any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the same is sought.

12. Notices. Any notice, request or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to Holder or Company shall be deemed to have been given (i) upon receipt if delivered personally or by courier (ii) upon confirmation of successful transmission if sent by telecopy or affirmative confirmation of receipt by the recipient if sent by electronic mail or (iii) three business days after deposit in the US mail, with postage prepaid and certified or registered, to each such Holder at its address as shown on the books of Company or to Company at the address indicated therefor in the opening paragraphs of this Warrant.

13. Survival of Certain Obligations. Subject to other provisions set forth herein, all of the obligations of Company relating to the Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall survive the exercise and termination of this Warrant. All of the covenants and agreements of Company shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Holder. Company will, at the time of the exercise of this Warrant, in whole or in part, upon request of Holder but at Company’s expense, acknowledge in writing its continuing obligation to Holder in respect of any rights (including, without limitation, any right to registration of the shares of Common Stock) to which Holder shall continue to be entitled after such exercise in accordance with this Warrant; provided, that the failure of Holder to make any such request shall not affect the continuing obligation of Company to Holder in respect of such rights.

 

8


14. Descriptive Headings and Governing Law. The descriptive headings of the several sections and paragraphs of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant. This Warrant shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware.

15. Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates. Company represents and warrants to Holder that upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Company of the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of any Warrant or stock certificate and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to Company, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, Company at its expense will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant or stock certificate.

16. Fractional Shares. No fractional shares shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant. Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the holder entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then effective Stock Purchase Price.

17. Representations of Holder. With respect to this Warrant, Holder represents and warrants to Company as follows:

17.1 Experience. It is experienced in evaluating and investing in companies engaged in businesses similar to that of Company; it understands that investment in this Warrant involves substantial risks; it has made detailed inquiries concerning Company, its business and services, its officers and its personnel; the officers of Company have made available to Holder any and all written information it has requested; the officers of Company have answered to Holder’s satisfaction all inquiries made by it; in making this investment it has relied upon information made available to it by Company; and it has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investment in Company and it is able to bear the economic risk of that investment.

17.2 Investment. It is acquiring this Warrant for investment for its own account and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. It understands that this Warrant, the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise thereof and the Conversion Shares, have not been registered under the Securities Act, nor qualified under applicable state securities laws.

17.3 Rule 144. It acknowledges that this Warrant, the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. It has been advised or is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

17.4 Access to Data. It has had an opportunity to discuss Company’s business, management and financial affairs with Company’s management and has had the opportunity to inspect Company’s facilities.

17.5 Accredited Investor. It is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

18. Additional Representations and Covenants of Company. Company hereby represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

18.l Corporate Power. Company has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to issue this Warrant and to carry out and perform its obligations hereunder.

 

9


18.2 Authorization. All corporate action on the part of Company, its directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance by Company of this Warrant has been taken. This Warrant is a valid and binding obligation of Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

18.3 Offering. Subject in part to the truth and accuracy of Holder’s representations set forth in Section 17 hereof on the date of issuance of any Preferred Stock to Holder, the offer, issuance and sale of this Warrant is, and the issuance of Preferred Stock upon exercise of this Warrant and the issuance of Conversion Shares will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and are exempt from the qualification requirements of any applicable state securities laws; and neither Company nor anyone acting on its behalf will take any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such exemptions.

18.4 Listing: Stock Issuance. Company shall secure and maintain the listing of the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Conversion Shares upon each securities exchange or over-the-counter market upon which securities of the same class or series issued by Company are listed, if any. Upon exercise of this Warrant, Company will use its best efforts to cause stock certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise to be issued in the names of Holder, its nominees or assignees, as appropriate at the time of such exercise. Upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, Company will issue the Common Stock in the names of Holder, its nominees or assignees, as appropriate.

18.5 Charter Documents. Company has provided Holder with true and complete copies of the Charter, By-Laws, and each Certificate of Designation or other charter document setting, forth any rights, preferences and privileges of Company’s capital stock, each as amended and in effect on the date of issuance of this Warrant.

18.6 Reserved.

18.7 Financial and Other Reports. Until the Expiration Date, Company shall furnish to Holder (i) within 180 days after the close of each fiscal year of Company, a balance sheet, together with an income statement and a cash flow statement, for such fiscal year, in the same form as such annual financial statements are furnished to the Board; (ii) within 45 days after the close of each fiscal quarter of Company, an unaudited balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement, each at and as of the end of such quarter, together with an up-to-date capitalization table; and (iii) promptly after the closing of each equity financing consummated by Company after the date this Warrant has been issued, a copy of the term sheet for such equity financing (if any), a post-closing capitalization table and other information relating to the then-current valuation of Company. In addition, Company agrees to provide Holder at any time and from time to time with such information as Holder may reasonably request for purposes of Holder’s compliance (as determined by Holder in its reasonable discretion) with regulatory, accounting and reporting requirements applicable to Holder (e.g., Fair Value Accounting Standard 157), including any 409A valuation reports and up-to-date operating budgets, as well as information with respect to whether the securities issuable upon the exercise hereof constitute “qualified small business stock” for purposes of Section 1202(c) of the Internal Revenue Code and Section 18152.5 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company shall not be required to furnish to Holder the financial information described in this Section 18.7 (i) in the event such financial information has been previously delivered to Lender pursuant to the Loan Agreement or if Holder’s auditors no longer require such information or (ii) if such information is highly confidential or a trade secret or other confidential information, which would result in a conflict of interest or is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege, or which constitutes attorney work product, or the disclosure of which is prohibited by applicable law or binding agreement.

19. Right to Purchase Securities in Qualifying Round. Company hereby grants to Holder the right to invest up to $175,000 in the Preferred Stock sold by Company in the Qualifying Round. Such right may be satisfied either by Holder purchasing Preferred Stock directly from Company in the Qualifying Round or by Holder purchasing a note from Company that is convertible into Preferred Stock to be issued in the Qualifying Round. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holder shall not have any obligation to purchase Company’s equity securities (or any note convertible into such securities) in the Qualifying Round. Except as otherwise agreed by Holder and Company, to exercise its purchase right under this Section 19, Holder shall deliver, within ten (10) days of Holder’s actual receipt of written notification from Company regarding the offer or sale of its equity securities in the Qualifying Round (which written notification from Company shall include a description of the material terms of such securities), a written notice stating Holder’s intention to exercise such right and the number of equity securities that Holder desires to purchase. In the event Holder exercises its purchase right set forth hereunder, Holder shall not have any obligation to purchase such securities, except pursuant to those definitive purchase documents executed by other purchasers in connection with the Qualifying Round. The right to purchase equity securities in the Qualifying Round described in this Section 19 shall survive the payment and satisfaction of all of Company’s Obligations to Lender, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any other Loan Document executed or delivered by Company or Lender after the date hereof. Holder shall be entitled to apportion the rights hereby granted to it among itself and any affiliate of Holder in such proportions as Holder deems appropriate.

 

10


20. “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by Company of shares of Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-1, and ending on the date specified by Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (l80) days, or such other period as may be requested by Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports, and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 271l(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 20 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to Holder only if all officers of Company, all directors of Company and all stockholders owning more than five percent (5%) (or such other percent that is used in the “market stand-off’ agreement in the Rights Agreement) of Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to the conversion into Common Stock of all Preferred Stock) are subject to similar restrictions. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 20 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 20 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

11


[Signature Page to Warrant]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed by its officer, thereunto duly authorized as of the date of issuance set forth on the first page hereof.

 

COMPANY:
TOAST, INC.
By:  

/s/ Tim Barash

Name:  

Tim Barash

Title:  

CFO


FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION

(To be signed only upon exercise of Warrant)

 

To:  

 

   

 

The undersigned, the holder of the within Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the purchase right represented by such Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder, (1) See Below                      (                ) shares (the “Shares”) of Stock of                  and herewith makes payment of                      Dollars ($        ) therefor, and requests that the certificates for such shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to,                     , whose address is                     .

 

The undersigned hereby elects to convert                      percent (    %) of the value of the Warrant pursuant to the provisions of Section l(b) of the Warrant.

The undersigned acknowledges that it has reviewed the representations and warranties contained in Section 17 of this Warrant and by its signature below hereby makes such representations and warranties to Company.

 

Dated  

 

Holder:  

 

By:  

 

Its:  

 

(Address)

 

 

 

(1)

Insert here the number of shares called for on the face of the Warrant (or, in the case of a partial exercise, the portion thereof as to which the Warrant is being exercised), in either case without making any adjustment for additional Preferred Stock or any other stock or other securities or property or cash which, pursuant to the adjustment provisions of the Warrant, may be issuable upon exercise.


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, the holder of the within Warrant, hereby sells, assigns and transfers all of the rights of the undersigned under the within Warrant, with respect to the number of shares of Preferred Stock covered thereby set forth herein below, unto:

 

Name of Assignee

  

Address

  

No. of Shares

          
          
     

 

Dated  

 

Holder:  

 

By:  

 

Its:  

 


EXHIBIT “A”

[On letterhead of Company]

Reference is hereby made to that certain Warrant dated December 7, 2015, issued by TOAST, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), to VENTURE LENDING & LEASING VIII, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Holder”).

[IF APPLICABLE] The Warrant provides that the actual number and type of shares of Company’s capital stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant and the initial exercise price per share are to be determined by reference to one or more events or conditions subsequent to the issuance of the Warrant. Such events or conditions have now occurred or lapsed, and Company wishes to confirm the actual number of shares issuable and the initial exercise price. The provisions of this Supplement to Warrant are incorporated into the Warrant by this reference, and shall control the interpretation and exercise of the Warrant.

[IF APPLICABLE] Notice is hereby given pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Warrant that the following adjustment(s) have been made to the Warrant: [describe adjustments, setting forth details regarding method of calculation and facts upon which calculation is based].

This certifies that Holder is entitled to purchase from Company                     , at the Holder’s option, either (i) (                    ) fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company’s                      Stock at a price of                      Dollars ($        ) per share or (ii) (                    ) fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company’s                      Stock at a price of                      Dollars ($        ) per share. The applicable Stock Purchase Price and the number of shares purchasable under the Warrant remain subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4 of the Warrant.

Executed this      day of                 , 20    .

 

TOAST, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Exhibit 4.5

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: Toast, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: 80,000, subject to adjustment as set forth herein

Type/Series of Stock: Series B Preferred Stock, $0.000001 par value per share

Warrant Price: $1.9538 per Share, subject to adjustment as set forth herein

Issue Date: August 9, 2016

Expiration Date: August 8, 2026 See also Section 5.l(b).

Credit Facility:

This Warrant to Purchase Stock (Warrant) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the Shares”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the Class”) of the above-named company (the Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise. On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A


where:

 

X =    the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
Y =    the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
A =    the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
B =    the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power. For the avoidance of doubt, “Acquisition” shall not include any sale and issuance by the Company of shares of its capital stock or of securities or instruments exercisable for or convertible into, or otherwise representing the right to acquire, shares of its capital stock to one or more investors for cash in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is a bona fide equity financing of the Company.

 

2


(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a Cash/Public Acquisition”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1. 1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section l.6(b), in the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition (i) involving the payment or possible payment following the initial closing thereof of deferred or contingent consideration to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class (whether of amounts deposited at such closing into an escrow, contingent payments in the nature of milestone or earn-out payments, or otherwise), and (ii) where the maximum aggregate amount per outstanding share of the Class of all payments to be made at the initial closing thereof plus all payments and possible payments of deferred and contingent consideration thereafter would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such initial closing, then this Warrant shall, as of such initial closing, cease to represent the right to purchase Shares or any other securities, whether of the Company or of the acquiring, surviving or successor entity in such Cash/Public Acquisition, and thereat and thereafter shall represent only the right to receive all payments that would be payable in respect of all Shares for which this Warrant was exercisable as of immediately prior to such initial closing, net of the aggregate Warrant Price therefor, as and when payments are made to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class.

(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, either (i) the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume this Warrant and the obligations of the Company hereunder, and this Warrant shall, from and after such closing, be exercisable for the same class, number and kind of securities, cash and other property as would have been paid for or in respect of the Shares issuable (as of immediately prior to such closing) upon exercise in full hereof as if such Shares had been issued and outstanding on and as of such closing, at an aggregate Warrant Price equal to the aggregate Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such closing; and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant, or (ii) if the successor or surviving entity shall not have assumed this Warrant, then the aggregate Warrant Price shall be reduced to the greater of (A) One Dollar ($1.00), or (B) the aggregate par value of all Shares issuable hereunder as of immediately prior to the closing of such Acquisition, and this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised in full pursuant to Section 1.2 above as of immediately prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

 

3


(d) As used in this Warrant, Marketable Securities means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

1.7 Certain Agreements. Following any exercise of this Warrant and solely with respect to the Shares issued thereupon (and the shares of Common Stock, if any, issued upon conversion of such Shares), Holder shall, if the Company so requests in writing, become a party as a “Key Holder” to, by execution and delivery to the Company of a counterpart signature page, joinder agreement, instrument of accession or similar instrument, (i) the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated December 23, 2015 by and among the Company and the other parties named therein, as amended and in effect from time to time and (ii) the Voting Agreement dated December 23, 2015 by and among the Company and the other parties named therein, as amended and in effect from time to time, in each case only if (i) all holders of 80,000 or more then-outstanding shares of the Class (as such number may be adjusted from time to time for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, reorganizations and the like) are then parties thereto, and (ii) such agreement is then by its terms in force and effect. Provided that the conditions described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) are met as to any such agreement at the time of any exercise of this Warrant, Holder shall, effective upon such exercise, automatically become bound by, and the Shares issued upon such exercise (and the shares of Common Stock, if any, issuable upon conversion of such Shares), automatically become subject to, such agreement.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.


2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock. If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the IPO”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

 

5


SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, under the agreements described in Section 1.7 above (to the extent Holder is then subject thereto pursuant to the terms of such Section) or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

 

6


The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

7


4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the Investors and Key Holders named therein dated as of December 23, 2015, as amended and in effect from time to time.

4.7 No Shareholder Rights. Without limiting any provision of this Warrant, Holder agrees that as a Holder of this Warrant it will not have any rights (including, but not limited to, voting rights) as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares issuable hereunder unless and until the exercise of this Warrant and then only with respect to the Shares issued on such exercise.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration.

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends. Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form (together with such other legend(s), if any, as may be required under the agreements described in Section 1.7 above to the extent Holder is then subject thereto pursuant to the terms of such Section):

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED AUGUST 9, 2016, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

8


5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares (and/or securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant; and provided further, that the transfer of any Shares issued on exercise hereof (or of any securities issues on the conversion of such Shares) shall be subject to the provisions of the agreements described in Section 1.7 above to the extent Holder is then subject thereto pursuant to the terms of such Section. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in its reasonable good faith judgment), except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

 

9


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Toast, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

401 Park Drive, Suite 801

Boston, MA 02215

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Goodwin Procter LLP

Attn: Mark T. Bettencourt and Gregg L. Katz

100 Northern Avenue

Boston, MA 02210

Telephone: 617 570 1000

Facsimile: 617 523 1231

Email: mbettencourt@goodwinprocter.com; gkatz@goodwinprocter.com

5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days. “Business Dayis any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
TOAST, INC.
By:  

/s/ Timothy Barash

Name:  

Timothy Barash

  (Print)
Title:   CFO, Secretary & Treasurer

 

“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  

 

  (Print)
Title:  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
TOAST, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

  (Print)
Title:  

 

“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Karen Sperling

Name:  

Karen Sperling

  (Print)
Title:   VP


APPENDIX I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                  shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [circle one] Stock of                      (the Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ]

check in the amount of $         payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ]

Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ]

Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ]

Other [Describe]                        

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

  
  Holder’s Name   
 

 

  
 

 

  
  (Address)   

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 4.6

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:    TOAST, INC.
Number of Shares:    21,450 shares (the “Initial Shares”), plus all Additional Shares which Holder is entitled to purchase pursuant to Section 1.7; provided however, the maximum aggregate number of Shares issuable hereunder shall not exceed 71,500.
Class of Stock:    Series C Preferred
Initial Exercise Price:    $6.98 per share
Issue Date:    December 28, 2017
Expiration Date:    December 28, 2027

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, PACIFIC WESTERN BANK or its assignee or transferee (“Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the corporation (the “Company”) at the initial exercise price per Share (the “Warrant Price”) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this warrant, whereby Pacific Western Bank shall transfer this warrant to its parent company, PacWest Bancorp.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this warrant by delivering this warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this warrant as specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Shares are traded regularly in a public market, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the closing price of the Shares (or the closing price of the Company’s stock into which the Shares are convertible) reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Shares are not regularly traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.


1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of the Company.

1.6.1 Acquisition.” For the purpose of this warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile) or any other transaction where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Exercise Upon Acquisition. Upon the closing of any Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists of cash, marketable securities, or a combination of both cash and marketable securities, this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically converted pursuant to Section 1.2, and thereafter Holder shall participate in the Acquisition on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company; provided, however, that if the fair market value of the consideration to be paid in the Acquisition for each share of stock for which this warrant is then exercisable is equal to or less than the Warrant Price, then this warrant shall be automatically cancelled and terminated upon the closing of such Acquisition.

1.6.3 Assumption of Warrant. Upon the closing of any Acquisition not referred to in Section 1.6.2, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this warrant, and this warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this warrant.

 

2


1.7 Additional Shares. In addition to the right to purchase the Initial Shares granted to Holder on the Issue Date, (i) upon the funding of Advances in the aggregate original principal amount of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) in accordance with the Credit Agreement among the Company, the other Credit Parties from time to time party thereto, Pacific Western Bank, as administrative agent for itself and the other Lenders, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Credit Agreement”), the Company shall be deemed to have automatically granted to Holder, the right to purchase, at an exercise price per share equal to the Warrant Price, 28,600 additional shares, and (ii) on the date a New Revolving Lender becomes a “Lender” pursuant to the terms of Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement, the Company shall be deemed to have automatically granted to Holder, the right to purchase, at an exercise price per share equal to the Warrant Price, the number of additional shares equal to (x) 21,450, multiplied by (y) the New Revolving Lender’s Commitment divided by $25,000,000 (all such additional Shares being called the “Additional Shares”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Section 1.7 shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Restated Certificate”) upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

3


2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company after the Issue Date of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions of the Company’s Articles or Certificate) of Incorporation that apply to Diluting Issuances.

2.5 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.6 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND OF HOLDER

3.1 Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this warrant is not greater than the price per share at which Shares were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arm’s length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such Shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the due exercise of the purchase right represented by this warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares in accordance with the Restated Certificate, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached to this warrant is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. The Company shall provide Holder with not less than ten (10) days prior written notice of, including a description of the material facts surrounding, any of the following events: (a) declaration of any dividend or distribution upon its common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) offering for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights (other than pursuant to contractual participation or pre-emptive rights); (c) effecting any reclassification or recapitalization of common stock; or (d) the merger or consolidation with or into any other corporation, or sale, lease, license, or conveyance of all or substantially all of its assets, or liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

 

4


3.3 Information Rights. Prior to an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock and provided the Holder holds this warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communiques to all shareholders of the Company, (b) within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (c) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements.

3.4 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company agrees that the Shares of common stock of the Company into which the Shares are convertible shall have Form S-3 and “piggyback” registration rights as set forth in Sections 2.1(b) and 2.2 of the

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2017 (as may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “IRA”).

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

5


4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the IRA.

4.7 No Voting Rights. Holder, as a Holder of this warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this warrant.

4.8 Rights Agreements. Upon and as a condition to the initial exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to become a party as a “Key Holder” to (i) that certain Voting Agreement dated June 27, 2017 among the Company and the other parties named therein, as may be amended, restated and/or supplemented from time to time and (ii) that certain Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated June 27, 2017 among the Company and the other parties named therein, as may be amended, restated and/or supplemented from time to time.

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Term: Exercise Upon Expiration. This warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above. If this warrant has not been exercised or cancelled prior to the Expiration Date, this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically exercised on the Expiration Date by “cashless” conversion pursuant to Section 1.2.

5.2 Legends. This warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee. The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to PacWest Bancorp or any other affiliate of Holder or if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144 (d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

 

6


5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Pacific Western Bank of this warrant, Pacific Western Bank will transfer all of this warrant to its parent company, PacWest Bancorp. By its acceptance of this warrant, PacWest Bancorp hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of the warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable), and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than PacWest Bancorp shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this warrant. No surrender or reissuance shall be required for the transfer to PacWest Bancorp or a transfer to any other affiliate of Holder.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:

PacWest Bancorp

Attn: Warrant Administrator

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240

Durham, NC 27701

5.6 Amendments. This warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Governing Law. This warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date set forth above.

 

TOAST, INC.
By:  

/s/ Chris Comparato

Name:   Chris Comparato
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                  shares of the                  stock of TOAST, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

1. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached warrant into shares in the manner specified in the warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to                  of the shares covered by the warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Holder’s Name)

 

 

(Address)

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

PACWEST BANCORP or Registered Assignee

 

(Signature)

 

(Date)

Exhibit 4.7

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED (the “1933 ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO YOU THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT

This is a PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT dated January 23, 2018 by and between TOAST, INC., a Delaware corporation, and TRIPLEPOINT VENTURE GROWTH BDC CORP., a Maryland corporation.

The words “We”, “Us”, or “Our” refer to the warrant holder, which is TRIPLEPOINT VENTURE GROWTH BDC . The words “You” or “Your” refers to the issuer, which is TOAST, INC., and not to any individual. The words “the Parties” refers to both TRIPLEPOINT VENTURE GROWTH BDC CORP. and TOAST, INC. This Plain English Warrant Agreement may be referred to as the “Warrant Agreement”.

The Parties have entered into a Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 23, 2018 (the “Loan Agreement”).

In consideration of such Loan Agreement, the Parties agree to the following mutual agreements and conditions set forth below:

 

WARRANT INFORMATION

Effective Date

  

Warrant Number

  

Loan Facility Number

February 1, 2018    1129-W-01    Part 1: 1129-GC-01
      Part 2: 1129-GC-02
      Part 3: 1129-GC-03

 

Warrant Coverage

  

Number of Shares

  

Price Per Share

  

Type of Stock

Part 1: $105,000 (0.525% of $20,000,000) on the Effective Date and up to an additional $595,000 (2.975% of $20,000,000) based upon Advances under the Part 1 Commitment Amount

 

Part 2: $78,750 (0.525% of $15,000,000) on the Effective Date and up to an additional $446,250 (2.975% of $15,000,000) based upon Advances under the Part 2 Commitment Amount

 

Part 3: Up to $1,250,000 (5.00% of $25,000,000) based upon Advances under the Part 3 Commitment Amount

  

Part 1: 15,043 on the Effective Date and up to an additional 85,243 based upon Advances under the Part 1 Commitment Amount

 

Part 2: 11,282 on the Effective Date and up to an additional 63,933 based upon Advances under the Part 2 Commitment Amount

 

Part 3: Up to 179,083 based upon Advances under the Part 3 Commitment Amount

  

 

$6.98

  

 

Series C Preferred Stock


OUR CONTACT INFORMATION

Name

  

Address For Notices

  

Contact Person

TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp.   

2755 Sand Hill Road, Ste. 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Tel: (650) 854-2090

Fax: (650) 854-1850

  

Sajal Srivastava, President

Tel: (650) 233-2102

Fax: (650) 854-1850

email: legal@triplepointcapital.com

YOUR CONTACT INFORMATION

Customer Name

  

Address For Notices

  

Contact Person

Toast, Inc.

 

-

  

401 Park Drive, Suite 801

Boston, MA 02215

  

Tim Barash, CFO

Tel: 631-320-8896

Fax: N/A

email: tbarash@toasttab.com

 

1.

WHAT YOU AGREE TO GRANT US

Part 1: You grant to Us and We are entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from You, at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price, that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Your Warrant Stock equal to One Hundred Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($105,000), divided by the Exercise Price.

In addition, You grant to Us and We are entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from You, at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price, an additional number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Your Warrant Stock equal to two and nine hundred seventy-five thousandths percent (2.975%) of any amounts advanced under the Part 1 Commitment Amount of the Loan Agreement, divided by the Exercise Price.

Part 2: You grant to Us and We are entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from You, at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price, that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Your Warrant Stock equal to Seventy-Eight Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($78,750), divided by the Exercise Price.

In addition, You grant to Us and We are entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from You, at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price, an additional number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Your Warrant Stock equal to two and nine hundred seventy-five thousandths percent (2.975%) of any amounts advanced under the Part 2 Commitment Amount of the Loan Agreement, divided by the Exercise Price.

Part 3: You grant to Us and We are entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from You, at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price, an additional number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Your Warrant Stock equal to five percent (5.00%) of any amounts advanced under the Part 3 Commitment Amount of the Loan Agreement, divided by the Exercise Price.

The number of shares of Warrant Stock and the Exercise Price of such Warrant Stock are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4 hereof.

For purposes of this Warrant Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the meanings given below:

“Common Stock” means Your Common Stock.

“Exercise Price” means $6.98.

“Warrant Stock” means Your Series C Preferred Stock.

 

2


The Parties agree that this Warrant Agreement to purchase the Warrant Stock has a fair market value equal to $100 and that $100 of the issue price of the investment will be allocable to the Warrant Agreement and the balance shall be allocable to the Loan Agreement for income tax purposes and the original issue discount on the Loan Agreement shall be considered to be zero.

 

2.

WHEN ARE WE ENTITLED TO PURCHASE YOUR WARRANT STOCK.

The term of this Warrant Agreement and Our right to purchase Warrant Stock will begin on the Effective Date, and shall be available for the lesser of (i) 8 years from the Effective Date or (ii) 1 year from the effective date of Your initial public offering.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Our right to purchase the Warrant Stock shall be automatically and fully exercised via the net issuance method described below (without surrender of the Warrant Agreement) immediately prior to the consummation of a Merger Event, as defined below, with a Person that is not one of Your affiliates, in which Your common stock is exchanged for cash and/or stock that is traded on a recognized public exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market, provided that, upon consummation of the Merger Event, the consideration payable to Us pursuant to such exercise and on account of the Warrant Stock consists of (i) cash and/or (ii) stock that is traded on a recognized public exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market and the total per share consideration in this clause (ii) is equal to or greater than one-and-a-half (1.5) times the aggregate Exercise Price (as adjusted). No less than five (5) business days prior to any Merger Event, You shall provide Us with written notice of the proposed Merger Event together with a copy of the executed merger agreement (or the latest version of the merger agreement if such agreement has not yet been executed and a copy of the executed merger agreement once signed), or other definitive documentation (and all schedules and exhibits thereto) and information concerning Your expected capitalization immediately prior to the Merger Event. Upon consummation of the Merger Event, You shall promptly provide Us with (a) a copy of any modifications or amendments to the executed merger agreement, (b) any other documents in connection therewith, (c) updated information, if any, concerning Your capitalization immediately prior to the Merger Event, and, (d) upon request, by Us any other information reasonably necessary to an informed evaluation of Our rights under this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the per share value of the consideration payable to holders of the Warrant Stock upon the consummation of a Merger Event in cash (in clause (i) above) is less than the Exercise Price (as adjusted) and We have not elected to exercise this Warrant Agreement, then this Warrant Agreement shall automatically terminate as of immediately prior to the consummation of such Merger Event and shall be of no further force and effect unless exercised by Us in connection with such Merger Event.

 

3.

HOW WE MAY PURCHASE YOUR WARRANT STOCK.

We may exercise Our purchase rights, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, prior to the expiration of the term of this Warrant Agreement, by giving You, except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 3, a completed and executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached as Exhibit I. Promptly upon receipt of the Notice of Exercise and in any event no later than twenty-one (21) days after you have received Our Notice of Exercise and payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares purchased, You will issue to Us a certificate for the number of shares of Warrant Stock that We have purchased and You will execute the Acknowledgment of Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II indicating the number of shares which will be available to Us for future purchases, if any.

We may pay for the Warrant Stock by either (i) cash or check, or (ii) by the net issuance method as determined below (the “Net Issuance Method”). If We elect the Net Issuance Method, You will issue Warrant Stock using the following formula:

 

   X =   

Y(A-B)

  
  A
Where: X =      the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be issued to Us.
Y =      the number of shares of Warrant Stock We request to be exercised under this Warrant Agreement.
A =      the fair market value of one share of Warrant Stock.
B =      the Exercise Price.

 

3


For purposes of the above calculation, current fair market value of Warrant Stock shall mean with respect to each share of Warrant Stock:

If the exercise is in connection with the initial public offering of Your Common Stock, and if Your registration statement relating to such public offering has been declared effective by the SEC, then the fair market value per share shall be the product of (x) the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus of the offering and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise.

If this Warrant Agreement is exercised after, and not in connection with Your initial public offering, and:

 

 

if traded on a securities exchange, the fair market value shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing prices over a five (5) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise; or

 

 

if actively traded over-the-counter, the fair market value shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid and asked prices quoted on the NASDAQ system (or similar system) over the five (5) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise.

If this Warrant Agreement is exercised prior to or after Your initial public offering, and:

 

 

Your Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ system or the over-the-counter market, the current fair market value of Warrant Stock shall be the product of (x) the fair market value of a share of Your Common Stock (the highest price per share which You could obtain from a willing buyer (not a current employee or director) for shares of Common Stock sold, from authorized but unissued shares), as determined in good faith by Your Board of Directors, and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if You shall become subject to a merger, acquisition or other consolidation pursuant to which holders of Warrant Stock shall be entitled to receive cash, securities or other property, then the fair market value of the Warrant Stock shall be deemed to be the value received by the holders of the Warrant Stock (on a common equivalent basis) pursuant to such merger or acquisition or other consolidation.

During the term of this Warrant Agreement, You will at all times from and after the Effective Date have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of shares of (a) Warrant Stock to provide for the exercise of our rights to purchase Warrant Stock, and (b) Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Warrant Stock.

If We elect to exercise part of the Warrant Agreement, You will promptly issue to Us an amended Warrant Agreement stating the remaining number of shares that are available. All other terms and conditions of that amended Warrant Agreement shall be identical to those contained in this Warrant Agreement.

If at the end of the term of this Warrant Agreement, the fair market value of one share of Warrant Stock (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance herewith is greater than the Exercise Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant Agreement shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to the Net Issuance Method as to all shares of Warrant Stock (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and You shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the shares of Warrant Stock (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Us.

 

4


4.

WHEN WILL THE NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE CHANGE.

 

 

If You are Acquired. Subject to Section 2, if at any time: (i) there is a reorganization of Your stock (other than a reclassification, exchange or subdivision of Your stock otherwise provided for in this Warrant Agreement); (ii) You merge or consolidate with or into another entity, whether or not You are the surviving entity; (iii) You sell or convey, or grant an exclusive license with respect to, all or substantially all of Your assets to any other person; or (iv) there occurs any transaction or series of related transactions that result in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of the capital stock of You (each of the foregoing events are referred to as a “Merger Event”), then, as a part of such Merger Event, lawful provision shall be made so that We shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon exercise of Our rights under this Warrant Agreement, the number of shares of preferred stock or other securities of the successor or surviving person resulting from such Merger Event, equal in value to that which would have been issuable if We had exercised Our rights under this Warrant Agreement immediately prior to the Merger Event. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by Your Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant Agreement with respect to Our rights and interest after the Merger Event so that the provisions of this Warrant Agreement (including adjustments of the Exercise Price and number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable) shall be applicable to the greatest extent possible.

 

 

If You Reclassify Your Stock. If at any time You combine, reclassify, exchange or subdivide Your securities or otherwise change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement exist into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, this Warrant Agreement will thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement immediately prior to such combination, reclassification, exchange, subdivision or other change.

 

 

If You Subdivide or Combine Your Shares. If at any time You combine or subdivide the Warrant Stock, the Exercise Price will be proportionately decreased in the case of a subdivision, or proportionately increased in the case of a combination.

 

 

If You Pay Stock Dividends. If at any time You pay a dividend payable in, or make any other distribution (except any distribution specifically provided for in the above paragraphs) of the Warrant Stock, then the Exercise Price shall be adjusted, from and after the record date of such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Warrant Stock outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Warrant Stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution. We will thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Warrant Stock (calculated to the nearest whole share) obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon the exercise hereof immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.

 

 

“Pay to Play” Rights. In the event that any “pay to play” terms or conditions (i.e. terms or conditions that require a holder of shares of Your preferred stock (the “Preferred Stock”) to purchase securities in a future round of equity financing or else lose the benefit of anti-dilution protections applicable to shares of Preferred Stock or have such shares of Preferred Stock automatically convert into common stock or another class or series of capital stock) in Your Certificate of Incorporation are triggered in connection with any sale or issuance of securities (a “Trigger Event”), then, in each such event the purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement shall automatically adjust to provide Us, upon the later exercise hereof, with the same securities and/or rights that We would have received had We (x) exercised this Warrant Agreement prior to such Trigger Event, and (y) participated in the applicable equity financing in an amount sufficient to be deemed to have fully participated for purposes of such “pay to play” provision.

 

5


 

If You Change the Antidilution Rights of the Warrant Stock or Issue New Preferred or Convertible Stock. All antidilution rights applicable to the Warrant Stock purchasable under this Warrant Agreement are as set forth in Your Certificate of Incorporation, as amended through the Effective Date. Any waiver of antidilution rights pursuant to Your Certificate of Incorporation shall apply to the antidilution rights applicable to the Warrant Stock purchasable under this Warrant Agreement. You will promptly provide Us with any restatement, amendment, modification of or waiver of any right applicable to the Warrant Stock under Your Certificate of Incorporation to the extent that You provide the same to all other holders of the Warrant Stock. You will provide Us with copies of notices that You send to Your stockholders with respect to any issuance of Your stock or other equity security to occur after the Effective Date (other than issuances of stock or equity securities pursuant to customary employee stock plans), which notice shall include (a) the price at which such stock or security is to be sold, (b) the number of shares to be issued, and (c) such other information as necessary for Us to determine if a dilutive event has occurred or will occur as a result of such issuance.

 

5.

WE CAN TRANSFER THIS WARRANT AGREEMENT.

Subject to the terms and conditions contained in Section 7, We (or any successor transferee) may transfer in whole or in part this Warrant Agreement and all its rights. You will record the transfer on Your books when You receive Our Notice of Transfer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III, and Our payment of all transfer taxes and other governmental charges involved in such transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, We will not transfer to a direct competitor of You, as determined in good faith by Your board of directors, without Your prior written consent.

 

6.

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS FROM YOU.

 

 

Reservation of Warrant Stock. The Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of Our rights under this Warrant Agreement will be duly and validly reserved and when issued in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant Agreement will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will be free of any taxes, liens, charges or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever; provided, however, that the Warrant Stock issuable pursuant to this Warrant Agreement may be subject to restrictions on transfer under state and/or Federal securities laws and the terms of this Warrant Agreement. Upon Our exercise, You will issue to Us certificates for shares of Warrant Stock without charging Us any tax, or other cost incurred by You in connection with such exercise and the related issuance of shares of Warrant Stock. You will not be required to pay any tax, which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved and the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp.

 

 

Due Authority. Your execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement and the performance of Your obligations hereunder, including the issuance to Us of the right to acquire the shares of Warrant Stock, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on Your part and this Warrant Agreement is not inconsistent with Your Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, do not contravene any law or governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to it, do not and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, material contract or other material instrument to which You are a party or by which You are bound, and this Warrant Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and the rules of law or principles at equity governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

 

 

Consents and Approvals. No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, Federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to execution, delivery and Your performance of Your obligations under this Warrant Agreement, except for the filing of any required notices pursuant to Federal and state securities laws, which filings will be effective by the times required thereby.

 

 

Issued Securities. All of Your issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, Warrant Stock or any other securities have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. All outstanding shares of Common Stock and Warrant Stock were issued in full compliance with all Federal and state securities laws. In addition as of the Effective Date:

Your authorized capital consists of (A) 75,814,850 shares of Common Stock, of which 39,042,909 shares of Common Stock are issued and outstanding, and (B) 3,614,458 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, all of which are issued and outstanding, (C) 15,307,339 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, of which 15,176,157 shares are issued and outstanding, and (D) 7,754,773 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, of which 7,328,689 shares are issued and outstanding.

 

6


You have reserved 16,980,562 shares of Common Stock for issuance under Your Stock Incentive Plan, under which 4,148,772 options have been granted. Except as otherwise provided in this Warrant Agreement and as noted above, there are no other options, warrants, conversion privileges or other rights presently outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued shares of Your capital stock or other of Your securities.

Except as set forth in Your Investors’ Rights Agreement, a true, correct and complete copy of which has been delivered to Us prior to the issuance of this Warrant, Your stockholders do not have preemptive rights to purchase new issuances of Your capital stock.

 

 

Other Commitments to Register Securities. Except as set forth in this Warrant Agreement and the Investors’ Rights Agreement, You are not, pursuant to the terms of any other agreement currently in existence, under any obligation to register under the 1933 Act any of Your presently outstanding securities or any of Your securities which may hereafter be issued.

 

 

Exempt Transaction. Subject to the accuracy of Our representations in Section 7 hereof, the issuance of the Warrant Stock upon exercise of this Warrant Agreement will constitute a transaction exempt from (i) the registration requirements of Section 5 of the 1933 Act, in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) thereof, and (ii) the qualification requirements of the applicable state securities laws.

 

 

Compliance with Rule 144. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Warrant Agreement, We may sell the Warrant Stock issuable hereunder in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Within ten (10) days of Our request, You agree to furnish Us, a written statement confirming Your compliance with the filing requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission as set forth in such Rule 144, as may be amended.

 

 

No Impairment. You agree not to, by amendment of Your Certificate of Incorporation, by-laws or other organizational or charter documents or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant Agreement by You, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant Agreement and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Our rights under this Warrant Agreement against impairment. However, You shall not be deemed to have impaired Our rights if You amend Your Certificate of Incorporation, or the holders of Your preferred stock waive their rights thereunder, in a manner that does not (individually or when considered in the context of any other actions being taken in connection with such amendments or waivers) affect Us in a manner different from the effect that such amendments or waivers have on the rights of other holders of the same series and class as the Warrant Stock; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, You shall not impose any restrictions on the transferability or alienability of the Warrant Stock other than those in effect as of the Effective Date and in this Warrant Agreement without the express written consent of Us.

 

7.

OUR REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS TO YOU.

 

 

Investment Purpose. The right to acquire Warrant Stock or the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of Our rights contained herein and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion will be acquired for investment purposes and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and We have no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same in violation of the 1933 Act.

 

 

Private Issue. We understand (i) that this Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant Agreement and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock are not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Warrant Agreement will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that Your reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 7.

 

7


 

Disposition of Our Rights. In no event will We make a disposition of any of Our rights to acquire Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of such rights or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock unless and until (i) We shall have notified You in writing of the proposed disposition, and (ii) the transferee agrees to be bound in writing to the applicable terms and conditions of this Warrant Agreement, and (iii) if You request, We shall have furnished You with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to You and Your counsel to the effect that (A) appropriate action necessary for compliance with the 1933 Act has been taken, or (B) an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act is available. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions imposed upon the transferability of any of Our rights to acquire Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock issuable on the exercise of such rights or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock do not apply to transfers from the beneficial owner of any of the aforementioned securities to its nominee or from such nominee to its beneficial owner, and shall terminate as to any particular share of Warrant Stock when (1) such security shall have been effectively registered under the 1933 Act and sold by the holder thereof in accordance with such registration or (2) such security shall have been sold without registration in compliance with Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, or (3) a letter shall have been issued to You at Our request by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission or a ruling shall have been issued to You at Our request by such Commission stating that no action shall be recommended by such staff or taken by such Commission, as the case may be, if such security is transferred without registration under the 1933 Act in accordance with the conditions set forth in such letter or ruling and such letter or ruling specifies that no subsequent restrictions on transfer are required. Whenever the restrictions imposed hereunder shall terminate, as hereinabove provided, the holder of a share of Warrant Stock then outstanding as to which such restrictions have terminated shall be entitled to receive from You, without expense to such holder, one or more new certificates for the Warrant or for such shares of Warrant Stock not bearing any restrictive legend referring to 1933 Act registration or exemption.

 

 

Financial Risk. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and knowledge of Your business affairs and financial condition as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Our investment, and have the ability to bear the economic risks of Our investment.

 

 

Risk of No Registration. We understand that if You do not register with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), or file reports pursuant to Section 15(d), of the 1934 Act, or if a registration statement covering the securities under the 1933 Act is not in effect when We desire to sell (i) the rights to purchase Warrant Stock pursuant to this Warrant Agreement, or (ii) the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of the right to purchase, or (iii) the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock, We may be required to hold such securities for an indefinite period. We also understand that any sale of Our right to purchase Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock or Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock, which might be made by it in reliance upon Rule 144 under the 1933 Act may be made only in accordance with the terms and conditions of that Rule.

 

 

Accredited Investor. We are an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D of the 1933 Act, as presently in effect.

 

 

Market Stand-Off. We hereby that this Warrant Agreement, the shares of Warrant Stock, and any shares of Your Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion thereof shall be subject to the “market stand-off” provisions set forth in Section 2.11 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement, as if We were an “Investor” and “Holder” thereunder. We further agree, if so requested by You or any representative of Your underwriters, to enter into such underwriter’s standard form of “lockup” or “market standoff” agreement in a form satisfactory to such underwriter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall such “lockup” or “market standoff” agreement restrict Our ability to exercise Our purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement, including the transfer of Common Stock to You solely to satisfy the exercise price pursuant to the Net Issuance Method.

 

8.

NOTICES YOU AGREE TO PROVIDE US.

You agree to give Us at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the following events:

 

 

If You pay a Dividend or distribution declaration upon Your stock.

 

8


 

If You offer for subscription pro-rata to the holders of the Warrant Stock additional stock or other rights (other than pursuant to contractual participation or pre-emptive rights).

 

 

If You consummate or sign definitive documents providing for a Merger Event.

 

 

If You have an initial public offering.

 

 

If You dissolve or liquidate.

All notices in this Section must set forth details of the event, how the event adjusts either Our number of shares or Our Exercise Price and the method used for such adjustment.

Timely Notice. Your failure to timely provide such notice required above shall entitle Us to retain the benefit of the applicable notice period notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any insufficient notice received by Us.

 

9.

DOCUMENTS YOU WILL PROVIDE US.

Upon signing this Warrant Agreement You will provide Us with:

 

 

Executed originals of this Warrant Agreement, and all other documents and instruments that We may reasonably require

 

 

Secretary’s certificate of incumbency and authority

 

 

Certified copy of resolutions of Your board of directors approving this Warrant Agreement

 

 

Certified copy of Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws as amended through the Effective Date

 

 

Current Investors’ Rights Agreement

So long as this Warrant Agreement is in effect, You shall provide Us with the following:

 

 

Within five (5) business days after the closing of any equity financing, or extension of an existing round of equity financing, occurring after the Effective Date, in which You issue preferred stock or other securities You will provide Us with copies of the fully executed equity financing documents, including without limitation the related stock purchase agreement, investors rights agreement, voting agreement, amended or restated Certificates of Incorporation, current capitalization table and other related documents. Notwithstanding any term or condition in this Warrant Agreement to the contrary, Your failure to comply with this paragraph shall not constitute a default unless You have not provided the information requested within ten (10) business days of Our request.

 

 

Within thirty (30) days after completion You shall provide Us with any 409A Valuation Reports or other similar reports prepared for You. Notwithstanding any term or condition in this Warrant Agreement to the contrary, Your failure to comply with this paragraph shall not constitute a default unless You have not provided the information requested within ten (10) business days of Our request.

 

 

After all obligations under the Loan Agreement have been finally paid in full, within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter, You will provide Us with (1) an unaudited income statement, statement of cash flows, and an unaudited balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies, and (2) within one hundred eighty (180) days of the end of each fiscal year end, You will provide Us with audited financial statements accompanied by an audit report and an unqualified opinion of the independent certified public accountants.

 

 

You shall submit to Us any other documents and other information that We may reasonably request from time to time and are necessary to implement the provisions and purposes of this Warrant Agreement.

 

10.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

The shares of Your Common Stock into which the Warrant Stock is convertible shall have Form S-3 and “piggyback” registration rights as set forth in Sections 2.1(b) and 2.2 of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2017 (as may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”).

 

9


11.

OTHER LEGAL PROVISIONS THE PARTIES WILL ABIDE BY.

Effective Date. This Warrant Agreement shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respects as if it had been executed and delivered by the Parties on the date hereof. This Warrant Agreement shall be binding upon any of the successors or assigns of the Parties.

Attorney’s Fees. In any litigation, arbitration or court proceeding between the Parties relating to this Warrant Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees and expenses and all costs of proceedings incurred in enforcing this Warrant Agreement.

Governing Law. This Warrant Agreement shall be governed by and construed for all purposes under and in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to that body of law pertaining to conflicts of laws.

Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. All judicial proceedings arising in or under or related to this Warrant Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to personal jurisdiction in San Mateo County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in San Mateo County, State of California; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and (d) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Warrant Agreement. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this Warrant Agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in this Section, and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth therein. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert person and the Parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), the Parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF THE PARTIES SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, “CLAIMS”) ASSERTED BY YOU AGAINST US OR OUR ASSIGNEE OR BY US OR OUR ASSIGNEE AGAINST YOU. IN THE EVENT THAT THE FOREGOING JURY TRIAL WAIVER IS NOT ENFORCEABLE, ALL CLAIMS, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL QUESTIONS OF LAW OR FACT RELATING THERETO, SHALL, AT THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF ANY PARTY, BE DETERMINED BY JUDICIAL REFERENCE PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE (“REFERENCE”). THE PARTIES SHALL SELECT A SINGLE NEUTRAL REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED STATE OR FEDERAL JUDGE. IN THE EVENT THAT THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE, THE REFEREE SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE COURT. THE REFEREE SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION TO THE COURT. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY AT ANY TIME TO EXERCISE LAWFUL SELF-HELP REMEDIES, FORECLOSE AGAINST COLLATERAL OR OBTAIN PROVISIONAL REMEDIES. THE PARTIES SHALL BEAR THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE REFEREE EQUALLY UNLESS THE REFEREE ORDERS OTHERWISE. THE REFEREE SHALL ALSO DETERMINE ALL ISSUES RELATING TO THE APPLICABILITY, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS SECTION. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE CLAIMS WILL NOT BE ADJUDICATED BY A JURY. This waiver extends to all such Claims, including Claims that involve persons other than You and Us; Claims that arise out of or are in any way connected to the relationship between You and Us; and any Claims for damages, breach of contract, specific performance, or any equitable or legal relief of any kind, arising out of this Warrant Agreement.

Counterparts. This Warrant Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Notices. Any notice required or permitted under this Warrant Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of (1) actual receipt or 3 days after mailing if mailed postage prepaid by regular or airmail to Us or You or (2) one day after it is sent by overnight mail via nationally recognized courier or (3) on the same day as sent via confirmed facsimile transmission, provided that the original is sent by personal delivery or mail by the sending party.

 

10


Remedies. In the event of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including but not limited to an action for damages as a result of any such default, and/or an action for specific performance for any default where such party will not have an adequate remedy at law and where damages will not be readily ascertainable. Each party expressly acknowledges and agrees that there is no adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Warrant Agreement and that in the event of any breach of this Warrant Agreement, the injured party shall be entitled to specific performance of any or all provisions hereof or an injunction prohibiting the other party from continuing to commit any such breach of this Warrant Agreement.

Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants, and conditions of the Parties contained herein or made pursuant to this Warrant Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement.

Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Warrant Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Warrant Agreement shall be unimpaired, and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable valid, legal and enforceable provision, which comes closest to the intention of the Parties underlying the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

Entire Agreement. This Warrant Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties pertaining to the subject matter contained in it and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and undertakings of the Parties, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

Amendments. Any provision of this Warrant Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument signed by the Parties.

Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates. You covenant to Us that, upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Us of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant Agreement or any stock certificate and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to You, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant Agreement or stock certificate, You will make and deliver a new Warrant Agreement or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant Agreement or stock certificate.

Rights as Stockholders. We shall not, as a party to this Warrant Agreement, be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Warrant Stock or any of Your other securities which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon Us any of the rights of one of Your stockholders or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant Agreement is exercised and the shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

Signatures. This Warrant Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or transmitted electronically in either Tagged Image Format Files (“TIFF”) or Portable Document Format (“PDF”) and, upon such delivery, the facsimile, TIFF or PDF signature, as applicable, will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

Termination of Certain Covenants. Sections 8 and 9 hereof shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of (a) the consummation of the sale of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by You under the 1933 Act in connection with Your initial public offering, or (b) when You first become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, whichever event shall first occur.

Confidentiality. We agree that the confidentiality obligations from the Loan Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and shall apply to any information disclosed under this Warrant Agreement. The confidentiality obligations set forth therein shall survive termination of the Loan Agreement, and continue with respect any information You have disclosed hereunder until such time as this Warrant Agreement is exercised in accordance with its terms or terminated.

 

11


Certain Agreements. In connection with, any exercise of this Warrant Agreement (or within a reasonable time thereafter), We agree, if You so request in writing, to become a party as a “Key Holder” to, by execution and delivery to the Company of a counterpart signature page, joinder agreement, instrument of accession or similar instrument, (i) the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated June 27, 2017 by and among the Company and the other parties named therein, as may be amended, restated and/or supplemented from time to time and (ii) the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated June 27, 2017 by and among the Company and the other parties named therein, as may be amended, restated and/or supplemented from time to time. In no event will our exercise of this Warrant Agreement be conditioned or delayed by the execution of any of the aforementioned documents.

(Signature Page to Follow)

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have caused this Warrant Agreement to be executed by its officers who are duly authorized as of the Effective Date.

 

You:   TOAST, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Christopher P. Comparato

Print Name:  

Christopher P. Comparato

Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

Us:   TRIPLEPOINT VENTURE GROWTH BDC CORP.
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT AGREEMENT 1129-W-01]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have caused this Warrant Agreement to be executed by its officers who are duly authorized as of the Effective Date.

 

You   TOAST, INC.
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Us:   TRIPLEPOINT VENTURE GROWTH BDC CORP.
Signature:  

/s/ Andrew Olson

Print Name:  

Andrew Olson

Title:  

CFO

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT AGREEMENT 1129-W-01]


EXHIBIT I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To:

TOAST, INC.

 

1.

We hereby elect to purchase [            ] shares of the Series C Preferred Stock of Toast, Inc., pursuant to the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement dated the [            ] day of [            ], [20    ] (the “Warrant Agreement”) between You and Us, We hereby tender here payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

2.

Method of Exercise (Please initial the applicable blank)

 

  a.

                The undersigned elects to exercise the Warrant Agreement by means of a cash payment, and gives You full payment for the purchase price of the shares being purchased, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

  b.

                The undersigned elects to exercise the Warrant Agreement by means of the Net Issuance Method of Section 3 of the Warrant Agreement.

 

3.

In exercising Our rights to purchase the Series C Preferred Stock of Toast, Inc., We hereby confirm and acknowledge the investment representations, warranties and covenants made in Section 7 of the Warrant Agreement.

Please issue a certificate or certificates representing these purchased shares of Series C Preferred Stock in Our name or in such other name as is specified below.

 

          

 

  (Name)  
 

 

  (Address)  
           US:   TRIPLEPOINT VENTURE GROWTH BDC CORP.
  By:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Date:  

 

 

14


EXHIBIT II

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXERCISE

[                                     ], hereby acknowledges receipt of the “Notice of Exercise” from TRIPLEPOINT VENTURE GROWTH BDC CORP., to purchase [                ] shares of the Series C Preferred Stock of Toast, Inc., pursuant to the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement dated the [            ] day of [                ], [20    ] (the “Warrant Agreement”) and further acknowledges that [                ] shares remain subject to purchase under the terms of the Warrant Agreement.

 

YOU:       TOAST, INC.
      By:  

 

      Title:  

 

      Date:  

 

 

15


EXHIBIT III

TRANSFER NOTICE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Warrant Agreement and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby transferred and assigned to

 

 

                                                                
(Please Print)      
Whose address is   

 

                       

 

  

 

Dated:  

 

Holder’s Signature:  

 

Holder’s Address:  

 

Transferee’s Signature:  

 

Transferee’s Address:  

 

Signature Guaranteed:  

 

NOTE: The signature to this Transfer Notice must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant Agreement, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant Agreement.

 

16

Exhibit 10.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2014 TOAST, INC.

STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose of the Plan.

The name of the plan is the Amended and Restated 2014 Toast, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions to Toast, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”) and provide such persons with equity ownership opportunities that are intended to better align the interests of such persons with those of the Company’s stockholders. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” shall include any of the Company’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code.

2. Definitions.

Affiliate: in relation to any Person, another Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. Control is the possession of the power (directly or indirectly) to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Award(s): includes Incentive Stock Options (ISO), Non-Qualified Stock Options (NQSO), Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units or any combination of the foregoing granted under the Plan.

Award Agreement(s): means a written agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan.

Board: means the board of directors of the Company.

Cause: has the meaning set forth in the applicable Award Agreement(s). If an Award Agreement does not contain a definition of “Cause,” then it means: (i) material dishonesty in the performance of Grantee’s duties with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; (ii) the Grantee’s commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) failure to perform to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction a substantial portion of the Grantee’s duties and responsibilities assigned or delegated which failure continues, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, after the Company gives the Grantee written notice; (iv) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; or (v) a violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between Grantee and the Company relating to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and/or assignment of inventions.

Code: means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Committee: means a committee or subcommittee of the Board consisting of not less than two (2) members of the Board.


Common Stock: means the common stock, par value $0.000001 per share, of the Company.

Company: means Toast, Inc.

Consultant: means any natural person that provides bona fide services to the Company, and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

Disability: has the meaning set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

Dispute Resolution Jurisdiction: means Massachusetts.

Early Exercise: means the exercise of an unvested Stock Option pursuant to a Stock Option Award Agreement.

Exchange Act: means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Fair Market Value: means the fair market value of the Common Stock determined in good faith by the Board based on the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method not inconsistent with Section 409A. If the Common Stock is admitted to quotation on a national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing sale price reported on the exchange or if there is no closing sale price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last preceding such date for which there is a closing price. If the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Common Stock are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

Good Reason: has the meaning set forth in the applicable Award Agreement(s). If an Award Agreement does not contain a definition of “Good Reason,” then it means: (i) the definition of Good Reason provided in a mutual written agreement between the Grantee and the Board; (ii) the relocation by the Company of the geographic location where Grantee’s duties for the Company are performed such that Grantee’s daily commute is increased by at least 50 miles without the prior consent of the Grantee; (iii) reduction of the Grantee’s annual base salary without the prior consent of the Grantee (other than in connection with, and substantially proportionate to, reductions by the Company of the annual base salary of more than 75% of its employees); or (iv) demotion of the Grantee to a position with responsibilities substantially less than such Grantee’s current position without the prior consent of the Grantee.

Governing Law: means the state laws of Delaware.

Grant Date: means the date on which the Award is approved and granted by the Board in accordance with applicable law.

Grantee: means the initial recipient of an Award under the Plan.


Holder: means, with respect to an Award or any Shares granted pursuant to an Award, the Person holding such Award or Shares, including the Grantee or any Permitted Transferee.

Incentive Stock Option: means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

Initial Public Offering: means the consummation of the first firm-commitment, underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Common Stock shall be publicly held.

Non-Qualified Stock Option: means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

Permitted Transferees: means any of the following to whom a Grantee may transfer Shares hereunder: the Grantee’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Grantee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons own more than fifty percent of the voting interests; provided, however, that any such trust does not require or permit distribution of any Shares during the term of the applicable Award Agreement unless subject to its terms. Upon the death of the Grantee, the term Permitted Transferees also includes such deceased Grantee’s estate, executions, administrations, personal representations, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case may be.

Person: means any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.

Restricted Stock Award: means an Award granted pursuant to Section 8; “Restricted Stock” means Shares granted pursuant to such Awards.

Restricted Stock Unit: means an Award of phantom stock units to a Grantee that may be settled in cash or stock as determined by the Board, pursuant to Section 10.

Sale Event: means the consummation of (a) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (b) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated Person, (c) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or resulting entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable), (d) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting Shares of the Company in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by a Person or group of Persons, or (e) any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Board; provided, however, that the Company’s Initial Public Offering, any subsequent public offering or another capital raising event, or a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event.”


Sale Price: means the value as determined by the Board of the consideration payable per Share pursuant to the Sale Event.

Section 409A: means Section 409A of the Code.

Securities Act: means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Service Relationship: means any relationship as a full-time employee, part-time employee, director, advisor, consultant or other key person of the Company or any Subsidiary or any successor entity.

Shares: means shares of Common Stock.

Stock Option: means any option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 7.

Subsidiary: means any corporation or other entity in which the Company has more than a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

Ten Percent Owner: means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any parent of the Company or Subsidiary.

Termination Event: means the termination of the Grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company and/or its Subsidiary for any reason whatsoever, regardless of the circumstances thereof, and including, without limitation, upon death, disability, retirement, discharge or resignation for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily. The following shall not constitute a Termination Event: (i) a transfer to the service of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary; or (ii) an approved leave of absence for military service, family leave, disability or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Board, if the individual’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract, or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted, or if the Board otherwise so provides in writing.

Unrestricted Stock Award: means any Award granted pursuant to Section 9; “Unrestricted Stock” means Shares granted pursuant to such Awards.

3. Eligibility.

Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time officers, employees, directors, advisors, Consultants and other key persons (including prospective employees, but conditioned on their employment) of the Company whom the Board selects from time to time in its sole discretion; provided, however, that Awards shall be granted only to those individuals described in Rule 701(c) of the Securities Act.


4. Administration; Delegation.

4.1. Administration by the Board of Directors. The Plan will be administered by the Board. The Board shall have authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

(a) to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(b) to determine the time or times of grant, and the amount, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

(c) to determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by any Award and, subject to the provisions of Section 7.2 below, the price, exercise price, conversion ratio or other price relating thereto;

(d) to determine and, subject to Section 13, to modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the form of written instruments evidencing the Awards;

(e) to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

(f) to impose any limitations on Awards granted under the Plan, including limitations on transfers, repurchase provisions and the like, and to exercise repurchase rights or obligations;

(g) subject to any restrictions applicable to Incentive Stock Options, to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised; and

(h) at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry the Plan into effect and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. All decisions and interpretations of the Board shall be final and binding on all Persons.

4.2. Appointment of Committees. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more Committees. All references in the Plan to the “Board” shall mean the Board or a Committee or the officer referred to in Section 4.3 to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee or officer.


4.3. Delegation to Officer. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company the power to grant Awards of Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options (subject to any limitations under the Plan or determined by the Board) to non-officer employees of the Company (or any present or future Subsidiary) and to exercise such other powers under the Plan as the Board may determine, provided that the Board shall fix the terms of the Awards to be granted by the Chief Executive Officer (including the exercise price of such Awards, which may include a formula by which the exercise price will be determined) and the maximum number of Shares subject to such Awards that the Chief Executive Officer may grant; provided further, however, that the Chief Executive Officer may not grant Awards to him or herself (or to other officers). The Board may revoke or amend the terms of its delegation to the Chief Executive Officer at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Board’s delegate that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

4.4. Award Agreements. Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award and may include, without limitation, the term of the Award, the applicable provisions if the Service Relationship terminates, and the Company’s authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an Award. Each Award Agreement may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan; provided, however, that except to the extent explicitly provided to the contrary, in the event of any conflict in the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

4.5. Indemnification. Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Committee (and any delegate thereof) are entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and under the Company’s governing documents, including its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and/or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

4.6. Foreign Award Recipients. The Board may modify Awards granted to Grantees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the Plan relating to such Awards, to recognize differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.

4.7. Deferral Arrangement. To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as may be specified by the Board from time to time. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a Grantee who is considered a


“specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the Grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the Grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to any Grantee under the Plan or any other Person with respect to any penalties or taxes under Section 409A that are, or may be, imposed with respect to any Award.

4.8. Acceleration. The Board may at any time provide that any Award (or all Awards) shall become immediately exercisable in full or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in full or in part, as the case may be.

5. Shares Issuable Under the Plan.

5.1. Maximum Shares Issuable. The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan is thirty three million five hundred fifty five thousand five hundred sixty two (33,555,562) Shares, and such maximum number is subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6.1. Subject to such overall limitation, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than thirty three million five hundred fifty five thousand five hundred sixty two (33,555,562) Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options.

5.2. Forfeited Shares. For purposes of the foregoing limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, withheld upon exercise of a Stock Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by the Company before vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Common Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise), in each case shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued Shares or Shares re-acquired by the Company.

6. Adjustments Under the Plan.

6.1. Changes in Capitalization. Subject to Sections 6.2 and 6.3, if as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company or if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding Shares are converted into or exchanged for securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Board shall make an appropriate and equitable or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iii) the repurchase price, if any, per Share subject to each outstanding Award, and (iv) the exercise price for each Share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of Stock Options) as to which such Stock Options remain exercisable. The Board may also make equitable or proportionate adjustments in the number of Shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of


outstanding Awards to take into consideration cash dividends paid other than in the ordinary course or any other extraordinary corporate event. Any adjustments by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Board in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional Shares.

6.2. Consequences of a Sale Event on Stock Options. In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Options shall terminate upon the effective time of any such Sale Event unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or new stock options or other awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).

In the event of the termination of the Plan and all outstanding Stock Options pursuant to this Section 6.2, each Holder of a Stock Option shall be permitted, within a period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as specified by the Board, to exercise all such Stock Options which are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event; provided, however, that the exercise of Stock Options not exercisable prior to the Sale Event shall be subject to the consummation of the Sale Event.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.2, in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the Holders of outstanding Stock Options, without any consent of the Holders, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Sale Price times the number of Shares subject to outstanding Stock Options being cancelled (to the extent then vested and exercisable, including by reason of acceleration in connection with such Sale Event, at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding vested and exercisable Stock Options.

6.3. Consequences of a Sale Event on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, all Restricted Stock and unvested Restricted Stock Unit Awards (other than those becoming vested as a result of the Sale Event) issued hereunder shall be forfeited immediately prior to the effective time of any such Sale Event unless assumed or continued by the Company’s successor, or awards of such successor or its parent are substituted therefor, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares subject to such awards as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement). In the event of the forfeiture of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Section 6.3, such Restricted Stock shall be repurchased from the Holder at a price per Share equal to the lower of the original per Share price paid by the Holder (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6.1) or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares, determined immediately prior to the effective time of the Sale Event.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.3, upon a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the Holders of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Awards, without consent of the Holders, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the Sale Price times the number of Shares subject to such Awards, to be paid at the time of such Sale Event or upon the later vesting of such Awards.


7. Stock Option Awards.

7.1. Stock Options: Nature of Award. Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Stock Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Any Stock Option granted under the Plan must be made pursuant to a Stock Option Award Agreement in such form as the Board may approve from time to time. Stock Option Award Agreements need not be identical. Stock Options granted pursuant to this Section 7.1 are subject to the terms and conditions below and may contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Board shall deem desirable.

7.2. Stock Options: Exercise Price. The Board shall determine at the time of grant the exercise price per Share for the Shares underlying a Stock Option. The exercise price shall not be less than (a) 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date in the case of an Incentive Stock Option or (b) 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner.

7.3. Stock Options: Term of Award. The Board shall fix the term of each Stock Option, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than (a) ten years after the Grant Date, or (b) five years after the Grant Date in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner.

7.4. Stock Options: Exercisability. The Board shall determine the time or times at which Stock Options become exercisable and/or vested, whether or not in installments. The Award Agreement may permit a Grantee to exercise all or a portion of its Stock Options immediately upon receipt (an “Early Exercise”); provided that the Shares issued upon such Early Exercise shall be subject to a Restricted Stock Award Agreement reflecting the same vesting schedule as the Stock Option Award Agreement and such Shares shall be deemed to be Restricted Stock for purposes of the Plan. The Grantee shall be required to enter into such Restricted Stock Award Agreement and to complete any other related documentation required by the Company as a condition to Early Exercise.

7.5. Stock Options: Stockholder Rights. A Grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options. A Grantee shall not be deemed to have acquired any such Shares unless and until a Stock Option has been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, and the Grantee’s name has been entered on the books of the Company as a stockholder.

7.6. Stock Options: Method of Exercise. A Grantee may exercise a Stock Option in whole or in part by giving written notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. A Grantee may make payment of the exercise price by one or more of the following methods (or any combination thereof) to the extent provided in the Award Agreement:


(a) In cash, by certified or bank check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, or other liquid instrument acceptable to the Board;

(b) If permitted by the Board, by the Grantee delivering to the Company a promissory note, if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the Grantee to enable or assist the Grantee with the exercise of his or her Stock Option; provided, however, if required by state law, the Grantee shall pay at least so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the Common Stock (other than with a promissory note);

(c) If permitted by the Board, and if the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Common Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of Shares that the Grantee has purchased on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Grantee and are not then subject to restrictions under the Plan or any other Company stock incentive plan. To the extent required to avoid variable accounting treatment under FAS 123R or other applicable accounting rules, the Grantee must have owned such surrendered Shares, if originally purchased from the Company, for at least six months. Such surrendered Shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the date that the Stock Option is exercised.

(d) If permitted by the Board, and if the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Common Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), by the Grantee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the exercise price, except that if the Grantee chooses to pay the exercise price in this manner, then the Grantee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Board may prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure.

(e) If permitted by the Board, with respect to Stock Options that are not Incentive Stock Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

7.7. Stock Options: Additional Obligations. The Company has the right to reverse the exercise of a Stock Option if the Company is unable to collect on the instrument that the Grantee uses to pay for the Shares. The Company has no obligation to issue certificates for Shares so purchased by the Grantee until the Company has completed all steps required by law to be taken in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares, including without limitation (i) receipt of investment representations from the Grantee, (ii) the legending of any certificate representing the Shares to evidence the applicable restrictions, and (iii) obtaining from Grantee payment or provision for all withholding taxes due as a result of the exercise of the Stock Option. The delivery of certificates representing the Shares to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option is contingent upon the Company’s receipt from the Grantee (or a purchaser acting in his or her stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option Award Agreement) of the full exercise price for such Shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Stock Option Award Agreement or applicable law. If a Grantee chooses to pay the exercise price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the Grantee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of shares attested to.


7.8. Stock Options: Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options. To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Shares underlying the Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and any Subsidiary that become exercisable for the first time by a Grantee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000 or such other limit as may be in effect from time to time under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that any Stock Option Award exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

7.9. Stock Options: Termination. Any portion of a Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of a Grantee’s Service Relationship shall immediately expire and be null and void. Once any portion of the Stock Option becomes vested and exercisable, the Grantee’s right to exercise such portion of the Stock Option (or the Grantee’s representatives and legatees as applicable) in the event of a termination of the Grantee’s Service Relationship shall continue until the earliest of:

(a) the date which is: (i) 12 months following the date on which the Grantee’s Service Relationship terminates due to death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board or set forth in the applicable Award Agreement), or (ii) three months following the date on which the Grantee’s Service Relationship terminates if the termination is due to any reason other than death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board or set forth in the applicable Award Agreement); or

(b) the Final Expiration Date as set forth in the Award Agreement;

provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Award Agreement may provide that if the Grantee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, the Stock Option shall terminate immediately and be null and void upon the date of the Grantee’s termination and shall not thereafter be exercisable.

8. Restricted Stock Awards.

8.1. Restricted Stock: Nature of Awards. The Board shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Award at the time of grant, which may differ among individual Awards and Grantees. Conditions may be based on a continuing Service Relationship, achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or such other criteria as the Board may determine. The grant of a Restricted Stock Award is contingent on the Grantee executing a Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

8.2. Restricted Stock: Rights as a Stockholder. Upon execution of a Restricted Stock Award Agreement and payment of any applicable purchase price, a Grantee of Restricted Stock is considered the record owner of, and (to the extent that such Restricted Stock is entitled to voting rights) is entitled to vote, the Restricted Stock, subject to the conditions contained in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Except as otherwise provided for in any agreement or waiver letter, the Grantee is entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Restricted Stock, although the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution. The Restricted Stock Award Agreement may require or permit the immediate


payment, waiver, deferral or investment of dividends paid on the Restricted Stock. The Company may, in its sole discretion, require that certificates evidencing the Restricted Stock remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Stock is vested as provided in Section 8.4 below and may require the Grantee, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank and such other instruments of transfer as the Board may prescribe.

8.3. Restricted Stock: Award Restrictions. The Grantee and his or her Permitted Transferees shall not sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber or dispose of Restricted Stock except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Board either in the Award Agreement or in writing after the Award Agreement is delivered, upon the termination of a Grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company or its assigns have the right to repurchase some or all of the Restricted Stock subject to the Award at such purchase price as is set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

8.4. Restricted Stock: Vesting. The Board at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which Restricted Stock becomes vested, subject to such further rights of the Company or its assigns as may be specified in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement and this Plan.

9. Unrestricted Stock Awards.

The Board may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such higher purchase price determined by the Board), an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan to an eligible Grantee under Section 3. The Board may grant Unrestricted Stock Awards in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such Grantee.

10. Restricted Stock Units.

10.1. Restricted Stock Units: Nature of Awards. The Board shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Unit Award at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on a continuing Service Relationship, achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or other such criteria as the Board may determine. The grant of Restricted Stock Unit(s) is contingent on the Grantee executing a Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement, consistent with Section 409A, which such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and Grantees. On the settlement date applicable to any Restricted Stock Unit, as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, such Restricted Stock Unit(s), to the extent vested, shall be settled in the form of cash or Shares, as specified in the Award Agreement, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such vesting occurs. Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of.

10.2. Restricted Stock Units: Stockholder Rights. A Grantee has the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares, if any, acquired upon settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit. A Grantee is not deemed to have acquired any such Shares unless a Restricted Stock Unit has been settled in Common Stock pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has issued and delivered a certificate representing the Shares to the Grantee (if the Company’s Common Stock is certificated), and the Grantee’s name has been entered in the books of the Company as a stockholder.


10.3. Restricted Stock Units: Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Board either in the Award Agreement or in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, a Grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested automatically terminate upon a Termination Event.

11. Restrictions on Stock Options and Shares.

11.1. Non-Transferability of Stock Options. Stock Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Option, shall not be transferable by the optionee otherwise than by will, or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the Grantee’s lifetime, only by the Grantee, or by the Grantee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the Grantee’s incapacity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board, in its sole discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement regarding a given Stock Option that the Grantee may transfer by gift, without consideration for the transfer, his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to his or her family members (as defined in Rule 701 of the Securities Act), to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners (to the extent such trusts or partnerships are considered “family members” for purposes of Rule 701 of the Securities Act), provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, including the execution of a stock power upon the issuance of Shares. Stock Options, and the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Options, shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) prior to exercise.

11.2. Transfer Restrictions Relating to Shares. No Shares shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, unless (i) the transfer is in compliance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, all applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act), and with the terms and conditions of this Section 11.2, (ii) the transfer does not cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and (iii) the transferee consents in writing to be bound by the provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement, including this Section 11.2. In connection with any proposed transfer, the Board may require the transferor to provide at the transferor’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Board, that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act). Any attempted transfer of Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 11.2 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Shares as a result of any such transfer, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such transfer and shall not in any way give effect to any such transfer of Shares. The Company shall be entitled to seek protective orders, injunctive relief and other remedies available at law or in equity including, without limitation, seeking specific performance or the rescission of any transfer not made in strict compliance with the provisions of this Section 11.2. Subject to the foregoing general provisions, and unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions (provided that with respect to any transfer of Restricted Stock, all vesting and forfeiture provisions shall continue to apply with respect to the original recipient):


(a) Transfers to Permitted Transferees. The Holder may transfer any or all of the Shares to one or more Permitted Transferees; provided, however, that following such transfer, such Shares shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Plan (including this Section 11.2) and such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, deliver a written acknowledgement to that effect to the Company and shall deliver a stock power to the Company with respect to the Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder may not transfer any of the Shares to a Person whom the Company reasonably determines is a direct competitor or a potential competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(b) Transfers Upon Death. Upon the death of the Holder, any Shares then held by the Holder at the time of such death and any Shares acquired after the Holder’s death by the Holder’s legal representative shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan, and the Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated by the Plan and the Award Agreement.

11.3. Right of First Refusal. If a Grantee desires at any time to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of such Grantee’s Shares (other than Shares of Restricted Stock that by their terms are not transferable), the Grantee first shall give written notice to the Company of the Grantee’s intention to make such transfer. The Grantee shall include in such notice the number of Shares that the Grantee proposes to sell, the price and the terms at which the proposed sale is to be made and the name and address of the proposed transferee. At any time within 30 days after the Company receives such notice, the Company or its assigns may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Shares offered to the proposed transferee at the price and on the terms offered and specified in the notice. To exercise this right, the Company or its assigns must mail or deliver written notice to the Grantee within the foregoing 30-day period. If the Company or its assigns elect to exercise its purchase rights under this Section 11.3, the closing for such purchase must take place within 45 days after the receipt by the Company of the initial notice from the Grantee. If the Company or its assigns do not elect to exercise such purchase right, or if the Company or its assigns do not pay the full purchase price within such 45-day period, the Grantee may, within 60 days after the expiry of the 30-day period (where no election to exercise the purchase right is made) or the expiry of the 45-day period (where the full purchase price is not paid), sell the offered Shares to the proposed transferee and at the same price and on the same terms as specified in the Grantee’s notice. Any Shares purchased by such proposed transferee shall no longer be subject to the terms of the Plan. Any Shares not sold to the proposed transferee remain subject to the Plan. If the Holder is a party to any stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Shares, (i) the transferring Holder shall comply with the requirements of such stockholders agreements or other agreements relating to any proposed transfer of Holder’s Shares to the proposed transferee, and (ii) any proposed transferee that purchases the Shares offered by Holder shall enter into such stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Shares on the same terms and in the same capacity as the transferring Holder.


11.4.

Company s Right of Repurchase.

(a) Right of Repurchase for Unvested Shares Issued Upon Early Exercise. Upon a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase from a Holder Shares issued upon Early Exercise of a Stock Option (which are still subject to a risk of forfeiture as of the Termination Event). Such repurchase rights may be exercised by the Company within the later of (A) six months following the date of such Termination Event or (B) seven months after the acquisition of Shares upon Early Exercise of a Stock Option. The repurchase price shall be equal to the lower of the original per share price paid by the Grantee, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6, or the current Fair Market Value of such Restricted Stock as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights.

(b) Right of Repurchase For Restricted Stock. Upon a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase from a Holder Restricted Stock received pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award Agreement that are still subject to a risk of forfeiture as of the Termination Event. Such repurchase right may be exercised by the Company within six months following the date of such Termination Event. The repurchase price shall be the lower of the original per Share purchase price paid by the Holder, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6 of the Plan, or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights.

(c) Procedure. Any repurchase right of the Company shall be exercised by the Company or its assigns by giving the Holder written notice on or before the last day of the repurchase period of its intention to exercise such repurchase right. Upon such notification, the Holder shall promptly surrender to the Company, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, any certificates representing the Shares being purchased, together with a duly executed stock power for the transfer of such Shares to the Company or the Company’s assignee or assignees. Upon the Company’s or its assignee’s receipt of the certificates from the Holder, the Company or its assignee or assignees shall deliver a check for the applicable repurchase price; provided, however, that the Company may pay the repurchase price by offsetting and canceling any indebtedness then owed by the Holder to the Company.

11.5. Drag Along Right. In the event the holders of a majority of the Company’s equity securities then outstanding (the “Majority Shareholders”) determine to enter into a Sale Event in a bona fide negotiated transaction (a “Sale”), with any non-Affiliate of the Company or any majority shareholder (in each case, the “Buyer”), each Holder, including any Permitted Transferee, shall be obligated to and shall upon the written request of the Majority Shareholders: (a) sell, transfer and deliver, or cause to be sold, transferred and delivered, to the Buyer, Holder’s Shares (including for this purpose all of such Holder’s Shares that presently or as a result of any such transaction may be acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option (following the payment of the exercise price therefor)) on substantially the same terms applicable to the Majority Shareholders (with appropriate adjustments to reflect the conversion of convertible securities, the redemption of redeemable securities and the exercise of exercisable securities as well as the relative preferences and priorities of preferred stock); and (b) execute and deliver such instruments of conveyance and transfer and take such other action, including voting such Shares in favor of any Sale proposed by the Majority Shareholders and executing any purchase agreements, merger agreements, indemnity agreements, escrow agreements or related documents as the Majority Shareholders or the Buyer may reasonably require in order to carry out the terms and provisions of this Section 11.5.


11.6. Escrow Arrangement. The Company may hold Shares issued pursuant to Awards in escrow together with separate stock powers executed by the Grantee in blank for transfer, and any Permitted Transferee shall, as an additional condition to any transfer of Shares, execute a like stock power as to such Shares. The Company shall not dispose of the Shares except as otherwise provided in this Plan. In the event of any repurchase by the Company (or any of its assigns), the Grantee and any Permitted Transferee authorize the Company, as the Grantee’s and each such Permitted Transferee’s attorney-in-fact, to date and complete the stock powers necessary for the transfer of the Shares being purchased and to transfer such Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. At such time as any Shares are no longer subject to the Company’s repurchase and first refusal rights, the Company shall, at the written request of the Grantee, deliver to the Grantee (or the relevant Permitted Transferee) a certificate representing such Shares with any remaining balance of Shares to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section 11.6.

11.7. Remedy. In the event that a Holder or any other Person is required to sell a Holder’s Shares pursuant to the provisions of Sections 11.3 or 11.4 and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the Company or its designated purchaser of such Shares the certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares together with a related stock power, the Company or such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company’s independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in escrow, for such Holder or other Person, to be held by such bank or accounting firm for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by such Holder as provided above. Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the Company or its designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the Person who was required to sell the Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of Sections 11.3 or 11.4, such Shares shall at such time be deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, such Holder shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its stock transfer book or in any appropriate manner.

11.8. Lockup Provision. A Holder agrees, if requested by the Company, not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Shares (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) held by him or her for such period following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as the Company shall specify reasonably and in good faith. If requested by the underwriter engaged by the Company, each Holder shall execute a separate letter confirming his or her agreement to comply with this Section 11.8

11.9. Termination of Certain Restrictions. The terms and provisions of Sections 11.3, 11.4 (except for the Company’s right to repurchase Shares still subject to a risk of forfeiture upon a Termination Event) and 11.5 shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or upon consummation of any Sale Event, in either case as a result of which Shares are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and publicly-traded on any national security exchange.


12. Tax.

12.1. Withholding Tax. Each Grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Common Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the Grantee for federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Board regarding payment of, any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income. The Company has, to the extent permitted by law, the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Grantee. Any obligation to deliver stock certificates to any Grantee is subject to and conditioned on any such tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the Grantee.

12.2. Payment in Stock. Subject to approval by the Board, a Grantee may elect to have the Company’s required tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by authorizing the Company to withhold from Shares to be issued pursuant to an Award, a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

13. Plan Amendments or Termination.

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan, and may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award(s) or provide substitute Awards at the same or a reduced exercise or purchase price or with no exercise or purchase price in a manner not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan; provided, however, such price (if any) must satisfy the requirements that would apply to the substitute or amended Award if it were then initially granted under the Plan for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose; provided, further, no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the consent of the Holder of the Award. The Board may exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or effect repricing through cancellation of outstanding Awards and by granting such Holders new Awards in replacement of the cancelled Awards. To the extent determined by the Board to be required either by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code or otherwise, Plan amendments are subject to approval by the Company stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders. Nothing in this Section 13 shall limit the Board’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 6.

14. Effective Date of Plan.

The Plan shall become effective on the date on which it is adopted by the Board and shall be approved by the Company’s stockholders in accordance with applicable state law and the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws within 12 months thereafter. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board, then any Awards granted or sold under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan. Subject to such approval by stockholders and to the requirement that no Shares may be issued under the Plan prior to such approval, Stock Options and other Awards may be granted on and after adoption of the Plan by the Board. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the expiration of 10 years from the earlier of (i) the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders.


15. General Plan Provisions.

15.1. No Distribution; Compliance with Legal Requirements. The Board may require each Grantee acquiring Shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such Grantee is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution of them. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to an Award until all applicable securities law and other legal and stock exchange or similar requirements have been satisfied. The Board may require the placing of such stop-orders and restrictive legends on certificates for Shares and Awards as it deems appropriate.

15.2. Delivery of Stock Certificates. Stock certificates to Grantees under the Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have by United States mail, addressed to the Grantee, at the Grantee’s address shown in the Company’s document management system or otherwise on file with the Company; provided that stock certificates to be held in escrow pursuant to Section 11.6 of the Plan shall be deemed delivered when the Company shall have recorded the issuance in its records. Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the Grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the Grantee, at the Grantee’s address shown in the Company’s document management system or otherwise on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records).

15.3. Electronic Delivery. The Company may deliver any documents related to Grantee’s current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. Grantee consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

15.4. Other Compensation Arrangements; No Employment Rights. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. The adoption of the Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer any right to a continued Service Relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary.

15.5. Loans to Grantees. The Company has the authority, to the extent permitted by law, to make loans to Grantees under the Plan, including to facilitate the purchase of Shares underlying such Grantee’s Awards, and to issue Shares for promissory notes hereunder.

15.6. Trading Policy Restrictions. The exercise of Stock Options and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policy-related restrictions, terms and conditions as may be established by the Board, or in accordance with policies set by the Board, from time to time.

15.7. Designation of Beneficiary. Each Grantee under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or


beneficiaries who is a Permitted Transferee to exercise any Award on or after the Grantee’s death or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the Grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Board and shall not be effective until received by the Company. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased Grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the Grantee, the beneficiary is the Grantee’s estate.

15.8. Legend. Any certificate(s) representing the Shares shall carry substantially the following legend:

The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions (including repurchase and restrictions against transfers) contained in the 2014 Toast, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan and any agreement entered into thereunder by and between the company and the holder of this certificate (a copy of which is available at the offices of the company for examination).

15.9. Information to Holders of Stock Options. In the event the Company is relying on the exemption from the registration requirements of Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act contained in paragraph (f)(1) of Rule 12h-1 of the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the information described in Rule 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) of the Securities Act to all Holders of Stock Options in accordance with the requirements thereunder. However, the Company shall not be required to provide such information unless the Grantee has agreed in writing, on a form prescribed by the Company, to keep such information confidential.

15.10. Governing Law. This Plan, all Awards and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan and all Awards shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Governing Law, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the Governing Law.

15.11. Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. Pursuant to Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (“Section 220”), Holders are entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Holder as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). Until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, all Awards granted hereunder are conditioned upon the Holder’s unconditional and irrevocable waiver of the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenant never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights.

DATE ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: December 4, 2020

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: December 10, 2020


Exhibit 10.2

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION

AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER THE

2014 TOAST, INC. STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

This Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”) evidences the grant by Toast, Inc., a/an Delaware Corporation (the “Company”), on January 1, 1900 (the “Grant Date”) to the individual named below (the “Grantee”) of an option to purchase (the “Stock Option”), in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the 2014 Toast, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), the number of shares of Common Stock set forth below (the “Shares”), subject to the vesting schedule contained in this Award Agreement, at the exercise price per Share (the “Exercise Price”). Unless earlier terminated, this Stock Option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on January 1, 1900 (the “Final Expiration Date”). This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Code. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

Grantee:

  

<Grantee Name>

Number of Shares:

  

0 Shares of Common Stock

Grant Date:

  

January 1, 1900

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

January 1, 1900

Final Expiration Date:

  

January 1, 1900

Exercise Price:

  

$0 per share

1.    Vesting Schedule and Exercisability.

1.1    Time-Based Vesting. All Shares shall initially be unvested. Twenty Percent (20%) of the Shares shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Grantee continues to have an employment relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining Eighty Percent (80%) percent of the Shares shall vest in 16 equal every 3 months installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Grantee continues to have an employment relationship with the Company upon each such installment period.

1.2    Early Exercise. This Stock Option shall be immediately exercisable, regardless of whether the Shares are vested. In the event the Grantee exercises any portion of this Stock Option with respect to unvested Shares, the Grantee shall also deliver a Restricted Stock Award Agreement subjecting such unvested Shares to the same vesting schedule and restrictions as set forth herein.


2.    Incorporation of Plan.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Award Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan. Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by its terms. As provided in the Plan, all references to share prices and amounts herein shall be equitably adjusted to reflect reorganizations, recapitalizations, reincorporations, reclassifications, stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits or other similar changes affecting the Common Stock or rights to Common Stock of the Company and the restrictions in this Award Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute shares, if any, received by the Grantee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant to this Stock Option.

3.    Termination of Stock Option.

Except as may otherwise be provided by the Board, if the Grantee no longer has an employment relationship with the Company, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to a Sale Event as defined in the Plan):

3.1    Termination of Relationship with the Company. If the Grantee ceases to have an employment relationship with the Company for any reason, then, except as provided in Sections 3.2 and 3.3 below, the right to exercise this Stock Option shall terminate three (3) months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Expiration Date), provided that this Stock Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Grantee was entitled to exercise this Stock Option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Grantee, prior to the Final Expiration Date, violates the non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and/or assignment of invention provisions of any agreement between the Grantee and the Company, the right to exercise this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

3.2    Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability. If the Grantee dies or becomes Disabled prior to the Final Expiration Date, this Stock Option shall be exercisable, within the period of one (1) year following the date of death or Disability of the Grantee, by the Grantee (or in the case of death by a Permitted Transferee); provided, that this Stock Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Stock Option was exercisable by the Grantee on the date of his or her death or Disability, and further provided that this Stock Option shall not be exercisable after the Final Expiration Date.

3.3    Termination for Cause. If, prior to the Final Expiration Date, the Grantee’s an employment relationship with the Company is terminated for Cause, the right to exercise this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination. If the Grantee is party to an employment or consulting agreement with the Company that contains a definition of “cause” for termination of employment or other relationship, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such agreement. Otherwise, Cause shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

2


3.4    Board Determination. For purposes hereof, the Board’s determination of the reason for termination of an employment relationship between the Company and the Grantee shall be conclusive and binding on the Grantee and his or her representatives or legatees and any Permitted Transferee. Notwithstanding any Early Exercise feature that may be available to the Grantee, any unexercised portion of this Stock Option with respect to unvested shares shall terminate immediately and be null and void on the date of termination of an employment relationship.

4.    Tax Withholding.

No Common Stock will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Stock Option unless and until the Grantee pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this Stock Option. The Company has, to the extent permitted by law, the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Grantee.

5.    Disqualification as an Incentive Stock Option.

5.1    Disqualifying Disposition. The Grantee understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code, no sale or other disposition may be made of Shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within the one year period beginning on the day after the day of the transfer of such Shares to him or her, nor within the two year period beginning on the day after Grant Date of this Stock Option (and further that this Stock Option must be exercised within three months after termination of employment as an employee or 12 months in the case of death or Disability to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option). If the Grantee disposes (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any such Shares within either of these periods, he or she will notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition. The Grantee also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions required by the Company for tax purposes.

5.2    Maximum Aggregate Fair Market Value. To the extent this Stock Option and any other Incentive Stock Options of the Grantee having an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000 (determined as of the Grant Date) first become exercisable in any year, such options will not qualify as Incentive Stock Options.

6.    Transferability of Stock Options.

This Stock Option is personal to the Grantee and is not transferable by the Grantee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Grantee’s lifetime only by the Grantee (or by the Grantee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Grantee’s incapacity). The Grantee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Grantee’s Stock Option in the event of the Grantee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Grantee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Grantee, the legal representative of the Grantee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Grantee’s death.

 

3


7.    Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.

The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in the Plan and, if applicable, a Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

8.    Exercise of Stock Option.

Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, this Stock Option may not be exercised unless the Grantee, at the time he or she exercises this Stock Option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee or officer of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company as defined in Section 424(e) or (f) of the Code.

The Grantee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Grantee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Exhibit A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the exercisable Shares. Such Exercise Notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased.

In the event the Grantee exercises a portion of this Stock Option with respect to Shares that have not vested, the Grantee shall also deliver a Restricted Stock Award Agreement covering such unvested Shares in the form of Exhibit B hereto with the same vesting schedule for such Shares as set forth for such Shares herein.

If Grantee elects Early Exercise, to the extent this Stock Option is only partially exercised, then such exercise shall first be with respect to the Shares, if any, that have previously vested, and then with respect to the Shares that will next vest, with the Shares that vest at the latest date being exercised last.

9.    Methods of Payment.

The Grantee may make payment of the Exercise Price by one or more of the following methods (or any combination thereof):

In cash, by certified or bank check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, or other instrument acceptable to the Board.

By the Grantee delivering to the Company a promissory note, if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the Grantee to enable or assist the Grantee with the exercise of his or her Stock Option; provided, however, if required by state law, the Grantee shall pay at least so much of the Exercise Price as represents the par value of the Common Stock (other than with a promissory note).

If permitted by the Board and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Common Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Common Stock that the Grantee has purchased on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Grantee and are not then subject to restrictions under the Plan or under any other Company equity plan. To the extent required to avoid variable accounting treatment under FAS 123R or other applicable accounting rules, the Grantee must have owned such surrendered shares, if originally purchased from the Company, for at least six months. Such surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date.

 

4


Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Final Expiration Date.

10.    General Provisions.

10.1    Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Award Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Award Agreement.

10.2    Change and Modifications. This Award Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Award Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

10.3    Governing Law. This Award Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Governing Law, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the Governing Law.

10.4    Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Award Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Award Agreement.

10.5    Integration. This Award Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

10.6    Execution. For the convenience of the parties, this Award Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which together shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, or by electronic signature, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile, “.pdf”, or electronic signature page were an original thereof. Further, the parties agree to being subject to the provisions of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act - ESIGN, Pub.L. 106-229, 14 Stat. 464, enacted June 30, 2000, 15 U.S.C. ch.96) and any amendments thereto.

10.7    Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by electronic means as allowed under the Plan or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at 100 Cambridge Parkway, Cambridge, MA 02140, and to the Grantee at the address provided to the Company through its document management system or on file with the Company, which shall be the obligation of the Grantee to keep current, or as otherwise specified by the Company.

 

5


10.8    Severability. If one or more provisions of this Award Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Award Agreement and the balance of the Award Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

10.9    Binding Effect and Assignment. This Award Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Award Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

11.    Dispute Resolution.

Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Award Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Award Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S. Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures. The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be the Dispute Resolution Jurisdiction as defined in the Plan.

The Company, the Grantee, each party to this Award Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Award Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such Party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 11 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court in the Dispute Resolution Jurisdiction without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any Party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each Party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving Party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each Party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a Party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each Party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

 

6


Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Award Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

12.    Waiver of Statutory Information Rights.

The Grantee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Grantee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Grantee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Common Stock by the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Grantee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Grantee under any other written agreement between the Grantee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

7


THE COMPANY:

Toast, Inc.
By:  

 

Name:   <Representative Name>
Title:   <Representative Position>

GRANTEE’S ACCEPTANCE

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan and understands that this Stock Option is subject to the terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement. This Award Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 11 OF THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the Grant Date.

 

GRANTEE:

 

Name: <Grantee Name>
Address:


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER THE

2014 TOAST, INC. STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

This Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”) evidences the grant by Toast, Inc., a/an Delaware Corporation (the “Company”), on January 1, 1900 (the “Grant Date”) to the individual named below (the “Grantee”) of an option to purchase (the “Stock Option”), in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the 2014 Toast, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), the number of shares of Common Stock set forth below (the “Shares”), subject to the vesting schedule contained in this Award Agreement, at the exercise price per Share (the “Exercise Price”). Unless earlier terminated, this Stock Option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on January 1, 1900 (the “Final Expiration Date”). This Stock Option is not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Code. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

Grantee:    <Grantee Name>
Number of Shares:    0 Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:    January 1, 1900
Vesting Commencement Date:    January 1, 1900
Final Expiration Date:    January 1, 1900
Exercise Price:    $0 per share

1.    Vesting Schedule and Exercisability.

1.1    Time-Based Vesting. All Shares shall initially be unvested. Twenty Percent (20%) of the Shares shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining Eighty Percent (80%) percent of the Shares shall vest in 16 equal every 3 months installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company upon each such installment period.

1.2    Early Exercise. This Stock Option shall be immediately exercisable, regardless of whether the Shares are vested. In the event the Grantee exercises any portion of this Stock Option with respect to unvested Shares, the Grantee shall also deliver a Restricted Stock Award Agreement subjecting such unvested Shares to the same vesting schedule and restrictions as set forth herein.


2.    Incorporation of Plan.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Award Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan. Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by its terms. As provided in the Plan, all references to share prices and amounts herein shall be equitably adjusted to reflect reorganizations, recapitalizations, reincorporations, reclassifications, stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits or other similar changes affecting the Common Stock or rights to Common Stock of the Company and the restrictions in this Award Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute shares, if any, received by the Grantee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant to this Stock Option.

3.    Termination of Stock Option.

Except as may otherwise be provided by the Board, if the Grantee no longer has a Service Relationship with the Company, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to a Sale Event as defined in the Plan):

3.1    Termination of Relationship with the Company. If the Grantee ceases to have a Service Relationship with the Company for any reason, then, except as provided in Sections 3.2 and 3.3 below, the right to exercise this Stock Option shall terminate three (3) months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Expiration Date), provided that this Stock Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Grantee was entitled to exercise this Stock Option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Grantee, prior to the Final Expiration Date, violates the non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and/or assignment of invention provisions of any agreement between the Grantee and the Company, the right to exercise this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

3.2    Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability. If the Grantee dies or becomes Disabled prior to the Final Expiration Date, this Stock Option shall be exercisable, within the period of one (1) year following the date of death or Disability of the Grantee, by the Grantee (or in the case of death by a Permitted Transferee); provided, that this Stock Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Stock Option was exercisable by the Grantee on the date of his or her death or Disability, and further provided that this Stock Option shall not be exercisable after the Final Expiration Date.

3.3    Termination for Cause. If, prior to the Final Expiration Date, the Grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company is terminated for Cause, the right to exercise this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination. If the Grantee is party to an employment or consulting agreement with the Company that contains a definition of “cause” for termination of employment or other relationship, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such agreement. Otherwise, Cause shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

3.4    Board Determination. For purposes hereof, the Board’s determination of the reason for termination of a Service Relationship between the Company and the Grantee shall be conclusive and binding on the Grantee and his or her representatives or legatees and any Permitted Transferee. Notwithstanding any Early Exercise feature that may be available to the Grantee, any unexercised portion of this Stock Option with respect to unvested shares shall terminate immediately and be null and void on the date of termination of a Service Relationship.

 

2


4.    Tax Withholding.

No Common Stock will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Stock Option unless and until the Grantee pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this Stock Option. The Company has, to the extent permitted by law, the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Grantee.

5.    Transferability of Stock Options.

This Stock Option is personal to the Grantee and is not transferable by the Grantee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Grantee’s lifetime only by the Grantee (or by the Grantee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Grantee’s incapacity). The Grantee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Grantee’s Stock Option in the event of the Grantee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Grantee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Grantee, the legal representative of the Grantee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Grantee’s death.

6.    Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.

The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in the Plan and, if applicable, a Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

7.    Exercise of Stock Option.

The Grantee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Grantee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Exhibit A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the exercisable Shares. Such Exercise Notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased.

In the event the Grantee exercises a portion of this Stock Option with respect to Shares that have not vested, the Grantee shall also deliver a Restricted Stock Award Agreement covering such unvested Shares in the form of Exhibit B hereto with the same vesting schedule for such Shares as set forth for such Shares herein.

If Grantee elects Early Exercise, to the extent this Stock Option is only partially exercised, then such exercise shall first be with respect to the Shares, if any, that have previously vested, and then with respect to the Shares that will next vest, with the Shares that vest at the latest date being exercised last.

 

3


8.    Methods of Payment.

The Grantee may make payment of the Exercise Price by one or more of the following methods (or any combination thereof):

In cash, by certified or bank check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, or other instrument acceptable to the Board.

By the Grantee delivering to the Company a promissory note, if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the Grantee to enable or assist the Grantee with the exercise of his or her Stock Option; provided, however, if required by state law, the Grantee shall pay at least so much of the Exercise Price as represents the par value of the Common Stock (other than with a promissory note).

If permitted by the Board and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Common Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Common Stock that the Grantee has purchased on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Grantee and are not then subject to restrictions under the Plan or under any other Company equity plan. To the extent required to avoid variable accounting treatment under FAS 123R or other applicable accounting rules, the Grantee must have owned such surrendered shares, if originally purchased from the Company, for at least six months. Such surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date.

By a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price.

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Final Expiration Date.

9.    General Provisions.

9.1    Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Award Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Award Agreement.

9.2    Change and Modifications. This Award Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Award Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

9.3    Governing Law. This Award Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Governing Law, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the Governing Law.

 

4


9.4    Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Award Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Award Agreement.

9.5    Integration. This Award Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

9.6    Execution. For the convenience of the parties, this Award Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which together shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, or by electronic signature, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile, “.pdf”, or electronic signature page were an original thereof. Further, the parties agree to being subject to the provisions of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act - ESIGN, Pub.L. 106-229, 14 Stat. 464, enacted June 30, 2000, 15 U.S.C. ch.96) and any amendments thereto.

9.7    Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by electronic means as allowed under the Plan or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at 100 Cambridge Parkway, Cambridge, MA 02140, and to the Grantee at the address provided to the Company through its document management system or on file with the Company, which shall be the obligation of the Grantee to keep current, or as otherwise specified by the Company.

9.8    Severability. If one or more provisions of this Award Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Award Agreement and the balance of the Award Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

9.9    Binding Effect and Assignment. This Award Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Award Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

10.    Dispute Resolution.

Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Award Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Award Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S. Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures. The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be the Dispute Resolution Jurisdiction as defined in the Plan.

 

5


The Company, the Grantee, each party to this Award Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Award Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such Party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 10 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court in the Dispute Resolution Jurisdiction without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any Party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each Party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving Party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each Party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a Party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each Party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Award Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

 

6


11.    Waiver of Statutory Information Rights.

The Grantee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Grantee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Grantee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Common Stock by the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Grantee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Grantee under any other written agreement between the Grantee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

7


THE COMPANY:

Toast, Inc.
By:  

 

Name:

  <Representative Name>
Title:   <Representative Position>

GRANTEE’S ACCEPTANCE

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan and understands that this Stock Option is subject to the terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement. This Award Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 10 OF THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the Grant Date.

 

GRANTEE:

 

Name: <Grantee Name>
Address:


RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD

AGREEMENT UNDER THE

2014 TOAST, INC. STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Pursuant to the 2014 Toast, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), Toast, Inc., a/an Delaware Corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), hereby grants, sells and issues to the individual named below (the “Grantee”), the Shares at the Per Share Purchase Price set forth below, subject to the terms and conditions of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”) and the Plan, as of the date of grant below (the “Grant Date”). All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

Name of Grantee:

  

<Grantee Name>

No. of Shares:

  

0 Shares of Common Stock

Grant Date:

  

January 1, 1900.

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

January 1, 1900

Per Share Purchase Price:

  

$0

1. Vesting Schedule.

1.1.    Risk of Forfeiture. Initially, all of the Shares are non-transferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and are shares of Restricted Stock. The risk of forfeiture shall lapse with respect to the Shares on the respective dates indicated on the Vesting Schedule set forth in this Section 1, if any.

1.2.    Time-Based Vesting. Twenty Percent (20%) of the Shares shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship (as defined in the Plan) at such time. Thereafter, the remaining Eighty Percent (80%) of the Shares shall vest every 3 months in 16 equal installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship (as defined in the Plan) upon each such installment period.

2. Purchase and Sale of Shares.

The Company hereby sells to the Grantee, and the Grantee hereby purchases from the Company, the number of Shares set forth above for the Per Share Purchase Price.

 

1


3. Incorporation of Plan.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan. As provided in the Plan, all references to Share prices and amounts herein shall be equitably adjusted to reflect reorganizations, recapitalizations, reincorporations, reclassifications, stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits or other similar changes affecting the Common Stock or rights to Common Stock of the Company and the restrictions in this Award Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute shares, if any, received by the Grantee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of the Shares acquired pursuant to this Award Agreement.

4. Investment Representations.

In connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Award Agreement, the Grantee hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)

The Grantee is purchasing the Shares for the Grantee’s own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution of them.

 

(b)

The Grantee has had such an opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit him or her to evaluate the merits and risks of the Grantee’s investment in the Company and has consulted with the Grantee’s own advisers with respect to the Grantee’s investment in the Company.

 

(c)

The Grantee has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

 

(d)

The Grantee can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

 

(e)

The Grantee understands that the Shares are not registered under the Securities Act (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) and/or any applicable state securities laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and under any applicable state securities laws (or exemptions from the registration requirements thereof). The Grantee further acknowledges that any certificates representing the Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

 

(f)

The Grantee has read and understands the Plan and acknowledges and agrees that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in the Plan.

 

2


(g)

The Grantee has had the opportunity to consult with any tax advisors that he or she deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and confirms that he or she is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

(h)

The Grantee understands and agrees that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares issued pursuant to the Plan.

 

(i)

The Grantee understands and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares issued pursuant to the Plan.

 

(j)

The Grantee understands and agrees that the Grantee may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares issued pursuant to the Plan for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in the Plan.

5. Repurchase Right.

Upon a Termination Event, the Company shall have the right to repurchase Shares of Restricted Stock that are unvested as of the date of such Termination Event as set forth in the Plan.

6. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.

The Shares (whether or not vested) shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in the Plan.

7. Record Owner; Dividends.

The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees, during the duration of this Award Agreement, shall be considered the record owner of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares if and to the extent the Shares are entitled to voting rights. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided, however, that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.

 

3


8. Section 83(b) Election.

The Grantee shall consult with the Grantee’s tax advisor to determine whether it would be appropriate for the Grantee to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to this Award. Any such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the date of this Award Agreement and a copy of the election must be attached to Grantee’s income tax return for the year in which the election is made. If the Grantee makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Grantee shall give prompt notice to the Company and provide a copy of such election to the Company. The filing of a Section 83(b) election is the Grantee’s responsibility.

9. General Provisions.

9.1. Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Award Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Award Agreement.

9.2. Change and Modifications. This Award Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Award Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

9.3. Governing Law. This Award Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Governing Law, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the Governing Law.

9.4. Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Award Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Award Agreement.

9.5. Integration. This Award Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

9.6. Execution. For the convenience of the parties, this Award Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which together shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, or by electronic signature, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile, “.pdf”, or electronic signature page were an original thereof. Further, the parties agree to being subject to the provisions of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act—ESIGN, and any amendments thereto.

 

4


9.7. Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by electronic transmission as allowed under the Plan or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient and if not, then on the next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at 100 Cambridge Parkway, Cambridge, MA 02140, USA, and to the Grantee at the address provided to the Company through its document management system or on file with the Company, which shall be the obligation of the Grantee to keep current, or as otherwise specified by the Company.

9.8. Severability. If one or more provisions of this Award Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Award Agreement and the balance of the Award Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

9.9. Binding Effect and Assignment. This Award Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Award Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

10. Dispute Resolution.

Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Award Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Award Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S. Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures. The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be the Dispute Resolution Jurisdiction as defined in the Plan.

The Company, the Grantee, each party to this Award Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Award Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such Party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 10 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court in the Dispute Resolution Jurisdiction or in any other court of competent jurisdiction without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm and each party waives any objection to personal jurisdiction or venue in such court.

 

5


The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any Party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each Party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving Party.

However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each Party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a Party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each Party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Award Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

11. Waiver of Statutory Information Rights.

The Grantee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Grantee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Grantee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Common Stock by the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Grantee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Grantee under any other written agreement between the Grantee and the Company.

 

6


[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

7


The foregoing Restricted Stock Award Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof are hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the Grant Date.

The Company also hereby acknowledges receipt of $0.00 in full payment for the Shares.

 

THE COMPANY:
Toast, Inc.
<Representative Signature>

The Grantee agrees to the provisions set forth herein and acknowledges that each such provision is a material condition of the Company’s agreement to issue and sell the Shares to him or her. Further, the Grantee acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan and understands that the Shares granted hereby are subject to the terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement. This Award Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 10 OF THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the Grant Date.

 

GRANTEE:
<Grantee Signature>
Address:


RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT

AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER THE

2014 TOAST, INC. STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

This Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”) evidences the grant by Toast, Inc., a/an Delaware corporation (the “Company”), on the Grant Date set forth below, of an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed below (an “Award”) on the terms provided herein and in the 2014 Toast, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (as amended, the “Plan”), Toast, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed below (an “Award”) to the individual named below (the “Grantee”), subject to the vesting terms contained in this Award Agreement. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall relate to one share of Common Stock (the “Stock”) of the Company. Unless earlier terminated, this Award shall expire at 5:00 p.m. on the Final Expiration Date listed below. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

Grantee:

Number of Restricted Stock Units:

Grant Date:

Vesting Commencement Date:

Final Expiration Date:

1.    General Restrictions on Transfer of Award.

This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any shares of Stock issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Stock Units have vested as provided in Section 2 of this Agreement and (ii) shares of Stock have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

2.    Vesting of Restricted Stock Units.

The Restricted Stock Units are subject to both a time-based condition (the “Time Condition”) and performance-based vesting (the “Performance Vesting”) described in paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2 below, both of which must be satisfied prior to the Final Expiration Date before the Restricted Stock Units will be deemed vested and may be settled in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement.

2.1    Time Condition. The Time Condition shall be satisfied as follows: INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE: 25% of the Restricted Stock Units shall satisfy the Time Condition on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to the Grantee maintaining a continuous Service Relationship through such date. Thereafter, the remaining 75% of the Restricted Stock Units shall satisfy the Time Condition in 12 equal quarterly installments, subject to the Grantee maintaining a continuous Service Relationship through each such date.


2.2    Performance Vesting. The Restricted Stock Units shall only satisfy the Performance Vesting on the first to occur of (i) immediately prior to a Sale Event or (ii) the Company’s Initial Public Offering, in either case, occurring prior to the Final Expiration Date.

2.3    Vesting Date. Each date as of which both the Time Condition and Performance Vesting described in paragraphs (a) and (b) have been satisfied with respect to any Restricted Stock Units shall be referred to as a “Vesting Date.” No Vesting Date shall occur after the Final Expiration Date. To the extent the Restricted Stock Units have not satisfied both the Time Condition and the Performance Vesting, such Restricted Stock Units shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the Final Expiration Date.

The Board may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Section 2.

 

3.

Termination of Service Relationship.

If the Grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the Time Condition set forth in Section 2.1 above, any Restricted Stock Units that have not satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such forfeited Restricted Stock Units. Any Restricted Stock Units that have satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall remain subject to the Performance Vesting set forth in Section 2.2 above, but shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the first to occur of (a) three years from the Grantee’s termination date so long as Grantee was not terminated for Cause, or (b) the Final Expiration Date.

 

4.

Issuance of Shares of Stock.

As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units that have vested pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such shares.

 

5.

Incorporation of Plan.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Award Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan. Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by its terms. As provided in the Plan, all references to share prices and amounts herein shall be equitably adjusted to reflect reorganizations, recapitalizations, reincorporations, reclassifications, stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits or other similar changes affecting the Common Stock or rights to Common Stock of the Company and the restrictions in this Award Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute shares, if any, received by the Grantee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of this Award or shares of Stock acquired under this Award Agreement upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units.

 

2


6.

Restrictions on Transfer.

All shares of Stock acquired under this Award Agreement upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in the Plan.

 

7.

Grantee Representations.

In connection with any issuance of shares of Stock upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units under this Agreement, the Grantee hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows (to the extent applicable):

 

(a)

The Grantee is purchasing the shares of Stock for the Grantee’s own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

 

(b)

The Grantee has had such an opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit him or her to evaluate the merits and risks of the Grantee’s investment in the Company and has consulted with the Grantee’s own advisers with respect to the Grantee’s investment in the Company.

 

(c)

The Grantee has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

 

(d)

The Grantee can afford a complete loss of the value of the shares of Stock and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such shares of Stock for an indefinite period.

 

(e)

The Grantee understands that the shares of Stock are not registered under the Securities Act (it being understood that the shares of Stock are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirements thereof). The Grantee further acknowledges that certificates representing the shares of Stock will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated shares of Stock will include similar restrictive notations.

 

(f)

The Grantee has read and understands the Plan and acknowledges and agrees that the shares of Stock are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in the Plan.

 

(g)

The Grantee understands and agrees that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to the Plan.

 

3


(h)

The Grantee understands and agrees that the Grantee may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the shares of Stock for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in the Plan.

 

8.

Tax Withholding.

The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Board for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the required minimum tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Grantee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due. In addition, the required tax withholding obligation may be satisfied, in whole or in part, by an arrangement whereby a certain number of shares of Stock issued upon settlement of the Award are immediately sold and proceeds from such sale are remitted to the Company in an amount that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

 

9.

Section 409A of the Code.

This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

 

10.

No Obligation to Continue Employment or other Service Relationship.

Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment or other Service Relationship and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment or other Service Relationship of the Grantee at any time.

 

11.

General Provisions.

11.1    Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Award Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Award Agreement.

11.2    Change and Modifications. This Award Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Award Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

11.3    Governing Law. This Award Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Governing Law, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the Governing Law.

 

4


11.4    Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Award Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Award Agreement.

11.5    Integration. This Award Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

11.6    Execution. For the convenience of the parties, this Award Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which together shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, or by electronic signature, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile, “.pdf”, or electronic signature page were an original thereof. Further, the parties agree to being subject to the provisions of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act - ESIGN, Pub.L. 106-229, 14 Stat. 464, enacted June 30, 2000, 15 U.S.C. ch.96) and any amendments thereto.

11.7    Notices All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by electronic means as allowed under the Plan or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at [                    ], and to the Grantee at the address provided to the Company through its document management system or on file with the Company, which shall be the obligation of the Grantee to keep current, or as otherwise specified by the Company.

11.8    Severability. If one or more provisions of this Award Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Award Agreement and the balance of the Award Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

11.9    Binding Effect and Assignment. This Award Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Award Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

12.

Data Privacy Consent.

In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

5


13.

Dispute Resolution.

Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Award, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Award or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S. Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures. The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be the Dispute Resolution Jurisdiction as defined in the Plan.

The Company, the Grantee, each party to this Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such Party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 15 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court in the Dispute Resolution Jurisdiction without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any Party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each Party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving Party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each Party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a Party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each Party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

 

6


Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

 

14.

Waiver of Statutory Information Rights.

The Grantee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Grantee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Grantee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Grantee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Grantee under any other written agreement between the Grantee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

7


The foregoing Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof are hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the Grant Date.

 

THE COMPANY:
Toast, Inc.
By:  

 

Name:

  <Representative Name>
Title:   <Representative Position>

GRANTEE’S ACCEPTANCE

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan and understands that this Award is subject to the terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement. This Award Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 13 OF THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the Grant Date.

 

GRANTEE:

 

Name: <Grantee Name>

Address:

 

 

8

Exhibit 10.5

TOAST, INC.

SEVERANCE AND CHANGE IN CONTROL POLICY

1. Purpose. Toast, Inc. (the “Company”) has adopted this Severance and Change in Control Policy (this “Policy”) as a means to provide certain severance benefits and accelerated vesting to a Covered Employee who experiences a Termination Event at any time on or after the Effective Date (as such capitalized terms are defined below). Subject to Section 2, this Policy supersedes any and all severance plans, severance policies, change in control plans or change in control policies applying to a Covered Employee that may have been in effect before the Effective Date.

2. Coverage. For purposes of this Policy, “Covered Employees” shall mean all employees of the Company based in the United States at the executive level (senior vice presidents and above) listed on Appendix A and who has signed a Severance Policy Eligibility and Waiver provided by the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if a Covered Employee is party to an employment or letter agreement with the Company or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, an “Employment Agreement”) that provides for severance and/or accelerated vesting upon a termination of employment, then the payments and benefits under such Employment Agreement shall supersede this policy unless such payments and benefits under such Employment Agreement are expressly waived. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall there be a duplication of payments or benefits under this Policy and any Employment Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any person who is classified by the Company as an independent contractor or third-party employee is not a Covered Employee and is not eligible for severance benefits or accelerated vesting under this Policy even if such classification is modified retroactively.

3. Change in Control. A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of any one of the following events: (a) the sale or exclusive out-license of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (b) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and fair market value of the stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (c) the sale of all of the stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (d) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company (for the avoidance of doubt, if the Company implements a dual-class voting structure, any change in majority voting power resulting from the conversion of Class B common stock of the Company to Class A common stock of the Company by an individual stockholder shall not, on its own, constitute a Change in Control). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Policy, “Change in Control” shall be interpreted, administered and applied in a manner consistent and in compliance with a “change in control event” as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).


Change in Control Period” shall mean the period consisting of the 3 months immediately prior to a Change in Control and the 12 months immediately following a Change in Control.

4. Termination Event. A “Termination Event” shall mean any of the events provided in this Section 4:

(a) Termination by the Company of the Covered Employee’s employment for any reason other than for Cause or the Employee’s Death or Disability. For purposes of this Policy, “Cause” shall mean, as determined by the Company in good faith:

(i) conduct constituting an act of material misconduct in connection with the performance of the Covered Employee’s duties, including, without limitation, any misappropriation of funds or property of the Company other than the occasional, customary and de minimis use of Company property for personal purposes;

(ii) the commission by the Covered Employee of (A) any felony, (B) any crime involving the Company, or (C) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, fraud or dishonesty;

(iii) any conduct of the Covered Employee that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or material reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates if the Covered Employee was retained;

(iv) a material breach by the Covered Employee of any of the material provisions of any agreement between the Covered Employee and the Company including, without limitation, any agreement relating to non-disclosure, non-competition or assignment of inventions; or

(v) a material violation by the Covered Employee of any of the Company’s written policies relating to conduct or ethics, provided that, other than in the case of noncurable events, the Covered Employee shall be provided with written notice and fifteen (15) days to cure.

A Termination Event shall not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to this Section 4(a) solely as a result of the Covered Employee being an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company, rather than continuing as an employee of the Company following a Change in Control. For purposes hereof, the Covered Employee will be considered “Disabled” if, as a result of the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Covered Employee shall have been absent from his or her duties to the Company on a full-time basis for 180 calendar days in the aggregate in any 12-month period.

(b) Termination of the Covered Employee’s employment by the Covered Employee for Good Reason. For purposes of this Policy, “Good Reason” shall mean that the Covered Employee has complied with the Good Reason Process (hereinafter defined) following, the occurrence of any of the following events on or within the 12 months immediately after a Change in Control:

(i) a material diminution in the Covered Employee’s responsibilities, authority or duties;


(ii) a material diminution in the Covered Employee’s base salary; or

(iii) a 50 mile or greater change in the principal geographic location at which the Covered Employee is required to provide services to the Company, not including business travel and short-term assignments.

Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) the Covered Employee reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason condition has occurred during a Change in Control Period; (ii) the Covered Employee notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (iii) the Covered Employee cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (v) the Covered Employee terminates his or her employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

5. Severance Benefits.

(a) Termination Event Outside of a Change in Control Period. In the event a Termination Event occurs outside of a Change in Control Period, subject to the Covered Employee signing a separation agreement containing, among other provisions, a general release of claims in favor of the Company and related persons and entities, confidentiality, return of property, non-disparagement and a reaffirmation of the Covered Employee’s restrictive covenants, in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company (the “Separation Agreement and Release”) and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable within the time period set forth therein and in no event later than 60 days after the Date of Termination (as defined below), the following shall occur:

(i) the Company shall pay the Covered Employee salary continuation payments for the 12 months period following the Date of Termination (such period, the “Severance Period”) of the Covered Employee’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Termination Event;

(ii) the Company shall pay a lump sum cash payment equal to the Covered Employee’s target annual bonus for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs to the extent a bonus for such year has not already been paid, prorated based on the Covered Employee’s Date of Termination, provided such prorated portion shall be determined by multiplying the target bonus by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of days between the start of the applicable fiscal year and Date of Termination and the denominator of which is equal to 365; and


(iii) if the Covered Employee was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Covered Employee a monthly cash payment until the end of the Severance Period in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Employee (and his or her eligible dependents) if the Covered Employee had remained employed by the Company.

(b) Termination Event Within a Change in Control Period. The provisions of this Section 5(b) shall apply in lieu of, and expressly supersede, the provisions of Section 5(a) if a Termination Event occurs within a Change in Control Period. These provisions shall terminate and be of no further force or effect after the conclusion of such Change in Control Period. If a Termination Event occurs within a Change in Control Period, then subject to the Covered Employee signing a Separation Agreement and Release and such Separation Agreement Release becoming irrevocable within the time period set forth therein and in no event later than 60 days after the Date of Termination (as defined below), the following shall occur:

(i) the Company shall pay to the Covered Employee an amount equal to 1.5 times the sum of (i) 12 months of the Covered Employee’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Termination Event (or, if applicable, the Covered Employee’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher) and (ii) the Covered Employee’s target annual bonus;

(ii) the Company shall pay a lump sum cash payment equal to the Covered Employee’s target annual bonus for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs to the extent a bonus for such year has not already been paid, prorated based on the Covered Employee’s Date of Termination, provided such prorated portion shall be determined by multiplying the target bonus by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of days between the start of the applicable fiscal year and Date of Termination and the denominator of which is equal to 365; and

(iii) if the Covered Employee was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Covered Employee a monthly cash payment in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Employee (and his or her eligible dependents) if the Covered Employee had remained employed by the Company until the earlier of: (i) the 18 month period following the Date of Termination and (ii) the date the Covered Employee becomes eligible for health benefits through another employer or otherwise become ineligible for COBRA.

Amounts payable under Section 5(a)(i) shall be paid in substantially equal installments over the 12 month period in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice commencing within the 60-day period following the Date of Termination, and amounts payable under Sections 5(a)(ii), 5(b)(i) and 5(b)(ii) shall be paid out in a lump sum within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that in each case if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts shall be paid or commence to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided, further, that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination, and provided, further, that the payments pursuant to this Section 5 payable to a Covered Employee pursuant to this Policy shall be reduced by the amount, if any, that such Covered Employee is paid in the same such calendar year pursuant to a garden leave payment in a noncompetition agreement.


6. Accelerated Vesting.

(a) In the event that a Covered Employee experiences a Termination Event outside of a Change in Control Period and the Covered Employee has signed the Separation Agreement and Release (and such Separation Agreement and Release has become irrevocable within the time period set forth in Section 5(a) of this Policy), and is entitled to the benefits under Section 5(a), then notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any applicable option agreement or stock-based award agreement, the portion of the Covered Employee’s time-based stock options and other stock-based awards that would have vested during the 12 month period following the Termination Event had the Covered Employee’s employment with the Company continued during such period shall immediately accelerate and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the Covered Employee’s Date of Termination. For the avoidance of doubt, any awards granted to the Covered Employee that are solely performance-based and/or performance and time-based will be governed by the terms of the applicable award agreement.

(b) In the event that a Covered Employee experiences a Termination Event within a Change in Control Period and the Covered Employee has signed the Separation Agreement and Release (and such Separation Agreement and Release has become irrevocable within the time period set forth in Section 5(b) of this Policy), and is entitled to the benefits under Section 5(b), then notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the applicable option agreement or stock-based award agreement, all of the Covered Employee’s then-outstanding time-based equity awards shall immediately and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the Covered Employee’s Date of Termination. For the avoidance of doubt, any awards granted to the Covered Employee that are solely performance-based and/or performance and time-based will be governed by the terms of the applicable award agreement.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, the post-termination forfeiture and exercise provisions in the applicable award agreements shall remain in full force and effect; provided that the forfeiture of any unvested equity that is subject to acceleration will be delayed to the extent necessary to effectuate the provisions of Section 6(a) or 6(b) above, as applicable.

7. Additional Limitation.

(a) Anything in this Policy to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Covered Employee, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Policy or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Compensatory Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, (or any successor provision), then the Compensatory Payments shall be reduced so that the sum of all of the Compensatory Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which the Covered Employee becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision); provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in the Covered Employee receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than the Covered Employee would receive if the Compensatory Payments were not subject to such reduction. In such event, the Compensatory Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Compensatory Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code: (i) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (ii) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (iii) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (iv) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Compensatory Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-l, Q&A-24(b) or (c).


(b) For purposes of this Section 7, the “After Tax Amount” means the amount of the Compensatory Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on the Covered Employee as a result of the Covered Employee’s receipt of the Compensatory Payments. For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, the Covered Employee shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

(c) The determination as to whether a reduction in the Compensatory Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 7(a) shall be made by an accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Covered Employee within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Covered Employee. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Covered Employee.

8. Section 409A.

(a) Anything in this Policy to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Covered Employee’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Covered Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Covered Employee becomes entitled to under this Policy on account of the Covered Employee’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Covered Employee’s separation from service, or (B) the Covered Employee’s death.


(b) It is intended that this Policy will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Policy is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so as not to be part of this Policy or in compliance with Section 409A of the Code so that all payments hereunder are either exempt or comply with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment pursuant to this Policy is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of applying Section 409A, any exemptions thereto and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Policy constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Covered Employee’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Covered Employee’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Covered Employee or any other person if any provisions of this Policy are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

9. Additional Definitions. For purposes of this Policy:

(a) “Administrator” shall mean the Board or a committee thereof designated by the Board; provided, however, that the Administrator may in its sole discretion appoint a new Administrator to administer the Policy at any time.

(b) “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Date of Termination” shall mean the date that a Covered Employee’s employment with the Company ends.

(d) “Effective Date” shall mean June 2, 2021.

10. Withholding. All payments made by the Company to a Covered Employee under this Policy shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

11. No Mitigation. If a Termination Event occurs and a Covered Employee is eligible for the benefits set forth in this Policy, the Covered Employee is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Covered Employee by the Company pursuant to this Policy. Further, the amount of any payment provided for in this Policy shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Covered Employee as the result of employment by another employer.


12. Policy Administration. The general administration of the Policy and the responsibility for carrying out its provisions shall be vested in the Administrator. The Administrator shall have such powers and authority as are necessary to discharge such duties and responsibilities which also include, but are not limited to, interpretation and construction of the Policy, the determination of all questions of fact, including, without limitation, eligibility, participation and benefits, the resolution of any ambiguities and all other related or incidental matters, and such duties and powers of the Policy administration which are not assumed from time to time by any other appropriate entity, individual or institution. The Administrator may adopt rules and regulations of uniform applicability in its interpretation and implementation of the Policy.

The Administrator shall discharge its duties and responsibilities and exercise its powers and authority in its sole discretion and in accordance with the terms of the controlling legal documents and applicable law, and its actions and decisions that are not arbitrary and capricious shall be binding on any employee, the employee’s spouse or other dependent or beneficiary and any other interested parties whether or not in being or under a disability. Not in limitation, but in amplification of the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the power and authority in its discretion to:

(a) construe the Policy to determine all questions that shall arise as to interpretations of the Policy’s provisions;

(b) determine which individuals are and are not Covered Employees, determine the benefits to which any Covered Employees may be entitled, the eligibility requirements for participation in the Policy and all other matters pertaining to the Policy;

(c) adopt amendments to the Policy which are deemed necessary or desirable to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including but not limited to Section 409A of the Code and the guidance thereunder;

(d) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Policy, including the authority and ability to delegate administrative functions to a third party;

(e) decide all disputes arising in connection with the Policy; and

(f) otherwise supervise the administration of the Policy.

All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company and Covered Employees.

13. Indemnification. To the extent permitted by law, all officers, directors, agents and representatives of the Company shall be indemnified by the Company and held harmless against any claims and the expenses of defending against such claims resulting from any action or conduct relating to the administration of the Policy, whether as a member of the Board or a committee thereof or otherwise, except to the extent that such claims arise from gross negligence, willful neglect, or willful misconduct.

14. Unfunded Policy. This Policy shall be unfunded and shall not create (or be construed to create) a trust or separate fund. Likewise, the Policy shall not establish any fiduciary relationship between the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and any Covered Employee.


15. Policy Not an Employment Contract. This Policy is not a contract between the Company and any employee, nor is it a condition of employment of any employee. Nothing contained in the Policy gives, or is intended to give, any employee the right to be retained in the service of the Company, or to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge or terminate the employment of any employee at any time and for any reason. No employee shall have the right or claim to benefits beyond those expressly provided in this Policy, if any. All rights and claims are limited as set forth in the Policy.

16. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Policy (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any Section of this Policy) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Policy, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Policy shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

17. Non-Assignability by Covered Employee; Assignability by Company. No right or interest of any Covered Employee in the Policy shall be assignable or transferable in whole or in part either directly or by operation of law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge or bankruptcy. In the event of the Covered Employee’s death after a Termination Event but prior to the completion by the Company of all payments due him or her under this Policy, the Company shall continue such payments to the Covered Employee’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to her death (or to her estate, if the Employee fails to make such designation). The Company may assign or otherwise transfer this Policy to any other person or entity without any Covered Employee’s consent.

18. Integration With Other Pay or Benefits Requirements. The Severance Benefits provided for in the Policy are the maximum benefits that the Company will pay to Covered Employees upon a Termination Event. To the extent that the Company owes any amounts in the nature of severance benefits to any Covered Employee under any other program, policy or plan of the Company that is not otherwise superseded by this Policy, or to the extent that any federal, state or local law, including, without limitation, so-called “plant closing” laws, requires the Company to give advance notice or make a payment of any kind to an employee because of that Covered Employee’s involuntary termination due to a layoff, reduction in force, plant or facility closing, sale of business, or similar event, the benefits provided under this Policy or the other arrangement shall either be reduced or eliminated to avoid any duplication of payment. The Company intends for the benefits provided under this Policy to partially or fully satisfy any and all statutory obligations that may arise out of a Covered Employee’s involuntary termination for the foregoing reasons and the Company shall so construe and implement the terms of the Policy.

19. Amendment or Termination. The Board may amend, modify or terminate the Policy at any time in its sole discretion; provided, however, that (i) any such amendment, modification or termination that may adversely affect the rights of any Covered Employee shall be approved by a majority of the Company’s Board; provided that no such amendment, modification or termination may be made following a Change in Control without the consent of any such adversely affected person, and (ii) no such amendment, modification or termination may affect the rights of a Covered Employee then receiving payments or benefits under the Policy without the consent of such person.


20. Governing Law. This Policy and the rights of all persons under this Policy shall be construed in accordance with and under applicable provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws provisions). This Policy is not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

21. Successor to Company. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to perform this Policy to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no succession had taken place.


Appendix A

List of Covered Employees

Exhibit 10.6

TOAST, INC.

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER SEVERANCE LETTER

This letter (the “Letter”) is being executed and delivered to confirm certain agreements and understandings pertaining to your employment with Toast, Inc. (the “Company”). Reference is made to (i) the Toast, Inc. Severance and Change in Control Policy (the “Severance Policy”) adopted by the Company on June 2, 2021 and (ii) that certain letter agreement, dated March 23, 2018, between you and the Company (the “Change in Control Letter”) providing for accelerated vesting of your outstanding equity awards in the event of certain termination events following a Sale Event (as defined in the Change in Control Letter). The terms not expressly defined in this Letter shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Severance Policy.

In connection with the Company’s anticipated initial public offering, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) adopted the Severance Policy to provide for the payment of severance payments and accelerated vesting terms in connection with certain termination events. By executing and delivering this Letter, you hereby acknowledge and agree, in consideration for the eligibility to participate in the Severance Policy, to irrevocably waive any and all rights or entitlement to the benefits provided in the Change in Control Letter thereof or any other agreement or policy in connection with a termination of your employment. The Severance Policy is attached as Exhibit A to this Letter, and the terms of such Severance Policy are incorporated in and made part of this Letter. Notwithstanding the terms of the Severance Policy, as a result of this Letter, solely with respect to your employment with the Company, the following terms shall apply in lieu of and expressly supersede the terms of Severance Policy:

1. Good Reason. With respect to you, Section 4(b) of the Severance Policy shall be superseded and replaced with the following:

“(b) Termination of the Covered Employee’s employment by the Covered Employee for Good Reason. For purposes of this Policy, “Good Reason” shall mean that the Covered Employee has complied with the Good Reason Process (hereinafter defined) following, the occurrence of any of the following events:

a material diminution in your responsibilities, authority or duties including, but not limited to, any of the following events without your prior written consent: (A) a material change in your reporting responsibilities such that you no longer report directly to the Board or the board of directors of the Company or a successor, (B) the Company’s creation of another executive role that has the responsibilities, authority and duties typically assigned to a chief executive officer of a publicly traded company, or (C) your title is changed to a title other than the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

(i) a material breach by the Company of this Letter, including a breach of Section 2;

(ii) a 50 mile or greater change in the principal geographic location at which you are required to provide services to the Company, not including business travel and short-term assignments.

Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) you reasonably determine in good faith that a Good Reason condition has occurred; (ii) you notify the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (iii) you cooperate in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (v) you terminate your employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.”

2. Board Service. Subject to the fiduciary obligations of the Board and its committees, for as long as you serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, the Company shall cause the corporate governance and nominating committee of the Board or its equivalent to nominate you for re-election as a member of the Board consistent with Board practices as and when your term as a member of the Board otherwise would expire. You agree that you shall receive no additional compensation for your service on the Board. You expressly agree to resign from the Board upon your termination of employment with the Company for any reason and you further acknowledge and agree that any payment or benefits that become due and payable under the Severance Policy are subject to your resignation from the Board as of the effective date of the applicable Termination Event thereunder, provided the Board may, in its sole and reasonable discretion, elect not to enforce such Board resignation mandate upon the ending of your employment.


3. Severance Computations. For purposes of calculating the cash compensation payable to you under Sections 5(a) and 5(b) of the Severance Policy upon any Termination Event, (a) the base salary input shall be an amount equal to the greater of (i) your base salary in effect immediately prior to the Termination Event and (ii) $250,000 and (b) the target annual bonus input shall be an amount equal to the greater of (i) your then current target bonus or (ii) $185,000.

4. Amendments. This Letter, and the Severance Policy as it applies to you which has been incorporated by reference herein, may be amended, superseded, cancelled, renewed, or extended, and the terms hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the parties hereto.

Other than the changes noted above, all other provisions of the Severance Policy shall remain in full force and effect according to its terms.

Please indicate your agreement by countersigning a copy of this Letter and delivering it to the Company. This Letter will be effective as of the date written above upon the Company’s receipt of your countersignature to this Letter. This Letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and such counterparts together shall constitute only one instrument. Any of such counterparts shall be sufficient for the purposes of proving the existence and terms of this Letter and no party shall be required to produce an original or all of such counterparts in making such proof. A binding and valid signature by you or the Company may be submitted by facsimile or PDF.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Kent Bennett

On Behalf of Toast, Inc.
Kent Bennett
Chairperson Toast, Inc. Board Compensation Committee

 

ACKNOWLEDGED & ACCEPTED
By:  

/s/ Christopher Comparato

Name:   Christopher Comparato

Exhibit 10.7

Certain identified information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential. Information that was omitted has been noted in this document with a placeholder identified by the mark “[***]”.

LANDMARK CENTER

BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS

I N D E X  T O  L E A S E

FROM

LANDMARK CENTER PARK DRIVE LLC

TO

TOAST, INC


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I. Basic Lease Provisions And Enumerations Of Exhibits

     1  

1.1

 

Introduction

     1  

1.2

 

Basic Data

     1  

1.3

 

Enumeration of Exhibits

     3  

ARTICLE II. Demise And Lease Of Premises

     4  

ARTICLE III. Lease Term

     4  

ARTICLE IV. Condition Of Premises

     5  

ARTICLE V. Annual Fixed Rent And Electricity

     6  

5.1

 

Fixed Rent

     6  

5.2

 

Payment of Electricity and HVAC Charges

     7  

ARTICLE VI. Landlord’s Repairs And Services

     7  

6.1

 

Repairs by Landlord

     7  

6.2

 

Services to be Provided by Landlord

     7  

6.3

 

No Damage

     8  

6.4

 

Building Directory; Signage

     9  

ARTICLE VII. Tenant’s Repairs

     9  

7.1

 

Tenant’s Repairs and Maintenance

     9  

ARTICLE VIII. Alterations

     10  

8.1

 

Landlord’s Approval

     10  

8.2

 

Performance of Work; Governmental Permits and Insurance

     11  

8.3

 

Liens

     11  

8.4

 

Nature of Alterations

     11  

8.5

 

Increases in Taxes

     12  

ARTICLE IX. Certain Tenant Covenants

     12  

ARTICLE X. Assignment And Subletting

     14  

ARTICLE XI. Indemnity And Insurance

     15  

11.1

 

Tenant’s Indemnity

     15  

11.2

 

Tenant’s Risk

     16  

11.3

 

Tenant’s Insurance

     17  

11.4

 

Requirements for Tenant’s Insurance

     18  

11.5

 

Additional Insured

     18  

11.6

 

Certificates of Insurance

     19  

11.7

 

No Violation of Building Policies

     19  

11.8

 

Tenant to Pay Premium Increases

     19  

11.9

 

Waiver of Subrogation

     19  

11.10

 

Tenant s Work

     20  

11.11

 

Landlord’s Indemnity

     20  

11.12

 

Landlord’s Insurance

     20  

ARTICLE XII. Fire, Casualty And Taking

     21  

12.1

 

Damage Resulting from Casualty

     21  

12.2

 

Taking

     22  

ARTICLE XIII. Default

     22  

13.1

 

Tenant’s Default

     22  

13.2

 

Termination; Re-Entry

     23  

13.3

 

Continued Liability; Re-Letting

     23  

13.4

 

Liquidated Damages

     24  

 

i


13.5

 

Waiver of Redemption

     25  

13.6

 

Landlord’s Default

     25  

ARTICLE XIV. Miscellaneous Provisions

     26  

14.1

 

Waiver

     26  

14.2

 

Cumulative Remedies

     26  

14.3

 

Quiet Enjoyment

     26  

14.4

 

Surrender

     27  

14.5

 

Brokerage

     27  

14.6

 

Recording; Confidentiality

     27  

14.7

 

Notices and Time for Action

     28  

14.8

 

Subordination

     28  

14.9

 

Notice to Mortgagee and Ground Lessor

     29  

14.10

 

Status Report

     29  

14.11

 

Self-Help

     30  

14.12

 

Holding Over

     30  

14.13

 

Entry by Landlord

     31  

14.14

 

Tenant’s Payments

     31  

14.15

 

Late Payment

     31  

14.16

 

Landlord Liability

     32  

14.17

 

Miscellaneous

     32  

14.18

 

Waiver of Trial by Jury

     33  

14.19

 

Landlord’s Future Redevelopment/Changes

     33  

14.20

 

Rooftop Equipment

     35  

 

ii


LANDMARK CENTER

THIS INSTRUMENT IS AN INDENTURE OF LEASE in which the Landlord and the Tenant are the parties hereinafter named, and which relates to space in the building known as the Landmark Center, Boston, Massachusetts.

The parties to this instrument hereby agree with each other as follows:

ARTICLE I.

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS AND ENUMERATIONS OF EXHIBITS

1.1 Introduction

The following sets forth the basic data and identifying Exhibits elsewhere hereinafter referred to in this Lease, and, where appropriate, constitute definitions of the terms hereinafter listed.

1.2 Basic Data

 

Date:

   June 12, 2015

Landlord:

   Landmark, Central Park Drive LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Present Mailing Address of Landlord:

   [***]

Tenant:

   Toast, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Present Mailing Address of Tenant:

   [***]

Term or Lease Term:

   The period beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the calendar month in which the second (2nd) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.

Lease Year:

   A period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months beginning on the Rent Commencement Date or an anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, except that if the Rent Commencement Date does not fall on the first day of a calendar month, then the first Lease Year shall begin on the Rent Commencement Date and end on the last day of the month containing the first anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, and each succeeding Lease Year shall begin on the day following the last day of the prior Lease Year.


Commencement Date:

   As defined in Article III.

Estimated Commencement Date:

   July 15,2015

Rent Commencement Date:

   The date that is fifteen (15) days after the Commencement Date.

Premises:

   A portion of the eighth (8th) floor of the Office Area, in accordance with the floor plan annexed hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference.

Rentable Floor Area of the Premises:

   37,500 square feet

Annual Fixed Rent:

  

 

Lease Year

   Annual Fixed Rent   Monthly Fixed Rent
1 – 2    [***]   [***]

 

Additional Rent:

   All chargers and other sums payable by Tenant as set iritis Lease, in addition to Annual Fixed Rent

Office Area

   The purposes of this Lease, the Office Area shall mean the portions of the Project devoted from time to time for general office use, as the same may be altered, expanded, reduced or otherwise changed by Landlord from time to time. The Office Area shall not include any areas which are to be leased for retail, restaurant or entertainment purposes, nor shall it include the parking facilities located within the Project.

 

2


Project:

  

For purposes of this Lease, the Project shall mean the land, buildings, garages, together with all common areas and other improvements thereon, commonly known as “The Landmark Center” , 401 Park Drive, Boston, Massachusetts. Tenant acknowledges that the Project is a mixed use project consisting of retail areas, office buildings and other commercial uses and may be altered, expanded, reduced or otherwise changed from time to time and that Landlord reserves the right to modify the Project, to change the uses thereof, and to designate areas of the Project as common areas or as areas for the exclusive use of one or more occupants or one or more uses; provided, however, that any such alteration, expansion or reduction shall not cause any material interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use. The Project is a project approved and undertaken under Chapter 121A of the Massachusetts General Laws and Chapter 652 of the Acts of 1960, both as amended. Tenant hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed, prior to execution of this Lease, the project designation for the Project under the provisions of said Chapter 121A which sets forth fully the permitted uses and limitations for the Project and, therefore, for the demised premises (the “121A Designation”). Tenant hereby covenants and agrees that is shall do nothing which would be in violation of the permitted uses under the 121A Designation. Landlord represents to Tenant that as of the date of general office use is a permitted use under applicable zoning regulations and the 121A Designation.

 

Landlord determine to establish a condominium to which the Premises will be located. If Landlord determines to establish a condominium, then this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all of the documents creating the condominium.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the condominium documents, and any modifications thereto, shall not limit Tenant’s rights or increase Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

Permitted Use:

   General office purposes

Broker:

   Cushman & Wakefield and T3 Advisors

Normal Business Hours:

   8:00 a m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday; 9:00 a.m. to 1 p.m., Saturdays, holidays excepted.

1.3 Enumeration of Exhibits

The following Exhibits attached hereto are a part of this Lease, are incorporated herein by reference, and are to be treated as a part of this Lease for all purposes.

Exhibit A           Floor Plan of the Premises

Exhibit A-l         Demolition Plan

Exhibit B            Form of Commencement Date Exhibit

 

3


ARTICLE II.

DEMISE AND LEASE OF PREMISES

Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires and accepts from Landlord, the Premises in the Office Area, excluding exterior faces of exterior walls, the common stairways and stairwells, elevators and elevator walls, mechanical rooms, electric and telephone closets, janitor closets, and pipes, ducts, shafts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures serving exclusively or in common other parts of the Office Area, and if the Premises includes less than the entire rentable area of any floor, excluding the common corridors, elevator

The Premises are hereby leased to Tenant from Landlord, together with the nonexclusive right to use any portions of the Property that are from time to time designated by Landlord for the common use of tenants and others such sidewalks, common corridors, common stairways and stairwells, elevators and elevator foyer, common restrooms, vending area and lobby) and subject to reasonable rules of general applicability to tenant of the Office Area from time to time made by Landlord. In addition, Tenant shall have the right to use, on a non-exclusive basis in common with other tenants, at no additional charge to Tenant, the common area meeting and team rooms and common area dining/gathering areas as Landlord may provide in the Office Area, subject to reasonable rules of general applicability to tenants of the Office Area from time to time made by Landlord. Nothing contained herein shall affect Landlord’s right to add to, subtract from, or alter the common areas so long as the same does not materially adversely affect Tenant’s access to the Premises Landlord is not under any obligation to permit individuals without proper building identification to enter the Office Area 6:00 p.m.

During the Term of this Lease, Tenant and its employees shall have access to the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year, subject to Landlord’s reasonable security procedures and restrictions based on emergency conditions and other causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

ARTICLE III.

LEASE TERM

The Term of this Lease shall be the period specified in Section 1.2 hereof as the “Lease Term,” unless sooner terminated or extended as herein provided. The Commencement Date shall be the date on which Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete (as said terms are hereinafter defined). Landlord’s Work shall be deemed to be “Substantially Complete” on the date that all Landlord’s Work has been performed, other than any details of construction, mechanical adjustment or any other similar matter, the non-completion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises (so called “punch-list” items) provided that Landlord will thereafter diligently pursue the completion of the punch-list items. If Landlord is delayed in the performance of Landlord’s Work as a result of the acts or omissions of Tenant or any Tenant Party, including, without limitation, (i) changes requested by Tenant to approved plans, (ii) Tenant’s failure to comply with any of its obligations under this Lease, or (iii) the specification of any materials or equipment with long lead times for which Tenant was notified in advance that such specification would result in a delay in the performance of Landlord’s Work (a “Tenant Delay”), Landlord’s Work shall be deemed to be Substantially Complete on the date that Landlord could reasonably have been expected to Substantially Complete Landlord’s Work absent any Tenant Delay.

 

4


As soon as may be convenient after the Commencement Date has been determined, Landlord and Tenant agree to join with each other in the execution, in the form of Exhibit B hereto, of a written Commencement Date Agreement in which the Commencement Date and specified Lease Term of this Lease shall be stated. If Tenant shall fail to execute such Agreement, the Commencement Date and Lease Term shall be as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

ARTICLE IV.

CONDITION OF PREMISES

Prior to delivery of the Premises, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s cost and expense, and using building standard methods, materials and finishes, perform the following work in the Premises (Landlord’s Work”); (i) remove all existing work stations and furniture; (ii) paint the Premises; (iii) clean the existing carpet in the Premises; (iv) remove all existing etched window glass in all exterior perimeter offices leaving all partial knee walks and soffits in place; (v) demolish the existing improvements in the Premises in accordance with the plan attached hereto, as Exhibit A-l; (vi) erect a demising wall for the so-called “Shoobx” premises in the location shown on Exhibit A-l attached hereto; and (vii) construct an entrance for the Shoobx portion of the Premises. Landlord’s Work in a good and workmanlike manner consistent with the standards applicable to the Project and in compliance with applicable laws, codes and regulations. As of the Commencement Date, the building systems serving the Premises shall be in good working order and condition.

Except for Landlord’s obligation to perform Landlord’s Work, the Premises are accepted by Tenant in “as-is” condition and configuration without any representations or warranties by Landlord. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant agrees that the Premises are in good order and satisfactory condition, provided that within [***] of taking possession of the Premises Tenant may provide Landlord with a list of any incomplete items or defects that Tenant has discovered in Landlord’s Work, and Landlord shall diligently pursue the cure or completion of such items or defects. Landlord shall not be liable for a failure to deliver possession of the Premises or any other space due to the holdover or unlawful possession of such space by another party; provided, however, that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain possession of the space. If Tenant takes possession of the Premises before the Commencement Date, such possession shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord for each day of such possession before the Commencement Date. However, except for the cost of services requested by Tenant, Tenant shall not be required to pay Rent for any days of possession before the Commencement Date during which Tenant, with the approval of Landlord, is in possession of the Premises for the sole purpose of performing improvements or installing Tenant’s property.

 

5


After Landlord determines that Landlord’s Work has sufficiently progressed to the point where permitting Tenant to enter the Premises will not adversely affect the timely completion of or the cost of completion of the remaining elements of Landlord’s Work, then Landlord will permit Tenant and Tenant’s contractor to enter the Premises for the limited purpose of moving in and installing Tenant’s equipment and furniture, installing Tenant’s phone and data/computer wiring and cabling. Any such early entry shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, and Landlord shall have no liabilities or obligations to Tenant in connection therewith, including any liability for damage or injury to persons or property in connection therewith. Prior to such entry, Tenant shall obtain and submit to Landlord all insurance coverages required pursuant to this Lease. Upon such entry, Tenant shall be bound by and shall comply with all provisions of the Lease (excluding the payment of any Annual Fixed Rent), including, without limitation, the provisions of the Lease regarding the performance of alterations, improvements and installations in the Premises, notwithstanding that the Commencement Date may not yet have occurred. Without limitation, all of such work performed by Tenant in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date shall be coordinated with any work being performed by Landlord so as not to delay the completion of Landlord’s Work.

In the event Tenant desires any improvements be made to the Premises, in addition to the aforementioned Landlord’s Work, and additional improvements shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense in accordance with the terms of the Lease, including, without limitation, Article VIII hereof.

ARTICLE V.

ANNUAL FIX HD RENT AND ELECTRICITY

5.1 Fixed Rent

Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, on the Rent Commencement Date, and thereafter monthly, in advance, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, a sum equal to one-twelfth (l/12th) of the Annual Fixed Rent specified in Section 1.2 hereof. Until notice of some other designation is given in writing, fixed rent and all other charges for which provision is herein made shall be paid either (i) by remittance to or for the order of Landlord as follows:

[***]

or (ii) by electronic ACH transfer to Landlord as follows:

[***]

Annual Fixed Rent for any partial month shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord at such rate on a pro rata basis, and, if the Rent Commencement Date shall be other than the first day of a calendar month, the first payment of Annual Fixed Rent which Tenant shall make to Landlord shall be a payment equal to a proportionate part of such monthly Annual Fixed Rent for the partial month from the Rent Commencement Date to the first day of the succeeding calendar month. Additional Rent payable by Tenant oh a monthly basis, as elsewhere provided in this Lease, likewise shall be prorated, and the rent payment on account thereof shall be determined in similar fashion and shall commence on the Commencement Date and other provisions of this Lease calling for monthly payments shall be read as incorporating this undertaking by Tenant.

 

6


Notwithstanding that the payment of Annual Fixed Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord shall not commence until the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall be subject to, and shall comply with, all other provisions of this Lease as and at the times provided in this Lease. The Annual Fixed Rent and all other charges for which provision is made in this Lease shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord without setoff, deduction or abatement.

For the sake of clarity, the parties acknowledge that Annual Fixed Rent includes all real estate tax and operating expenses, including cleaning and janitorial services for the Premises.

5.2 Payment of Electricity and HVAC Charges

Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, an annual charge for Tenant’s electrical usage in the Premises (including HVAC distribution) equal to [***], payable in twelve (12) equal monthly installments, each payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof. In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for payment on an overtime basis for Landlord’s provision of HVAC to the Premises beyond Normal Business Hours. Currently, such charges are calculated at the rate of [***] per hour for the Premises, which rate is subject to change from time to time. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice by 12:00 noon each Friday as to any such needs for the following Saturday (beyond Normal Business Hours), Sunday or holiday. HVAC systems shall provide comfort levels for normal office use during Normal Business Hours and during any periods of Tenant’s properly noticed overtime use.

ARTICLE VI.

LANDLORD’S REPAIRS AND SERVICES

6.1 Repairs by Landlord

Except for (a) normal and reasonable wear and use and (b) damage caused by fire or casualty and by eminent domain (which are addressed below in this Lease), Landlord shall, throughout the Lease Term, keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, in good order, condition and repair the following portions of the Office Area: the structural portions of the roof, the exterior and load bearing walls, the foundation, the structural columns and floor slabs and other structural elements of the Office Area, glass in exterior walls, the HVAC, electrical, plumbing, mechanical and life-safety building systems serving the Premises and the common areas and facilities of the Office Area. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the reasonable, actual cost of any and all such repairs which may be required as a result of repairs, alterations, or installations made by Tenant or any subtenant, assignee, licensee or concessionaire of Tenant or any agent, servant-employee or contractor of any of them or to the extent of any loss, destruction or damage caused by the omission or negligence of Tenant, any assignee or subtenant or any agent, servant, employee, customer, visitor or contractor of any of them.

6.2 Services to be Provided by Landlord

In addition, and except as otherwise provided in this Lease and subject to provisions in regard to electricity as provided in Section 5.2, Landlord agrees to furnish, at no additional charge to Tenant, services, utilities, facilities and applies equal in quality comparable to those customarily provided by landlords in comparable first class office buildings in Boston, including, without limitation, water, gas, sewer, steam, chilled water, heating and air- conditioning, passenger elevator service and janitorial services for the Premises on Business Days. In addition, Landlord agrees to furnish at Tenant’s expense, reasonable additional Office Area operation services which are usual and customary in similar buildings in Boston, and such additional special services as may be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, upon reasonable and equitable rates from time to time established by Landlord. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the cost of any such additional Office Area services requested by Tenant and for the cost of any additions, alterations, improvements or other work performed by Landlord in the Premises at the request of Tenant within [***] after being billed therefor.

 

7


6.3 No Damage

Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any compensation or reduction of rent by reason of inconvenience or annoyance or for loss of business arising from the necessity of Landlord or its agents entering the Premises for any purposes in this Lease authorized, or for repairing the Premises or any portion of the Office Area or Project however the necessity may occur. In case Landlord is prevented or delayed from making any repairs, alterations or improvements, or furnishing any services or performing any other covenant or duty to be performed on Landlord’s part, by reason of any cause reasonably beyond Landlord’s control, or for any cause due to any act or neglect of Tenant or Tenant’s servants, agents, employees, licensees or any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason thereof (except as expressly set forth herein), or right to terminate this Lease, nor shall the same give rise to a claim in Tenant’s favor that such failure constitutes actual or constructive, total or partial, eviction from the Premises.

Landlord reserves the right to stop any service or utility system, when necessary by reason of accident or emergency, or until necessary repairs have been completed; provided, however, that in each instance of stoppage, Landlord shall exercise reasonable diligence to eliminate the cause thereof. Except in case of emergency repairs, Landlord will give Tenant reasonable advance notice of any contemplated stoppage and will use reasonable efforts to avoid unnecessary inconvenience to Tenant by reason thereof.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease contained, if due to Landlord’s default, the Premises shall lack any service which Landlord is required to provide hereunder (thereby rendering the Premises or a portion thereof untenantable) (a “Service Interruption”) so that, for the Landlord Service Interruption Cure Period, as hereinafter defined, the continued operation in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business is materially adversely affected as a direct result of such lack of service, then, provided that Tenant ceases to use the affected portion of the Premises during the entirety of the Landlord Service Interruption Cure Period and that such untenantability and Landlord’s inability to cure such condition is not caused by the fault or neglect of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors, Fixed Rent shall thereafter be abated in proportion to such untenantability until such condition is cured sufficiently to allow Tenant to occupy the affected portion of the Premises. For the purposes hereof, the “Landlord Service Interruption Cure Period” shall be defined as [***] after Landlord’s receipt of written notice from Tenant of the condition causing untenantability in the Premises. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply in the event of untenantability caused by fire or other casualty, or taking. The remedies set forth in this paragraph shall be Tenant’s sole remedies in the event of a Service Interruption.

 

8


6.4 Building Directory; Signage

Landlord shall provide building standard signage in the standard graphics for the Building listing Tenant on all internal non-electronic directory(ies) for the Office Area. The initial listing of Tenant’s name shall be at Landlord’s expense. Any changes or additions to such directory(ies) shall be at Tenant’s cost and expense. Tenant may install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, signage identifying Tenant on the entrance door to the Premises and/or within the Premises, which signage shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) so long as such signage is consistent with other tenant signage in the Office Area.

ARTICLE VII.

TENANT’S REPAIRS

7.1 Tenants Repairs and Maintenance

Tenant covenants and agrees that, from and after the date that possession of the Premises is delivered to Tenant and until the end of the Lease Term, Tenant will keep neat and clean and maintain in good order, condition and repair the Premises and every part thereof, excepting only for those repairs for which Landlord is responsible under the terms of Article VI of this Lease, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or casualty and as a consequence of the exercise of the power of eminent domain. Tenant shall not permit or commit any waste, and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of repairs which may be made necessary by reason of damages to common areas in the Office Area or the Project by Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, sublessees, licensees, concessionaires or invitees. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs of repairs and maintenance for any supplemental systems and HVAC equipment installed by Tenant. Tenant shall maintain all its equipment, furniture and furnishings in good order and repair.

If repairs are required to be made by Tenant pursuant to the terms hereof, Landlord may demand that Tenant make the same forthwith, and if Tenant refuses or neglects to commence such repairs and complete the same with reasonable dispatch after such demand, Landlord may (but shall not be required to do so) make or cause such repairs to be made and shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenant’s stock or business by reason thereof. If Landlord makes or causes such repairs to be made, Tenant agrees that Tenant will forthwith on demand, pay to Landlord as Additional Rent the reasonable, actual cost thereof together with interest thereon at the rate specified in Section 14.15 and if Tenant shall default in such payment, Landlord shall have the remedies provided for non-payment of rent or other charges payable hereunder.

 

9


ARTICLE VIII.

ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlords Approval

Tenant covenants and agrees not to make alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises, except in accordance with plans and specifications therefor first approved by Landlord in writing, which approval shall not 06 unreasonably withheld or delayed. However, Landlord’s determination of matters relating to aesthetic issues relating to alterations, additions or improvements which are visible outside the Premises shall be in Landlord’s sole discretion. Without limiting such standard, Landlord shall not be deemed unreasonable for withholding approval of any alterations, additions or improvements which (i) in Landlord’s opinion might affect any structural or exterior element of the Office Area, any area or element outside of the Premises or any facility or base building mechanical system, or (ii) will require unusual expense to readapt the Premises to normal office use on Lease termination or increase the cost of construction or of insurance or taxes on the Office Area or of the services called for by Section 6.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any alteration that satisfies all of the following criteria (a “Cosmetic Alteration”): (a) is of a cosmetic nature such as painting, wallpapering, hanging pictures and installing carpeting; (b) is not visible from the exterior of the Premises or Office Area; (c) will not affect the Project mechanical, electrical, plumbing and fire/life safety systems or equipment or the structure of the Project; (d) does not require work to be performed inside the walls, below the floor or above the ceiling of the Premises or outside of the Premises and (e) does not exceed a cost of [***]. Cosmetic Alterations shall be subject to all the other provisions of this Article VIII.

Landlord’s review and approval of any such plans and specifications and consent to perform work described therein shall not be deemed an agreement by Landlord that such plans, specifications and work conform with applicable Legal Requirements and requirements of insurers of the Office Area and the other requirements of the Lease with respect to Tenant’s insurance obligations (herein called “Insurance Requirements”) nor impose any liability or obligation upon Landlord with respect to the completeness, design sufficiency or compliance of such plans, specifications and work with applicable Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements. Further, Tenant acknowledges that Tenant is acting for its own benefit and account, and that Tenant shall not be acting as Landlord’s agent in performing any work in the Premises, accordingly, no contractor, subcontractor or supplier shall have a right to lien Landlord’s interest in the Project in connection with any such work. Within [***] after receipt of an invoice from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as a fee for Landlord’s review of any plans or work, as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) [***] per hour, plus (ii) third party expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord to review Tenant’s plans and Tenant’s work.

 

10


8.2 Performance of Work; Governmental Permits and Insurance

Tenant covenants and agrees that any alterations, additions, improvements or installations made by it to or upon the Premises shall be done a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements now or hereafter in force, that materials of first and other case, good quality shall be employed therein, that the structure of the Office Area shall not be endangered or impaired thereby and that the Premises shall not be diminished in value thereby. All of Tenant’s alterations and additions and installations of furnishings shall be coordination with any work being performed by or for Landlord and in such manner to maintain harmonious labor relations and not to damage the Office Area or Project or interfere with Office Area construction or operation and shall be performed by contractors first approved by Landlord. Tenant shall procure all necessary governmental permits before making any repairs, alterations, other improvements or installations. Tenant agrees to save harmless and indemnify Landlord from any and all injury, loss, claims or damage to any person or property occasioned by or arising out of the doing of any such work, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any of its agents, employees or contractors. At Landlord’s election, Tenant shall cause its contractor to maintain: (i) a payment and performance bond in such amount and with such companies as Landlord shall reasonably approve, and (ii) a lien bond, in recordable form, covering all work performed on the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall cause each contractor to carry insurance in accordance with Section 11.3 hereof, as well as comprehensive automobile liability insurance issued on a form at least as broad as ISO Business Auto Coverage form CA 00 01 07 97, or other form providing equivalent coverage, in an amount not less than [***] for each accident, and to deliver to Landlord certificates of all such insurance. Tenant shall also prepare and submit to Landlord a set of as-built plans, in both print and electronic forms, showing such work performed by Tenant to the Premises promptly after any such alterations, improvements or installations are substantially complete and promptly after any wiring or cabling for Tenant’s computer, telephone and other communications systems is installed by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor. Without limiting any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, Tenant shall be responsible, as Additional Rent, for the costs of any alterations, additions or improvements in or to the Office Area that are required in order to comply with Legal Requirements as a result of any work performed by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to provide rules and regulations relative to the performance of any alterations, additions, improvements and installations by Tenant hereunder and Tenant shall abide by all such reasonable rules and regulations and shall cause all of its contractors to so abide including, without limitation, payment for the costs of using Office Area services.

8.3 Liens

Tenant covenants and agrees to pay promptly when due the entire cost of any work done on the Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors, and not to cause or permit any liens for labor or materials performed or furnished in connection therewith to attach to the Premises or the Office Area or the Project and immediately to discharge any such liens which may so attach.

8.4 Nature of Alterations

All work, construction, repairs, alterations, other improvements or installations made to or upon the Premises shall become part of the Premises and shall become the property of Landlord and remain upon and be surrender with the Premises as a part thereof upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, except as follows:

(a) All trade fixtures installed by or on behalf of Tenant shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time during the Lease Term and shall be removed by Tenant at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises occasioned by the removal of any such property from the Premises.

 

11


(b) At the expiration or early termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall remove; (i) any wiring, cables or other installations appurtenant made by or on behalf of Tenant for Tenant’s computer, telephone and other communication systems and equipment whether located in the Premises or in any other portion of the Office Area, including all risers (collectively, “Cable”), unless Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that such Cable shall remain in the Premises, and (ii) any alterations, additions and improvements made by or on behalf of Tenant with Landlord’s consent during the Lease Term for which such removal was made a condition of such consent. At the time Landlord approves any of Tenant’s alterations, additions or improvements Landlord shall notify Tenant which of the subject alterations, additions or improvements, if any, will be required to be removed by Tenant at the end of the Term. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant in writing at the time Landlord approves any of Tenant’s alterations, additions or improvements that Landlord will require the same to be removed by Tenant at the end of the Term, then Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any such alterations, additions or improvements. Upon such removal Tenant shall restore the Premises to their condition prior to such alterations, additions and improvements and repair any damage occasioned by such removal and restoration.

8.5 Increases in Taxes

Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, one hundred percent (100%) of any increase in real estate taxes on the Office Area which result solely from alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises made by Tenant if the taxing authority specifically determines such increase results from such alterations, additions or improvements made by Tenant.

ARTICLE IX.

CERTAIN TENANT COVENANTS

Tenant covenants and agrees to the following during the Lease Term and for such further time as Tenant occupies any part of the Premises:

9.1 To pay when due all Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and all charges for utility services rendered to the Premises and service inspections therefor and, as further Additional Rent, all charges for additional and special services rendered pursuant to Section 6.2.

9.2 To use and occupy the Premises for the Permitted Use only, and not to injure or deface the Premises or the Office Area or the Project and not to permit in the Premises any auction sale, flammable fluids or chemicals, or nuisance, or the emission from the Premises of any objectionable noise or odor, nor to permit in the Premises anything which would in any way result in the leakage of fluid or the growth of mold, and not to use or devote the Premises or any part thereof for any purpose other than the Permitted Use nor any set thereof which is inconsistent with the maintenance of the Office Area as an office building of the first-class in the quality of its maintenance, use and occupancy, or which is improper, offensive, contrary to law or ordinance or liable to invalidate or increase the premiums for any insurance on the Office Area or its contents or liable to render necessary any alteration or addition to the Office Area. Further, (i) Tenant shall not, nor shall Tenant permits its employees, invitees, agents, independent contractors, contractors, assignees or subtenants to, keep, maintain, store or dispose of (into the sewage or waste disposal system or otherwise) or engage in any activity which might produce or generate any substance which is or may hereafter be classified as a hazardous material, waste or substance (collectively “Hazardous Materials”), under federal, state or local laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., 42 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq., 49 U.S.C. Section 1802 et seq. and Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 21E and the rules and regulations promulgated under any of the foregoing, as such laws, rules and regulations may be amended from time to time (collectively “Hazardous Materials Laws”), provided that Tenant may use and store customary cleaning and office supplies in accordance with applicable Hazardous Materials Laws, (ii) Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of any incident in, on or about the Premises, the Office Area or the Project that would require the filing of a notice under any Hazardous Materials Laws, (iii) Tenant shall comply and shall cause its employees, invitees, agents, independent contractors, contractors, assignees and subtenants to comply with each of the foregoing and (iv) Landlord shall have the right to make such inspections (including testing) as Landlord shall elect from time to time to determine that Tenant is complying with the foregoing.

 

12


9.3 Not to obstruct in any manner any portion of the Office Area not hereby leased or any portion thereof or of the Project used by Tenant in common with others; not without prior consent of Landlord to permit the painting or placing of any signs, curtains, blinds, shades, awnings, aerials or flagpoles, or the like, visible from outside the Premises; and to comply with all reasonable rules and regulations now or hereafter made by Landlord, of which Tenant has been given notice, for the care and use of the Office Area and the Project and their facilities and approaches, but Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the failure of other occupants of the Office Area to conform to such rules and regulations.

9.4 Not to place a load upon any floor in the Premises exceeding the live load (including partitions) per square foot of floor area for which the Office Area is designed; and not to move any safe, vault or other heavy equipment in, about or out of the Premises except in such manner and at such time as Landlord shall in each instance authorize. Tenant’s business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant at Tenant’s expense in settings sufficient to absorb and prevent vibration or noise that may be transmitted to the Office Area structure or to any other space in the Office Area.

9.5 To pay promptly when due all taxes which may be imposed upon personal property (including, without limitation, fixtures and equipment) in the Premises to whomever assessed.

9.6 To pay, as Additional Rent, all reasonable costs, counsel and other fees incurred by Landlord in connection with the successful enforcement by Landlord of any obligations of Tenant under this Lease or in connection with any bankruptcy case involving Tenant or any guarantor.

9.7 To comply with all Legal Requirements now or hereafter in force relating to or as a result of the use or occupancy of the Premises; provided that Tenant shall not be required to make any alterations or additional to the structure, roof, exterior and load bearing walls, foundation, structural floor slabs and other structural elements of the Office Area unless the same as a required by such Legal Requirements as a result o for in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises beyond normal use of space of this kind.

9.8 In order to reduce peak hour trip generation of employees at the Project, Landlord encourages all employers at the Project to adopt flexible work schedules for its employees. Landlord encourages all employers at the Project to participate in the Corporate Pass Program of the Massachusetts Bay Transit Authority which is designed to encourage the use of mass transit by persons working in Boston. As of June 1988, one hundred and twenty-five greater Boston companies provided subsidies for the purchase by their employees of monthly transit passes through this program with subsidies ranging from 10% to 100% of the cost of the transit pass. The provision of transit pass subsidies may also offer certain benefits to employers under tax law. Landlord encourages (but does not require) all employers at the Project to participate in this program and to inform their employees of the benefits of using monthly transit passes.

 

13


9.9 Any vendors engaged by Tenant to perform services in or to the Premises shall be coordinated with any work being performed by or for Landlord and in such manner as to maintain harmonious labor relations and not to damage the Office Area or Project or interfere with Office Area construction or operation and shall be performed by vendors first approved by Landlord.

9.10 As an inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant hereby represents and warrants that: (i) Tenant is not, nor is it owned or controlled directly or indirectly by, any person, group, entity or nation named on any list issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) pursuant to Executive Order 13224 or any similar list or any law, order, rule or regulation or any Executive Order of the President of the United States as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person” or other banned or blocked person (any such person, group, entity or nation being hereinafter referred to as a “Prohibited Person”); (ii) Tenant is not (nor is it owned, controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person, group, entity or nation which is) acting directly or indirectly for or on behalf of any Prohibited Person; and (iii) from and after the effective date of the above-referenced Executive Order, Tenant (and any person, group, or entity which Tenant controls, directly or indirectly) has not conducted nor will conduct business nor has engaged nor will engage in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person in violation of the U.S. Patriot Act or any OFAC rule or regulation, including without limitation any assignment of this Lease or any subletting of all or any portion of the Premises or the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person in violation of the U.S. Patriot Act or any OFAC rule or regulation. In connection with the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that (x) any breach by Tenant of the foregoing representations and warranties shall be deemed an Event of Default by Tenant under Section 13.1(d) of this Lease and shall be covered by the indemnity provision of Section 11.1 below, and (y) the representations and warranties contained in this subsection shall be continuing in nature and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

9.11 Tenant shall restrict its hours of accepting or dispatching high volume deliveries and shipments to those approved in advance by Landlord, and shall fully cooperate with Landlord in coordination said shipments with the postal authorities and other tenants in the Project, in order to ensure harmonious and coordinated operation of the Project. All deliveries shall be made at the designated loading docks or mailrooms (as applicable). Tenant hereby acknowledges a general prohibition against deliveries by trucks arriving or departing between the hours of 11:30 AM to 1:30 AM, 4:30 PM to 8:30 PM, and 11:00 PM to 7:00 AM without Landlord’s prior written approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Absent Landlord’s direct negligence or willful misconduct or breach of this Lease, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage, loss or theft of Tenant’s goods, merchandise, mail, or personalty arising, from deliveries to the Premises by means of any portions of the buildings, the loading docks, elevators, or other common areas.

ARTICLE X.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

Tenant covenants and agrees that it shall not assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease and/or Tenant’s interest in this Lease or sublet (which term, without limitation, shall include granting of concessions, licenses or the like) the whole or any part of the Premises, or to permit occupancy of the Premises or any part thereof by anyone other than the Tenant. Any assignment, mortgage, pledge, occupancy arrangement, hypothecation, transfer or subletting without Landlord’s express consent shall be void, ab initio; shall be of no force and effect; and shall confer no rights on or in favor of third parties; and, at Landlord’s sole option, shall constitute a default of Tenant entitling Landlord to exercise its remedies in the event of default hereunder by Tenant. In addition, Landlord shall be entitled to seek specific performance of, and other equitable relief with respect to, the provisions of this Article X. In no event shall any assignment, subletting or transfer, including a Permitted Transfer, release or relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, and Tenant shall remain primarily liable for the performance of the tenant’s obligations under this Lease, as amended from time to time.

 

14


Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may assign its entire interest under this Lease to a successor to Tenant by merger, consolidation or reorganization or assign this Lease to a purchaser of all or substantial!} all of Tenant’s stock or assets without the consent of Landlord, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied (a “Permitted Transfer”): (1) Tenant is not in default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods); (2) such transfer is being made for a legitimate independent business purpose and not for the purpose of transferring this Lease; (3) Tenant’s successor shall own all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant; (4) Tenant’s successor shall have a net worth (using generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and using the most recent financial statements) which is at least equal to the greater of Tenant’s net worth at the date of this Lease or Tenant’s net worth as of the day prior to the proposed purchase, consolidation or reorganization; and (5) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least [***] prior to the effective date of the proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization subject to any legal restrictions as to the timing of such notice). Tenant’s notice to Landlord shall include information and documentation showing that each of the above conditions has been satisfied. If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s successor shall sign a commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement.

ARTICLE XI.

INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

11.1 Tenants Indemnity

(a) Indemnity. To the maximum extent permitted by law and subject to Section 11.9 below, Tenant waives any right to contribution against the Landlord Parties (as hereinafter defined) and agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Landlord Parties from and against all claims of whatever nature arising from or claimed to have arisen from (i) any act, omission or negligence of the Tenant Parties (as hereinafter defined); (ii) any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person, or to the property of any person, occurring in or about the Premises from the earlier of (A) the date on which any Tenant Party first enters the Premises for any reason or (B) the Commencement Date, and thereafter throughout and until the end of the Lease Term, and after the end of the Lease Term for so long after the end of the Lease Term as Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the Landlord Parties; (iii) any accident, injury or damage whatsoever occurring outside the Premises but within the Office Area or the garage, or on common areas of the Project, where such accident, injury or damage results, or is claimed to have resulted, from any negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any of the Tenant Parties; or (iv) any breach of this Lease by Tenant. Tenant shall pay such indemnified amounts as they are incurred by the Landlord Parties. This indemnification shall not be construed to deny or reduce any other rights or obligations of indemnity that any of the Landlord Parties may have under this Lease or the common law.

 

15


(b) No limitation. The indemnification obligations under this Section 11.1 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Tenant or any subtenant or other occupant of the Premises under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. Tenant waives any immunity from or limitation on its indemnity or contribution liability to the Landlord Parties based upon such acts. The terms of this Section 11.1 shall survive any termination or expiration of this Lease.

(c) Costs. The indemnity and hold harmless agreements contained herein shall include indemnity for all costs, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by the Landlord Parties or the Tenant Parties, as applicable, in connection with any such claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof. In addition, in the event that any action or proceeding shall be brought against one or more Landlord Parties by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon request from the Landlord Party, shall resist and defend such action or proceeding on behalf of the Landlord Party by counsel appointed by Tenant’s insurer (if such claim is covered by insurance without reservation) or otherwise by counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Landlord Party. The Landlord Parties shall not be bound by any compromise or settlement of any such claim, action or proceeding without the prior written consent of such Landlord Parties.

11.2 Tenants Risk

Tenant agrees to use and occupy the Premises, and to use such other portions of the Office Area and the Project as Tenant is given the right to use by this Lease at Tenant’s own risk. Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any of the Landlord Parties, the Landlord Parties shall not be liable to the Tenant Parties for any damage, injury, loss, compensation, or claim (including, but not limited to, claims for the interruption of or loss to a Tenant Party’s business) based on, arising out of or resulting from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, repairs to any portion of the Premises or the Office Area or the Project, any fire, robbery, theft, mysterious disappearance, or any other crime or casualty, the actions of any other tenants of the Office Area or of any other person or persons, or any leakage in any part or portion of the Premises or the Office Area or the Project, or from water, rain or snow that may leak into, or flow from any part of the Premises or the Office Area or the Project, or from drains, pipes or plumbing fixtures in the Office Area or the Project. Any goods, property or personal effects stored or placed in or about the Premises shall be at the sole risk of the Tenant Party, and neither the Landlord Parties nor their insurers shall in any manner be held responsible therefor. The Landlord Parties shall not be responsible or liable to a Tenant Party, or to those claiming by, through or under a Tenant Party, for any loss or damage that may be occasioned by or through the acts or omissions of persons occupying adjoining premises or any part of the premises adjacent to or connecting with the Premises or any part of the Office Area or otherwise.

 

16


11.3 Tenants Insurance

(a) Tenant agrees to maintain in full force on or before the earlier of (i) the date on which any Tenant Party first enters the Premises for any reason or (ii) the Commencement Date, and thereafter throughout and until the end of the Lease Term, and after the end of the Lease Term for so long as Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereafter, a policy of commercial general liability insurance, on an occurrence basis, issued on a form at least as broad as Insurance Services Office (“ISO”) Commercial General Liability Coverage “occurrence” form CG 00 01 10 01 or another Commercial General Liability “occurrence” form providing equivalent coverage. Such insurance shall include broad form contractual liability coverage, specifically covering but not limited to the indemnification obligations undertaken by Tenant in this Lease. The minimum limits of liability of such insurance shall be [***] per occurrence. In addition, in the event Tenant hosts a function in the Premises, Tenant agrees to obtain, and cause any persons or parties providing services for such function to obtain, the appropriate insurance coverages as determined by Landlord (including liquor liability coverage, if applicable) and provide Landlord with evidence of the same.

(b) Tenant shall maintain at all times during the Term of the Lease, and during such earlier time as Tenant may be performing work in or to the Premises or have property, fixtures, furniture, equipment, machinery, goods, supplies, wares or merchandise on the Premises, and containing thereafter so long as the Tenant is in occupancy of any part of the Premises, business interruption insurance and insurance against loss or damage covered by the so-called “all risk” type insurance coverage with respect to Tenant’s property, fixtures, furniture, equipment, machinery, goods, supplies, wares and merchandise, and all alterations, improvements and other modifications made by or on behalf of the Tenant in the Premises, and other property of Tenant located at the Premises, which are permitted to be removed by Tenant at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term except to the extent paid for by Landlord (collectively “Tenant’s Property”). The business interruption insurance required by this Section 11.4 shall be in minimum amounts typically carried by prudent tenants engaged in similar operations, but in no event shall be in an amount less than the Annual Fixed Rent then in effect during any Lease Year, plus any Additional Rent due and payable for the immediately preceding Lease Year. The “all risk” insurance required by this section shall be in an amount at least equal to the full replacement cost of Tenant’s Property. In addition, during such time as Tenant is performing work in or to the Premises. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall also maintain, or shall cause its contractor(s) to maintain, builder’s risk insurance for the full insurable value of such work. Landlord and such additional persons or entities as Landlord may reasonably request shall be named as loss payees, as their interests may appear, on the policy or policies required by this Lease. In the event of loss or damage covered by the “all risk” insurance required by this Lease, the responsibilities for repairing or restoring the loss or damage shall be determined in accordance with Article XII. To the extent that Landlord is obligated to pay for the repair or restoration of the loss or damage covered by the policy, Landlord shall be paid the proceeds of the “all risk” insurance covering the loss or damage. To the extent Tenant is obligated to pay for the repair or restoration of the loss or damage, covered by the policy, Tenant shall be paid the proceeds of the “all risk” insurance covering the loss or damage. If both Landlord and Tenant are obligated to pay for the repair or restoration of the loss or damage covered by the policy, the insurance proceeds shall be paid to each of them in the pro rata proportion of their obligations to repair or restore the loss or damage. If the loss or damage is not repaired or restored (for example, if the Lease is terminated pursuant to Article XII), the insurance proceeds shall be paid to Landlord and Tenant in the pro rata proportion of their relative contributions to the cost of the leasehold improvements covered by the policy.

 

17


(c) Tenant agrees to maintain in full force on or before the earlier of (i) the date on which any Tenant Party first enters the Premises for any reason or (ii) the Commencement Date, and thereafter throughout the end of the Term, and after the end of the Term for so long after the end of the Term as Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereafter, (1) worker’s compensation insurance; and (2) employer’s liability insurance. Such worker’s compensation insurance shall carry minimum limits as defined by the law of the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located (as the same may be amended from time to time). Such employer’s liability insurance shall be in an amount not less than [***] for each accident, [***] disease-policy limit, and [***] disease-each employee.

11.4 Requirements for Tenants Insurance

All insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be maintained with responsible companies that are admitted to do business, and are in good standing in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that have a rating of at least “A” and are within a financial size category of not less than “Class X” in the most current Best’s Key Rating Guide or such similar rating as may be reasonable selected by Landlord. All such insurance shall: (1) be acceptable in form and content to Landlord; (2) be primary and noncontributory; and (3) contain an endorsement prohibiting cancellation, failure to renew, reduction of amount of insurance, or charge in coverage without the insurer first giving Landlord [***] prior written notice (by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by fax or email) of such proposed action. No such policy shall contain any deductible or self-insured retention greater than [***]. Such deductibles and self-insured retentions shall be deemed to be “insurance” for purpose of the waiver in Section [__] below. In the event Tenant shall fail to obtain or maintain any insurance meeting the requirements of this Article, or to deliver such policies or certificates as required by this Article, Landlord may, at its option, on [***] notice to Tenant, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within [***] after deliver to Tenant of bills therefor.

11.5 Additional Insured

The commercial general liability insurance carried by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, and any additional liability insurance carried by Tenant pursuant to Section 11.3 of this Lease, shall name Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, and such other Persons as Landlord may reasonably request from time to time as additional insureds with respect to liability arising out of or related to this Lease or the operations of Tenant (collectively “Additional Insureds”). Such insurance shall provide primary coverage without contribution from any other insurance carried by or for the benefit of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, or other Additional Insureds. Such insurance shall also waive any right of subrogation against each Additional Insured.

 

18


11.6 Certificates of Insurance

On or before the earlier of (i) the date on which any Tenant Party first enters the Premises for any reason or (ii) the Commencement Date, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with certificates evidencing the insurance coverage required by this Lease, and renewal certificates shall be furnished to Landlord at least annually thereafter, and at least [***] prior to the expiration date of each policy for which a certificate was furnished. Failure by the Tenant to provide the certificates or letters required by this Section 11.6 shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the requirements in this Section 11.6. Upon request by Landlord, a true and complete copy of any insurance policy required by this Lease shall be delivered to Landlord within [***] following Landlord’s request.

11.7 No Violation of Building Policies

Tenant shall not commit or permit any violation of the policies of fire, boiler, sprinkler, water damage or other insurance covering the Project and/or the fixtures, equipment and property therein carried by Landlord, or do or permit anything to be done, or keep or permit anything to be kept, in the Premises, which in case of an} of the foregoing (i) would result in termination of any such policies, (ii) would adversely affect Landlord’s right of recovery under any of such policies, or (iii) would result in reputable and independent insurance companies refusing to insure the Project or the property of Landlord in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

11.8 Tenant to Pay Premium Increases

If, because of anything done, causes or permitted to be done, or omitted by Tenant ( or its subtenant or other occupants of the Premises), the rates for liability, fire, boiler, sprinkler, water damage or other insurance on the Project and equipment of Landlord shall be higher than they otherwise would be, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the additional insurance premiums thereafter paid by Landlord because of the aforesaid reasons.

11.9 Waiver of Subrogation

The parties hereto waive and release any and all rights of recovery against the other, and the other or to make any claim against the other, and in the case of Landlord, against all “Tenant Parties” (hereinafter defined), and in the case of Tenant, against all “Landlord Parties” (hereinafter defined, for any loss or damage incurred by the waiving/releasing party to the extent such loss or damage is insured under any insurance policy required by this Lease or which would have been so insured had the party carried the insurance it was required to carry hereunder. Tenant shall obtain from its subtenants and other occupants of the Premises a similar waiver and release of claims against any or all of Tenant or Landlord. In addition, the parties hereto (and in the case of Tenant, its subtenants and other occupants of the Premises) shall procure an appropriate clause in, or endorsement on, any insurance policy required by this Lease pursuant to which the insurance company waives subrogation. The insurance policies required by this Lease shall contain no provision that would invalidate or restrict the parties’ waiver and release of the rights of recovery in this section. The parties hereto covenant that no insurer shall hold any right of subrogation against the parties hereto by virtue of such insurance policy.

The term “Landlord Party or “Landlord Parties” shall mean Landlord, any affiliate of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agents for the Office Area, each mortgagee (if any), each ground lessor (if any), and each of their respective direct or indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, trustees, beneficiaries, servants, employees, principals, contractors, licensees, agents or representatives. For the purposes of this Lease, the term “Tenant Party or “Tenant Parties shall mean Tenant, any affiliate of Tenant, any permitted subtenant or any other permitted occupant of the Premises, and each of their respective direct or indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, trustees, beneficiaries, servants, employees, principals, contractors, licensees, agents, invitees or representatives.

 

19


11.10 Tenant s Work

During such times as Tenant is performing work or having work or services performed in or to the Premises, Tenant shall require its contractors, and their subcontractors of all tiers, to obtain and maintain commercial general liability, automobile, workers compensation, employer’s liability, builder’s risk, and equipment/property insurance in such amounts and on such terms as are reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Such insurance shall also waive any right of subrogation against each Additional Insured. Tenant shall obtain and submit to Landlord, prior to the earlier of (i) the entry onto the Premises by such contractors or subcontractors or (ii) commencement of the work or services, certificates of insurance evidencing compliance with the requirements of this section.

11.11 Landlords Indemnity

To the maximum extent permitted by law and subject to Section 11.9 above, except to the extent arising or resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of any Tenant Party, Landlord agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Tenant Parties from and against all claims of whatever nature arising from or claimed to have arisen from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever occurring, where such accident, injury or damage results from any negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any Landlord Party.

11.12 Landlords Insurance

Landlord shall maintain insurance against loss or damage with respect to the Office Area on an “all risk” type insurance form, with customary exceptions, subject to such deductibles as Landlord may determine, in an amount equal to at least the replacement value of the Office Area. Landlord shall also maintain such instance with respect to any improvements, alterations, and fixtures of Tenant located at the Premises to the extent paid for by Landlord. Such insurance shall be maintained with an insurance company selected by Landlord. Payment for losses thereunder shall be made solely to Landlord. Any or all of Landlord’s insurance may be provided by blanket coverage maintained by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord under its insurance program for its portfolio of properties, or by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord under a program of self-insurance. Landlord shall not be obligated to insure, and shall not assume any liability of risk of loss for, Tenant’s Property, including any such property or work of Tenant’s subtenants or occupants. Landlord will also have no obligation to carry insurance against, nor be responsible for, any loss suffered by Tenant, subtenants or other occupants due to interruption of Tenant’s or any subtenant’s or occupant’s business.

 

20


ARTICLE XII.

FIRE, CASUALTY AND TAKING

12.1 Damage Resulting from Casualty

If all or any portion of the Premises becomes untenantable by fire or other casualty to the Premises (collectively a “Casualty”), Landlord, with reasonable promptness, shall provide Tenant with a good faith written estimate of the amount of time required using standard working methods to substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Premises and any portion of the Office Area necessary to provide access to the Premises. If such estimate indicates that the Premises or any portion of the Office Area necessary to provide access to the Premises cannot be made tenantable within [***] from the date the repair is started, then either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other within [***] after receipt of the estimate. Tenant, however, shall not have the right to terminate this Lease if the Casualty was caused by the negligence or intentional misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Parties. In addition, Landlord, by notice to Tenant within [***] after the date of the Casualty, shall have the right to terminate this Lease if: (1) the Premises have been materially damaged and there is less than two (2) years of the Term remaining on the date of the Casualty; (2) any mortgagee requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to the payment of the mortgage debt; or (3) a material uninsured loss to the Office Area occurs.

If this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, restore the Premises and any portion of the Office Area necessary to provide access to the Premises. Such restoration shall be substantially the same condition that existed prior to the Casualty, except for modifications required by Legal Requirements or any other modifications to the common areas deemed desired by the Landlord. Upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all property insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance with respect to any alterations, improvements or installations performed by or for the benefit of Tenant; provided if the estimated cost to repair such alterations, improvements or installations exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, the excess cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repairs. Within [***] of demand, Tenant shall also pay Landlord for any additional excess costs that are determined during the performance of the repairs. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience to Tenant, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from the Casualty or the repair thereof. Provided that there exists no Event of Default, during any period of time that all or a material portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable as a result of a Casualty, the Rent shall abate for the portion of the Premises that is untenantable and not used by Tenant.

 

21


12.2 Taking

Either party may terminate this Lease if any material part of the Premises is taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under Legal Requirements, by eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking”). Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any portion of the Building or Property which would have a material adverse effect on Landlord’s ability to profitably operate the remainder of the Building. The terminating party shall provide written notice of termination to the other party within [***] after it first receives notice of the Taking. The termination shall be effective on the date the physical taking occurs. If this Lease is not terminated, Fixed Rent shall be appropriately adjusted to account for any reduction in the square footage of the Building or Premises. All compensation awarded for a Taking shall be the property of Landlord. The right to receive compensation or proceeds is expressly waived by Tenant; however, Tenant may file a separate claim for Tenant’s property and Tenant’s reasonable relocation expenses, provided the filing of the claim does not diminish the amount of Landlord’s award. If only a part of the Premises is subject to a Taking and this Lease is not terminated, Landlord, with reasonable diligence, will restore the remaining portion of the Premises as nearly as practicable to the condition immediately prior to the Taking.

ARTICLE XIII.

DEFAULT

13.1 Tenants Default

This Lease and the term of this Lease are subject to the limitation that Tenant shall be in default if, at any time during the Lease Term any one or more of the following events (here in called an “Event of Default a “default of Tenant” or similar reference) shall occur and not be cured prior to the expiration of the grace period (if any) herein provided, as follows:

(a) Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of the Annual Fixed Rent, or any Additional Rent or any other monetary amount due under this Lease on or before the date on which the same becomes due and payable and such default shall continue for [***] after written notice from Landlord; provided that no such notice shall be required if Tenant has received a similar notice more than two (2) times within three hundred sixty-five (365) days prior to such violation or failure; or

(b) Tenant shall assign its interest in this Lease or sublet any portion of the Premises in violation of the requirements of Article X of this Lease; or

(c) Tenant shall fail to perform or observe some term or condition of this Lease which, because of its character, would immediately jeopardize Landlord’s interest (such as, but without limitation, failure to maintain general liability insurance, or the employment of labor and contractors within the Premises which interfere with Landlord’s work, in violation of Sections 8.2, 9.2 or 9.9 or a failure to observe the requirements of Section 9.2), and such failure continues for [***] after written notice from Landlord to Tenant thereof; or

(d) Tenant shall fail to perform or observe any other requirement, term, covenant or condition of this Lease (not hereinabove in this Section 13.1 specifically referred to) on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, or if said default shall reasonably require longer than [***] to cure, if Tenant shall fail to commence to cure said default within [***] after notice thereof and/or fail to continuously prosecute the curing of the same to completion with due diligence; or

(e) The estate hereby created shall be taken on execution or by other process of law; or

 

22


(f) Tenant becomes insolvent, makes a transfer in fraud of creditors, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts when due or forfeits or loses its right to conduct business; or

(g) Tenant otherwise abandons or vacates the Premises for [***] (other than for purposes of conducting repairs or improvements).

13.2 Termination; Re-Entry

Upon the happening of any one or more of the aforementioned Events of Default (notwithstanding any license of a former breach of covenant or waiver of the benefit hereof or consent in a former instance), Landlord or Landlord’s agents or servants may give to Tenant a notice (hereinafter called “notice of termination”) terminating this Lease on a date specified in such notice of termination (which shall be not be less than [***] after the date of the mailing of such notice of termination), and this Lease and the Lease Term, as well as any and all of the right, title and interest of the Tenant hereunder, shall wholly cease and expire on the date set forth in such notice of termination (Tenant hereby waiving any rights of redemption) in the same manner and with the same force and effects as if such date were the date originally specified herein for the expiration of the Lease Term, and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord.

In addition or as an alternative to the giving of such notice of termination, Landlord or Landlord’s agents or servants may, by any suitable action or proceeding at law, immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the Premises and remove therefrom Tenant, its agents, employees, servants, licensees, and any subtenants and other persons, and all or any of its property therefrom, and repossess and enjoy the Premises, together with all additions, alterations and improvements thereto; but, in any event under this Section 13.2, Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

The words “re-enter” and “re-entry” as used throughout this Article XIII are not restricted to their technical legal meanings.

13.3 Continued Liability; Re-Letting

If this Lease is terminated or if Landlord shall re-enter the Premises as aforesaid, or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of re- entry, by or under any proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of an Event of Default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Tenant covenants and agrees forthwith to pay and be liable for, on the days originally fixed herein for the payment thereof, amounts equal to the several installments of Annual Fixed Rent, all Additional Rent and other charges reserved as they would, under the terms of this Lease, become due if this Lease had not been terminated or if Landlord had not entered or re-entered, as aforesaid, and whether the Premises be relet or remain vacant, in whole or in part, or for a period less than the remainder of the Lease Term, or for the whole thereof, but, in the event the Premises be relet by Landlord, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit in the net amount of rent and other charges received by Landlord in reletting, after deduction of all reasonable expenses incurred in reletting the Premises (including, without limitation, remodeling costs, brokerage fees and the like), and in collecting the rent in connection therewith, in the following manner:

 

23


Amounts received by Landlord after reletting shall first be applied against such Landlord’s expenses, until the same are recovered, and until such recovery, Tenant shall pay, as of each day when a payment would fall due under this Lease, the amount which Tenant is obligated to pay under the terms of this Lease (Tenant’s liability prior to any such reletting and such recovery not in any way to be diminished as a result of the fact that such reletting might be for a rent higher than the rent provided for in this Lease); when and if such expenses have been completely recovered, the amounts received from reletting by Landlord as have not previously been applied shall be credited against Tenant’s obligations as of each day when a payment would fall due under this Lease, and only the net amount thereof shall be payable by Tenant. Further, Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit of any kind for any period after the date when the term of this Lease is scheduled to expire according to its terms.

Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises after Tenant vacates the same in the event this Lease is terminated based upon an Event of Default by Tenant hereunder. The marketing of the Premises in a manner similar to the manner in which Landlord markets other premises within Landlord’s control within the Office Area shall be deemed to have satisfied Landlord’s obligation to use “reasonable efforts” hereunder in no event shall Landlord be required to (i) solicit or entertain negotiations with any other prospective tenant for the Premises until Landlord obtains full and complete possession of the Premises (including, without limitation, the final and unappealable legal right to relet the Premises free of any claim of Tenant), (ii) relet the Premises before leasing other vacant space in the Office Area, or (iii) lease the Premises for a rental less than the current fair market rent then prevailing for similar office space in the Office Area.

13.4 Liquidated Damages

Landlord may elect, as an alternative, to have Tenant pay liquidated damages, which Tenant at any time after the termination of this Lease under Section 13.2, above, and whether or not Landlord shall have collected any damages as hereinbefore provided in this Article XIII, and in lieu of all other such damages beyond the date of such notice. Upon such notice, Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord, as liquidated damages, in addition to any damages collected or due from Tenant from any period prior to such notice and all expenses which Landlord may have incurred with respect to the collection of such damages, such a sum as at the time of such notice represents the amount of the excess, if any, of (a) the discounted present value, at a discount rate of [***], of the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges which would have been payable by Tenant under this Lease for the remainder of the Lease Term if the Lease terms had been fully complied with by Tenant, over and above (b) the discounted present value, at a discount rate of [***], of the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges that would be received by Landlord if the Premises were released at the time of such notice for the remainder of the Lease Term at the fair market value (including provisions regarding periodic increases in Annual Fixed Rent if such are applicable) prevailing at the time of such notice as reasonably determined by Landlord.

Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceeds in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to above.

 

24


In lieu of any other damages or indemnity and in lieu of the recovery by Landlord of all sums payable under all the foregoing provisions of this Section 13.4, Landlord may elect to collect from Tenant, by notice to Tenant, at any time after this Lease is terminated under any of the provisions contained in this Article XIII or otherwise terminated by breach of any obligation of Tenant and before such full recovery, and Tenant shall thereupon pay, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to the sum of the Annual Fixed Rent and all Additional Rent payable for the six (6) months ended next prior to the such termination (or such lesser amount if less than six (6) months remains) plus the amount of Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent of any kind accrued and unpaid at the time of such election plus any and all expenses which the Landlord may have incurred for and with respect to the collection of any of such rent.

13.5 Waiver of Redemption

Tenant, for itself and any and all persons claiming through or under Tenant, including its creditors, upon the termination of this Lease and the terms of this Lease in accordance with the terms hereof, or in the event of entry of judgment for the recovery of the possession of the Premises in any action or proceeding, or if Landlord shall enter the Premises by process of law or otherwise, hereby waives any right of redemption provided or permitted by any statute, law or decision now or hereafter in force, and does hereby waive, surrender and give up all rights or privileges which it or they may or might have under and by reason of any present or future law or decision, to redeem the Premises or for a continuation of this Lease for the term of this Lease hereby demised after having been dispossessed or ejected therefrom by process of law, or otherwise.

13.6 Landlords Default

Landlord shall in no event be in default in the performance of any of Landlord’s obligations hereunder unless and until Landlord shall have failed to perform such obligations within [***], or such additional time as is reasonably required to correct any such default, after notice by Tenant to Landlord properly specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform any such obligation. Tenant shall not assert any right to deduct the cost of repairs or any monetary claim against Landlord from rent thereafter due and payable, but shall look solely to Landlord for satisfaction of such claim.

 

25


ARTICLE XIV.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

14.1 Waiver

Failure on the part of Landlord or Tenant to complain of any action or non-action on the part of the other, no matter how long the same may continue, shall never be a waiver by Tenant or Landlord, respectively, of any of its rights hereunder. Further, no waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof by Landlord or Tenant shall be construed as a waiver of any of the other provisions hereof, and a waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof shall not be construed as a waiver at any subsequent time of the same provisions. The consent or approval of Landlord or Tenant to or of any action by the other requiring such consent or approval shall not be construed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s or Tenant’s consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar act by the other. No payment by Tenant, or acceptance by Landlord, of a lesser amount than shall be due from Tenant to Landlord shall be treated otherwise than as a payment on account. The acceptance by Landlord of a check for a lesser amount with an endorsement or statement thereon, or upon any letter accompanying such check, that such lesser amount is payment in full, shall be given no effect, and Landlord may accept such check without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which Landlord may have against Tenant. Further, the acceptance by Landlord of Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or any other charges paid by Tenant under this Lease shall not be or be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any default by Tenant, whether or not Landlord knows of such default, except for such defaults as to which such payment relates.

14.2 Cumulative Remedies

Except as expressly provided in this Lease, the specific remedies to which Landlord and Tenant may resort under the terms of this Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress which they may be lawfully entitled to seek in case of any breach or threatened breach of any provisions of this Lease. In addition to the other remedies provided in this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the violation or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease or to seek specific performance of any such covenants, conditions or provisions, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be construed as a confession of judgement by Tenant.

14.3 Quiet Enjoyment

This Lease is subject and subordinate to all matters of record. Landlord agrees that, upon Tenant’s paying the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges herein reserved, and performing and observing the covenants, conditions and agreements hereof upon the part of Tenant to be performed and observed, Tenant shall and may peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the term of this Lease (exclusive of any period during which Tenant is holding over after the expiration or termination of this Lease without the consent of Landlord), without interruption or disturbance from Landlord or persons claiming through or under Landlord, subject, however, to the terms of this Lease. This covenant shall be construed as running with the land to and against subsequent owners and successors in interest, and is not, nor shall it operate or be construed as, a personal covenant of Landlord, except to the extent of the Landlord’s interest in the Premises, and this covenant and any and all other covenants of Landlord contained in this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord and upon such subsequent owners or successors in interest of Landlord’s interest under this Lease, including ground or master lessees, to the extent of their respective interests, as and when they shall acquire same and then only for so long as they shall retain such interest.

 

26


14.4 Surrender

No act or thing done by Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid, unless in writing signed by Landlord. No employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept the keys of the Premises as an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises prior to the termination of this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to the delivery of keys to Landlord or its agents in its (or their) capacity as managing agent or for purpose of emergency access. In any event, however, the delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall not operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition as required by Sections 7.1 and 8.4, first removing all goods and effects of Tenant and completing such other removals as may be permitted or required pursuant to Section 8.4.

14.5 Brokerage

Tenant warrants and represents that Tenants has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other than the broker, person or firm designated in Section 1.2 hereof; and in the event any claim is made against the Landlord relative to dealings with brokers other than the broker designated in Section 1.2 hereof, Tenant shall defend the claim against Landlord with counsel of Landlord’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Landlord on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other than the broker, person or firm designated in Section 1.2 hereof; and in the event any claim is made against Tenant relative to dealings with brokers other than the broker designated in Section 1.2 hereof, Landlord shall defend the claim against Tenant with counsel of Tenant’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Tenant on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. Landlord agrees that it shall be solely responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions to the broker, person or firm designated in Section 1.2 hereof.

14.6 Recording; Confidentiality

Each of Landlord and Tenant agree not to record this Lease. Tenant agrees that this Lease and the terms contained herein will be treated as strictly confidential and except as required by law (or except with the written consent of Landlord) Tenant shall not disclose the same to any third party except for Tenant’s partners, lenders, accountants and attorneys who have been advised of the confidentiality provisions contained herein and agree to be bound by the same. In the event Tenant is required by law to provide this Lease or disclose any of its terms, Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of such requirement prior to making disclosure so that Landlord may seek an appropriate protective order. If failing the entry of a protective order Tenant is compelled to make disclosure, Tenant shall only disclose portions of the Lease which Tenant is required to disclose and will exercise reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to the information so disclosed.

 

27


14.7 Notices and Time for Action

Whenever, by the terms of this Lease, notice shall or may be given either to Landlord or to Tenant, such notices shall be in writing and shall be sent by hand, registered or certified mail, or overnight or other commercial courier, postage or delivery charges, as the case may be, prepaid as follows:

If intended for Landlord, addressed to Landlord at the address set forth on the first page of this lease to the attention of General Counsel, and copies in like fashion to:

[***]

If intended for Tenant, addressed to Tenant at the address set forth in Article I of this Lease except that from and after the Commencement Date the address of Tenant shall be the Premises (or to such other address or addresses may from time to time hereafter be designated by Tenant by like notice).

Except as otherwise provided herein, all such notices shall be effective when received; provided, that (i) if receipt is refused receipt is refused, notice shall be effective upon the first occasion that such receipt is refused, (ii) if the notice is unable to be delivered due to a change of address of which no notice was given, notice shall be effective upon the date such delivery was attempted (iii) if notice address is a post office box number, notice shall be effective the day after such notice is sent as provided hereinabove or (iv) if the notice is to a foreign address, notice shall be effective [***] after such notice is sent as provided hereinabove. Any notice given by an attorney on behalf of Landlord or by Landlord’s managing agent shall be considered as given by Landlord and shall be fully effective. Time is of the essence with respect to any and all notices and periods for giving of notice or taking any action thereto under this Lease.

14.8 Subordination

This Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate to all ground and underlying leases and to the liens of all mortgages or deeds of trust which may now or hereafter affect or encumber the Building or the Property and to all renewals, modifications, consolidation, replacements or extensions thereof. This paragraph shall be self operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required. In confirmation of any such subordination, Tenant shall at Landlord’s request execute within [***] after receipt, any appropriate certificate or other document that Landlord may reasonably request. Tenant hereby constitutes and appoints Landlord as Tenant’s attorney in fact to execute any such certificate or other document for or on behalf of Tenant if Tenant does not execute said certificate or document within [***] from receipt thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, any ground lessor, mortgage holder or beneficiary of a deed of trust may, at its option, subordinate the lien of its respective ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust to this Lease by giving Tenant [***] prior written notice of such election, whereupon this Lease shall, irrespective of dates of execution, delivery and recording, be superior to such ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust and no other documentation shall be necessary to effect such change.

 

28


Tenant agrees that in the event that any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any mortgage, Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser at such foreclosure sale, if requested to do so by such purchaser. Upon such attornment, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between such purchaser and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions and covenants as are set forth in this Lease, except that such purchaser shall not be liable in any way to Tenant for any act or omission, neglect or default on Landlord’s part under this Lease or be responsible for any monies owing by or on deposit with Landlord to Tenant’s credit or be subject to any rental credit, offset or abatement theretofore accruing to Tenant. Tenant agrees at any time and from time to time to execute a suitable instrument in confirmation of Tenant’s agreement to attorn, as aforesaid. Tenant waives the provisions of any statute or rule of law now or hereafter in effect which may give or purport to give Tenant any right to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event that any such foreclosure proceeding is prosecuted or completed.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord will use reasonable efforts to obtain a so-called subordination, non-disturbance attornment agreement from the existing and any future mortgage holder of the Project, which agreement shall be on such mortgage holder’s standard form of agreement; provided, however, that if, despite such reasonable efforts, Landlord is unable to obtain such agreement such failure shall not constitute a default by Landlord under this Lease.

14.9 Notice to Mortgagee and Ground Lessor

After receiving notice from any person, firm or other entity that it holds a mortgage which includes the Premises as part of the mortgaged premises, or that it is the ground lessor under a lease with Landlord as ground lessee, which includes the Premises as a part of the leased premises, no notice from Tenant to Landlord shall be effective unless and until a copy of the same is given to such holder or ground lessor at the address as specified in said notice (as it may from time to time be changed), and the curing of any of Landlord’s defaults by such holder or ground lessor within a reasonable time after such notice (including a reasonable time to obtain possession of the premises if the mortgagee or ground lessor elects to do so) shall be treated as performance by Landlord. For the purposes of this Section 14.9, the term “mortgage” includes a mortgage on a leasehold interest of Landlord (but not one on Tenant’s leasehold interest).

14.10 Status Report

Recognizing that Landlord may find it necessary to establish to third parties, such as accountants, banks, potential or existing mortgagees, potential purchasers or the like, the then current status of performance hereunder, Tenant, within [***] after the request of Landlord made from time to time, will furnish to Landlord, or any existing or potential holder of any mortgage encumbering the Premises, the Office Area or the Project, or any potential purchaser of the Premises, the Office Area, or the Project (each an “Interested Party”) a statement of the status of any matter pertaining to this Lease, including, without limitation, acknowledgments that (or the extent to which) each party is in compliance with its obligations under the terms of this Lease.

 

29


14.11 Self-Help

If Tenant shall at any time fail to make any payment or perform any act which Tenant is obligated to make or perform under this Lease and (except in the case of emergency) if the same continues unpaid or unperformed beyond applicable grace periods, then Landlord may, but shall not be obligated so to do, after [***] written notice to and demand upon Tenant, or without notice to or demand upon Tenant in the case of any emergency, and without waiving, or releasing Tenant from, any obligations of Tenant in this Lease contained, make such payment or perform such act which Tenant is obligated to perform under this Lease in such manner and to such extent as may be reasonably necessary, and, in exercising any such rights, pay any costs and expenses, employ counsel and incur and pay reasonable attorneys’ fees. All sums so paid by Landlord and all reasonable and necessary costs and expenses of Landlord incidental thereto, together with interest thereon at the annual rate equal to the sum of (a) the Base Rate from time to time announced by Bank of America, N.A, or its successor as its Base Rate and (b) [***] (but in no event greater than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law), from the date of the making of such expenditures by Landlord, shall be deemed to the Additional Rent and, except as otherwise in this Lease expressly provide, shall be payable to the Landlord on demand, and if not promptly paid shall be added to any rent then due or thereafter becoming due under this Lease, and Tenant covenants to pay any such sum or sums with interest as aforesaid, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of the non-payment thereof by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of Annual Fixed Rent.

14.12 Holding Over

Any holding over by Tenant after the expiration of the term of this Lease shall be treated as a tenancy at sufferance and shall be on the terms and conditions as set forth in this Lease, as far as applicable except that Tenant snail pay as a use and occupancy charge an amount equal to [***] of the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent calculated (on a daily basis) at the highest rate payable under the terms of this Lease for the period measured from the day on which Tenant’s hold-over commences and terminating on the day on which Tenant vacates the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall save Landlord, its agents and employees harmless and will exonerate, defend and indemnify Landlord, its agents and employees from and against any and all damages which Landlord may suffer on account of Tenant’s hold-over in the Premises after the expiration or prior termination of the term of this Lease. Nothing in the foregoing nor any other term or provision of this Lease shall be deemed to permit Tenant to retain possession of the Premises or hold over in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. All property which remains in the Office Area or the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease shall be conclusively deemed to be abandoned and may either be retained by Landlord as its property or sold or otherwise disposed of in such manner as Landlord may see fit. If any part thereof shall be sold, then Landlord may receive the proceeds of such sale and apply the same, at its option against the expenses of the sale, the cost of moving and storage, any arrears of rent or other charges payable hereunder by Tenant to Landlord and any damages to which Landlord may be entitled under this Lease and at law and in equity.

 

30


14.13 Entry by Landlord

Landlord, and its duly authorized representatives, shall, upon reasonable prior notice (except in the case of emergency), have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times (except at any time in the case of emergency) for the purposes of inspecting the condition of same and making such repairs, alterations, additions or improvements thereto as may be necessary if Tenant fails to do so as required hereunder (but the Landlord shall have no duty whatsoever to make any such inspections, repairs, alterations, additions or improvements except as otherwise provided in Article IV and Section 6.1), and to show the Premises to prospective tenants during the twelve (12) months preceding expiration of the term of this Lease as it may have been extended and at any reasonable time during the Lease Term to show the Premises to prospective purchasers and mortgagees. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s operation of its business in the Premises, and any appurtenant rights herein granted (including, without limitation, Tenant’s access to and from the Premises) arising from any entry into the Premises by Landlord.

14.14 Tenants Payments

Each and every payment and expenditure, other than Annual Fixed rent, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent hereunder, whether or not the provisions requiring payment of such amounts specifically so state, and shall be payable, unless otherwise provided in this Lease, within [***] after we after written demand by Landlord, and in the case of the non-payment of any such amount, Landlord shall have, in addition to all of its other rights and remedies available to Landlord hereunder or by law in the case of non-payment of Annual Fixed Rent. Unless expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the performance and observance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed and observed by Tenant shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If Tenant has not objected to any statement of Additional Rent which is rendered by Landlord to Tenant within [***] after Landlord has rendered the same to Tenant, then the same shall be deemed to be a final account between Landlord and Tenant not subject to any further dispute. In the event that Tenant shall seek Landlord’s consent or approval under this Lease, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, upon demand, as Additional Rent, for all reasonable costs and expenses, including legal and architectural costs and expenses, incurred by Landlord in processing such request, whether or not such consent or approval shall be given.

14.15 Late Payment

If Landlord shall not have received any payment or installment of Annual Fixed Rent or Additional Rent (the “Outstanding Amount”) on or before the date on which the same first becomes payable under this Lease (the “Due Date”), the amount of such payment or installment shall incur a late charge equal to the sum of: (a) [***] of the Outstanding Amount for administration and bookkeeping costs associated with the late payment and (b) interest on the Outstanding Amount from the Due Date through and including the date such payment or installment is received by Landlord, at a rate equal to the lesser of (i) the rate announced by Bank of America, N.A. (or its successor) from time to time as its prime or base rate (or if such rate is no longer available, a comparable rate reasonably selected by Landlord), plus [***], or (ii) the maximum applicable legal rate, if any. Such interest shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to a grace period of [***] after written notice from Landlord with respect to the first two late payments in any twelve (12) month period before any such late charge or interest shall be payable.

 

31


14.16 Landlord Liability

Tenant shall neither assert nor seek to enforce any claim for breach of this Lease against any of Landlord’s assets other than Landlord’s interest in the Project, and Tenant agrees to look solely to such interest for the satisfaction of any liability of Landlord under this Lease, it being specifically agreed that neither Landlord, nor any successor holder of Landlord’s interest hereunder, nor any beneficiary of any Trust of which any person from time to time holding Landlord’s interest is Trustee, nor any such Trustee, nor any member, manager, partner, director or stockholder nor Landlord’s managing agent shall ever be personally liable for any such liability. This paragraph shall not limit any right that Tenant might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against Landlord or Landlord’s successors-in-interest, or to take any other action which shall not involve the personal liability of Landlord, or of any successor holder of Landlord’s interest hereunder, or of any beneficiary of any trust of which any person from time to time holding Landlord’s interest is Trustee, or of any such Trustee, or of any manager, member, partner, director or stockholder of Landlord or of Landlord’s managing agent, to respond in monetary damages from Landlord’s assets other than Landlord’s interest in said Project, as aforesaid, but in no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate or cancel this Lease or to withhold rent or set-off any claim or damages against rent as a result of any default by Landlord or breach by Landlord of its covenants or any warranties or promises hereunder, except in the case of a wrongful eviction of Tenant from the demised premises (constructive or actual) by Landlord continuing after notice to Landlord thereof and a reasonable opportunity for Landlord to cure the same. In no even shall Landlord ever be liable for any indirect or consequential damages or loss of profits or the like. In the event that Landlord shall be determined to have wrongfully withheld any consent or approval under this Lease, the sole recourse and remedy of the Tenant in respect thereof shall be to specifically enforce Landlord’s obligation to grant such consent or approval, and in no event shall the Landlord be responsible for any damages of whatever nature in respect of its failure to give such consent or approval nor shall the same otherwise affect the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease or act as any termination of this Lease.

14.17 Miscellaneous

The relationship of the parties hereto is that of landlord and tenant and no partnership, joint venture or participation is hereby created. The obligations of this Lease shall run with the land, and except as herein otherwise provided, the terms hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns, respectively, of Landlord and Tenant and, if Tenant shall be an individual, upon and to his heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. Each term and each provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant shall be construed to be both a covenant and a condition. The reference contained to successors and assigns of Tenant is not intended to constitute a consent to assignment by Tenant, but has reference only to those instances in which Landlord may have later given consent to a particular assignment as required by the provisions of Article X hereof. This Lease shall be governed exclusively by the provisions hereof and by the law of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as the same may from time to time exist. This Lease may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and such counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto, Landlord’s managing agent and their respective affiliates with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior dealings between them with respect to such subject matter, and there are no verbal or collateral understandings, agreements, representations or warranties not expressly set forth in this Lease. No subsequent alteration, amendment, change or addition to this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant, unless reduced to writing and signed by the party or parties to be charged therewith. The paragraph headings throughout this instrument are for convenience and reference only, and the words contained therein shall in no way be held to explain, modify, amplify or aid in the interpretation, construction or meaning of the provisions of this Lease. If any term or provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. Employees or agents of Landlord have no authority to make or agree to make a lease or any other agreement or undertaking in connection herewith. The submission-of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer to lease, or a reservation of, or option for, the Premises, and this document shall become effective and binding only upon the execution and delivery hereof by both Landlord and Tenant. All negotiations, considerations, representations and understandings between Landlord and Tenants are incorporated herein and may be modified or altered only by written agreement between Landlord and Tenant, and no act or omission of any employee or agent of Landlord shall alter, change or modify any of the provisions hereof. Landlord and Tenant hereby represents and warrants to the other that all necessary action has been taken to enter this Lease and that the person signing this Lease on behalf of Landlord and Tenant has been duly authorized to do so.

 

32


14.18 Waiver of Trial by Jury

To induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, the Tenant hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either Landlord or Tenant on any matters whatsoever arising out of or any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of the Landlord and the Tenant, the Tenant’s use or occupancy of the premises and/or any claim of injury or damage, including but not limited to, any summary process eviction action.

14.19 Landlords Future Redevelopment/Changes

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord intends to undertake a redevelopment of the Project that may include, among other changes, the replacement of the existing garage with a subsurface parking facility and the replacement of some of the existing retail and/or common areas of the Project with new construction (the “Redevelopment”). Notwithstanding any provision of the Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

A. In connection with the Redevelopment:

(1) Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable advance notice prior to the commencement of the Redevelopment work.

(2) In carrying out any Redevelopment work, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any adverse effect upon, or interference with, the use and enjoyment by Tenant of the Premises.

 

33


(3) Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable advance notice of any work in connection with the Redevelopment planned in the immediate vicinity of the Premises or that will affect pedestrian access to the Premises or vehicular access to and from the garage. Subject to force majeure events. Landlord will provide elevator access to the floor on which the Premises are located throughout the Redevelopment.

(4) At all times during the Redevelopment, Tenant shall have a reasonable means of access from a public street to the Premises and between the parking facilities in the Project to the Premises.

(5) At all times during the Redevelopment, Landlord shall provide parking within the Project, or in an offsite facility reasonably proximate to the Project, for not less than Tenant’s parking allocation.

(6) In connection with any installation, replacement or relocation of Project services, pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and/or appurtenant fixtures, Landlord shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, and any such installations, replacements and relocations in or about the Premises shall be located so far as practicable above ceiling surfaces, below floor surfaces or within perimeter walls of the Premises.

(7) Throughout the Redevelopment, Landlord shall make available to Tenant a construction representative who is available on a 24-7 basis.

B. Tenant acknowledges that the Project, and its mix of uses, may be altered, expanded, with facilities reduced or otherwise changed from time to time, and that Landlord reserves the right to modify the Project, to change the uses thereof, and to designate areas of the Project as common areas or common facilities, or as areas/facilities for the exclusive use of one or more occupants or one or more uses, all as more particularly set forth below.

C. Landlord reserves for its benefit all rights of ownership and use in all respects outside the Premises, including without limitation, all structures and improvements and plazas and common areas and facilities in the Project. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood that in its sole discretion Landlord shall have the right to change and rearrange the common areas and facilities, to add to, change, relocate and eliminate such areas and facilities, to erect new buildings and structures thereon, to permit the use of or lease all or part thereof for exhibitions and displays, to sell, lease or dedicate all or part thereof to public use, and to configure the public and private roadways in the vicinity of the Project, subject to the issuance of necessary governmental approvals, which reconfigurations shall not be deemed to be eminent domain takings subject to the provisions of Article XII of the Lease. Tenant’s rights under the Lease to use the common areas and facilities of the Project, and, if applicable, other areas outside the Premises, shall be subject to Landlord’s right to change or alter the same as set forth herein.

D. Landlord reserves the right to add to, change or eliminate any services offered to the occupants of the Project from time to time; provided, however, that Landlord shall not change or eliminate any such services required to be provided by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to the Lease.

 

34


E. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any compensation or reduction of rent by reason of inconvenience or annoyance or for loss of business arising from the exercise of Landlord’s rights hereunder. If Landlord is prevented or delayed from making any repairs, alterations or improvements, or furnishing any services or performing any other covenant or duty to be performed on Landlord’s part under the Lease, by reason of any cause reasonably beyond Landlord’s control in connection with the exercise of its rights hereunder, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor, nor shall Tenant, except as otherwise expressly set forth in the last paragraph of Section 6.3 of this Lease, be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason thereof. Tenant shall not have the right to terminate the Lease due to the exercise of Landlord’s rights hereunder, nor shall the same give rise to a claim in Tenant’s favor that such failure constitutes actual or constructive, total or partial, eviction from the Premises. Without limitation of the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant seek injunctive or any similar relief, to stop, delay or modify the Redevelopment.

14.20 Rooftop Equitant

Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use a portion of the roof of the Office Area, which portion shall be designated by Landlord, for the installation of a satellite dish (the “Rooftop Equipment”) for use in connection with Tenant’s business in the Premises, provided that (i) the Rooftop Equipment is permitted under the applicable laws, rules and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission, the Federal Aviation Administration, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and any other governmental and quasi-governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Project or Landlord, (ii) the Rooftop Equipment conforms to all such applicable laws, rules and regulations, (iii) Tenant has obtained all permits, licenses, variances, authorizations and approvals that may be required in order to install such Rooftop Equipment and any insurance required by Landlord, (iv) the satellite dish is not more than thirty- six inches (36”) in diameter, (v) the Rooftop Equipment is not more than the weight that Landlord shall reasonably determine is appropriate for the roof (which Landlord shall specify to Tenant upon Tenant’s written request), (vi) Tenant installs any screen or other covering for the Rooftop Equipment that Landlord in its reasonable discretion may require (the size, type and style of which shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval) in order to camouflage or conceal the Rooftop Equipment, (vii) Tenant shall pay Landlord (within [***] after receipt of an invoice therefor) an amount equal to all reasonable cost incurred by Landlord to have an engineer review the plans and specifications for the Rooftop Equipment, the location specifications for the Rooftop Equipment and the plans, specifications and method for attaching the Rooftop Equipment to the Office Area, and (viii) the Rooftop Equipment do not adversely affect any antenna or other equipment that is on the roof of the Office Area. In addition, the style, color, materials, exact location and method of installation of the Rooftop Equipment must be approved by Landlord (in its sole, but good faith, discretion). Tenant shall maintain the Rooftop Equipment in good condition and repair and in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and requirements.

 

35


Prior to or contemporaneously with requesting Landlord’s approval of the installation of the Rooftop Equipment, Tenant shall provide to Landlord: (i) plans and specifications for the Rooftop Equipment (including size, location, height, weight and color) and plans and specifications for the installation thereof (the “Rooftop Equipment Plans”); (ii) copies of all required governmental and quasi-governmental permits, licenses, special zoning variances, and authorizations, all of which Tenant shall obtain at its own cost and expense; and (iii) a policy or certificate of insurance evidencing such insurance coverage as may reasonably be required by Landlord for the installation, operation and maintenance of the Rooftop Equipment and sufficient to cover, among other things, the indemnities from Tenant to Landlord provided in the Lease. Landlord may withhold its approval of the installation of the Rooftop Equipment if the installation, operation or removal of the Rooftop Equipment may (1) damage the structural integrity of the Project or void any warranty or guaranty applicable to the roof or any portion of the Project, (2) materially interfere with any service provided by Landlord to the Project or any tenant or occupant thereof, (3) materially interfere with the use of any part of the Project by any tenant or occupant in the Project, or (4) cause the violation of any zoning ordinance or governmental or quasi-governmental law rule or regulation applicable to the Project. Tenant shall not be entitled to rely on any such approval as being a representation by Landlord that such installation and operation is permitted by or in accordance with any zoning ordinance or other quasi-governmental law, rule or regulation applicable to the Project. Landlord at its sole option and discretion, may require Tenant, at any time prior to the expiration of this Lease, to terminate the operation of the Rooftop Equipment if it is causing physical damage to the structural integrity of the Project or voids any warranty or guaranty applicable to the roof or the Project, material interferes with any other service provided by the Project, materially interferes with any other tenant’s business, or causes the violation of any condition or provision of this Lease or any governmental or quasi-governmental law, rule or regulation applicable to the Project (now or hereafter in effect). If, however, Tenant can correct the damage or prevent said interference caused by the Rooftop Equipment to Landlord’s satisfaction within [***], Tenant may restore its operation so long as Tenant promptly commences to cure such damage and diligently pursues such cure to completion. If the Rooftop Equipment is not completely corrected and restored to operation within [***], Landlord, at its sole option, may require that the Rooftop Equipment be removed at Tenant’s expense. If Landlord or any other tenant in the Project shall require that the Rooftop Equipment be moved to another location on the roof, either to accommodate Landlord or to provide other tenants or occupants in the Project with access to the roof for placement of other antennas, other electrical equipment or other reasonably Landlord-approved uses or installations or to avoid interference with future business or uses of any space in the Project, Landlord shall have the right, at its sole expense, to relocate the Rooftop Equipment to another place on the roof, provided that such new location does not materially adversely affect the operation of such Rooftop Equipment. At the expiration or earlier termination of the Term or upon termination of the operation of the Rooftop Equipment, at Tenant’s sole cost, the Rooftop Equipment and all cabling and other equipment relating thereto shall be removed from the Project and the area where the Rooftop Equipment was located shall be restored to its condition existing prior to such installation, in a manner and with materials

determined by Landlord. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to remove and dispose of the Rooftop Equipment and charge Tenant for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith if Tenant has not done so on or before the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any property disposed of or removed by Landlord. Tenant’s obligation to perform and observe this covenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease.

 

36


Tenant covenants and agrees that the installation, operation and removal of the Rooftop Equipment will be at its sole risk. Tenant covenants and agrees absolutely and unconditionally to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, actions, damages, liability judgments, settlements, costs and expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses) in connection with the loss of life, personal or bodily injury, damage to property or business or any other loss or injury to the extent arising out of the installation, operation, maintenance or removal of the Rooftop Equipment, including without limitation, any loss or injury resulting from transmissions from the Rooftop Equipment. The provisions of this Section 14.21 are personal to the tenant named herein and cannot be exercised by any assignee (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer) or subtenant or any other person or entity.

[Signature on following page]

 

37


EXECUTED as a sealed instrument in two or more counterparts by persons or officers hereunto duly authorized on the Date set forth in Section 1.2 above.

[***]

 

38


EXHIBIT A

[***]

Page 1

Exhibit A


EXHIBIT A-1

[***]

Page 1

Exhibit A-1


EXHIBIT B

[***]

Page 1

Exhibit B


Certain identified information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential. Information that was omitted has been noted in this document with a placeholder identified by the mark “[***]”.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Amendment”), is made as of the 17th day of September, 2016 (“Effective Date”) by and between LANDMARK CENTER PARK DRIVE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and TOAST, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

Reference is hereby made to the following facts:

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease dated June 12, 2015 (the “Existing Lease”) for 37,500 square feet (the “Existing Premises”) on the eighth (8th) floor of that certain building known as The Landmark Center (as more particularly described in the Existing Lease, the “Building”). All capitalized words and phrases not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease. The Existing Lease, as modified and amended by this Amendment, is referred to herein as the “Lease”.

B. The Term of the Lease shall expire on June 30, 2017, and Landlord and Tenant have agreed to extend the Term of the Lease through December 31, 2017; and

C. Tenant desires to lease additional premises from Landlord, consisting of 6,033 square feet (“First Amendment Praises”), as shown on Exhibit A, attached hereto.

WHEREAS, Landlord is willing to: (i) extend the Term of the Lease for an additional period; and (ii) lease the First Amendment Premises to Tenant upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and delivery of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree that the Lease is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.

Extension of Term of the Lease. The Term of the Lease is hereby extended to expire on December 31, 2017 (“Extended Termination Date”), unless sooner terminated, in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease. The period of time commencing on July 1, 2017 (“First Extension Term Commencement Date”), and continuing through the Extended Termination Date, is referred to in this Amendment as the “First Extension Term.” Without limitation, all references in the Lease to the “Term” shall be deemed to include the First Extension Term in all respects. From and after the First Amendment Premises Commencement Date, the term “Premises” in the Lease shall be deemed to mean the Existing Premises and the First Amendment Premises.

 

1


2.

Demise of the First Amendment Premises. Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires and takes from Landlord, the First Amendment Premises for a Term commencing as of the First Amendment Premises Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined), and terminating as of the Extended Termination Date. Said demise of the First Amendment Premises shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease, except as set forth herein.

 

3.

Revised Annual Fixed Rent With Respect to Existing Premises During the First Extension Term. Tenant shall continue to pay Annual Fixed Rent with respect to the Existing Premises through June 30, 2017 in accordance with the terms of the Lease. Commencing as of the First Extension Term Commencement Date, and continuing through the Extended Termination Date, Tenant shall pay Annual Fixed Rent with respect to the Existing Premises as follows:

 

Time Period

   Annual Fixed Rent   Monthly Fixed Rent

7/1/17-12/31/17:

   [***]   [***]

 

4.

Demise of the First Amendment Premises. Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the First Amendment Premises, for a Term commencing on the First Amendment Premises Commencement Date, as hereinafter defined, and expiring on the Extended Termination Date, and shall be upon all of the terms and conditions of the Lease applicable to the Existing Premises, except as follows:

 

  A.

The “First Amendment Premises Delivery Date” shall be the Execution Date of this Amendment.

 

  B.

The “First Amendment Premises Commencement Date” shall be the earlier of: (i) the date that is [***] after the Amendment Premises Delivery Date, or (ii) the date that Landlord’s Expansion Work (as hereinafter defined) is substantially complete.

 

  C.

The “First Amendment Premises Rent Commencement Date” shall be January 1, 2017.

 

  D.

Annual Fixed Rent with respect to the First Amendment Premises shall be as follows:

 

Time Period

  

Annual Fixed Rent

  

Monthly Fixed Rent

First Amendment Premises Delivery Date – December 31,2016:

   [***]    [***]

1/1/17-6/30/17:

   [***]    [***]

7/1/17-12/31/17:

   [***]    [***]

 

2


5.

Condition of First Amendment Premises. Tenant shall take the First Amendment Premises “as-is”, in the condition in which the First Amendment Premises are in as of the First Amendment Premises Commencement Date, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or construct the First Amendment Premises for Tenant’s occupancy and without any warranty or representation by Landlord as to the condition of the First Amendment Premises, except that Landlord shall, on or before the First Amendment Premises Commencement Date, remove the wall that separates the Existing Premises from the First Amendment Premises (“Landlord’s Expansion Work”). Whereas Landlord’s Expansion Work shall be performed while Tenant is in occupancy of the Existing Premises, Landlord shall coordinate such work with Tenant to minimize any disruption of Tenant’s business, provided however, that Tenant shall not be entitled to any diminution in rental value on account of the performance of Landlord’s Expansion Work and any delay in the completion of Landlord’s Expansion Work shall not delay the First Amendment Premises Commencement Date. In no event shall Landlord have any liability to Tenant based upon the performance of Landlord’s Expansion Work.

After Landlord determines that Landlord’s Expansion Work has sufficiently progressed to the point where permitting Tenant to enter the First Amendment Premises will not adversely affect the timely completion of or the cost of completion of the remaining elements of Landlord’s Expansion Work, then Landlord will permit Tenant and Tenant’s contractor to enter the First Amendment Premises for the limited purpose of moving in and installing Tenant’s equipment and furniture, installing Tenant’s phone and data/computer wiring and cabling. Any such early entry shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, and, except to the extent resulting from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord shall have no liabilities or obligations to Tenant in connection therewith, including any liability for damage or injury to persons or property in connection therewith. Prior to such entry, Tenant shall obtain and submit to Landlord all insurance coverages required pursuant to the Lease. Upon such entry, Tenant shall be bound by and shall comply with all provisions of the Lease, including, without limitation, the provisions of the Lease regarding the performance of alterations, improvements and installations in the First Amendment Premises, notwithstanding that the First Amendment Premises Commencement Date shall be coordinated with any work being performed by Landlord so as not to delay the completion of Landlord occurred. Without limitation, all of such work performed by Tenant in First Amendment Premises prior to the First Amendment Commencement Date shall be coordinated with any work being performed by Landlord so as not to delay the completion of Landlord’s Expansion Work. Landlord shall use reasonable good faith efforts to reasonably integrate the work to be completed by Tenant’s vendors (e.g., wiring and cabling) into Landlord’s Expansion Work schedule such that the Landlord’s Expansion Work and the work to be completed by Tenant’s vendors will be completed in an efficient manner.

 

6.

Electricity and HVAC Charges With Respect to First Amendment Premises. In addition to Tenant’s obligation to pay for electricity and HVAC charges with respect to the Existing Premises in accordance with Section 5.2 of the Lease, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, HVAC charges as set forth in Section 5.2 of the Lease, and an annual charge for Tenant’s electrical usage in the First Amendment Premises in accordance with Section 5.2 of the Lease, except that Tenant’s annual electricity charge shall be equal to [***], payable in twelve (12) equal monthly instalments, each payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Term of the Lease with respect to the First Amendment Premises.

 

3


7.

Expansion Option. On the conditions (which conditions Landlord may waive, at its election, by written notice to Tenant at any time) that an Event of Default (as defined in Section 13.1 of the Lease) has not occurred, and that Toast, Inc., itself, and Shoobx, Inc. (with respect to the portion of the Premises that Shoobx, Inc. occupies as of the Effective Date) are occupying the entirety of the Premises then demised to Tenant, both as of the time of option exercise and as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, as hereinafter defined, Tenant shall have the option to lease a portion (“Expansion Premises”) of the eighth (8th) floor of the Building. The Expansion Premises contains approximately 4,044 square feet, and is substantially as shown on Exhibit B, attached hereto.

 

  A.

Exercise of Rights to Expansion Premises. Tenant may exercise its option to lease the Expansion Premises by giving written notice (“Exercise Notice”) to Landlord during the Notice Period, as defined in Subparagraph B of this Section 7, in respect of the Expansion Premises. If Tenant fails timely to give the Exercise Notice, Tenant shall have no further right to lease the Expansion Premises, time being of the essence of this Section 7. Upon the timely giving of the Exercise Notice, Landlord shall lease and demise to Tenant, and Tenant shall hire and take from Landlord, the Expansion Praises, without the need for further act or deed by either party, for the term and upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease, except as hereinafter set forth.

 

  B.

Notice Period. The Notice Period, in respect of the Expansion Premises shall be defined as any time between January 1, 2017 March 1, 2017.

 

  C.

Lease Provisions Applying to Expansion Premises. The leasing to Tenant of the Expansion Premises shall be upon all the same terms and conditions of the Lease except as follows:

 

  (i)

The “Expansion Premises Commencement Date” shall be the date that Landlord delivers the Expansion Premises to Tenant.

 

  (ii)

The Annual Fixed Rent payable in respect of the Expansion Premises shall be [***] of the Expansion Premises.

 

  (iii)

The Expansion Premises shall be delivered by Landlord and accepted by Tenant “as-is”, in its then (i.e. as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date), state of construction, finish and decoration, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or construct the Expansion Premises for Tenant’s occupancy. In implementation of the foregoing, Landlord shall have no obligation under Article IV of the Lease in respect of the Expansion Premises.

 

  (iv)

Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant’s exercise of the above-described expansion option shall be self-executing, as aforesaid, the parties hereby agree promptly to execute a lease amendment reflecting the addition of the Expansion Premises. The execution of such lease amendment shall not be deemed to waive any of the conditions to Tenant’s exercise of the herein expansion options, unless otherwise specifically provided in such lease amendment.

 

4


8.

Brokerage. Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Amendment, and in the event any claim is made against the Landlord relative to dealings with brokers, Tenant shall defend the claim against Landlord with counsel of Landlord’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Landlord on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Amendment, and in the event any claim is made against Tenant relative to dealings with brokers, Landlord shall defend the claim against Tenant with counsel of Tenant’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Tenant on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim.

 

9.

Miscellaneous. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord as follows: (i) the execution and delivery of this Amendment by Tenant has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action, (ii) neither the Lease nor the interest of Tenant therein has been assigned, sublet, encumbered or otherwise transferred; (iii) there are no defenses or counterclaims to the enforcement of the Lease or the liabilities and obligations of Tenant thereunder; (iv) Tenant is not entitled to any offset, abatement or reduction of rent under the Lease; and (v) neither Landlord or Tenant is in breach or default of any of its respective obligations under the Lease. The submission of drafts of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer, or a reservation of or option for, the First Extension Term or any of the other forms and conditions set forth in this Amendment, and this Amendment shall not be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless and until Landlord shall have executed and delivered a fully executed copy of this Amendment to Tenant. Except as expressly and specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Existing Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed, and all of the terms, covenants, agreements and provisions of the Existing Lease shall remain unaltered and unmodified and in full force and effect throughout the balance of the Term of the Lease, as extended hereby. Except as expressly set forth herein, all of the covenants, representations and warranties made by Tenant contained in the Existing Lease are hereby remade, reaffirmed and ratified as of the date hereof.

 

10.

Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the undersigned on separate counterparts, which counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

5


EXECUTED as an instrument under seal as of the date first above-written.

[***]

 

6


EXHIBIT A

[***]

Exhibit A


EXHIBIT B

[***]

Exhibit B


Certain identified information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential. Information that was omitted has been noted in this document with a placeholder identified by the mark “[***]”.

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Second Amendment”), is made as of this 14th day of February, 2017 (“Execution Date”) by and between LANDMARK CENTER PARK DRIVE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and TOAST, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease dated June 12, 2015, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated September 17, 2016 (the “First Amendment”) (as amended, the “Existing Lease”) for 43,533 square feet (the “Existing Premises”) on the eighth (8th) floor of that certain building known as The Landmark Center (as more particularly described in the Existing Lease, the “Building”). All capitalized words and phrases not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease. The Existing Lease, as modified and amended by this Second Amendment, is referred to herein as the “Lease”;

B. Tenant desires to lease approximately 6,939 rentable square feet of additional premises from Landlord (the “Second Amendment Premises”), as shown on Exhibit A, Second Amendment, attached hereto and incorporated herein. Second Amendment Premises consists of (i) the Expansion Premises (defined in Section 7 of the First Amendment) containing 4,044 rentable square feet, and (ii) an additional 2,895 rentable square feet adjacent to the Expansion Premises; and

C. Landlord is willing to lease the Second Amendment Premises to Tenant upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and delivery of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree that the Lease is hereby amended as follows:

I. Second Amendment Premises.

A. Demise of Second Amendment Premises. Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires and takes from Landlord, the Second Amendment Premises for a term (the “Second Amendment Premises Term”) commencing as of the Execution Date (the “Second Amendment Premises Commencement Date”) and terminating as of the Extended Termination Date. The “Second Amendment Premises Rent Commencement Date” shall be May 1,2017. Except to the extent inconsistent with the terms of this Second Amendment, said demise of the Second Amendment Premises shall be upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease (as amended by this Second Amendment) applicable to the Existing Premises. Effective as of the Second Amendment Premises Commencement Date, (i) all references in the Lease to “Premises” shall be deemed to mean the “Existing Premises” and the “Second Amendment Premises”, collectively, and (ii) the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises shall be increased to 50,472 square feet.

 

1


B. Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent for the Second Amendment Premises.

(i) Annual Fixed Rent. In addition to Tenant’s obligation to pay Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent for the Existing Premises, commencing on the Second Amendment Premises Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the Second Amendment Premises Term, Tenant shall pay Monthly Fixed Rent for the Second Amendment Premises in equal monthly installments as set forth below, payable on the first day of each calendar month during the Second Amendment Premises Term and in accordance with the terms of the Lease:

 

Period

   Annual Fixed Rent   Monthly Fixed
Rent

5/1/17-12/31/17

   [***]   [***]

*Annualized

(ii) Electricity and HVAC Charges. In addition to Tenant’s obligation to pay for electricity and HVAC charges with respect to the Existing Premises, with respect to the Second Amendment Premises, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, HVAC charges as set forth in Section 5.2 of the Lease, and an annual charge for Tenant’s electrical usage in the Second Amendment Premises in accordance with Section 5.2 of the Lease, except that Tenant’s annual electricity charge shall be equal to [***], payable in twelve (12) equal monthly installments, each payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Second Amendment Premises Term.

C. Condition of Second Amendment Premises. Except for Landlord’s Second Amendment Premises Work, as hereinafter defined, Tenant shall take the Second Amendment Premises in its “as-is” condition, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to provide any leasehold improvement allowances to the Second Amendment Premises and without any representation or warranty by Landlord to Tenant as to the condition of the Second Amendment Premises or the Building.

D. Landlord’s Second Amendment Premises Work. Landlord, at Landlord’s cost, shall install two (2) new entry doors to the Premises (“Landlord’s Second Amendment Premises Work”). Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s Second Amendment Premises Work will be performed during Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate Landlord’s Second Amendment Premises Work with Tenant’s schedule, whenever possible, to minimize disruption to Tenant’s business operations, but there shall be no diminution or abatement of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent or other compensation due from Landlord to Tenant hereunder, nor shall this Lease be affected or any of the Tenant’s obligations hereunder reduced, and Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for any reasonable inconvenience or reasonable disruption to Tenant’s business operations. Landlord shall perform Landlord’s Second Amendment Premises Work as soon as practicable using due diligence after this Second Amendment is executed and delivered by both parties.

 

2


II. Inapplicable/Deleted Lease Provisions. Articles III (Lease Term) and IV (Term; Construction) of the Lease, and Section 5 (Landlord’s Expansion Work) of the First Amendment shall have no applicability with respect to this Second Amendment. Section 7 (Expansion Option) of the First Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety and is of no further force and effect.

III. Brokerage. Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Second Amendment, and in the event any claim is made against the Landlord relative to dealings with brokers, Tenant shall defend the claim against Landlord with counsel of Landlord’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Landlord on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Second Amendment, and in the event any claim is made against Tenant relative to dealings with brokers, Landlord shall defend the claim against Tenant with counsel of Tenant’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Tenant on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim.

IV. Miscellaneous. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord as follows: (i) the execution and delivery of this Second Amendment by Tenant has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action, (ii) neither the Lease nor the interest of Tenant therein has been assigned, sublet, encumbered or otherwise transferred; (iii) there are no defenses or counterclaims to the enforcement of the Lease or the liabilities and obligations of Tenant thereunder; (iv) Tenant is not entitled to any offset, abatement or reduction of rent under the Lease; and (v) neither Landlord or Tenant is in breach or default of any of its respective obligations under the Lease. The submission of drafts of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer, or, a reservation of or option for, the Second Amendment Premises or any of the other terms and conditions set forth in this Second Amendment, and this Second Amendment shall not be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless and until Landlord shall have executed and delivered a fully Executed copy of this Second Amendment to Tenant. Except as expressly and specifically set forth in this Second Amendment, the Existing Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed, and all of the terms, covenants, agreements and provisions of the Existing Lease shall remain unaltered and unmodified and in full force and effect throughout the balance of the Term of the Lease. Except as expressly set forth herein, all of the covenants, representations and warranties made by Tenant contained in the Existing Lease are hereby remade, reaffirmed and ratified as of the date hereof.

V. Counterparts. This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the undersigned on separate counterparts, which counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signatures on following page]

 

3


EXECUTED as an instrument under seal as of the date first above-written.

[***]

 

4


EXHIBIT A, SECOND AMENDMENT

[***]

 

Exhibit A, Second Amendment


Certain identified information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential. Information that was omitted has been noted in this document with a placeholder identified by the mark “[***]”

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Third Amendment”), is made as of this 23rd day of May, 2017 (“Execution Date”) by and between LANDMARK CENTER PARK DRIVE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and TOAST, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease dated June 12, 2015, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated September 17, 2016 (the “First Amendment”) and a Second Amendment to Lease dated February 14, 2017 (the “Second Amendment”) (as amended, the “Existing Lease”) for 50,472 rentable square feet (the “Existing Premises”) on the eighth (8th) floor of that certain building known as The Landmark Center (as more particularly described in the Existing Lease, the “Building”). All capitalized words and phrases not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease. The Existing Lease, as modified and amended by this Third Amendment, is referred to herein as the “Lease”;

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Lease for a period of two (2) years;

C. Tenant desires to lease additional space in the Building comprising (x) approximately 13,563 rentable square feet of additional premises on the eighth (8th) floor of the Building (the “Additional Eighth Floor Premises”) shown on Exhibit A-l, and (y) approximately 18,682 rentable square feet of additional premises on the second (2nd) floor of the Building (the “Second Floor Premises”), shown as “Expansion Option B” on Exhibit A-2, attached hereto and incorporated herein, and Landlord is willing to lease the Additional Eighth Floor Premises and the Second Floor Premises to Tenant; the Additional Eighth Floor Premises and the Second Floor Premises are collectively known as the “Third Amendment Premises”; The “Existing Premises” and the “Third Amendment Premises”, together, comprise 82,717 square feet of Rentable Floor Area;

D. Landlord has agreed to lease approximately 2,065 square feet of additional premises on the eleventh (11th) floor of the Building (the “Tower Premises”), shown on Exhibit A-3, for no Annual Fixed Rent;

E. Tenant desires to lease on a temporary and as-is basis additional space on the fifth (5th) floor of the Building (the “Temporary Premises”), as shown on Exhibit C, attached hereto and incorporated herein; and

F. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to reflect the foregoing and to make certain other changes to the Lease, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and delivery of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree that the Lease is hereby amended as follows:

I. Extension of Term of the Lease

A. Second Extension Term. The Term of the Lease, as previously extended, is hereby further extended to expire on December 31, 2019 (“Second Extended Termination Date”), unless sooner terminated, in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease. The period of time commencing on January 1, 2018 (“Second Extension Term Commencement Date”), and continuing through the Second Extended Termination Date, is referred to in this Third Amendment as the “Second Extension Term.” Without limitation, all references in the Lease to the word “Term” shall be deemed to include the Second Extension Term in all respects.

B. Rent.

(i) Annual Fixed Rent. Commencing January 1, 2018, and continuing through the Second Extended Termination Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Annual Fixed Rent in the amount of [***] of the Premises of 82,717 rentable square feet (the Tower Premises being excluded from such calculation of rentable square footage for purposes of this provision)).

(ii) Electricity Charges. During the Second Extension Term, Tenant shall continue to pay Additional Rent for electricity and HVAC charges with respect to the Premises in accordance with Section 5.2 of the Lease, except that Tenant’s annual electricity charge shall be equal to [***] of 82,717 rentable square feet (the Tower Premises being excluded from such calculation of rentable square footage for purposes of this provision)).

C. Condition of Existing Premises during Second Extension Term. Except as expressly set forth in this Third Amendment, Tenant shall take the Existing Premises “as-is”, in the condition in which the Existing Premises is in as of the Second Extension Term Commencement Date, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or refurbish the Existing Premises for Tenant’s occupancy with respect to the Second Extension Term and without any warranty or representation by Landlord as to the condition of the Existing Premises.

II. Third Amendment Premises and Tower Premises

A. Demise of Third Amendment Premises and Tower Premises. Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires and takes from Landlord, the Third Amendment Premises and the Tower Premises for a term (the “Third Amendment Premises/Tower Premises Term”) commencing on January 1, 2018 (the “Third Amendment Premises/Tower Premises Commencement Date”), and terminating on the Second Extended Termination Date. The “Third Amendment Premises Rent Commencement Date” shall be January 1, 2018. Notwithstanding that the Third Amendment Premises/Tower Premises Commencement Date is January 1, 2018, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the Third Amendment Premises on the dates set forth on the Delivery Schedule attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit H, provided, however, that Landlord shall have no liability or obligation to Tenant, and Tenant shall have no rights against Landlord in the event Landlord is unable to meet the dates set forth in Exhibit H except that: (i) Landlord shall provide temporary space on the eighth floor of the Building, as shown on Exhibit C-l attached hereto and incorporated herein (the “Interim Space”), to Tenant, for no Fixed Rent or Additional Rent), from January 1, 2018 until Landlord delivers the Third Amendment Premises and the Tower Premises to Tenant and (ii) if the Third Amendment Premises and the Tower Premises are not delivered to Tenant by March 1, 2018, Tenant shall be entitled to provide written notice of termination to Landlord with respect to the lease of the Third Amendment Premises and the Tower Premises, which termination will be effective on April 1, 2018 (unless Landlord delivers the Third Amendment Premises and the Tower Premises by April 1, 2018, in which case Tenant’s notice of termination will be deemed null and void) and the Term of the Lease with respect to the Third Amendment Premises, the Tower Premises and the Interim Space shall terminate as of April 1, 2018 and Tenant shall have no further rights or obligations with respect to the Third Amendment Premises, the Tower Premises and/or the Interim Space.

 

2


Except to the extent inconsistent with the terms of this Third Amendment, said demise of the Third Amendment Premises and the Tower Premises shall be upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease (as amended by this Third Amendment) applicable to the Existing Premises. Effective as of the earlier of (i) the delivery dates set forth in Exhibit H (if and to the extent applicable), or (ii) January 1, 2018, all references in the Lease to “Premises” shall be deemed to mean the “Existing Premises”, the “Tower Premises” and the “Third Amendment Premises”, and the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises shall be increased to 82,717 square feet (the Tower Premises being excluded from such calculation of Rentable Floor Area for purposes of this provision).

B. Rent. Tenant shall pay Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent for the Premises, including the Third Amendment Premises, in Accordance with the provisions set forth in Section I.B of this Third Amendment. Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent, or any other rent, costs or expenses, including without limitation, electricity or HVAC fees, for the Tower Premises.

C. Condition of Third Amendment Premises and Tower Premises. Landlord shall undertake the work necessary to complete the demolition of the Second Floor Premises as shown on the Demolition Plan for the Second Floor Premises, attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit F. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the demolition of the Second Floor Premises no later than August 1, 2017; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no liability or obligation to Tenant, and Tenant shall have no rights against Landlord in the event of any delay in the completion of the Second Floor Premises demolition by such date except that (i) Landlord shall provide the Interim Space for no Fixed Rent or Additional Rent), from August 1, 2017 until completion of the Second Floor Premises demolition and (ii) if the Second Floor Premises demolition is not completed by October 1, 2017, Tenant shall be entitled to provide written notice of termination to Landlord with respect to the lease of the Second Floor Premises, which termination will be effective on November 1, 2017 (unless Landlord completes the Second Floor Premises demolition by November 1, 2017, in which case Tenant’s notice of termination will be deemed null and void) and the Term of the Lease with respect to the Second Floor Premises and the Interim Space shall terminate as of November 1, 2017 and Tenant shall have no further rights or obligations with respect to the Second Floor Premises and/or the Interim Space.

 

3


Tenant shall perform all demolition with respect to the Additional Eighth Floor Premises as set forth in Exhibit G attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (the “8th Floor Demolition Work”). Landlord hereby grants to Tenant an allowance in the amount of the lesser of [***] (the “Demolition Allowance”). If the Cost of the 8th Floor Demolition Work exceeds the Demolition Allowance, Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of all such excess. Landlord shall pay the Demolition Allowance subject to and in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in Section IV.B. below. For the avoidance of doubt, the costs of the 8th Floor Demolition Work are not included in the Landlord’s Contribution.

Upon written notice to Landlord, on a mutually convenient date prior to the Second Extension Term Commencement Date, Tenant and/or its contractor shall be entitled to inspect the condition of the mechanical components and systems of the Third Amendment Premises and the Tower Premises.

Except for Landlord’s obligation (i) to provide Landlord’s Contribution and the Additional Allowance, as said terms are hereinafter defined, (ii) to deliver the Second Floor Premises consistent with the demolition plan set forth in Exhibit F (and without limitation of Landlord’s obligation to pay the Demolition Allowance pursuant to the provisions hereof), Tenant and except as otherwise set forth herein, Tenant shall take the Third Amendment Premises and the Tower Premises in their “as-is” conditions, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to provide any leasehold improvements to the Third Amendment Premises or the Tower Premises and without any representation or warranty by Landlord to Tenant as to the condition of the Third Amendment Premises, the Tower Premises or the Building. Tenant shall be responsible for construction of all improvements to the Second Floor Premises (the “Second Floor Work”) and to the Additional Eighth Floor Premises (the “Additional Eighth Floor Work”) (collectively, the “Third Amendment Premises Work”).

D. Third Amendment Premises Work. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the preparation of the final architectural, electrical and mechanical construction drawings, plans and specifications (the “Plans”) necessary to construct the Third Amendment Premises Work for Tenant’s occupancy, which Plans shall be subject to approval by Landlord. Landlord’s approval of the Plans shall not be unreasonably withheld provided that the Plans are substantially consistent with the preliminary plans and specifications for the Third Amendment Premises attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit I. Tenant shall submit its preliminary architectural, electrical and mechanical construction drawings, plans and specifications for the Third Amendment Premises Work (collectively, the “Preliminary Plans”) to Landlord for its approval, which Landlord shall grant or deny, in writing (which may be by email), within [***] of receipt of the Preliminary Plans. If Landlord denies its consent, it shall provide a written explanation of its objection, in reasonable detail, and Tenant shall then revise the Preliminary Plans within [***] after receipt of Landlord’s written notice of objection and resubmit them to Landlord for its review and approval. This process will continue until the Landlord has approved the Preliminary Plans. In the event that Landlord fails, at any time during the approval process, to provide timely written notice of its consent or denial to a submission of the Preliminary Plans, then the most recent submission of the Preliminary Plans will be deemed to be approved by Landlord.

 

4


E. No Removal and Restoration Obligation. Tenant shall remove its furniture, fixtures and equipment from the Third Amendment Premises prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, but notwithstanding any language to the contrary in the Lease or this Third Amendment, Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any Third Amendment Premises Work or to restore the Third Amendment Premises to any particular condition as of the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

III. Temporary Premises.

A. Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires and takes from Landlord the Temporary Premises in its as-is condition for a term commencing on June 1, 2017 (the “Temporary Premises Commencement Date”) and expiring upon Tenant’s completion of the Third Amendment Premises Work (but in any event not later than December 31, 2017) (the “Temporary Premises Term”); provided, however, that Temporary Premises Commencement Date shall be delayed to the extent that Landlord fails to regain possession of the Temporary Premises due to holding over by prior occupant(s), and any such delay shall not subject Landlord to any liability for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. Except as set forth in this Section III, said demise of the Temporary Premises shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease with respect to the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any Fixed Rent, Additional Rent, or any electricity or HVAC charges with respect to the Temporary Premises Tenant shall lease the Temporary Premises “as- is”, in the condition in which the Temporary Premises is in as of the date hereof, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare the Temporary Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or provide any allowance with respect thereto and without any representation by Landlord as to the condition of the Temporary Premises or the Building.

B. At the expiration of the Temporary Premises Term, Tenant shall vacate the Temporary Premises and deliver the Temporary Premises to Landlord in the same condition in which the Premises are required to be delivered to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.4 of the Lease, excepting only ordinary wear and use and damage by fire or other casualty. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord all damages sustained by reason of any holding over in the Temporary Premises after the Temporary Premises Term in accordance with Section 14.12, as amended by this Third Amendment. Otherwise, all of the covenants, agreements and obligations of Tenant applicable to the Temporary Premises during the Temporary Premises Term shall apply and be performed by Tenant during such period of holding over as if such period were part of the Temporary Premises Term with respect to the Temporary Premises.

IV. Landlord’s Contribution—Third Amendment Premises

A. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant an allowance in the amount of [***] of the Existing Premises and the Third Amendment Premises) (the “Allowance”) for the purpose of defraying the cost of performing the Third Amendment Premises Work. “Landlord’s Contribution” shall be equal to the lesser of: (a) the actual cost of the Third Amendment Premises Work (the “Cost”) or (b) the Allowance. For purposes of this paragraph, “Cost” shall include all so-called hard and soft costs and expenses, including, without limitation, space planning, permits and approvals, construction documents, and construction associated with the Third Amendment Premises Work, and the cost of furniture, workstations, cabling, telecommunications, architectural, engineering and project management fees, fixtures, equipment, and moving costs, but excluding the Additional Eighth Floor Premises demolition costs, which shall be paid for by Landlord as provided in Section 11(C). If the Cost of the Third Amendment Premises Work exceeds the Allowance, Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of all such excess.

 

5


B. Provided there shall then exists no Event of Default of Tenant under the Lease at the time that Tenant submits any requisition (“Requisition”) of Landlord’s Contribution, Landlord shall pay the cost of the work shown on each Requisition submitted by Tenant to Landlord within [***] of submission thereof by Tenant to Landlord. If Landlord declines to fund any Requisition on the basis of a default of Tenant under the Lease, provided that the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant cures such default in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease, then, subject to the provisions set forth herein, Tenant shall have the right to resubmit such declined Requisition, and Landlord shall pay any amounts properly due under such resubmitted Requisition. Each Tenant Requisition shall be accompanied by the following: (i) a detailed breakdown of the costs of the Third Amendment Premises Work, (ii) a copy of each Application for Payment (substantially on the standard AIA form) from Tenant’s contractor for all contractor charges include the Requisition, (iii) copies of invoices for any architectural fees and other costs not covered by a contractor’s Application for Payment that are included in the Tenant’s Requisition, (iv) a certification by an appropriate officer of Tenant or by Unispace, pursuant to a mutually agreed upon written contract and, in the event that no contract is entered into with Unispace, then any other architect or contractor designated by Tenant, that all of the construction work to be paid for with Landlord’s Contribution has been completed in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with Tenant’s plans, (v) executed waivers of mechanic’s or material supplier’s liens (in a form Landlord shall reasonably require) waiving, releasing and relinquishing all liens, claims and rights to lien under applicable laws on account of any labor, materials and/or equipment furnished by any party through the date of Tenant’s Requisition (provided that any such waiver may be conditioned upon receipt of the amount requested for such party in the Tenant’s Requisition), and (vi) a certification by an appropriate officer of Tenant that Tenant has made (or upon receipt of the amount requested in the Tenant’s Requisition shall make) full payment for all of the work and other costs of the Third Amendment Premises Work covered by the Requisition. Upon the date of submission of a Requisition for the final [***] of Landlord’s Contribution (or any portion thereof) (the “Final Requisition”), in addition to delivering the documentation required in subclauses (i) through (vi) above, such Final Requisition shall also be accompanied by all items required to be delivered by Tenant pursuant to Article VIII of the Lease. For the avoidance of doubt, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s request, pay Requisitions and the Final Requisition using joint checks payable to both Tenant and its contractor or vendor, as the case may be.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained:

(1) Tenant shall not submit more than one (1) Requisition in any calendar month.

(2) Except with respect to work and/or materials previously paid for by Tenant, as evidenced by paid invoices and written lien waivers provided to Landlord, Landlord shall have the right with respect to any Tenant contractor or vendor that has filed a lien against the Property for work performed, or claimed to be performed, which has not been discharged or bonded over, to have the applicable Requisition amount(s) paid to both Tenant and such contractor or vendor jointly, or directly to such contractor or vendor.

 

6


(3) Landlord shall have no obligation to pay Landlord’s Contribution in respect of any Requisition submitted prior to the Execution Date of this Third Amendment or after January 1, 2019.

(4) If the cost of the Third Amendment Premises Work exceeds the Allowance, Tenant shall be entitled to Landlord’s Contribution in accordance with the terms hereof, but each individual disbursement of Landlord’s Contribution shall be disbursed in the proportion that the Allowance bears to the total cost for the Third Amendment Premises Work.

V. Additional Improvement Allowance—Third Amendment Premises. Tenant shall have the right to borrow up to [***] of the Existing Premises and the Third Amendment Premises) (the “Additional Allowance”) from Landlord in order to finance the costs of performing the Third Amendment Premises Work in one (1), two (2) or three (3) Requisitions, at Tenant’s option. The Additional Allowance may only be used for Costs (as defined above) related to the Third Amendment Premises Work. The Additional Allowance shall be paid to Tenant or, at Tenant’s option, through issuance of joint checks payable to the order of both Tenant and the general contractor that performed the Third Amendment Premises Work or vendor that supplied materials for the Third Amendment Premises Work, as the case may be, within [***] following receipt by Landlord of a Requisition for the Third Amendment Premises Work pursuant to Section IV.B. above. The Additional Allowance shall be disbursed in the amount reflected on the receipted bills meeting the requirements above. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord shall not be obligated to disburse any portion of the Additional Allowance during the continuance of an uncured default under the Lease, and Landlord’s obligation to disburse shall only resume when and if such default is timely cured. Any Additional Allowance borrowed by Tenant hereunder shall be repaid to Landlord as Additional Rent in twelve (12) equal monthly installments beginning on first day of the twelfth month of the Second Extension Term Commencement Date, until the Additional Allowance has been repaid in full (with the final payment being adjusted, if necessary, to reflect the remaining balance of the Additional Allowance). In the event that Tenant is in default under this Lease after the expiration of applicable cure periods, the entire unpaid balance of the Additional Allowance borrowed by Tenant shall become immediately due and payable.

VI. Landlord’s Termination Right. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Lease contained, Landlord shall have the right, at any time after July 1, 2018, upon [***] prior written notice to Tenant (delivered no sooner than July 1, 2018), to terminate the Term of the Lease only with respect to that portion of the Premises located on the eighth (8th) floor of the Building containing 2,591 rentable square feet of space and shown on Exhibit D (the “Recapture Space”), attached hereto and incorporated herein, and the Coop Space, as hereinafter defined, in both instances, which termination shall be effective as of the date (the “Effective Termination Date”) that is the later to occur of (i) the date specified in such notice or (ii) the date that is [***] from the date that Tenant receives such notice. Upon the timely giving of such notice, the Term of the Lease with respect to the Recapture Space and/or the Coop Space, as applicable, shall terminate as of said Effective Termination Date, and, with respect to the Recapture Space, Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent, and other charges due under the Lease shall be apportioned as of said Effective Termination Date, and thereafter, (x) Tenant shall have no further rights or obligations with respect to the Recapture Space or Coop Space, as applicable, (except those that by their terms survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease) and (y) with respect to the Recapture Space, Tenant’s Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent, and other monthly charges will be proportionally reduced. For the avoidance of doubt, the earliest date on which the Effective Termination Date for the Recapture Space and the Coop Space could occur is October 1, 2018.

 

7


VII. Parking.

A. Parking Privileges. Landlord shall cause its affiliate, Landmark Leaseco LLC (“Garage Tenant”), to provide to Tenant monthly parking privileges in the structured parking facilities serving the Project (the “Garage”) for up to two hundred (200) passenger automobiles on an unreserved basis in the Garage by Tenant’s employees commencing on January 1, 2018 and continuing through the Second Extended Termination Date. In the event that the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises decreases at any time during the Lease Term, the number of parking privileges provided to Tenant shall be reduced proportionately.

B. Parking Charges. As of January 1, 2018, Tenant shall be entitled to one hundred (100) parking privileges. Thereafter, Tenant may increase its parking privileges from time to time (up to a maximum of 200) upon [***] prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall pay Garage Tenant or, if Garage Tenant so directs, the operator of such garage (the “Garage Operator”) for such parking privileges at a rate of [***]. Tenant acknowledges that said monthly charges to be paid under this Section are for the use by the Tenant of the parking privileges referred to herein, and not for any other service. Tenant’s failure to make payment when due to the Garage Tenant or Garage Operator, as the case may be, shall be considered to be a failure in the payment of rent hereunder for which Landlord shall have all its rights and remedies under this Lease and at law and in equity.

C. Garage Operation. Unless otherwise determined by Garage Tenant or the Garage Operator, the Garage is to be operated on a self-parking basis, and Tenant shall be obligated to park and remove its own automobiles, and Tenant’s parking shall be on an unreserved basis, Tenant having the right to park in any available stalls. Tenant’s access and use privileges with respect to the Garage shall be in accordance with regulations of uniform applicability to the users of the Garage from time to time established by the Garage Tenant or the Garage Operator. Tenant shall receive one (1) identification sticker or pass and one (1) magnetic card so-called, or other suitable device providing access to the Garage, for each parking privilege paid for by Tenant. Tenant shall supply Garage Tenant or the Garage Operator with an identification roster listing, for each identification sticker or pass, the name of the employee and the make, color and registration number of the vehicle to which it has been assigned, and shall provide a revised roster to Garage Tenant or Garage Operator monthly indicating changes thereto. Any automobile found parked in the Garage during normal business hours without appropriate identification will be subject to being towed at said automobile owner’s expense. The parking privileges granted herein are non-transferable (other than to a permitted assignee or subtenant pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Lease), provided that for the avoidance of doubt, if an employee of Tenant ceases using its parking privilege, Tenant shall be entitled to assign such parking privilege to another employee of Tenant. Garage Tenant or the Garage Operator may institute a so-called valet parking program for the Garage, and in such event Tenant shall cooperate in all respects with such program. Garage Tenant or Garage Operator shall have the right to alter the Garage as it sees fit and in such case to change the Garage including the reduction in area of the same, Tenant acknowledging that in connection with the potential expansion, reduction and/or change of buildings in the Project or the addition or elimination of other buildings thereto, it may be necessary to make significant changes to the Garage which may result in the reduction of the amount of parking available in the Garage and the change of location of such parking or may change the access to or egress from the Garage, all of which Garage Tenant or Garage Operator may perform sole and exclusive discretion, without limitation to its other rights in respect thereof, provided that the terms of Section 14.19 of the Lease shall apply to any such change,

 

8


D. Limitations. Tenant agrees that it and all persons claiming by, through and under it, shall at all times abide by all reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Garage Tenant or the Garage Operator with respect to the use of the Garage. Except to the extent of its negligence or willful misconduct, neither the Landlord, the Garage Tenant nor the Garage Operator assumes any responsibility whatsoever for loss or damage due to fire or theft or otherwise to any automobile or to any personal property therein, however caused, and Tenant agrees, upon request from the Landlord or Garage Tenant, from time to time, to notify its officers, employees and agents then using any of the parking privileges provided for herein, of such limitation of liability. Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that a license only is hereby granted, and no bailment is intended or shall be created.

E. Alternative Facilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in the Lease, Landlord shall have the right, upon [***] prior written notice (delivered no sooner than January 1, 2018) to Tenant, to relocate no more than [***] of Tenant’s parking to one of the following locations: [***] in order to facilitate the modification of the Garage in connection with the redevelopment of the Project which Landlord shall perform within a commercially reasonable period of time. For the avoidance of doubt, any such relocation of parking shall not occur prior to April 1, 2018. Any such relocated parking shall be promptly reinstated to the Garage upon completion of Landlord’s modification of the Garage. Unless waived by Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with [***] prior written notice before reinstating such parking to the Garage.

VIII. Amenities. Landlord shall provide Tenant with the following amenities:

A. Landlord has constructed a communal space (the “Coop Space”) on the eighth (8th) floor of the Building, as shown on Exhibit A-4. Subject to Force Majeure and closures for repair and maintenance, Tenant shall have the right (i) to use the Coop Space on a nonexclusive basis in common with other tenants, at no additional charge (other than inclusion in Operating Expenses), and (ii) to reserve the Coop Space for its exclusive use from time to time on a first- come, first-served basis. The size and configuration of the Coop Space available for use by Tenant and other tenants in the Building shall be determined from time to time by Landlord in its sole discretion; provided, however, that Landlord shall not reduce the rentable square footage of the Coop Event Area, as shown on Exhibit A-4, by more than [***], or materially impair the ingress to or egress from the Coop Space, without Tenant’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon invoice therefor, for all of Landlord’s reasonable third party out-of-pocket costs and the provision of building personnel (including additional security, janitorial or other services reasonably needed to facilitate Tenant’s exclusive use of the Coop Space) incurred in connection with any exclusive use of the Coop Space by Tenant. Tenant’s use of the Coop Space shall be subject to availability and such rules and regulations as Landlord may establish from time to time.

 

9


B. During the Second Extension Term Tenant shall have the right to use, at no cost to Tenant, the furniture listed on Exhibit E, attached hereto and incorporated herein, which is currently located in the eighth (8th) floor common conference room.

C. Landlord intends to construct a communal outdoor space (the “Outdoor Space”). Subject to Force Majeure and closures for repair and maintenance, Tenant shall have the right, once the Outdoor Space is completed, open and operational as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, (i) to use the Outdoor Space on a nonexclusive basis in common with other tenants, at no additional charge (other than inclusion in Operating Expenses) and (ii) to reserve the Outdoor Space for its exclusive use from time to time based on availability on a first-come, first-served basis. The size, location and configuration of the Outdoor Space available for use by Tenant and other tenants in the Building shall be determined from time to time by Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon invoice therefor, for all of Landlord’s reasonable third party out-of-pocket costs and the provision of building personnel (including additional security, janitorial or other services reasonably needed to facilitate Tenant’s exclusive use of the Outdoor Space) incurred in connection with any exclusive use of the Outdoor Space by Tenant. Tenant’s use of the Outdoor Space shall be subject to availability and such rules and regulations as Landlord may establish from time to time.

IX. Inapplicable/Amended Lease Provisions.

A. Inapplicable Lease Provisions. Articles III (Lease Term) and IV (Term; Construction) of the Lease, Section 5 (Landlord’s Expansion Work) of the First Amendment, and Section I.D (Landlord’s Second Amendment Work) of the Second Amendment shall have no applicability with respect to this Third Amendment.

B. Amended Lease Provisions.

(i) Section 8.4 of the Lease (Nature of Alterations) is hereby amended by deleting Subsection (b)(i) thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in said Section 8.4(b) of the Lease, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove any Cable from the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

 

10


(ii) Article X (Assignment and Subletting) of the Lease is hereby amended by adding the following provisions:

“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Article X of the Lease, Landlord’s consent to a proposed sublease or assignment of the Lease shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. In determining whether to consent or withhold consent to a Proposed sublease or assignment of the Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord may withhold its consent to any proposed sublease or assignment (other than a Permitted Transfer), and such withholding of consent by Landlord will not be unreasonable, if: (1) if the proposed assignee or subtenant is a party who would, or whose use would, detract from the character of the Building, such as, Without limitation, a dental, medical, chiropractic or a governmental office; or (2) if the proposed assignee or subtenant proposes to engage in a business in the Premises which is not consistent with the standards of the Building or is not permitted by or would contravene the provisions of this Lease; or (3) if the lease to, or use of the Premises or any portion thereof by, such subtenant or assignee will cause Landlord to be in violation of any restrictive use covenants granted by Landlord to any other tenant in the Project in such tenant’s lease; or (4) if, in the case of a proposed assignment, the proposed assignee is not of sufficient financial worth to perform its obligations underpins Lease as such obligations become due; or (5) the proposed assignee or subtenant is then a tenant in the Project, unless: (i) such tenant desires to sublease the Premises for expansion purposes only; and (ii) such assignment or sublease will not, either directly or indirectly, cause a vacancy in the premises which such proposed assignee or subtenant then occupies in the Building; and (iii) Landlord cannot then (i.e., at the time that Tenant requests Landlord’s consent) satisfy such tenant as to the size of premises and length of term; or (6) the proposed assignee or subtenant is then negotiating with Landlord to become a tenant in the Project; provided, however, it is understood and agreed that bases set forth above upon which Landlord may reasonably withhold its consent to a proposed sublease or assignment are not intended, and shall not be construed, to be an exclusive list of reasonable bases upon which Landlord may withhold its consent, and Landlord reserves the right to withhold its consent to any proposed sublease or assignment by virtue of any other reasonable basis.

If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises (except with respect to a Permitted Transfer), then Tenant shall give notice thereof to Landlord, which notice shall be accompanied by (a) with respect to an assignment of this Lease, the date Tenant desires the assignment to be effective and (b) with respect to a sublet of all or a part of the Premises, (i) the material business terms on which Tenant would sublet such premises, and (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be sublet. Such notice shall be deemed an offer from Tenant to Landlord whereby Landlord (or Landlord’s designee) shall be granted the right, at Landlord’s option, (1) to terminate this Lease with respect to such space as Tenant proposes to sublease (the “Partial Space”), upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, or (2) if the proposed transaction is an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of 50% or more of the rentable square footage of the Premises, to terminate this Lease with respect to the entire Premises. Such option may be exercised by notice from Landlord to Tenant within [***] after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice. If Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease, as to the entire Premises or as to a Partial Space, pursuant to the foregoing provisions, then (A) this Lease shall end and expire with respect to all or a portion of the Premises, as the case may be, on the date that such assignment or sublease was to commence (as if such date were the expiration date of the term hereof), (B) Fixed Rent shall be apportioned, paid, or refunded as of such date, (C) Tenant, upon Landlord’s request, shall enter into an amendment of this Lease ratifying and confirming such total or partial termination, and setting forth any appropriate modifications to the terms and provisions hereof, (D) Landlord shall be free to lease the Premises, or the portion thereof as to which such termination shall be effective, or any part thereof, to any person or persons, including, without limitation, to Tenant’s prospective assignee or subtenant, and (E) if a termination as to a Partial Space, Tenant shall be liable for all costs and expenses of segregating the Partial Space from the remaining Premises, and for the costs of separately demising the Partial Space from the remaining Premises.

 

11


In the event of an assignment of this Lease or a sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof to anyone other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord [***] of any Net Sublease Profits (as defined below), payable in accordance with the following. In the case of an assignment of this Lease, “Net Sublease Profit”: (1) shall be defined as a lump sum in the amount (if any) by which any consideration paid by the assignee in consideration of or as an inducement to Tenant to make said assignment exceeds the reasonable attorneys’ fees, construction costs and brokerage fees incurred by Tenant in order to effect such assignment (collectively, “Sublease Expenses”), and (2) shall be payable concurrently with the payment to be made by the assignee to Tenant. In the case of a sublease, “Net Sublease Profit” shall be defined as a monthly amount equal to the amount by which the sublease rent and other charges payable by the subtenant to Tenant under the sublease exceed the sum of the rent and other charges payable under this Lease for the Premises or allocable to the sublet portion thereof, plus a monthly amount equal to the Sublease Expenses divided by the number of months in the term of the sublease, and shall be payable on a monthly basis concurrently with the subtenant’s payment of rent to Tenant under the sublease.”

(iii) Section 14.12 (Holding Over) of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety, and amended and restated as follows:

“14.12 Holding Over

Any holding over by Tenant after the expiration of the Term of this Lease shall be treated as a tenancy at sufferance and shall be on the terms and conditions as set forth in this Lease, as far as applicable except that Tenant shall pay as a use and occupancy charge an amount equal to [***]. In addition, Tenant shall save Landlord, its agents and employees harmless and will exonerate, defend and indemnify Landlord, its agents and employees from and against any and all damages which Landlord may suffer on account of Tenant’s hold-over in the Premises after the expiration or prior termination of the term of this Lease. Nothing in the foregoing nor any other term or provision of this Lease shall be deemed to permit Tenant to retain possession of the Premises or hold over in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. All property which remains in the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease shall be conclusively deemed to be abandoned and may either be retained by Landlord as its property or sold or otherwise disposed of in such manner as Landlord may see fit. If any part thereof shall be sold, then Landlord may receive the proceeds of such sale and apply the same, at its option against the expenses of the sale, the cost of moving and storage, any arrears of rent or other charges payable hereunder by Tenant to Landlord and any damages to which Landlord may be entitled under this Lease and at law and in equity.”

 

12


X. Extension Option.

A. On the conditions (which conditions Landlord may waive by written notice to Tenant) that both at the time of the issuance of the Notice (as hereinafter defined) and as of the commencement of the Third Extension Term (as hereinafter defined), (i) there exists no “Event of Default” (defined in Article XIII of the Lease) during the Second Extension Term, (ii) the Lease is still in full force and effect, and (iii) Tenant has neither assigned this Lease nor sublet more than [***] of the Premises (except for a Permitted Transfer as defined in Article X of the Lease, as amended by this Third Amendment), Tenant shall have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section X, to extend the Term hereof for a period of five (5) years commencing on January 1, 2020, and expiring on December 31, 2024 (the “Third Extension Term”) upon Prevailing Market Terms (as defined below).

B. If Tenant desires to extend the Term, then Tenant shall give notice (“Notice”) to Landlord, not later than [***] prior to October 1, 2018. Not later than [***] after Landlord’s receipt of the Notice, Landlord shall provide Tenant with Landlord’s determination of the then-prevailing fair market rent, and other monetary and nonmonetary terms and conditions, for the Third Extension Term (“Prevailing Market Terms”). If at the expiration of [***] after the date when Landlord provides such Prevailing Market Terms to Tenant, Landlord and Tenant, despite their good faith efforts, have not reached agreement on Prevailing Market Terms and executed a written instrument extending the Term of this Lease, and making any other agreed-upon changes to the terms and conditions of this Lease, pursuant to such agreement, then the provisions of this Article X shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect to the extension of the Term of this Lease.

XI. Brokerage. Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Third Amendment, other than CBRE - New England (“Tenant’s Broker”), and in the event any claim is made against the Landlord relative to dealings with brokers, other than by Tenant’s Broker, Tenant shall defend the claim against Landlord with counsel of Landlord’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Landlord on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Third Amendment, other than the Medical-Academic team at Newmark (“Landlord’s Broker”), and in the event any claim is made against Tenant relative to dealings with brokers, other than by Landlord’s Broker; Landlord shall defend the claim against Tenant with counsel of Tenant’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Tenant on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason.

 

13


XII. Miscellaneous. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord as follows: (i) the execution and delivery of this Third Amendment by Tenant has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action, (ii) neither the Lease nor the interest of Tenant therein has been assigned, sublet, encumbered or otherwise transferred; (iii) there are no defenses or counterclaims to the enforcement of the Lease or the liabilities and obligations of Tenant thereunder; (iv) Tenant is not entitled to any offset, abatement or reduction of rent under the Lease except for the right of Tenant, to the extent expressly set forth in this Third Amendment, to use the Tower Premises, the Coop Space and the temporary space referred to in Sections II(A) and II(C) on a rent free basis; and (v) neither Landlord or Tenant is in breach or default of any of its respective obligations under the Lease. The submission of drafts of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer, or a reservation of, or option for, the Third Amendment Premises, the Tower Premises or any of the other terms and conditions set forth in this Third Amendment, and this Third Amendment shall not be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless and until Landlord shall have executed and delivered a fully executed copy of this Third Amendment to Tenant. Except as expressly and specifically set forth in this Third Amendment, the Existing Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed, and all of the terms, covenants, agreements and provisions of the Existing Lease shall remain unaltered and unmodified and in full force and effect throughout the balance of the Term of the Lease. Except as expressly set forth herein, all of the covenants, representations and warranties made by Tenant contained in the Existing Lease are hereby remade, reaffirmed and ratified as of the date hereof.

XIII. Counterparts. This Third Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the undersigned on separate counterparts, which counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages transmitted via facsimile or e-mail (in pdf or similar format) shall be deemed to be original signature pages for all purposes.

[Signatures on following page]

 

14


EXECUTED as an instrument under seal as of the date first above-written.

[***]

 

15


EXHIBIT A-l

[***]

 

Exhibit A-1, Third Amendment


EXHIBIT A-2

[***]

 

Exhibit A-3, Third Amendment


EXHIBIT A-3

[***]

 

Exhibit A-3, Third Amendment


EXHIBIT A-4

[***]

 

Exhibit A-4, Third Amendment


EXHIBIT B

[***]

 

Exhibit B, Third Amendment


EXHIBIT C

[***]

 

Exhibit C, Third Amendment


EXHIBIT C-l

[***]

 

Exhibit D, Third Amendment


EXHIBIT D

[***]

 

Exhibit D, Third Amendment


EXHIBIT E

[***]

 

Exhibit E, Third Amendment


EXHIBIT F

[***]

 

Exhibit F, Third Amendment


EXHIBIT G

[***]

 

Exhibit I, Third Amendment


EXHIBIT H

[***]

 

Exhibit I, Third Amendment


EXHIBIT I

[***]

 

Exhibit I, Third Amendment


Certain identified information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential. Information that was omitted has been noted in this document with a placeholder identified by the mark “[***]”.

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Fourth Amendment”), is made as of this 6th day of February, 2019 (“Fourth Amendment Execution Date”) by and between LANDMARK CENTER PARK DRIVE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and TOAST, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease dated June 12, 2015, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated September 17, 2016 (the “First Amendment”) and a Second Amendment to Lease dated February 14, 2017 (the “Second Amendment”) and a Third Amendment to Lease dated as of May 23, 2017 (“Third Amendment”) (as amended, the “Existing Lease”) for: (i) 64,035 rentable square feet on the eighth (8th) floor (“Existing Eighth Floor Premises”), (ii) 18,682 rentable square feet on the second (2nd) floor (“Second Floor Premises”), and (iii) 2,065 rentable square feet on the eleventh (11th) floor (“Tower Premises”) of that certain building known as The Landmark Center or 401 Park Drive (as more particularly described in the Existing Lease, the “Building”). All capitalized words and phrases not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease. The Existing Lease, as modified and amended by this Fourth Amendment, is referred to herein as the “Lease”;

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Lease with respect to the Existing Eighth Floor Premises for an additional period, the parties hereby acknowledging and agreeing that the Term of the Lease with respect to the Second Floor Premises shall terminate on the later of (i) April 30, 2019 and (ii) the date which is [***] following the Ground Floor Premises Delivery Date (“Second Floor Premises Termination Date”), and the Term of the Lease with the Tower Premises shall terminate on January 31, 2019 (“Tower Premises Termination Date”);

C. Tenant desires to lease additional space in the Building consisting of (x) approximately 47,259 rentable square feet on the eighth (8th) floor (the “Eighth Floor Expansion Premises”), comprised of a 8,834 rentable square feet portion (“Area A”) and a 38,425 rentable square feet portion (“Area B”), each as shown on Exhibit A-5, attached hereto, (y) approximately 22,495 rentable square feet on the fifth (5th) floor (the “Fifth Floor Premises”), shown on Exhibit A-6, attached hereto, and (z) approximately 21,824 rentable square feet on the ground floor (the “Ground Floor Premises”), shown on Exhibit A-7, attached hereto. Landlord is willing to lease the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises, the Fifth Floor Premises and the Ground Floor Premises to Tenant on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. The Existing Eighth Floor Premises, the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises and the Fifth Floor Premises, collectively are referred to herein as the “Upper-Level Premises” and comprise 133,789 square feet of Rentable Floor Area. Each of (i) the Existing Eighth Floor Premises, (ii) the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises, (iii) the Fifth Floor Premises, and (iv) the Ground Floor Premises, shall each constitute a “Premises Component” for purposes of this Fourth Amendment; and

 

1


D. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Existing Lease to reflect the foregoing and to make certain other changes to the Existing Lease, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and delivery of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree that the Existing Lease is hereby amended as follows:

1. Existing Eighth Floor Premises.

A. Extension of Term with Respect to Existing Eighth Floor Premises. The Term of the Lease with respect to the Existing Eighth Floor Premises, as previously extended, is hereby further extended to expire on December 31, 2029 (“Third Extended Termination Date”), unless sooner terminated or extended in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease. The period of time commencing on January 1, 2020 (“Third Extension Term Commencement Date”), and continuing through the Third Extended Termination Date, is referred to in this Fourth Amendment as the “Third Extension Term. Without limitation, all references in the Lease to the word “Term” shall be deemed to include the Third Extension Term in all respects. For avoidance of doubt, the Termination Date of the Lease with respect to the Existing Eighth Floor Premises, the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises, the Fifth Floor Premises and the Ground Floor Premises shall be the Third Extended Termination Date (i.e., December 31, 2029). The Term of the Lease with respect to the Second Floor Premises shall terminate on the Second Floor Premises Termination Date, and the Term of the Lease with respect to the Tower Premises shall terminate on the Tower Premises Termination Date.

B. Condition of Existing Eighth Floor Premises. Whereas Tenant is in occupancy of the Existing Eighth Floor Premises, Tenant shall take the Existing Eighth Floor Premises for the Third Extension Term “as-is”, in the condition in which the Existing Eighth Floor Premises is in as of the Third Extension Term Commencement Date, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or refurbish the Existing Eighth Floor Premises for Tenant’s occupancy and without any warranty or representation by Landlord as to the condition of the Existing Eighth Floor Premises, provided, however, the foregoing shall not limit Landlord’s repair, maintenance, restoration and remediation obligations under the Lease with respect to the Existing Eighth Floor Premises and Landlord’s obligation to pay the Fourth Amendment Allowances (as hereinafter defined) under this Fourth Amendment.

C. Rent for Existing Eighth Floor Premises. Tenant’s lease of the Existing Eighth Floor Premises for the Third Extension Term shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease in effect immediately preceding the Third Extension Term Commencement Date, except that, during the Third Extension Term, Tenant shall pay with respect to the Existing Eighth Floor Premises (i) Annual Fixed Rent in accordance with Section 7 below, (ii) the Operating Expenses Excess in accordance with Section 8 below, (iii) the payments on account of real estate taxes in accordance with Section 9 below, and (iv) for electricity and overtime HVAC charges with respect to the Existing Eighth Floor Premises in accordance with Section 16 below of this Fourth Amendment, and Section 5.2 shall no longer apply to the Existing Eighth Floor Premises.

 

2


Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, so long as no Material Monetary Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) occurs during calendar year 2019, Tenant’s obligation to pay Annual Fixed Rent for the Existing Eighth Floor Premises shall be partially abated and reduced by [***] of the Annual Fixed Rent payable under the Lease during the period commencing on November 1, 2018 through December 31, 2019. For purposes of the Lease, a “Material Monetary Event of Default” shall mean that Tenant has failed to pay within applicable notice and cure periods set forth in the Lease two (2) or more monthly installments of the Annual Fixed Rent due under the Lease. Landlord shall credit to Tenant the sum of [***] representing the [***] of the Annual Fixed Rent paid by Tenant for the Existing Eighth Floor Premises toward the next installments of Annual Fixed Rent due under the Lease after the Fourth Amendment Execution Date.

D. Landlord’s Existing Eighth Floor Allowance. Landlord shall pay an allowance to Tenant in the amount of [***] (the “Existing Eighth Floor Allowance”) towards the cost of performing the work (“Tenant’s Eighth Floor Work”) in the Existing Eighth Floor Premises and, subject to Section 1(E) below, the Tenant’s Fourth Amendment Work (as hereinafter defined). At Tenant’s written election, after completion of Tenant’s Eighth Floor Work, the remaining amount of the unfunded Existing Eighth Floor Allowance, up to an amount equal to [***] of the Existing Eighth Floor Allowance, may be applied to the next installment of Annual Fixed Rent due and owing under the Lease.

2. Surrender of Second Floor Premises and Tower Premises.

Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, so long as no Material Monetary Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) occurs prior to, with respect to the Second Floor Premises, the Second Floor Premises Termination Date or, with respect to the Tower Premises, to the Tower Premises Termination Date, Tenant’s obligation to pay Annual Fixed Rent for each of the Second Floor Premises and the Tower Premises shall be partially abated and reduced by [***] of the Annual Fixed Rent payable under the Lease during the period commencing on November 1, 2018 and continuing through the Second Floor Extended Termination Date and the Tower Premises Termination Date, respectively. Landlord shall credit to Tenant the sum of [***] of the Annual Fixed Rent paid by Tenant for the Second Floor Premises toward the next installments of Annual Fixed Rent due under the Lease after the Fourth Amendment Execution Date. Effective as of the Second Floor Premises Termination Date, the Lease solely with respect to the Second Floor Premises, and the rights of the Tenant solely with respect thereto shall terminate and expire with the same force and effect as if such Second Floor Premises Termination Date had originally been specified as the Second Floor Extended Termination Date. Effective as of the Tower Premises Termination Date, the Lease solely with respect to the Tower Premises, and the rights of the Tenant solely with respect thereto shall terminate and expire with the same force and effect as if such Tower Premises Termination Date had originally been specified as the Second Extended Termination Date. Tenant shall surrender and yield-up the Second Floor Premises and the Tower Premises in good and broom-clean order, repair and condition, free of all tenants and occupants, and otherwise in the condition in which the Premises are required to be surrendered, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Lease at the expiration of the Term. All property and alterations of any kind, nature or description remaining in the Second Floor Premises Termination Date and the Tower Premises Termination Date, as applicable, after such date shall be and become the property of Landlord and may be disposed of by Landlord, without payment from Landlord and without the necessity to account therefor to Tenant. Without limiting the foregoing, if Tenant fails to yield up and surrender the Second Floor Premises or the Tower Premises by the Second Floor Premises Termination Date and the Tower Premises Termination Date, respectively, then for and with respect each day between the Second Floor Premises Termination Date or the Tower Premises Termination Date and such surrender, Tenant shall pay a holdover charge at the rate set forth in the Lease for the applicable portion of the Premises. Nothing herein contained shall constitute a release, waiver, limitation, or restriction of any rights or remedies of Landlord on account of Tenant’s failure to surrender the Second Floor Premises and the Tower Premises by the Second Floor Premises Termination Date and the Tower Premises Termination Date, as applicable.

 

3


3. Fourth Amendment Allowances and General Terms Applicable to Delivery.

A. Fourth Amendment Allowances. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall be permitted to apply the Existing Eighth Floor Allowance, the Expansion Eighth Floor Allowance, the Fifth Floor Allowance and the Ground Floor Allowance (as such terms are hereinafter defined and referred to herein collectively as, the “Fourth Amendment Allowances”) interchangeably to Tenant’s Eighth Floor Work, Tenant’s Eighth Floor Expansion Work, Tenant’s Fifth Floor Work and Tenant’s Ground Floor Work (as such terms are hereinafter defined and referred to herein collectively as “Tenant’s Fourth Amendment Work”), subject: to the terms and conditions of disbursement set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may not use any of the Ground Floor Allowance towards the costs of performance of any other Tenant’s Fourth Amendment Work unless and until Tenant has expended at least [***] of the Ground Floor Premises on the Costs (as hereinafter defined) of performing Tenant’s Ground Floor Work.

B. Requisitions. The costs of the Tenant’s Fourth Amendment Work (the “Costs”) shall include all so-called hard costs to purchase and construct the Tenant’s Fourth Amendment Work, provided, however, Tenant may elect to use up to [***] of the Fourth Amendment Allowances for the payment of soft costs for the Tenant’s Fourth Amendment Work, including the cost of furniture, workstations, cabling, telecommunications, architectural, engineering and project management fees, telecommunications cabling, fixtures, equipment and relocation and moving costs. If the Cost of Tenant’s Fourth Amendment Work exceeds the Fourth Amendment Allowances, Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of all such excess. Provided there shall then exists no Event of Default of Tenant under the Lease at the time that Tenant submits any requisition (“Requisition”) of the applicable portion of the Fourth Amendment Allowances, Landlord shall pay the cost of the work shown on each Requisition in accordance with the same procedures set forth in Section IV(B) of the Third Amendment (excluding the last sentence thereof), which shall be incorporated herein, with all references to “work”, “allowance” and “contribution” referring to the applicable Fourth Amendment Allowances set forth in Section 3(B) above and the Final Requisition shall be amended to be the Requisition for the final [***]. Requisitions for soft costs may be submitted from time to time as and when such costs are incurred upon submission of invoices from Tenant’s architect and engineers and vendors. If Landlord declines to make payment of the amount due under a Requisition on the basis that Tenant has failed to satisfy any of the conditions therefor or there is an Event of Default in existence, then, if Tenant subsequently satisfies such conditions or cures the Event of Default, as applicable, and the Lease is then in full force and effect, Tenant shall have the right to resubmit such Requisition to Landlord in accordance with this Fourth Amendment and Landlord shall fund the amount of the Fourth Amendment Allowances requisitioned. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant submits a valid and proper Requisition for payment of any portion of the Fourth Amendment Allowances, and all of the conditions thereto as set forth herein have been timely and completely satisfied, and Landlord shall fail timely to pay the amount requested and such failure shall continue for [***] after Tenant provides a written notice to Landlord which expressly and specifically identifies such failure to pay the amount requested, then, so long as no monetary or material non-monetary Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Tenant shall have the right to set-off such unpaid amount against the next monthly installments of Annual Fixed Rent, up to, but not exceeding, [***] of each such monthly installment, payable under this Lease until such amounts have been fully paid by Landlord or Tenant has been fully credited therefor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) Landlord shall have no obligation to pay the Fourth Amendment Allowances in respect of any Requisition submitted after December 1, 2020, (ii) Tenant may not submit any Requisitions for (and Landlord shall have no obligation to pay) the Fourth Amendment Allowances unless and until Tenant has delivered the Initial Security Deposit to Landlord in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Fourth Amendment and (iii) Tenant may not submit any Requisitions for (and Landlord shall have no obligation to pay) the final [***] of the Fourth Amendment Allowances unless and until Tenant has delivered the Additional Security Deposit to Landlord in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Fourth Amendment.

 

4


C. Landlord Delays. Without limitation of the foregoing, if any Hazardous Materials (including any asbestos) are discovered in the Premises during the performance of the Tenant’s Fourth Amendment Work in such amounts or at such levels which, under applicable Environmental Laws, requires removal or remediation, and such Hazardous Materials are not the result of any condition caused by any wrongful act or omission of Tenant or its agents, employees or contractors, then Landlord shall promptly remove or remediate the same or cause it to be removed or remediated in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, and repair any damage caused by such Hazardous Materials or Landlord’s removal or remediation of the same. Tenant shall provide Landlord with prompt written notice of the discovery of any such Hazardous Materials and a description of the location where such Hazardous Materials were found and Landlord shall remove, abate, encapsulate or remediate the same or cause it to be removed, abated, encapsulated or remediated in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws (the “Remediation Work”) within a commercially reasonable period of time after receipt of notice from Tenant, and if such Remediation Work (or the failure to perform such Remediation Work) actually delays Tenant’s occupancy of any portion of the Premises, then the Rent Commencement Date for the portion of the Premises that Tenant is delayed occupying shall be extended on a day for day basis for each day of delay in the performance of the Tenant’s Fourth Amendment Work and/or occupancy of the applicable portion of the Premises caused thereby.

D. Tenant Delays. “Tenant Delay” shall mean any actual delay in the performance or Substantial Completion of any Landlord work, or the delivery of any portion of the Premises to Tenant arising out of or resulting from the following: (i) any special work, long lead-time items, changes, alterations or additions to any Landlord work as substantially shown on the exhibits to this Fourth Amendment, (iii) any delay on the part of Tenant or its agents, engineers, architects, or contractors for more than [***] in responding to a particular request for input or information from Tenant where such Tenant input or information is required for any Landlord work to proceed, (iv) any interference with the performance of any Landlord’s work to be performed hereunder by Tenant or any of its agents, engineers, architects, or contractors, or (v) any other wrongful action or inaction by Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, engineers, architects, or contractors. The term “Force Majeure” shall mean any prevention, delay or stoppage due to governmental regulation, strikes, lockouts, acts of God, acts of war, terrorists acts, civil commotions, unusual scarcity of or inability to obtain labor or materials, labor difficulties, casualty or other causes reasonably beyond Landlord’s control or attributable to Tenant’s action or inaction. Tenant shall not be charged with any period of Tenant Delay prior to the date that is [***] after Tenant receives written notice from Landlord of the alleged Tenant Delay and if Tenant cures or removes the cause of such delay prior to the expiration of such [***] period, there will not be any Tenant Delay charged for such occurrence.

 

5


E. Substantial Completion. “Substantially Completed” or “Substantial Completion” shall mean shall mean the completion of the applicable work, so that the applicable portion of the Premises shall be ready for Tenant’s performance of the Tenant Work, excepting only (i) punch-list items which can be completed without, in the aggregate, causing any material interference with Tenant’s use of the applicable portion of the Premises, and (ii) any other items which because of the seasonal nature of the item (such as HVAC balancing), which items shall be completed diligently as soon as the season and/or weather permits.

4. Eighth Floor Expansion Premise

A. Demise of Eighth Floor Expansion Premises. Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires and takes from Landlord, the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises for a term commencing as of the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises Delivery Date, as hereinafter defined, and terminating on the Third Extended Termination Date. Said demise of the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease, except as expressly set forth in this Fourth Amendment. The “Area A Delivery Date” shall be the date Landlord delivers possession of Area A to Tenant in the Delivery Condition (as defined in Section 4(C) below), which is estimated to be the Fourth Amendment Execution Date. The “Area B Delivery Date” shall be the date that the current occupant of Area B vacates Area B and delivers Area B to Landlord and Landlord delivers possession of Area B to Tenant in the Delivery Condition, which date is estimated to be [***] following the date that Tenant vacates and surrenders possession of the Second Floor Premises to Landlord (the “Estimated Area B Delivery Date”). The “Eighth Floor Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date” shall be January 1, 2020. The Existing Eighth Floor Premises and the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises are collectively referred to as the “Eighth Floor Premises”.

Except as set forth in this Section 4(A), Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to deliver Area A or Area B by any particular date, no such failure shall impair the validity of the Lease or extend the Term and there shall be no postponement of the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision contained herein to the contrary, if the Area A Delivery Date has not occurred by the date which is [***] after the Fourth Amendment Execution Date (as such date may be extended for Tenant Delays, the “Outside Area A Delivery Date”), then for and with respect to each day between the Outside Area A Delivery Date and the date on which the Area A Delivery Date actually occurs, as its sole and exclusive remedy on account thereof, Tenant shall receive a credit against the Annual Fixed Rent next becoming payable under the Lease for Area A in an amount equal to the per diem Annual Fixed Rent payable for Area A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Outside Area A Delivery Date shall be extended, and there shall be no credit against Annual Fixed Rent for any delay in the occurrence of the Area A Delivery Date arising out of or resulting from any Tenant Delay. In addition, if the Area B Delivery Date has not occurred by the date which is [***] after Estimated Area B Delivery Date (as such date may be extended for Tenant Delays, the “Outside Area B Delivery Date”), then for and with respect to each day between the Outside Area B Delivery Date and the date on which the Area B Delivery Date actually occurs, as its sole and exclusive remedy on account thereof, Tenant shall receive a credit against the Annual Fixed Rent next becoming payable under the Lease for Area B in an amount equal to the per diem Annual Fixed Rent payable for Area B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Outside Area B Delivery Date shall be extended, and there shall be no credit against Annual Fixed Rent for any delay in the occurrence of the Area B Delivery Date arising out of or resulting from any Tenant Delay.

 

6


B. Rent for Eighth Floor Expansion Premises. Commencing as of the applicable Eighth Floor Expansion Premises Delivery Date, Tenant shall pay for electricity and overtime HVAC charges with respect to me applicable Eighth Floor Expansion Premises in accordance with Section 16 of this Fourth Amendment, and Section 5.2 of the Lease shall not apply to the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises Commencing as of the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date, Tenant snail pay with respect to the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises (i) Annual Fixed Rent in accordance with Section 7 below, (ii) the Operating Expenses Excess in accordance with Section 8 below and (iii) the payments on account of real estate taxes in accordance with Section 9 below.

C. Condition of Eighth Floor Expansion Premises. Subject to Landlord’s obligations under Section 4(E) below to perform the Landlord’s Eighth Floor Work, Tenant shall take each of Area A and Area B in the Delivery Condition but otherwise in their “as-is”, in the condition in which each is in as of the Area A Delivery Date and the Area B Delivery Date, respectively, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or refurbish the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises for Tenant’s occupancy and without any warranty or representation by Landlord as to the condition of the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall deliver possession of each expansion premises space (including right of first offer spaces set forth in this Fourth Amendment) to Tenant vacant, broom clean, free of all property and debris and with the applicable expansion premises separately metered or submetered for electrical usage (the “Delivery Condition”). Landlord shall deliver the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises to Tenant with the furniture and equipment identified on Exhibit Q attached hereto and such furniture and equipment shall become Tenant’s property. Tenant shall take such furniture and equipment in the same condition in which such furniture and equipment is in as of the Area A Delivery Date, without any representation or warranty by Landlord to Tenant as to the condition thereof. The foregoing shall not limit Landlord’s repair, maintenance, restoration and remediation obligations under the Lease with respect to the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises and Landlord’s obligation to pay the Fourth Amendment Allowances under this Fourth Amendment.

D. Landlord’s Eighth Floor Expansion Allowance. Landlord shall pay an allowance to Tenant in the amount of [***] (the “Expansion Eighth Floor Allowance”) towards the cost of performing the work (“Tenant’s Eighth Floor Expansion Work”) in the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises, and, subject to Section 3(A) above, Tenant’s Fourth Amendment Work. At Tenant’s written election, after completion of Tenant’s Eighth Floor Expansion Work, the remaining amount of the unfunded Expansion Eighth Floor Allowance, up to an amount equal to [***] of the Expansion Eighth Floor Allowance, may be applied to the next installment of Annual Fixed Rent due and owing under the Lease.

 

7


E. Landlord’s Eighth Floor Work. Promptly following the Fourth Amendment Execution Date, Landlord will commence the performance of the work described and shown on Exhibit J-5 attached hereto (“Landlord’s Eighth Floor Work”) and, subject to Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 4(E) will complete Landlord’s Eighth Floor Work in a good and workmanlike manner by no: later than April 1, 2019. Landlord and its employees, contractors and agents shall have reasonable access to the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises at all reasonable times in order to perform the Landlord’s Eighth Floor Work, and Tenant will use all reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the performance of Landlord’s Eighth Floor Work. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s performance of Tenant’s Eighth Floor Work during the performance of Landlord’s Eighth Floor Work. There shall be no Rent abatement or allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value, no actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, no relief from any of Tenant’s other obligations under the Lease, and no liability on the part of Landlord, by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from the performance of Landlord’s Eighth Floor Work.

5. Fifth Floor Premises.

A. Demise of Fifth Floor Premises. Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires and takes from Landlord, the Fifth Floor Premises for a term commencing as of the Fifth Floor Premises Delivery Date, as hereinafter defined, and terminating on the Third Extended Termination Date. Said demise of the Fifth Floor Premises shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease, except as expressly set forth in this Fourth Amendment. The “Fifth Floor Premises Delivery Date” shall be the earlier of: (i) the date that Landlord delivers possession of the Fifth Floor Premises to Tenant with Landlord’s Fifth Floor Work (as hereinafter defined) Substantially Complete and in the Delivery Condition, or (ii) the date on which Tenant occupies the Fifth Floor Premises for the conduct of its business. The “Fifth Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date” shall be January 1, 2020. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Fifth Floor Delivery Date to occur on or before the date which is [***] after the Fourth Amendment Execution Date (the “Estimated Fifth Floor Premises Delivery Date”).

Except as set forth in this Section 5(A), Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to deliver the Fifth Floor Premises by any particular date, no such failure shall impair the validity of the Lease or extend the Term and there shall be no postponement of the Fifth Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision contained herein to the contrary, if the Fifth Floor Premises Delivery Date has not occurred by the date which is [***] after the Estimated Fifth Floor Premises Delivery Date (as such date may be extended for Tenant Delays, the “Outside Fifth Floor Premises Delivery Date”), then for and with respect to each day between the Outside Fifth Floor Premises Delivery Date and the date on which the Fifth Floor Premises Delivery Date actually occurs, as its sole and exclusive remedy on account thereof, Tenant shall receive a credit against the Annual Fixed Rent next becoming payable under the Lease for the Fifth Floor Premises in an amount equal to the per diem Annual Fixed Rent payable for the Fifth Floor Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Outside Fifth Floor Premises Delivery Date shall be extended, and there shall be no credit against Annual Fixed Rent for any delay in the occurrence of the Fifth Floor Premises Delivery Date arising out of or resulting from any Tenant Delay.

 

8


B. Rent for Fifth Floor Premises. Commencing as of the Fifth Floor Premises Delivery Date, Tenant shall to pay for electricity and overtime HVAC charges with respect to the Fifth Floor Expansion Premises in accordance with Section 16 of this Fourth Amendment, and Section 5.2 of the Lease shall not apply to the Fifth Floor Premises. Commencing as of the Fifth Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay with respect to the Fifth Floor Premises (i) Annual Fixed Rent in accordance with Section 7 below, (ii) the Operating Expenses Excess in accordance with Section 8 below arid (iii) the payments on account of real estate taxes in accordance with Section 9 below.

C. Condition of Filth Floor Premises. The Fifth Floor Premises shall be delivered to Tenant with the demising work described and shown on Exhibit J-1 attached hereto (“Landlord’s Fifth Floor Work”) Substantial!;/ Completed and in the Delivery Condition but otherwise “as-is”, in the condition in which the Fifth Floor Premises are in as of the Fifth Floor Delivery Date, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or construct the Fifth Floor Premises for Tenant’s occupancy and without any warranty or representation by Landlord as to the condition of the Fifth Floor Premises. The foregoing shall not limit Landlord’s repair, maintenance, restoration and remediation obligations under the Lease with respect to the Fifth Floor Premises and Landlord’s obligation to pay the Fourth Amendment Allowances (as hereinafter defined) under this Fourth Amendment.

D. Landlord’s Fifth Floor Allowance. Landlord shall pay an allowance to Tenant in the amount of [***] (the “Fifth Floor Allowance”) towards the cost of performing the work (“Tenant’s Fifth Floor Work”) in the Fifth Floor Premises and, subject to Section 3(A) above, Tenant’s Fourth Amendment Work. At Tenant’s written election, after completion of Tenant’s Fifth Floor Work, the remaining amount of the unfunded Fifth Floor Allowance, up to an amount equal to [***] of the Fifth Floor Allowance, may be applied to the next installment of Annual Fixed Rent due and owing under the Lease.

6. Ground Floor Premises.

A. Demise of Ground Floor Premises. Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires and takes from Landlord, the Ground Floor Premises for a term commencing as of the Ground Floor Premises Delivery Date, as hereinafter defined, and terminating on the Third Extended Termination Date. Said demise of the Ground Floor Premises shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease, except as expressly set forth in this Fourth Amendment. The “Ground Floor Premises Delivery Date” shall be the earlier of (i) the date that Landlord delivers possession of the Ground Floor Premises to Tenant with Landlord’s Ground Floor Work (as hereinafter defined) Substantially Complete and in the Delivery Condition, and (ii) the date on which Tenant occupies the Ground Floor Premises for the conduct of its business.

B. Rent for Ground Floor Premises. Commencing as of the Ground Floor Premises Delivery Date, Tenant shall pay with respect to the Ground Floor Premises (i) Annual Fixed Rent in accordance with Section 7 below, and (ii) for electricity and HVAC charges in accordance with Section 5.2 of the Existing Lease, except that Tenant’s annual electricity charge shall be equal to [***]. Commencing as of the Third Extension Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay with respect to the Ground Floor Premises (i) the Operating Expenses Excess in accordance with Section 8 below, (ii) the payments on account of real estate taxes in accordance with Section 9 below and (iii) electricity and overtime HVAC charges in accordance with Section 16 below of this Fourth Amendment and Section 5.2 of the Lease shall no longer be applicable to the Ground Floor Premises.

 

9


C. Condition of Ground Floor Premises. The Ground Floor Premises shall be delivered to Tenant with the demising and restroom work described and shown on Exhibit J-2 attached hereto and consistent with the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-7 (“Landlord’s Ground Floor Work”) Substantially Completed, in the Delivery Condition but otherwise “as-is”, in the condition in which the Ground Floor Premises are in as of the Ground Floor Premises Delivery Date, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or construct the Ground Floor Premises for Tenant’s occupancy and without any warranty or representation by Landlord as to the condition of the Ground Floor Premises. The foregoing shall not limit Landlord’s repair, maintenance, restoration and remediation obligations under the Lease with respect to the Ground Floor Premises and Landlord’s obligation to pay the Fourth Amendment Allowances (as hereinafter defined) under this Fourth Amendment. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Ground Floor Premises Delivery Date to occur on or before March 15, 2019, but Landlord shall have no liability or obligation to Tenant, and Tenant shall have no rights against Landlord in the event Landlord is unable to meet such date.

Except as set forth in this Section 6(C), Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to deliver the Ground Floor Premises by any particular date, no such failure shall impair the validity of the Lease or extend the Term and there shall be no postponement of the Ground Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision contained herein to the contrary, if the Ground Floor Premises Delivery Date has not occurred by April 15, 2019 (as such date may be extended for Tenant Delays, the “Outside Ground Floor Premises Delivery Date”), then for and with respect to each day between the Outside Ground Floor Premises Delivery Date and the date on which the Ground Floor Premises Delivery Date actually occurs, as its sole and exclusive remedy on account thereof, Tenant shall receive a credit against the Annual Fixed Rent next becoming payable under the Lease for the Ground Floor Premises in an amount equal to the per diem Annual Fixed Rent payable for the Ground Floor Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Outside Ground Floor Premises Delivery Date shall be extended, and there shall be no credit against Annual Fixed Rent for any delay in the occurrence of the Ground Floor Premises Delivery Date arising out of or resulting from any Tenant Delay.

D. Ground Floor Corridor. Landlord has constructed a ten foot (10’) corridor (“Ground Floor Corridor”) along the Southern edge of the Ground Floor Premises abutting the space occupied by REI as shown on Exhibit A-7, attached hereto. So long as the Ground Floor Corridor is installed and dedicated for Landlord’s use, the Ground Floor Corridor shall be excluded from the Premises for all purposes under the Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Annual Fixed Rent or electricity with respect to the Ground Floor Corridor and the Annual Fixed Rent set forth in Section 5 hereof shall abate in the amount of [***]. The parties acknowledge that Tenant will accept possession of the Ground Floor Corridor following the completion of Landlord’s use therefor. Landlord shall surrender the Ground Floor Corridor and deliver possession of the Ground Floor Corridor to Tenant by not later than April 30, 2019, flush with the remainder of the Ground Floor Premises and in all other respects in its then “as-is” condition without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or construct the Ground Floor Corridor for Tenant’s occupancy and without any warranty or representation by Landlord as to the condition of the Ground Floor Corridor. From and after the date that sole possession of the Ground Floor Corridor is delivered to Tenant, Landlord will have no further right to use the Ground Floor Corridor and the Ground Floor Corridor shall become part of the Ground Floor Premises, and Annual Fixed Rent with respect to the Ground Floor Premises shall be increased to include the Ground Floor Corridor and shall be the amount in the table set forth in Section 5 below. Tenant may elect to remove or retain the Ground Floor Corridor in Tenant’s sole discretion and without any obligation to restore the same if such Ground Floor Corridor is removed by Tenant during the Term.

 

10


E. Landlord’s Ground Floor Allowance. Landlord shall pay an allowance to Tenant in the amount of [***] (the “Ground Floor Allowance”) towards the cost of performing the work (“Tenant’s Ground Floor Work”) in the Ground Floor Premises.

F. Exterior Storefront of Ground Floor Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Landlord shall be permitted, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, to install graphics containing words and reputable images on the exterior windows of the Ground Floor Premises in the location of the former retail storefront from time to time. Such graphics shall designed and installed by Landlord in order to permit natural light to enter the Ground Floor Premises from outside but substantially prevent the occupied areas of Ground Floor Premises from being openly visible from the exterior of the Building. The level of transparency of such graphics shall be subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval. Landlord shall not install graphics identifying any Tenant Competitor (as hereinafter defined).

7. Annual Fixed Rent.

A. Commencing as of the Third Extension Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Annual Fixed Rent with respect to the Upper-Level Premises as follows:

Upper-Level Premises: 133,789 rsf:

 

Time Period

   Annual Fixed Rent   Monthly Fixed Rent

1/1/20-12/31/20:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/21-12/31/21:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/22-12/31/22:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/23-12/31/23:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/24-12/31/24:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/25-12/31/25:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/26-12/31/26:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/27-12/31/27:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/28-12/31/28:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/29-12/31/29:

   [***]   [***]

 

11


B. Tenant shall pay Annual Fixed Rent with respect to the Ground Floor Premises as follows:

Ground Floor Premises: 21,824 rsf

 

Time Period

   Annual Fixed Rent     Monthly Fixed Rent  

Ground Floor Premises Delivery Date through 12/31/19:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/20-12/31/20

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/21-12/31/21

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/22-12/31/22

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/23-12/31/23

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/24-12/31/24

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/25-12/31/25

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/26-12/31/26

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/27-12/31/27

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/28-12/31/28

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/29-12/31/29

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, so long as no Material Monetary Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) occurs during calendar year 2019, Tenant shall only be obligated to pay [***] of the Annual Fixed Rent with respect to the Ground Floor Premises from November 1, 2018 through December 31, 2019.

8. Operating Expenses. Commencing as of January 1, 2020 and continuing through the Third Extension Term, Tenant shall pay the Operating Expenses Excess (as hereinafter defined) with respect to all of the Premises demised to Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8:

A. Operating Expenses Defined. “Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises” means the same proportion of the Operating Expenses for the Office Area (as hereinafter defined) as Rentable Floor Area of the Premises bears to the total Rentable Floor Area of the Office Area plus the Rentable Floor Area of the Ground Floor Premises and, if applicable, the Rentable Floor Area of the BSC RFO Premises. “Base Operating Expenses” means Operating Expenses for the Office Area for calendar year 2019 (that is the period beginning January 1, 2019 and ending December 31, 2019). Base Operating Expenses shall not include material market-wide cost increases due to extraordinary circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Landlord particular to and only occurring during the Base Year and generally affecting comparable commercial buildings in the City of Boston, including but not limited to, force majeure events, boycotts, strikes, embargoes or shortages. “Base Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises” means the same proportion of Base Operating Expenses as the Rentable Floor Area of Tenant’s Premises bears to the total Rentable Floor Area of the Office Area, plus the Rentable Floor Area of the Ground Floor Premises and, if applicable, the Rentable Floor Area of the BSC RFO Premises. As of the Fourth Amendment Execution Date, the Rentable Floor Area of the Office Area is 709,348 square feet and the Rentable Floor Area of the Building is 947,974 square feet. The Office Area and the Retail Area shall not be remeasured during the Term except in the event of changes thereto resulting from casualty and condemnation restoration. “Operating Expenses for the Office Area” means the cost of operation of the Office Area and the Office Area’s share of the cost of operating other areas of the Project (exclusive of the Garage) as more specifically provided below, including those incurred in discharging Landlord’s repair obligations and services to be provided by Landlord under Article VI of the Lease; however there shall be excluded from the Operating Expenses for the Office Area the cost of operation of the Garage and all expenses inuring solely to the benefit of the Retail Areas of the Project. If Landlord constructs the 201 Brookline Building, then Operating Expenses incurred for the exterior areas of the Project shall be equitably allocated based on the Rentable Floor Area of the buildings, provided, however, no expenses that benefit solely the 201 Brookline Building, such as utility charges and roof or building system repairs and maintenance for the 201 Brookline Building shall be included in Operating Expenses for the Office Area. In addition, such costs shall exclude payments of debt service and any other mortgage charges, brokerage commissions, real estate taxes (to the extent paid pursuant to Section 9 hereof), and costs of special services rendered to tenants (including Tenant) for which a separate charge is made, but shall include, without limitation:

(i) compensation, wages and all fringe benefits, workmen’s compensation insurance premiums and payroll taxes paid to, for or with respect to all persons for their services in the operating, maintaining, managing or cleaning of the Office Area or the Project;

 

12


(ii) payments under service contracts with independent contractors for operating, maintaining or cleaning of the Office Area or the Project;

(iii) steam, water, sewer, gas, oil, electricity and telephone charges (excluding all charges for electricity and other utilities supplied to leasable areas of the Building and for which Tenant pays separately under the Lease or this Fourth Amendment);

(iv) cost of maintenance, cleaning and repairs and replacements (other than repairs reimbursed from contractors under guarantees);

(v) cost of snow removal and care of landscaping;

(vi) cost of building and cleaning supplies and equipment;

(vii) premiums for insurance carried with respect to the Office Area or the Project (including, without limitation, liability insurance, insurance against loss in case of fire or casualty and of monthly installments of Annual Fixed Rent and any Additional Rent which may be due under this Lease and other leases of space in the Office Area for not more than twelve (12) months in the case of both Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and, if there be any first mortgage on the Office Area, including such insurance as may be required by the holder of such first mortgage) provided, however, with respect to insurance coverages required to be carried by a holder of a mortgage such coverages are of the type and amounts customarily required to be carried by lenders of comparable buildings);

(viii) management fees not to exceed [***] of Gross Receivable Rents for the Office Area (“Gross Receive file Rents for the Office Area”) for the purposes hereof being defined as annual fixed rent, Landlord’s Operating Expenses (with the exception of the aforesaid management fee), payments on account of real estate taxes, and tenant electricity reimbursements for the relevant year);

 

13


(ix) the Office Area’s share (as reasonably determined by Landlord) of Operating Expenses related to the operation of the open areas, public areas and amenities, plazas, common areas, facilities and other non-leasable areas of the Project and other mixed use common area maintenance costs incurred by Landlord and allocated to the Office Area and costs of operation (but not installation or fixturing) of the amenities operated by Landlord as of the Fourth Amendment Execution Date for use of tenants of the Office Area either alone or in common with tenants of other buildings in the Project; provided, however, from and after the date that Landlord obtains a building permit for the construction of the 201 Brookline Building, Landlord’s Operating Expenses for the Office Area shall exclude all costs related to the construction of the 201 Brookline Building;

(x) capital expenditures made by Landlord during the Term of the Lease (1) to reduce Operating Expenses if Landlord shall have reasonably determined on the basis of independent, third party engineering estimates that the annual reduction in Operating Expenses shall exceed the annual depreciation therefor or (2) to comply with Legal Requirements which first become applicable to the Building after the Third Extension Term Commencement Date (the capital expenditures described in subsections (1) and (2) being hereinafter referred to as “Permitted Capital Expenditures”) plus, in the case of both (1) and (2), an interest factor, reasonably determined by Landlord, as being the interest rate then charged for long term mortgages by institutional lenders on like properties within the general locality in which the Building is located, and depreciation in the case of both (1) and (2) shall be determined by dividing the original cost of such capital expenditure by the number of years of useful life of the capital item acquired, which useful life shall be determined reasonably by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices in effect at the time of acquisition of the capital item; provided, however, if Landlord reasonably concludes on the basis of independent, third party engineering estimates that a particular capital expenditure will effect savings in other Operating Expenses, including, without limitation, energy related costs, and that such projected savings will, on an annual basis (“Projected Annual Savings”), exceed the annual depreciation therefor, then and in such event the amount of depreciation for such capital expenditure shall be increased to an amount equal to [***] of the Projected Annual Savings; and in such circumstance, the increased depreciation (in the amount of [***] of the Projected Annual Savings) shall be made for such period of time as it would take to fully amortize the cost of the item in question, together with interest thereon at the interest rate as aforesaid in equal monthly payments, each in the amount of 1/12th of [***] of the Projected Annual Savings, with such payment to be applied first to interest and the balance to principal; and

(xi) all other reasonable and necessary expenses paid in connection with the operating, cleaning and maintenance of the Office Area or the Project or said common areas and facilities and properly chargeable against income.

B. Gross Up. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in determining the amount of Operating Expenses for the Office Area for any calendar year or portion thereof falling within the Term of the Lease, if less than the total Rentable Floor Area of the Office Area shall have been occupied by tenants at any time during the period in question, then, at Landlord’s election but on a mandatory basis with respect to the calculation of the Base Operating Expenses, those components of Operating Expenses for the Office Area that vary based on occupancy for such period shall be adjusted to equal the amount such components of Operating Expenses for the Office Area would have been for such period had occupancy been [***] throughout such period.

 

14


C. Exclusions from Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding the generality of foregoing, the costs and expenses set forth on Exhibit L attached hereto shall be excluded or deducted, as the case may be, from the calculation of Operating Expenses Allocable to the Office Area. Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, to the extent that Landlord provides or procures services for the Building together with other buildings on the Project or in the same market area owned or otherwise operated by Landlord or any affiliate thereof, then the costs of such services shall be allocated between the Building and such other buildings in a manner reasonably determined by Landlord and considering the rentable square footage of the buildings in the allocation. In no event shall Landlord collect from tenants of the Office Area in excess of [***] of the actual Operating Expenses (plus the permitted amortization payments for Permitted Capital Expenditures set forth in Section 8(A)(x) above) incurred for the applicable calendar year.

D. Tenant’s Escalation Payments. If with respect to any calendar year falling within the Term of the Lease, or fraction of a calendar year falling within the Term of the Lease at the beginning or end thereof, the Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises for a full calendar year exceed Base Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises or for any such fraction of a calendar year exceed the corresponding fraction of Base Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises (such amount being hereinafter referred to as the “Operating Expenses Excess”), then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following receipt by Tenant of the statement referred to below in this Section 8, the amount of such Operating Expenses Excess. Payments by Tenant on account of the Operating Expenses Excess shall be made monthly at the time and in the fashion herein provided for the payment of Annual Fixed Rent. The amount so to be paid to Landlord shall be an amount from time to time reasonably estimated by Landlord to be sufficient to cover, in the aggregate, a sum equal to the Operating Expenses Excess for each calendar year during the Term of the Lease. Within [***] after the end of the first calendar year or fraction thereof ending December 31 and of each succeeding calendar year during the Term of the Lease or fraction thereof at the end of the Term of the Lease, Landlord shall render Tenant a reconciliation statement in reasonable detail and according to usual accounting practices (the “Operating Expense Statement”), showing for the preceding calendar year or fraction thereof, as the case may be, the Operating Expenses for the Office Area, the Base Operating Expenses, the Base Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises and the Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises. Said statement to be rendered to Tenant also shall show for the preceding year or fraction thereof, as the case may be, the amounts already paid by Tenant on account of Operating Expenses Excess and the amount of Operating Expenses Excess remaining due from, or overpaid by, Tenant for the year or other period covered by the statement. If such statement shows a balance remaining due to Landlord, Tenant shall pay same to Landlord on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following receipt by Tenant of said statement. Any balance shown as due to Tenant shall be credited against Annual Fixed Rent next due, or refunded to Tenant if the Term of the Lease has then expired and Tenant has no further obligation to Landlord.

Landlord’s failure to render or delay in rendering an Operating Expense Statement or annual electricity reconciliation statement pursuant to Section 16 of this Fourth Amendment with respect to any calendar year, shall not prejudice Landlord’s right thereafter to render the same with respect thereto nor shall the rendering of an Operating Expense Statement or annual electricity reconciliation statement, as applicable, for any calendar year, prejudice Landlord’s right thereafter to render a corrected Operating Expense Statement or annual electricity reconciliation statement, as applicable, for such calendar year, provided, however, that Landlord shall in all events render the Operating Expense Statement or annual electricity reconciliation statement, as applicable, in question or any corrections thereto within [***] after the end of the calendar year covered by the applicable statement.

 

15


E. Tenant’s Audit Right. Tenant shall have the right to examine the correctness of any of the Landlord’s Operating Expense Statement, and/or any annual electricity reconciliation statement (“Electricity Statement”) or any item contained therein as follows:

(1) Any request for examination in respect of any calendar year may be made by notice from Tenant to Landlord no more than [***] after the date (the “Statement Date”) Landlord provides to Tenant the applicable year-end statement required hereunder in respect of such calendar year (and only if Tenant shall have fully paid the amounts billed with respect to the applicable Operating Expenses or electricity charges), provided, however, such 180-day period shall be reinstated if Landlord issues any correction or adjusted Landlord’s Operating Expense Statement or Landlord’s Electricity Statement.

(2) Except as set forth in this Section 8(E), Tenant hereby waives any and all other rights provided, including pursuant to applicable laws to inspect Landlord’s books and records and/or to contest any Landlord’s Operating Expenses Statement and Landlord’s Electricity Statement. If Tenant shall fail to timely exercise Tenant’s right to inspect Landlord’s books and records as provided in this Section 8(E), then such Operating Expense Statement and/or Electricity Statement, as applicable, shall be conclusive and binding on Tenant.

(3) So much of Landlord’s books and records pertaining to the Landlord’s Operating Expenses and/or electricity charges, as applicable, for the matters questioned by Tenant for the calendar year included in the applicable year end statement shall be made available to Tenant within [***] after Landlord timely receives the notice from Tenant to make such examination pursuant to this Section 8(E), either electronically or during normal business hours at the offices where Landlord keeps such books and records or at another location, as determined by Landlord Any examination must be completed and the results communicated to Landlord no later than [***] after the date Landlord makes its books and records available for Tenant’s audit.

(4) Tenant shall have the right to make such examination no more than once in respect of any calendar year in which Landlord has given Tenant an Operating Expense Statement or Electricity Statement, as applicable.

(5) Such examination may be made only by a qualified employee of Tenant or a qualified independent, real estate professional with at least ten (10) years of relevant office leasing audit experience approved by Landlord, which approval in either case shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. No examination shall be conducted by an examiner who is to be compensated, in whole or in part, on a contingent fee basis.

 

16


(6) As a condition to performing any such Examination, Tenant and its examiners shall be required to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement, in form acceptable to Landlord, agreeing to keep confidential any information which it discovers about Landlord or the Building in connection with such examination.

(7) If as a result of such examination it is determined that the amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord on account of the Landlord’s Operating Expenses or electricity charges allocable to the Premises exceeded the amounts to which Landlord was entitled hereunder, or that Tenant is entitled to a credit with respect to the Landlord’s Operating Expenses, electricity charges, Landlord, at its option, shall either refund to Tenant the amount of such excess, or apply the amount of such credit against Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, as the case may be, within [***] after the date of such agreement, provided, however, that if the Term of the Lease has expired, such amount shall be promptly refunded to Tenant. Similarly, if it is determined that the amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord on account of Landlord’s Operating Expenses or electricity charges, as applicable, were less than the amounts to which Landlord was entitled hereunder, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, the amount of such deficiency within [***] after the date of such agreement.

(8) All costs and expenses of any such examination shall be paid by Tenant, except if as a result of such examination it is determined that the amount of the Operating Expense Excess or electricity charges payable by Tenant was overstated by more than [***], Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the actual, reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in such examination, up to a maximum of [***]. If as a result of such examination it is determined that the amount of the Operating Expense Excess or electricity charges payable by Tenant was overstated by more than [***], Tenant may elect to audit that line item of Operating Expenses which was overcharged for the prior two (2) years.

9. Real Estate Taxes. Commencing as of January 1, 2020 and continuing through the Third Extension Term, in lieu of a Tenant’s share of real estate taxes, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, monthly at the time and in the fashion provided for in the Lease for the payment of Annual Fixed Rent, the amounts set forth below;

 

Time Period

   Annual Payment     Monthly Payment  

1/1/20/12/31/20

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/21-12/31/21

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/22-12/31/22

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/23-12/31/23

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/24-12/31/24

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/25-12/31/25

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/26-12/31/26

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/27-12/31/27

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/28-12/31/28

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/29-12/31/29

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

 

17


10. Parking.

A. Parking Privileges. The parties acknowledge that pursuant to Section VII of the Third Amendment, Tenant currently is entitled to utilize two hundred (200) monthly parking privileges in the Garage (the “Existing Parking Allotment”). Effective as of each of the Area A Delivery Date, Area B Delivery Date, Fifth Floor Premises Delivery Date and Ground Floor Premises Delivery Date, Landlord shall provide or cause Garage Tenant to provide Tenant with additional monthly parking privileges in the Garage on an unreserved basis for Tenant’s employees, for a ratio of up to two (2) parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises then delivered to Tenant, such that after the occurrence of all of the foregoing delivery dates, Tenant shall be entitled to a total of three hundred ten (310) monthly parking privileges (the “Initial Maximum Parking Allotment”) during the Term, as it may be extended. Tenant may elect to increase the number of its total parking privileges from time to time by up to an additional one-half (0.5) parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises (i.e., up to an additional seventy-seven (77) monthly parking privileges) (the “Additional Parking Allotment”) upon not less than [***] prior written notice to Landlord. All of Tenant’s parking privileges shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section VII of the Third Amendment, unless otherwise expressly set forth in this Fourth Amendment.

In addition, from time to time during the Term, Tenant may elect to reduce the number of parking privileges received by it by providing not less than [***] prior notice of such reduction to Landlord. After any such election to receive less than the Initial Maximum Parking Allotment (or, if Tenant has previously so elected, the Additional Parking Allotment), Tenant may from time-to-time request additional parking privileges back up to the Initial Maximum Parking Allotment (plus the Additional Parking Allotment if Tenant has so elected); provided, however (i) at no time shall Tenant be entitled to more parking privileges than the Initial Maximum Parking Allotment (plus the Additional Parking Allotment if Tenant has so elected), and (ii) none of Landlord, Garage Tenant or Garage Operator shall have any obligation to provide such additional parking privileges unless the Garage Operator determines in its reasonable good faith discretion that the requested number of parking privileges are then available in the Garage.

The parties acknowledge that as part of the construction of the 201 Brookline Building (as defined in Section 14(A)), portions of the Garage may be temporarily closed and some locations of access to and egress from the Garage will be temporarily closed, provided, however, Landlord shall not fully close the Garage and Tenant shall at all times have access to and use of the number of parking privileges to which Tenant is entitled under this Fourth Amendment during such construction and at least one access and egress location in the Garage shall remain open throughout the construction of the 201 Brookline Building. Without limiting Landlord’s express obligation to at all times provide Tenant with the number of parking privileges to which Tenant is entitled under this Fourth Amendment in the Garage, if at any time Tenant’s employees are denied entry into the Garage for its full parking allotment under this Section 10, then, without limitation of Tenant’s other remedies under the Lease for such closure, Tenant’s monthly parking charges shall be abated (and refunded) for any days that Tenant’s employees are denied entry into the Garage (but only for the number of parkers so denied entry).

 

18


B. Parking Charges. Tenant shall continue to pay for the number of parking privileges from time to time subscribed for by Tenant from the Existing Parking Allotment at the rates set forth in Section VII of the Third Amendment through the date immediately preceding the Third Extension Term Commencement Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in the Lease, commencing as of the Third Extension Term Commencement Date with respect to the Existing Parking Allotment and ending on December 31, 2020, Tenant shall pay Garage Tenant or, if Garage Tenant so directs, the Garage Operator for the number of parking privileges from time to time subscribed for by Tenant under this Section 8 at a rate of [***]. Commencing on January 1, 2021 and thereafter through the Third Extended Termination Date Tenant shall pay Garage Tenant or, if Garage Tenant so directs, the Garage Operator for the number of parking privileges from time to time subscribed for by Tenant under this Section 8 at a rate equal to the prevailing monthly rates from time to time charged by the Garage Operator for the Garage and the prevailing monthly rates for the Additional Garages (hereinafter defined).

C. Alternative Facilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease, Landlord shall have the right, upon [***] prior written notice to Tenant, to relocate, temporarily or permanently, up to [***] of Tenant’s parking privileges comprising the Initial Maximum Parking Allotment and the Additional Parking Allotment (such that Tenant’s ratio of monthly parking privileges in the Garage shall not be less than [***] (the foregoing, the “Additional Garages”). In no event shall the parking charges payable by Tenant under the Lease for the parking privileges relocated to any of the Additional Garages exceed the lesser of (i) the monthly parking rate in effect under Section 8(B) above for parking privileges in the Garage, or (ii) the prevailing monthly rate in effect for the applicable Additional Garage where the parking privilege is located.

11. Extension Options.

A. On the conditions (which conditions Landlord may waive by written notice to Tenant) that both at the time of the issuance of the Notice (as hereinafter defined) and as of the commencement of the applicable Extension Term (as hereinafter defined), (i) there exists no Event of Default, (ii) the Lease is still in full force and effect, and (iii) Tenant has neither assigned the Lease nor sublet more than [***] of the Premises in the aggregate and all for sublease terms that expire within twelve (12) months prior to the expiration date of the then current Term (excluding in all cases any Permitted Transfers), Tenant shall have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 11, to extend the Term of the Lease for two (2) periods of five (5) years each (each, an “Extension Term” and collectively, the “Extension Terms”), commencing on January 1, 2030, and expiring on December 31, 2034 (the “Fourth Extension Term”), and commencing on January 1, 2035, and expiring on December 31, 2039 (the “Fifth Extension Term”), respectively, at the Prevailing Market Rent. Notwithstanding any implication to the contrary Landlord has no obligation to make any additional payment to Tenant in respect of any construction allowance or the like or to perform any work to the Premises as a result of the exercise by Tenant of any such option.

 

19


B. Tenant shall have the right to exercise the foregoing extension options for either, at Tenant’s election, the entire Premises then leased or for only the Upper-Level Premises (which Upper-Level Premises shall for purposes of this Section 11B be deemed to include the Second Floor RFO Premises if Tenant has exercised the Second Floor RFO Right). Tenant shall specify in the applicable Extension Notice whether Tenant has elected to extend the Term for all of the Premises or only the Upper-Level Premises; provided, however if Tenant does not do so, then Tenant will be considered to have elected to extend the Term for the entire Premises. If Tenant exercises an extension option for only the Upper-Level Premises, then on the date immediately preceding the first day of the applicable Extension Term, Tenant shall surrender to Landlord possession of the remainder of the Premises then leased to Tenant which does not constitute the Upper-Level Premises (such portion, the “Extension Surrender Space”), free and clear or all occupants, vacant and free of any lien or encumbrance created by Tenant or persons claiming by, through or under Tenant and otherwise in the condition required in accordance with the provisions of the Lease. On the date immediately preceding the first day of the applicable Extension Term (such date, the “Extension Surrender Date”), Tenant’s lease of the Extension Surrender Space shall end and expire, and Tenant’s estate in and possession of the Extension Surrender Space shall terminate and be extinguished as if the Extension Surrender Date were the Third Extended Termination Date with respect thereto. From and after the Extension Surrender Date, Tenant’s Proportionate Share and the monthly parking privileges shall be reduced on a pro rata basis to reflect the removal of the Extension Surrender Space from the Premises. If Tenant fails to surrender to Landlord possession of the Extension Surrender Space on the Extension Surrender Date, in the condition required, then Tenant shall be in holdover in the Extension Surrender Space and Landlord shall have the right to exercise any of Landlord’s rights and remedies at law and in equity (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 14.12 of the Lease).

C. If Tenant desires to extend the Fourth Extension Term, then Tenant shall give notice (an “Exercise Notice”) to Landlord, on or before July 1, 2028. If Tenant desires to extend the Fifth Extension Term, then Tenant shall give an Exercise Notice to Landlord, on or before July 1, 2033. Not later than the later of (i) [***] after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Exercise Notice, and (ii) the date which is [***] prior to the expiration date of the then current Term, Landlord shall provide Landlord’s quotation to Tenant of a proposed Annual Fixed Rent for the applicable Extension Term (“Landlord’s Rent Quotation”). If at the expiration of thirty (30) days after the date when Landlord provides such quotation to Tenant (the “Negotiation Period”), Landlord and Tenant have not reached agreement on a determination of an Annual Fixed Rent for such Extension Term and executed a written instrument extending the Term of this Lease pursuant to such agreement, then Tenant shall have the right, for [***] following the expiration of the Negotiation Period, to make a request to Landlord for a broker determination (the “Broker Determination”) of the Prevailing Market Rent (as defined in Exhibit K) for such Extension Term, which Broker Determination shall be made in the manner set forth in Exhibit K. If Tenant timely shall have requested the Broker Determination, then the Annual Fixed Rent for such Extension Term shall be the Prevailing Market Rent as determined by the Broker Determination. If Tenant does not timely request the Broker Determination, then the Annual Fixed Rent during the applicable Extension Term shall be equal to Landlord’s Rent Quotation.

D. Upon the giving of the Exercise Notice by Tenant to Landlord exercising Tenant’s applicable option to extend the Term in accordance with the provisions of Section 11(B) above, then this Lease and the Term hereof shall automatically be deemed extended, for the applicable Extension Term, without the necessity for the execution of any additional documents, except that Landlord and Tenant agree to enter into an instrument in writing setting forth the Annual Fixed Rent for the applicable Extension Term as determined in the relevant manner set forth in this Section 11; and in such event all references herein to the Lease Term or the Term of this Lease shall be construed as referring to the Term, as so extended, unless the context clearly otherwise requires, and except that there shall be no further option to extend the Term beyond the second Extension Term. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant have the right to exercise more than one option to extend the Term at a time and, further, Tenant shall not have the right to exercise its right to extend the Term of the Lease for the Fifth Extension Term unless it has duly exercised its right to extend the Term of the Lease for the Fourth Extension Term.

 

20


E. If as of the commencement of any Extension Term, Tenant is then subleasing more than [***] of the Ground Floor Premises (except in all cases for Permitted Transfers), then Landlord shall have the right upon notice delivered to Tenant within [***] of Tenant’s delivery of the applicable Extension Notice, to terminate the Term of the Lease only with respect to the Ground Floor Premises, which termination shall be effective as of the commencement of the applicable Extension Term. Upon the giving of such notice, the Term of the Lease with respect to the Ground Floor Premises only shall terminate as of said commencement of the applicable Extension Term, and Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent, monthly parking privileges and other charges due under the Lease shall be apportioned as of said commencement of the applicable Extension Term. Thereafter, the Lease solely with respect to the Ground Floor Premises and the rights of the Tenant solely with respect thereto shall terminate and expire with the same force and effect as if such commencement of the applicable Extension Term had originally been specified as the Third Extended Termination Date, and the provisions of Section 14(F)(iv)-(vii) below shall apply to the Ground Floor Premises.

12. Right of First Offer for Boston Sports Club Premises.

A. So long as the Lease is in full force and effect, and subject to the BSC RFO Conditions (as hereinafter defined) and which conditions Landlord may waive, in its sole and absolute discretion, at any time, but only by written notice to Tenant, Tenant shall have the one-time right (the “BSC RFO Right”) to lease the BSC RFO Premises, as hereinafter defined, when the BSC RFO Premises become available for lease, as hereinafter defined. The “BSC RFO Conditions” are that (i) there exists no monetary or material nonmonetary Event of Default at the time that Landlord delivers Landlord’s BSC Notice (as hereinafter defined) or on the BSC RFO Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined) and there have been no more than two (2) monetary or material non-monetary Events of Default during the twenty-four (24) month period prior to Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s BSC Notice, (ii) Tenant has neither assigned the Lease nor sublet more than [***] of the Premises for sublease terms that expire within twelve (12) months prior to the expiration date of the then current Term (excluding in all cases for Permitted Transfers), and (iii) Tenant has not previously exercised its Termination Right (as hereinafter defined). If Tenant fails timely to give Tenant’s BSC Exercise Notice (as hereinafter defined), or notifies Landlord that Tenant elects not to lease the BSC RFO Premises, then Landlord shall have the right to consummate a lease of the BSC RFO Premises with a third party.

 

21


B. “BSC RFO Premises” shall mean the area currently leased to Boston Sports Club, which consists of 23,778 rentable square feet on the ground floor of the Building when such area becomes available for lease during the Third Extension Term. For the purposes of this Section 12, the BSC RFO Premises shall be deemed to be “available for lease” if, Landlord, in its sole judgment, determines that such area will become available for leasing (i.e. when the current Tenant has vacated, or Landlord, in its sole judgment, determines that the current Tenant will vacate, the BSC RFO Premises).

C. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (“Landlord’s BSC Notice”) at the time that Landlord determines that the BSC RFO Premises will become available for lease, but in no event shall Landlord deliver a Landlord’s BSC Notice earlier than September 1, 2019. Landlord’s BSC Notice shall set forth the estimated commencement date in respect of the BSC RFO Premises (the “Estimated BSC RFO Commencement Date”). Tenant shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice (“Tenant’s BSC Exercise Notice”) given to Landlord within [***] after the delivery of Landlord’s BSC Notice, to lease the BSC RFO Premises. Upon the timely giving of Tenant’s BSC Exercise Notice, Landlord shall lease and demise to Tenant and Tenant shall hire and take from Landlord, the BSC RFO Premises, upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease (including the same Additional Rent terms of and the same per square foot payment on account of real estate taxes as the original Premises), except as hereinafter set forth. Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant’s BSC RFO Right pursuant to this Section 12.

D. Lease Provisions Applying to BSC RFO Premises. The leasing to Tenant of such BSC RFO Premises shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease, except as follows:

(i) BSC RFO Commencement Date. The “BSC RFO Commencement Date” shall be the later of: (x) the Estimated BSC RFO Commencement Date in respect of such BSC RFO Premises as set forth in Landlord’s BSC Notice, or (y) the date that Landlord delivers possession of the BSC RFO Premises to Tenant in the condition required under Section 12(D)(iii) below; provided, however, that Tenant may elect in Tenant’s BSC Exercise Notice to delay the BSC RFO Commencement Date to a later date designated by Tenant, but in no event later than the later of (a) September 1, 2020 or (b) the date which is [***] after Landlord’s BSC Notice.

(ii) Annual Fixed Reni. The Annual Fixed Rent with respect to such BSC RFO Premises shall be based upon the same Annual Fixed Rent rate per rentable square foot for the Upper-Level Premises then in effect on the BSC RFO Commencement Date. Annual Fixed Rent with respect to such BSC RFO Premises shall commence on the date which is [***] after the BSC RFO Commencement Date. The Annual Fixed Rent rate for the BSC RFO Premises shall increase at such times and at the same rate as the Annual Fixed Rent increases for the Upper-Level Premises, it being the intent of Landlord and Tenant that the Annual Fixed Rent rate per rentable square foot in effect for the BSC RFO Premises shall always be the same as the Annual Fixed Rent rate per rentable square foot in effect for the Upper-Level Premises for the corresponding period.

 

22


(iii) Condition of BSC RFO Premises. Landlord shall deliver the BSC RFO Premises to Tenant and Tenant shall lease the BSC RFO Premises in the shell condition, more particularly described on Exhibit J-3, attached hereto and in the Delivery Condition. Landlord shall provide a tenant improvement allowance for the BSC RFO Premises in the amount of [***] of the BSC RFO Premises multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months then remaining in the Third Extended Term, and the denominator of which is one hundred twenty (120) months which allowance shall be payable according to the same terms and conditions as the Fourth Amendment Allowances are disbursed pursuant to this Fourth Amendment.

(iv) Parking Privileges. Landlord shall provide or cause Garage Tenant to provide Tenant with additional monthly parking privileges in the Garage at a ratio of one (1) parking space per 1,000 rentable square feet of the BSC RFO Premises (the “BSC RFO Parking Allotment”) on an unreserved basis in the Garage for Tenant’s employees, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Section VII of the Third Amendment and Section 10 of this Fourth Amendment, except that Landlord shall not have the right to relocate the parking privileges comprising the BSC RFO Parking Allotment and the provisions of Section 10(C) of this Fourth Amendment shall not apply thereto, except that Landlord may temporarily relocate such parking privileges to the Additional Garages during any renovation or redevelopment of the Project.

E. Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant’s exercise of the above-described option to lease the BSC RFO Premises shall be self-executing, as aforesaid, the parties hereby agree promptly to execute a lease amendment reflecting the addition of the BSC RFO Premises. The execution of such lease amendment shall not be deemed to waive any of the conditions to Tenant’s exercise of the herein option to lease the BSC RFO Premises, unless otherwise specifically provided in such lease amendment.

F. Except as set forth in this Section 12(F), Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to deliver the BSC RFO Premises by any particular date, no such failure shall impair the validity of the Lease or extend the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision contained herein to the contrary, if the BSC RFO Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by the date which is [***] after the Estimated BSC RFO Commencement Date (as such date may be extended for Tenant Delays and/or Force Majeure, the “Outside BSC RFO Premises Commencement Due”, then for and with respect to each day between the Outside BSC RFO Commencement Date and the date on which the BSC RFO Premises Commencement Date actually occurs, as its sole and exclusive remedy on account thereof, Tenant shall receive a credit against the Annual Fixed Rent next becoming payable under the Lease for the BSC RFO Premises in an amount equal to the per diem Annual Fixed Rent payable for the BSC RFO Premises. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision contained herein to the contrary, it the BSC RFO Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by the date which is [***] after the Estimated BSC RFO Commencement Date (as such date may be extended for Tenant Delays and/or Force Majeure, the “BSC RFO Premises Termination Date”), then Tenant may elect, as its sole and exclusive remedy on account thereof, to rescind Tenant’s BSC Exercise Notice by giving Notice thereof to Landlord after the BSC RFO Premises Termination Date, whereupon Tenant’s BSC Exercise Notice shall be deemed rescinded and of no further force or effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Outside BSC RFO Premises Commencement Date and BSC RFO Premises Termination Date shall be extended, and there shall be no credit against Annual Fixed Rent for any delay in the occurrence of the BSC RFO Premises Commencement Date or the BSC RFO Premises Termination Date arising out of or resulting from any Tenant Delay and/or Force Majeure.

 

23


13. Right of First Offer with respect to Second Floor Premises.

A. So long as the Lease is in full force and effect, and subject to the Second Floor RFO Conditions (as hereinafter defined) and which conditions Landlord may waive, in its sole and absolute discretion, at any time, but only by written notice to Tenant, Tenant shall have the one-time right (the “Second Floor RFO Right”) to lease the Second Floor RFO Premises (as hereinafter defined), when the Second Floor RFO Premises become available for lease (as hereinafter defined). The “Second Floor RFO Conditions” are that (i) there exists no monetary or material non-monetary Event of Default at the time that Landlord delivers Landlord’s Second Floor Notice (as hereinafter defined) or on the Second Floor RFO Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined) and there have been no more than two (2) monetary or non-monetary Events of Default during the twenty-four (24) month period prior to Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Second Floor Notice, (ii) Tenant has neither assigned the Lease nor sublet more than [***] of the Premises for sublease terms that expire within twelve (12) months prior to the expiration date of the then current Term (except in all cases for Permitted Transfers), and (iii) Tenant has not previously exercised its Termination Right (as hereinafter defined). If Tenant fails timely to give Tenant’s Second Floor Exercise Notice, or notifies Landlord that Tenant elects not to lease the Second Floor RFO Premises, then Landlord shall have the right to consummate a lease of the Second Floor RFO Premises with a third party. In no event shall the Second Floor RFO Premises be deemed to be “available for lease” to Tenant until the Second Floor RFO Premises has been leased to a third party after the Fourth Amendment Execution Date, and thereafter Landlord reasonably determines that the Second Floor RFO Premises will become available for lease as set forth in Section 13(B) below.

B. “Second Floor RFO Premises” shall mean the Second Floor Premises when such area becomes “available for lease”, as hereinafter defined, during the Third Extended Term. For the purposes of this Section 13, the Second Floor RFO Premises shall be deemed to be “available for lease” when Landlord reasonably determines that the existing tenant of the Second Floor RFO Premises will not extend its lease of the Second Floor RFO Premises (by exercise of an extension option or otherwise by mutual agreement of Landlord and the first generation existing tenant of the Second Floor RFO Premises) for such space and will vacate the Second Floor RFO Premises at the expiration of its lease term.

C. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (“Landlord’s Second Floor Notice”) at the time that Landlord determines that such Second Floor RFO Premises will become available for lease. Landlord’s Second Floor Notice shall set forth the Landlord’s designation of the Annual Fixed Rent, the updated base years for Operating Expenses and real estate taxes in respect of such Second Floor RFO Premises if applicable, or statement that Operating and Expenses and/or real estate taxes shall be payable on a net basis, the estimated commencement date in respect of the Second Floor RFO Premises (the “Estimated Second Floor RFO Commencement Date”) and any other material business terms applicable to the Second Floor RFO Premises. Tenant shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice (“Tenant’s Second Floor Exercise Notice”) given to Landlord within [***] after the delivery of Landlord’s Second Floor Notice, to elect to lease the Second Floor RFO Premises. Upon the timely giving of such notice, Landlord shall lease and demise to Tenant and Tenant shall hire and take from Landlord, the Second Floor RFO Premises, upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease except as hereinafter set forth. Time is of the essence with respect to the Second Floor RFO Right pursuant to this Section 13.

 

24


D. Lease Provisions Applying to Second Floor RFO Premises. The leasing to Tenant of such Second Floor RFO Premises shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease, except as follows:

(i) Second Floor RFO Commencement Date. The “Second Floor RFO Commencement” shall be the later of: (x) the Estimated Second Floor RFO Commencement Date as set forth in Landlord’s Second Floor Notice or (y) the date that Landlord delivers the Second Floor RFO Premises to Tenant in the required condition and in accordance with any other requirements set forth in Landlord’s Second Floor Notice.

(ii) Rent. The Annual Fixed Rent, the updated base year or net payment structure for Operating Expenses and real estate taxes with respect to the Second Floor RFO Premises shall be the Annual Fixed Rent and base year or net payment structure for Operating Expenses and real estate taxes set forth in Landlord’s Second Floor Notice.

(iii) Condition. Tenant shall take the Second Floor RFO Premises “as-is” in its then (i.e., as of the date of premises delivery) state of construction, finish, and decoration, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to construct or prepare the Second Floor RFO Premises for Tenant’s occupancy, unless expressly otherwise set forth in Landlord’s Second Floor Notice and except that Landlord shall deliver the Second Floor RFO Premises in accordance with any other requirements set forth in Landlord’s Second Floor Notice.

(iv) Term. The term of the Lease and the expiration date for the leasing of the Second Floor RFO Premises shall be as set forth in Landlord’s Second Floor Notice.

(v) Parking Privileges. Landlord shall provide or cause Garage Tenant to provide Tenant with additional monthly parking privileges in the Garage at a ratio of one (1) parking space per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Second Floor RFO Premises (the “Second Floor RFO Parking Allotment”) on an unreserved basis in the Garage for Tenant’s employees, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Section VII of the Third Amendment and Section 10 of this Fourth Amendment, except that Landlord shall not have the right to relocate the parking privileges comprising the Second Floor RFO Parking Allotment and the provisions of Section 10(C) of this Fourth Amendment shall not apply thereto, except that Landlord may temporarily relocate such parking privileges to the Additional Garages during any renovation or redevelopment of the Project.

E. Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant’s exercise of the above-described option to lease the Second Floor RFO Premises shall be self-executing, as aforesaid, the parties hereby agree promptly to execute a lease amendment reflecting the addition of the Second Floor RFO Premises to the Premises. The execution of such lease amendment shall not be deemed to waive any of the conditions to Tenant’s exercise of the herein option to lease the Second Floor RFO Premises, unless otherwise specifically provided in such lease amendment.

 

25


F. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if (i) Tenant was entitled to exercise its Second Floor RFO Right but failed to deliver a Tenant’s Second Floor Exercise Notice within the fifteen (15) business day period as provided in Section 13(C) above, and (ii) thereafter prior to entering into a lease (or leases) for such Second Floor RFO Premises Landlord proposes to lease the Second Floor RFO Premises to a prospective third-party tenant on terms that are “materially more favorable” than those set forth in the Landlord’s Second Floor Notice previously delivered to Tenant, then Tenant’s rights with respect to the Second Floor RFO Premises shall be revived and Tenant shall once again have a Second Floor RFO Right with respect to the Second Floor RFO Premises. For purposes hereof, the terms offered to a prospect shall be deemed to be “materially more favorable” from those set forth in the Landlord’s Second Floor Notice if there is a reduction of more than [***] in the “net effective rent” per rentable square foot of the Second Floor RFO Premises to the prospective tenant, when compared with the “net effective rent” per rentable square foot for the Second Floor RFO Premises under the Landlord’s Second Floor Notice, determined by considering all of the economic terms of both proposals.

G. Except as set forth in this Section 13(G), Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to deliver the Second Floor RFO Premises by any particular date, no such failure shall impair the validity of the Lease or extend the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision contained herein to the contrary, if the Second Floor RFO Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by the date which is [***] after the Estimated Second Floor RFO Commencement Date (as such date may be extended for Tenant Delays and/or Force Majeure, the “Outside Second Floor RFO Premises Commencement Date”), then for and with respect to each day between tide Outside Second Floor RFO Commencement Delivery Date and the date on which the Second Floor RFO Premises Commencement Date actually occurs, as its sole and exclusive remedy on account thereof, Tenant shall receive a credit against the Annual Fixed Rent next becoming payable under the Lease for the Second Floor RFO Premises in an amount equal to the per diem Annual Fixed Kent payable for the Second Floor RFO Premises. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision contained herein to the contrary, if the Second Floor RFO Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by the date which is [***] after the Estimated Second Floor RFO Commencement Date (as such date may be extended for Tenant Delays and/or Force Majeure, the “Second Floor RFO Premises Termination Date”), then Tenant may elect, as its sole and exclusive remedy on account thereof, to rescind Tenant’s Second Floor Exercise Notice by giving Notice thereof to Landlord after the Second Floor RFO Premises Termination Date, whereupon Tenant’s Second Floor Exercise Notice shall be deemed rescinded and of no further force or effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Outside Second Floor RFO Premises Commencement Date and the Second Floor RFO Premises Termination Date shall be extended, and there shall be no credit against Annual Fixed Rent for any delay in the occurrence of the Second Floor RFO Premises Commencement Date or the Second Floor RFO Premises Termination Date arising out of or resulting from any Tenant Delay and/or Force Majeure.

 

26


14. 201 Brookline Right of First Offer.

A. If Landlord or any entity affiliated with Landlord or the then owners of the membership interests in Landlord (the “Affiliated Owners”) elects (in its sole discretion) to construct a new building to be located on the Project and having an address of 201 Brookline Avenue, Boston MA (“201 Brookline Building”), then so long as the Lease is in full force and effect, and subject to the 201 Brookline RFO Conditions (as hereinafter defined and which Landlord may waive, in its sole and absolute discretion, at any time, but only by notice to Tenant), Tenant shall have the right (the “201 Brookline RFO Right”) to lease the 201 Brookline RFO Premises, as hereinafter defined. The “201 Brookline RFO Premises” shall mean two (2) contiguous full floors of office space in the 201 Brookline Building, provided, however, that if Landlord has leased the entirety of the non-retail leasable space in the 201 Brookline Building to a single tenant, the 201 Brookline RFO Right pursuant to this Section 14 shall be null and void and of no further force or effect. In the event that Landlord has leased the entirety of the non-retail leasable space in the 201 Brookline Building to a single tenant, Landlord shall promptly provide Tenant with notice thereof (“Landlord’s Single Tenant Notice”).

B. The “201 Brookline RFO Conditions” are that (i) there exists no Event of Default at the time that Landlord delivers Landlord’s 201 Brookline Notice (as hereinafter defined) and there have been no more than two (2) Events of Default during the twenty-four (24) month period prior to Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s 201 Brookline Notice (as hereinafter defined), (ii) Tenant has not assigned the Lease and is not then subleasing more than [***] of the Premises for sublease terms that expire within twelve (12) months prior to the expiration date of the then current Term (excluding in all cases any Permitted Transfers), and (iii) Tenant has not previously exercised its Termination Right (as hereinafter defined).

C. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (“Landlord’s 201 Brookline Notice”) at the time that Landlord determines that Landlord will proceed with construction of the 201 Brookline Building. If Landlord does not elect to proceed with construction of the 201 Brookline Building by the date which is two (2) years after the Execution Date of this Fourth Amendment, as evidenced by the issuance of a building permit for the 201 Brookline Building, then the 201 Brookline RFO Right pursuant to this Section 14 shall expire and be null and void and of no further force or effect. Landlord’s 201 Brookline Notice shall set forth (i) the location of the 201 Brookline RFO Premises, (ii) the lease term (consistent with Section 14(D)(iv) below) and extension options, if any, for the 201 Brookline RFO Premises, (iii) Landlord’s designation of the office space Annual Fixed Rent (which shall be a market rent and Tenant construction period rent abatement as reasonably determined by Landlord) and the base year or net payment structure for Operating Expenses and real estate taxes in respect of the 201 Brookline RFO Premises, (iv) the estimated commencement date in respect of the 201 Brookline RFO Premises (the “Estimated 201 Brookline RFO Commencement Date”), (v) specifications for the base building and premises delivery, (vi) the tenant improvement allowance and free rent periods, if any, (vii) the parking ratio in the Garage for the 201 Brookline Premises, (viii) any other material business terms applicable to the 201 Brookline RFO Premises and not inconsistent with the terms of this Section 14, (ix) the form of subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement from the current or prospective lender for the 201 Brookline Building, and (xi) the proposed lease document (together with all exhibits therefor fully completed) for the 201 Brookline RFO Premises (the “201 Brookline Lease”). Tenant shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice (“Tenant’s 201 Brookline Exercise Notice”) given to Landlord within [***] after the delivery of Landlord’s 201 Brookline Notice, to elect to proceed with the 201 Brookline Lease Negotiation Period for the lease of the 201 Brookline RFO Premises set forth below. If Tenant fails timely to give Tenant’s 201 Brookline Exercise Notice or notifies Landlord that Tenant elects not to lease the 201 Brookline RFO Premises, then Landlord shall have the right to consummate a lease of the 201 Brookline RFO Premises with a third party. If Tenant exercises its rights under this Section 14 to lease the 201 Brookline RFO Premises, Landlord shall obtain a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from the then existing mortgagee on either a form consistent with the form attached to this Fourth Amendment or a commercially reasonable form and any ground lessor on a commercially reasonable form mutually agreeable to Tenant and such ground lessor.

 

27


D. The 201 Brookline Lease shall contain milestones and late delivery remedies for Landlord’s completion and delivery of the base building and premises work. Upon the delivery of Landlord’s 201 Brookline Notice, the parties shall negotiate and execute a final lease based on Landlord’s proposed lease and Landlord’s 201 Brookline Notice within [***] after the delivery of Tenant’s 201 Brookline Exercise Notice (the “201 Brookline Lease Negotiation Period”); provided that (1) the [***] shall exclude the period of time from December 20 through January 3, if applicable, and any long weekend resulting from a legal holiday recognized in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and (2) if the 201 Brookline Lease is missing any agreed-upon material lease information, lease sections or exhibits (and such missing information, lease sections or exhibits are not required to be supplied by Tenant), then either the initial ninety (90) day 201 Brookline Lease Negotiation Period or, if exercised, the thirty (30) day extension to the 201 Brookline Lease Negotiation Period set forth below as applicable, shall be extended until the date that is [***] following the date that the 201 Brookline Lease is submitted to Tenant with all such missing information, lease sections and exhibits included and fully completed; provided, however, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing ten (10) day extension shall not apply m the case of lease information, lease sections or exhibit about which the parties only disagree. Either party may extend the 201 Brookline Lease Negotiation Period for one additional period of [***] by delivering written notice to the other party of such extension not later than [***] prior to the then-expiration of the 201 Brookline Lease Negotiation Period Tenant shall provide Landlord with Tenant’s comments to the initial draft of 201 Brookline Lease within [***] following the delivery of Tenant’s 201 Brookline Exercise Notice. Thereafter, Landlord and Tenant shall respond to a revised draft or comments to a lease draft within [***] after receipt thereof by either submitting lease comments by way of f redraft or delivery of an issues list or participation in a conference call or meeting with both parties to discuss open lease issues prior to the expiration of such [***] period. If Landlord does not respond within such [***] period then for each day that Landlord is late in responding the 201 Brookline Lease Negotiation Period shall be extended by one day. If Tenant does not respond within such [***] period, as applicable, then for each day that Tenant is late in responding the 201 Brookline Lease Negotiation Period shall be shortened by one day. Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate the 201 Brookline Lease in good faith and with neither party taking any action or omitting to take any action that is intended to obstruct or avoid agreement on the 201 Brookline Lease. If despite both parties negotiation of the 201 Brookline Lease diligently and in good faith, Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon and execute the 201 Brookline Lease on mutually agreeable terms and conditions consistent with this Section 14 by the expiration of the 201 Brookline Lease Negotiation Period (as it may be extended or shortened as provided in this Section 14), then Tenant shall be deemed to have rejected the option to lease the 201 Brookline RFO Premises and Tenant shall have no further rights or claims thereto, provided, however, the foregoing shall not waive Tenant’s rights or remedies on account of any default of Landlord under the Lease, including this Section 14.

Time is of the essence with respect to the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Section 14.

 

28


E. Lease Provisions Applying to 201 Brookline RFO Premises. The leasing to Tenant of such 201 Brookline RFO Premises shall be upon the following terms and conditions:

(i) 201 Brookline RFO Commencement Date. The “201 Brookline RFO Commencement Date” shall be the later of: (x) the Estimated 201 Brookline RFO Commencement Date as set forth in Landlord’s 201 Brookline Notice or (y) the date that Landlord delivers the 201 Brookline RFO Premises to Tenant in the condition required under the 201 Brookline Building lease between Landlord and Tenant.

(ii) Rent. The Annual Fixed Rent and updated base year or net payment structure for Operating Expenses and real estate taxes with respect to the 201 Brookline RFO Premises shall be the Annual Fixed Rent and base year or net payment structure for Operating Expenses and real estate taxes set forth in Landlord’s 201 Brookline Notice. Operating Expense pass throughs shall., if applicable, include cost pools which exclude laboratory operating expenses from office operating expenses.

(iii) Condition. Subject to Landlord’s obligation to deliver the 201 Brookline Building and the Premises in the condition required by the specifications included with Landlord’s 201 Brookline Notice, Tenant shall take the 201 Brookline RFO Premises in its then (i.e., as of the date of premises delivery) state of construction, finish, and decoration, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to construct or prepare the 201 Brookline RFO Premises for Tenant’s occupancy, unless expressly otherwise set forth in Landlord’s 201 Brookline Notice.

(iv) Term. The term of the Lease and the expiration date for the leasing of the 201 Brookline RFO Premises shall be as set forth in Landlord’s 201 Brookline Notice and shall be no less than seven (7) years and no more than twelve (12) years.

F. Execution of Lease. The parties hereby agree promptly to execute (and Landlord shall cause any Affiliated Owners, if applicable) the final 201 Brookline Lease reflecting the demise and lease of the 201 Brookline RFO Premises upon the terms of this Section 14 and Landlord’s 201 Brookline Notice. The execution of such lease shall not be deemed to waive any of the conditions to Tenant’s exercise of the herein option to lease the 201 Brookline RFO Premises, unless otherwise specifically provided in such lease.

G. Tenant’s Partial Surrender Right.

(i) If either (a) Tenant has exercised the 201 Brookline RFO Right or (b) Tenant satisfied the 201 Brookline RFO Conditions but was unable to exercise the 201 Brookline RFO Right as a result of (1) the Landlord not proceeding with construction of the 201 Brookline Building by the date which is two (2) years after the Execution Date of this Fourth Amendment, as evidenced by the issuance of a building permit for the 201 Brookline Building, or (2) Landlord delivering Landlord’s Single Tenant Notice, then, so long as the Lease is in full force and effect, and subject to the Ground Floor/BSC Surrender Conditions (as hereinafter defined), Tenant shall have the right (“Ground Floor/BSC Surrender Right”) to terminate the Term of the Lease with respect to the following portion of the Premises (the “Surrender Space”) (x) if Tenant has exercised its BSC RFO Right pursuant to Section 12 hereof, both the Ground Floor Premises and the BSC RFO Premises, collectively, or (y) if Tenant has not exercised its BSC RFO Right pursuant to Section 12 hereof, the Ground Floor Premises. Tenant shall exercise the Ground Floor/BSC Surrender Right by (A) delivering Landlord prior written notice (“Tenant’s Ground Floor/BSC Surrender Notice”) on or before the date (the “Ground Floor/BSC Effective Surrender Date”) that is [***] after, as applicable (I) the delivery of Tenant’s 201 Brookline Exercise Notice, or (II) the delivery of Landlord’s Single Tenant Notice or (III) the date which is two (2) years after the Execution Date of this Fourth Amendment if there has been no issuance of a building permit for the 201 Brookline Building, and (B) paying the Ground Floor/BSC Surrender Fee, as hereinafter defined, to Landlord at the time that Tenant gives Tenant’s Ground Floor/BSC Surrender Notice to Landlord. Not more than twice during the Term (and also following Tenant’s exercise of the BSC RFO Right hereunder), Landlord shall provide Tenant with the amount of and reasonably detailed back-up documentation for the Ground Floor/BSC Surrender Fee within [***] following receipt of a written request from Tenant and provision of a proposed termination date.

 

29


(ii) The “Ground Floor/BSC Surrender Conditions” are that there then exists no monetary or material non-monetary Event of Default at the time that Tenant delivers Tenant’s Ground Floor/BSC Surrender Notice:

(iii) The “Ground Floor/BSC Surrender Fee” shall be equal to the Unamortized Portion of Landlord’s Surrender Costs, as hereinafter defined. The “Unamortized Portion” shall be defined as the amount of principal which would remain unpaid as of the Ground Floor/BSC Effective Surrender Date with respect to a theoretical loan in an original principal amount equal to Landlord’s Surrender Costs and which is repaid in equal monthly payments of principal and interest on a direct reduction basis over (a) the Third Extended Term with respect to the Ground Floor Premises and (b) the period of time commencing on the BSC RFO Commencement Date and ending on the Third Extended Termination Date with respect to the BSC RFO Premises, each with interest at the rate of [***] per annum. “Landlord’s Surrender Costs” shall mean (i) the Ground Floor Allowance, plus (ii) the allowance provided in connection with the BSC RFO Premises, if applicable, plus (iii) the brokerage commissions paid in connection with Ground Floor Premises and the BSC RFO Premises. If Tenant exercises the Ground Floor/BSC Surrender Right pursuant to this Section 14, and relocates to the 201 Brookline Building, then the Surrender Fee shall be equal to [***] of the Unamortized Portion of Landlord’s Surrender Costs.

(iv) If Tenant timely exercises the Ground Floor/BSC Surrender Right, then effective as of the Ground Floor/BSC Effective Surrender Date, the Lease solely with respect to the Ground Floor Premises and if applicable, the BSC RFO Premises, and the rights of the Tenant solely with respect thereto shall terminate and expire with the same force and effect as if such Ground Floor/BSC Effective Surrender Date had originally been specified as the Third Extended Termination Date. Prior to the later of (such later date, the “Partial Surrender Date”) (i) the Ground Floor/BSC Effective Surrender Date, and (ii) the date on which Tenant actually surrenders and yields-up the Surrender Space, Tenant shall comply with all of the terms and provisions of the Lease and shall perform all of its obligations hereunder with respect to the Surrender Space including, without limitation, the obligation to pay when due all Annual Fixed Rent and other Additional Rent. By not later than the Ground Floor/BSC Effective Surrender Date, Tenant shall surrender and yield-up the Surrender Space in good and broom-clean order, repair and condition, free of all tenants and occupants, and otherwise in the condition in which the Premises are required to be surrendered, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Lease at the expiration of the Term. All property and alterations of any kind, nature or description remaining in the Surrender Space after the Partial Surrender Date shall be and become the property of Landlord and may be disposed of by Landlord, without payment from Landlord and without the necessity to account therefor to Tenant.

 

30


(v) Effective as of the Partial Surrender Date, Landlord shall be released from any and all obligations and liabilities thereafter accruing under the Lease with respect to the Surrender Space. Nothing contained herein shall constitute a waiver, limitation, amendment, or modification of any of the liabilities and obligations of Landlord under the Lease (i) with respect to the Surrender Space, which accrue or arise prior to the Partial Surrender Date, or (ii) with respect to the remaining Premises. Effective as of the Partial Surrender Date, Tenant shall be released from any and all liabilities and obligations thereafter accruing under this Lease with respect to the Surrender Space. Nothing contained herein shall constitute a waiver, limitation, amendment, or modification of any of the liabilities and obligations of Tenant under the Lease (i) with respect to the Surrender Space, which accrue or arise prior to the Partial Surrender Date or (ii) with respect to the remaining Premises.

(vi) Without limiting the foregoing, if Tenant fails to yield up and surrender the Surrender Space by the Ground Floor/BSC Effective Surrender Date, then for and with respect each day between the Ground Floor/BSC Effective Surrender Date and the Partial Surrender Date, Tenant shall pay a holdover charge at the rate set forth in the Lease. Nothing herein contained shall constitute a release, waiver, limitation, or restriction of any rights or remedies of Landlord on account of Tenant’s failure to surrender the Surrender Space by the Ground Floor/BSC Effective Surrender Date.

(vii) The Annual Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share and the monthly parking privileges shall be reduced as of the Partial Surrender Date to an amount which shall reflect the deletion of the Surrender Space from the Premises, and Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment of the Lease to reflect the foregoing within [***] of the date on which the Ground Floor/BSC Surrender Notice shall have been delivered to Landlord, provided that the effectiveness of such amendment shall be conditioned upon Tenant’s payment to Landlord of the Ground Floor/BSC Effective Surrender Fee.

(viii) Time is of the essence of this Section 14(F).

 

31


H. Landlord’s Ground Floor/BSC Termination Right. If Tenant has exercised the 201 Brookline RFO Right then Landlord shall have the right upon notice delivered to Tenant within [***] of Tenant’s delivery of Tenant’s 201 Brookline RFO Exercise Notice, to terminate the Term of the Lease only with respect to the Surrender Space, which termination shall be effective as of the date (the “Effective Recapture Date”), which is the delivery of the 201 Brookline RFO Premises to Tenant or, at Tenant’s election, [***] after the 201 Brookline RFO Commencement Date. Upon the giving of such notice, the Term of the Lease with respect to the Surrender Space only shall terminate as of said Effective Recapture Date, and Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent, monthly parking privileges and other charges due under the Lease shall be apportioned as of said Effective Surrender Date. Thereafter, the Lease solely with respect to the Surrender Space and the rights of the Tenant solely with respect thereto shall terminate and expire with the same force and effect as if such Effective Recapture Date had originally been specified as the Third Extended Termination Date, and the provisions of Section 13(F)(iv)-(vii) shall apply to the Surrender Space.

I. Tenant’s Leasing or Subleasing of Additional Space. If Tenant satisfied the 201 Brookline RFO Conditions but was unable to exercise the 201 Brookline RFO Right as a result of (1) the Landlord not proceeding with construction of the 201 Brookline Building by the date which is two (2) years after the Execution Date of this Fourth Amendment, as evidenced by the issuance of a building permit for the 201 Brookline Building, or (2) Landlord delivering Landlord’s Single Tenant Notice, then, in the event that Tenant elects to take an assignment of an existing lease or to sublease space from another tenant in the Building or the 201 Brookline Building, Landlord agrees that, so long as such proposed sublease space or assigned lease does exceed 25,000 rentable square feet in the aggregate, (i) Landlord will not withhold its consent to any such assignment or sublease on the basis that Tenant is already a tenant in the Building or the 201 Brookline Building and (ii) Landlord will not exercise any termination or recapture right for the applicable space in the Building or the 201 Brookline Building that is proposed to be assigned or subleased to Tenant.

15. Tenant’s Early Termination Option

A. So long as the Lease is in full force and effect, and subject to the Termination Conditions (as hereinafter defined), and which Landlord may waive, in its sole and absolute discretion, at any time, but only by notice to Tenant, Tenant shall have the right and option (the “Termination Right”) to terminate the Term of the Lease for the entire Premises effective on any date (the “Effective Termination Date”) which is specified in Tenant’s Termination Notice and is after December 31, 2026, provided that (i) Tenant gives Landlord prior written notice (“Tenant’s Termination Notice”) on or before the date which is [***] prior to the Effective Termination Date and (ii) Tenant pays Landlord the Termination Fee, as hereinafter defined, to Landlord at the time that Tenant gives Tenant’s Termination Notice to Landlord. The “Termination Conditions” are that there then exists no monetary or material non-monetary Event of Default at the time that Tenant delivers Tenant’s Termination Notice or on the Effective Termination Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, if Tenant exercises the 201 Brookline RFO Right and actually is delivered possession of the 201 Brookline RFO Premises, Tenant’s Termination Right shall be null and void and of no further force or effect. An initial sample calculation of the Termination Fee is attached hereto as Exhibit O and based on the earliest possible Effective Termination Date. Not more than twice during the Term and also following Tenant’s exercise of any right of first offer hereunder, Landlord shall provide Tenant with the amount of and reasonably detailed back-up documentation for the Termination Fee within [***] following receipt of a written request from Tenant and provision of a proposed termination date.

 

32


B. The “Termination Fee” shall be equal to the Unamortized Portion of Landlord’s Termination Costs, as hereinafter defined. The “Unamortized Portion” shall be defined as the amount of principal which would remain unpaid as of the Effective Termination Date with respect to a theoretical loan in an original principal amount equal to Landlord’s Termination Costs and which is repaid in equal monthly payments of principal and interest on a direct reduction basis over the Third Extension Term (or such shorter term with respect to any premises leased by Tenant under Sections 12 and/or 13 of this Fourth Amendment) with interest at the rate of [***] per annum. “Landlord’s Termination Costs” shall mean the sum of (I) the Fourth Amendment Allowances, and brokerage commissions paid in connection with this Fourth Amendment, plus (II) if Tenant exercises either or both of the BSC RFO Right and/or the Second Floor RFO Right the Unamortized Portion of all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with tenant improvement allowances and brokerage commissions paid by Landlord in connection with BSC RFO Premises and the Second Floor RFO Premises.

C. Provided that all of the Termination Conditions have been fully and completely and timely satisfied, then effective as of the Effective Termination Date, the Lease, and the rights of the Tenant with respect to the Premises, shall terminate and expire with the same force and effect as if such Effective Termination Date had been the Third Extended Termination Date. Prior to the later of (such later date, the “Full Premises Surrender Date”) (i) the Effective Termination Date, and (ii) the date on which Tenant actually surrenders and yields-up the Premises, Tenant shall comply with all of the terms and provisions of the Lease and shall perform all of its obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the obligation to pay when due all Annual Fixed Rent and other Additional Rent. By not later than the Effective Termination Date, Tenant shall surrender and yield-up the Premises in good and broom-clean order, repair and condition, free of all tenants and occupants, and otherwise in the condition in which the Premises are required to be surrendered, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Lease at the expiration of the Term. All property and alterations of any kind, nature or description remaining in the Premises after the Full Premises Surrender Date shall be and become the property of Landlord and may be disposed of by Landlord, without payment from Landlord and without the necessity to account therefor to Tenant.

D. Effective as of the Full Premises Surrender Date, Landlord shall be released from any and all obligations and liabilities thereafter accruing under the Lease. Nothing contained herein shall constitute a waiver, limitation, amendment, or modification of any of the liabilities and obligations of Landlord under the Lease which accrue or arise prior to the Full Premises Surrender Date. Effective as of the Full Premises Surrender Date, Tenant shall be released from any and all liabilities and obligations thereafter accruing under the Lease. Nothing contained herein shall constitute a waiver, limitation, amendment, or modification of any of the liabilities and obligations of Tenant under the Lease which accrue or arise prior to the Full Premises Surrender Date.

E. Without limiting the foregoing, if Tenant fails to yield up and surrender the Premises by the Effective Termination Date, then for and with respect each day between the Effective Termination Date and the Full Premises Surrender Date, Tenant shall pay a holdover charge at the rate set forth in the Lease. Nothing herein contained shall constitute a release, waiver, limitation, or restriction of any rights or remedies of Landlord on account of Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises by the Effective Termination Date.

 

33


F. Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant’s Termination Right pursuant to this Section 15.

16. Tenant Electricity. The Premises are separately metered or submetered for electricity measuring electrical service for lights and plugs (exclusive of electricity for base building HVAC service to the Premises which shall be included in Landlord’s Operating Expenses Allocable to the Office Area), and, from and after the applicable dates set forth in this Fourth Amendment, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as additional rent, for electricity in the Premises, periodically as billed by Landlord (but not more than monthly), based on the amount of electricity consumed by Tenant as measured by such submeter and the rate charged therefor by the utility company, without mark-up by Landlord. As of the date of this Fourth Amendment, Tenant’s use of HVAC service in the Premises after Normal Business Hours is measured by one or more submeters measuring Tenant’s usage of hot and chilled water. Tenant shall pay the charge for HVAC consumed after Normal Business Hours (“after-hours HVAC service”), as measured by said submeter(s) (“HVAC Charge”) as hereinafter provided. Tenant shall pay Landlord, as additional rent, the HVAC Charge, periodically as billed by Landlord (but not more than monthly), based on the amount of after-hours HVAC service consumed by Tenant as measured by such submeters. Effective as of the date that this Section 16 applies to an applicable portion of the Premises, the overtime HVAC charges set forth in Section 5.2 of the Existing Lease shall no longer apply.

17. Tenant Signage.

A. Landlord shall provide building standard signage in the standard graphics for the Building listing Tenant on all tenant directory(ies) for the Office Area. The initial listing of Tenant’s name shall be at Landlord’s expense. Any changes or additions to such directory(ies) shall be at Tenant’s cost and expense at the building standard rate charged from time to time to tenants of the Office Area. Tenant may install signage identifying Tenant, which may include Tenant’s corporate logo and colors, on the entrance door to the Premises and in the elevator lobbies on floors leased in whole or in part by Tenant and/or within the Premises, which signage shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If during the Term Landlord installs any digital display boards or signage at the Building which displays the names and/or logos of other tenants or occupants at the Building, then Tenant shall also have the right to be displayed on such digital display boards or signs (with display time proportionate to the Rentable Floor Area leased by the tenants thereon) on the same terms and conditions.

B. Landlord is currently designing lobby signage for tenants in the Office Area. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to lobby signage in the Office Area, which shall consist of one of the lobby signs designed by Landlord in a location to be designated by Landlord in the so-called “East Lobby” on the second (2nd) floor of the Office Area and containing the name and/or logo of Tenant (the “Lobby Sign”), so long as the Lobby Sign Conditions are satisfied. The size of the Lobby Sign and the design, colors and appearance of Tenant’s name and/or logo on such Lobby Sign shall be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. The Lobby Sign shall be installed by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The “Lobby Sign Conditions” are: (a) the Lease is in full force and effect, (b) [Intentionally Deleted], (c) the Lobby Sign is in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements, (d) the fabrication, installation, maintenance and removal of such Lobby Sign is performed at Tenant’s expense in accordance with the terms and conditions governing alterations in the Lease, (e) the Premises is operating as Tenant’s headquarters, and (f) Tenant (together with any occupants pursuant to Permitted Transfers) is occupying at least 110,000 rentable square feet in the Office Area. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, within [***] after the date on which (i) the Lease is no longer in full force and effect; (ii) Tenant or occupants pursuant to Permitted Transfers no longer occupy at least 110,000 rentable square feet in the Office Area, (iii) the Premises ceases to be Tenant’s headquarters, or (iv) the Term of the Lease expires or is terminated, then Tenant shall, at its cost and expense, remove the Lobby Sign and repair all damage to the Building caused by the installation and/or removal of the Lobby Sign. The right to the Lobby Sign granted pursuant to this Section 17(B) is personal to Tenant and may not be exercised by any occupant, subtenant or assignee of Tenant, except for assignees or subtenants pursuant to Permitted Transfers.

 

34


18. Assignment and Subletting.

A. Article X (Assignment and Subletting) of the Existing Lease (as amended by Section 9(B)(ii) of the Third Amendment) is hereby amended to delete the second paragraph of Section 9(B) of the Third Amendment and replace the same with the following provision:

“(1) Tenant’s Notice; Landlord’s Recapture Right. In the event Tenant desires to (a) assign this Lease, or (b) to enter into a Major Sublease, as hereinafter defined, Tenant shall give Landlord either (y) a written notice of the proposed sublease or assignment (a “Proposed Transfer Notice”) in the event Tenant already has a specific assignment or sublease transaction or (z) a written notice stating that Tenant is contemplating entering into an assignment or Major Sublease (either such notice being hereinafter referred to as a “Notice of Intent to Transfer”) and Landlord shall have the right (“Landlord’s Recapture Right”) at its sole option, to be exercised (1) [***] after receipt of Tenant’s Notice of Intent to Transfer, or (2) within [***] after receipt of Tenant’s Proposed Transfer Notice (such response time period, as applicable to the type of notice received from Tenant, being referred to herein as the “Acceptance Period”), to terminate the Lease and recapture all or a portion of the Premises as follows and subject to clause (4) below: (I) in the event of a proposed assignment of the Lease, to terminate the Lease, (II) in the event of a proposed Major Ground Floor/BSC Sublease (as hereinafter defined), to terminate the Lease with respect to the Ground Floor Premises or the BSC RFO Premises, as applicable, (III) in the event of a proposed Major Full Term Sublease (as hereinafter defined), to terminate the Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet, or (IV) in the event of a proposed Major Partial Term Sublease (as hereinafter defined), to terminate the Term of the Lease for the portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet for the term of the proposed Major Partial Term Sublease (such portion of the Premises to be terminated pursuant to clause (I)-(IV), the “Recaptured Premises”). In each case, such termination shall be effective as of the Tenant’s proposed effective date of such assignment or sublease, as if such date were the last day of the Term of this Lease, provided, however, if Landlord exercises the rights under this Section to terminate this Lease in connection with a proposed sublease of a portion of the Premises, this Lease shall be deemed amended to eliminate the Recaptured Premises from the Premises as of the termination date, and thereafter the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be appropriately prorated to reflect the reduction of the Premises as of such termination date and, until such time, if at all, that the Term of the Lease recommences as to such Recaptured Premises and any such termination in connection with a Major Sublease shall be subject to any rights of Tenant expressly contained in the Tenant’s Notice of Intent to Transfer or Proposed Transfer Notice, as applicable, to terminate the sublease term early (in which case Landlord shall comply with Tenant’s election to have the Recaptured Premises released to Tenant as of such earlier date, if exercised), which right and obligation of Tenant shall expressly survive such termination.

 

35


(2) Major Sublease. A “Major Ground Floor/BSC Sublease” shall mean a sublease pursuant to which Tenant will sublet more than [***] of the Rentable Floor Area of either the Ground Floor Premises or the BSC RFG Premises for a sublease term of more than three (3) years or that expires during the last three (3) years of the then current Term. A “Major Full Term Sublease” shall mean a sublease pursuant to which Tenant will sublet (i) any portion of either the Fifth Floor Premises or Second Floor RFG Premises which is or will be separately demised for a sublease term that will expire within twelve (12) months prior to the expiration date of the then current Term, or (ii) more than [***] of the Rentable Floor Area of the Eighth Floor Premises (either alone or together with any prior subleases) which is or will be separately demised for a sublease term that will expire within twelve (12) months prior to the expiration date of the then current Term. A “Major Partial Term Sublease” shall mean a sublease pursuant to which Tenant will sublet more than [***] of the Rentable Floor Area of either of the Fifth Floor Premises or Second Floor RFO Premises (either alone or together with any prior subleases) which is or will be separately demised for a sublease term of more than four (4) years. A “Major Sublease” shall mean any of a Major Ground Floor/BSC Sublease, Major Full Term Sublease or Major Partial Term Sublease.

(3) Conditions Applicable to Recapture of Major Partial Term Subleases. If Landlord exercises its rights under this Article X to terminate the Term of the Lease with respect to a Major Partial Term Sublease for the term of the applicable Major Partial Term Sublease, then Landlord may lease the Recaptured Premises for the term of such recapture only to an existing tenant of the Building or an affiliate of an existing tenant of the Building.

 

36


(4) Conditions Applicable to Recapture of all Major Subleases. If Landlord exercises its rights under this Article X to terminate the Term of the Lease with respect to a Major Sublease, then (i) Landlord’s termination of this Lease and Landlord’s re-leasing of the Recaptured Premises shall be subject to any rights of Tenant expressly contained in Tenant’s Notice of Intent to Transfer or Tenant’s Proposed Transfer Notice, as applicable, to terminate the sublease term early (in which case Landlord shall comply with Tenant’s election to have the Recaptured Premises released to Tenant as of such earlier date, if exercised); provided, however, if Tenant’s Notice of Intent to Transfer contains a right of Tenant to terminate the sublease term early and Landlord does not exercise Landlord’s Recapture Right with respect to such Notice of Intent to Transfer, then in the event that Tenant intends to enter into a Major Sublease for such portion of the Premises identified in Tenant’s previous Notice of Intent to Transfer with no right of Tenant to terminate the sublease term early or with a materially later date for such early termination, then Tenant must deliver a Proposed Transfer Notice with respect thereto and Landlord shall at such time again have a Landlord’s Recapture Right with respect to such Proposed Transfer Notice, (ii) Landlord and Tenant will share equally in the cost to demise the Recaptured Space:, except that Landlord pays [***] of the cost to demise if the proposed subtenant was required to pay such costs pursuant to the proposed sublease delivered with Tenant’s Proposed Transfer Notice or pursuant to Tenant’s Notice of Intent to Transfer, (iii) Landlord will not enter into a lease for the Recaptured Premises with a Tenant Competitor, as hereinafter defined, so long as Tenant continues to occupy space on the same floor of the Office Area as the Recaptured Premises, (iv) any demising partitions and common areas that need to be constructed to demise the Recaptured Premises shall be entirely accommodated within the Recaptured Premises and shall not decrease the usable square footage of the portion of the Premises retained by Tenant, (v) Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any accident, injury or damage whatsoever to any person, or to the property of any person, occurring in the Recaptured Premises after Tenant’s delivery of possession to Landlord through the end of the Term of this Lease (which obligation shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease with respect to claims occurring during such period); and (vi) Landlord or its assignee or subtenant shall, unless Tenant agrees otherwise, restore the Recaptured Premises to the same condition in which the Recaptured Premises was delivered to Landlord, including restoration of all improvements and other Alterations, reasonable wear and tear excluded, and return such Recaptured Premises to Tenant at the expiration of the term Tenant proposed to sublease the same for. If Landlord fails to deliver such Recaptured Premises in the required condition on or before such re- delivery date, then for each day that Landlord fails to deliver such Recaptured Premises in the required condition after such re-delivery date, Tenant shall be entitled to a rent credit against the Base Rent payable under this Lease for the remainder of the Premises equal to the greater of (1) [***] of the daily Base Rent otherwise payable hereunder on account of the Recaptured Premises, and (2) the amount of fixed or base rent (and any holdover premium) collected by Landlord for any occupant of the Recaptured Premises. A “Tenant Competitor” shall mean a person or entity principally and primarily engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)) in the restaurant point of sale business.

 

37


(5) Landlord’s recapture and/or termination rights under this Article X shall not be applicable to any transaction constituting a Permitted Transfer and the rentable square footage of any transaction constituting a Permitted Transfers shall not be counted in determining any assignment or sublease thresholds set forth in the Lease, provided that following any Permitted Transfer Landlord’s Recapture Right shall continue to apply to any future assignment or Major Sublease that does not qualify as a Permitted Transfer on the terms set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Landlord fails to exercise Landlord’s Recapture Right under this Lease with respect to a Notice of Intent to Transfer within the Acceptance Period, Landlord will not thereafter have the right to exercise Landlord’s Recapture Ri girt with respect to a Proposed Transfer Notice for any portion of the space identified in Tenant’s previous Notice of Intent to Transfer provided Tenant’s Proposed Transfer Notice is received within [***] following Landlord’s receipt of the Notice of Intent to Transfer. In the event Landlord exercises its rights under this Article X to terminate the Lease as to the Recaptured Premises, then Tenant may elect to rescind its request for consent to the proposed assignment or sublease by notice to Landlord within [***] following Landlord’s delivery of written notice to Tenant exercising the Landlord’s Recapture Right, and, in the event of such rescission, then Tenant’s Notice of Intent to Transfer or Tenant’s Proposed Transfer Notice, as applicable, and Landlord’s exercise of the Landlord’s Recapture Right shall be rescinded and revoked and of no further force or effect and the Term of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

(6) If Landlord exercises Landlord’s Recapture Right pursuant to the foregoing provisions, then (1) this Lease shall end and expire with respect to the Recaptured Premises on the Tenant’s proposed effective date of such assignment or sublease, but only until such time, if at all, that the Term of the Lease recommences as to such Recaptured Premises in which event this Lease shall commence as to the Recaptured as of the date Landlord delivers possession of the Recaptured Premises to Tenant in the condition required under this Article X (and subject to any holdover amounts due to Tenant under this Article X), (2) Annual Fixed Rent, additional rent and electricity charges shall be apportioned, paid, or refunded as of such date, (3) Annual Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share and the monthly parking privileges shall be reduced as of such date to an amount which shall reflect the deletion of the Recaptured Premises from the Premises, (4) Tenant and Landlord, upon request by either party, shall enter into an amendment to the Lease ratifying and confirming such termination, and setting forth any appropriate modifications to the terms and provisions hereof, (5) Tenant will have no obligation to remove any alterations or leasehold improvements or Cabling in or serving the Recaptured Premises or to restore such Recaptured Premises, and (6) subject to terms of this Article X, Landlord shall be free to lease the Recaptured Premises, or the portion thereof, to any person or persons.

 

38


B. Article X (Assignment and Subletting) of the Existing Lease (as amended by Section 9(B)(ii) of the Third Amendment) is hereby amended to delete the second paragraph of Article X. Notwithstanding the provisions of Article X of the Existing Lease (as amended by Section 9(B)(ii) of the Third Amendment), Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease without the consent of Landlord but after reasonable advance notice (not less than [***] before the effective date of the assignment or subletting except that if prior notice to Landlord of such assignment, sublease or transfer is prohibited by applicable securities laws or a written confidentiality agreement, then Tenant shall deliver such notice to Landlord within a reasonable time after Tenant is legally permitted to do so, but not later than the date [***] after the occurrence of the proposed assignment, sublease or transfer in question) to any other entity (the “Successor Entity”) which (i) which controls or is controlled by Tenant, or (ii) which is under common control with Tenant, or (iii) which purchases all or substantially all or substantially all of the assets or the business of Tenant, or (iv) which purchases a controlling interest in Tenant, or (v) which merges or combines with Tenant, provided that any entity to which this Lease is so assigned h as a credit worthiness (e.g. net worth using generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and using the most recent financial statements) which is the same or better than the creditworthiness of the originally named Tenant as of the Fourth Amendment Execution Date (the foregoing transfers referred to, individually or collectively, as a “Permitted Transfers”). Tenant’s notice to Landlord shall include information and documentation showing each of the above conditions have been satisfied. If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s successor shall sign a commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement.

19. Security Deposit.

A. By not later than [***] after the execution of this Fourth Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a security deposit in the amount of [***] (the “Initial Security Deposit”), as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease. By not later than January 5, 2020, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a security deposit in the amount of [***] (the “Additional Security Deposit”), as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease. The Initial Security Deposit plus the Additional Security Deposit, once delivered, in the amount of [***] in the aggregate, is referred to herein as the “Security Deposit”. The Security Deposit shall be in the form of a clean, irrevocable, and unconditional letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) issued by and drawable upon a commercial bank which is reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (the “Issuing Bank”), which has outstanding unsecured, uninsured and unguaranteed indebtedness, or shall have issued a letter of credit or other credit facility that constitutes the primary security for any outstanding indebtedness (which is otherwise uninsured and unguaranteed), that is then rated, without regard to qualification of such rating by symbols such as “+” or “-” or numerical notation, “Aa” or better by Moody’s Investors Service and “AA” or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Service, and has combined capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than [***]. Landlord hereby approved JPMorgan as the Issuing Bank. The Letter of Credit shall (i) name Landlord as beneficiary, (ii) have a term of not less than one year, (iii) permit multiple drawings, (iv) either (x) be fully transferable by Landlord without the payment of any fees or charges by Landlord, or (y) Tenant shall be obligated to cause a replacement Letter of Credit to be issued for the benefit of Landlord’s transferee, at no fee or charge to Landlord, subject only to the return of the original Letter of Credit, and (v) otherwise be in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord. If upon any transfer of the Letter of Credit, any fees or charges shall be so imposed, then such fees or charges shall be payable solely by Tenant, but only for the first such transfer proposed by Landlord, and the Letter of Credit shall so specify. The Letter of Credit shall provide that it shall be deemed automatically renewed, without amendment, for consecutive periods of one year each thereafter during the Term (and in no event shall the Letter of Credit expire prior to the thirtieth (30th) day following the Third Extended Termination Date): provided, however, the Issuing Bank may retain the right to send duplicate notices (the “Non-Renewal Notices”) to Landlord and Tenant by certified mail, return receipt requested addressed to Landlord, not less than [***] next preceding the then expiration date of the Letter of Credit, stating that the Issuing Bank has elected not to renew the Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall agree with all drawers, endorsers and bona fide holders that drafts drawn under and in compliance with the terms of the Letter of Credit will be duly honored upon presentation to the Issuing Bank or its correspondent bank at an office location in Boston, Massachusetts or by overnight delivery or facsimile in the continental United States. The Letter of Credit shall be subject in all respects to the International Standard Practice 1998 (ISP 98), International Chamber of Commerce Practice, Publication No. 590.

 

39


B. If (i) an Event of Default of Tenant occurs under this Lease, or (ii) Landlord receives a Non-Renewal Notice, or (iii) Tenant files a voluntary petition under any Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency code, law or proceeding, then Landlord shall have the right by sight draft to draw, at its election, all or a portion of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit and thereafter hold, use, apply, or retain the whole or any part of such proceeds, as the case may be, (x) to the extent required for the payment of any Rent or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default including (1) any sum which Landlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Tenant’s default, and/or (2) any damages to which Landlord is entitled pursuant to the Lease, whether such damages accrue before or after summary proceedings or other reentry by Landlord, and/or (y) as a cash security deposit, unless and until, in the case of clause (ii) above, Tenant delivers to Landlord a substitute Letter of Credit which meets the requirements of this section. If Landlord applies or retains any part of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, or cash security, Tenant, upon demand, shall amend the Letter of Credit to increase the amount thereof by the amount so applied or retained or provide Landlord with an additional Letter of Credit in the amount so applied or retained so that Landlord shall have the full amount thereof on hand at all times during the Term. If Tenant shall comply with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, the Letter of Credit or cash security, as the case may be, shall be returned to Tenant not more than [***] after the Third Extended Termination Date and after delivery of possession of the Premises to Landlord in the manner required by this Lease and the curing of any outstanding Event of Default of Tenant under this Lease.

C. The Letter of Credit shall also provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the Letter of Credit to the holder of any mortgage upon the Building or the successor landlord in connection with a transfer of the Building, from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor. The provisions of this section shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said Letter of Credit to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Issuing Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith but only for the first such transfer proposed by Landlord.

 

40


D. If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord on the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be less than the Letter of Credit Amount, Tenant shall, within [***] thereafter, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit or an amendment to the existing letter of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency, and any such additional letter(s) of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Section and upon delivery, Landlord shall return to Tenant any cash security amount being held by Landlord. Tenant further agrees that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

E. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into the Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any Event of Default on the part of Tenant under the Lease. If an Event of Default shall occur, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, to cure any Event of Default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained resulting from Tenant’s Event of Default. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw upon the Letter of Credit. No condition or term of the Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the Letter of Credit constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Issuing Bank, (ii) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (iii) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof, and (iv) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the Letter of Credit and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

 

41


F. Provided that as of the applicable Reduction Date, as set forth below, no default then exists or has occurred in the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period (the “Reduction Conditions”), the amount of the Security Deposit shall be reduced as follows:

 

Reduction Date

   Reduction Amount   Reduced Security
Deposit Amount

January 5, 2022

   [***]   [***]

January 5, 2023

   [***]   [***]

January 5, 2024

   [***]   [***]

January 5, 2025

   [***]   [***]

January 5, 2026

   [***]   [***]

January 5, 2027

   [***]   [***]

The reduction in the Security Deposit shall be accomplished as follows: Tenant shall request such reduction in a written notice to Landlord; and if the Reduction Conditions have been met, Landlord shall so notify Tenant within [***] thereafter, whereupon (i) Tenant shall provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit in the Reduced Security Deposit Amount, or an amendment to the Letter of Credit reducing it to the Reduced Security Deposit Amount, or (ii) Landlord shall return the positive excess of the cash then being held by Landlord as the Security Deposit, over the then-applicable Security Deposit amount within [***]. If the Reduction Conditions are not satisfied on a particular Reduction Date because Landlord has identified in writing a default of Tenant under the Lease, and Tenant then cures the applicable default in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease and twelve (12) months expires without any new default by Tenant under the Lease (or immediately if Tenant had not previously been notified of such default prior to the Reduction Date and Tenant cures the same within the applicable notice and cure period under the Lease), then Tenant shall have the right to resubmit the request for and be entitled to the applicable reduction that was previously scheduled pursuant to the term and conditions set forth above. The Security Deposit, as it may be reduced in accordance with the foregoing, shall continue to be held by Landlord throughout the Term. In no event shall the Security Deposit be less than [***].

20. Building Renovation Project. Tenant acknowledges that the Building is currently undergoing a renovation project. Notwithstanding the reserved rights of Landlord set forth in Section 1.2 and Section 14.19(B)—(E) of the Existing Lease, except to the extent required by applicable Legal Requirements, modifications, alterations, changes or any other action with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Project, including in connection with the construction of the 201 Brookline Building, undertaken by Landlord shall not (i) reduce or suspend Tenant’s use of the Tenant’s Initial Maximum Parking Allotment or Additional Parking Allotment, subject to Landlord’s relocation rights set forth in Section 10(C) of this Fourth Amendment or result in the full closure of the Garage, (ii) adversely affect any of the utility services required to be provided by Landlord under the Lease or materially adversely affect any of the other services required to be provided by Landlord under Section 6.2 or elsewhere in the Lease, or (iii) materially interfere with Tenant’s access to and use of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

21. Amendments to Existing Lease. Effective as of the Fourth Amendment Execution Date, the Existing Lease is amended as follows:

A. Landlord Repairs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.1 of the Existing Lease, Landlord shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, in good order, condition and repair all of the elements that Landlord is responsible for under Section 6.1 of the Existing Lease with respect to the entire Building and Landlord’s obligation to repair and maintain the roof in Section 6.1 of the Existing Lease shall include the roof membrane.

 

42


B. Landlord Services. Landlord shall provide the janitorial services required under Section 6.2 of the Existing Lease consistent with the janitorial specifications attached hereto as Exhibit M. Subject to Force Majeure, Landlord shall provide (or cause to be provided) sufficient passenger elevator service to each floor of the Premises on a twenty- four hours (24) a day, seven (7) days a week, three hundred sixty-five (365) days a year basis subject always to restrictions based on emergency conditions and with at least three (3) elevators per elevator bank in the Building in operation at all times during Normal Business Hours on Business Days and at least one (1) elevator in operation twenty-four (24) hours per day. Tenant shall have access to and the right to non-exclusive use the Building’s freight elevator and loading dock, for construction and delivery activity only, from 6:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. Monday through Friday on a first come-first serve scheduled basis at no additional charge to Tenant.

C. Interruption of Services. Notwithstanding anything in Sections 6.3 and 11.2 or elsewhere in the Existing Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the duration of any service interruption and, except in an emergency, Landlord agrees to reasonably coordinate any scheduled shutdown of electrical service and HVAC service to the Premises with Tenant and to provide Tenant with at least [***] prior written notice to Tenant of any non-emergency, scheduled shutdown of such electrical or HVAC service. The final paragraph of Section 6.3 of the Existing Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and is replaced with the following:

“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease contained, if (i) any repairs, alterations, replacements, renovations, or improvements made by Landlord, (ii) Landlord’s failure to make any repairs, alterations, or improvements required to be made by Landlord under the Lease, or (iii) the failure of electric supply, water and/or sewer service, all elevator service, HVAC service or all access to the Premises, renders the Premises (or a portion thereof) untenantable (a “Service Interruption”) so that, for the Landlord Service Interruption Cure Period, as hereinafter defined, the continued operation in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business is materially adversely affected as a direct result of such Service Interruption, then, provided that Tenant ceases to use the affected portion of the Premises during the entirety of the Landlord Service Interruption Cure Period and that such untenantability and Landlord’s inability to cure such condition is not caused by the fault or neglect of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors, Fixed Rent shall thereafter be abated in proportion to such untenantability until such the affected portion of the Premises is rendered tenantable to allow Tenant to occupy the affected portion of the Premises. For the purposes hereof, the “Landlord Service Interruption Cure Period” shall be defined as [***] after Landlord’s receipt of written notice from Tenant of the condition causing untenantability in the Premises; provided however, that the Landlord Service Interruption Cure Period shall be [***] after Landlord’s receipt of written notice from Tenant of such condition causing untenantability in the Premises if either the condition was caused by causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control or Landlord is unable to cure such condition as the result of causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply in the event of untenantability caused by fire or other casualty, or taking. The remedies set forth in this paragraph shall be Tenant’s sole remedies in the event of a Service Interruption.”

 

43


D. Alterations. The reference to [***] in Section 8.1 is hereby deleted and replaced with [***]. In addition, the requirement in Section 8.1 of the Lease for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for its review of plans or work shall be limited to the actual, out-of-pocket costs to review any plans or work, but in no event shall Landlord charge Tenant the [***] charge or any other in-house review fees to Landlord to review Tenant’s plans or work. Landlord agrees that Tenant will not be required io maintain a payment and performance bond and lien bond in connection with Tenant’s performance of Tenant’s Fourth Amendment Work or in connection with any future alterations with an estimated cost that is less than [***]. In connection with any alterations or work in the Premises for which Landlord’s consent is not required under the Lease, Tenant shall provide Landlord with [***] advance notice, together with a reasonably detailed description of any such work.

E. Hazardous Materials. Landlord represents to Tenant that, as of the date of this Lease, to its actual knowledge, there are no Hazardous Materials in the Premises excepting only such materials and substances as are stored or used in accordance with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws, and are ordinarily and customarily used or located in comparable buildings. Landlord agrees that if (i) Hazardous Materials subsequently are discovered to have been in the Premises as of the date of the applicable delivery date thereof, and (ii) as of the such delivery date such substances or materials were deemed pursuant to applicable Hazardous Materials Laws to constitute Hazardous Materials, then the Landlord shall be responsible for the removal thereof in accordance with then-current industry customs and practices and to the extent required by applicable Hazardous Materials Laws. Landlord will use reasonable efforts, consistent with the nature of any work being performed, to perform any removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials required by Landlord under this Lease in a manner which will not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises. In the event of any removal or remediation work in the Premises, Landlord agrees, upon receipt of a written request, to provide Tenant with copies of the documentation and/or reports received by Landlord with respect to such removal or remediation in the Premises.

F. Legal Fees. Section 9.6 of the Lease is hereby deleted. In the event of litigation or other legal proceeding between Landlord and Tenant relating to the provisions of this Lease or Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises or in connection with any bankruptcy case, the losing party shall, upon demand, reimburse the prevailing party for its reasonable costs of prosecuting and/or defending such proceeding (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees).

G. Indemnity. Clause (ii) of Section 11.1(a) is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: “(ii) any accident, injury, or damage whatsoever caused to any person, or to the property of any person, occurring in the Premises from the earlier of (A) the date on which any Tenant Party first enters the applicable Premises Component of the Premises for the performance of work or alterations, or (B) the applicable Commencement Date for the applicable Premises Component, and thereafter until the end of the Term therefor, and after the end of the Term for so long as Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Landlord Parties.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 11.1(a) or elsewhere in the Existing Lease or in this Fourth Amendment, subject to Section 11.9 of the Existing Lease, Tenant shall not be required to waive any claims against Landlord to the extent such loss or damage is due to the negligence or willful misconduct of any of Landlord Parties.

 

44


H. Insurance. Tenant’s insurance obligations under Election 11.3 of the Existing Lease are hereby amended as follows:

(i) Tenant’s special form/cause oi loss (formerly “all risk”) insurance coverage required under Section 11.3(b) of the Existing Lease shall include all leasehold improvements and other alterations or modifications performed by or on behalf of Tenant in or to the Premises or the Building (the “Tenant Improvements”) regardless of removal obligations or the party that paid for such Tenant Improvements, in an amount at least equal to the full replacement cost of the Tenant Improvements, subject to a commercially reasonable deductible. Tenant will no longer be required to name Landlord or any parties requested by Landlord as a loss payee on ay of Tenant’s insurance policies required under the Lease (both property and liability policies).

(ii) The insurer rating requirement set forth in Section 11.4 of the Existing Lease is hereby amended to require a rating of at least “A-” and are within a financial size category of not less than “Class VIII” in the most current Best’s Key Rating Guide. Tenant’s insurance policies may contain commercially reasonable deductibles, not to exceed [***]for property insurance and [***] for commercial general liability insurance.

(iii) Clause (3) of Section 11.4 of the Existing Lease is hereby deleted. Tenant shall provide Landlord with at least [***] prior written notice ([***] in the event of cancellation for nonpayment of premium) of any such cancellation, material change, failure to renew or reduction in the amount of such insurance.

(iv) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.6 of the Existing Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with renewal certificates within [***] following each annual renewal thereof. The last sentence of Section 11.6 of the Lease is hereby deleted and of no further force or effect.

I. Landlord’s Insurance. Landlord’s special form/cause of loss (formerly “all risk”) insurance coverage required under Section 11.12 of the Existing Lease shall include the entire Building and the Project and all improvements therein or thereon in an amount at least equal to the full replacement cost of the insured property, exclusive of the all Tenant Improvements and Tenant’s Property. Landlord shall also maintain commercial general liability coverage with respect to the Building and the Project (including all common areas) with the same minimum limits required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the Existing Lease. Any and all such insurance may be written with commercially reasonable deductibles as reasonably determined by Landlord (provided, however, the amount of any such deductible for the special cause of loss property policy that may be included in Landlord’s Operating Expenses allocable to the Office Area shall be limited to [***] per occurrence and such deductible limitation is not applicable to specific perils of flood and or earthmovement which may have higher deductibles.)

 

45


J. Casualty. Section 12.1 of the Existing Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and is replaced with the following:

“12.1 Damage Resulting from Casualty

A. If the Office Area is damaged by fire or casualty, Landlord shall, within [***] after the date of the casualty, provide Tenant with an estimated construction schedule for restoration thereof (“Landlord’s Restoration Notice”) from an independent general contractor. If at least [***] of the rentable area of the Office Area is damaged by fire or casualty such that, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, substantial alteration, demolition, or reconstruction of the Office Area shall be required and such fire or casualty damage cannot, in the ordinary course, reasonably be expected to be repaired within [***] from the time that repair work would commence, as reasonably determined by Landlord’s Restoration Notice, and Landlord contemporaneously terminates the leases of all other occupants of the Office Area similarly affected by such fire or casualty, then Landlord may, at its election, terminate this Lease by notice given to Tenant within [***] after the date of Landlord’s Restoration Notice, specifying the effective date of termination. The effective date of termination specified by Landlord shall not be less than [***] nor more than [***] after the date of notice of such termination. Unless terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect following any such damage subject, however, to the following provisions.

B. If, as result of a fire or casualty, more than [***] of the floor area of the Premises immediately before such fire or casualty is rendered untenantable, and such damage cannot, in the ordinary course, reasonably be expected to be repaired within [***] of the date of the casualty, then Tenant may, at its election, terminate this Lease by notice given to Landlord within [***] after Landlord’s delivery of the estimated restoration schedule to Tenant, which termination shall be effective as of the date of such notice by Tenant.

C. If during the twenty-four (24) months of the Term (as it may have been extended), the Premises shall be damaged by fire or casualty and such fire or casualty damage to the Premises cannot reasonably be expected to be repaired or restored within [***] from the time that repair or restoration work would commence as reasonably determined by Landlord in Landlord’s Restoration Notice, then Landlord or Tenant shall have the right, by giving notice to Landlord not later than [***] after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice, to terminate this Lease, whereupon this Lease shall terminate as of the date set forth in Tenant’s notice with the same force and effect as if such date were the date originally established as the expiration date hereof.

D. If the Office Area or any part thereof is damaged by fire or casualty and this Lease is not so terminated, or neither Landlord nor Tenant had the right to terminate this Lease, Landlord, promptly after such damage and the determination of the net amount of insurance proceeds available (plus the amount of any deductible or self-insurance) shall use due diligence to restore the Premises and the Office Area in the event of damage thereto (excluding Tenant’s Improvements and Tenant’s Property) into proper condition for use and occupation. Promptly following Landlord’s restoration, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair and restore Tenant’s Property and Tenant’s Improvements to the Premises to substantially the condition which the Premises were in at the time of such damage.

 

46


E. A just proportion of the Annual Fixed Rent, the Operating Cost Excess and the payments on account of real estate taxes according to the nature and extent of the injury to the Premises shall be abated from the date of casualty until either (i) the date which is [***] after the Premises shall have been put by Landlord substantially into proper condition for use and occupation or (ii) this Lease is terminated in accordance with the terms hereof.

F. Where Landlord is obligated or otherwise elects to effect restoration of the Premises, unless such restoration is completed within [***] from the date of the casualty, such period to be subject, however, to extension where the delay in completion of such work is due to Force Majeure, as defined hereinbelow (but in no event beyond [***] from the date of the casualty or taking), Tenant, as its sole and exclusive remedy, shall have the right to terminate this Lease at any time after the expiration of such one-year (as extended) period until the restoration is substantially completed, such termination to take effect as of the thirtieth (30th) day after the date of receipt by Landlord of Tenant’s notice, with the same force and effect as if such date were the date originally established as the expiration date hereof unless, within such thirty (30) day period such restoration is substantially completed, in which case Tenant’s notice of termination shall be of no force and effect and this Lease and the Lease Term shall continue in full force and effect.

G. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease and provided Landlord carried the insurance coverages required to be carried by Landlord under this Lease, if the Office Area or the Premises shall be substantially damaged by fire or casualty as the result of a risk not covered by the forms of casualty insurance at the time required to be maintained by Landlord and such fire or casualty damage cannot, in the ordinary course, reasonably be expected to be repaired within [***] from the time that repair work would commence, Landlord may, at its election, terminate the Term of this Lease by notice to Tenant given within [***] after such loss. If Landlord shall give such notice, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such notice with the same force and effect as if such date were the date originally established as the expiration date hereof.”

K. Subordination of Lease; Estoppel; Notices to Superior Interest Holders. The fourth sentence of the first paragraph of Section 14.8 is hereby deleted and of no further force or effect. Landlord hereby agrees to obtain and deliver to Tenant a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (an “SNDA”) from the existing mortgage holder in the negotiated form attached hereto as Exhibit R within [***] after the Fourth Amendment Execution Date (the “SNDA Outside Date”) or Tenant may elect to terminate this Fourth Amendment by providing written notice such election to terminate this Fourth Amendment after the SNDA Outside Date but before the date which is [***] after the SNDA Outside Date, time being of the essence. Except for Tenant’s right to terminate this Fourth Amendment, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant and the subordination of the Lease as provided in Article XIV shall be unaffected if it is unable to obtain any such agreements. As a condition to Tenant’s agreement hereunder to subordinate Tenant’s interest in this Lease to any future mortgage made between Landlord and such mortgage holder, Landlord shall obtain from each such mortgage holder, an SNDA in a. commercially reasonable form reasonably acceptable to Tenant and such mortgage holder, pursuant to which such mortgage holder shall agree that if and so long as no Event of Default under the Lease shall have occurred and be continuing, the leasehold estate granted to Tenant and the rights of Tenant pursuant to the Lease to quiet and peaceful possession of the Premises shall not be terminated, modified, affected or disturbed by any action which such mortgage holder may take to foreclose any such mortgage, and that any successor landlord shall recognize this Lease as being in full force and effect as if it were a direct lease between such successor landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, covenants, conditions and options granted to Tenant under this Lease, except as otherwise provided in such SNDA.

 

47


Landlord and Tenant shall each, within [***] after receipt of a written request from the other, execute and deliver a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate to those parties as are reasonably requested by the other (including a mortgage holder, ground lessor or prospective purchaser or prospective assignee of the Lease, Landlord or Tenant or a prospective subtenant) addressed to the requesting parties. Without limitation, such estoppel certificate may include a certification as to (i) a statement of the status of any matter pertaining to this Lease, (ii) the existence, to the actual knowledge of the signer (without independent inquiry), of any defaults and (iii) the amount of Rent that is due and payable and the date to which the same has been paid.

Notwithstanding anything in Section 14.9 to the contrary, Tenant shall only be required to provide notices of default of Landlord under the Lease to any holder or ground lessor.

L. Holdover. Notwithstanding anything in Section 14.12 of the Existing Lease, in no event shall Tenant be liable to indemnify, defend or hold Landlord harmless from and against and Tenant shall not be liable to Landlord for, any indirect or consequential damages incurred by Landlord on account of any holding over in the Premises by Tenant unless such holdover continues for more than [***] after the expiration or prior termination of the Term of the Lease.

M. Tenant’s Payments. Section 14.14 of the Lease is hereby amended to replace the reference to “[***].”

N. Landlord and Tenant Liability. The last sentence of Section 14.16 of the Existing Lease is hereby deleted and of no further force or effect. Except for any liability of Tenant expressly permitted under Section 14.12 of the Existing Lease (as amended by this Fourth Amendment), Tenant shall not be liable to Landlord or any other Landlord Parties for any loss of rent, loss of business, indirect or consequential damages incurred by Landlord from any cause whatsoever, including the negligence or fault of any of the Tenant Parties.

O. Waiver of Jury Trial. To induce Tenant to enter into the Existing Lease and this Fourth Amendment, Landlord hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either Landlord or Tenant on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with the Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, the Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises and/or any claim of injury or damage, including but not limited to, any summary process eviction action.

P. Rules and Regulations. Section 9.11 of the Lease is hereby deleted and is of no further force or effect. In accordance with Section 9.3 of the Existing Lease, Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations for the Building and construction therein attached hereto as Exhibit N, which may be reasonably amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. In the event of an inconsistency between the rules and regulations and the Lease, the Lease shall control. The loading dock rules and regulations attached hereto as part of Exhibit N shall govern use of the loading dock and Section 9.11 of the Lease is hereby deleted and of no further force or effect.

 

48


22.

Inapplicable and Deleted Lease Provisions.

A. Articles III (Lease Term) and IV (Term; Construction) of the Lease, Section 5 of the First Amendment (Landlord’s Expansion Work), Section I.D of the Second Amendment (Landlord’s Second Amendment Work), Section II of the Third Amendment (Third Amendment Premises and Tower Premises), and Section III of the Third Amendment (Temporary Premises) shall have no applicability with respect to this Fourth Amendment. Section 5.2 of the Lease, Section 6 of the First Amendment, Section I(B)(iii) of the Second Amendment and Section I(B)(ii) of the Third Amendment shall no longer be applicable from and after Third Extension Term Commencement Date.

B. Section X of the Third Amendment (Extension Option) is hereby deleted and is of no further force or effect.

C. Section 13.1(g) and Section 9.11 of the Lease are hereby deleted and is of no further force or effect.

D. The final four (4) sentences of the first (1st) paragraph of the definition of Project contained in Section 1.2 of the Lease is hereby deleted and is of no further force or effect.

23. Brokerage. Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Fourth Amendment, other than CBRE—New England (“Tenant’s Broker”), and in the event any claim is made against the Landlord relative to dealings with brokers, other than by Tenant’s Broker, Tenant shall defend the claim against Landlord with counsel of Landlord’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Landlord on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Fourth Amendment, other than the Newmark Knight Frank (“Landlord’s Broker”), and in the event any claim is made against Tenant relative to dealings with brokers, other than by Landlord’s Broker or Tenant’s Broker, Landlord shall defend the claim against Tenant with counsel of Tenant’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Tenant on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. Landlord shall be solely responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions to the Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker in connection with this Fourth Amendment pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and such brokers.

24. Notice of Lease. Notwithstanding anything in Section 14.6 to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver a notice of the Lease in commercially reasonable, recordable form and an amended notice of Lease in connection with any future amendments to the Lease and either party shall have the right to record such Notice of Lease and amendments thereto at the recording party’s expense.

 

49


25. Miscellaneous. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that the execution and delivery of this Fourth Amendment by Tenant has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action, and, to Tenant’s actual knowledge without investigation, (i) neither the Lease nor the interest of Tenant therein has been assigned, sublet, encumbered or otherwise transferred; (ii) Tenant has no knowledge of any current defenses or counterclaims to the enforcement of the Lease or the liabilities and obligations of Tenant thereunder or to current right to claim any offset, abatement or reduction of rent under the Lease except as set forth in this Fourth Amendment; and (iii) neither Landlord or Tenant is in breach or default of any of its respective obligations under the Lease. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that the execution and delivery of this Fourth Amendment by Landlord has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action, and, to Landlord’s actual knowledge without investigation, (x) neither the Lease nor the interest of Landlord therein has been assigned, sublet, encumbered or otherwise transferred except for the mortgage to the existing mortgage holder referred to in Section 23(K) of this Fourth Amendment; (y) Landlord has no knowledge of any current defenses or counterclaims to the enforcement of the Lease or the liabilities and obligations of Landlord thereunder; and (z) neither Landlord or Tenant is in breach or default of any of its respective obligations under the Lease. The submission of drafts of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer, or a reservation of, or option for, the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises, the Fifth Floor Premises or the Ground Floor Premises or any of the other terms and conditions set forth in this Fourth Amendment, and this Fourth Amendment shall not be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless and until Landlord and Tenant shall have executed and delivered a fully executed copy of this Fourth Amendment to the other. Except as expressly and specifically set forth in this Fourth Amendment, the Existing Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed, and all of the terms, covenants, agreements and provisions of the Existing Lease shall remain unaltered and unmodified and in full force and effect throughout the balance of the Term of the Lease.

26. Counterparts. This Fourth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the undersigned on separate counterparts, which counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages transmitted via facsimile or email (in pdf or similar format) shall be deemed to be original signature pages for all purposes.

[Signatures on flowing page]

 

50


EXECUTED as an instrument under seal as of the date first above-written.

[***]

 

51


EXHIBIT A-5

[***]

 

Exhibit A-5


EXHIBIT A-6

[***]

 

Exhibit A-6


EXHIBIT A-7

[***]

 

Exhibit A-7


EXHIBIT J-1

[***]

 

Exhibit J-1


EXHIBIT J-2

[***]


EXHIBIT J-3

[***]

 

Exhibit J-3


EXHIBIT J-5

[***]

 

Exhibit J-5


EXHIBIT K

[***]

 

Exhibit K-1


EXHIBIT L

[***]

 

Exhibit L-1


EXHIBIT M

[***]

 

Exhibit M-1


EXHIBIT N

[***]

 

Exhibit N-1


EXHIBIT O

[***]

 

Exhibit O


EXHIBIT P

[***]

 

Exhibit P


EXHIBIT Q

[***]

 

Exhibit Q


EXHIBIT R

[***]


Certain identified information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential. Information that was omitted has been noted in this document with a placeholder identified by the mark “[***]”.

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Fifth Amendment”), is made as of this 14th day of May, 2019 (“Fifth Amendment Execution Date”) by and between LANDMARK CENTER PARK DRIVE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and TOAST, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease dated June 12, 2015, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated September 17, 2016 (the “First Amendment”), a Second Amendment to Lease dated February 14, 2017 (the “Second Amendment”), a Third Amendment to Lease dated as of May 23, 2017 (“Third Amendment”), and a Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of February 6, 2019 (“Fourth Amendment”) (as amended, the “Existing Lease”) for: (i) 111,294 rentable square feet on the eighth (8th) floor, (ii) 18,682 rentable square feet on the second (2nd) floor (“Existing Second Floor Premises”), (iii) 22,495 rentable square feet on the fifth (5th) floor, and (iv) 21,824 rentable square feet on the ground floor of that certain building known as The Landmark Center or 401 Park Drive (as more particularly described in the Existing Lease, the “Building”). All capitalized words and phrases not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease. The Existing Lease, as modified and amended by this Fifth Amendment, is referred to herein as the “Lease”;

B. Whereas, pursuit to Section 2 of the Fourth Amendment, Tenant intended to surrender the Existing Second Floor Premises and to terminate the Term of the Lease with respect to the Existing Second Floor Premises effective as of the Second Floor Premises Termination Date (as defined in Section B of the Recitals of the Fourth Amendment). However, Tenant desires to (i) remain in and continue to lease the Existing Second Floor Premises, and (ii) lease additional space in the Building (Comprised of 11,543 rentable square feet on the second (2nd) floor of the Building (the “Second Floor Expansion Premises”), as shown on Exhibit A-8, a copy of which is attached hereto; and

C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Existing Lease to reflect the foregoing and to make certain other changes to the Existing Lease, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and delivery of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree that the Existing Lease is hereby amended as follows:

1. Existing Second Floor Premises.

A. Extension of Term with Respect to Existing Second Floor Premises. The Term of the Lease with respect to the Existing Second Floor Premises is hereby extended to expire on the Third Extended Termination Date (i.e., December 31, 2029), unless sooner terminated or extended in accordance with, upon all of the same terms and conditions set forth in the Lease except as expressly set forth in this Fifth Amendment. All references in the Existing Lease to the Second Floor Premises Termination Date shall be of no further force or effect.


B. Condition of Existing Second Floor Premises. Whereas Tenant is in occupancy of the Existing Second Floor Premises, Tenant shall take the Existing Second Floor Premises “as-is”, in the condition in which the Existing Second Floor Premises are in as of the Fifth Amendment Execution Date, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or refurbish the Existing Second Floor Premises for Tenant’s occupancy and without any warranty or representation by Landlord as to the condition of the Existing Second Floor Premises. The foregoing shall not limit Landlord’s repair, maintenance, restoration and remediation obligations under the Lease with respect to the Existing Second Floor Premises and Landlord’s obligation to pay the Second Floor Allowance (as hereinafter defined) under this Fifth Amendment.

C. Rent for Existing Second Floor Premises. Tenant’s lease of the Existing Second Floor Premises shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease in effect immediately preceding the Fifth Amendment Execution Date, except that, Tenant shall, with respect to the Existing Second Floor Premises, pay: (i) Annual Fixed Rent (x) subject to Section 1 D below, commencing on March 1, 2019 and continuing through December 31, 2019 in the amount of [***], and (y) commencing as of the Second Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the Third Extension Term, in accordance with Section 4 below, (ii) commencing as of the Second Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the Third Extension Term, the Operating Expenses Excess in accordance with Section 8 of the Fourth Amendment (i.e., the Rentable Floor Area of the Existing Second Floor Premises will be included in the Premises for such purposes), (iii) commencing as of the Second Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the Third Extension Term, the payments on account of real estate taxes in accordance with Section 6 of this Fifth Amendment, and (iv) for electricity and overtime HVAC charges with respect to the Existing Second Floor Premises (x) commencing on the Fifth Amendment Execution Date and continuing through December 31, 2019 at the rate of [***] of the Existing Second Floor Premises in accordance with Section 5.2 of the Lease and (y) commencing as of the Second Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date, and continuing through the Third Extension Term, based on separate meters or submeters in accordance with Section 16 of the Fourth Amendment. For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no Annual Fixed Rent, Operating Expense Excess, and real estate tax payments due under the Lease for the Existing Second Floor Premises during the period commencing on January 1, 2020 through the day immediately preceding the Second Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date.

D. Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, so long as no Material Monetary Event of Default occurs during calendar year 2019, Tenant’s obligation to pay Annual Fixed Rent for the Existing Second Floor Premises shall be partially abated and reduced by [***] of the Annual Fixed Rent payable under the Lease during the period commencing as of March 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019. In addition to the rent credit of [***] due under Section 2 of the Fourth Amendment, Landlord shall credit to Tenant the sum of [***] of the Annual Fixed Rent paid by Tenant for the Existing Second Floor Premises toward the next installments of Annual Fixed Rent due under the Lease after the Fifth Amendment Execution Date.


2. Second Floor Expansion Premises.

A. Demise of Second Floor Expansion Premises. Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires and takes from Landlord, the Second Floor Expansion Premises, for a term commencing on the earlier of: (i) the date that Landlord delivers possession of the Second Floor Expansion Premises to Tenant with Landlord’s Second Floor Work (as hereinafter defined) Substantially Complete (excluding the installation of additional restrooms in the Second Floor Expansion Premises) and in the Delivery Condition, or (ii) the date on which Tenant occupies the Second Floor Expansion Premises for the conduct of its business (the “Second Floor Expansion Premises Delivery Date”) and terminating on the Third Extended Termination Date (i.e., December 31, 2029). Said demise of the Second Floor Expansion Premises shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease, except as expressly set forth in this Fifth Amendment. The “Second Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date” shall be January 1, 2020. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Second Floor Expansion Premise Delivery Date to occur on or before June 1, 2019. From and after the Second Floor Expansion Premises Delivery Date, unless specifically referred to otherwise in this Fifth Amendment, the Existing Second Floor Premises and the Second Floor Expansion Premises are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Second Floor Premises” and shall contain 30,225 square feet of Rentable Floor Area.

B. Except as set forth in this Section 2(B), Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to deliver the Second Floor Expansion Premises to Tenant by June 1, 2019, no such failure shall impair the validity of the Lease or extend the Term and there shall be no postponement of the Second Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision contained herein to the contrary, if the Second Floor Expansion Premises Delivery Date has not occurred by August 1, 2019 (the “Second Floor Outside Delivery Date”) (as such date may be extended for Tenant Delays), then for and with respect to each day between the Second Floor Outside Delivery Date and the date on which the Second Floor Expansion Premises Delivery Date actually occurs, as its sole and exclusive remedy on account thereof, Tenant shall receive a credit against the Annual Fixed Rent next becoming payable under the Lease for the Second Floor Expansion Premises in an amount equal to the per diem Annual Fixed Rent payable for the Second Floor Expansion Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Second Floor Outside Delivery Date shall be extended, and there shall be no credit against Annual Fixed Rent for any delay in the occurrence of the Second Floor Expansion Premises Delivery Date arising out of or resulting from any Tenant Delay.

C. Rent for Second Floor Expansion Premises. Commencing as of the Second Floor Expansion Premises Delivery Date, Tenant shall pay for electricity and overtime HVAC charges with respect to the Second Floor Expansion Premises in accordance with Section 16 of the Fourth Amendment. Commencing as of the Second Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay with respect to the Second Floor Expansion Premises (i) Annual Fixed Rent in accordance with Second 4 below, (ii) the Operating Expenses Excess in accordance with Section 8 of the Fourth Amendment (i.e., the Rentable Floor Area of the Second Floor Expansion Premises will be included in the Premises for such purposes), and (iii) the payments on account of real estate taxes in accordance with Section 6 of this Fifth Amendment.


D. Condition of Second Floor Expansion Premises. Subject to Landlord’s obligations under Section 2(E) below to perform Landlord’s Second Floor Work and under Section 3 to pay the Second Floor Allowance, Tenant shall take the Second Floor Expansion Premises in the Delivery Condition, but otherwise “as-is”, in the condition in which the Second Floor Expansion Premises are in as of the Second Floor Expansion Premises Delivery Date, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or refurbish the Second Floor Expansion Premises for Tenant’s occupancy and without any warranty or representation by Landlord as to the condition of the Second Floor Expansion Premises. The foregoing shall not limit Landlord’s repair, maintenance, restoration and remediation obligations under the Lease with respect to the Second Floor Expansion Premises and Landlord’s obligation to pay the Second Floor Allowance (as hereinafter defined) under this Fifth Amendment.

E. Landlord’s Second Floor Work. Promptly following the Fifth Amendment Execution Date, Landlord will commence the performance of the work described and shown on Exhibit J-6, attached hereto (“Landlord’s Second Floor Work”) and, subject to Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2(E), will complete Landlord’s Second Floor Work in a good and workmanlike manner by not later than June 1, 2019 provided, however that installation of the additional restrooms in the Second Floor Expansion Premises as part of Landlord’s Work shall be completed by not later than September 1, 2019 and will be located in the area designated on the fit plan attached hereto as Exhibit J-6. Landlord and its employees, contractors and agents shall have reasonable access to the Existing Second Floor Premises and the Second Floor Expansion Premises at all reasonable times in order to perform the Landlord’s Second Floor Work, and Tenant will use all reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the performance of Landlord’s Second Floor Work. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s performance of Tenant’s Second Floor Work during the performance of Landlord’s Second Floor Work. Except as expressly set forth herein, there shall be no Rent abatement or allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value, no actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, no relief from any of Tenant’s other obligations under the Lease, and no liability on the part of Landlord, by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from the performance of Landlord’s Second Floor Work. Landlord’s representation and obligations set forth in Section 21 E. of the Fourth Amendment are hereby incorporated herein and made and agreed to by Landlord as to the Second Floor Expansion Premises as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date.

3. Tenant’s Second Floor Work; Second Floor Allowance.

A. Landlord shall pay an allowance to Tenant in the amount of [***] (the “Second Floor Allowance”) towards the cost of performing the work (“Tenant’s Second Floor Work”) in the Second Floor Premises. The requirements and rights of Tenant set forth in Section 3(C) of the Fourth Amendment with respect to Remediation Work and Landlord delays, if any, are incorporated herein and shall apply to Tenant’s Second Floor Work.

B. Landlord shall disburse the Second Floor Allowance to Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 3(B) of the Fourth Amendment applicable to the Fourth Amendment Allowances, except that the following shall apply


(i) all references in said Section 3(B) to the Fourth Amendment Allowances shall be deemed to refer to the Second Floor Allowance and all references in said Section 3(B) to Tenant’s Fourth Amendment Work shall be deemed to refer to Tenant’s Second Floor Work; and

(ii) Tenant may not submit any Requisitions for (and Landlord shall have no obligation to pay) the final [***] of the Second Floor Allowance unless and until Tenant has delivered the Additional Second Floor Security Deposit (as hereinafter defined) to Landlord in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Fifth Amendment.

(iii) The December 1, 2020 deadline for submission of Requisitions for the Fourth Amendment Allowances and the Second Floor Allowance is hereby amended to June 30, 2021.

4. Annual Fixed Rent. Commencing as of the Second Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Annual Fixed Rent with respect to the Second Floor Premises as follows:

 

Time Period

   Annual Fixed Rent   Monthly Fixed Rent

1/1/20-12/31/20:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/21-12/31/21:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/22-12/31/22:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/23-12/31/23:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/24-12/31/24:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/25-12/31/25:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/26-12/31/26:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/27-12/31/37:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/28-12/31/28:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/29-12/31/29:

   [***]   [***]

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, so long as no Material Monetary Event of Default then exists, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Annual Fixed Rent with respect to the Second Floor Premises from January 1, 2020 through June 30, 2020.

5. Operating Expenses. Commencing as of the Second Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the Third Extension Term, Tenant shall pay the Operating Expenses Excess with respect to the Second Floor Premises in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 of the Fourth Amendment.

6. Real Estate Taxes. Commencing as of the Second Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the Third Extension Term, in lieu of a Tenant’s share of real estate taxes with respect to the Second Floor Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, monthly at the time and in the fashion provided for in the Lease for the payment of Annual Fixed Rent, the amounts set forth below:

 

Time Period

   Annual Payment   Monthly Payment

1/1/20/-12/31/20:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/21-12/31/21:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/22-12/31/22:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/23-12/31/23:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/24-12/31/24:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/25-12/31/25:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/26-12/31/26:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/27-12/31/27:

   [***]   [***]

1/1/28-12/31/28

   [***]   [***]

1/1/29-12/31/29:

   [***]   [***]


7. Parking With Respect to Second Floor Premises. Effective as of each of the Fifth Amendment Execution Date and the Second Floor Expansion Premises Delivery Date, Landlord shall provide or cause Garage Tenant to provide Tenant with additional monthly parking privileges in the Garage on an unreserved basis for Tenant’s employees, for a ratio of up to one (1) parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Second Floor Premises during the Term, as it may be extended, such that after the occurrence of the Second Floor Expansion Premises Delivery Date, Tenant shall be entitled to an additional thirty-one (31) additional monthly parking privileges (the “Second Floor Parking Allotment”), which together with the Initial Maximum Parking Allotment shall result in a total of three hundred forty (340) monthly parking privileges. The Second Floor Parking Allotment shall be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of Section 10 of the Fourth Amendment applicable to the Initial Maximum Parking Allotment, unless otherwise expressly set forth in this Fifth Amendment except that Tenant may elect to defer activation of the Second Floor Parking Allotment until the date Tenant commences occupancy of the Second Floor Expansion Premises.

8. Extension Options. Tenant shall continue to have the options to extend the Term of the Lease with respect to the Premises (including the Second Floor Premises) in accordance with Section 11 of the Fourth Amendment, except that the first sentence of Section 11(B) of the Fourth Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in its place: “Tenant shall have the right to exercise the foregoing extension options for either, at Tenant’s election, the entire Premises then leased or for only the Upper-Level Premises (which Upper- Level Premises shall for purposes of this Section 11(B) be deemed to include the Second Floor Premises).”

9. Tenant’s Early Termination Option. Tenant shall continue to have the Termination Right set forth in Section 15 of the Fourth Amendment, except that:

 

  (i)

the last sentence of Section 15(B) of the Fourth Amendment is deleted and the following is substituted in its place:

“”Landlord’s Termination Costs” shall mean the sum of (I) the Fourth Amendment Allowances, and brokerage commissions paid in connection with the Fourth Amendment, plus (II) the Second Floor Allowance, and any brokerage commissions paid in connection with the Fifth Amendment, plus (III) if Tenant exercises the BSC RFO Right, the Unamortized Portion of all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with tenant improvement allowances and brokerage commissions paid by Landlord in connection with BSC RFO Premises.”; and

 

  (ii)

Exhibit O to the Fourth Amendment (Sample Calculation of Termination Fee) is hereby deleted in its entirety and Exhibit 0-1, a copy of which is attached hereto, is substituted in its place.


10. Assignment and Subletting. Section 18 of the Fourth Amendment is hereby amended by deleting each reference to “Second Floor RFO Premises” in said Section 18 and replacing it with “Second Floor Premises” in each instance.

11. Security Deposit.

A. The parties acknowledge and agree that: (i) Landlord is currently holding the Initial Security Deposit in the form of a Letter of Credit in the amount of [***], and (ii) by not later than January 5, 2020, Tenant shall deliver the Additional Security Deposit in the form of a Letter of Credit in the amount of [***], for a total Security Deposit of [***] (the “Fourth Amendment Security Deposit”), all pursuant to Section 19 of the Fourth Amendment.

B. Concurrent with the execution of this Fifth Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an additional security deposit in the amount [***] (the “Initial Second Floor Security Deposit”), as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease. By not later than January 5, 2020, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an additional security deposit in the amount of [***] (the “Additional Second Floor Security Deposit”), as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease. The Fourth Amendment Security Deposit plus the Initial Second Floor Security Deposit plus the Additional Second Floor Security Deposit, once delivered, in the amount of [***] in the aggregate, is referred to herein as the “Security Deposit”.

C. Section 19(F) of the Fourth Amendment is hereby as follows:

(i) By deleting the first sentence and the table in said Section 19(F) in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

“Provided that as of the applicable Reduction Date, as set forth below, no default then exists or has occurred in the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period (the “Reduction Conditions”), the amount of the Security Deposit shall be reduced as follows:

 

Reduction Date

   Reduction Amount   Reduced Security Deposit Amount

January 5, 2022

   [***]   [***]

January 5, 2023

   [***]   [***]

January 5, 2024

   [***]   [***]

January 5, 2025

   [***]   [***]

January 5,2026

   [***]   [***]

January 5,2027

   [***]   [***]

D. By deleting the last sentience of said Section 19(F) in its entirety and replacing it with the following: “In no event shall the Security Deposit be less than [***].”


12. Existing Premises Delivery Date Confirmations. The parties hereby confirm that (i) the Area A Delivery Date and Area B Delivery Date each occurred on March 24, 2019 and (ii) the Fifth Floor Premises Delivery Date occurred on April 1, 2019.

13. Inapplicable and Deleted Lease Provisions.

A. Articles III (Lease Term) and IV (Term; Construction) of the Lease, Section 5 of the First Amendment (Landlord’s Expansion Work), Section I.D of the Second Amendment (Landlord’s Second Amendment Work), Section II of the Third Amendment (Third Amendment Premises and Tower Premises), Section III of the Third Amendment (Temporary Premises), Section 1 of the Fourth Amendment (Existing Eighth Floor Premises), Section 2 of the Fourth Amendment (Surrender of Second Floor Premises and Tower Premises), Section 4 of the Fourth Amendment (Eighth Floor Expansion Premises), Section 5 of the Fourth Amendment (Fifth Floor Premises) and Section 6 of the Fourth Amendment (Ground Floor Premises) shall have no applicability with respect to this Fifth Amendment. Section 5.2 of the Lease, Section 6 of the First Amendment, Section I(B)(iii) of the Second Amendment and Section I(B)(ii) of the Third Amendment shall no longer be applicable from and after the Second Floor Premises Rent Commencement Date.

B. Whereas Tenant is leasing the Second Floor Premises pursuant to this Fifth Amendment, Section 13 of the Fourth Amendment (Right of First Offer with respect to Second Floor RFO Premises) is hereby deleted and is of no further force or effect.

14. Brokerage. Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Fifth Amendment, other than CBRE - New England (“Tenant’s Broker”), and in the event any claim is made against the Landlord relative to dealings with brokers, other than by Tenant’s Broker, Tenant shall defend the claim against Landlord with counsel of Landlord’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Landlord on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Fifth Amendment, other than the Newmark Knight Frank (“Landlord’s Broker”), and in the event any claim is made against Tenant relative to dealings with brokers, other than by Landlord’s Broker or Tenant’s Broker, Landlord shall defend the claim against Tenant with counsel of Tenant’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Tenant on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. Landlord shall be solely responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions to the Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker in connection with this Fifth Amendment pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and such brokers.

15. Lender Consent. This Fifth Amendment is hereby conditioned upon Landlord obtaining the written consent of the existing mortgage holder, New York Life Insurance Company and New York State Teachers’ Retirement System (the “Lenders”) to this Lease as required pursuant to Section 4(e) of that certain Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement dated March 13, 2019 by and between Tenant, Landlord and Lenders. If the foregoing consent has not been delivered to Tenant within [***] following the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, Tenant may elect to terminate this Fifth Amendment by providing written notice of such election within [***] after the expiration of such [***].


16. Miscellaneous. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that the execution and delivery of this Fifth Amendment by Tenant has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action, and, to Tenant’s actual knowledge without investigation, (i) neither the Lease nor the interest of Tenant therein has been assigned, sublet, encumbered or otherwise transferred; (ii) Tenant has no knowledge of any current defenses or counterclaims to the enforcement of the Lease or the liabilities and obligations of Tenant thereunder or to current right to claim any offset, abatement or reduction of rent under the Lease except as set forth in this Fifth Amendment; and (iii) neither Landlord or Tenant is in breach or default of any of its respective obligations under the Lease. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that the execution and delivery of this Fifth Amendment by Landlord has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action, and, to Landlord’s actual knowledge without investigation, (x) neither the Lease nor the interest of Landlord therein has been assigned, sublet, encumbered or otherwise transferred except for the mortgage to the existing mortgage holder referred to in Section 23(K) of the Fourth Amendment; (y) Landlord has no knowledge of any current defenses or counterclaims to the enforcement the Lease or the liabilities and obligations of Landlord thereunder; and (z) neither Landlord or Tenant is in breach or default of any of its respective obligations under the Lease. The submission of drafts of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer, or a reservation of, or option for, the Existing Second Floor Premises or the Second Floor Expansion Premises or any of the other terms and conditions set forth in this Fifth Amendment, and this Fifth Amendment shall not be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless and until Landlord and Tenant shall have executed and delivered a fully executed copy of this Fifth Amendment to the other. Except as expressly and specifically set forth in this Fifth Amendment, the Existing Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed, and all of the terms, covenants, agreements and provisions of the Existing Lease shall remain unaltered and unmodified and in full force and effect throughout the balance of the Term of the Lease.

17. Counterparts. This Fifth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the undersigned on separate counterparts, which counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages transmitted via facsimile or email (in pdf or similar format) shall be deemed to be original signature pages for all purposes.

[Signatures on following page]


EXECUTED as an instrument under seal as of the date first above-written.

[***]


EXHIBIT A-8

[***]


EXHIBIT J-6

[***]


EXHIBIT O-1

[***]


Certain identified information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential. Information that was omitted has been noted in this document with a placeholder identified by the mark “[***]”.

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Sixth Amendment”), is executed as of this 16th day of December, 2020 (“Sixth Amendment Execution Date”), and effective as of the 1st day of October, 2020, by and between LANDMARK CENTER PARK DRIVE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and TOAST, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease dated June 12, 2015, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated September 17, 2016 (the “First Amendment”), a Second Amendment to Lease dated February 14, 2017 (the “Second Amendment”), a Third Amendment to Lease dated as of May 23, 2017 (“Third Amendment”), a Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of February 6, 2019 (“Fourth Amendment”), and a Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 14, 2019 (“Fifth Amendment”) (as amended, the “Existing Lease”) for: (i) 111,294 rentable square feet on the eighth (8th) floor, (ii) 30,225 rentable square feet on the second (2nd) floor, (iii) 22,495 rentable square feet on the fifth (5th) floor, and (iv) 21,824 rentable square feet on the ground floor of that certain building known as The Landmark Center or 401 Park Drive (as more particularly described in the Existing Lease, the “Building”). All capitalized words and phrases not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease. The Existing Lease, as modified and amended by this Sixth Amendment, is referred to herein as the “Lease”;

B. Landlord and Tenant have agreed to terminate the Term of the Lease with respect to the 30,225 rentable square feet portion of the Premises located on the second (2nd) floor (the “Surrender Premises”); and

C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Existing Lease to reflect the foregoing and to make certain other changes to the Existing Lease, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and delivery of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree that the Existing Lease is hereby amended as follows:

1. Surrender of the Surrender Premises. Effective as of 11:59 P.M. on September 30, 2020 (the “Surrender Date”), the Term of the Lease, solely with respect to the Surrender Premises, expired, and all of Tenant’s right, title and interest in and to the Surrender Premises terminated and were extinguished, with the same force and effect as if such Surrender Date was the expiration date of the Term of the Lease with respect to the Surrender Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lease is and shall remain in full force and effect for and with respect to the Remaining Premises (as hereinafter defined) for the remaining balance of the Term of the Lease in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions thereof

 

1


2. Yield-Up of Surrender Premises. As of the Surrender Date, Tenant has surrendered possession of the Surrender Premises broom clean and otherwise in its AS IS condition, together with all alterations of any kind, nature, or description existing in the Surrender Premises, all of which have become the property of the Landlord. Tenant has removed Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment and personal property from the Surrender Premises, and any furniture or equipment which has not been removed shall be deemed to be Landlord’s property for all purposes, and may be retained or removed and disposed of by Landlord in such manner as Landlord shall determine. Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 8.4 and 14.4 of the Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove (or to perform any restoration work with respect to) any alterations, additions or improvements existing in the Surrender Premises. Landlord has accepted possession of the Surrender Premises in the condition it was in as of the Surrender Date.

3. Release of Obligations and Liabilities. Effective as of the Surrender Date, Landlord and Tenant shall be released from any and all obligations and liabilities under the Lease relating to the Surrender Premises which first accrue after the Surrender Date. Nothing contained herein shall constitute a waiver, limitation, amendment, or modification of any of the following: (i) the liabilities and obligations of either Landlord or Tenant relating to the Surrender Premises which accrue prior to the Surrender Date; (ii) the obligation of Tenant to pay Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent with respect to the Surrender Premises for and with respect to the period of time prior to the Surrender Date; (iii) the indemnifications provided by either Landlord or Tenant under the Lease relating to the Surrender Premises with respect to claims, liabilities, and obligations which accrue prior to the Surrender Date (whether or not such claims, liabilities or obligations are asserted or claimed prior to the Surrender Date); (iv) the obligations and liabilities of Landlord and Tenant under the Lease with respect to the Surrender Premises which expressly survive the termination of the Term of the Lease; or (v) the obligations and liabilities of both Landlord and Tenant relating to the Remaining Premises.

4. Remaining Premises. From and after the Surrender Date, the rentable area of the remaining premises demised under the Lease shall be 155,613 rentable square feet (the “Remaining Premises”) consisting of (i) 111,294 rentable square feet on the eighth (8th) floor, (ii) 22,495 rentable square feet on the fifth (5th) floor, and (iii) 21,824 rentable square feet on the ground floor of the Building. From and after the Surrender Date, each reference in the Lease to the “Premises” shall be considered to be a reference to the Remaining Premises. Landlord shall continue to hold the entire Security Deposit for the Term of the Lease, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 19 of the Fourth Amendment and Section 11 of the Fifth Amendment.

5. Annual Fixed Rent for Remaining Premises. From and after the Surrender Date, Tenant shall continue to pay Annual Fixed Rent with respect to the Remaining Premises in the manner and at the times set forth in Section 4.1 of the Lease, and in the amounts set forth in Section 7 of the Fourth Amendment.

 

2


6. Termination Payment. Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, a termination payment for Tenant’s surrender and release with respect to the Second Floor Premises in the aggregate amount of [***] (the “Termination Payment”). The Termination Payment shall be payable in equal monthly installments commencing on October 1, 2020 and expiring on December 31, 2026, in the manner and at the times set forth for the payment of Annual Fixed Rent in Section 4.1 of the Lease, and in the amounts set forth below:

 

Time Period

   Annual Termination Payment   Monthly Termination Payment

October 1, 2020 - December 31, 2020

   [***]   [***]

January 1, 2021 - April 30, 2021

   [***]   [***]

May 1, 2021 - May 31, 2021

   [***]   [***]

June 1, 2021 - December 31, 2021

   [***]   [***]

January 1, 2022 - December 31, 2022

   [***]   [***]

January 1, 2023 - December 31, 2023

   [***]   [***]

January 1, 2024 - December 31, 2024

   [***]   [***]

January 1, 2025 - December 31, 2025

   [***]   [***]

January 1, 2026 - December 31, 2026

   [***]   [***]

* annualized

** Commencing on January 1, 2021 and continuing through May 31, 2021, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against the Annual Termination Payment due under the Lease in the amount of [***] (the “Termination Payment Credit”), which Termination Payment Credit shall be applied to reduce the monthly installments of the Termination Payment payable by Tenant under this Section 6. On account of the Termination Payment Credit, the Termination Payment shall be reduced to [***] for the period commencing on January 1, 2021 and continuing through April 30, 2021 and shall be reduced to [***] for the month of May, 2021, each as reflected in the payment schedule above. In addition, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that for the months of October, November and December of 2020, (i) Tenant owed Landlord Monthly Termination Payments with respect to the Surrender Premises in the aggregate amount of [***], (ii) Tenant made monthly payments to Landlord with respect to the Surrender Premises in the aggregate amount of [***], and (iii) Tenant overpaid Landlord with respect to the Surrender Premises in the aggregate amount of [***] (the “Surrender Premises Overpayment”). As a result thereof, Landlord shall credit the amount of the Surrender Premises Overpayment (the “Surrender Premises Overpayment Credit”) against Tenant’s Termination Payment, Base Rent and/or Additional Rent obligations under the Lease until the entire amount of the Surrender Premises Overpayment is fully credited.

The parties hereby confirm that all payments of Base Rent made by Tenant to Landlord prior to the Sixth Amendment Execution Date are final, the foregoing Termination Payment Credit and Surrender Premises Overpayment Credit constitutes full and final settlement of any and all claims of Tenant with respect to the amounts of Base Rent paid prior to the Sixth Amendment Execution Date, and Tenant shall have no right to raise any claims with respect to such Base Rent paid prior to the Sixth Amendment Execution Date. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord confirms that the foregoing settlement of claims applies only to claims for payments of Base Rent paid prior to the Sixth Amendment Execution Date, and does not modify, limit or impact in any way Tenant’s rights or obligations with respect to payments of Additional Rent under the Lease, including, without limitation, payments of Operating Expenses Excess paid prior to the Sixth Amendment Execution Date, and Tenant retains all rights with respect thereto, including Tenant’s right to audit Landlord’s Operating Expense Statement pursuant to Section 8.E. of the Fourth Amendment.

 

3


7. Operating Expenses. From and after the Surrender Date, Tenant shall continue to pay the Operating Expenses Excess with respect to the Remaining Premises in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 of the Fourth Amendment.

8. Real Estate Taxes. From and after the Surrender Date, Tenant shall continue to pay, in lieu of Tenant’s share of real estate taxes with respect to the Remaining Premises, the amounts set forth in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 of the Fourth Amendment.

9. After-Hours HVAC Service. Section 16 of the Fourth Amendment is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “after Normal Business Hours” in both places where it appears, and replacing said phrase in both places where it appears with the phrase “outside of the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. Saturdays, holidays excepted,”.

10. Second Floor Allowance. Tenant has requisitioned and Landlord has paid to Tenant a portion of the Second Floor Allowance. From and after the Sixth Amendment Execution Date, Tenant waives and shall have no further right to receive disbursements of the outstanding balance of the Second Floor Allowance, which outstanding balance is [***]. In connection therewith, Section 3 of the Fifth Amendment is hereby deleted and shall be of no further force or effect. The foregoing shall not limit or affect Tenant’s right to receive any undisbursed portion of the Fourth Amendment Allowances, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Fourth Amendment

 

11.

Parking.

(i) Effective as of the Surrender Date, Tenant shall have no further right to the Second Floor Parking Allotment (as defined in the Fifth Amendment), and in connection therewith, Section 7 of the Fifth Amendment is hereby deleted and of no further force and effect.

(ii) Effective as of the Sixth Amendment Execution Date, Tenant shall have no further right to the Additional Parking Allotment, and Tenant’s parking ratio shall be reduced to one and two hundred eighty-five thousandths (1.285) parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises. In connection therewith, Section 10 of the Fourth Amendment is hereby amended by (i) deleting all references to the Additional Parking Allotment in their entirety, (ii) replacing all references in the Lease to the Initial Maximum Parking Allotment and the Existing Parking Allotment with references to the Initial Monthly Parking Allotment defined in this Sixth Amendment, and (iii) deleting the first two (2) paragraphs of Section 10.A. of the Fourth Amendment in their entirety and replacing said paragraphs with the following:

“A. Landlord shall provide, or shall cause Garage Tenant to provide Tenant with monthly parking privileges in the Garage on an unreserved basis for Tenant’s employees, for a ratio of up to one and two hundred eighty-five thousandths (1.285) parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, such that after the Sixth Amendment Execution Date, Tenant shall be entitled to a total of two hundred (200) monthly parking privileges (the “Initial Monthly Parking Allotment”) during the Term, as it may be extended. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant may from time-to-time during the Term request to increase the Initial Monthly Parking Allotment and receive additional parking privileges, provided that none of Landlord, Garage Tenant or Garage Operator shall have any obligation to increase the Initial Monthly Parking Allotment or provide additional parking privileges unless the Garage Operator determines in its reasonable good faith discretion that the requested number of parking privileges are then available in the Garage.

 

4


In addition, from time to time during the Term, Tenant may elect to reduce the number of parking privileges received by it by providing not less than [***] prior notice of such reduction to Landlord. After any such election to receive less than the Initial Monthly Parking Allotment, Tenant may from time-to- time request additional parking privileges back up to the Initial Monthly Parking Allotment; provided, however (i) at no time shall Tenant be entitled to more parking privileges than the Initial Monthly Parking Allotment, and (ii) none of Landlord, Garage Tenant or Garage Operator shall have any obligation to provide such additional parking privileges unless the Garage Operator determines in its reasonable good faith discretion that the requested number of parking privileges are then available in the Garage.”

(iii) Effective as of the Sixth Amendment Execution Date, Landlord shall have no further right to permanently relocate any of Tenant’s parking privileges to the Additional Garages; provided, however, that Landlord reserves the right to temporarily relocate up to [***] of Tenant’s parking privileges to the Additional Garages in connection with any construction activities that impact all or any portion of the Garage. In connection therewith, Section 10.C of the Fourth Amendment is hereby amended as follows:

 

  A.

All references in Section 10.C of the Fourth Amendment to the words “or permanently” are hereby deleted and in their entirety and of no further force or effect.

 

  B.

The following phrase in hereby inserted in the first sentence of Section 10.C after the word “right”: “in connection with any construction activities that impact all or any portion of the Garage”.

 

  C.

The parenthetical “(such that Tenant’s ratio of monthly parking privileges in the Garage shall not be less than one and one-quarter (1.25) parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises)” is hereby deleted in its entirety and of no further force or effect.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, with respect to each calendar month during the period which commenced on June 1, 2020 and expires on March 31, 2021, Tenant shall only be obligated to pay monthly parking charges for the number of parking privileges which were or are actually used during the applicable month, as determined based on the number of access cards for the Garage which were or are active during such month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s use of the parking privileges during such period shall continue to be subject to all other terms and conditions set forth in the Lease.

 

5


12. Extension Options. Tenant shall continue to have the options to extend the Term of the Lease with respect to the Remaining Premises in accordance with Section 11 of the Fourth Amendment, except that the first sentence of Section 11(B) of the Fourth Amendment (as amended by Section 8 of the Fifth Amendment) is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in its place: “Tenant shall have the right to exercise the foregoing extension options for either, at Tenant’s election, the entire Premises then leased or for only the Upper-Level Premises.”

13. BSC RFO Right. As of the Sixth Amendment Execution Date, Landlord shall have no further obligation to send Tenant Landlord’s BSC Notice, and Tenant shall have no further right to exercise the BSC RFO Right. In connection therewith:

(i) Section 12 of the Fourth Amendment is hereby deleted and is of no further force or effect; and

(ii) All references in the Existing Lease to the “BSC RFO Right,” “BSC RFO Premises,” “BSC RFO” and all other similar or related defined terms and references are hereby deleted and are of no further force or effect, and all sentences which contain such references are hereby modified as appropriate to preserve the intended meaning of such sentences without reference to such deleted defined terms and references.

14. Tenant’s Early Termination Option. Tenant shall continue to have the Termination Right set forth in Section 15 of the Fourth Amendment, except that:

 

  (i)

the last sentence of Section 15(B) of the Fourth Amendment, as amended by Section 9(i) of the Fifth Amendment, is deleted and the following is substituted in its place:

Landlord’s Termination Costs” shall mean the sum of the Fourth Amendment Allowances, and brokerage commissions paid in connection with the Fourth Amendment.”; and

 

  (ii)

Exhibit O-1 to the Fifth Amendment (Sample Calculation of Termination Fee) is hereby deleted in its entirety and Exhibit O-2, a copy of which is attached hereto, is substituted in its place.

15. Brokerage. Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Sixth Amendment, other than CBRE - New England (“Tenant’s Broker”), and in the event any claim is made against the Landlord relative to dealings with brokers, other than by Tenant’s Broker, Tenant shall defend the claim against Landlord with counsel of Landlord’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Landlord on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Sixth Amendment, and in the event any claim is made against Tenant relative to dealings with brokers, other than by Tenant’s Broker, Landlord shall defend the claim against Tenant with counsel of Tenant’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Tenant on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions (if any) to the Tenant’s Broker in connection with this Sixth Amendment pursuant to a separate written agreement between Tenant and Tenant’s Broker.

 

6


16. Miscellaneous. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that the execution and delivery of this Sixth Amendment by Tenant has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action, and, to Tenant’s actual knowledge without investigation, (i) neither the Lease nor the interest of Tenant therein has been assigned, sublet, encumbered or otherwise transferred; (ii) Tenant has no knowledge of any current defenses or counterclaims to the enforcement of the Lease or the liabilities and obligations of Tenant thereunder or to current right to claim any offset, abatement or reduction of rent under the Lease except as set forth in this Sixth Amendment; and (iii) neither Landlord or Tenant is in breach or default of any of its respective obligations under the Lease. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that the execution and delivery of this Sixth Amendment by Landlord has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action, and, to Landlord’s actual knowledge without investigation, (x) neither the Lease nor the interest of Landlord therein has been assigned, sublet, encumbered or otherwise transferred except for the mortgage to the existing mortgage holder referred to in Section 23(K) of the Fourth Amendment; (y) Landlord has no knowledge of any current defenses or counterclaims to the enforcement of the Lease or the liabilities and obligations of Landlord thereunder; and (z) neither Landlord or Tenant is in breach or default of any of its respective obligations under the Lease. The submission of drafts of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer of any of the terms and conditions set forth in this Sixth Amendment, and this Sixth Amendment shall not be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless and until Landlord and Tenant shall have executed and delivered a fully executed copy of this Sixth Amendment to the other. Except as expressly and specifically set forth in this Sixth Amendment, the Existing Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed, and all of the terms, covenants, agreements and provisions of the Existing Lease shall remain unaltered and unmodified and in full force and effect throughout the balance of the Term of the Lease.

17. Counterparts. This Sixth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the undersigned on separate counterparts, which counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages transmitted via facsimile or email (in pdf or similar format) shall be deemed to be original signature pages for all purposes.

[Signatures on following page]

 

7


EXECUTED as of the date first above-written.

[***]

 

8


EXHIBIT O-2

[***]

 

Exhibit O-2


Certain identified information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential. Information that was omitted has been noted in this document with a placeholder identified by the mark “[***]”.

SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Seventh Amendment”), is executed as of this 18th day of August, 2021 (“Seventh Amendment Execution Date”) by and between ARE-MA REGION NO. 88 TENANT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and TOAST, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord (as successor-in-interest to Landmark Center Park Drive LLC) and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease dated June 12, 2015, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated September 17, 2016 (the “First Amendment”), a Second Amendment to Lease dated February 14, 2017 (the “Second Amendment”), a Third Amendment to Lease dated as of May 23, 2017 (“Third Amendment”), a Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of February 6, 2019 (“Fourth Amendment”), a Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 14, 2019 (“Fifth Amendment”) and a Sixth Amendment to Lease dated as of December 16, 2020 (“Sixth Amendment”) (as amended, the “Existing Lease”) for: (i) 111,294 rentable square feet on the eighth (8th) floor, (ii) 22,495 rentable square feet on the fifth (5th) floor, and (iii) 21,824 rentable square feet on the ground floor of that certain building known as The Landmark Center or 401 Park Drive (as more particularly described in the Existing Lease, the “Building”). All capitalized words and phrases not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease. The Existing Lease, as modified and amended by this Seventh Amendment, is referred to herein as the “Lease”;

B. Landlord and Tenant have agreed to terminate the Term of the Lease with respect to the 21,824 rentable square feet portion of the Premises located on the ground floor of the Building (the “Ground Floor Surrender Premises”); and

C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Existing Lease to reflect the foregoing and to make certain other changes to the Existing Lease, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and delivery of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree that the Existing Lease is hereby amended as follows:

1. Surrender of the Ground Floor Surrender Premises. Effective as of 11:59 P.M. on July 31, 2021 (the “Ground Floor Premises Surrender Date”), the Term of the Lease, solely with respect to the Ground Floor Surrender Premises, shall terminate, and all of Tenant’s right, title and interest in and to the Ground Floor Surrender Premises shall terminate and be extinguished, with the same force and effect as if such Ground Floor Premises Surrender Date was the expiration date of the Term of the Lease with respect to the Ground Floor Surrender Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lease is and shall remain in full force and effect for and with respect to the Remaining Premises (as hereinafter defined) for the remaining balance of the Term of the Lease in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions thereof.

 

1


2. Yield-Up of Ground Floor Surrender Premises. On or before the Ground Floor Premises Surrender Date, Tenant shall surrender the Ground Floor Surrender Premises to Landlord in the condition as required by Sections 8.4 and 14.4 of the Lease, including, without limitation, first removing all goods and effects of Tenant and completing such other removals as may be permitted or required pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Lease. Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 8.4 and 14.4 of the Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove (or to perform any restoration work with respect to) any alterations, additions or improvements existing in the Ground Floor Surrender Premises as of the Seventh Amendment Execution Date. If Tenant fails to yield-up and surrender the Ground Floor Surrender Premises by the Ground Floor Surrender Premises Surrender Date in the condition required hereunder, then Tenant shall be liable for holdover charges with respect thereto in accordance with Section 14.12 of the Lease.

3. Release of Obligations and Liabilities. Effective as of the date (the “Ground Floor Premises Vacate Date”), which is the later of (x) the Ground Floor Premises Surrender Date, and (y) the date on which Tenant actually yields-up and surrenders the Ground Floor Surrender Premises in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 above, Landlord and Tenant shall be released from any and all obligations and liabilities under the Lease relating to the Ground Floor Surrender Premises which first accrue after the Ground Floor Premises Vacate Date. Nothing contained herein shall constitute a waiver, limitation, amendment, or modification of any of the following: (i) the liabilities and obligations of either Landlord or Tenant relating to the Ground Floor Surrender Premises which accrue prior to the Ground Floor Premises Vacate Date; (ii) the obligation of Tenant to pay Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent with respect to the Ground Floor Surrender Premises for and with respect to the period of time prior to the Ground Floor Premises Surrender Date; (iii) the indemnifications provided by either Landlord or Tenant under the Lease relating to the Ground Floor Surrender Premises with respect to claims, liabilities, and obligations which accrue prior to the Ground Floor Premises Vacate Date (whether or not such claims, liabilities or obligations are asserted or claimed prior to the Ground Floor Premises Vacate Date); (iv) the obligations and liabilities of Landlord and Tenant under the Lease with respect to the Ground Floor Surrender Premises which expressly survive the termination of the Term of the Lease; or (v) the obligations and liabilities of both Landlord and Tenant relating to the Remaining Premises.

4. Remaining Premises. From and after the Ground Floor Premises Surrender Date, the rentable area of the remaining premises demised under the Lease shall be 133,789 rentable square feet (the “Remaining Premises”) consisting of (i) 111,294 rentable square feet on the eighth (8th) floor, and (ii) 22,495 rentable square feet on the fifth (5th) floor of the Building. From and after the Ground Floor Premises Surrender Date, each reference in the Lease to the “Premises” shall be considered to be a reference to the Remaining Premises.

5. Annual Fixed Rent for Remaining Premises. From and after the Ground Floor Premises Surrender Date, Tenant shall continue to pay Annual Fixed Rent with respect to the Remaining Premises in the manner and at the times set forth in Section 4.1 of the Lease, and in the following amounts:

 

Time Period

   Annual Fixed Rent     Monthly Fixed Rent  

8/1/21-12/31/21:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/22-12/31/22:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/23-12/31/23:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/24-12/31/24:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/25-12/31/25:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/26-12/31/26:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/27-12/31/27:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/28-12/31/28:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/29-12/31/29:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

 

*

annualized

 

2


6. Security Deposit.

A. The parties acknowledge and agree that Landlord is currently holding a Security Deposit in the form of one or more Letters of Credit in the amount of $[***]. Concurrent with the Seventh Amendment Execution Date, the amount of the Security Deposit shall be reduced to $[***]. The reduction in the Security Deposit shall be accomplished as follows: Tenant shall provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit in the reduced Security Deposit amount, or an amendment to the Letter of Credit reducing it to the reduced Security Deposit amount set forth in this Section 6.A, and Landlord shall approve or respond to such substitute Letter of Credit or amendment to Letter of Credit within [***] Business Days following receipt thereof.

B. Section 11.C. of the Fifth Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“C. Section 19(F) of the Fourth Amendment is hereby amended as follows:

(i) By deleting the first sentence and the table in said Section 19(F) in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

“Provided that as of the applicable Reduction Date, as set forth below, no default then exists or has occurred in the immediately preceding [***] period (the “Reduction Conditions”), the amount of the Security Deposit shall be reduced as follows:

 

Reduction Date

   Reduction Amount     Reduced Security Deposit
Amount
 

January 5, 2022

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

January 5, 2023

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

January 5, 2024

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

January 5, 2025

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

January 5, 2026

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

January 5, 2027

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

C. Section 11.D of the Fifth Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“D. The last sentence of Section 19(F) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “In no event shall the Security Deposit be less than $[***].”

 

3


7. Operating Expenses. From and after the Ground Floor Premises Surrender Date, Tenant shall continue to pay the Operating Expenses Excess with respect to the Remaining Premises in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 of the Fourth Amendment.

8. Real Estate Taxes. From and after the Ground Floor Premises Surrender Date, Tenant shall continue to make payments to Landlord, in lieu of Tenant’s share of real estate taxes with respect to the Remaining Premises, in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 of the Fourth Amendment, in the following amounts (and the amounts set forth in Section 9 of the Fourth Amendment shall be of no further force or effect):

 

Time Period

   Annual Payment     Monthly Payment  

8/1/21-12/31/21:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/22-12/31/22:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/23-12/31/23:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/24-12/31/24:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/25-12/31/25:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/26-12/31/26:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/27-12/31/27:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/28-12/31/28:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

1/1/29-12/31/29:

     [ ***]      [ ***] 

 

*

annualized

9. Parking. Notwithstanding the termination of the Lease with respect to the Ground Floor Premises, Tenant shall still be entitled to a total of two hundred (200) parking privileges during the Term. In connection therewith, effective as of the Seventh Amendment Execution Date, Section 10.A. of the Fourth Amendment, as amended by Section 11(ii) of the Sixth Amendment, is hereby further amended by deleting the first sentence of said Section 10.A and replacing said sentence with the following: “Landlord shall provide, or shall cause Garage Tenant to provide, Tenant with two hundred (200) monthly parking privileges (the “Initial Monthly Parking Allotment”) in the Garage on an unreserved basis for Tenant’s employees during the Term, as it may be extended.”

10. Tenant’s Early Termination Option. Tenant shall continue to have the Termination Right set forth in Section 15 of the Fourth Amendment, except that:

 

  (i)

the last sentence of Section 15(B) of the Fourth Amendment, as amended by Section 9(i) of the Fifth Amendment and Section 14 of the Sixth Amendment, is deleted and the following is substituted in its place:

““Landlord’s Termination Costs” shall mean the sum of the Existing Eighth Floor Allowance, the Expansion Eighth Floor Allowance, the Fifth Floor Allowance, and brokerage commissions paid in connection with the Fourth Amendment with respect to the Existing Eighth Floor Premises, the Eighth Floor Expansion Premises, and the Fifth Floor Premises.”; and

 

4


  (ii)

Exhibit O-2 to the Sixth Amendment (Sample Calculation of Termination Fee) is hereby deleted in its entirety and Exhibit O-3, a copy of which is attached hereto, is substituted in its place.

11. Insurance. Effective as of the Seventh Amendment Effective Date, Section 11.5 of the Lease is deleted and the following is substituted in its place:

“The commercial general liability insurance carried by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, and any additional liability insurance carried by Tenant pursuant to Section 11.3 of this Lease, shall name Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, ARE-MA Region No. 88 Holding Limited Partnership, National Safe Harbor Exchanges, Inc., ARE-MA Region No. 88 Owner Limited Partnership, ARE-MA Region No. 88 Tenant, LLC, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., Samuels and Associates Management LLC and their affiliates, successors and assigns and such other Persons as Landlord may reasonably request from time to time as additional insureds with respect to liability arising out of or related to this Lease or the operations of Tenant (collectively “Additional Insureds”). Such insurance shall provide primary coverage without contribution from any other insurance carried by or for the benefit of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, or other Additional Insureds. Such insurance shall also waive any right of subrogation against each Additional Insured.”

12. Notice and Rent Payment Addresses. Effective as of the date hereof, Landlord’s addresses for notices and rental payments set forth in the Lease shall be deleted in their entirety and the following addresses shall be substituted therefor:

Addresses for Notices to Landlord:

[***]

with a copy to:

[***]

Addresses for Payment of Rent:

Via Regular Mail, remit to:

[***]

Via Overnight Courier, remit to:

[***]

13. Brokerage. Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Seventh Amendment, other than CBRE - New England (“Tenant’s Broker”), and in the event any claim is made against the Landlord relative to dealings with brokers, other than by Tenant’s Broker, Tenant shall defend the claim against Landlord with counsel of Landlord’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Landlord on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Seventh Amendment, and in the event any claim is made against Tenant relative to dealings with brokers, other than by Tenant’s Broker, Landlord shall defend the claim against Tenant with counsel of Tenant’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Tenant on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions (if any) to the Tenant’s Broker in connection with this Seventh Amendment pursuant to a separate written agreement between Tenant and Tenant’s Broker.

 

5


14. Miscellaneous. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that the execution and delivery of this Seventh Amendment by Tenant has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action, and, to Tenant’s actual knowledge without investigation, (i) neither the Lease nor the interest of Tenant therein has been assigned, sublet, encumbered or otherwise transferred; (ii) Tenant has no knowledge of any current defenses or counterclaims to the enforcement of the Lease or the liabilities and obligations of Tenant thereunder or to current right to claim any offset, abatement or reduction of rent under the Lease except as set forth in this Seventh Amendment; and (iii) neither Landlord or Tenant is in breach or default of any of its respective obligations under the Lease. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that the execution and delivery of this Seventh Amendment by Landlord has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action, and, to Landlord’s actual knowledge without investigation, (x) neither the Lease nor the interest of Landlord therein has been assigned, sublet, encumbered or otherwise transferred except for the conveyance of the Building from Landmark Center Park Drive LLC to ARE-MA Region No. 88 Tenant, LLC and the assignment of its interest under the Lease from Landmark Center Park Drive LLC to ARE-MA Region No. 88 Tenant, LLC; (y) Landlord has no knowledge of any current defenses or counterclaims to the enforcement of the Lease or the liabilities and obligations of Landlord thereunder; and (z) neither Landlord or Tenant is in breach or default of any of its respective obligations under the Lease. The submission of drafts of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer of any of the terms and conditions set forth in this Seventh Amendment, and this Seventh Amendment shall not be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless and until Landlord and Tenant shall have executed and delivered a fully executed copy of this Seventh Amendment to the other. Except as expressly and specifically set forth in this Seventh Amendment, the Existing Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed, and all of the terms, covenants, agreements and provisions of the Existing Lease shall remain unaltered and unmodified and in full force and effect throughout the balance of the Term of the Lease.

15. Counterparts. This Seventh Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the undersigned on separate counterparts, which counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages transmitted via facsimile or email (in pdf or similar format) shall be deemed to be original signature pages for all purposes.

[Signatures on following page]

 

6


EXECUTED as of the date first above-written.

 

LANDLORD:

ARE-MA REGION NO. 88 TENANT, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

Alexandria Real Estate Equities, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership, its

managing member

  By:   ARE-QRS Corp., a Maryland corporation, its general partner
    By:  

/s/ Allison Grochola

      Name:   Allison Grochola
      Its:   SVP – Real Estate Legal Affairs
      Hereunto duly authorized

 

TENANT:
TOAST, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth Choulas

  Name:   Elizabeth Choulas
  Title:   Head of Workplace Experience and Real Estate Hereunto duly authorized
  I hereby certify that the signature, name, and title above are my signature, name and title

 

7


EXHIBIT O-3

 

Exhibit O-3-1

Exhibit 10.8

REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

dated as of June 8, 2021

among

TOAST, INC.,

the Guarantors party hereto,

the Lenders and Issuing Banks party hereto

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC

and

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

Section 1.1

  Defined Terms      1  

Section 1.2

  Classification of Loans and Borrowings      42  

Section 1.3

  Terms Generally      42  

Section 1.4

  Accounting Terms; GAAP; Certain Calculations      42  

Section 1.5

  Letter of Credit Amounts      44  

Section 1.6

  Divisions      44  

Section 1.7

  Interest Rates; LIBOR Notification      44  

Section 1.8

  Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents      45  

ARTICLE II THE CREDITS

     45  

Section 2.1

  Commitments      45  

Section 2.2

  Revolving Loans and Borrowings      45  

Section 2.3

  Swing Line Loans      46  

Section 2.4

  Issuance of Letters of Credit and Purchase of Participations Therein      47  

Section 2.5

  Requests for Borrowings      54  

Section 2.6

  Funding of Borrowings      54  

Section 2.7

  Interest Elections      55  

Section 2.8

  Termination and Reduction of Commitments      56  

Section 2.9

  Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt      56  

Section 2.10

  Prepayment of Loans      57  

Section 2.11

  Fees      57  

Section 2.12

  Interest      59  

Section 2.13

  Alternate Rate of Interest.      60  

Section 2.14

  Increased Costs      61  

Section 2.15

  Break Funding Payments      63  

Section 2.16

  Taxes      63  

Section 2.17

  Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs      66  

Section 2.18

  Mitigation Obligations: Replacement of Lenders      67  

Section 2.19

  Increase in the Aggregate Commitments      68  

Section 2.20

  Extension of Maturity Date      72  

Section 2.21

  Defaulting Lenders      73  

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     76  

Section 3.1

  Organization; Powers      76  

Section 3.2

  Authorization; Enforceability      76  

 

-i-


Section 3.3

  Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts      76  

Section 3.4

  Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change      77  

Section 3.5

  Properties      77  

Section 3.6

  Litigation and Environmental Matters      77  

Section 3.7

  Compliance with Laws and Agreements      77  

Section 3.8

  Investment Company Status      78  

Section 3.9

  Taxes      78  

Section 3.10

  ERISA      78  

Section 3.11

  Disclosure      79  

Section 3.12

  Subsidiaries      80  

Section 3.13

  Anti-Terrorism Laws; USA Patriot Act      80  

Section 3.14

  Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions      80  

Section 3.15

  Margin Stock      80  

Section 3.16

  Solvency      80  

Section 3.17

  Affected Financial Institution      80  

Section 3.18

  Collateral Matters.      80  

ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS

     81  

Section 4.1

  The Effective Date      81  

Section 4.2

  Each Credit Extension      83  

ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     84  

Section 5.1

  Financial Statements: Other Information      84  

Section 5.2

  Notices of Material Events      85  

Section 5.3

  Existence; Conduct of Business      86  

Section 5.4

  Payment of Taxes      86  

Section 5.5

  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance      86  

Section 5.6

  Books and Records; Inspection Rights      86  

Section 5.7

  ERISA-Related Information      87  

Section 5.8

  Compliance with Laws and Agreements      87  

Section 5.9

  Use of Proceeds      87  

Section 5.10

  Additional Guarantors      88  

Section 5.11

  Further Assurances      88  

Section 5.12

  Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries      88  

Section 5.13

  Information Regarding Collateral      90  

Section 5.14

  Post-Closing Obligations      90  

ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     90  

Section 6.1

  Indebtedness      90  

 

-ii-


Section 6.2

  Liens      92  

Section 6.3

  Fundamental Changes; Asset Sales      95  

Section 6.4

  Restricted Payments      97  

Section 6.5

  Restrictive Agreements      99  

Section 6.6

  Transactions with Affiliates      99  

Section 6.7

  Investments      100  

Section 6.8

  Financial Covenant      101  

Section 6.9

  Certain Payments of Indebtedness; Amendments to Material Agreements      102  

ARTICLE VII GUARANTY

     103  

Section 7.1

  Guaranty of the Obligations      103  

Section 7.2

  Payment by Guarantors      103  

Section 7.3

  Liability of Guarantors Absolute      103  

Section 7.4

  Waivers by Guarantors      105  

Section 7.5

  Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation      106  

Section 7.6

  Subordination of Other Obligations      106  

Section 7.7

  Continuing Guaranty      106  

Section 7.8

  Authority of Guarantors or the Borrower      106  

Section 7.9

  Financial Condition of the Borrower      106  

Section 7.10

  Bankruptcy, Etc.      107  

ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     107  

ARTICLE IX THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     110  

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS

     116  

Section 10.1

  Notices      116  

Section 10.2

  Waivers; Amendments      117  

Section 10.3

  Expenses: Limitation of Liability; Indemnity      119  

Section 10.4

  Successors and Assigns      121  

Section 10.5

  Survival      126  

Section 10.6

  Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness      126  

Section 10.7

  Severability      126  

Section 10.8

  Right of Setoff      126  

Section 10.9

  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      127  

Section 10.10

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      127  

Section 10.11

  Headings      128  

Section 10.12

  Confidentiality      128  

Section 10.13

  Interest Rate Limitation      129  

Section 10.14

  No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      130  

 

-iii-


Section 10.15

  Electronic Execution      130  

Section 10.16

  Certain Notices      131  

Section 10.17

  Release of Liens and Guarantees      131  

Section 10.18

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions      132  

Section 10.19

  Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs      133  

Section 10.20

  Collateral Matters      133  

Section 10.21

  Credit Bidding      134  

Section 10.22

  Certain ERISA Matters      135  

 

-iv-


SCHEDULES

Schedule 2.1

     

Commitments

Schedule 2.4

     

Existing Letters of Credit

 

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A

     

Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B-l

     

Form of Borrowing Request

Exhibit B-2

     

Form of Issuance Notice

Exhibit C

     

Form of Interest Election Request

Exhibit D-l

     

Form of Revolving Loan Note

Exhibit D-2

     

Form of Swing Line Note

Exhibit E

     

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit F

     

Form of Maturity Date Extension Request

Exhibit G

     

Form of Counterpart Agreement

Exhibit H

     

Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit I

     

Form of Portfolio Interest Certificates

Exhibit J

     

Form of Beneficial Ownership Certificate

Exhibit K

     

Form of Perfection Certificate

 

 

-v-


REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT, dated as of June 8, 2021, among TOAST, INC., as Borrower, the GUARANTORS party hereto, the LENDERS and ISSUING BANKS party hereto and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender.

The Borrower (such term and each other capitalized term used and not otherwise defined herein having the meaning assigned to it in Article I), requested that the Lenders make Loans to the Borrower on a revolving credit basis and the Issuing Banks issue Letters of Credit at the request and for the account of the Borrower on and after the Effective Date and at any time and from time to time prior to the Commitment Termination Date.

The proceeds of borrowings and Letters of Credit hereunder are to be used for the purposes described in Section 5.9. The Lenders are willing to establish the credit facility referred to in the preceding paragraph upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

ABR” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Equity Interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person.

Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

Administrative Agent” means JPMCB, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder, or any successor administrative agent. Where the context requires, references herein to the Administrative Agent shall also include JPMCB acting in its capacity as Collateral Agent under each of the Security Documents.

Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.

Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agent-Related Person” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.3(d).


Agreement” means this Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, as the same may hereafter be modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time.

Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the NYFRB Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for an Interest Period of one month commencing on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00%. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the NYFRB Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, then the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. For purposes of clause (c) above, the Adjusted LIBO Rate on any day shall be based on the Screen Rate (or if the Screen Rate is not available for such one month Interest Period, the Interpolated Rate) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day for deposits in dollars with a maturity of one month. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively. If the Alternate Base Rate is being used as an alternate rate of interest pursuant to Section 2.13 (for the avoidance of doubt, only until any Benchmark Replacement has become effective pursuant to Section 2.13(b)), then the Alternate Base Rate shall be the greater of clauses (a) and (b) above and shall be determined without reference to clause (c) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Alternate Base Rate shall at no time be less than 1.00% per annum.

Ancillary Document” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.15.

Anti-Corruption Laws” means all applicable laws, rules and regulations concerning or relating to bribery, corruption or money laundering.

Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment; provided that if any Defaulting Lender exists at such time, the Applicable Percentage shall be calculated disregarding such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.

Applicable Rate” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, 1.50% per annum, and (b) with respect to any ABR Loan, 0.50% per annum.

Application” means an application, in a form as the applicable Issuing Bank may specify as the form for use by its customers from time to time, executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank, requesting such Issuing Bank to issue a Letter of Credit.

Approved Fund” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4.

Arrangers” means JPMCB, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc., in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and any successors thereto.

Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.4), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

-2-


Assuming Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(a).

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the Commitment Termination Date.

Available Incremental Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(a)(ii).

Available Revolving Commitments” means, as of any date, the aggregate amount of Commitments then in effect minus the aggregate amount of Revolving Exposure then outstanding.

Available Tenor” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current Benchmark, as applicable, any tenor for such Benchmark or payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark, as applicable, that is or may be used for determining the length of an Interest Period pursuant to this Agreement as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tenor for such Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of “Interest Period” pursuant to clause (f) of Section 2.13.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Bankruptcy Code” means Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time and any successor statute and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Basket” means any financial test or ratio (including by reference to the Total Net Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Total Assets or Liquidity) or any amount, threshold, value or availability, in each case prescribed or required with respect to any Limited Condition Transaction.

Benchmark” means, initially, the Adjusted LIBO Rate; provided that if a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark -3- Replacement Date have occurred with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the then-current Benchmark, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to clause (b) or clause (c) of Section 2.13.

Benchmark Replacement” means, for any Available Tenor, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent for the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date:

 

-3-


(1) the sum of: (a) Term SOFR and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;

(2) the sum of: (a) Daily Simple SOFR and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;

(3) the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as the replacement for the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement for the then-current Benchmark for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;

provided that, in the case of clause (1), such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement is displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; provided further that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, upon the occurrence of a Term SOFR Transition Event, and the delivery of a Term SOFR Notice, on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date the “Benchmark Replacement” shall revert to and shall be deemed to be the sum of (a) Term SOFR and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment, as set forth in clause (1) of this definition (subject to the first proviso above).

If the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of the then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for any applicable Interest Period and Available Tenor for any setting of such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement:

(1) for purposes of clauses (1) and (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement,” the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent:

(a) the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) as of the Reference Time such Benchmark Replacement is first set for such Interest Period that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for the applicable Corresponding Tenor;

(b) the spread adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) as of the Reference Time such Benchmark Replacement is first set for such Interest Period that would apply to the fallback rate for a derivative transaction referencing the ISDA Definitions to be effective upon an index cessation event with respect to such Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor; and

 

-4-


(2) for purposes of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement,” the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for dollar- denominated syndicated credit facilities; provided that, in the case of clause (1) above, such adjustment is displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such Benchmark Replacement Adjustment from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Alternate Base Rate,” the definition of “Business Day,” the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, length of lookback periods, the applicability of breakage provisions, and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent decides in its reasonable discretion may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of such Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).

Benchmark Replacement Date” means the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(1) in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (a) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);

(2) in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein;

(3) in the case of a Term SOFR Transition Event, the date that is thirty (30) days after the date a Term SOFR Notice is provided to the Lenders and the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.13(c): or

(4) in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the sixth (6th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to the Lenders, so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to the Lenders, written notice of objection to such Early Opt-in Election from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if the event giving rise to the Benchmark Replacement Date occurs on the same day as, but earlier than, the Reference Time in respect of any determination, the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred prior to the Reference Time for such determination and (ii) the “Benchmark Replacement Date” will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (1) or (2) with respect to any Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

 

-5-


Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(1) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);

(2) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Board, the NYFRB, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

(3) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) are no longer representative.

For the avoidance of doubt, a “Benchmark Transition Event” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any Benchmark if a public statement or publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

Benchmark Unavailability Period” means the period (if any) (x) beginning at the time that a Benchmark Replacement Date pursuant to clauses (1) or (2) of that definition has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 2,13 and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 2.13.

Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

Beneficiary” means the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender.

 

-6-


Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Board of Directors” means the board of directors or comparable governing body of the Borrower or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on its behalf.

Borrower” means Toast, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Borrowing” means (a) Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect or (b) a Swing Line Loan.

Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.5.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, all obligations that are or would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP prior to the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on February 25, 2016 of an Accounting Standards Update (the “ASU”) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for purposes of all financial definitions and calculations for purposes of the Loan Documents (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with the ASU (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as capitalized lease obligations in the financial statements to be delivered pursuant to the Loan Documents.

Capital Products” means any capital advances, loans and other credit products offered to customers by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (including any pilot of any such product).

Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

 

-7-


Cash Equivalents” means

(1) United States dollars, or money in other currencies received in the ordinary course of business,

(2) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership interest in U.S. Government Obligations with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition,

(3) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any State thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million whose short-term debt is rated “A-2” or higher by S&P or “P-2” or higher by Moody’s,

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than thirty days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above,

(5) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-l by S&P and maturing within one year after the date of acquisition,

(6) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition which (or the issuer of which) are rated at least A or A-l by S&P or A2 or P-1 by Moody’s,

(7) money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which consist of investments of the type described in clauses (1) through (6) above;

(8) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, other short-term investments that are analogous to the foregoing, are of comparable credit quality and are customarily used by companies in the jurisdiction of such Foreign Subsidiary for cash management purposes; and

(9) solely with respect to any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, any investment that the Captive Insurance Subsidiary is not prohibited to make in accordance with applicable law.

Cash Management Services” means cash management, treasury management and related services provided to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including treasury, depository, foreign exchange, return items, overdraft, controlled disbursement, cash sweeps, zero balance arrangements, temporary advances, merchant stored value cards, e-payables, electronic funds transfer, interstate depository network and automatic clearing house transfer (including the Automated Clearing House processing of electronic funds transfers through the direct Federal Reserve Fedline system) services and credit cards, credit card processing services, credit and debit card payment processing services, debit cards, stored value cards, virtual cards (including single use virtual card accounts) and commercial cards (including so-called ‘“purchase cards”, “procurement cards” or “p-cards”) arrangements.

CFC” means (a) each Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” (within the meaning of Section 957) and (b) each Subsidiary of any such controlled foreign corporation described in clause (a) above. For purposes of this definition, all Section references are to the Code.

 

-8-


CFC Holdco” means each Subsidiary substantially all the assets of which consist of Equity Interests in (or Equity Interests in and Indebtedness of) (i) one or more CFCs or (ii) a Subsidiary that otherwise constitutes a CFC Holdco.

Change in Control” means (a) prior to an IPO, the failure by the holders of the Borrower’s Equity Interests as of the Effective Date to continue to own, beneficially and of record, Equity Interests in the Borrower representing at least 50.1% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower; (b) after the consummation of an IPO, the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder), other than the Permitted Holders, individually or in the aggregate, of Equity Interests representing more than 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower; or (c) persons who were (i) directors of the Borrower on the date hereof, (ii) nominated by the Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Borrower was approved by the Board of Directors at any time before such persons actually commenced their service as directors or (iii) appointed by directors that were directors of the Borrower or directors nominated as provided in the preceding clause (ii), ceasing to occupy a majority of the seats (excluding vacant seats) on the Board of Directors; provided that the consummation of an IPO shall not be a Change in Control.

Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the Effective Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Class” when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Commitment to make Revolving Loans (other than under an Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche) or a commitment under an Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

Collateral” means all property and interests in property now owned or hereafter acquired in or upon which a Lien has been or is purported or intended to have been granted to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender under any of the Security Documents.

Collateral Agent” means JPMCB, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties and any successor thereto in such capacity.

Collateral Agreement” means the Collateral Agreement among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent, dated the Effective Date, together with all supplements thereto.

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” means, at any time, the requirement that:

 

-9-


(a) the Collateral Agent shall have received from the Borrower and each Designated Subsidiary either (i) a counterpart of the Collateral Agreement duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person or (ii) in the case of any Person that becomes a Designated Subsidiary after the Effective Date, (A) a supplement to the Collateral Agreement, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (B) a Counterpart Agreement, in each case duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Designated Subsidiary, together with documents and opinions of the type referred to in paragraphs (c) and (d) of Section 4.1 with respect to such Designated Subsidiary within 60 days of such Person becoming a Designated Subsidiary (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may, in its reasonable discretion, agree to in writing);

(b) (i) all Equity Interests (other than any Excluded Assets) in any Subsidiary owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party shall have been pledged in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to the Collateral Agreement and (ii) the Collateral Agent shall, to the extent required by the Collateral Agreement, have received any certificates or other instruments representing such Equity Interests (to the extent then in existence), together with undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

(c) (i) all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) all Indebtedness of any other Person in a principal amount of $2,500,000 or more, in each case, that is owing to any Loan Party shall be evidenced by a promissory note and shall have been pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement, and the Collateral Agent shall have received all such promissory notes in a principal amount of $2,500,000 or more, together with undated instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

(d) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements to be filed in the jurisdiction of formation of each Loan Party and intellectual property security agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property of each Loan Party, to be filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing, registration or recording; and

(e) the Collateral Agent shall have received a counterpart, duly executed and delivered by the applicable Loan Party and the applicable depositary bank of a Control Agreement with respect to each deposit account (other than any deposit account constituting Excluded Assets) maintained by any Loan Party with any depositary bank; provided that no such Control Agreements shall be required at any time that the primary operating accounts of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties are maintained with a Lender or an Affiliate thereof.

 

-10-


Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, (a) the foregoing definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets of the Loan Parties, or the Guaranty provided by any Guarantor, if, and for so long as the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrower, determines in its reasonable discretion that the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets, or obtaining such legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, or incurring such Guaranty (taking into account any adverse tax consequences to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including the imposition of withholding or other material Taxes)), shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (b) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Security Documents, (c) except as required pursuant to clause (e) above, in no event shall control agreements or other control or similar arrangements be required with respect to deposit accounts, securities accounts, commodities accounts or other assets specifically requiring perfection by control agreements (other than certificated securities) so long as, in the case of deposit accounts, the primary operating accounts of the Loan Parties are maintained at any Lender or an affiliate thereof, (d) no perfection actions shall be required with respect to (x) vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title or (y) real property, (e) no perfection actions shall be required with respect to promissory notes evidencing Indebtedness for borrowed money in a principal amount of less than $2,500,000, (f) no actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required to be taken to create any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the United States (including any Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries and any foreign Intellectual Property) or to perfect or make enforceable any security interests in any such assets (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction), (g) no actions shall be required to perfect a security interest in letter of credit rights or commercial tort claims (other than the filing of UCC financing statements), (h) no Loan Party shall be required to deliver or obtain any landlord lien waivers, estoppel certificates or collateral access agreements or letters or similar agreements, (i) in no event shall the Collateral include any Excluded Assets and (j) without limitation of any of the foregoing, no perfection actions shall be required except as set forth in items (a) through (e) in the preceding paragraph. The Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation and perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the Guarantee by any Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Effective Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Effective Date) where it, in consultation with the Borrower, determines in its sole discretion that such action cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required to be accomplished by this Agreement or the Security Documents.

Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans hereunder and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Loans hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.8, (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2,19 and (c) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.20 or Section 10.4. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment as of the Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 2.1. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Commitments as of the Effective Date is $330,000,000.

Commitment Increase” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(a).

Commitment Increase Supplement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(b).

Commitment Termination Date” means the earliest to occur of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date the Commitments are permanently reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.8, and (c) the date of the termination of the Commitments pursuant to Article VIII.

Competitors” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Disqualified Lender”.

Common Stock” means the common stock of the Borrower.

Consenting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a).

 

-11-


Consolidated Credit EBITDA” means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period plus, all as determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of: (a) consolidated tax expense based on income, profits or capital, including state, franchise, capital and similar taxes and withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, (b) total interest expense, and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of gains on such hedging obligations or such derivative instruments, and financial institution and letter of credit fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities plus expenses associated with the equity component of, and any mark to market losses with respect to, convertible debt instruments, (c) depreciation and amortization expense, (d) amortization of intangibles (including, but not limited to, goodwill), (e) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring costs, fees, charges and other expenses, including fees, charges and expenses incurred that are (or are expected to be within one year of the end of such period with a deduction in the subsequent period to the extent not so reimbursed or paid) reimbursed or actually paid by a third party or under indemnification or reimbursement provisions, (f) costs or expenses reasonably identified by the Borrower as incurred in connection with entry into or expansion of new markets, strategic initiatives and contracts, software development and new systems design, new product offerings, project start-up costs, and related integration and systems establishment costs, including any ongoing operating losses in respect thereof for a period of no more than 24 months after commencement of such operations or expansion, (g) non-cash equity-based compensation expenses and payroll tax expense related to equity-based compensation expenses, (h) any other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of, or a reserve for, cash charges for any future period); provided, however that cash payments made in such period or in any future period in respect of such non-cash charges, expenses or losses (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of, or a reserve for, cash charges for any future period) shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated Credit EBITDA in the period when such payments are made, (i) transition, integration, business optimization and similar fees, charges and expenses related to acquisitions, business combinations, dispositions and exiting lines of business, (j) restructuring, severance, discontinued operations or similar charges, (k) pro forma “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies (including expected revenue enhancements) relating to Acquisitions, business combinations, dispositions and other initiatives that are reasonably identifiable and projected in good faith by the Borrower to result from actions that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or initiated or are expected to be taken with the first eight full fiscal quarters after such event, (1) accruals or expenses related to settlements or payment of legal claims, (m) transaction costs associated with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and with any actual, proposed or contemplated issuance of Equity Interests (including any expense relating to enhanced accounting functions or other costs associated with becoming a public company), the making of any Investment, Acquisition, Joint Venture or disposition, or the issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness (including Incremental Equivalent Debt, Permitted Convertible Indebtedness and any Permitted Call Spread Transactions) or refinancings, (n) in connection with Acquisitions of foreign Subsidiaries, expenses recognized on conversion from IFRS to GAAP for items capitalized under IFRS but expensed under GAAP and (o) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Credit EBITDA pursuant to clause (iii) below for any previous period and not added back; provided that, for any period, the aggregate amount added pursuant to clauses (f), (i), (j) and (k) shall not exceed 25% of Consolidated Credit EBITDA for the applicable period (calculated after giving effect to such addbacks); and minus, to the extent included in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of: (i) interest income, (ii) any extraordinary income or gains determined in accordance with GAAP and (iii) any other non-cash income other than accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business (excluding any items that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period that are described in the parenthetical to clause (h) above).

 

-12-


Consolidated Net Income” means for any period, the net income (loss) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in conformity with GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in the determination of Consolidated Net Income the effect of: (a) with respect to any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary but whose net income is consolidated in whole or in part with the net income of the Borrower, the income of such Subsidiary solely to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its organizational documents or any law applicable to such Subsidiary; provided that Consolidated Net Income shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid by such Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; (b) any net gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset or disposed operations (including pursuant to any sale and leaseback) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business; (c) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; and (d) any recapitalization or purchase accounting effects including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements, as a result of any consummated Acquisition, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development). In addition, proceeds from any business interruption insurance received in such period or which is reasonably expected to be received in a subsequent period and within one year of the underlying loss shall be added to Consolidated Net Income; provided, that if not so received within such one-year period, such amount shall be subtracted in the subsequent calculation period.

Consolidated Total Assets” means, at any date of determination, the total amount of assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or of any Subsidiary of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the context requires), as set forth on the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) and (b) (or, prior to the first such delivery, the financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2021 delivered pursuant to Section 3.4(a)).

Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, consisting only of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness; provided, Consolidated Total Indebtedness will not include Indebtedness that is non-recourse to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, undrawn amounts under revolving credit facilities and Indebtedness in respect of (1) letter of credit, bank guarantees and performance or similar bonds, except to the extent of obligations in respect of drawn standby letters of credit which have not been reimbursed within three (3) Business Days, (2) any purchase price adjustments, earnouts, holdbacks and other similar deferred consideration payable in connection with Permitted Acquisitions to the extent contingent, not fixed or less than 10 Business Days past due and (3) obligations under Swap Agreements. The dollar-equivalent principal amount of any Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Swap Agreements for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Control Agreement” means, with respect to any deposit account (other than any deposit account constituting Excluded Assets) maintained by any Loan Party, a control agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, duly executed and delivered by such Loan Party and the depositary bank with which such account is maintained.

 

-13-


Copyrights” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following: (a) all copyrights, rights and interests in copyrights, works protectable by copyright, copyright registrations, and copyright applications; (b) all renewals of any of the foregoing; (c) all income, royalties, damages, and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable under any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages or payments for past or future infringements for any of the foregoing; (d) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements of any of the foregoing; and (e) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.

Corresponding Tenor” with respect to a Benchmark Replacement means a tenor (including overnight) having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustment) as the applicable tenor for the applicable Interest Period with respect to the LIBO Rate.

Counterpart Agreement” means a Counterpart Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G delivered by a Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.10.

Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

Covered Party” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.19.

Credit Extension” has the meaning set forth in Section 4,2.

Daily Simple SOFR” means, for any day, SOFR, with the conventions for this rate (which may include a lookback) being established by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining “Daily Simple SOFR” for business loans; provided that if the Administrative Agent decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may establish another convention in its reasonable discretion.

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Declining Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a).

Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81,47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

 

-14-


Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.21(c), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans or (iii) pay to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three Business Days of the date when due, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that one or more conditions precedent to such funding or payment (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable Default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower, any Issuing Bank, Swing Line Lender or the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable Default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action or (iii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.21(c)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, each Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and each Lender.

Designated Subsidiary” means, at any time of determination, each Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Restricted Subsidiary and is not an Excluded Subsidiary.

Direct Borrower Obligations” means any Obligations of the Borrower in its capacity as the Borrower under this Agreement.

Disbursement Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(d).

Disclosed Matters” means the actions, suits and proceedings and the environmental matters disclosed in Schedule 3.6 to the Disclosure Letter.

Disclosure Letter” means the disclosure letter, dated as of the Effective Date, delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

 

-15-


Disqualified Equity Interest” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the -16- happening of any event or condition (i) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests and the payment in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Equity Interests), in whole or in part, or (iii) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 181 days after the Maturity Date then in effect; provided that (a) Equity Interests will not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because of provisions giving holders thereof the right to require repurchase or redemption upon an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the date that is 181 days after the latest Maturity Date then in effect if the payment upon such redemption or repurchase is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations and (b) an Equity Interest in any Person that is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees or by any such plan to such employees shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by such Person or any of its subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability.

Disqualified Institutions” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Disqualified Lender”.

Disqualified Lender” means, collectively, (a) any Person (other than bona fide commercial banks) that is a competitor or potential competitor of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any investor in any such competitor or potential competitor, in each case as determined in good faith by the Borrower and to the extent identified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including after the Effective Date which may be delivered in a form of a list provided to the Administrative Agent) by name in writing from time to time (“Competitors”), (b) those banks, financial institutions and other Persons separately identified by name by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in writing on or before the Effective Date, (c) any Person (other than (x) any Affiliates of Lenders as of the Effective Date or (y) any Affiliate of a Lender approved by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (such approval, in each case, not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned)) with a long term unsecured credit rating of less than BBB- by S&P or Fitch Ratings Ltd. (or any successor thereto) or less than Baa3 by Moody’s, (d) any Person (including an Affiliate or Approved Fund of a Lender) whose primary activity is the trading or acquisition of distressed debt; provided that, for purposes of Section 10.12, senior employees of Lenders or their Affiliates who are required, in accordance with industry regulations or the Lenders’ internal policies and procedures to act in a supervisory capacity and the Lenders’ internal legal, compliance, risk management, credit or investment committee members shall not constitute Disqualified Lenders as a result of this clause (d) (those banks, financial institutions and other Persons under clauses (b) through (d) are collectively referred to as the “Disqualified Institutions”) and (e) any Subsidiary of a Competitor or a Disqualified Institution, other than bona fide debt funds that would not be a Competitor or a Disqualified Institution but for this clause (e), that are (x) identified in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including after the Effective Date which may be delivered in a form of a list provided to the Administrative Agent) by name in writing from time to time or (y) clearly identifiable as affiliates solely on the basis of the similarity of its name (provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to carry out due diligence in order to identify such affiliates); provided that the foregoing clauses (c) and (d) shall be inapplicable during any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The identification of any Competitor or Disqualified Institution after the Effective Date shall become effective three Business Days after delivery to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including by delivering a list provided to the Administrative Agent), and shall not apply retroactively to disqualify the assignment, participation or other transfer of an interest in Commitments or Loans that was effective prior to the effective date of such supplement (but such Person shall not be able to increase its Commitments or participations hereunder); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, such Person shall thereafter be considered a Disqualified Lender. The Disqualified Lenders shall be identified to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent (which may be in the form of notice posted to the Platform).

 

-16-


Dollar Equivalent” means, for any amount, at the time of determination thereof, (a) if such amount is expressed in dollars, such amount and (b) if such amount is expressed in a Permitted Foreign Currency, the equivalent of such amount in dollars determined by using the rate of exchange for the purchase of dollars with the Permitted Foreign Currency last provided (either by publication or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent) by Reuters on the Business Day (New York City time) immediately preceding the date of determination or if such service ceases to be available or ceases to provide a rate of exchange for the purchase of dollars with the Permitted Foreign Currency, as provided by such other publicly available information service which provides that rate of exchange at such time in place of Reuters chosen by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion (or if such service ceases to be available or ceases to provide such rate of exchange, the equivalent of such amount in dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent using any method of determination it deems appropriate in its sole discretion).

dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or in the District of Columbia (other than a Subsidiary that is a CFC Holdco).

DO List” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(e).

Early Opt-in Election” means the occurrence of:

(1) a notification by the Administrative Agent to (or the request by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to notify) each of the other parties hereto that at least five currently outstanding dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time contain (as a result of amendment or as originally executed) a SOFR-based rate (including SOFR, Term SOFR or any other rate based upon SOFR) as a benchmark rate (and such syndicated credit facilities are identified in such notice and are publicly available for review), and

(2) the joint election by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to trigger a fallback from LIBO Rate and the provision by the Administrative Agent of written notice of such election to the Lenders.

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

 

-17-


EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.1 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.2).

Electronic Signature” means an electronic sound, symbol, or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a Person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record.

Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment, disposal, management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of investigation, reclamation or remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) compliance or noncompliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the presence, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest; provided that Equity Interests shall not include (a) any debt securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for any combination of Equity Interests and/or cash and (b) Permitted Call Spread Transactions.

ERISA” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means any person that for purposes of Title I or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code would be deemed at any relevant time to be a single employer or otherwise aggregated with a Loan Party or a Subsidiary under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event” means any one or more of the following: (a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to a Plan; (b) the termination of any Plan under Section 4041 of ERISA; (c) the institution of proceedings by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan; (d) the failure to make a required contribution to any Plan that would result in the imposition of a lien or other encumbrance or the provision of security under Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 or 4068 of ERISA, or the arising of such a lien or encumbrance;

 

-18-


(e) any Loan Party, or any ERISA Affiliate requests a minimum funding waiver or fails to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA (whether or not waived); (f) a determination that any Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, considered an at-risk plan within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA; (g) engaging in a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA with respect to a Plan; (h) the complete or partial withdrawal of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan; or (i) a determination that any Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status under Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA or is, or is expected to be, “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Article VIII

Excluded Assets” means each of the following:

(a) any asset the grant of a security interest in which would (i) be prohibited by any enforceable anti-assignment provision set forth in any contract relating to such asset that is permitted or otherwise not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or (ii) violate the terms of any contract relating to such asset that is permitted or otherwise not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement (in the case of clause (i) above and this clause (ii), after giving effect to any applicable anti-assignment provision of the UCC or other requirements of applicable law); it being understood that the term “Excluded Asset” shall not include proceeds or receivables arising out of any contract described in this clause (a) to the extent that the assignment of such proceeds or receivables is expressly deemed to be effective under the UCC or any other requirement of applicable law notwithstanding the relevant prohibition, violation or termination right,

(b) (i) the Equity Interests of any not-for-profit or special purpose subsidiary, and/or (ii) Equity Interests representing in excess of 65% of the Equity Interests of any CFC or CFC Holdco,

(c) any intent-to-use (or similar) Trademark application prior to the filing and acceptance of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” notice and/or filing with respect thereto,

(d) any asset, the grant of a security interest in which would (i) require any governmental consent, approval, license or authorization that has not been obtained, (ii) be prohibited by requirements of applicable law, except, in each case of clause (i) above and this clause (ii), to the extent such requirement or prohibition would be rendered ineffective under the UCC or any other applicable law notwithstanding such requirement or prohibition; it being understood that the term “Excluded Asset” shall not include proceeds or receivables arising out of any asset described in clause (d)(i) or clause (d)(ii) to the extent that the assignment of such proceeds or receivables is expressly deemed to be effective under the UCC or any other requirement of applicable law notwithstanding the relevant requirement or prohibition or (iii) result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as reasonably determined by the Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent, including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code,

 

-19-


(e) (i) any leasehold real property interests and (ii) any fee owned real property,

(f) any Margin Stock,

(g) any interest in any partnership, joint venture or non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary which cannot be pledged without (i) the consent of one or more third parties other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under the organizational documents (and/or shareholders’ or similar agreement) of such partnership, joint venture or non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or (ii) giving rise to a “right of first refusal”, a “right of first offer” or a similar right permitted or otherwise not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement that may be exercised by any third party other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in accordance with the organizational documents (and/or shareholders’ or similar agreement) of such partnership, joint venture or non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary,

(h) (i) motor vehicles, aircraft, aircraft engines and other assets subject to certificates of title, (ii) letter-of-credit rights not constituting supporting obligations of other Collateral and (iii) Commercial Tort Claims with a value (as reasonably estimated by the Borrower) of less than $2,500,000, except, in each case of clauses (i)-(iii), to the extent a security interest therein can be perfected solely by the filing of a UCC financing statement (including a Transmitting Utility filing),

(i) any lease, license or agreement or any asset subject thereto (including pursuant to a purchase money security interest, Capital Lease Obligation or similar arrangement) that is, in each case, permitted by this Agreement to the extent that the grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or purchase money, Capital Lease Obligation or similar arrangement or trigger a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or any other applicable Law; it being understood that the term “Excluded Asset” shall not include any proceeds or receivables arising out of any asset described in this clause (i) to the extent that the assignment of such proceeds or receivables is expressly deemed to be effective under the UCC or any other applicable Law notwithstanding the relevant requirement or prohibition,

(j) any asset with respect to which the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower has reasonably determined that the cost, burden, difficulty or consequence (including any effect on the ability of the relevant Loan Party to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course of business) of obtaining or perfecting a security interest therein outweighs the benefit of a security interest to the relevant Secured Parties afforded thereby, which determination is evidenced in writing, and

(k) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters or authorizations, to the extent a security interest in any such license, franchise, charter or authorization would be prohibited or restricted thereby (including any legally effective prohibition or restriction, except to the extent such prohibition or restriction would be rendered ineffective under the UCC or any other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition or restriction).

 

-20-


Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by law, regulation or any contractual obligation existing from guaranteeing the Obligations or that would require a governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization in order to provide such guaranty unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received or would, contemporaneous with the Effective Date, be received (it being understood and agreed that no Loan Party shall have any obligation to obtain such consent, approval, license or authorization) (provided that (i) with respect to any Subsidiary existing on the Effective Date, any such contractual obligation containing such a prohibition was in existence on the Effective Date and (ii) with respect to any Subsidiaries acquired or created after the Effective Date, such prohibition is not the result of a contractual obligation that arose solely in contemplation of such Subsidiary satisfying this definition); (b) any Unrestricted Subsidiary; (c) any Immaterial Subsidiary; (d) any Foreign Subsidiary; (e) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary and (f) any Securitization Subsidiary (other than, in the case of this clause (f), Toast Capital LLC).

Excluded Swap Obligations” means, with respect to any Guarantor, (a) any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guaranty provided by such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the Commodity xchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) (i) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (determined after giving pro forma effect to any applicable keep well, support, or other agreement for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all applicable guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties) at the time the Guaranty provided by such Guarantor becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such Swap Obligation becomes secured by such security interest or (ii) in the case of a Swap Obligation that is subject to a clearing requirement pursuant to section 2(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act, because such Guarantor is a “financial entity,” as defined in section 2(h)(7)(C) of the Commodity Exchange Act, at the time the Guaranty provided by (or grant of such security interest by, as applicable) such Guarantor becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or (b) any other Swap Obligation designated as an “Excluded Swap Obligation” of such Guarantor as specified in any agreement between the relevant Loan Parties and the counterparty to any Swap Agreement applicable to such Swap Obligations. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to the swap for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient with respect to any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) Taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income or gross profit, franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case (i) imposed by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such Recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.18(b)), any United States withholding Tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.16(a), (c) or (d), (c) withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, and (d) any Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.16(e).

Existing Letter of Credit” means each letter of credit issued prior to the Effective Date by a Person that shall be an Issuing Bank and listed on Schedule 2.4.

Existing Maturity Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a).

Extension Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a).

 

-21-


FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the Effective Date (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code or any published intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or official practices adopted pursuant to any such intergovernmental agreement.

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the NYFRB based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depository institutions (as determined in such manner as shall be set forth on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as the federal funds effective rate; provided that if such rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for all purposes of this Agreement.

Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website” means the website of the NYFRB at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.

Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, treasurer, chief accounting officer, head of finance, vice president of finance or corporate controller of the Borrower.

Floor” means the benchmark rate floor, if any, provided in this Agreement initially (as of the execution of this Agreement, the modification, amendment or renewal of this Agreement or otherwise) with respect to the Screen Rate.

Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

Foreign Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary, (b) any Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a CFC or a Subsidiary of a CFC Holdco and (c) any Subsidiary whose provision of a Guarantee would reasonably be expected to result in an investment in “United States property” (within the meaning of Section 956 of the Code) or would otherwise reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse tax consequence to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, as reasonably determined by Borrower.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

Governmental Acts” means any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

-22-


Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, or customary indemnification obligations entered into in connection with any Acquisition or disposition of assets or of other entities (other than to the extent that the primary obligations that are the subject of such indemnification obligation would be considered Indebtedness hereunder). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guaranteed Obligation” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

Guarantor” means each Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than an Excluded Subsidiary or a CFC Holdco) that shall have become a party hereto as a “Guarantor” and shall have provided a Guaranty by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a signature page hereto or to a Counterpart Agreement; provided that for purposes of Article VII the term “Guarantors” shall also include the Borrower (except with respect to the Direct Borrower Obligations).

Guaranty” means the guaranty of each Guarantor set forth in Article VII

Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

IBA” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.7.

IFRS” means international financial reporting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002.

Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any time of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary (a) whose Consolidated Total Assets as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 3.4(a) were less than 5.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date and (b) whose consolidated gross revenues (after intercompany eliminations) for the most recent period of four fiscal quarters in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 3.4(a) were less than 5.0% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, as of the most recent date or period referred to in clause (a) or (b) above, the combined Consolidated Total Assets or the combined consolidated gross revenues of all Restricted Subsidiaries that would constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries in accordance with clause (a) and (b) above shall have exceeded 15.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or 15.0% of consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, the Borrower shall, promptly following the date on which financial statements for such quarter are delivered pursuant to this Agreement, designate in writing to the Administrative Agent which of such Restricted Subsidiaries shall no longer constitute “Immaterial Subsidiaries” until this proviso is no longer applicable; provided, further, if no such designation is made by the Borrower, then one or more of such Restricted Subsidiaries that would otherwise be an Immaterial Subsidiary shall for all purposes of this Agreement automatically be deemed to not be an Immaterial Subsidiary in descending order based on the amounts of their Consolidated Total Assets or consolidated gross revenues, as the case may be, until such excess shall have been eliminated.

 

-23-


Impacted Interest Period” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “LIBO Rate”.

Increase Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(a).

Increase Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(a).

Incremental Equivalent Debt” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(d).

Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(a).

Indebtedness” of any Person at any date means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) deferred or equity compensation arrangements payable to directors, officers, employees, advisors, consultants or other providers of services), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above, and (h) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall exclude intercompany liabilities arising from their cash management, tax, and accounting operations and intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness. “Indebtedness” shall not include the obligations or liabilities of any Person to pay rent or other amounts with respect to any lease of office space (or other arrangement conveying the right to use office space) or other operating lease, which obligations (x) would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP prior to the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on February 25, 2016 of the ASU (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with the ASU (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as capitalized lease obligations in the financial statements to be delivered pursuant to the Loan Documents, or (y) would be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease at any time due to build-to-suit accounting rules, “failed” sale and leaseback accounting rules, other lease classification rules or other similar rules so long as such obligations are not entered into for a financing purpose, are unsecured (other than the provision of any letters of credit required to support such obligations), and do not otherwise constitute “Indebtedness” pursuant to clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) above.

 

-24-


Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(c).

Information Documents” means at any time any memorandum, lender’s presentation or other written information, in each case as then supplemented or amended and including any documents attached thereto or incorporated by reference therein, prepared by the Arrangers with the assistance of the Borrower and given to any Lender in connection with the Transactions.

Intellectual Property” means all Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and any other intellectual property.

Interest Election Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b).

Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swing Line Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period and (c) with respect to any Swing Line Loan, the day such Loan is required to be repaid.

Interest Period” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Interpolated Rate” means, at any time for any Interest Period, the rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the Screen Rate) determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be prima facie evidence, absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the Screen Rate for the longest period for which the Screen Rate is available that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period and (b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period for which that Screen Rate is available that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time.

Investment” means any loan, advance (other than advances to employees or other providers of services for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business), extension of credit (by way of Guarantee or otherwise) or capital contributions by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any other Person (other than any Loan Party); provided that Investment shall not include any Capital Products.

IP Security Agreements” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agreement.

 

-25-


IPO” means the sale on a bona fide nationally recognized securities exchange of common stock of the Borrower or the listing for trading of common stock of the Borrower on a bona fide nationally recognized securities exchange.

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

ISDA Definitions” means the 2006 ISDA Definitions published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or any successor thereto, as amended or supplemented from time to time, or any successor definitional booklet for interest rate derivatives published from time to time by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or such successor thereto.

ISP 98” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank and in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit).

Issuance Notice” means an Issuance Notice substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2.

Issuing Bank” means (a) each of JPMCB, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., KeyBank National Association and Silicon Valley Bank and (b) each Lender that shall have become an Issuing Bank hereunder as provided in Section 2.4(1) (other than any Person that shall have ceased to be an Issuing Bank as provided in Section 2.4(h)), each in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder and together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity. Each Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate (it being agreed that such Issuing Bank shall, or shall cause such Affiliate to, comply with the requirements of Section 2.4 with respect to such Letters of Credit).

Issuing Bank Sublimit” means, at any time, (a) with respect to JPMCB in its capacity as Issuing Bank, $22,727,273, (b) with respect to Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC in its capacity as Issuing Bank, $22,727,273, (c) with respect to Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. in its capacity as Issuing Bank, $17,045,455, (d) with respect to KeyBank National Association in its capacity as Issuing Bank, $9,090,909, (e) with respect to Silicon Valley Bank in its capacity as Issuing Bank, $3,409,091 and (f) with respect to any Lender that shall have become an Issuing Bank hereunder as provided in Section 2.4(i), such amount as set forth in the agreement referred to in Section 2.4(i) evidencing the appointment of such Lender (or its designated Affiliate) as an Issuing Bank.

Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided that, in no event shall any corporate subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

JPMCB” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

Junior Financing” means any Material Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than any permitted intercompany Indebtedness for borrowed money owing to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary that is (i) unsecured, (ii) contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations or (iii) secured by a Lien on all or any part of the Collateral that is junior or subordinated to any Lien securing the Obligations; provided that a Permitted Call Spread Transaction shall not constitute a Junior Financing.

 

-26-


Lender-Related Person” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.3(b).

Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2,1 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or pursuant to Section 2.19, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swing Line Lender.

Letter of Credit” means (a) any standby letter of credit issued or to be issued by an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Agreement in a form and substance approved by such Issuing Bank and (b) any Existing Letter of Credit.

Letter of Credit Sublimit” means the lesser of (a) $75,000,000 and (b) the aggregate unused amount of the total Commitments then in effect.

Letter of Credit Usage” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the sum of the aggregate maximum amounts which are, or at any time thereafter may become, available for drawing under all Letters of Credit then outstanding and (b) the sum of the aggregate amounts of all drawings under Letters of Credit honored by the Issuing Banks and not theretofore reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower. The Letter of Credit Usage of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Letter of Credit Usage at such time, adjusted to give effect to any reallocation under Section 2.21 of the Letter of Credit Usage of Defaulting Lenders in effect at such time.

Liabilities” means any losses, claims (including intraparty claims), demands, damages or liabilities of any kind.

LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the applicable Screen Rate at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that if the Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “Impacted Interest Period”), then the LIBO Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Limited Condition Transaction” means any repayment of Indebtedness or any Acquisition or any Investment by one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the consummation of which is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.

Limited Information” means (a) information regarding the terms of, and the Borrower’s compliance with, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) information concerning the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the Information Documents and the financial statements provided by the Borrower pursuant to Sections 3.4(a), 5.1(a) and (b) and any information concerning contingent liabilities, commitments and other exposures that would be material to determinations concerning the creditworthiness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) any notice, certificate or other document delivered by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (d) information regarding the aggregate amount of Liquidity or the corporate debt rating (if any) of the Borrower and (e) information regarding the credit support for the credit facility established hereunder, including the Guarantors (it being understood that the term “Limited Information” does not include product designs, software and technology, inventions, trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information of a like nature).

 

-27-


Liquidity” means, at any time, the sum of (a) Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (b) Marketable Securities plus (c) so long as the conditions to borrowing set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of Section 4.2 are satisfied at such time, the Available Revolving Commitments plus (d) Investments held in any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Massachusetts securities corporation.

Loan Documents” means this Agreement (including any amendment hereto or waiver hereunder), the Notes (if any), any Security Document, any Counterpart Agreement and any agreements, documents or certificates executed by the Borrower in favor of any Issuing Bank relating to Letters of Credit and any other agreement entered into in connection herewith by the Borrower or any Loan Party with or in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders and designated by the terms thereof as a “Loan Document”.

“Loan Parties” means the Borrower and the other Guarantors.

Loans” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (including any loan made pursuant to a Commitment Increase).

Margin Stock” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Marketable Securities” means, without duplication of any of the items described in the definition of Cash Equivalents, investments permitted pursuant to the Borrower’s investment policy as approved by the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof) from time to time.

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, property, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender under the Loan Documents.

Material Agreements” means, collectively, (i) that certain Loan Sale Agreement dated as of November 12, 2019, among Toast Capital LLC and WebBank, (ii) that certain Marketing and Servicing Agreement, dated as of November 12, 2019, among Toast Capital LLC and WebBank, (iii) that certain MCA Purchase Agreement dated as of November 12, 2019 among Toast Capital LLC and WebBank and (iv) any other purchase agreement, sale agreement or other financing arrangement entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, to consummate transactions substantially similar to those contemplated by the agreements described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) as of the Effective Date, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in a manner not prohibited by this Agreement.

Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness under the Loan Documents) or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in a principal amount exceeding $50,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time; provided that a Permitted Call Spread Transaction shall not constitute Material Indebtedness.

 

-28-


Maturity Date” means (a) June 8, 2026 or (b) with respect to the Commitments of Consenting Lenders, as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 2.20.

Maturity Date Extension Request” means a request by the Borrower, in the form of Exhibit F hereto or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent, for the extension of the Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.20.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Multiemployer Plan” means any multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, which is contributed to by (or to which there is or could be an obligation to contribute of) a Loan Party or an -30- ERISA Affiliate, and each such plan for the five- year period immediately following the latest date on which a Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.

Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.2 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Non-U.S. Plan” means any plan, fund (including any superannuation fund) or other similar program established, contributed to (regardless of whether through direct contributions or through employee withholding) or maintained outside the United States by the Borrower or one or more Subsidiaries, primarily for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or such Subsidiaries or any Loan Party residing outside the United States, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

Note” means a Revolving Loan Note or a Swing Line Note.

“NYFRB” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

NYFRB Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate in effect on such day (or for any day that is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day); provided that if none of such rates are published for any day that is a Business Day, the term “NYFRB Rate” shall mean the rate for a federal funds transaction quoted at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such day received by the Administrative Agent from a federal funds broker of recognized standing selected by it; provided, further, that if any of the aforesaid rates shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Obligations” means all amounts owing by any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including reimbursement of amounts drawn under Letters of Credit and all interest which accrues after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable).

 

-29-


Obligee Guarantor” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6.

OFAC” means the United States Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control.

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Taxes (other than connections arising solely from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in this Agreement or any other Loan Document).

Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary Taxes or any other excise, property, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes which arise from any payment made, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; excluding, however, such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than such Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment that occurs as a result of the Borrower’s request pursuant to Section 2.18(b)).

Overnight Bank Funding Rate” means, for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight Eurodollar borrowings by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions, as such composite rate shall be determined by the NYFRB as set forth on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as an overnight bank funding rate.

Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(c)(i).

Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.4(c)(iii).

Patents” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to: (a) any and all patents and patent applications; (b) all inventions and improvements described and claimed therein; (c) all reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions, and continuations-in-part thereof; (d) all licenses of the foregoing whether as licensee or licensor; (e) all income, royalties, damages, claims, and payments now or hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past and future infringements thereof; (f) all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringements thereof; and (g) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.

Payment” has the meaning set forth in Article IX.

Payment Notice” has the meaning set forth in Article IX.

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and is maintained or contributed to (or obligated to be contributed) in whole or in part by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which any of the Borrower, any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate has actual or contingent liability or had any such liability for the five-year period immediately following the latest date on which a Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate maintained, contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.

 

-30-


Perfection Certificate” means a certificate in a form substantially consistent with Exhibit K.

Permitted Acquisition” means any Acquisition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as (i) the Borrower is in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.8 hereof on a Pro Forma Basis and (ii) no Event of Default listed in clause (a), (b), (h) or (i) of Article VIII has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom.

Permitted Call Spread Transaction” means (a) any call or capped call option (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) relating to the Common Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the Common Stock) purchased by the Borrower in connection with the issuance of any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness and settled in Common Stock (or such other securities or property), cash or a combination thereof (such amount of cash determined by reference to the price of the Common Stock or such other securities or property), and cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock, or (b) any call option, warrant or right to purchase (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) relating to the Common Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the Common Stock) sold by the Borrower substantially concurrently with any purchase by the Borrower of a Permitted Call Spread Transaction described in clause (a) and settled in Common Stock (or such other securities or property), cash or a combination thereof (such amount of cash determined by reference to the price of the Common Stock or such other securities or property), and cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock; provided that the terms, conditions and covenants of each such transaction described in clause (a) or clause (b) shall be such as are customary for transactions of such type (as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Borrower, or a committee thereof, senior management of the Borrower or a Financial Officer).

Permitted Convertible Indebtedness” means unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower that is convertible into shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the Common Stock), cash or a combination thereof (such amount of cash determined by reference to the price of the Common Stock or such other securities or property), and cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock; provided that (x) the final maturity date of such Permitted Convertible Indebtedness is not prior to the date ninety-one (91) days after the Maturity Date and (y) the terms, conditions and covenants of such Permitted Convertible Indebtedness shall be such as are customary for transactions of such type (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, senior management of the Borrower or a Financial Officer).

Permitted Encumbrances” means:

(a) Liens imposed by law for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.4;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, landlord’s, supplier’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 60 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.4;

(c) Liens incurred or pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business (i) in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations or employment laws or to secure other public, statutory or regulatory obligations or (ii) securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instrument for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise supporting the payment of items set forth in the foregoing clause (i);

 

-31-


(d) Liens incurred or pledges and deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade and commercial contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature and obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(e) Liens securing, or otherwise arising from, judgments and deposits to secure obligations under appeal bonds or letters of credit in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VIII;

(f) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed (or similar filings under applicable law) solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases;

(g) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, encroachments and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(h) rights of recapture of unused real property in favor of the seller of such property set forth in customary purchase or lease agreements and related arrangements;

(i) to the extent constituting a Lien, Permitted IP Transfers;

(j) rights of setoff, banker’s lien, netting agreements and other Liens arising by operation of law or by of the terms of documents of banks or other financial institutions in relation to the maintenance of administration of deposit accounts, securities accounts, cash management arrangements or in connection with the issuance of letters of credit, bank guarantees or other similar instruments;

(k) Liens arising from the right of distress enjoyed by landlords or Liens otherwise granted to landlords, in either case, to secure the payment of arrears of rent or performance of other obligations in respect of leased properties, so long as such Liens are not exercised or except where the exercise of such Liens would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) Liens or security given to public utilities or to any municipality or Governmental Authority when required by the utility, municipality or Governmental Authority in connection with the supply of services or utilities to the Borrower and any other Restricted Subsidiaries;

(m) servicing agreements, development agreements, site plan agreements, subdivision agreements, facilities sharing agreements, cost sharing agreements and other agreements pertaining to the use or development of any of the assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case that do not secure any obligations for money borrowed and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

 

-32-


(n) Liens on any assets securing any obligation in favor of a Governmental Authority, including any such Lien securing amounts owing for wages, vacation pay, severance pay, employee deductions, sales tax, excise tax, other Taxes, workers compensation, governmental royalties or pension fund obligations.

Permitted Foreign Currency” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, any foreign currency that is reasonably requested by the Borrower from time to time and that has been agreed to by the applicable Issuing Bank.

Permitted Holders” means (a) any Person listed on Schedule 1.1 to the Disclosure Letter, (b) any trust or partnership created solely for the benefit of any natural person listed on Schedule 1.1 to the Disclosure Letter and/or members of the family of any natural person listed on Schedule 1.1 to the Disclosure Letter and (c) any Person which is an Affiliate of any of the foregoing.

Permitted IP Transfer” means (i) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property, (ii) sales, dispositions, transfers or exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property that is not material to the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as conducted, or as planned to be conducted, on the Effective Date, (iii) sales, dispositions, transfers or exclusive licenses made pursuant to the Borrower or a Guarantor’s existing buy-in license agreements, research and development cost sharing agreements and related agreements, as amended or restated from time to time, or comparable agreements with any Excluded Subsidiary (or other transactions where assets or rights of any Excluded Subsidiary are transferred to the Borrower, any Guarantor or another Excluded Subsidiary and then subsequently transferred to another Excluded Subsidiary); provided that such amended, restated or comparable agreement would not have a material adverse effect on the assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iv) storing, holding, transferring, processing, operating or managing data or information outside the U.S., including for regulatory, tax or operational purposes.

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, Joint Venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which is maintained or contributed to (or obligated to be contributed) in whole or in part by the Borrower or any Loan Party or with respect to which any of the Borrower or any Loan Party has actual or contingent liability.

Plan Asset Regulations” means 29 CFR § 2510.3-101 et seq., as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, as amended from time to time.

Platform” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Portfolio Interest Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(e)(iii)(C).

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the Federal Reserve Board (as determined by the Administrative Agent). Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced or quoted as being effective.

 

-33-


Pro Forma Basis” means, with respect to the calculation of Consolidated Total Assets, Liquidity or Total Net Leverage Ratio as of any date, that such calculation shall give pro forma effect to all Acquisitions, all issuances, incurrences or assumptions of Indebtedness, all Restricted Payments, all Investments and all sales, transfers or other dispositions of Equity Interests in a Subsidiary or assets of a Subsidiary or division or line of business of a Subsidiary outside the ordinary course of business (and any related prepayments or repayments of Indebtedness) that have occurred during the applicable fiscal period of the Borrower (or subsequent to such fiscal period of the Borrower and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which such calculation is being calculated) as if they occurred on the first day of such applicable period of the Borrower.

Pro Rata Share” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Revolving Exposure of that Lender by (b) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders.

Proceeding” means any claim, litigation, investigation, action, suit, arbitration or administrative, judicial or regulatory action or proceeding in any jurisdiction.

PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

QFC Credit Support” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.19.

Qualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests other than Disqualified Equity Interests.

Receivables Financing Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which such party sells Securitization Assets to a non-related third party on market terms (as determined in good faith by the Borrower); provided that such Receivables Financing Transaction is (i) non-recourse to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and their assets, other than any recourse solely attributable to Standard Securitization Undertakings and (ii) consummated pursuant to customary contracts, arrangements or agreements entered into with respect to the “true sale” of Securitization Assets on market terms for similar transactions (as determined in good faith by the Borrower).

Recipient” means the Administrative Agent, any Lender and any Issuing Bank, or any combination thereof (as the context requires).

Reference Time” with respect to any setting of the then-current Benchmark means (a) if such Benchmark is the Adjusted LIBO Rate, 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the day that is two London banking days preceding the date of such setting, and (b) if such Benchmark is not the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the time determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4.

Reimbursement Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(d).

Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

 

-34-


Relevant Governmental Body” means the Board and/or the NYFRB, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Board and/or the NYFRB or, in each case, any successor thereto.

Required Lenders” means, subject to Section 2.21, (a) at any time prior to the earlier of the Loans becoming due and payable pursuant to Article VIII or all Commitments terminating or expiring, Lenders having Revolving Exposures and Unfunded Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the Total Utilization of Commitments and Unfunded Commitments at such time; provided that, solely for purposes of declaring the Loans to be due and payable pursuant to Article VIII, the Unfunded Commitment of each Lender shall be deemed to be zero; and (b) for all purposes after the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Article VIII or all Commitments expire or terminate, Lenders having Revolving Exposures representing more than 50% of the sum of the Total Utilization of Commitments at such time; provided that, in the case of clauses (a) and (b) above, the Revolving Exposure of any Lender that is a Swing Line Lender shall be deemed to exclude any amount of its Swing Line Exposure in excess of its Applicable Percentage of all outstanding Swing Line Loans, adjusted to give effect to any reallocation under Section 2.21 of the Swing Line Exposures of Defaulting Lenders in effect at such time, and the Unfunded Commitment of such Lender shall be determined on the basis of its Revolving Exposure excluding such excess amount.

Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

Responsible Officer” means any of the president, chief executive officer, vice president or Financial Officer of the applicable Loan Party, or any person designated by any such Loan Party in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time, acting singly.

Restricted” means, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, that such cash or Cash Equivalents (a) appear (or would be required to appear) as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower, (b) are subject to any Lien in favor of any Person (other than a Lien permitted under Section 6.2(k) or pursuant to any Security Document) or (c) are not otherwise generally available for use by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as such Restricted Subsidiary is not prohibited by applicable law, contractual obligation or otherwise from transferring such cash or Cash Equivalents to the Borrower.

Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund, similar deposit or withholding of shares for tax purposes, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any such Subsidiary. The conversion of, or payment for (including, without limitation, payments of principal and payments upon redemption or repurchase), or paying any interest with respect to, any debt securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for any combination of Equity Interests and/or cash shall not constitute a Restricted Payment.

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Reuters” means Thomson Reuters Corporation, a corporation incorporated under and governed by the Business Corporations Act (Ontario), Canada, or a successor thereto.

Revaluation Date” means with respect to any Letter of Credit denominated in a Permitted Foreign Currency, each of the following: (i) the date on which such Letter of Credit is issued, (ii) the first Business Day of each calendar month, (iii) the date of any amendment of such Letter of Credit that has the effect of increasing the face amount thereof and (iv) on the Reimbursement Date in respect of such Letter of Credit.

 

-35-


Revolving Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender, (b) the Letter of Credit Usage of that Lender and (c) the Swing Line Exposure of that Lender.

Revolving Loan” means a Loan made by a Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1 and/or Section 2.19.

Revolving Loan Note” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit D-1, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is the subject or target of any comprehensive Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria).

Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by OFAC, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union member state or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, (b) any Person organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person owned 50% or more or otherwise controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b).

Sanctions” means all economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union member state, or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

Screen Rate” means, for any day and time, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, a rate per annum equal to the London interbank offered rate as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on such day and time on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen that displays such rate (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, on or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Screen Rate, determined as provided above in this definition, would be less than zero, the Screen Rate shall for all purposes of this Agreement be zero.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental authority succeeding to any of the principal functions thereof.

Secured Cash Management Obligations” means the due and punctual payment and performance of any and all obligations of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary (whether absolute or contingent and however and whenever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor)) arising in respect of Cash Management Services that (a) are owed to the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing, or to any Person that, at the time such obligations were incurred, was the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing, (b) are owed on the Effective Date to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the Effective Date or (c) are owed to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such obligations are incurred.

 

-36-


Secured Obligations” means, collectively, (a) all the Obligations, (b) all the Secured Cash Management Obligations and (c) all the Secured Swap Obligations.

Secured Parties” means, collectively, (a) the Lenders, (b) the Administrative Agent, (c) the Arrangers, (d) each Issuing Bank, (e) each provider of Cash Management Services the obligations under which constitute Secured Cash Management Obligations, (f) each counterparty to any Swap Agreement the obligations under which constitute Secured Swap Obligations, (g) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (h) the permitted successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.

Secured Swap Obligations” means the due and punctual payment and performance of any and all obligations of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary arising under each Swap Agreement that (a) is with a counterparty that is the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing, or any Person that, at the time such Swap Agreement was entered into, was the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing, (b) is in effect on the Effective Date with a counterparty that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the Effective Date or (c) is entered into after the Effective Date with a counterparty that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Swap Agreement is entered into. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Secured Swap Obligations” shall not include Excluded Swap Obligations.

Securitization Assets” means accounts receivable, royalties, licensing fees, whole loans (or interests therein) or other revenue streams, other rights to payment, including with respect to rights of payment pursuant to the terms of joint ventures (in each case, whether now existing or arising in the future), and any assets related thereto, including all lockbox accounts and records, all collateral securing any of the foregoing, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of any of the foregoing, proceeds of any of the foregoing and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with non-recourse, asset securitization or receivables sale or financing transactions.

Securitization Facility” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer, or may grant a security interest in, Securitization Assets to a Securitization Subsidiary that (i) in turn sells such Securitization Assets to a person that is not the Borrower or -39- a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) may grant a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and/or (iii) may finance such Securitization Assets; provided that the sale, conveyance or transfer to the Securitization Subsidiary is (i) non-recourse to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their assets, other than any recourse solely attributable to Standard Securitization Undertakings and (ii) consummated pursuant to customary contracts, arrangements or agreements entered into with respect to the “true sale” or “true contribution” of Securitization Assets on market terms for similar transactions (as determined in good faith by the Borrower).

Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) paid to a person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Securitization Facility or Receivables Financing Transaction.

 

-37-


Securitization Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Securitization Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto whose organizational documents contain restrictions on its purpose and activities and impose requirements intended to preserve its separateness from the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Security Documents” means the Collateral Agreement, the IP Security Agreements, each Control Agreement, if any, and each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant thereto or pursuant to Section 5.10 or 5.11 to secure any of the Secured Obligations.

Senior Notes” means those certain senior unsecured convertible promissory notes issued by the Borrower in an aggregate original principal amount of $200,000,000 under the Senior Unsecured Convertible Note Purchase Agreement dated as of June 19, 2020.

SOFR” with respect to any day means the secured overnight financing rate published for such day by the NYFRB, as the administrator of the benchmark (or a successor administrator), on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website.

Solvency Certificate” means a Solvency Certificate of a Financial Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit H.

Solvent” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the present assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on their debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, do not intend to, and do not believe that they will, incur debts or liabilities (including current obligations and contingent liabilities) beyond their ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature in the ordinary course of business and (d) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are not engaged in business or a transaction, and are not about to engage in business or a transaction, in relation to which their property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into or undertaken by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that are customary in non-recourse securitization or receivables financings or monetization whether effected through a Securitization Subsidiary or otherwise.

Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

-38-


Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity (including by value) or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the partnership interests are, as of such date, owned (directly or indirectly), controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent and which is required by GAAP to be consolidated in the consolidated financial statements of the parent.

Supported QFC” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.19.

Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or other providers of services of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

Swap Obligation” means any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of §la(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swing Line Exposure” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding at such time. The Swing Line Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be the sum of (a) its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding at such time (excluding, in the case of any Lender that is a Swing Line Lender, Swing Line Loans made by it that are outstanding at such time to the extent that the other Lenders shall not have funded their participations in such Swing Line Loans) adjusted to give effect to any reallocation under Section 2.21 of the Swing Line Exposure of Defaulting Lenders in effect at such time, and (b) in the case of any Lender that is a Swing Line Lender, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans made by such Lender outstanding at such time, less the amount of participations funded by the other Lenders in such Swing Line Loans.

Swing Line Lender” means JPMCB, in its capacity as Swing Line Lender hereunder, together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

Swing Line Loan” means a Loan made by Swing Line Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.3.

Swing Line Note” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit D-2, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

-39-


Swing Line Sublimit” means the lesser of (a) $25,000,000, and (b) the aggregate unused amount of the total Commitments then in effect.

Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings (including backup withholding) imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term SOFR” means, for the applicable Corresponding Tenor as of the applicable Reference Time, the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

Term SOFR Notice” means a notification by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders and the Borrower of the occurrence of a Term SOFR Transition Event.

Term SOFR Transition Event” means the determination by the Administrative Agent that (a) Term SOFR has been recommended for use by the Relevant Governmental Body, (b) the administration of Term SOFR is administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent and (c) a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, has previously occurred resulting in a Benchmark Replacement in accordance with Section 2.13 that is not Term SOFR.

Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness outstanding on such date minus the aggregate amount of Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, to (b) Consolidated Credit EBITDA for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date.

Total Utilization of Commitments” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans, (b) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swing Line Loans, and (c) the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage.

Trademarks” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following: (a) all trademarks (including service marks), trade names, trade dress, and trade styles and the registrations and applications for registration thereof and the goodwill of the business symbolized by the foregoing; (b) all licenses of the foregoing, whether as licensee or licensor; (c) all renewals of the foregoing; (d) all income, royalties, damages, and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages, claims, and payments for past and future infringements thereof; (e) all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringements of the foregoing, including the right to settle suits involving claims and demands for royalties owing; and (f) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.

Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of each Loan Document to which it is a party, the borrowing of Loans and the use of the proceeds thereof, and the issuance of Letters of Credit and the use thereof.

Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate; provided that with respect to Swing Line Loans, such rate shall be determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate only.

 

-40-


U.S. Government Obligations” means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or by any agent or instrumentality thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.

U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Special Resolution Regime” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.19.

UCC” or “Uniform Commercial Code” has the meaning of “UCC” as defined in the Collateral Agreement.

UK Financial Institutions” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the Benchmark Replacement excluding the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; provided that, if the Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement as so determined would be less than zero, the Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

Unfunded Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the Commitment of such Lender less its Revolving Exposure.

Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

Unrestricted” means, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents, that such cash or Cash Equivalents are not Restricted.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that at the time of determination has previously been designated, and continues to be, an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 5.12.

USA Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended from time to time.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means, as to any Person, a subsidiary all of the Equity Interests of which (except directors’ qualifying Equity Interests and other nominal amounts of Equity Interests that are required to be held by other Persons under applicable law) are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person and/or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such Person.

Withholding Agent” means the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

-41-


Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

Section 1.2 Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Loan” or an “ABR Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Borrowing” or an “ABR Borrowing”).

Section 1.3 Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof’ and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights and (f) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. Each reference herein to the “date of this Agreement” or the “date hereof’ shall be deemed to refer to the Effective Date.

Section 1.4 Accounting Terms; GAAP; Certain Calculations. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Effective Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision has been amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all financial statements delivered hereunder shall be prepared, and all financial covenants contained herein shall be calculated without giving effect to (i) any election under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein and (ii) any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof.

 

 

-42-


(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Loan Document to the contrary, when (a) calculating any applicable Basket, in connection with the consummation of any Limited Condition Transaction (including the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness (other than any Commitment Increase incurred pursuant to clause (x) of the introductory paragraph of Section 2.19) in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction) or (b) determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires that no Default or Event of Default (or any type of Default or Event of Default) has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom in connection with the consummation of any Limited Condition Transaction (including the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness (other than any Commitment Increase incurred pursuant to clause (x) of the introductory paragraph of Section 2.19) in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction), in each case under the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), the date of determination of such Basket or determination of whether any Default or Event of Default (or any type of Default or Event of Default) has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom may, at the option of the Borrower (in its sole discretion) (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option, an “LCT Election”), be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into (or, in the case of any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, the date on which irrevocable notice with respect to such Limited Condition Transactions is sent) (such date, the “LCT Test Date”) and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 1.4(b), if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Transaction, any incurrence, issuance and/or repayment of Indebtedness or other transaction in connection therewith and any actions or transactions related thereto, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, would have been permitted to take such actions or consummate such transactions on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such Basket, such Basket shall be deemed to have been complied with (or satisfied) for purposes of such Limited Condition Transaction.

For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCT Election, (1) if any Basket for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would at any time after the LCT Test Date have been exceeded or otherwise failed to have been complied with as a result of fluctuations in any such Basket prior to (or on) the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement or date for redemption, purchase or repayment specified in an irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated, expires or passes, as applicable, without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated Credit EBITDA or Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, such Basket will not be deemed to have been exceeded or failed to have been complied with as a result of such fluctuations, (2) other than as expressly set forth in the previous paragraph, if any related requirements and conditions (including as to the absence of any (or any type of) continuing Default or Event of Default and satisfaction of any representations and warranties) for which compliance or satisfaction was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would at any time after the LCT Test Date not have been complied with or satisfied (including due to the occurrence or continuation of any Default or Event of Default or failure to satisfy any representations and warranties), such requirements and conditions will not be deemed to have been failed to be complied with or satisfied (and such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed not to have occurred or be continuing and such representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been satisfied) and (3) in calculating the availability under any Basket in connection with any action or transaction following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement or date for redemption, purchase or repayment specified in an irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated, expires or passes, as applicable, without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such Basket shall be determined or tested after giving pro forma effect to such Limited Condition Transaction, any incurrence, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness or other transaction in connection therewith and any actions or transactions related thereto.

 

-43-


Section 1.5 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of any Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time (or in the case of a Letter of Credit allowing for partial draws, the amount remaining to be drawn); provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that by its terms provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

Section 1.6 Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.

Section 1.7 Interest Rates; LIBOR Notification. The interest rate on Eurodollar Loans is determined by reference to the LIBO Rate, which is derived from the London interbank offered rate. The London interbank offered rate is intended to represent the rate at which contributing banks may obtain short-term borrowings from each other in the London interbank market. In July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that, after the end of 2021, it would no longer persuade or compel contributing banks to make rate submissions to the ICE Benchmark Administration (together with any successor to the ICE Benchmark Administrator, the “IBA”) for purposes of the IBA setting the London interbank offered rate. As a result, it is possible that commencing in 2022, the London interbank offered rate may no longer be available or may no longer be deemed an appropriate reference rate upon which to determine the interest rate on Eurodollar Loans. In light of this eventuality, public and private sector industry initiatives are currently underway to identify new or alternative reference rates to be used in place of the London interbank offered rate. Upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, Section 2.13(b) and (c) provide the mechanism for determining an alternative rate of interest. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower, pursuant to Section 2.13(e), of any change to the reference rate upon which the interest rate on Eurodollar Loans is based. However, the Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission or any other matter related to the London interbank offered rate or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate thereof (including, without limitation, (i) any such alternative, successor or replacement rate implemented pursuant to Section 2.13(b) or (c), whether upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, and (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes pursuant to Section 2.13(d)), including without limitation, whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, the LIBO Rate or have the same volume or liquidity as did the London interbank offered rate prior to its discontinuance or unavailability.

 

-44-


Section 1.8 Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents. On each Revaluation Date, the Administrative Agent shall determine the Dollar Equivalent amounts of Letter of Credit extensions denominated in Permitted Foreign Currencies. Such Dollar Equivalent shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Dollar Equivalent of such amounts until the next Revaluation Date to occur. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by the Borrower hereunder or calculating financial covenants hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any Permitted Foreign Currency or purposes of the Loan Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as so determined by the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE II

THE CREDITS

Section 2.1 Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Loans in dollars to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Commitment or (b) the Total Utilization of Commitments exceeding the total Commitments. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Each Lender’s Commitment shall expire on the Commitment Termination Date and all Revolving Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Revolving Exposure shall be paid in full no later than such date.

Section 2.2 Revolving Loans and Borrowings. Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages. The failure of any Lender to make any Revolving Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Revolving Loans as required.

(b) Subject to Section 2.13, each Borrowing of Revolving Loans shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000; provided that an ABR Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments; provided, further, that an ABR Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is required to finance the reimbursement of a Letter of Credit drawing as contemplated by Section 2.4(d). Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of ten Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

 

-45-


Section 2.3 Swing Line Loans. During the Availability Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make Swing Line Loans to the Borrower in the aggregate amount up to but not exceeding the Swing Line Sublimit; provided that after giving effect to the making of any Swing Line Loan, in no event shall (i) the Total Utilization of Commitments exceed the Commitments then in effect or (ii) unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Swing Line Lender, the aggregate amount of Swing Line Loans, Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit issued by the Swing Line Lender exceed the Swing Line Lender’s Commitments hereunder; provided that the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to make a Swing Line Loan to refinance an outstanding Swing Line Loan. Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.3 may be repaid and reborrowed during the Availability Period. The Swing Line Lender’s Commitment shall expire on the Commitment Termination Date and all Swing Line Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Swing Line Loans and the Commitments shall be paid in full no later than such date. Swing Line Loans shall be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount; provided that a Swing Line Loan may be in an aggregate amount that is required to finance the reimbursement of a Letter of Credit drawing as contemplated by Section 2.4(d).

(c) The Swing Line Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swing Line Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of the Swing Line Loans in which the Lenders will be required to participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swing Line Loan or Loans. Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swing Line Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swing Line Loan or Loans. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that, in making any Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to rely, and shall not incur any liability for relying, upon the representation and warranty of the Borrower deemed made pursuant to Section 4.2, unless, at least one Business Day prior to the time such Swing Line Loan was made, the Required Lenders or the Borrower shall have notified the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in writing that, as a result of one or more events or circumstances described in such notice, one or more of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2(b), (c) or (d) would not be satisfied if such Swing Line Loan were then made (it being understood and agreed that, in the event the Swing Line Lender shall have received any such notice, it shall have no obligation to make any Swing Line Loan until and unless it shall be satisfied that the events and circumstances described in such notice shall have been cured or otherwise shall have ceased to exist). Each Lender further acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or any reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.6 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.6 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders pursuant to this paragraph), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Swing Line Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swing Line Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swing Line Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swing Line Lender. Any amounts received by the Swing Line Lender from the Borrower (or other Person on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swing Line Loan after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swing Line Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swing Line Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swing Line Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to repay such Swing Line Loan.

 

-46-


(d) The Swing Line Lender may resign as Swing Line Lender upon 30 days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower. The Swing Line Lender may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the successor Swing Line Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Swing Line Lender. At the time any such replacement or resignation shall become effective, (i) the Borrower shall prepay any outstanding Swing Line Loans made by the resigning or removed Swing Line Lender, (ii) upon such prepayment, the resigning or removed Swing Line Lender shall surrender any Swing Line Note held by it to the Borrower for cancellation, and (iii) the Borrower shall issue, if so requested by the successor Swing Line Loan Lender, a new Swing Line Note to the successor Swing Line Lender, in the principal amount of the Swing Line Sublimit then in effect and with other appropriate insertions. From and after the effective date of any such replacement or resignation, (x) any successor Swing Line Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of a Swing Line Lender under this Agreement with respect to Swing Line Loans made thereafter and (y) references herein to the term “Swing Line Lender” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Swing Line Lender, or to such successor and all previous Swing Line Lenders, as the context shall require.

Section 2.4 Issuance of Letters of Credit and Purchase of Participations Therein. During the Availability Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Issuing Bank agrees to issue Letters of Credit (or amend, extend or increase any outstanding Letter of Credit) at the request and for the account of the Borrower (including for the purpose of supporting obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary); provided that (i) each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in dollars or a Permitted Foreign Currency; (ii) the stated amount of each Letter of Credit shall not be less than $250,000 or such lesser amount as is acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank; (iii) after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, extension or increase, in no event shall the Total Utilization of Commitments exceed the Commitments then in effect; (iv) after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, extension or increase, in no event shall the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect, (v) after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, extension or increase, in no event shall the Letter of Credit Usage attributable to Letters of Credit issued by any Issuing Bank exceed the Issuing Bank Sublimit of such Issuing Bank, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by such Issuing Bank, (vi) after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, extension or increase, in no event shall the aggregate amount of Revolving Loans (and Swing Line Loans, in the case of the Swing Line Lender) and Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank exceed such Issuing Bank’s Commitments hereunder, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by such Issuing Bank, and (vii) in no event shall any Letter of Credit have an expiration date later than the earlier of (5) five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date and (2) the date which is one year from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by such Issuing Bank. If the Borrower so requests in the Application for any Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each such Letter of Credit, an “Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit such Issuing Bank to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to such Issuing Bank for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the Issuing Bank to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiration date not later than the date five days prior to the Maturity Date; provided, however, that the applicable Issuing Bank shall not permit any such extension if (A) such Issuing Bank has determined that it would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (except that the expiration date may be extended by up to one year from the then-current form), (B) such Issuing Bank has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form under the terms hereof or (C) it has received notice from the Required Lenders or the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.4(e) that one or more of the conditions in Section 4.2(b), (c) or (d) would not be satisfied if such Letter of Credit were so extended. If any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, an Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letter of Credit unless such Issuing Bank has entered into arrangements satisfactory to it and the Borrower to eliminate such Issuing Bank’s risk with respect to the participation in Letters of Credit of such Defaulting Lender, including by cash collateralizing such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit Usage at such time on terms satisfactory to such Issuing Bank. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance, amendment, extension or increase of any Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) above have been met.

 

 

-47-


(a) Whenever the Borrower desires the issuance, amendment, extension or increase of a Letter of Credit, it shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank (i) in the case of a request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit, an Issuance Notice and Application no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least five Business Days in advance of the proposed date of issuance and (ii) in the case of a request for the amendment, extension or increase of a Letter of Credit, a notice and/or letter of credit application, in such form as specified by the applicable Issuing Bank, identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, extended or increased and specifying the requested date of amendment, extension or increase (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (a) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit and such other information as shall be necessary to enable the applicable Issuing Bank to amend, extend or increase such Letter of Credit, no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least five Business Days in advance of the proposed date of such amendment, extension or increase (or such shorter period as the applicable Issuing Bank may agree to in its sole discretion). Each notice or letter of credit application delivered pursuant to this Section 2.4(b) shall be accompanied by documentary and other evidence of the proposed beneficiary’s identity as may reasonably be requested by the applicable Issuing Bank to enable such Issuing Bank to verify the beneficiary’s identity or to comply with any applicable laws or regulations, including the USA Patriot Act. Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2, the applicable Issuing Bank shall issue or amend, extend or increase the requested Letter of Credit only in accordance with such Issuing Bank’s standard operating procedures as in effect from time to time. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letter of Credit if (y) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any law applicable to such Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or require that such Issuing Bank refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Effective Date, or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense that was not applicable on the Effective Date and that such Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it or (z) such Letter of Credit would violate such Issuing Bank’s standard policies and procedures regarding the issuance of letters of credit as in effect from time to time (to the extent not in conflict with the requirements of this Section 2.4 or as otherwise accepted by the Borrower). Notwithstanding anything contained in any Application furnished to any Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance of any Letter of Credit or any notice or letter of credit application furnished to any Issuing Bank in connection with the amendment, extension or increase of any Letter of Credit, in the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of such Application or notice or letter of credit application, on the one hand, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the other hand, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. Upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit or amendment, extension or increase thereof, the applicable Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount thereof, which notice from the Administrative Agent shall be accompanied by a copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment, extension or increase thereof and the amount of such Lender’s respective participation in such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.4(e).

 

 

-48-


(b) In determining whether to honor any drawing under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary(ies) thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents, if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit. As between the Borrower and an Issuing Bank, the Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, by the respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit; provided that such assumption of risk by the Borrower shall not affect any rights that the Borrower may have against any such beneficiary. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, an Issuing Bank shall not be responsible or have any liability for: (i) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of any such Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (ii) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) failure of the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit to comply fully with any conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit; (iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; (v) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (vi) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; (vii) the misapplication by any beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; (viii) any other action or inaction taken or suffered by such Issuing Bank under or in connection with any such Letter of Credit, if required under, or expressly authorized under the circumstances by, any applicable domestic or foreign law or letter of credit practice or (ix) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of such Issuing Bank, including any Governmental Acts; none of the above shall affect or impair, or prevent the vesting of, any of such Issuing Bank’s rights or powers hereunder or place such Issuing Bank under any liability to the Borrower. Without limiting the foregoing and in furtherance thereof, any action taken or omitted by any Issuing Bank under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it or any documents and certificates delivered thereunder, if taken or omitted in “good faith” (as such term is defined in Article 5 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code), shall not give rise to any liability on the part of such Issuing Bank to the Borrower. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.4(c), the applicable Issuing Bank shall not be excused from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any Issuing Bank (as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination.

 

-49-


(c) In the event any Issuing Bank has honored a drawing under a Letter of Credit on any date (a “Disbursement Date”), it shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of the amount of such drawing and of the applicable Disbursement Date. The Borrower shall reimburse such Issuing Bank by paying to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank on or before the Business Day immediately following the date on which such drawing is honored (the “Reimbursement Date”) an amount in same day funds equal to the dollar amount or the Permitted Foreign Currency amount, as applicable, of such honored drawing, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest as provided in Section 2.12; provided that the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.3 or 2.5 that such payment be financed with a Swing Line Loan or an ABR Borrowing and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Swing Line Loan or ABR Borrowing. If the Borrower fails to reimburse any honored drawing under any Letter of Credit on or before the Reimbursement Date, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of such failure, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect of such honored drawing, and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, (i) if the currency of the applicable Letter of Credit is dollars, then in dollars and (ii) if the currency of the applicable Letter of Credit is a Permitted Foreign Currency, then in dollars in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of, its Applicable Percentage of the amount then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.6 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.6 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders pursuant to this paragraph), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse an Issuing Bank for an honored drawing under a Letter of Credit (other than the funding of a Swing Line Loan or an ABR Borrowing as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such drawing. If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Issuing Bank any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4(d) by the time specified herein, such Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such Issuing Bank at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect.

(d) Immediately upon the issuance, extension or increase of each Letter of Credit, without any further action by any Person, the applicable Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have sold to each Lender and each Lender shall have been deemed to have purchased from such Issuing Bank a participation in such Letter of Credit and any drawings honored thereunder in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the maximum amount which is or at any time may become available to be drawn thereunder. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each drawing honored by such Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit and not reimbursed by the Borrower on or prior to the applicable Reimbursement Date, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower or otherwise returned for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to fund participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is irrevocable, absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, extension or increase of any Letter of Credit, the occurrence and continuance of a Default, any reduction or termination of the Commitments or any force majeure or other event that under any rule of law or uniform practices to which any Letter of Credit is subject (including Rules 3.13 and 3.14 of ISP 98 or similar terms in the Letter of Credit itself) permits a drawing to be made under such Letter of Credit after the expiration thereof or after the expiration or termination of the Commitments or any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including those set forth in the following paragraph (f), and that each such payment shall be made without any defense, offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever and in dollars or the applicable Permitted Foreign Currency, as applicable; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any participation held by a Lender shall not survive the Maturity Date unless otherwise agreed to in writing by such Lender. Each Lender further acknowledges and agrees that, in issuing, amending, extending or increasing any Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank shall be entitled to rely, and shall not incur any liability for relying, upon the representations and warranties of the Borrower deemed made pursuant to Sections 2.4 and 4.2, unless, at least one Business Day prior to the time such Letter of Credit is issued, amended, extended or increased (or, in the case of an automatic extension permitted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section, at least one Business Day prior to the time by which the election not to extend must be made by the applicable Issuing Bank), the Required Lenders or the Borrower shall have notified the applicable Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in writing that, as a result of one or more events or circumstances described in such notice, one or more of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2.4(a)(iii), 2.4(a)(iv), 2.4(a)(v), 4.2(b), 4.2(c) or 4.2(d) would not be satisfied if such Letter of Credit were then issued, amended, extended or increased (it being understood and agreed that, in the event any Issuing Bank shall have received any such notice, no Issuing Bank shall have any obligation to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letter of Credit until and unless it shall be satisfied that the events and circumstances described in such notice shall have been cured or otherwise shall have ceased to exist).

 

-50-


(e) The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse each Issuing Bank for drawings honored under the Letters of Credit issued by it shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms hereof under all circumstances including any of the following circumstances: (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit; (ii) the existence of any claim, set off, defense or other right which the Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such transferee may be acting), any Issuing Bank, Lender or any other Person, whether in connection herewith, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction between the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the beneficiary(ies) for which any Letter of Credit was procured); (iii) any draft or other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; (iv) payment by such Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document which does not substantially comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; (v) any adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any other Person; (vi) any breach hereof by any party hereto or any other Loan Document by any party thereto; (vii) any force majeure or other event that under any rule of law or uniform practices to which any Letter of Credit is subject (including Rules 3.13 and 3.14 of ISP 98 or similar terms in the Letter of Credit itself) permits a drawing to be made under such Letter of Credit after the expiration thereof or after the expiration or termination of the Commitments; (viii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; or (ix) the fact that an Event of Default or a Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(f) Without duplication of any obligation of the Borrower under Section 10.3, in addition to amounts payable as provided herein, the Borrower hereby agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and save and hold harmless each Issuing Bank from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages and losses, and all reasonable, documented and invoiced costs, charges and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of one primary counsel (and in the case of an actual or potential conflict of interest where any Issuing Bank affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Issuing Bank) and one local counsel in each relevant material jurisdiction), which such Issuing Bank may incur or be subject to as a consequence of (i) the issuance, amendment, extension or increase of any Letter of Credit by such Issuing Bank, any demand for payment thereunder, any payment or other action taken or omitted to be taken in connection with such Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any transaction(s) supported by such Letter of Credit, other than as a result of (1) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing Bank as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (2) the wrongful dishonor by such Issuing Bank of a presentation under any Letter of Credit which strictly complies with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, or (ii) the failure of such Issuing Bank to honor a drawing under any such Letter of Credit as a result of any Governmental Act. The Borrower will pay all amounts owing under this Section promptly after written demand therefor.

 

-51-


(g) An Issuing Bank may resign as an Issuing Bank by providing at least 30 days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower. An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank (provided that no consent will be required if the replaced Issuing Bank has no Letters of Credit or reimbursement obligations with respect thereto outstanding) and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such resignation or replacement of such Issuing Bank. From and after the effective date of any such replacement or resignation, (i) any successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. At the time any such resignation or replacement shall become effective, (A) the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the resigning or replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Sections 2.11(c) and (d) and (B) the resigning or replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto to the extent that Letters of Credit issued by it remain outstanding and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or replacement. After the replacement or resignation of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the resigning or replaced Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letters of Credit.

(h) The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), designate as additional Issuing Banks one or more Lenders that agree to serve in such capacity as provided below. The acceptance by a Lender of an appointment as an Issuing Bank hereunder shall be evidenced by a written agreement, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such designated Lender and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to include such Lender in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

 

-52-


(i) If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the applicable Issuing Bank, an amount in cash equal to 103% of Letter of Credit Usage attributable to all outstanding Letters of Credit as of such date (provided that, if the Letter of Credit Usage increases at any time following such deposit, the Borrower shall, at the request of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, deposit additional amounts in cash in dollars or the applicable Permitted Foreign Currency, as applicable, so that such deposit account holds at least 103% of the amount of Letter of Credit Usage of all outstanding Letters of Credit at any time) plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, in each case in dollars or the applicable Permitted Foreign Currency, as applicable; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such cash collateral shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clauses (h) or (i) of Article VIII Such cash collateral shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such cash collateral, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such cash collateral shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse each Issuing Bank for any disbursements under Letters of Credit issued by it for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held as cash collateral for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the Letter of Credit Usage of each Issuing Bank at such time, and after such cash collateralization and/or payment in full of all Letter of Credit Usage of each Issuing Bank, may be applied to satisfy other Obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower (or as otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction) within five Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

(j) Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP 98 shall be stated therein to apply to each Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Issuing Bank shall be responsible to the Borrower for, and each Issuing Bank’s rights and remedies against the Borrower shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of -56- such Issuing Bank required under, or expressly authorized under the circumstances by, any applicable law, order, or practice that is required to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the law or any order of a jurisdiction where such Issuing Bank or the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit is located, the practice stated in the ISP 98, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade, Inc. (BAFT), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any such law or practice is applicable to any Letter of Credit.

(k) Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder supports any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Restricted Subsidiary, or states that a Restricted Subsidiary is the “account party,” “applicant,” “customer,” “instructing party,” or the like of or for such Letter of Credit, and without derogating from any rights of the applicable Issuing Bank (whether arising by contract, at law, in equity or otherwise) against such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Letter of Credit, the Borrower (i) shall reimburse, indemnify and compensate the applicable Issuing Bank hereunder for such Letter of Credit (including to reimburse any and all drawings thereunder) as if such Letter of Credit had been issued solely for the account of the Borrower and (ii) irrevocably waives any and all defenses that might otherwise be available to it as a guarantor or surety of any or all of the obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of such Letters of Credit for its Restricted Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

-53-


Section 2.5 Requests for Borrowings. To request a Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone or in writing (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing or (c) in the case of a Borrowing of a Swing Line Loan, not later than 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy (or other facsimile transmission) to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in substantially the form of Exhibit B-l attached hereto and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.2 and Section 2.3:

(i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

(v) the location and number of the account or accounts of the Borrower to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.6, or, in the case of any Loan requested to finance the reimbursement of drawing under a Letter of Credit as provided in Section 2.4(d), the identity of the Issuing Bank that has honored such drawing.

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified with respect to Revolving Loans, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

Section 2.6 Funding of Borrowings. (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swing Line Loans shall be made by the Swing Line Lender to the Borrower by means of a wire transfer to the account specified in such Borrowing Request or to the applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swing Line Loan. Except as otherwise specified in the immediately preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account or accounts designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Applicable Percentage available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

 

-54-


Section 2.7 Interest Elections. Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request or as otherwise provided in Section 2.5; provided that Swing Line Loans shall be made and maintained as ABR Borrowings only. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swing Line Loans, which may not be converted or continued.

(a) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.5 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy (or other facsimile transmission) to the Administrative Agent of a written request (an “Interest Election Request”) in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

(b) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.2:

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

(c) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

 

-55-


(d) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

Section 2.8 Termination and Reduction of Commitments. Unless previously terminated, all of the Commitments shall terminate on the Commitment Termination Date.

(a) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the -59- Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.10, the Total Utilization of Commitments would exceed the total Commitments.

(b) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination or reduction of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or another transaction, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be applied to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

Section 2.9 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Maturity Date and (ii) to the Swing Line Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swing Line Loan on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the fifth Business Day after such Swing Line Loan is made; provided that any Swing Line Loan that is not repaid by the fifth Business Day after such Swing Line Loan is made shall automatically be converted to a Revolving Loan and shall be deemed to have been repaid on the fifth Business Day after such Swing Line Loan was made; provided, further, that on each date that a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swing Line Loans that were outstanding on the date such Borrowing was requested.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

-56-


(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein (absent manifest error); provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a Note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a Note payable to such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns). Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such Note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 10.4) be -60- represented by one or more Notes in such form payable to the payee named therein (or, if such Note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

Section 2.10 Prepayment of Loans. The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (subject to the requirements of Section 2.15), subject to prior notice in accordance with this Section. The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy (or other facsimile transmission or by electronic mail) or hand delivery of written notice) or in writing of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment and (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swing Line Loan, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of reduction or termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.8, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of reduction or termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.8. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.2.

(a) The Borrower shall from time to time prepay first, the Swing Line Loans, and second, the Revolving Loans to the extent necessary so that the Total Utilization of Commitments shall not at any time exceed the Commitments then in effect.

(b) Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12 and any costs incurred as contemplated by Section 2.15.

Section 2.11 Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) a commitment fee, which shall accrue at a rate of 0.20% per annum on the daily amount of the unused Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing commitment fees, a Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and Letter of Credit Usage of such Lender (and the Swing Line Exposure of such Lender shall be disregarded for such purpose).

 

-57-


(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) letter of credit fees equal to (A) the Applicable Rate for Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Loans, multiplied by (B) the average aggregate daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all such Letters of Credit (determined as of the close of business on any date of -61- determination) (regardless of whether any conditions for drawing could then be met and determined as of the close of business on any date of determination) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any Letter of Credit Usage. Such letter of credit fees shall be paid on a quarterly basis in arrears and shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of any Letter of Credit, on the Commitment Termination Date and thereafter on demand.

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay directly to each Issuing Bank, for its own account, the following fees:

(i) a fronting fee equal to 0.125% per annum (or such other amount as may be agreed between the Borrower and such Issuing Bank), multiplied by the average aggregate daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (determined as of the close of business on any date of determination) (regardless of whether any conditions for drawing could then be met and determined as of the close of business on any date of determination) from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any Letter of Credit Usage attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank; and

(ii) such documentary and processing charges for any issuance, amendment, transfer or payment of a Letter of Credit as are in accordance with such Issuing Bank’s standard schedule for such charges and as in effect at the time of such issuance, amendment, transfer or payment, as the case may be.

Such fronting fee shall be paid on a quarterly basis in arrears and shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Commitment Termination Date and thereafter on demand. Such documentary and processing charges are due and payable on demand.

(d) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(e) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in dollars in immediately available funds, to the parties specified herein. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

 

-58-


Section 2.12 Interest. The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swing Line Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(a) The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at all times when an Event of Default listed in paragraph (a), (b), (h) or (i) of Article VIII has occurred hereunder and is continuing, all overdue amounts -62- outstanding hereunder shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other overdue amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

(c) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(d) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Issuing Bank, with respect to drawings honored under any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, interest on the amount paid by such Issuing Bank in respect of each such honored drawing from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the date such amount is reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at a rate equal to (i) for the period from the applicable Disbursement Date to but excluding the applicable Reimbursement Date, the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect to Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans, and (ii) thereafter, a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect to Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans.

(f) Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.12(f) shall be computed on the basis of a 365/366 day year for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues, and shall be payable on demand or, if no demand is made, on the date on which the related drawing under a Letter of Credit is reimbursed in full. In the event any Issuing Bank shall have been reimbursed by Lenders for all or any portion of any honored drawing, such Issuing Bank shall distribute to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender which has paid all amounts payable by it under Section 2.4(d) with respect to such honored drawing, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any interest received by such Issuing Bank in respect of that portion of such honored drawing so reimbursed by such Lender for the period from the date on which such Issuing Bank was so reimbursed by such Lender to but excluding the date on which such portion of such honored drawing is reimbursed by the Borrower.

 

-59-


Section 2.13 Alternate Rate of Interest.

(a) Subject to clauses (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of this Section 2.13, if prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

(i) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate (including because the Screen Rate is not available or published on a current basis), for such Interest Period; provided that no Benchmark Transition Event shall have occurred at such time; or

(ii) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period; then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone, telecopy or electronic mail as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (A) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective and (B) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as a ABR Borrowing; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Borrowings, then the other Type of Borrowings shall be permitted.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, if a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (x) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (y) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Lenders without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such Benchmark Replacement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document and subject to the proviso to this paragraph, if a Term SOFR Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then the applicable Benchmark Replacement will replace the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder or under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings, without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that, this clause (c) shall not be effective unless the Administrative Agent has delivered to the Lenders and the Borrower a Term SOFR Notice. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to deliver a Term SOFR Notice after a Term SOFR Transition Event and may do so in its sole discretion.

 

-60-


(d) In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(e) The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date, (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes, (iv) the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of a Benchmark pursuant to clause (f) below and (v) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this Section 2.13, including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 2.13.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (i) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate (including Term SOFR or the Adjusted LIBO Rate) and either (A) any tenor for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (B) the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark is or will be no longer representative, then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or non-representative tenor and (ii) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (i) above either (A) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement) or (B) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it is or will no longer be representative for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement), then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for all Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.

(g) Upon the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Borrower may revoke any request for a Eurodollar Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Loans to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, the Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to ABR Loans. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period or at any time that a tenor for the then-current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of Alternate Base Rate based upon the then-current Benchmark or such tenor for such Benchmark, as applicable, will not be used in any determination of Alternate Base Rate.

Section 2.14 Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by or participated in, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or Issuing Bank;

 

-61-


(ii) impose on any Lender or Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or

(iii) impose on any Recipient any Taxes (other than Indemnified Taxes, Other Taxes, Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes, or Tax described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes), on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or issue any Letter of Credit) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital or liquidity of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments hereunder, the Loans made by such Lender or participations in Letters of Credit held by such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time upon request of such Lender or Issuing Bank the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or its respective holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s right to demand such -66- compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive (or has retroactive effect), then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

-62-


Section 2.15 Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment or prepayment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.10(b) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event other than loss of profit or margin. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

Section 2.16 Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of each applicable Loan Party hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by each applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after making such deduction or withholding (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(b) In addition, each applicable Loan Party shall (i) pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or (ii) at the option of the Administrative Agent, shall timely reimburse the Administrative Agent for any payment of such Other Taxes.

(c) Each applicable Loan Party shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of such Loan Party hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Loan Parties shall not be required to pay any amount under this Section 2.16(c) with respect to Other Taxes paid or reimbursed by the Loan Parties pursuant to Section 2.16(b).

 

-63-


(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by each applicable Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.16, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax with respect to payments made under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.16(e)(ii), 2.16(e)(iii), 2.16(e)(v) or 2.16(e)(vi)) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding Tax.

(iii) Any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party, (x) with respect to payments of interest under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(B) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(C) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 1-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “Portfolio Interest Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable; or

 

-64-


(D) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W- 8BEN-E, as applicable, a Portfolio Interest Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 1-2 or Exhibit 1-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a Portfolio Interest Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 1-4 on behalf of each such partner.

(iv) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from, or a reduction in, U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine withholding or deduction required to be made.

(v) If a payment made to a Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document would be subject to withholding Tax imposed pursuant to FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such other documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.16(e)(v), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the Effective Date.

(vi) Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand thereof, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.4(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph.

 

-65-


(g) If any Lender or the Administrative Agent determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.16 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.16), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.16 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, however, that (w) any Lender or the Administrative Agent may determine, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith consistent with the policies of such Lender or the Administrative Agent, whether to seek a refund for any Taxes; (x) any Taxes that are imposed on a Lender or the Administrative Agent as a result of a disallowance or reduction of any Tax refund with respect to which such Lender or the Administrative Agent has made a payment to the indemnifying party pursuant to this Section shall be treated as an Indemnified Tax for which the indemnifying party is obligated to indemnify such Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section; (y) nothing in this Section shall require the Lender or the Administrative Agent to disclose any confidential information to a Loan Party or any other Lender (including its tax returns); and (z) neither any Lender nor the Administrative Agent shall be required to pay any amounts pursuant to this Section for so long as a Default or Event of Default exists.

(h) For purposes of this Section 2.16, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

(i) Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.16 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the -70- termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 2.17 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs. (a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest or fees, or of amounts payable under Section 2.14, Section 2.15 or Section 2.16, or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to such account as may be specified by the Administrative Agent and except that payments pursuant to Section 2.14, Section 2.15, Section 2.16 and Section 10.3 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment or performance hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment or performance shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in dollars.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed drawings under Letters of Credit, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed drawings under Letters of Credit then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed drawings under Letters of Credit then due to such parties.

 

-66-


(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in Swing Line Loans or drawings under Letters of Credit resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in Swing Line Loans or drawings under Letters of Credit and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in Swing Line Loans or drawings under Letters of Credit of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in Swing Line Loans or drawings under Letters of Credit; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (as in effect from time to time) (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in Swing Line Loans or drawings under Letters of Credit to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or Issuing Banks hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or Issuing Banks, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or Issuing Banks, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.3, Section 2.4(d), Section 2.6(b) or paragraph (d) of this Section, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

Section 2.18 Mitigation Obligations: Replacement of Lenders. (a) If any Lender (which term shall include any Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.18(a)) requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if any of the Loan Parties are required to pay any Indemnified Taxes, Other Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or Section 2.16, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

-67-


(b) If (i) any Lender (which term shall include any Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.18(b)) requests compensation under Section 2.14, (ii) any of the Loan Parties is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes, Other Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, (iii) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender or (iv) any Lender is a Declining Lender under Section 2.20, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 10.4), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and Swing Line Lender, which consents shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.16, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments, (iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law and (v) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, (x) the applicable assignee shall have consented to, or shall consent to, the applicable amendment, waiver or consent and (y) the Borrower exercises its rights pursuant to this clause (b) with respect to all Non-Consenting Lenders relating to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver or consent by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation have ceased to apply.

(c) Each party hereto agrees that an assignment and delegation required pursuant to this paragraph may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the assignee and that the Lender required to make such assignment and delegation need not be a party thereto in order for such assignment and delegation to be effective and shall be deemed to have consented to and be bound by the terms thereof; provided that, following the effectiveness of any such assignment and delegation, the other parties to such assignment agree to execute and deliver such documents necessary to evidence such assignment as reasonably requested by the applicable Lender; provided further that any such documents shall be without recourse to or warranty by the parties thereto.

Section 2.19 Increase in the Aggregate Commitments. (a) The Borrower may, from time to time, (x) request that the aggregate amount of the Commitments be increased by having an existing Lender agree in its sole discretion to increase its then existing Commitment (an “Increase Lender”) and/or by adding as a new Lender hereunder any Person (each such Person, an “Assuming Lender”) approved by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Lender (in each case, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) that shall agree to provide an Commitment hereunder or (y) the establishment of one or more new revolving credit commitments (each such new commitment, an “Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche”) to be provided by one or more Increase Lenders and/or Assuming Lenders (each such proposed increase pursuant to the foregoing clauses (x) and (y) being a “Commitment Increase”), in each case, by notice to the Administrative Agent specifying the amount of the relevant Commitment Increase, the Increase Lender(s) and/or Assuming Lender(s) providing such Commitment Increase and the date on which such Commitment Increase is to be effective (the “Increase Date”), which shall be a Business Days at least three Business Days after delivery of such notice and ten Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date; provided, however, that:

 

-68-


(i) the minimum amount of each Commitment Increase shall be $10,000,000 or a larger multiple of $5,000,000;

(ii) the aggregate amount of all Commitment Increases hereunder, together with the aggregate amount of all Incremental Equivalent Debt incurred under Section 2.19(d), shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof, the sum of (the amount available under clauses (x), (y) and (z) below, the “Available Incremental Amount”):

(x) $170,000,000 (or, following the consummation of an IPO, the greater of (A) $170,000,000 and (B) 100% of Consolidated Credit EBITDA for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 3.4(a) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis), plus

(y) the aggregate amount of any permanent optional reductions of Commitments, plus

(z) an amount such that, after giving effect to the incurrence of such amount, the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 2.5 to 1.0 for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 3.4(a) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis (assuming the full amount of such Commitment Increase has been drawn, but calculating the Total Net Leverage Ratio without netting the cash proceeds from such Revolving Loans, and without giving effect to any substantially simultaneous incurrence of Indebtedness made pursuant to clause (x) of this Section 2.19(a)(ii) or clause (i) of Section 6.1(c));

provided, that the Borrower may elect to use clause (z) of the Available Incremental Amount prior to using clause (x) or (y) of the Available Incremental Amount, and if both clause (z) and clause (x) or (y) of the Available Incremental Amount are available, unless otherwise elected by the Borrower, then the Borrower will be deemed to have elected to use clause (z) of the Available Incremental Amount first;

(iii) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such Commitment Increase and the use of proceeds thereof (if any), the Borrower shall be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.8 hereof on a Pro Forma Basis;

(iv) both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Commitment Increase, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such proposed Commitment Increase (provided that, with respect to any Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche the primary purpose of which is to finance a Limited Condition Transaction, the requirement pursuant to this Section 2.19(a)(iv) shall be that no Event of Default under clauses (a) or (b) of Article VIII or, solely with respect to the Borrower, clauses (h) or (i) of Article VIII, shall exist after giving effect to such Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche);

 

-69-


(v) the representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) immediately prior to, and after giving effect to, such Commitment Increase as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date (provided that, with respect to any Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche the primary purpose of which is to finance a Limited Condition Transaction, the requirement contained in this Section 2.19(a)(v) shall only be required with respect to customary “Sungard” representations and warranties (with such representations and warranties to be reasonably determined by the Lenders providing such Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche)));

(vi) any Commitment Increase shall rank pari passu in right of payment with the existing Commitments;

(vii) no Commitment Increase consisting of an Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche will have (i) a final maturity earlier than the latest Maturity Date then in effect (as determined as of the applicable Increase Date) or (ii) a weighted average life to maturity that is shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the Commitments then in effect; and

(viii) (i) any Commitment Increase (other than an Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche) shall be on terms that are identical to the existing Commitments, or (ii) subject to clauses (vi) and (vii) above, any Commitment Increase consisting of an Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche shall be on terms that are identical to the existing Commitments, other than those terms relating to pricing (including interest rates or rate floors), fees and maturity date (provided that such Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche shall not mature earlier than the Maturity Date) and other than (x) as set forth in this Section 2.19, (y) such terms as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Increase Lenders and/or the Assuming Lenders, as applicable, with respect to such Incremental Revolving Commitment Tranche and (z) any other terms, including provisions for security (provided that any such terms shall also be for the benefit of all other Lenders in respect of all Loans and Commitments outstanding at the time that the applicable Commitment Increase becomes effective);

Each notice by the Borrower under this paragraph shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as to the matters specified in clauses (iv) and (v) above. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Lender shall have any obligation hereunder to become an Increase Lender and any election to do so shall be in the sole discretion of each Lender.

(b) Each Commitment Increase (and the increase of the Commitment of each Increase Lender and/or the new Commitment of each Assuming Lender, as applicable, resulting therefrom) shall become effective as of the relevant Increase Date upon receipt by the Administrative Agent, on or prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such Increase Date, of (i) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower stating that the conditions with respect to such Commitment Increase under this Section 2.19 have been satisfied and (ii) an agreement (a “Commitment Increase Supplement”), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower, each Increase Lender, each Assuming Lender and the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which, effective as of such Increase Date, as applicable, the Commitment of each such Increase Lender shall be increased or each such Assuming Lender shall undertake a Commitment, in each case duly executed by such Increase Lender or Assuming Lender, as the case may be, and the Borrower and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent. Upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a fully executed Commitment Increase Supplement from each Increase Lender and/or Assuming Lender referred to in clause (ii) above, together with the certificates referred to in clause (i) above, the Administrative Agent shall record the information contained in each such agreement in the Register and give prompt notice of the relevant Commitment Increase to the Borrower and the Lenders (including, if applicable, each Assuming Lender). At the election of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, any Loans outstanding on such Increase Date shall be reallocated among the Lenders (with Lenders making any required payments to each other) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Loans ratable with any revised pro rata shares of such Lenders arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section 2.19. Upon each such Commitment Increase, the participation interests of the Lenders in the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall automatically be adjusted to reflect, and each Lender (including, if applicable, each Assuming Lender) shall have a participation in each such Letter of Credit equal to, the Lenders’ respective Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit after giving effect to such increase.

 

-70-


(c) This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.17 or Section 10.2 to the contrary.

(d) The Borrower may utilize the Available Incremental Amount in respect of one or more series of senior secured or unsecured notes, term loans or Permitted Convertible Indebtedness, issued in a public offering, Rule 144A or other private placement or loan origination pursuant to an indenture, credit agreement or otherwise, in an aggregate amount not to exceed, together with the aggregate amount of all Commitment Increases, the Available Incremental Amount (“Incremental Equivalent Debt”): provided that such Incremental Equivalent Debt (i) does not mature earlier than the Maturity Date (as determined as of the date of incurrence of such Incremental Equivalent Debt), or have a shorter weighted average life to maturity than the weighted average life to maturity of the Commitments outstanding at such time, (ii) has terms and conditions (other than pricing (including interest rates, rate floors or original issue discount) and fees and, solely with respect to any term loans, amortization, prepayment premiums, and as otherwise explicitly set forth in this Agreement) no more restrictive than those under the credit facilities provided for herein (except for covenants or other provisions, which are provided to the existing Lenders or are applicable only to periods after the Maturity Date (as determined in good faith by the Borrower as of the date of incurrence of such Incremental Equivalent Debt)), (iii) to the extent guaranteed, shall not be guaranteed by any Person other than the Loan Parties and (iv) after giving effect to any such Incremental Equivalent Debt and the use of proceeds thereof, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.8 on a Pro Forma Basis. The Borrower may utilize the Available Incremental Amount in respect of one or more series of senior secured first lien notes, term loans or Permitted Convertible Indebtedness or senior secured junior lien notes or term loans, issued in a public offering, Rule 144A or other private placement or loan origination pursuant to an indenture, credit agreement or otherwise, so long as the conditions set forth in the previous sentence are satisfied and (i) such notes or term loans are not secured by any asset that does not also secure the Secured Obligations and (ii) if such notes or term loans are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu or junior basis with the Liens securing the Secured Obligations, such notes or term loans shall be subject to customary intercreditor arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

-71-


Section 2.20 Extension of Maturity Date. (a) The Borrower may, by delivery of a Maturity Date Extension Request to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly deliver a copy thereof to each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks) not less than 30 days prior to the then existing maturity date for Commitments of any Class hereunder (the “Existing Maturity Date”), request that the applicable Lenders and the Issuing Banks extend the Existing Maturity Date in accordance with this Section; provided that the Borrower may not make more than two Maturity Date Extension Requests during the term of this Agreement. Each Maturity Date Extension Request shall (i) specify the Class of Commitments and the date to which the Maturity Date is sought to be extended; provided that such date is no more than one calendar year from the then-scheduled Maturity Date, (ii) specify the changes, if any, to the Applicable Rate to be applied in determining the interest payable on Loans of, and fees payable hereunder to, Consenting Lenders (as defined below) in respect of that portion of their Commitments (and related Loans) of the applicable Class extended to such new Maturity Date and the time as of which such changes will become effective (which may be prior to the Existing Maturity Date), and (iii) specify any other amendments or modifications to this Agreement to be effected in connection with such Maturity Date Extension Request; provided that no such changes or modifications requiring approvals pursuant to Section 10.2(b) shall become effective prior to the then existing Maturity Date unless such other approvals have been obtained. In the event a Maturity Date Extension Request shall have been delivered by the Borrower, each Lender of the applicable Class shall have the right to agree or not agree to the extension of the Existing Maturity Date and other matters contemplated thereby on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein (each Lender agreeing to the Maturity Date Extension Request being referred to herein as a “Consenting Lender” and each Lender not agreeing thereto being referred to herein as a “Declining Lender”), which right may be exercised by written notice thereof, specifying the maximum amount of its Commitment and, if such Lender (or a designated Affiliate of such Lender) is then serving as an Issuing Bank, its (or its designated Affiliate’s) Issuing Bank Sublimit, with respect to which such Lender agrees to the extension of the Maturity Date, delivered to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) not later than a day to be agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent following the date on which the Maturity Date Extension Request shall have been delivered by the Borrower (it being understood (x) that any Lender that shall have failed to exercise such right as set forth above shall be deemed to be a Declining Lender and (y) that, in the case of any Lender then serving (or whose designated Affiliate is then serving) as an Issuing Bank, (I) the Issuing Bank Sublimit of such Lender (or such designated Affiliate) shall not be extended in connection with an extension of such Lender’s Commitments unless so specified by such Lender (or such designated Affiliate), in its capacity as Issuing Bank, in such written notice to the Borrower and (II) for purposes of Section 2.4(a), the “Maturity Date” applicable to Letters of Credit of an Issuing Bank that has not extended its Issuing Bank Sublimit will be the Maturity Date in respect of such Letter of Credit Sublimit that has not been extended). If a Lender elects to extend only a portion of its then existing Commitment, it will be deemed for purposes hereof to be a Consenting Lender in respect of such extended portion and a Declining Lender in respect of the remaining portion of its Commitment. If Consenting Lenders shall have agreed to such Maturity Date Extension Request in respect of Commitments held by them, then, subject to paragraph (d) of this Section, on the date specified in the Maturity Date Extension Request as the effective date thereof (the “Extension Effective Date”), (i) the Existing Maturity Date of the applicable Commitments shall, as to the Consenting Lenders, be extended to such date as shall be specified therein, (ii) the terms and conditions of the Commitments of the Consenting Lenders (including interest and fees payable in respect thereof), shall be modified as set forth in the Maturity Date Extension Request, (iii) such other modifications and amendments hereto specified in the Maturity Date Extension Request shall (subject to any required approvals (including those of the Required Lenders) having been obtained, except that any such other modifications and amendments that do not take effect until the Existing Maturity Date shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Consenting Lenders) become effective and (iv) in the case of any Consenting Lender then serving (or whose designated Affiliate is then serving) as an Issuing Bank that shall not have agreed to extend the Existing Maturity Date with respect to its Issuing Bank Sublimit, or shall have agreed to extend the Existing Maturity Date with respect to less than the entire amount of its Issuing Bank Sublimit, such Issuing Bank shall not have the obligation to issue, amend, extend or increase Letters of Credit following the Extension Effective Date, if after giving effect to any such issuance, amendment, extension or increase, the Letter of Credit Usage attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank that have a stated expiration date after the date that is five days prior to the Existing Maturity Date with respect to the non-extended portion of its Issuing Bank Sublimit would exceed the extended portion (if any) of such Issuing Bank Sublimit.

 

-72-


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall have the right, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.18 and Article IX, at any time prior to the Existing Maturity Date, to replace a Declining Lender (for the avoidance of doubt, only in respect of that portion of such Lender’s Commitments subject to a Maturity Date Extension Request that it has not agreed to extend) with a Lender or other financial institution that will agree to such Maturity Date Extension Request, and any such replacement Lender shall for all purposes constitute a Consenting Lender in respect of the Commitment assigned to and assumed by it on and after the effective time of such replacement.

(c) If a Maturity Date Extension Request has become effective hereunder, on the Existing Maturity Date, the Commitment of each Declining Lender shall, to the extent not assumed, assigned or transferred as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section, terminate, and the Borrower shall repay all the Loans of each Declining Lender, to the extent such Loans shall not have been so purchased, assigned and transferred, in each case together with accrued and unpaid interest and all fees and other amounts owing to such Declining Lender hereunder (accordingly, the Commitment of any Consenting Lender shall, to the extent the amount of such Commitment exceeds the amount set forth in the notice delivered by such Lender pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section and to the extent not assumed, assigned or transferred as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section, be permanently reduced by the amount of such excess, and, to the extent not assumed, assigned or transferred as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section, the Borrower shall prepay the proportionate part of the outstanding Loans of such Consenting Lender, in each case together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the Existing Maturity Date and all fees and other amounts payable in respect thereof on or prior to the Existing Maturity Date), it being understood that such repayments may be funded with the proceeds of new Borrowings made simultaneously with such repayments by the Consenting Lenders, which such Borrowings shall be made ratably by the Consenting Lenders in accordance with their extended Commitments.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Maturity Date Extension Request shall become effective hereunder unless, on the Extension Effective Date, the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 (other than Section 4.2(a)) shall be satisfied (with all references in such Section to a Borrowing being deemed to be references to such Maturity Date Extension Request) and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower.

(e) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, it is hereby agreed that no extension of an Existing Maturity Date in accordance with the express terms of this Section, or any amendment or modification of the terms and conditions of the Commitments and Loans of the Consenting Lenders effected pursuant thereto, shall be deemed to (i) violate the last sentence of Section 2.8(c) or Section 2.17(c) or any other provision of this Agreement requiring the ratable reduction of Commitments or the ratable sharing of payments or (ii) require the consent of all Lenders or all affected Lenders under Section 10.2(b).

(f) The Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Consenting Lenders may enter into an amendment to this Agreement to effect such modifications as may be necessary to reflect the terms of any Maturity Date Extension Request that has become effective in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

Section 2.21 Defaulting Lenders. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Required Lenders and in Section 10.2;

 

-73-


(ii) if any Swing Line Exposure or Letter of Credit Usage exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(A) all or any part of the Swing Line Exposure and Letter of Credit Usage of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent that (x) the sum of all Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swing Line Exposure and Letter of Credit Usage does not exceed the total of all Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments, (y) the sum of any Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Exposure plus its Pro Rata Share of such Defaulting Lender’s Swing Line Exposure and Letter of Credit Usage does not exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment and (z) the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 are satisfied at such time;

(B) if the reallocation described in clause (A) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Swing Line Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize for the benefit of the applicable Issuing Banks only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (A) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(j) for so long as such Letter of Credit Usage is outstanding;

(C) if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage pursuant to clause (B) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage during the period such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage is cash collateralized;

(D) if the Letter of Credit Usage of the Non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (A) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.11(a) and Section 2.11(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; and

(E) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.11(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage shall be payable to the Issuing Banks (and allocated among them ratably based on the amount of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Usage attributable to Letters of Credit issued by each Issuing Bank) until and to the extent that such Letter of Credit Usage is reallocated and/or cash collateralized in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(j);

(iii) so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Line Loan and no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding Swing Line Exposure or Letter of Credit Usage will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by Borrower in accordance with Section 2.21(a)(ii), and participating interests in any newly made Swing Line Loan or any newly issued, amended, extended or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among Non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.21(a)(ii)(A) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein);

 

-74-


(iv) any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.8 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to each Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender hereunder; third, to cash collateralize each Issuing Bank’s Letter of Credit Usage with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.4(j); fourth, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) cash collateralize each Issuing Bank’s future Letter of Credit Usage with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.4(j); sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or Swing Line Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, any Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or Letters of Credit disbursements in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans or Letters of Credit were made when the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of or Letters of Credit disbursements owed to all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments (without giving effect to Section 2.21(a)(ii)(A)). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post cash collateral pursuant to this Section shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto; and

(v) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.11 for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

(b) If (i) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Line Loan and such Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend, extend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the Swing Line Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, reasonably satisfactory to the Swing Line Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.

 

-75-


(c) If the Borrower, Swing Line Lender, each Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent each agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any -80- conditions set forth therein, that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swing Line Loans) or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

Section 3.1 Organization; Powers. Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, in each case (other than with respect to the due organization of, valid existence of, and good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization of the Borrower), except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.2 Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within each Loan Party’s corporate or other organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational and, if required, equity holder action. Each Loan Party has duly executed and delivered each of the Loan Documents to which it is party, and each of such Loan Documents constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

Section 3.3 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) those approvals, consents, registrations, filings or other actions, the failure of which to obtain or make has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) except as has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate any applicable law or regulation or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate any charter, by-laws or other organizational document of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (d) except as has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than the agreements and instruments referred to in clause (c)) binding upon the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (e) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the creation or imposition of any Lien pursuant to the Security Documents.

 

-76-


Section 3.4 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change. (a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Administrative Agent its consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations, stockholders equity and cash flows (i) as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, reported on by Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants and (ii) as of and for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2021. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the unaudited financial statements referred to in clause (ii) above.

(b) Since December 31, 2020, no event, development or circumstance exists or has occurred that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.5 Properties. (a) Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in or rights to use, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes. Except as permitted by this Agreement, all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than (i) Permitted Encumbrances, (ii) Liens arising by operation of law, (iii) Liens permitted by Section 6.2 and (iv) minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with the ability of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to conduct their businesses.

(b) Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all material Intellectual Property used in and necessary to operate its business as currently conducted, and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe upon, the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements, that, individually or in the aggregate, have not resulted and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.6 Litigation and Environmental Matters. (a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) that have resulted and would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that involve this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Transactions. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate, have resulted and would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except for the Disclosed Matters and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, have not resulted and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval -82- required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, or (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability.

Section 3.7 Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, have not resulted and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

-77-


Section 3.8 Investment Company Status. None of the Borrower or any Guarantor is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 3.9 Taxes. Except as has not resulted and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and except as set forth in Schedule 3.9 to the Disclosure Letter, (i) each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed with respect to income, properties or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) such Tax returns accurately reflect all liability for Taxes of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole for the periods covered thereby and (iii) each of the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has timely paid or caused to be timely paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it (regardless of whether such Taxes are reflected on any Tax returns), except Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, to the extent required by GAAP, for which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.

Section 3.10 ERISA. (a) Each Plan is in compliance in form and operation with its terms and with ERISA and the Code (including the Code provisions compliance with which is necessary for any intended favorable tax treatment) and all other applicable laws and regulations, except where any failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan (and each related trust, if any) which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS to the effect that it meets the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code covering all applicable tax law changes or is comprised of a master or prototype plan that has received a favorable opinion letter from the IRS, and to the knowledge of the Borrower or any Loan Party nothing has occurred since the date of such determination that would adversely affect such determination (or, in the case of a Plan with no determination, nothing has occurred that would materially adversely affect the issuance of a favorable determination letter or otherwise materially adversely affect such qualification), other than, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No ERISA Event has occurred, or is reasonably expected to occur, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) There exists no material Unfunded Pension Liability with respect to any Plan, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) No Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the five calendar years immediately preceding the date this assurance is given or deemed given, made or accrued an obligation to make contributions to any Multiemployer Plan, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) There are no actions, suits or claims pending against or involving a Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of the Borrower or any Loan Party, threatened, which have resulted or would reasonably be expected either singly or in the aggregate to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all contributions to or under each Plan and Multiemployer Plan required by law within the applicable time limits prescribed thereby, the terms of such Plan or Multiemployer Plan, respectively, or any contract or agreement requiring contributions to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan save where any failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, has not resulted and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-78-


(f) No Plan which is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA has applied for or received an extension of any amortization period, within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 or 304 of ERISA other than where such extension would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate has ceased operations at a facility so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4062(e) of ERISA, withdrawn as a substantial employer so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4063 of ERISA or ceased making contributions to any Plan subject to Section 4064(a) of ERISA to which it made contributions, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate have incurred or reasonably expect to incur any liability to PBGC except as has not resulted in and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and no Lien imposed under the Code or ERISA on the assets of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate exists or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, is likely to arise on account of any Plan other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Loan Parties or any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) Each Non-U.S. Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities, except as has not resulted in and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All contributions required to be made with respect to a Non-U.S. Plan have been timely made, except as has not resulted in and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of, or withdrawal from, any Non-U.S. Plan, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Non-U.S. Plan, determined as of the end of the Non-U.S. Plan’s most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.11 Disclosure. (a) All written information of a factual nature concerning the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any projected financial information, other forward-looking information and other than information of a general economic or industry specific nature) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished or delivered and when taken as a whole), when furnished, modified or supplemented, does not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to any projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time furnished (it being understood that such projected financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Borrower’s control, that no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projected financial information may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material).

(b) As of the Effective Date, to the knowledge of the Borrower, the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification provided on or prior to the Effective Date to any Lender in connection with this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects.

 

-79-


Section 3.12 Subsidiaries. Schedule 3.12 to the Disclosure Letter sets forth as of the Effective Date a list of all Restricted Subsidiaries (identifying all Restricted Subsidiaries, including Immaterial Subsidiaries) and the percentage ownership (directly or indirectly) of the Borrower therein. Except as has not resulted and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Equity Interests of all Restricted Subsidiaries are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by the Borrower (other than minority interests held by other Persons that do not violate any provision of this Agreement), directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens permitted under Section 6.2.

Section 3.13 Anti-Terrorism Laws; USA Patriot Act. To the extent applicable, the Borrower and each Subsidiary is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) the USA Patriot Act.

Section 3.14 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions. The Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and each Loan Party, its Subsidiaries and its and their respective directors and officers and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, its and their respective employees, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects. None of (i) the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of its or their respective directors or officers, or (ii) to the knowledge of the Borrower, any employee of the Borrower or any Subsidiary that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person.

Section 3.15 Margin Stock. (a) None of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

(b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit for the purposes of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock in violation of the provisions of the regulations of the Board, including Regulation T, U or X.

Section 3.16 Solvency. As of the Effective Date, the Borrower is, individually and together with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and after giving effect to the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith (assuming for this purpose that the full amount of the Commitments is drawn on the Effective Date) will be, Solvent.

Section 3.17 Affected Financial Institution. No Loan Party is an Affected Financial Institution.

Section 3.18 Collateral Matters.

(a) The Collateral Agreement, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined therein) and (i) when the Collateral (as defined therein) constituting certificated securities (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) is delivered to the Administrative Agent, together with instruments of transfer duly endorsed in blank (in accordance with, and to the extent required by, the Collateral Agreement), the security interest created under the Collateral Agreement will constitute a fully perfected security interest in all right, title and interest of the pledgors thereunder in such Collateral, prior and superior in right to any other Person, and (ii) when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the applicable filing offices (in accordance with, and to the extent required by, the Collateral Agreement), the security interest created under the Collateral Agreement will constitute a fully perfected security interest in all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the remaining Collateral (as defined therein) to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, except for rights secured by Liens permitted under Section 6.2.

 

-80-


(b) Upon the recordation of the Collateral Agreement (or a short-form security agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, and the filing of the financing statements referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 3.18 (in accordance with, and to the extent required by, the Collateral Agreement), the security interest created under the Collateral Agreement will constitute a fully perfected security interest in all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Intellectual Property (as defined in the Collateral Agreement) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing in the United States, except for rights secured by Liens permitted under Section 6.2 (it being understood and agreed that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a security interest in such Intellectual Property acquired by the Loan Parties after the Effective Date).

(c) Each Security Document, other than any Security Document referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 3.18, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto and the making of the filings and taking of the other actions required therein, will be effective under applicable law to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral subject thereto, and will constitute a fully perfected security interest in all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Collateral subject thereto, except for rights secured by Liens permitted under Section 6.2.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS

Section 4.1 The Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder and Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit, as applicable, shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.2):

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received from each Loan Party either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement, the Collateral Agreement and each IP Security Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or electronic transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement, each IP Security Agreement and the Collateral Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement, each IP Security Agreement and the Collateral Agreement (in each case to which it is a party).

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note at least three Business Days in advance of the Effective Date.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of Goodwin Procter LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinions.

 

-81-


(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) certified copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of the Borrower and each other Loan Party approving the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the execution and delivery of such Loan Documents to be delivered by the Borrower and the other Loan Parties on the Effective Date, and all documents evidencing other necessary corporate (or other applicable organizational) action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to the Loan Documents and (ii) all other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent relating to the organization, existence and good standing of each Loan Party and authorization of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such Loan Party authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which it is a party, to be delivered by each Loan Party on the Effective Date and the other documents to be delivered hereunder on the Effective Date.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed on behalf of the Borrower by the president, a vice president or a Financial Officer, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of Section 4.2 as of the Effective Date (and assuming a Loan was made on the Effective Date).

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including (i) for the account of each Lender (including JPMCB), an upfront fee in an amount equal to 0.35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Commitment of such Lender as set forth on Schedule 2.1 on the Effective Date and (ii) to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Effective Date, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by any Loan Party hereunder, under any other Loan Document or under any other agreement entered into by any of the Arrangers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the one hand, and any of the Loan Parties, on the other hand.

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of recent UCC, tax and judgment Lien searches with respect to each of the Loan Parties in the jurisdictions contemplated by the Perfection Certificate, and such results shall not reveal any material judgment or any Lien on any of the assets of the Loan Parties except for Liens permitted under Section 6.2 or Liens to be discharged on or prior to the Effective Date.

(i) The Lenders shall have received from the Borrower (i) the financial statements described in Section 3.4(a), and (ii) reasonably detailed projections of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for at least the three (3) fiscal years ended after the Effective Date.

(j) On the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Solvency Certificate executed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit H.

(k) Since December 31, 2020, no event, development or circumstance shall have occurred that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(l) (i) The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least five Business Days prior to the Effective Date, all documentation and other information regarding the Borrower and the Guarantors requested in connection with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act, to the extent requested in writing of the Borrower at least ten Business Days prior to the Effective Date and (ii) to the extent the Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, at least five days prior to the Effective Date, any Lender that has requested, in a written notice to the Borrower at least ten Business Days prior to the Effective Date, a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to the Borrower shall have received such Beneficial Ownership Certification.

 

-82-


(m) The Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been satisfied, and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have a security interest in the Collateral of the type and priority described in each Security Document to be entered into as of the Effective Date. The Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Perfection Certificate dated the Effective Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower, together with all attachments contemplated thereby, including the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent) filings made with respect to the Loan Parties in the jurisdictions contemplated by the Perfection Certificate and copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, together with Federal and State tax lien searches and judgment lien searches in respect of the Loan Parties and their respective assets in those jurisdictions reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, and evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated by such financing statements (or similar documents) and other lien search results are permitted by Section 6.2 or have been, or will be on or prior to the Effective Date, released or terminated.

Section 4.2 Each Credit Extension. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing (other than a Borrowing consisting solely of a conversion of Loans of one Type to another Type or a continuation of a Eurodollar Loan following the expiration of the applicable Interest Period), the obligation of each Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit, or amend or extend the expiration date, or increase the face amount of any Letter of Credit or any extension of the Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.20 (each of the foregoing, a “Credit Extension”), is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a fully executed Borrowing Request or the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank shall have received a fully executed Issuance Notice and Application, as the case may be; provided, that this condition shall not apply to any extension of the Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.20;

(b) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than to the extent qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except that (i) for purposes of this Section, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.4(a) shall be deemed to refer, following the first delivery thereof, to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 5.1 and (ii) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in such manner as of such earlier date;

(c) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Credit Extension, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(d) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Credit Extension, the Borrower would be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.8 whether or not such covenant would otherwise be tested on and as of the date of such Credit Extension.

Each Credit Extension shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Section.

 

-83-


ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been cancelled or expired or cash collateralized on terms satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Banks, each Loan Party covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

Section 5.1 Financial Statements: Other Information. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender):

(a) within 180 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, after an IPO, such earlier date as required by the SEC for the filing of the Annual Report on Form 10-K by the Borrower -89- with the SEC), its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than a qualification related to the maturity of the Commitments and the Loans at the Maturity Date) and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(b) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, after an IPO, such earlier date as required by the SEC for the filing of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q by the Borrower with the SEC), its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date thereof and, if a Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date thereof, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth calculations illustrating compliance with Section 6.8 as of the fiscal quarter then ended, and (iii) if and to the extent that any change in GAAP that has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.4 had a material impact on such financial statements, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;

(d) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, as the case may be, in each case that is not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto; provided that such information shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such information has been posted on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at https://pos.toasttab.com (or any new address identified by the Borrower) or at http://www.sec.gov;

 

-84-


(e) within a reasonable period of time following any request in writing (including any electronic message) therefor, information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for purposes of compliance with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act;

(f) prior to an IPO, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (beginning with the fiscal year of the Borrower ending December 31, 2021), an annual budget of the Borrower for upcoming fiscal year, in form customarily prepared by the Borrower; and -90-

(g) if any Subsidiary has been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, concurrently with each delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, unaudited financial statements (in substantially the same form as the financial statements delivered pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above) prepared on the basis of consolidating the accounts of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and treating any Unrestricted Subsidiaries as if they were not consolidated with the Borrower and otherwise eliminating all accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, together with an explanation of reconciliation adjustments in reasonable detail.

Information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or Section 5.1(b) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such information, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at https://pos.toasttab.com (or any new address identified by the company) or at http://www.sec.gov; or (ii) on which such information is posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have been granted access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent). The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to herein, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

Section 5.2 Notices of Material Events. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender) prompt written notice of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) the filing or commencement of any Proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) any other development that becomes known to senior management of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

-85-


Section 5.3 Existence; Conduct of Business. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.3 and (ii) none of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve, renew or keep in full force and effect its rights, licenses, permits, privileges or franchises where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.4 Payment of Taxes. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay all Tax liabilities, including all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or upon any properties belonging to it that, if not paid, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, and all lawful claims other than Tax liabilities which, if unpaid, would become a Lien upon any properties of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under Section 6.2, in both cases except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (b) to the extent required by GAAP, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

Section 5.5 Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property used in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty events excepted, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, a Captive Insurance Subsidiary or through self-insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations. Each policy of liability or casualty insurance maintained by or on behalf of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will (a) in the case of each liability insurance policy (other than workers’ compensation, director and officer liability or other policies in which such endorsements are not customary), name the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as an additional insured thereunder and (b) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a lender’s loss payable clause or endorsement that names the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as the lender’s loss payee thereunder; provided that, the Company may satisfy such requirements within 30 days of the Effective Date (as extended by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion).

Section 5.6 Books and Records; Inspection Rights. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which entries full, true and correct in all material respects are made and are sufficient to prepare financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent (pursuant to the request made through the Administrative Agent), upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants (provided that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be afforded the opportunity to participate in any discussions with such independent accountants), all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested (but no more than once annually if no Event of Default exists). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, none of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets, information that could be used by a competitor to develop or improve a competitive product, or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives) is prohibited by applicable law or any third party consent legally binding on the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) is subject to attorney, client or similar privilege or constitutes or includes attorney work-product.

 

-86-


Section 5.7 ERISA-Related Information. The Borrower shall supply to the Administrative Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Administrative Agent so requests): (a) if requested by the Administrative Agent, within 30 days of such request, a copy of IRS Form 5500 (including schedules thereto) in respect of a Plan with Unfunded Pension Liabilities, and (b) promptly and in any event within 30 days after a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Event has occurred that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, a certificate of a Financial Officer of Borrower describing such ERISA Event and the action, if any, proposed to be taken with respect to such ERISA Event and a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC, the IRS or Department of Labor pertaining to such ERISA Event and any notices received by such Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or any other governmental agency with respect thereto; provided that, in the case of ERISA Events under paragraph (d) of the definition thereof, the 30-day period set forth above shall be a 10-day period, and, in the case of ERISA Events under paragraph (b) of the definition thereof, in no event shall notice be given later than the occurrence of the ERISA Event; (c) promptly, and in any event within 30 days, after becoming aware that there has been (i) a material increase in aggregate Unfunded Pension Liabilities under all Plans (taking into account only Pension Plans with positive Unfunded Pension Liabilities) since the date the representations hereunder are given or deemed given, or from any prior notice, as applicable, in each case which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) the existence of potential withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA, if the Loan Parties and the ERISA Affiliates were to withdraw completely from any and all Multiemployer Plans that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) the adoption of, or the commencement of contributions to, any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iv) the adoption of any amendment to a Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA which results in a material increase in contribution obligations of a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate, a detailed written description thereof from a Financial Officer of Borrower; and (d) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 10 days, notice if, at any time after the Effective Date, a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate maintains, or contributes to (or incurs an obligation to contribute to), a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan to which such party did not maintain or contribute to prior to the Effective Date.

Section 5.8 Compliance with Laws and Agreements. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and its and their respective directors, officers, and employees of the foregoing with Anti-Corruption Laws, applicable Sanctions and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Section 5.9 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including for Permitted Acquisitions and Investments and other transactions not prohibited under this Agreement. The Letters of Credit and the proceeds thereof will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries. No part of the proceeds of any Loan and no Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X. The Borrower will not request any Credit Extension, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall procure that its Subsidiaries and its or their respective directors, officers, and employees shall not use, the proceeds of any Credit Extension, (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (ii) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, to the extent such activities, business or transaction would be prohibited by Sanctions, or (iii) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

 

-87-


Section 5.10 Additional Guarantors. (a) In the event that any Person becomes a Designated Subsidiary after the Effective Date, the Borrower shall (i) in the case of an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Designated Subsidiary, substantially concurrently with the redesignation or deemed redesignation thereof as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.12 or (ii) otherwise, 60 days thereafter (or such longer period of time as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be satisfied (i) with respect to such Designated Subsidiary and (ii) with respect to any Equity Interests in or Indebtedness of such Designated Subsidiary owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party.

(b) With respect to each Designated Subsidiary referred to in clause (a) above, the Borrower shall promptly after delivering the financial statements pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or (b), as the case may be, send to the Administrative Agent written notice setting forth (i) the date on which such Person became a Designated Subsidiary and (ii) all of the data required to be set forth in Schedule 3.12 to the Disclosure Letter; and such written notice shall be deemed to supplement Schedule 3.12 to the Disclosure Letter for all purposes hereof.

Section 5.11 Further Assurances. (a) Subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”, the Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of UCC financing statements, deeds of trust and other documents), that may be required under any applicable law, or that the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. The Borrower also agrees to provide to the Administrative Agent, from time to time upon reasonable request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

(b) If any material assets (other than any Excluded Assets) are acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party after the Effective Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under the Collateral Agreement that become subject to the Lien created by the Collateral Agreement upon acquisition thereof), the Borrower will notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereof, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”, the Borrower will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Secured Obligations and will take, and cause the other Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section 5.11, all at the expense of the Loan Parties.

Section 5.12 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. (a) The Board of Directors or a Financial Officer of the Borrower may designate any Subsidiary, including a newly acquired or created Subsidiary, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it meets the following qualifications:

(i) such Subsidiary does not own any Equity Interest of the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

-88-


(ii) the Borrower would be permitted to make an Investment at the time of the designation in an amount equal to the aggregate fair market value (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) of all Investments of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary (valued at the Borrower’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportional share of the fair market value (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) of such Subsidiary’s assets less liabilities);

(iii) any Guarantee or other credit support thereof by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under Section 6.1 or Section 6.7;

(iv) neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to subscribe for additional Equity Interests of such Subsidiary or to maintain or preserve its financial condition or cause it to achieve specified levels of operating results, except to the extent permitted by Section 6.1 or Section 6.7;

(v) immediately before and after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such designation;

(vi) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “restricted subsidiary” or a “guarantor” (or any similar designation) for any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(vii) such Subsidiary does not own (or hold an exclusive license in respect of) any Intellectual Property other than ownership or a license resulting from a Permitted IP Transfer.

Once so designated, the Subsidiary will remain an Unrestricted Subsidiary, subject to subsection (b).

(b) (i) A Subsidiary previously designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary which fails to meet the qualifications set forth in subsections (a)(i), (a)(iii), (a)(iv), (a)(vi) or (a)(vii) of this Section 5.12 will be deemed to become at that time a Restricted Subsidiary, subject to the consequences set forth in subsection (d) of this Section 5.12 and (ii) the Board of Directors may designate an Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if no Event of Default exists at the time of the designation and the designation would not cause an Event of Default.

(c) Upon a Restricted Subsidiary becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary,

(i) all existing Investments of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries therein (valued at the Borrower’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportional share of the fair market value of its assets less liabilities) will be deemed made at that time;

(ii) all existing Equity Interest or Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary held by it will be deemed issued or incurred, as applicable, at that time, and all Liens on property of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary securing its obligations will be deemed incurred at that time;

(iii) all existing transactions between it and the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed entered into at that time;

(iv) it will be released at that time from its Guaranty, if applicable; and

(v) it will cease to be subject to the provisions of this Agreement as a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

-89-


(d) Upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming, or being deemed to become, a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.12(b).

(i) all of its Indebtedness and Liens will be deemed incurred at that time for purposes of Section 6.1 and Section 6.2, as applicable;

(ii) all Investments therein previously charged under Section 6.7 will be credited thereunder;

(iii) if it is a Designated Subsidiary, it shall be required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.10 and satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement; and

(iv) it will be subject to the provisions of this Agreement as a Restricted Subsidiary.

(e) Any designation by the Board of Directors or Financial Officer of the Borrower of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date will be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by promptly filing with the Administrative Agent a copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors giving effect to the designation and a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that the designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

Section 5.13 Information Regarding Collateral. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt (and in any event within 90 days) written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name, as set forth in such Loan Party’s organizational documents, (ii) in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Loan Party, (iii) in the form of organization of any Loan Party or (iv) in any Loan Party’s organizational identification number, if any, or, with respect to a Loan Party organized under the laws of a jurisdiction that requires such information to be set forth on the face of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of such Loan Party.

Section 5.14 Post-Closing Obligations. Within 30 days of the Effective Date, the Borrower shall (a) prepay or redeem the Senior Notes and (b) furnish to the Administrative Agent written evidence thereof, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been cancelled or expired or cash collateralized on terms satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Banks, each Loan Party covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

Section 6.1 Indebtedness. No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur or assume, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except:

(a) the Obligations;

 

-90-


(b) Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof, $75,000,000 (or after an IPO, the greater of (x) $150,000,000 and (y) 15% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 3.4(a) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis); provided that any such Indebtedness shall be secured only by the asset (including all accessions, attachments, improvements and the proceeds thereof) acquired, constructed or improved in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(c) Indebtedness of any Loan Party in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed, at the time of incurrence, $100,000,000 (or after an IPO, $750,000,000);

(d) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or to any other Restricted Subsidiary, or of the Borrower to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that all such Indebtedness owing by a Loan Party to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor shall be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of the Obligations;

(e) Indebtedness which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any Guarantees, performance, statutory or similar obligations (including in connection with workers’ compensation) or obligations in respect of letters of credit, surety bonds, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto incurred in the ordinary course of business, or pursuant to any appeal obligation, appeal bond or letter of credit in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VIII;

(f) Indebtedness in connection with Cash Management Services, cash management or custodial agreements, netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise similarly in connection with deposit accounts, Indebtedness in connection with credit card, debit card or other similar cards or payment processing services and reimbursement obligations pursuant to corporate credit cards;

(g) Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantees by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary with respect, in each case, to Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 6.1; provided that (i) if the Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed is unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations, the Guarantee shall also be unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations and (ii) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of any Junior Financing incurred by a Loan Party shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guaranty;

(h) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and described in Schedule 6.1 to the Disclosure Letter and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof or result in an earlier maturity date or decreased weighted average life thereof;

(i) obligations under any Swap Agreement, provided, that with respect to obligations other than obligations under a Permitted Call Spread Transaction, such obligations are entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from floating to fixed rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or to hedge currency exposure or to hedge energy costs or exposure, which, in any case, are not entered into for speculative purposes;

 

-91-


(j) obligations arising with respect to purchase price adjustments, earnouts, holdbacks and other similar deferred consideration related to the performance of the Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to the agreements related thereto, in each case in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or Investments permitted under Section 6.7;

(k) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary;

(l) other Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties in an aggregate principal outstanding amount not to exceed $20,000,000; provided that any such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

(m) Incremental Equivalent Debt; and

(n) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, transfer pricing, cost plus or similar arrangements entered into by the Borrower with its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

Section 6.2 Liens. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it except:

(a) Permitted Encumbrances;

(b) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Effective Date and set forth in Schedule 6.2 to the Disclosure Letter (provided that Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of less than $1,000,000 individually and $5,000,000 in the aggregate do not need to be set forth in Schedule 6.2 to the Disclosure Letter to be permitted Liens under this clause (b)) and any modifications, renewals and extensions thereof and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided that (i) such replacement, renewal or extension Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than (y) improvements thereon or proceeds thereof and (z) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien and (ii) the obligations secured or benefited by such modified, replacement, renewal or extension Lien, to the extent constituting Indebtedness, are permitted by Section 6.1;

(c) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than pursuant to a redesignation or deemed redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary as provided in Section 5.12), in each case after the Effective Date and prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than any replacements of such property or assets and additions and accessions thereto, the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require or include, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and extensions, renewals, replacements and refinancings thereof so long as the principal amount of such extensions, renewals and replacements does not exceed the principal amount of the obligations being extended, renewed or replaced plus accrued interest and expenses and fees, and (iv) if such Liens secure Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is permitted by Section 6.1;

 

-92-


(d) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Liens secure Indebtedness that is permitted by Section 6.1(b), (ii) such Liens and the Indebtedness secured thereby are initially incurred prior to or within 180 days after the acquisition or the completion of the construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and customary related expenses, and (iv) such Liens shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than additions, accessions, parts, attachments or improvements on or proceeds of such fixed or capital assets; provided that clause (ii) shall not apply to any refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement thereof;

(e) easements, licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to others (A) not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (B) not securing any Indebtedness;

(f) the interest and title of a lessor under any lease, license, sublease or sublicense entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and other statutory and common law landlords’ Liens under leases;

(g) in connection with the sale or transfer of any assets in a transaction not prohibited hereunder, customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof;

(h) in the case of any Joint Venture, any Liens on its Equity Interests pursuant to its organizational documents or any related joint venture or similar agreement;

(i) Liens securing Indebtedness to finance insurance premiums owing in the ordinary course of business to the extent such financing is not prohibited hereunder;

(j) Liens on earnest money deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents or Marketable Securities made in connection with any Acquisition not prohibited hereunder;

(k) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and cash equivalents or other securities on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks, securities intermediaries or other depository institutions with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to institutions with respect to cash management operating account arrangements and similar arrangements;

(l) Liens in the nature of the right of setoff in favor of counterparties to contractual agreements not otherwise prohibited hereunder with the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to any Loan Document;

(n) Liens on Securitization Assets incurred in connection with a Securitization Facility and Liens on any Securitization Assets transferred in connection with a Receivables Financing Transaction, including Liens on assets securing the Standard Securitization Undertakings and Liens on such Securitization Assets resulting from UCC filings or from recharacterization of any such sale as a financing or a loan;

 

-93-


(o) other Liens; provided that, at the time of incurrence of the obligations secured thereby, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of obligations secured by Liens in reliance on this clause (o) does not exceed $25,000,000 (or after an IPO, the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 5% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 3.4(a) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis);

(p) Liens to secure Incremental Equivalent Debt to the extent permitted or provided for under Section 2.19(d);

(q) Liens (A) on cash advances or escrow deposits in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.7 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or otherwise in connection with any escrow arrangements with respect to any such Investment or any disposition permitted under Section 6.3 (including any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to such Investment or disposition), or (B) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a disposition permitted under Section 6.3, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(r) Liens granted by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary and Liens granted by a Loan Party in favor of any other Loan Party;

(s) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(t) receipt of progress payments and advances from customers in the ordinary course of business to the extent the same creates a Lien on the related inventory and proceeds thereof;

(u) any Lien securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.1(1); provided that such Lien shall not apply to any property or assets of any Loan Party.

(v) Liens on cash or Investments permitted under Section 6.4 securing Swap Agreements in the ordinary course of business submitted for clearing in accordance with applicable law;

(w) customary Liens granted in favor of a trustee to secure fees and other amounts owing to such trustee under an indenture or other agreement pursuant to Indebtedness not prohibited under this Agreement;

(x) security deposits paid to landlords in the ordinary course of business securing leases and subleases permitted hereunder; and

(y) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, other Liens and privileges arising mandatorily by any requirement of applicable Law.

 

-94-


Section 6.3 Fundamental Changes; Asset Sales.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, (x) merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, (y) sell, transfer, lease, enter into any sale-leaseback transactions with respect to, or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired) (it being agreed, for the avoidance of doubt, that sales, leases, transfers and other dispositions will not include any performance- or milestone-based feature of any Capital Product that adjusts the principal (or equivalent) of such Capital Product), or (z) liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(i) any Subsidiary or any other Person may merge into or consolidate with the Borrower in a transaction in which the surviving entity is (x) the Borrower or (y) a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, which corporation shall expressly assume, by a written instrument in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, all the Obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents and shall deliver all information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for purposes of compliance with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act;

(ii) any Person (other than the Borrower) may merge into or consolidate with any Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Restricted Subsidiary (provided that any such merger or consolidation involving a Guarantor must result in a Guarantor as the surviving entity);

(iii) any Loan Party may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to any other Loan Party, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to any Loan Party or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) in connection with any Acquisition, any Restricted Subsidiary may merge into or with, or consolidate with any other Person, and any other Person may merge into such Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Person surviving such merger or consolidation shall be a Restricted Subsidiary (provided that any such merger or consolidation involving a Guarantor must result in a Guarantor as the surviving entity);

(v) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or have any other Person merge into or consolidate with it, in a transaction in which such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a direct or indirect Subsidiary if such transaction is also permitted by clause (ix) below;

(vi) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

(vii) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may sell or transfer Equity Interests owned by such Restricted Subsidiary to any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or to any Loan Party; and

(viii) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower may make any sale, transfer or disposition permitted pursuant to Section 6.3(b).

 

-95-


(b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose (it being agreed, for the avoidance of doubt, that sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions will not include either any performance- or milestone-based feature of any Capital Product that adjusts the principal (or equivalent) of such Capital Product) of any asset, including any Equity Interest, owned by it, nor will the Borrower permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any additional Equity Interest in such Restricted Subsidiary, except:

(i) sales, transfers and other dispositions of inventory, used or surplus equipment and other fixed assets in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of cash, Investments permitted pursuant to Section 6.7 and other cash equivalents in a manner not otherwise prohibited hereunder;

(ii) sales, transfers and other dispositions (A) to a Loan Party or (B) among any Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties;

(iii) issuances of Equity Interests in a Restricted Subsidiary (A) as incentive compensation to officers, directors or employees of such Restricted Subsidiary; provided in the case of this clause (A), such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Guarantor, (B) to the Borrower or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided that any such issuance that would result in any Loan Party directly owning a lesser percentage of the Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary than such Loan Party owned immediately prior to giving effect thereto would only be permitted if such issuance, were it treated as a corresponding disposition of such Equity Interests by such Loan Party, would otherwise be permitted hereunder, or (C) as a Restricted Payment made in reliance on Section 6.04(b);

(iv) dispositions of assets to the extent that (A) such assets are exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement assets or (B) the proceeds of such disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement assets;

(v) licenses, sublicenses, leases and subleases that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(vi) sales or discounts of accounts receivable in connection with the compromise or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) the granting of Liens permitted by Section 6.2.

(viii) the making of any Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.4 and any Investment permitted by Section 6.7;

(ix) dispositions or transfers in the form of (A) the contribution or other disposition to a CFC Holdco or a Foreign Subsidiary of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness of, any other CFC Holdco or a Foreign Subsidiary owned directly by such Loan Party in exchange for Equity Interests in (or additional share premium or paid in capital in respect of Equity Interests in), or Indebtedness of, such CFC Holdco or Foreign Subsidiary, or a combination of any of the foregoing, and (B) an exchange of Equity Interests in any CFC Holdco or Foreign Subsidiary for Indebtedness of, or of Indebtedness of such CFC Holdco or Foreign Subsidiary for Equity Interests in, such CFC Holdco or Foreign Subsidiary;

(x) any sale, transfer or disposition of the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary or other assets owned by such Person for fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower); provided that (A) the aggregate consideration received or to be received in respect of any such sale, transfer or disposition plus (B) the aggregate consideration received or to be received in the twelve-month period then ended in respect of all other dispositions effected in reliance on this clause prior to or concurrently with such disposition shall not exceed $10,000,000 (or after an IPO, the greater of (x) $150,000,000 and (y) 20% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of such disposition);

 

-96-


(xi) sales, transfers or other dispositions consisting of the unwinding of any permitted Swap Agreement in accordance with its terms; and

(xii) Permitted IP Transfers.

Section 6.4 Restricted Payments. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except: so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) the Borrower is in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.8 on a Pro Forma Basis, Restricted Payments in an amount not exceeding the sum of (x) the amount by which Liquidity (determined on a pro forma basis at the time of (and after giving effect to) such Restricted Payment) exceeds $500,000,000 plus (y) an amount of up to $10,000,000 (or after an IPO, $100,000,000) (less any amounts previously utilized under this clause (y)) in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement; provided that Restricted Payments utilizing this Section 6.4(a) shall be deemed to be incurred under clause (x) to the extent there is capacity thereunder and if a Restricted Payment is to be incurred under both clauses (x) and (y), it will be deemed to have been incurred first under clause (x) to the extent of the capacity thereunder and then any remaining amount shall be deemed incurred under clause (y);

(b) any Restricted Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or make other Restricted Payments ratably to (i) its equity holders, (ii) the Borrower or (iii) any Guarantor; provided that, in the case of clause (i), any Restricted Payment made by a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is promptly further distributed to a Guarantor;

(c) The Borrower may make Restricted Payments to redeem in whole or in part any of its Equity Interests (including Disqualified Equity Interests) for another class of its Equity Interests or rights to acquire its Equity Interests (other than, in each case, Disqualified Equity Interests) or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests); provided that the only consideration paid for any such redemption is Equity Interests of the Borrower or the proceeds of any substantially concurrent equity contribution or issuance of Equity Interest (other than, in each case, Disqualified Equity Interests);

(d) Restricted Payments made in connection with equity compensation that consist solely of the withholding of shares to any employee (or other provider of services) in an amount equal to the employee’s (or other provider of services’) tax obligation on such compensation and the payment in cash to the applicable Governmental Authority of an amount equal to such tax obligation;

(e) the Borrower may declare and make dividends payable solely in additional shares of the Borrower’s Qualified Equity Interests and may exchange Equity Interests for its Qualified Equity Interests;

(f) following an IPO, the Borrower may make any Restricted Payment that has been declared by it, so long as (A) such Restricted Payment would be otherwise permitted under this Section 6.4 at the time so declared and (B) such Restricted Payment is made within 60 days of such declaration;

 

-97-


(g) following an IPO, the Borrower may repurchase Equity Interests pursuant to any accelerated stock repurchase or similar agreement; provided that the payment made by the Borrower with respect to such repurchase would be otherwise permitted under clause (a) of this Section 6.4 at the time such agreement is entered into and at the time such payment is made;

(h) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with equity compensation plans or other similar agreements for directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or in connection with a cessation of service of such Person;

(i) the Borrower may repurchase Equity Interests or rights in respect thereof granted to directors, officers or employees of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid pursuant to this clause (h) shall not exceed $7,500,000 in any fiscal year;

(j) the Borrower may (i) repurchase fractional shares of its Equity Interests arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations, business combinations or conversions of convertible securities, exercises of warrants or options, or settlements of restricted stock units or (ii) “net exercise” or “net share settle” warrants or options;

(k) the receipt or acceptance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the return of Equity Interests issued by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the seller of a Person, business or division as consideration for the purchase of such Person, business or division, which return is in settlement of indemnification claims owed by such seller in connection with such acquisition;

(l) the Borrower may make any payments of cash or deliveries in shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the Common Stock) (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) pursuant to the terms of, and otherwise perform its obligations under, any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness (including, without limitation, making payments of interest and principal thereon, making payments due upon required repurchase thereof and/or making payments and deliveries upon conversion or settlement thereof);

(m) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, payments in connection with transfer pricing, cost plus or similar arrangements entered into by the Borrower with its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

(n) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees; and

(o) the Borrower may pay the premium in respect of, make any payments (of cash or deliveries in shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property following a merger event, reclassification or other change of the Common Stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares)) required by, and otherwise perform its obligations under, any Permitted Call Spread Transaction, including in connection with any settlement, unwind or termination thereof.

 

-98-


Section 6.5 Restrictive Agreements.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (A) the ability of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to secure the Obligations or (B) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary or of any Restricted Subsidiary to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary under the Loan Documents; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions existing on the Effective Date identified on Schedule 6.5 to the Disclosure Letter (and shall apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification materially expanding the scope of, any such restrictions or conditions taken as a whole), (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Restricted Subsidiary or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale; provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Restricted Subsidiary or assets to be sold and such sale is not prohibited hereunder, (iv) the foregoing shall not apply to any agreement or restriction or condition in effect at the time any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and such restrictions and conditions apply only to such Restricted Subsidiary, (v) the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to Joint Ventures, (vi) clause (A) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 6.1(b) if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (vii) clause (A) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases, licenses, subleases and sub-licenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof or restricting the grant of Liens in such lease, license, sub-lease, sub-license or other contract, (viii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions set forth in any agreement governing any other Indebtedness not prohibited by Section 6.2; provided that such restrictions and conditions are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this Agreement, (ix) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions created in connection with any Securitization Facility or Receivables Financing Transaction that, in the good faith determination of the Borrower, are necessary or advisable to effect such Securitization Facility or Receivables Financing Transaction and (x) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions on cash or other deposits (including escrowed funds) imposed under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

(b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (i) amend, restate, supplement, or otherwise modify, any Material Agreement in a manner that is materially adverse to the Lenders, taken as a whole, or (ii) enter into any Material Agreement, in each case without the consent of the Required Lenders; provided, however, the foregoing shall not prohibit the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from entering into any Material Agreement with terms and conditions not materially less favorable to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, than the terms and conditions of the Material Agreements in effect on the Effective Date.

Section 6.6 Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates (other than between or among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not involving any other Affiliate, or as otherwise permitted hereunder, including as a Permitted IP Transfer), except (a) on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties as determined in good faith by the independent directors of the Board of Directors (with respect to transactions with a consideration or amount in excess of $7,500,000), (b) payment of customary directors’ fees, customary out-of-pocket expense reimbursement, indemnities (including the provision of directors and officers insurance) and compensation arrangements for members of the board of directors, officers, employees or other providers of services of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) any transaction involving amounts less than $500,000 individually or $5,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year, (d) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.4, (e) any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition permitted by Section 6.3 and (f) after an IPO, any Investment permitted by Section 6.7.

 

-99-


Section 6.7 Investments. No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment in any Person, including any Joint Venture, except:

(a) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities;

(b) Investments (including intercompany loans) in the Borrower or any other Loan Party;

(c) other Investments (including Investments in Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties, Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures); provided that, at the time any such Investment is made, such Investment does not exceed an aggregate amount equal to (i) the sum of (A) the amount by which Liquidity (determined on a Pro Forma Basis at the time of (and after giving effect to) such Investments) exceeds $500,000,000 and (B) $25,000,000 (or after an IPO, the greater of (x) $100,000,000 and (y) 10% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 3.4(a) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis), plus (ii) any return of capital from previous Investments made under this clause (c)(i)(B), less (iii) any amounts previously utilized under this clause (c); provided, further, that (I) such Investment does not include any sale, disposition, transfer or exclusive license of any Intellectual Property other than a Permitted IP Transfer and (II) such Investment shall be deemed to be incurred under clause (A) to the extent there is capacity thereunder and if any such Investment is to be incurred under both clauses (A) and (B), it will be deemed to have been incurred first under clause (A) to the extent of the capacity thereunder and then any remaining amount shall be deemed incurred under clause (B);

(d) Investments described in Schedule 6.7 to the Disclosure Letter;

(e) Swap Agreements which constitute Investments;

(f) trade receivables in the ordinary course of business;

(g) guarantees to insurers required in connection with worker’s compensation and other insurance coverage arranged in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i) intercompany Investments by any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(j) lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Investments of any Person in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided such Investment was not made in connection with or anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

-100-


(l) the purchase of any Permitted Call Spread Transaction by the Borrower and the performance of its obligations thereunder;

(m) Investments in or relating to a Securitization Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Borrower, are necessary or advisable to effect any Securitization Facility (including distributions or payments of Securitization Fees) or any obligation in respect of a Standard Securitization -107- Undertaking in connection therewith (including the contribution or lending of cash equivalents to Subsidiaries to finance the purchase of such assets from the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or to otherwise fund required reserves);

(n) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries, Joint Ventures and Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties; provided that, at the time any such Investment is made, such Investment does not exceed an aggregate amount equal to (i) the sum of (A) the amount by which Liquidity (determined on a pro forma basis at the time of (and after giving effect to) such Investment) exceeds $500,000,000 and (B) $25,000,000 (or after an IPO, the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 7.5% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 3.4(a) and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis), plus (ii) any return of capital from previous investments made under this clause (n), less (iii) any amounts previously utilized under this clause (o)(i)(B); provided, further, that (I) such Investment does not include any sale, disposition, transfer or exclusive license of any Intellectual Property other than a Permitted IP Transfer and (II) such Investment shall be deemed to be incurred under clause (A) to the extent there is capacity thereunder and if any such Investment is to be incurred under both clauses (A) and (B), it will be deemed to have been incurred first under clause (A) to the extent of the capacity thereunder and then any remaining amount shall be deemed incurred under clause (B);

(o) any Investment by any Captive Insurance Subsidiary in connection with its provision of insurance to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which Investment is made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice of such Captive Insurance Subsidiary, or by reason of applicable Law, rule, regulation or order, or that is required or approved by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Captive Insurance Subsidiary or its business, as applicable;

(p) (i) Investments made as a result of the receipt of noncash consideration from any sale, transfer or other disposition of any asset in compliance with Section 6.3(b)(i) and (ii) to the extent constituting Investments, sales, transfers and other dispositions permitted by Sections 6.3(b)(ix) and 6.3(b)(x); and

(q) Permitted Acquisitions.

For purposes of covenant compliance with this Section 6.7, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, less any amount paid, repaid, returned, distributed or otherwise received in cash in respect of such Investment.

Section 6.8 Financial Covenant. The Borrower will not permit the aggregate amount of Liquidity, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, to be less than $250,000,000.

 

-101-


Section 6.9 Certain Payments of Indebtedness; Amendments to Material Agreements.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make or pay, directly or indirectly, any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of principal of or interest of any Junior Financing, or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Junior Financing, except:

(i) refinancings of Indebtedness to the extent permitted by Section 6.1;

(ii) payment of secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness to the extent such sale or transfer is permitted by the terms of Section 6.3(b);

(iii) so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) the Borrower is in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.8 hereof on a Pro Forma Basis, an amount thereof not exceeding the sum of (x) the amount by which Liquidity (determined on a pro forma basis at the time of (and after giving effect to) thereto) exceeds $500,000,000 plus (y) an amount of up to $10,000,000 (or after an IPO, $100,000,000) (less any amounts previously utilized under this clause (y)) in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement; provided that such prepayments or other distributions utilizing this Section 6.9(a) shall be deemed to be incurred under clause (x) to the extent there is capacity thereunder and if any such prepayment or other distribution is to be incurred under both clauses (x) and (y), it will be deemed to have been incurred first under clause (x) to the extent of the capacity thereunder and then any remaining amount shall be deemed incurred under clause (y);

(iv) the Borrower may convert any convertible securities into Qualified Equity Interests pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof;

(v) payment of regularly scheduled interest and principal payments as, in the form of payment and when due in respect of any Indebtedness, other than payments in respect of any Junior Financing prohibited by the subordination provisions thereof;

(vi) the repayment, prepayment, repurchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or termination of the Senior Notes; and

(vii) payments in connection with transfer pricing, cost plus or similar arrangements entered into by the Borrower with its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

(b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, amend or modify any documentation governing any Junior Financing, if as a result of such amendment or modification such Junior Financing has terms that would not have been permitted if incurred at the time such Junior Financing was initially incurred.

 

-102-


ARTICLE VII

GUARANTY

Section 7.1 Guaranty of the Obligations. The Guarantors jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranty the due and punctual payment in full of all Obligations when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §362(a)) (collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”); provided that the Guaranteed Obligations of the Borrower in its capacity as a Guarantor shall exclude any Direct Borrower Obligations.

Section 7.2 Payment by Guarantors. The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree, in furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Beneficiary may have at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, that upon the failure of the Borrower or any other Guarantor to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise, Guarantors will upon demand pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Beneficiaries, an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal amount of all Guaranteed Obligations then due as aforesaid, accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (including interest which, but for the Borrower’s becoming the subject of a case under the Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not a claim is allowed against the Borrower for such interest in the related bankruptcy case) and all other Guaranteed Obligations then owed to the Beneficiaries as aforesaid.

Section 7.3 Liability of Guarantors Absolute. Each Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, independent and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance which constitutes a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor or surety other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, each Guarantor agrees as follows:

(a) this Guaranty is a guaranty of payment when due and not of collectability and this Guaranty is a primary obligation of each Guarantor and not merely a contract of surety;

(b) the Administrative Agent may enforce this Guaranty during the continuation of an Event of Default notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between the Borrower and any Beneficiary with respect to the existence of such Event of Default;

(c) the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Borrower and the obligations of any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the obligations of the Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against such Guarantor whether or not any action is brought against the Borrower, any such other guarantor or any other Person and whether or not the Borrower, any such other guarantor or any other Person is joined in any such action or actions;

(d) payment by any Guarantor of a portion, but not all, of the Guaranteed Obligations shall in no way limit, affect, modify or abridge any Guarantor’s liability for any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which has not been paid. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent is awarded a judgment in any suit brought to enforce any Guarantor’s covenant to pay a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations, such judgment shall not be deemed to release such Guarantor from its covenant to pay the portion of the Guaranteed Obligations that is not the subject of such suit, and such judgment shall not, except to the extent satisfied by such Guarantor, limit, affect, modify or abridge any other Guarantor’s liability hereunder in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

-103-


(e) any Beneficiary, upon such terms as it deems appropriate under the relevant Loan Document, without notice or demand and without affecting the validity or enforceability hereof or giving rise to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination of any Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time may (i) renew, extend, accelerate, increase the rate of interest on, or otherwise change the time, place, manner or terms of payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) settle, compromise, release or discharge, or accept or refuse any offer of performance with respect to, or substitutions for, the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto and/or subordinate the payment of the same to the payment of any other obligations; (iii) request and accept other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations and take and hold security for the payment hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) release, surrender, exchange, substitute, compromise, settle, rescind, waive, alter, subordinate or modify, with or without consideration, any security for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, any other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other obligation of any Person (including any other Guarantor) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) enforce and apply any security now or hereafter held by or for the benefit of such Beneficiary in respect hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, or exercise any other right or remedy that such Beneficiary may have against any such security, in each case as such Beneficiary in its discretion may determine consistent herewith and any applicable security agreement, including foreclosure on any such security pursuant to one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable, and even though such action operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of any Guarantor against any other Loan Party or any security for the Guaranteed Obligations; and (vi) exercise any other rights available to it under the Loan Documents; and

(f) this Guaranty and the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination for any reason (other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) and the cancellation or expiration or cash collateralization of all Letters of Credit in an amount equal to 103% of Letter of Credit Usage at such time on terms satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Banks), including the occurrence of any of the following, whether or not any Guarantor shall have had notice or knowledge of any of them: (i) any failure or omission to assert or enforce or agreement or election not to assert or enforce, or the stay or enjoining, by order of court, by operation of law or otherwise, of the exercise or enforcement of, any claim or demand or any right, power or remedy (whether arising under the Loan Documents, at law, in equity or otherwise) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any other guaranty of or security for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms or provisions (including provisions relating to events of default) hereof, any of the other Loan Documents or any agreement or instrument executed pursuant thereto, or of any other guaranty or security for the Guaranteed Obligations, in each case whether or not in accordance with the terms hereof or such Loan Document or any agreement relating to such other guaranty or security; (iii) the Guaranteed Obligations, or any agreement relating thereto, at any time being found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect; (iv) the application of payments received from any source (other than payments received pursuant to the other Loan Documents or from the proceeds of any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, except to the extent such security also serves as collateral for indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations) to the payment of indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations, even though any Beneficiary might have elected to apply such payment to any part or all of the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) the change, reorganization or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and to any corresponding restructuring of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not consented to by any Beneficiary; (vi) any failure to perfect or continue perfection of a security interest in any collateral which secures any of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vii) any defenses, set offs or counterclaims which the Borrower or any other Person may allege or assert against any Beneficiary in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, including failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, accord and satisfaction and usury; and (viii) any other act or thing or omission, or delay to do any other act or thing, which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor as an obligor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

-104-


Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor in respect of its Guaranty shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its obligations under this Agreement subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or any comparable provisions of any similar federal or state law; provided, however, that this limitation shall not apply to the Borrower with respect to its Direct Borrower Obligations.

Section 7.4 Waivers by Guarantors. Each Guarantor hereby waives, for the benefit of the Beneficiaries: (a) any right to require any Beneficiary, as a condition of payment or performance by such Guarantor, to (1) proceed against the Borrower, any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (2) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Borrower, any such other guarantor or any other Person, (3) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Beneficiary in favor of any Loan Party or any other Person, or (4) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Beneficiary whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other Guarantor including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Borrower or any other Guarantor from any cause other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations; (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon any Beneficiary’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; (e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms hereof and any legal or equitable discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) any rights to set offs, recoupments and counterclaims, (iii) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Beneficiary protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto, and (iv) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance hereof, notices of default hereunder or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of any extension of credit to the Borrower and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 7.3 and any right to consent to any thereof; and (f) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms hereof, in each case other than the indefeasible payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

-105-


Section 7.5 Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc. Until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) and the Commitments shall have terminated, each Guarantor hereby waives any claim, right or remedy, direct or indirect, that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower or any other Guarantor or any of its assets in connection with this Guaranty or the performance by such Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, in each case whether such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute, under common law or otherwise and including, (i) any right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) any right to enforce, or to participate in, any claim, right or remedy that any Beneficiary now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower, and (iii) any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any collateral or security now or hereafter held by any Beneficiary. In addition, until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled or cash collateralized in an amount equal to 103% of Letter of Credit Usage at such time on terms satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Banks and the Commitments shall have terminated, each Guarantor shall withhold exercise of any right of contribution such Guarantor may have against any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification such Guarantor may have against the Borrower or against any collateral or security, and any rights of contribution such Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor, shall be junior and subordinate to any rights any Beneficiary may have against the Borrower, to all right, title and interest any Beneficiary may have in any such collateral or security, and to any right any Beneficiary may have against such other guarantor. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of any such subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution rights at any time when all Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held in trust for the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Beneficiaries to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms hereof.

Section 7.6 Subordination of Other Obligations. Any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor now or hereafter held by any Guarantor (the “Obligee Guarantor”) is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the Guaranteed Obligations, and any such Indebtedness collected or received by the Obligee Guarantor after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing shall be held in trust for the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Beneficiaries to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations but without affecting, impairing or limiting in any manner the liability of the Obligee Guarantor under any other provision hereof.

Section 7.7 Continuing Guaranty. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall remain in effect until all of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) shall have been paid in full and the Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled or cash collateralized in an amount equal to 103% of Letter of Credit Usage at such time on terms satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Banks. Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future transactions giving rise to any Guaranteed Obligations.

Section 7.8 Authority of Guarantors or the Borrower. It is not necessary for any Beneficiary to inquire into the capacity or powers of any Guarantor or the Borrower or the officers, directors or any agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any of them.

Section 7.9 Financial Condition of the Borrower. Any Loan may be made to the Borrower or continued from time to time, in each case without notice to or authorization from any Guarantor regardless of the financial or other condition of the Borrower or any other Loan Party at the time of any such grant or continuation, as the case may be. No Beneficiary shall have any obligation to disclose or discuss with any Guarantor its assessment, or any Guarantor’s assessment, of the financial condition of the Borrower or any other Loan Party. Each Guarantor has adequate means to obtain information from the Borrower and the other Loan Parties on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties and their respective ability to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents, and each Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of the Borrower and each other Loan Party and of all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of any Beneficiary to disclose any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, operations or conditions of the Borrower or any other Loan Party now known or hereafter known by any Beneficiary.

 

-106-


Section 7.10 Bankruptcy, Etc. (a) So long as any Guaranteed Obligations remain outstanding, no Guarantor shall, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent acting pursuant to the instructions of Required Lenders, commence or join with any other Person in commencing any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency case or proceeding of or against the Borrower or any other Loan Party. The obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be reduced, limited, impaired, discharged, deferred, suspended or terminated by any case or proceeding, voluntary or involuntary, involving the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, liquidation or arrangement of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or by any defense which the Borrower or any other Loan Party may have by reason of the order, decree or decision of any court or administrative body resulting from any such proceeding.

(b) Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that any interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding referred to in clause (a) above (or, if interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations ceases to accrue by operation of law by reason of the commencement of such case or proceeding, such interest as would have accrued on such portion of the Guaranteed Obligations if such case or proceeding had not been commenced) shall be included in the Guaranteed Obligations because it is the intention of Guarantors and the Beneficiaries that the Guaranteed Obligations which are guaranteed by Guarantors pursuant hereto should be determined without regard to any rule of law or order which may relieve the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any portion of such Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantors will permit any trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person to pay the Administrative Agent, or allow the claim of the Administrative Agent in respect of, any such interest accruing after the date on which such case or proceeding is commenced.

(c) In the event that all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall continue and remain in full force and effect or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event that all or any part of such payments) are rescinded or recovered directly or indirectly from any Beneficiary as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, and any such payments which are so rescinded or recovered shall constitute Guaranteed Obligations for all purposes hereunder.

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

If any of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall occur:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable or any amount due and payable to any Issuing Bank in reimbursement of any drawing under any Letter of Credit, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under any of the Loan Documents, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

 

-107-


(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any certificate furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

(d) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.2, Section 5.3 (solely with respect to the Borrower’s existence), Section 5.9, or in Article VI;

(e) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any of the Loan Documents (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender);

(f) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) and such failure shall have continued after the applicable grace period, if any;

(g) after giving effect to any grace period, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary fails to observe or perform any term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in any agreement or instrument evidencing or governing any Material Indebtedness (other than as described in clause (f) above), if the failure referred to in this clause (g) causes, or permits the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or a trustee or other representative on its or their behalf (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) to cause, such Material Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity (or in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee in respect of Indebtedness to become payable) or become subject to a mandatory offer purchase by the obligor;

(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Debtor Relief Law or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(j) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall become unable and admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

-108-


(k) (i) one or more judgments for the payment of money in excess of $50,000,000 in the aggregate, to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage, shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination thereof (to the extent not paid or covered by a reputable and solvent independent third-party insurance company which has not disputed coverage) and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed (or an action of similar effect in any jurisdiction outside the U.S.), or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment and such action shall not be stayed (or an action of similar effect in any jurisdiction outside the U.S.) or (ii) any non-monetary judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process shall be entered or filed against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination thereof or any of their respective assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed (or an action of similar effect in any jurisdiction outside the U.S.) for a period of 90 consecutive days and such non-monetary judgment, writ, warrant of attachment or similar process would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) one or more ERISA Events shall have occurred that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(m) a Change in Control shall occur;

(n) any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any Collateral, with the priority required by the applicable Security Document, except as a result of (i) a sale or transfer of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents, (ii) the release thereof as provided in the applicable Security Document or Section 10.17 or (iii) as a result of the Administrative Agent’s failure to (A) maintain possession of any stock certificate, promissory note or other instrument delivered to it under the Collateral Agreement or (B) file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements; and

(o) any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the obligations hereunder or thereunder, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments and the obligation of the Issuing Banks to issue any Letters of Credit, and thereupon the Commitments and such obligations shall terminate immediately, (ii) direct the Borrower to pay (and the Borrower hereby agrees upon receipt of such notice, or upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Article VIII(h) or (i) to pay) to the Administrative Agent such additional amounts of cash as are reasonably requested by the applicable Issuing Banks, to be held as security for the Borrower’s reimbursement Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit then outstanding as set forth in Section 2.4(j) and (iii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder (including any amounts required to be deposited in respect of Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.4(j)), shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

 

-109-


In addition to any other rights and remedies granted to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Issuing Banks, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties, may exercise all rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon any Loan Party or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, or consent to the use by any Loan Party of any cash collateral arising in respect of the Collateral on such terms as the Administrative Agent deems reasonable, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, given an option or options to purchase or otherwise dispose of and deliver, or acquire by credit bid on behalf of the Issuing Banks, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties, the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or elsewhere, upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery, all without assumption of any credit risk. The Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender and any other Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Loan Party, which right or equity is hereby waived and released. Each Loan Party further agrees, at the Administrative Agent’s request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Administrative Agent at places which the Administrative Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Loan Party’s premises or elsewhere. The Administrative Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this paragraph, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any other way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents, in such order as the Administrative Agent may elect, and only after such application and after the payment by the Administrative Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law, including Section 9-615(a)(3) of the Uniform Commercial Code, need the Administrative Agent account for the surplus, if any, to any Loan Party. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Loan Party waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Administrative Agent or any Lender arising out of the exercise by them of any rights hereunder, absent gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition.

ARTICLE IX

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Each of the Lenders and Issuing Banks hereby irrevocably appoints JPMCB as the Administrative Agent (and JPMCB hereby accepts such appointment) and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Except, in each case, as set forth in the sixth and twelfth paragraphs of this Article, the provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and no Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. Each Lender, whether or not a party hereto, will be deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Guarantees of the Obligations provided under the Loan Documents, to have agreed to the provisions of this Article.

 

-110-


The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders or the Issuing Banks.

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent: (a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.2 or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law, and (c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.2) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision). The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with the Administrative Agent’s reliance on any Electronic Signature transmitted by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page), (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent or (vi) the creation, perfection or priority of Liens on the Collateral. Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Administrative Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be liable for, or be responsible for any Liabilities, costs or expenses suffered by the Borrower, any Subsidiary, any Lender or any Issuing Bank as a result of, any determination of any Dollar Equivalent.

 

-111-


The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall have the right to resign at any time by giving prior written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower. The Administrative Agent shall have the right to appoint a financial institution to act as the Administrative Agent hereunder, subject to the reasonable satisfaction of the Borrower and the Required Lenders, and the Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective on the earliest of (i) 30 days after delivery of the notice of resignation, (ii) the acceptance of such successor Administrative Agent by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or (iii) such other date, if any, agreed to by the Borrower and the Required Lenders. Upon any such notice of resignation, if a successor Administrative Agent has not already been appointed by the retiring Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent. If neither the Required Lenders nor the Administrative Agent have appointed a successor Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders shall be deemed to have succeeded to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent. Any successor Administrative Agent shall be a bank with an office in the United States or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, that successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the retiring Administrative Agent shall promptly transfer to such successor Administrative Agent all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents, whereupon such retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder; provided that, solely for purposes of maintaining any security interest granted to the Administrative Agent under any Security Document for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to be vested with such security interest as collateral agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and continue to be entitled to the rights set forth in such Security Document and the other Loan Documents, and, in the case of any Collateral in the possession of the Administrative Agent, shall continue to hold such Collateral, in each case until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed and accepts such appointment in accordance with this paragraph (it being understood and agreed that the retiring Administrative Agent shall have no duty or obligation to take any further action under any Security Document, including any action required to maintain the perfection of any such security interest). After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article IX shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent hereunder.

 

-112-


Any resignation of JPMCB or its successor as the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Article IX shall also constitute the resignation of JPMCB or its successor as Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank, and any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to this Section shall, upon its acceptance of such appointment, become successor Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank for all purposes hereunder. In such event (i) the Borrower shall prepay any outstanding Swing Line Loans made by the retiring Administrative Agent in its capacity as Swing Line Lender, (ii) upon such prepayment, the retiring Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender shall surrender any Swing Line Note held by it to the Borrower for cancellation, and (iii) the Borrower shall issue, if so requested by successor Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, a new Swing Line Note to the successor Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, in the principal amount of the Swing Line Sublimit then in effect and with other appropriate insertions. After such resignation of JPMCB as an Issuing Bank hereunder, JPMCB shall remain a party hereto to the extent that Letters of Credit issued by it remain outstanding and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

Each Lender and each Issuing Bank represents and warrants as of the date it becomes a Lender or Issuing Bank that (i) it is such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention that the Loan Documents set forth the terms of a commercial lending facility, (ii) it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans and in providing other facilities set forth herein as may be applicable to such Lender or Issuing Bank, in each case in the ordinary course of business, and not for the purpose of purchasing, acquiring or holding any other type of financial instrument (and each Lender and each Issuing Bank agrees not to assert a claim in contravention of the foregoing), (iii) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, or any other Lender or Issuing Bank, or any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement as a Lender, and to make, acquire or hold Loans hereunder and (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to make, acquire and/or hold commercial loans and to provide other facilities set forth herein, as may be applicable to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to make, acquire and/or hold such commercial loans or to provide such other facilities, is experienced in making, acquiring or holding such commercial loans or providing such other facilities. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any Arranger or any other Lender or Issuing Bank, or any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information (which may contain material, non-public information within the meaning of the United States securities laws concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates) as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no Arranger shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent or a Lender hereunder.

 

-113-


Subject to Section 10.2, without further written consent or authorization from any Lender, the Administrative Agent may execute any documents or instruments necessary to release any Guarantor from the Guaranty pursuant to Section 10.17 or with respect to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 10.2) have otherwise consented.

Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, each Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby agree that no Lender shall have any right individually to -121- enforce the Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, when all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) have been paid in full, all Commitments have terminated or expired and all Letters of Credit shall have terminated or expired without any pending drawing thereon (or the outstanding Letters of Credit have been cash collateralized in an amount equal to 103% of all Letter of Credit Usage at such time in a manner satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Banks), upon request of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender) take such actions as shall be required to release all Guaranties provided for in any Loan Document. Any such release of any Guaranty shall be deemed subject to the provision that such Guaranty shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true: (i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments, (ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of subsections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or (iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

 

-114-


In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding paragraph is true with respect to a Lender or such Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding paragraph, such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the -122- date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that neither the Administrative Agent, nor any Arranger or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto).

Each Lender (which term shall for the purposes of this and the succeeding paragraphs of this Article IX include the Issuing Banks) hereby agrees that (x) if the Administrative Agent notifies such Lender that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion that any funds received by such Lender from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates (whether as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees or otherwise; individually and collectively, a “Payment”) were erroneously transmitted to such Lender (whether or not known to such Lender), and demands the return of such Payment (or a portion thereof), such Lender shall promptly, but in no event later than one Business Day thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made in same day funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect, and (y) to the extent permitted by applicable law, such Lender shall not assert, and hereby waives, as to the Administrative Agent, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Payments received, including without limitation any defense based on “discharge for value” or any similar doctrine. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender under this paragraph shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

Each Lender hereby further agrees that if it receives a Payment from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates (x) that is in a different amount than, or on a different date from, that specified in a notice of payment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to such Payment (a “Payment Notice”) or (y) that was not preceded or accompanied by a Payment Notice, it shall be on notice, in each such case, that an error has been made with respect to such Payment. Each Lender agrees that, in each such case, or if it otherwise becomes aware a Payment (or portion thereof) may have been sent in error, such Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of such occurrence and, upon demand from the Administrative Agent, it shall promptly, but in no event later than one Business Day thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made in same day funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect.

The Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby agrees that (x) in the event an erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) is not recovered from any Lender that has received such Payment (or portion thereof) for any reason, the Administrative Agent shall be subrogated to all the rights of such Lender with respect to such amount and (y) an erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Obligations owed by the Borrower or any other Loan Party except, in each case, to the extent such erroneous Payment is, and solely with respect to the amount of such erroneous Payment that is, comprised of funds received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrower or any other Loan Party for the purpose of satisfying Obligations or from the proceeds of Collateral.

 

-115-


Each party’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any transfer of rights or obligations by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments or the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations under any Loan Document.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Notices. (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy (or other facsimile transmission or, subject to clause (b) below, other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., email)), as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, to it at Toast, Inc., 401 Park Drive, Suite 801, Boston, MA 02215, Attention: Jennifer DiRico (email: jdirico@toast.com) and Brian Elworthy (email: belworthy@toasttab.com) with a copy to Goodwin Procter LLP, Attention: Anna Dodson, Esq., 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, MA 02210, (email: adodson@goodwinlaw.com);

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 10 South Dearborn, Floor L2, Suite IL 1-1145, Chicago, Illinois 60603-2300, Attention: JPMorgan Loan Services (email: jpm.agency.servicing.l@jpmorgan.com) with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 237 Park Ave, 6th Floor, New York, New York 10016, Attention: Ting Ting Liu (email: tingting.liu@jpmorgan.com);

(iii) if to the Swing Line Lender, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 10 South Dearborn, Floor L2, Suite IL 1-1145, Chicago, Illinois 60603-2300, Attention: JPMorgan Loan Services (email: jpm.agency.servicing.l@jpmorgan.com) with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 237 Park Ave, 6th Floor, New York, New York 10016, Attention: Ting Ting Liu (email: tingting.liu@jpmorgan.com);

(iv) if to any Issuing Bank, to it at its address (or telecopy (or other facsimile transmission) number) most recently specified by it in a notice delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (or, in the absence of any such notice, to the address (or telecopy (or other facsimile transmission) number) set forth in the Administrative Questionnaire of the Lender that is serving as such Issuing Bank or is an Affiliate thereof); and

(v) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy (or other facsimile transmission) number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopy (or other facsimile transmission) shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

 

-116-


(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders, Swing Line Lender and Issuing Banks hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender, Swing Line Lender and applicable Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(c) Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy (or other facsimile or electronic transmission) contact information for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent may make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, IntraLinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar, the Internet or another similar electronic system chosen by the Administrative Agent to be its electronic transmission system (the “Platform”). THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the communications effected thereby (the “Communications”). No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) be responsible or liable for damages arising from the unauthorized use by others of information or other materials obtained through internet, electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission, except to the extent that such damages have resulted from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Agent Party (as determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction).

Section 10.2 Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance, amendment, extension or increase of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the applicable Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

 

-117-


(b) Except as provided in Section 2.13(b), none of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided, however, that, subject to Section 2.13(b), no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (or make any changes to the definition of “Applicable Percentage”), (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan, reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any reimbursement obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender and Issuing Bank directly and adversely affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby; provided, however, that notwithstanding clause (ii) or (iii) of this Section 10.2(b), only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the default rate set forth in Section 2.12(c), (iv) change Section 2.17(b), Section 2.17(c), Section 4.02 of the Collateral Agreement or any other Section hereof providing for the ratable treatment of the Lenders, in each case in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) release all or substantially all of the value of any Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender, except to the extent the release of any Guarantor is permitted pursuant to Article IX or Section 10.17 (in which case such release may be made by the Administrative Agent, acting alone), (vi) change any of the provisions of this Section or the percentage referred to in the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender, (vii) extend the expiration date of any Letter of Credit beyond the Maturity Date without the written consent of the applicable Issuing Bank, each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, and the beneficiary(ies) of such Letter of Credit, (viii) change the definition of “Pro Rata Share” without the written consent of each Lender or (ix) release all or substantially all the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents, or subordinate any such Liens to Liens securing any other Indebtedness for borrowed money, in each case, without the written consent of each Lender (except as expressly provided in Section 10.17 or the applicable Security Document (including any such release by the Administrative Agent in connection with any sale or other disposition of the Collateral upon the exercise of remedies under the Security Documents), it being understood and agreed that an amendment or other modification of the type of obligations secured by the Security Documents shall not be deemed to be a release of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (A) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, (B) no such amendment shall amend, modify, terminate or waive any obligation of Lenders relating to the purchase of participations in Letters of Credit as provided in Section 2.4(d) without the written consent of the Administrative Agent and of each Issuing Bank, and no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of any Issuing Bank hereunder without the prior written consent of such Issuing Bank, (C) no such amendment shall amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision hereof relating to the Swing Line Sublimit or the Swing Line Loans without the consent of Swing Line Lender, (D) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or the termination thereof extended without the consent of such Lender, (y) the principal amount of any Defaulting Lender’s Loan, or the interest rate thereon or any fees payable hereunder to any Defaulting Lender may not be reduced without the consent of such Lender and (z) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender, (E) this Agreement may be amended to provide for a Commitment Increase in the manner contemplated by Section 2.19 and the extension of the Maturity Date as contemplated by Section 2.20, (F) any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be amended by an agreement in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, so long as, in each case, the Lenders shall have received at least five Business Days’ prior written notice thereof and the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five Business Days of the date of such notice to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that the Required Lenders object to such amendment and (G) any amendment or waiver (including any waiver of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2) that by its terms disproportionately affects the rights or duties of Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of a particular Class (as compared to Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of any other Class) will require only the requisite percentage in interest of such disproportionately affected Class of Lenders that would be required to consent thereto if such Class of Lenders were the only Class of Lenders.

 

-118-


Section 10.3 Expenses: Limitation of Liability; Indemnity. (a) Expenses. The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable, documented and invoiced out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, each Arranger, any syndication agent and their respective Affiliates, including, without limitation, the reasonable, documented and invoiced fees, disbursements and other charges of one firm of counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and any syndication agent, taken as a whole (and if reasonably necessary (as determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower), of a single regulatory counsel and a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction) in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), and (ii) all reasonable, documented and invoiced out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, each Arranger, each Issuing Bank and each Lender, including, without limitation, the fees, disbursements and other charges of one firm of counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, taken as a whole (and if reasonably necessary (as determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower), of a single regulatory counsel and a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction and in the case of an actual or potential conflict of interest where the Administrative Agent or any Arranger affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected person), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made, or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b) Limitation of Liability. To the extent permitted by applicable law (i) the Borrower and any Loan Party shall not assert, and the Borrower and each Loan Party hereby waive, any claim against -127- the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, any Issuing Bank and any Lender, and any Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called a “Lender-Related Person”) for any Liabilities arising from the use by others of information or other materials (including, without limitation, any personal data) obtained through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet), except as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Lender-Related Person, and (ii) no party hereto shall assert, and each such party hereby waives, any Liabilities against any other party hereto, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that, nothing in this Section 10.3(b) shall relieve the Borrower and each Loan Party of any obligation it may have to indemnify an Indemnitee, as provided in Section 10.3(c), against any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnitee by a third party.

 

-119-


(c) Indemnity. Each Loan Party shall indemnify Administrative Agent, each Arranger, each Issuing Bank, each Lender and any syndication agent and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all Liabilities and reasonable, documented and invoiced expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective Proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available (v) with respect to Taxes (and amounts relating thereto), the indemnification for which shall be governed solely and exclusively by Sections 2.14 and 2.16, other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims or damages arising from any non-Tax claim, (w) to the extent that such Liabilities or reasonable, documented and invoiced expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (x) if arising from a material breach by such Indemnitee or one of its Affiliates of its express obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment), (y) if arising from any dispute between and among Indemnitees that does not involve an act or omission by the direct parent of the Borrower, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment) other than any proceeding against Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or the Issuing Banks in such capacity, or (z) if arising from any settlement with respect to indemnified liabilities which is entered into by such Indemnitee without Borrower’s written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

(d) Lender Reimbursement. Each Lender severally agrees to pay any amount required to be paid by the Borrower under paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 10.3 to the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each, an “Agent-Related Person”) (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Applicable Percentage in effect on the date on which such payment is sought under this Section (or, if such payment is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Applicable Percentage immediately prior to such date), and indemnify each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent-Related Person in any way relating to or arising out of the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent-Related Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that the unreimbursed expense or Liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against such Agent-Related Person in its capacity as such; provided further that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such Liabilities, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from such Agent-Related Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

-120-


(e) Payments. All amounts due under this Section 10.3 shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

Section 10.4 Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender and each Issuing Bank (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (but not to the Borrower or an Affiliate thereof or any natural person) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) the Borrower; provided that (x) the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to an assignment of all or a portion of the Loans and Commitments unless it shall have objected thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten Business Days after having received notice thereof and (y) no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; and

(B) the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 (or a greater amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000) unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent; provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

-121-


(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (except that an assignment may be of only Commitments of a single Class without the requirement to assign Commitments of any other Class);

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500;

(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any tax forms required by Section 2.16(e) and an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws;

(E) no such assignment shall be made to (i) any Loan Party nor any Affiliate of a Loan Party or (ii) any Defaulting Lender or any of its subsidiaries, or any Person, who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (ii) or (iii) any Disqualified Lender; and

(F) in connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

For the purposes of this Section, the term “Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.14, Section 2.15, Section 2.16 and Section 10.3); provided that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

 

-122-


(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and amounts on the Loans owing to, and drawings under Letters of Credit owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive (absent manifest error), and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register is intended to establish that each Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities of whatsoever nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Administrative Agent in performing its duties under this Section 10.4(b)(iv) except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent. The Loans (including principal and interest) are registered obligations and the right, title, and interest of any Lender or its assigns in and to such Loans shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and any tax forms required by Section 2.16(e) (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.6(b), Section 2.17(d) or Section 10.3(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (but not to the Borrower or an Affiliate thereof or any natural person) (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 10.2(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.14, Section 2.15 and Section 2.16 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.16(e) (it being understood and agreed that the documentation required under Section 2.16(e) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 10.12 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.8 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17(c) as though it were a Lender.

 

-123-


(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14 or Section 2.16, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive.

(iii) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for United States federal income tax purposes as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. The Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, the Bank of England or the European Central Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) (i) No assignment or participation shall be made to any Person that was a Disqualified Lender (other than, in the case of participations (but not assignments), a Person who was a Disqualified Institution solely as a result of clause (c) of the definition thereof) as of the date (the “Trade Date”) on which the assigning Lender entered into a binding agreement to sell and assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to such Person (unless the Borrower has consented to such assignment in writing in its sole and absolute discretion, in which case such Person will not be considered a Disqualified Lender for the purpose of such assignment or participation). With respect to any assignee that becomes a Disqualified Lender after the applicable Trade Date (including as a result of the delivery of a notice pursuant to, and/or the expiration of the notice period referred to in, the definition of “Disqualified Lender”), (A) such assignee shall not retroactively be disqualified from becoming a Lender and (B) the execution by the Borrower of an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignee will not by itself result in such assignee no longer being considered a Disqualified Lender. Any assignment in violation of this clause (e)(i) shall not be void, but the other provisions of this clause (e) shall apply.

 

-124-


(ii) If any assignment or participation is made to any Disqualified Lender without the Borrower’s sole prior written consent in violation of clause (e)(i) above, or if any Person becomes a Disqualified Lender after the applicable Trade Date, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to the applicable Disqualified Lender and the Administrative Agent, (A) in the case of outstanding Loans held by Disqualified Lenders, purchase or prepay such Loans by paying the lesser of (x) the principal amount thereof and (y) the amount that such Disqualified Lender paid to acquire such Loans, in each case plus accrued interest, accrued fees and all other amounts (other than principal amounts) payable to it hereunder and/or (B) require such Disqualified Lender to assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in this Section 10.4), all of its interest, rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more Persons at the lesser of (x) the principal amount thereof and (y) the amount that such Disqualified Lender paid to acquire such interests, rights and obligations, in each case plus accrued interest, accrued fees and all other amounts (other than principal amounts) payable to it hereunder.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Disqualified Lenders (A) will not (x) have the right to receive information, reports or other materials provided to Lenders by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, (y) attend or participate in meetings attended by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, or (z) access any electronic site established for the Lenders or confidential communications from counsel to or financial advisors of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders and (B) (x) for purposes of any consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of, or any action under, and for the purpose of any direction to the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, each Disqualified Lender will be deemed to have consented in the same proportion as the Lenders that are not Disqualified Lenders consented to such matter, and (y) for purposes of voting on any plan of reorganization or plan of liquidation pursuant to any Debtor Relief Laws, each Disqualified Lender party hereto hereby agrees (1) not to vote on such plan, (2) if such Disqualified Lender does vote on such plan notwithstanding the restriction in the foregoing clause (1), such vote will be deemed not to be in good faith and shall be “designated” pursuant to Section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision in any other Debtor Relief Laws), and such vote shall not be counted in determining whether the applicable class has accepted or rejected such plan in accordance with Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision in any other Debtor Relief Laws) and (3) not to contest any request by any party for a determination by the Bankruptcy Court (or other applicable court of competent jurisdiction) effectuating the foregoing clause (2).

(iv) The Administrative Agent shall have the right, and the Borrower hereby expressly authorizes the Administrative Agent to (1) post the list of Disqualified Lenders provided by the Borrower and any updates thereto from time to time (collectively, the “DQ List”) on the Platform and/or (2) provide the DQ List to each Lender requesting the same. The parties to this Agreement hereby acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent will not have any duty, responsibility or liability to monitor or enforce assignments, participations or other actions in respect of Disqualified Lenders, or otherwise take (or omit to take) any action with respect thereto.

 

-125-


Section 10.5 Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties herein or in the other Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance or any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any Loan Document is executed and delivered or any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Section 2.14, Section 2.15, Section 2.16 and Section 10.3 and Article IX shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Commitments, the cancellation or expiration of the Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder, the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

Section 10.6 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.1, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 10.7 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

Section 10.8 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and each of its respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) or other amounts at any time held by, and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, Issuing Bank or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against any of and all the obligations of such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document held by such Lender or Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.21 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender and Issuing Bank under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender or Issuing Bank may have. Each Lender and Issuing Bank agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

-126-


Section 10.9 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK

(b) Each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that, notwithstanding the governing law provisions of any applicable Loan Document, any claims brought against the Administrative Agent by any Lender relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the consummation or administration of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

(c) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan (or if such court lacks subject matter jurisdiction, the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan), and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions relating hereto or thereto, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may (and any such claims, cross-claims or third party claims brought against the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties may only) be heard and determined in such Federal (to the extent permitted by law) or New York State court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against any Loan Party in a jurisdiction where Collateral is located or to enforce a judgment in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(d) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (c) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(e) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.1. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 10.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

-127-


Section 10.11 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 10.12 Confidentiality. (a) Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (which term shall for the purposes of this Section 10.12 includes the Issuing Banks) agrees to (i) maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), (ii) not disclose any Information to any individual or organization, either internally or externally, without the prior written consent of the Borrower, and (iii) not use the Information for any purpose except in connection with the Loan Documents, except that Information may be disclosed (A) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, other providers of services and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors, or to any credit insurance provider relating to any Loan Party and its obligations, in each case whom it reasonably determines needs to know such information in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and required to keep such Information confidential), (B) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) (in which case the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any self-regulatory authority or governmental or regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority), to the extent practicable and permitted by applicable law, to inform the Borrower promptly thereof), (C) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process (in which case the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to inform the Borrower promptly thereof), (D) to any other party to this Agreement or to any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Loans made to the Borrower, (E) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any Loan Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder or under any Loan Document, (F) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to any permitted assignee of any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (G) with the consent of the Borrower, (H) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower, (I) to any Participant or “bona fide” prospective Participant in, or any “bona fide” prospective assignee of, the Commitments, the Loans or any Lender’s rights or obligations under this Agreement (in each case other than any Disqualified Lender) or (J) to any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations in each case other than any Disqualified Lender; provided that, in the case of clauses (I) and (J) of this Section 10.12 (x) such disclosure shall be subject to the Borrower’s consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) at any time prior to an IPO, (y) such Participant, prospective Participant, prospective assignee, actual or prospective counterparty or advisor is advised of and agrees, in advance of such disclosure, in writing (including pursuant to customary “click-through” procedures), to be bound by either the provisions of this Section 10.12 or other provisions that are at least as restrictive as the provisions contained in this Section 10.12 and (z) no consent of Borrower shall be required (I) with respect to the provision of Limited Information to a Participant or permitted assignee if the Borrower shall have consented to the initial provision of Information or Limited Information to such Participant or permitted assignee, (II) with respect to any administrative notices from the Administrative Agent to any Lender and (III) during any time that a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower, or from any of its Affiliates, representatives or advisors on behalf of the Borrower, relating to the Borrower or its business (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the DQ List), other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower, or by any of its Affiliates, representatives or advisors on behalf of the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. In addition, the Administrative Agent and each Lender may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the administration or servicing of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Commitments.

 

-128-


(b) EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 10.12(a) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(c) ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR ITS SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

Section 10.13 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the NYFRB Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

-129-


Section 10.14 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each Transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its subsidiaries’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders (which term shall for the purposes of this Section include the Issuing Banks) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between such Loan Party and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) such Loan Party has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) such Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the Transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for any Loan Party or any of its subsidiaries, or any other Person and (B) neither Administrative Agent, any Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates with respect to the Transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of such Loan Party and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent, any Arrangers nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to such Loan Party or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

Section 10.15 Electronic Execution. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of (x) this Agreement, (y) any other Loan Document and/or (z) any document, amendment, approval, consent, information, notice (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any notice delivered pursuant to Section 10.1), certificate, request, statement, disclosure or authorization related to this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or the transactions contemplated hereby and/or thereby (each an “Ancillary Document”) that is an Electronic Signature transmitted by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement, such other Loan Document or such Ancillary Document, as applicable. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document shall be deemed to include Electronic Signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in any electronic form (including deliveries by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page), each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be; provided that nothing herein shall require the Administrative Agent to accept Electronic Signatures in any form or format without its prior written consent and pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided, further, without limiting the foregoing, (i) to the extent the Administrative Agent has agreed to accept any Electronic Signature, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders shall be entitled to rely on such Electronic Signature purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party without further verification thereof and without any obligation to review the appearance or form of any such Electronic signature and (ii) upon the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any Electronic Signature shall be promptly followed by a manually executed counterpart. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower and each Loan Party hereby (i) agrees that, for all purposes, including without limitation, in connection with any workout, restructuring, enforcement of remedies, bankruptcy proceedings or litigation among the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Borrower and the Loan Parties, Electronic Signatures transmitted by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page and/or any electronic images of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as any paper original, (ii) the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders may, at its option, create one or more copies of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document in the form of an imaged electronic record in any format, which shall be deemed created in the ordinary course of such Person’s business, and destroy the original paper document (and all such electronic records shall be considered an original for all purposes and shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper record), (iii) waives any argument, defense or right to contest the legal effect, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document based solely on the lack of paper original copies of this Agreement, such other Loan Document and/or such Ancillary Document, respectively, including with respect to any signature pages thereto and (iv) waives any claim against any Lender-Related Person for any Liabilities arising solely from the Administrative Agent’s and/or any Lender’s reliance on or use of Electronic Signatures and/or transmissions by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page, including any Liabilities arising as a result of the failure of the Borrower and/or any Loan Party to use any available security measures in connection with the execution, delivery or transmission of any Electronic Signature.

 

-130-


Section 10.16 Certain Notices. Each Lender (which term shall for the purposes of this Section include the Issuing Banks) that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lenders) hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the USA Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation. Each Loan Party shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Section 10.17 Release of Liens and Guarantees. (a) (i) A Loan Party shall automatically be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents and all security interests created by the Security Documents in Collateral owned by such Loan Party shall be automatically released (A) upon the consummation of any transaction or designation permitted by this Agreement (for the avoidance of doubt, as in effect from time to time) as a result of which such Loan Party ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to a permitted merger or amalgamation with a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or a designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary or (B) upon the request of the Borrower, in connection with a transaction permitted under this Agreement, as a result of which such Loan Party ceases to be a Designated Subsidiary and (ii) the security interests created by the Security Documents in Collateral owned by a Loan Party shall be automatically released, (A) with respect to any property of such Loan Party that becomes an Excluded Asset, (B) with respect to any assets of such Loan Party that are sold, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted by Section 6.3, and (C) with respect to all property of such Loan Party, upon the release of such Loan Party from its Guaranty otherwise in accordance with the Loan Documents; provided that, if so required by this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction and the terms of such consent shall not have provided otherwise. Upon any sale or other transfer by any Loan Party (other than to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or to any Restricted Subsidiary that, upon the consummation of such sale or other transfer would be required to become a Loan Party) of any Collateral in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest created under any Security Document in any Collateral pursuant to Section 10.2(b). the security interests in such Collateral created by the Security Documents shall be automatically released.

 

-131-


(b) Upon termination of the aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent amounts not yet due) under any Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or been terminated (unless such Letters of Credit have been (i) cash collateralized in an amount equal to 103% of Letter of Credit Usage at such time on terms reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank, (ii) backstopped by a letter of credit in form, amount and substance and by an institution reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank or (iii) deemed reissued under another facility reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank), all obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents shall be automatically released and all security interests created by the Security Documents shall be automatically released.

(c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section 10.17, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all Uniform Commercial Code termination statements and other documents and take all further actions that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release, and shall promptly deliver to the Borrower any possessory collateral subject to such release held by the Administrative Agent.

(d) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to provide any release or evidence of release, termination or subordination contemplated by this Section 10.17.

(e) In the event that (i) all the Equity Interests in any Guarantor are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to a Person other than the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, (ii) a Guarantor ceases to be a Designated Subsidiary or (iii) a Guarantor would become an Excluded Subsidiary upon the consummation of any transaction permitted hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall, at the Borrower’s expense, promptly take such action and execute such documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to terminate the Guaranty of such Guarantor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, without the consent of the Required Lenders, no Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents if such Guarantor ceases to be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary solely by virtue of a disposition or issuance of Equity Interests, unless such disposition or issuance is a good faith disposition or issuance to a bona-fide unaffiliated third party whose primary purpose is not the release of the Guaranty and obligations of such Guarantor under the Loan Documents.

Section 10.18 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among the parties hereto, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(A) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

 

-132-


(B) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent entity, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(C) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.

Section 10.19 Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for hedging agreements or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regime”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):

In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

Section 10.20 Collateral Matters. (a) Except with respect to the exercise of setoff rights in accordance with Section 2.17(c) or with respect to a Secured Party’s right to file a proof of claim in an insolvency proceeding, no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce any Guarantee of the Obligations, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof.

(b) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation thereof, no arrangements in respect of Cash Management Services the obligations under which constitute Secured Cash Management Obligations and no Swap Agreement the obligations under which constitute Secured Swap Obligations, will create (or be deemed to create) in favor of any Secured Party that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Loan Party under any Loan Document. By accepting the benefits of the Collateral, each Secured Party that is a party to any such arrangement in respect of Cash Management Services or Swap Agreement, as applicable, shall be deemed to have appointed the Administrative Agent to serve as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Loan Documents and agreed to be bound by the Loan Documents as a Secured Party thereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in this paragraph.

 

-133-


(c) The Secured Parties irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 6.2(a). The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders or any other Secured Party for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

Section 10.21 Credit Bidding. The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, to credit bid all or any portion of the Secured Obligations (including by accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Secured Obligations pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (a) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including under Section 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar laws in any other jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject, or (b) at any other sale, foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Secured Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid by the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders on a ratable basis (with Secured Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that shall vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) for the asset or assets so purchased (or for the equity interests or debt instruments of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are issued in connection with such purchase). In connection with any such bid, (i) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles and to assign any successful credit bid to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, (ii) each of the Secured Parties’ ratable interests in the Secured Obligations which were credit bid shall be deemed without any further action under this Agreement to be assigned to such vehicle or vehicles for the purpose of closing such sale, (iii) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles (provided that any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or equity interests thereof, shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by, and the governing documents shall provide for, control by the vote of the Required Lenders or their permitted assignees under the terms of this Agreement or the governing documents of the applicable acquisition vehicle or vehicles, as the case may be, irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Required Lenders contained in Section 9.2 of this Agreement), (iv) the Administrative Agent on behalf of such acquisition vehicle or vehicles shall be authorized to issue to each of the Secured Parties, ratably on account of the relevant Obligations which were credit bid, interests, whether as equity, partnership interests, limited partnership interests or membership interests, in any such acquisition vehicle and/or debt instruments issued by such acquisition vehicle, all without the need for any Secured Party or acquisition vehicle to take any further action, and (v) to the extent that Secured Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Secured Obligations assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of Secured Obligations credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Secured Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Secured Parties pro rata with their original interest in such Secured Obligations and the equity interests and/or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of such Secured Obligations shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action. Notwithstanding that the ratable portion of the Secured Obligations of each Secured Party are deemed assigned to the acquisition vehicle or vehicles as set forth in clause (ii) above, each Secured Party shall execute such documents and provide such information regarding the Secured Party (and/or any designee of the Secured Party which will receive interests in or debt instruments issued by such acquisition vehicle) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection with the formation of any acquisition vehicle, the formulation or submission of any credit bid or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such credit bid.

 

-134-


Section 10.22 Certain ERISA Matters. (a) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, and each Arranger and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments,

(ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement,

(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of subsections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(b) In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or such Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, and each Arranger and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that none of the Administrative Agent, or any Arranger or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the Collateral or the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto).

 

-135-


(c) The Administrative Agent, and each Arranger hereby informs the Lenders that each such Person is not undertaking to provide investment advice or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such Person has a financial interest in the transactions contemplated hereby in that such Person or an Affiliate thereof (i) may receive interest or other payments with respect to the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments, this Agreement and any other Loan Documents (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments for an amount less than the amount being paid for an interest in the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments by such Lender or (iii) may receive fees or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan Documents or otherwise, including structuring fees, commitment fees, arrangement fees, facility fees, upfront fees, underwriting fees, ticking fees, agency fees, administrative agent or collateral agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

-136-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

TOAST, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jennifer DiRico

Name: Jennifer DiRico
Title: Senior Vice President, Finance
TOAST CAPITAL LLC
By:  

/s/ Brian Elworthy

Name: Brian Elworthy
Title: General Counsel
STRATEX HOLDCO, LLC
By:  

/s/ Brian Elworthy

Name: Brian Elworthy
Title: General Counsel
OAE SOFTWARE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Brian Elworthy

Name: Brian Elworthy
Title: General Counsel
STRATEGY EXECUTION PARTNERS LLC
By:  

/s/ Brian Elworthy

Name: Brian Elworthy
Title: General Counsel

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a
Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Ting Ting Liu

Name: Ting Ting Liu
Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC
By:  

/s/ Kevin Raisch

Name: Kevin Raisch
Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement]


MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael King

Name: Michael King
Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement]


KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Thomas A. Crandell

Name: Thomas A. Crandell
Title: Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement]


SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Ryan Aberdale

Name: Ryan Aberdale
Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement]


SCHEDULE 2.1

COMMITMENTS

 

Lender

   Commitment Amount      Pro Rata Share  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   $ 100,000,000        30.30

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC

   $ 100,000,000        30.30

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

   $ 75,000,000        22.73

KeyBank National Association

   $ 40,000,000        12.12

Silicon Valley Bank

   $ 15,000,000        4.55

TOTAL

   $ 330,000,000        100.00


SCHEDULE 2.4

EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

Loan # (J)

  

Pricing Option

  

Alias

  

CCY

   Amount     

All-In
Rate

  

Effective

Date

102133486

  

Standby Letter of Credit

  

NUSCGS029911

  

USD

     0.00      3%   

18-Sep-2019

102341639

  

Standby Letter of Credit

  

NUSCGS032028

  

USD

     2,000,000.00      3%   

30-Dec-2019

102362375

  

Standby Letter of Credit

  

NUSCGS032030

  

USD

     2,485,293.75      3%   

10-Jan-2020

102447866

  

Standby Letter of Credit

  

NUSCGS032540

  

USD

     291,060.00      3%   

21-Feb-2020

101772188

  

Standby Letter of Credit

  

NUSCGS026008

  

USD

     6,800,000.00      3%   

05-Mar-2019


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF]

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (this “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [NAME OF ASSIGNOR] (the “Assignor”) and [NAME OF ASSIGNEE] (the “Assignee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement identified below, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex I attached hereto (the “Standard Terms and Conditions”) are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the facility identified below (including any letters of credit, guarantees and swing line loans included in such facility) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “Assigned Interest”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.    Assignor:   

 

[Assignor [is] [is not] a Defaulting Lender]

2.    Assignee:   

 

[and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [identify Lender]]

3.    Borrower:    Toast, Inc. (the “Company”)
4.    Administrative Agent:    JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement


5.    Credit Agreement:    Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2021 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, extended and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Toast, Inc., as Borrower, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender.
6.    Assigned Interest:   

 

Class of Assigned Commitments

  

Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loans for

all Lenders

  

Amount of

Commitment/Loans

Assigned

  

Percentage Assigned of
Commitment/Loans1

[Commitments]

[Incremental Revolving

Commitment Tranche]

   $    $    %

Effective Date: ________________, 20__ [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The Assignee agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent a completed Administrative Questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR],
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE],
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

1 

Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.


Consented to and Accepted:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, SWING LINE LENDER AND ISSUING BANK
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[         ], AS ISSUING BANK,
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[Consented to:
TOAST, INC.,
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:]2

 

 

2 

To be added only if the consent of the Company is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.


ANNEX I

TOAST, INC. CREDIT AGREEMENT

Standard Terms and Conditions for

Assignment and Assumption

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1 Assignor. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is [not] a Defaulting Lender; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any Collateral, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document, (iv) any requirements under applicable law for the Assignee to become a lender under the Credit Agreement or to charge interest at the rate set forth therein from time to time, or (v) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2 Assignee. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement and under applicable law, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received and/or had the opportunity to review a copy of the Credit Agreement to the extent it has in its sole discretion deemed necessary, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) thereof (or, prior to the first such delivery, the financial statements referred to in Section 3.4(a) thereof), as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has in its sole discretion deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Assignor or any other Lender or any of their respective Related Parties and (vi) attached to this Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; (b) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents; (c) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to or otherwise conferred upon the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (d) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.


2. Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignee whether such amounts have accrued prior to or on or after the Effective Date. The Assignor and the Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments by the Administrative Agent for periods prior to the Effective Date or with respect to the making of this assignment directly between themselves.

3. Effect of Assignment. Upon the delivery of a fully executed original hereof to the Administrative Agent, as of the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest and as provided in this Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent as provided in this Assignment and Assumption, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the extent of the Assigned Interest.

4. General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by facsimile or in electronic (i.e., “pdf’ or “tif’) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Page 2


EXHIBIT B-1

[FORM OF]

BORROWING REQUEST

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

for the Lenders party to the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[10 South Dearborn, Floor L2, Suite IL 1-1145, Chicago, Illinois 60603-2300

Attention: JPMorgan Loan Services (Email: jpm.agency.servicing.l@jpmorgan.com)]

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Toast, Inc. (the “Borrower”), refers to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2021 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto (each, a “Lender” and collectively, the “Lenders”), the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and you, as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement, that the undersigned hereby requests a Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such Borrowing (the “Proposed Borrowing”) as required by Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement:

(i) The Business Day of the Proposed Borrowing is, 20 -3

(ii) The Proposed Borrowing is [to consist of Revolving Loan] [a Swing Line Loan].

(iii) The aggregate principal amount of the Proposed Borrowing is [J4.

(iv) The Proposed Borrowing is to consist of [ABR Loans] [Eurodollar Loans].

[(v) The initial Interest Period for the Proposed Borrowing is [one/three/six months].]5

(vi) [The location and number of the account or accounts of Borrower to which funds are to be disbursed is as follows:

 

 

 

 

3 

Shall be a Business Day (a) at least one Business Day in the case of ABR Loans and at least three Business Days in the case of Eurodollar Loans, in each case, after the date hereof and (b) the date of the proposed Borrowing in the case of Swing Line Loans, provided that any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on a certain day only if given not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) in the case of ABR Loans and not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) in the case of Eurodollar Loans and Swing Line Loans, on such day.

4 

Such amount to be stated dollars.

5 

To be included for a Proposed Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans.


[Insert location and number of the account(s)]]

[Issuing Bank to which proceeds of the requested Borrowing are to be disbursed:]6

 

 

6 

Specify only in the case of a Borrowing requested to finance the reimbursement of a drawing honored under a Letter of Credit.

 

Page 2


Borrower has caused this Borrowing Request to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized Responsible Officer as of the date first written above.

 

Very truly yours,
TOAST, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Borrowing Request]


EXHIBIT B-2

[FORM OF]

FORM OF ISSUANCE NOTICE

Reference is made to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2021 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Toast, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, “Administrative Agent”) and Swing Line Lender.

Pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Credit Agreement, Borrower desires a Letter of Credit to be issued by [specify Issuing Bank] (the “Bank”) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement on [    ] (the “Credit Date”) in an aggregate face amount of $ [    ].

Attached hereto for each such Letter of Credit are the following:

(a) the stated amount of such Letter of Credit;

(b) the name and address of the beneficiary;

(c) the expiration date; and

(d) either (i) the verbatim text of such proposed Letter of Credit, or (ii) a description of the proposed terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, including a precise description of any documents to be presented by the beneficiary which, if presented by the beneficiary prior to the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, would require the Issuing Bank to make payment under such Letter of Credit.

Borrower hereby certifies that:

(i) after issuing such Letter of Credit requested on the Credit Date, (A) the Total Utilization of Commitments shall not exceed the total Commitments then in effect, (B) the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect and (C) the Letter of Credit Usage attributable to Letters of Credit issued by the Bank shall not exceed the Issuing Bank Sublimit of the Bank, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Bank;

(ii) as of the Credit Date, the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than to the extent qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of such Credit Date, except that (i) for purposes of this Issuance Notice, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.4(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they were true and correct in all material respects (other than to the extent qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”, in which case, such representations and warranties were true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date;


(iii) at the time of and immediately after issuing such Letter of Credit requested on the Credit Date, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(iv) at the time of and immediately after issuing such letter of credit requested on the Credit Date, Parent will be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.8 of the Credit Agreement whether or not such covenant would otherwise be tested in and as of the Credit Date; and

(v) on or before the Credit Date, Administrative Agent has received all other information required by this Issuance Notice.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Page 2


Date: [__________]

 

TOAST, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Borrowing Request]


EXHIBIT C

[FORM OF]

INTEREST ELECTION REQUEST

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

for the Lenders party to the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[10 South Dearborn, Floor L2, Suite IL 1-1145, Chicago, Illinois 60603-2300

Attention: JPMorgan Loan Services (Email: jpm.agency.servicing.l@jpmorgan.com)]

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Toast, Inc. (the “Borrower”), refers to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2021 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto (each, a “Lender” and collectively, the “Lenders”), the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and you, as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.7 of the Credit Agreement, that the undersigned hereby requests to [convert] [continue] the Borrowing of Loans referred to below, and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such [conversion] [continuation] (the “Proposed [Conversion] [Continuation] “) as required by Section 2.7 of the Credit Agreement:

(i) The Proposed [Conversion] [Continuation] relates to the Borrowing of Loans originally made on _____________, 20___ (the “Outstanding Borrowing”) in the principal amount of $ and currently maintained as a Borrowing of [ABR Loans] [Eurodollar Loans with an Interest Period ending on [___________ ___, _____]].

(ii) The effective date of the Proposed [Conversion] [Continuation] is ___________ ___, _____7

(iii) The Outstanding Borrowing shall be [continued as a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans with an Interest Period of [one/three/six months] [converted into a Borrowing of [ABR Loans] [Eurodollar Loans with an Interest Period of [one/three/six months]]]].8

 

 

 

7 

Shall be a Business Day at least one Business Day in the case of ABR Loans and at least three Business Days in the case of Eurodollar Loans, in each case, after the date hereof, provided that any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on a certain day only if given not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) in the case of ABR Loans and not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) in the case of Eurodollar Loans on such day.

8 

In the event that either (x) only a portion of the Outstanding Borrowing is to be so converted or continued or (y) the Outstanding Borrowing is to be divided into separate Borrowings with different Interest Periods, the Borrower should make appropriate modifications to this clause to reflect the same.


[The undersigned hereby certifies that no Event of Default has occurred and will be continuing on the date of the Proposed [Conversion] [Continuation]].9

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

9 

In the case of a Proposed Conversion or Continuation, insert this sentence only in the event that the conversion is from an ABR Loan to a Eurodollar Loan or in the case of a continuation of a Eurodollar Loan.

 

Page 2


Borrower has caused this Interest Election Request to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized Responsible Officer as of the date first written above.

 

Very truly yours,
TOAST, INC.
By:  

     

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Interest Election Request]


EXHIBIT D-1

[FORM OF]

REVOLVING LOAN NOTE

New York, New York

____________ __, ______.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, TOAST, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to [_____] or its registered assigns (the “Revolving Lender”), in dollars, in immediately available funds, at the office of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (the “Administrative Agent”) located at [_____] on the Maturity Date (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) made by the Revolving Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, payable at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower promises also to pay to the Revolving Lender interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan incurred by Borrower from the Revolving Lender in like money at said office from the date such Revolving Loan is made until paid at the rates and at the times provided in Section 2,12 of the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Revolving Loan Notes referred to in the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2021 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender, and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other Loan Documents. As provided in the Credit Agreement, this Note is subject to voluntary prepayment, in whole or in part, prior to the Maturity Date and the Revolving Loans may be converted from one Type into another Type to the extent provided in the Credit Agreement.

In case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind in connection with this Note.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK


TOAST, INC.
By:  

     

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Revolving Loan Note]


EXHIBIT D-2

[FORM OF]

SWING LINE NOTE

New York, New York

____________ __, ______.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, TOAST, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. or its registered assigns (the “Swing Line Lender”), in dollars, in immediately available funds, at the office of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (the “Administrative Agent”) located at [_______] on the Maturity Date (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the unpaid principal amount of all Swing Line Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) made by the Swing Line Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, payable at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower promises also to pay to the Swing Line Lender interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Swing Line Loan incurred by the Borrower from the Swing Line Lender in like money at said office from the date such Swing Line Loan is made until paid at the rates and at the times provided in Section 2.12 of the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Swing Line Notes referred to in the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2021 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender, and is entitled to the benefits thereof and of the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement). As provided in the Credit Agreement, this Note is subject to voluntary prepayment, in whole or in part, prior to the Maturity Date.

In case an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind in connection with this Note.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK


TOAST, INC.
By:  

     

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Swing Line Note]


EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF]

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

This Compliance Certificate (this “Compliance Certificate”) is delivered to you pursuant to Section 5.1(c) of the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2021 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”: the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Toast, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, “Administrative Agent”) and Swing Line Lender.

1. I am the duly elected, qualified and acting [Chief Financial Officer] [Principal Accounting Officer] [Treasurer] [Controller] of Borrower.

2. I have reviewed and am familiar with the contents of this Certificate. I am providing this Compliance Certificate solely in my capacity as a Financial Officer of Borrower.

3. I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The financial statements for the fiscal [quarter] [year] of Borrower ended [_____] attached hereto as ANNEX 1 or otherwise delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the requirements of Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement (the “Financial Statements”) present fairly in all material respects as of the date of each such statement the financial condition and results of operations of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied[, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes]10.

4. No Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof[, except for ____________]11.

5. There has been no change in GAAP or in the application thereof applicable to Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.4 of the Credit Agreement that has had a material impact on the Financial Statements [,except for [_______], the effect of which on the Financial Statements has been [_________]]12.

6. Attached hereto as ANNEX 2 is the computation showing (in reasonable detail) Liquidity of the Loan Parties as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter covered by the financial statements. [I hereby certify that the conditions to borrowing set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of Section 4.2 of the Credit Agreement are satisfied as of the Computation Date (as defined in ANNEX 2).]13

 

 

 

 

 

10 

To be included only if the Compliance Certificate is certifying the quarterly financials.

11 

Specify the details of any Default, if any, and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

12 

If and to the extent that any change in GAAP that has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.4 of the Credit Agreement had an impact on such financial statements, specify the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying this Compliance Certificate.

13 

To be included if the amount of Available Revolving Commitments set forth in ANNEX 2 is greater than $0.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Compliance Certificate as of the date first written above.

 

TOAST, INC.
By:  

     

  Name:
  Title:


ANNEX 1

[Applicable Financial Statements to be attached if applicable]


ANNEX 2

The information described herein is as of [____________, _______]14 (the “Computation Date”) and, except as otherwise indicated below, pertains to the period from [the Effective Date][____________, _______]15 to the Computation Date.

Liquidity

 

a.    (i) Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents plus (ii) Marketable Securities held by Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries    $_______________
b.    Available Revolving Commitments    $_______________
c.    Sum of line a and line b    $_______________

 

 

 

14 

Insert the last day of the respective fiscal quarter or fiscal year covered by the financial statements which are required to be accompanied by this Compliance Certificate.

15 

Insert the Effective Date, in the case of the first Compliance Certificate and thereafter, the first day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of Borrower ended on the Computation Date.


EXHIBIT F

[FORM OF]

MATURITY DATE EXTENSION REQUEST

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

for the Lenders parties to the

Credit Agreement referred to below

[10 South Dearborn, Floor L2, Suite IL 1-1145, Chicago, Illinois 60603-2300

Attention: JPMorgan Loan Services (Email: jpm.agency.servicing.l@jpmorgan.com)]

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2021 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Toast, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, “Administrative Agent”) and Swing Line Lender. In accordance with Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby requests [(i)] an extension of the Maturity Date from [_________], 20[__] to [_________], 20[__], [(ii) the following changes to the Applicable Rate to be applied in determining the interest payable on Loans of, and fees payable under the Credit Agreement to, Consenting Lenders in respect of that portion of their Commitments (and related Loans) extended to such new Maturity Date, which changes shall become effective on [_________], 20[__]] [and] [(iii) the amendments or modifications to the terms of the Credit Agreement to be effected in connection with this Maturity Date Extension Request as set forth below, which amendments shall become effective on [_________], 20[__]:

[____________]]

 

TOAST, INC., as Borrower
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


The undersigned consents to the requested amendments to the terms of the Credit Agreement and further consents [(a)] in its capacity as a Lender, to the requested extension of the Maturity Date with respect to $[___] of its Commitments [and (b) in its capacity as an Issuing Bank, to the requested extension of the Maturity Date with respect to $[___] of its Issuing Bank Sublimit].

 

Name of Institution: [_____], as Lender [and Issuing Bank],

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
For any Institution requiring a second signature line:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT G

[FORM OF]

COUNTERPART AGREEMENT

This Counterpart Agreement, dated [____] (this “Counterpart Agreement”) is delivered pursuant to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2021 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Toast, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, “Administrative Agent”) and Swing Line Lender.

Section 1. Pursuant to Section 5.10 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned (the “New Guarantor”) hereby

(a) agrees that this Counterpart Agreement may be attached to the Credit Agreement and that by the execution and delivery hereof, the undersigned becomes a Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and agrees to be bound by all of the terms thereof with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor; and

(b) represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement (other than such representations and warranties that relate solely to facts and conditions as of the Effective Date) and applicable to the undersigned is true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided that in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect” in the text thereof.

Section 2. Neither this Counterpart Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party (including, if applicable, any party required to evidence its consent to or acceptance of this Counterpart Agreement) against whom enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be given to the Borrower in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement. In case any provision in or obligation under this Counterpart Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by facsimile or in electronic (i.e., “pdf’ or “tif’) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF SECTION 10.9(B) OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT ARE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN AS IF FULLY SET FORTH HEREIN.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Counterpart Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date above first written.

 

[NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED, as of the date above first written:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT H

[FORM OF]

SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

[Date]

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES AS FOLLOWS:

1. I am the [title of a Financial Officer] of Toast, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”).

2. Reference is made to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2021 (as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, extended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Borrower, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), the Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, “Administrative Agent”) and Swing Line Lender.

3. I have reviewed the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the contents of this Solvency Certificate and, in connection herewith, have reviewed such other documentation and information and, in my opinion, have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable me to express an informed opinion as to the matters referred to herein.

4. Based upon my review and examination described in paragraph 3 above, I certify in my capacity as a Financial Officer of the Borrower and not in any individual capacity that, as of the date hereof, the Borrower is, together with its Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (assuming for this purpose that the full amount of the Commitments is drawn on the date hereof), Solvent.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his/her name as of the date first written above

 

TOAST, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title: [Financial Officer]


EXHIBIT I-1

[FORM OF]

PORTFOLIO INTEREST CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2021, among Toast, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender (as modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN, as applicable. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

Exhibit I-1


[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date: ___________ ___, 20[___]

 

 

Exhibit I-1


EXHIBIT I-2

[FORM OF]

PORTFOLIO INTEREST CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2021, among Toast, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender (as modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN, as applicable. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

Exhibit I-2


[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date: ___________ ___, 20[___]

Exhibit I-2


EXHIBIT I-3

[FORM OF]

PORTFOLIO INTEREST CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2021, among Toast, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender (as modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect to such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “bank” extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

Exhibit I-3


[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date: ___________ ___, 20[___]

Exhibit I-3


EXHIBIT I-4

PORTFOLIO INTEREST CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2021, among Toast, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender (as modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “bank” extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or (ii) an IRS Form W- 8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date: ___________ ___, 20[___]


EXHIBIT J

[FORM OF]

CERTIFICATION REGARDING BENEFICIAL OWNERS

OF LEGAL ENTITY CUSTOMERS

I. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

What is this form?

To help the U.S. government fight financial crime, federal regulation requires certain financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information about the beneficial owners of legal entity customers. Legal entities can be abused to disguise involvement in terrorist financing, money laundering, tax evasion, corruption, fraud, and other financial crimes. Requiring the disclosure of key individuals who own or control a legal entity (i.e., the beneficial owners) helps U.S. law enforcement investigate and prosecute these crimes.

Who has to complete this form?

This form must be completed by the person opening a new account on behalf of a legal entity with a bank, a broker or dealer in securities, or certain other types of U.S. financial institution, and the form must be completed at the time each new account is opened. For these purposes, opening a new account includes establishing a formal relationship with a broker-dealer or lender to effect transactions in securities or for the extension of credit.

For the purposes of this form, a legal entity includes a corporation, limited liability company, or other entity that is created by a filing of a public document with a Secretary of State or similar office, a general partnership, and any similar business entity formed in the United States or any other country. Legal entity does not include sole proprietorships, unincorporated associations, or natural persons opening accounts on their own behalf.

What information do I have to provide?

This form requires you to provide the name, address, date of birth and Social Security number (or passport number or other similar information, in the case of non-U.S. persons) for the following individuals (i.e., the “beneficial owners”):

 

  (i)

A single individual with significant responsibility for managing the legal entity customer (e.g., a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Managing Member, General Partner, President, Vice President, or Treasurer); and

 

  (ii)

Each individual, if any, who owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the equity interests of the legal entity customer (e.g., each natural person who owns 25% or more of the shares of a corporation).

The number of individuals that satisfy this definition of “beneficial owner” may vary. Under section (i), only one individual needs to be identified. Under section (ii), depending on the factual circumstances, up to four individuals (but as few as zero) may need to be identified. It is possible that in some circumstances the same individual might be identified under both sections (e.g., the President of Acme, Inc. who also holds a 30% equity interest). Thus, a completed form will contain the identifying information of at least one individual (under section (i)), and up to five individuals (i.e., one individual under section (i) and four 25% equity holders under section (ii)).


This form also requires you to provide copies of (1) the legal formation document for each legal entity (i.e., the issuer, borrower, or selling securityholder) listed on this form (e.g., Certificate of Incorporation, LLC Agreement, Partnership Agreement, etc.), and (2) a driver’s license, passport or other identifying document for each beneficial owner listed on this form.

II. EXCLUSIONS (IF APPLICABLE)

If you believe the legal entity listed in Section III, paragraph (b) below falls under an express exclusion from the “legal entity customer” definition under 31 C.F.R. §1010.230(e)(2), please check the box below and identify the applicable exclusion:

 

 

An exclusion applies to the legal entity identified in paragraph (b) of Section III below.

Applicable exclusion:_______________________________________________

If the box above is checked, please skip paragraphs (c) and (d) of Section III below.

III. IDENTIFICATION OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(S)

For the benefit of each of the financial institutions involved in the applicable sale of securities or extension of credit for which this certification is provided, the following information is hereby provided on behalf of the Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder legal entity customer listed below:

 

a.

Individual Opening Account. Name and Title of Natural Person Opening Account and Completing Certification on Behalf of Legal Entity Customer:

 

 

 

b.

Legal Entity Customer. Name, Type, and Principal Business Address of Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder Legal Entity Customer for Which the Account is Being Opened:

Each of the entities identified on Annex I hereto

 

 

Please attach a copy of the legal formation document for each legal entity listed above (e.g., Certificate of Incorporation, LLC Agreement, Partnership Agreement, etc.).

 

c.

Control Prong. The following information for one individual with significant responsibility for managing the Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder legal entity customer listed above, such as:

 

 

An executive officer or senior manager (e.g., Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Managing Member, General Partner, President, Vice President, Treasurer); or

 

 

Any other individual who regularly performs similar functions.

 

Page 2 of 4


Name/Title

  

Date of Birth

  

Address (Residential

or Business Street

Address)

  

For U.S. Persons:

Social Security

Number

  

For Non-U.S.

Persons: Social

Security Number,

Passport Number

and Country of

Issuance, or other

similar identification
number161

Please attach copies of a driver’s license, passport or other identifying document for each individual listed above.

 

d.

Ownership/Equity Prong. The following information for each individual, if any, who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, owns 25% or more of the equity interests of the Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder legal entity customer listed above:

 

Name/Title

  

Date of Birth

  

Address (Residential

or Business Street

Address)

  

For U.S. Persons:

Social Security

Number

  

For Non-U.S.

Persons: Social

Security Number,

Passport Number

and Country of

Issuance, or other

similar identification
number171

(If appropriate, an individual listed under section (c) above may also be listed in this section (d)).

Please attach copies of a driver’s license, passport or other identifying document for each individual listed above.

 

 

Equity Owner Not Applicable (Please check this box if there is no individual who owns 25% or more of the equity interest of the legal entity listed above.)

IV. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT; SIGNATURE

I, ________________________, in my capacity as of the Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder listed above and not in my individual capacity, hereby:

(a) acknowledge and authorize on behalf of the Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder and each beneficial owner identified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of Section III above that this certification and the attachments hereto may be provided to each of the financial institutions involved in the applicable sale of securities or extension of credit;

 

16 

In lieu of a passport number, non-U.S. persons may also provide a Social Security Number, an alien identification card number, or number and country of issuance of any other government-issued document evidencing nationality or residence and bearing a photograph or similar safeguard.

17 

In lieu of a passport number, non-U.S. persons may also provide a Social Security Number, an alien identification card number, or number and country of issuance of any other government-issued document evidencing nationality or residence and bearing a photograph or similar safeguard.

 

Page 3 of 4


(b) agree on behalf of the Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder identified above, from the date hereof until the closing of the applicable sale of securities or the termination of the agreement providing for the applicable extension of credit, as the case may be, to notify each of the financial institutions involved in such transaction of any change in the information provided herein that would result in a change to the list of beneficial owners identified in paragraph (c) or (d) of Section III above;

(c) agree on behalf of the Issuer/Borrower/Selling Securityholder identified above, upon request by or on behalf of the financial institutions involved in the applicable sale of securities or extension of credit, to provide documentation supporting any applicable exclusion identified in Section II above; and

(d) certify, to the best of my knowledge, that the information provided above is complete and correct.

Signature:______________________________________ Date:_____________________________________

Legal Entity Identifier ______________________________________(Optional)

 

Page 4 of 4


EXHIBIT-K

[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

[Month] [Date], 20[ ]

Reference is made to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of June 8, 2021 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Toast, Inc. (the “Borrower” ), the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Swing Line Lender. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement or the Collateral Agreement referred to therein, as applicable.

The undersigned, a Financial Officer of the Borrower, hereby certifies to the Collateral Agent and each other Secured Party as follows:

1. Names, (a) Set forth on Schedule 1(a), with respect to each Grantor, is (i) the exact legal name of such Grantor, as such name appears in its certificate of formation or organization, (ii) each other legal name such Grantor has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant change, and (iii) each other name (including trade names or similar appellations used by such Grantor or any of its divisions or other business units in connection with the conduct of its business, the ownership of its properties or in any Federal or state tax filings at any time during the past five years).

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 1(b), no Grantor has changed its legal identity or corporate structure in any way within the past five years. Changes in legal identity or corporate structure would include mergers, consolidations and acquisitions of all or substantially all of the assets of (or all or substantially all of the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of) another Person or other acquisitions of material assets outside the ordinary course of business, as well as any change in the form or jurisdiction of organization or formation. With respect to any such change that has occurred within the past five years, set forth on Schedule 1(b) is the information required by clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 1(a) above as to each acquiree, constituent or seller party to such merger, consolidation or acquisition (each, a “Predecessor Entity”).

2. Current Locations, (a) Set forth on Schedule 2 opposite the name of each Grantor (and, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), each Predecessor Entity as of immediately prior to the relevant change in legal identity or corporate structure) is (i) the jurisdiction of formation or organization of such Person, (ii) the address of the chief executive office of such Person and (iii) each location where such Grantor maintains any books or records relating to any Accounts.

3. UCC Filings. Schedule 3 sets forth, with respect to each Grantor, the UCC filing office or county recorder’s office in which a UCC filing is required to be made to perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral.

4. Stock Ownership and other Equity Interests. Set forth on Schedule 4 is a true and complete list, for each Grantor, of all the stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other Equity Interests owned by such Grantor, specifying the issuer (including the jurisdiction of organization thereof) and certificate number of, and the number and percentage of ownership represented by, such Equity Interests.

 

I-1-1


5. Debt Instruments. Set forth on Schedule 5 is a true and complete list, for each Grantor, of all promissory notes and other evidence of Indebtedness, if any, evidencing (a) Indebtedness of the Borrower and each Subsidiary owing to such Grantor and (b) Indebtedness of any other Person in a principal amount of US $1,000,000 or more, in each case specifying the debtor thereunder and the type and outstanding principal amount thereof.

6. Intellectual Property, (a) Set forth on Schedule 6(a), in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, is a true and complete list, with respect to each Grantor, of each United States Patent (including each United States Patent application) owned by such Grantor, in each case specifying the name of the registered owner, type, registration or application number and the expiration date (if already registered) thereof.

(b) Set forth on Schedule 6(b) is a true and complete list, with respect to each Grantor, of each Trademark (including each Trademark application) registered (or applied for registration) with the applicable Government Authority of the United States owned by such Grantor, specifying the name of the registered owner, the registration or application number and the registration date or application date (if already registered) thereof.

(c) Set forth on Schedule 6(c), in proper form for filing with the United States Copyright Office, is a true and complete list, with respect to each Grantor, of (i) each United States Copyright (including each United States Copyright application) owned by such Grantor, specifying the name of the registered owner, the title and the registration number (if already registered) thereof, and (ii) each exclusive United States Copyright License granted to such Grantor (with such Grantor as a licensee), including a brief description thereof and the licensee and licensor thereunder.

7. Commercial Tort Claims. Set forth on Schedule 7 is a true and complete list of commercial tort claims in excess of US $1,000,000 held by any Grantor, including a brief description thereof.

 

I-1-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this certificate as of the date first set forth above.

 

TOAST, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

I-1-3

Exhibit 10.9

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE IT IS NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO THE COMPANY IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

 

LOGO    BANK CARD MERCHANT AGREEMENT

This Bank Card Merchant Agreement is made among VANTIV. LLC (“Processor”) having its principal office at [***]. and FIFTH THIRD BANK, an Ohio banking corporation (“Member Bank”) having its principal office at [***] and Toast Inc. (“Merchant”) having its principal office at [***]. Processor and Member Bank are collectively referred to as “Bank”. Bank and Merchant hereby agree as follows:

 

I.    Bank participates in programs affiliated with MasterCard, VISA, Discover, and Other Networks which enable holders of Cards to purchase goods and services from selected merchants located in the United States by use of their Cards

II.    Merchant wishes to participate in the MasterCard. VISA, Discover, and the Other Networks systems at its United States locations by entering into contracts with Cardholders and businesses for processing payments for the sale of goods and services through the use of Cards.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1.     Definitions.

For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Account shall mean an open checking account at Fifth Third Bank or its affiliate, or at another financial institution acceptable to Bank which Bank or its agent can access through the ACH system.

Account Change means a change in the Account or the financial institution where the Account is located.

ACH shall mean the Federal Reserve’s Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) system

Agreement means this Bank Card Merchant Agreement, Price Schedule, and each exhibit, schedule, and addendum attached hereto or referencing this Agreement, as well as all documents and other materials incorporated herein by reference.

Association means VISA. MasterCard. Discover, or any Other Network, as the same are defined herein.

Bank Rules means the Bank Card Merchant Rules and Regulations, which are incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

Cards shall mean MasterCard, VISA. Discover and Other Network cards.

Cardholder shall mean any person authorized to use the Cards or the accounts established in connection with the Cards.

Data Incident shall mean any alleged or actual compromise, unauthorized access, disclosure, theft, or unauthorized use of Card or Cardholder information, regardless of cause, including without limitation, a breach of or intrusion into any system, or failure, malfunction, inadequacy, or error affecting any server, wherever located, or hardware or software of any system, through which Card information resides, passes through, and/or could have been compromised.

Discover shall mean Discover Financial Services, LLC.

Event of Default shall mean each event listed in Section 13.

Float Event shall mean a circumstance where Bank, for whatever reason, advances settlement or any amounts and/or delays the assessment of any fees

Force Majeure Event shall mean errors in data provided by Merchant or others, labor disputes, fire, weather or other casualty, power outages, and funding delays, however caused, governmental orders or regulations, or any other cause, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, in any case beyond Bank’s reasonable control which reasonably cause failure or delay in taking an action.

Initial Term shall mean [***] from the date of implementation to Bank’s system.

Member Bank shall mean a member of VISA, MasterCard and/or Other Networks, as applicable, that provides sponsorship services in connection with this Agreement. As of the commencement of this Agreement, the Member Bank shall be Fifth Third Bank an Ohio banking corporation.

Merchant Supplier shall mean a third party other than Bank used by Merchant in connection with the Services received hereunder, including but not limited to, Merchant’s software providers, equipment providers, and/or third party processors.

MasterCard shall mean MasterCard International, Inc.

Operating Regulations means the by-laws, operating regulations and/or all other rules, policies and procedures of VISA. MasterCard, Discover, and/or Other Networks as in effect from time to time.

Other Network shall mean any network or card association other than VISA. MasterCard, or Discover that is identified in the Merchant Price Schedule and in which Merchant participates hereunder.

PCI shall mean the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard.

Service shall mean any and all services described in, and provided by Bank pursuant to, this Agreement.

Sub-merchant shall mean a merchant (including government agencies) that contracts with a Payment Service Provider (“PSP”) and/or o Payment Facilitator, as permitted in the Operating Regulations, to -obtain payment services.

VISA shall mean VISA USA, Inc.

other defined terms and Services applicable to this Agreement will be contained in a “General Services Addendum” as described herein

2.    Bank Rules, Operating Regulations; General Services Addendum. Merchant acknowledges receipt and review of the Bank Rules, which are incorporated into this Agreement by reference, Merchant agrees to fully comply with all of the terms and obligations in the then current Bank Rules as applicable as changed or updated by Bank from time to time, at Bank’s sole reasonable discretion with notice accordance with Bank’s standard operating procedures Merchant agrees to participate in the Associations in compliance with, and subject to the Operating Regulations as applicable. Without limiting the foregoing, Merchant agrees that it will fully comply with any and all confidentiality and security requirements of the USA Patriot Act (or similar taw. rule or regulation). VISA. MasterCard, Discover, and/or Other Networks, including but not limited to PCI, the VISA Cardholder Information Security Program, the MasterCard Site Data Protection Program, and any other program or requirement that may be published and/or mandated by the Associations. Notwithstanding Bank’s assistance in understanding the Operating Regulations, Merchant expressly acknowledges and agrees that it is assuming the risk of compliance with all provisions of the Operating Regulations as applicable, regardless of whether Merchant has possession of those provisions. Both MasterCard and VISA make excerpts of their respective Operating Regulations available on their internet sites Other Services applicable to this Agreement will be contained in the General Services Addendum as may be published and modified from time to time by Bank and the parties agree that such Addendum shall be incorporated into and made part of this Agreement and that such Addendum shall apply only with respect to those Services actually provided by Bank and received by Merchant hereunder Merchant acknowledges receipt and review of the General Services Addendum. In the event of a conflict between the fees set forth on the Merchant Price Schedule and the General Services Addendum, the Merchant Price Schedule shall control.

 

 

Bank Card Merchant Agreement Page 1 of 6


3.    Application; Change in Business. Merchant represents that all information supplied by Merchant in connection with its application or other request for services is complete and accurate In accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, Bank is required to review and record information from the documents used in identifying new merchant customers. The preceding sentence is intended to inform Merchant of Bank’s procedures and of Bank’s responsibility under the USA Patriot Act. Merchant agrees to provide Bank with [***] prior written notice of Merchant’s intent to change its business form or entity in any manner (e.g. a change from a limited liability company to a corporation), and/or of Merchant’s intent to sell its stock or assets to another entity

4.    Card Acceptance. When accepting any Card and completing any Card transaction. Merchant shall follow all procedures and rules in the Bank Rules and the Operating Regulations as applicable In the event Bank for whatever reason is unable to obtain, or due to system delays chooses not to wait to obtain, authorization from an Association. Bank may at its option “stand-in” for such entities and authorize the sales transaction based on criteria established by Bank, and Merchant remains responsible for such sales transaction in accordance with this Agreement Merchant has identified to Bank the products and/or services for which it intends to accept Cards as payment. Merchant agrees that it shall only complete and deliver to Bank sales transactions produced as the direct result of bona fide sales made by Merchant to Cardholders for such identified products and/or services, unless otherwise agreed by Bank in writing

5.    Transaction Processing. Bank will initiate payment to Merchant of the total face amount of each sales transaction acquired and accepted hereunder, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Bank Rules, the Operating Regulations, and applicable law, after Bank receives payment for such sales transactions. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Bank, Merchant shall electronically deliver to Bank and in a format acceptable to Bank all credit vouchers and sales transaction records within [***] after the applicable transaction date (or such shorter period as determined by the applicable Association), except (i) in the case of a delayed merchandise delivery, when the sales transaction record shall be delivered within [***] of the merchandise delivery or (ii) as specified otherwise in the Bank Rules. Merchant agrees that it shall deliver sales transaction records to Bank at least [***]. The preparation and delivery to Bank by Merchant of sales transactions shall constitute an endorsement to Bank by Merchant of each sales transaction, and Merchant authorizes Bank or its representative to place Merchant’s endorsement on any sales transaction at any time. Bank may refuse to acquire any sales transaction or claim the amount of which, in whole or in part, it could charge back to the Merchant pursuant to this Agreement, if it had acquired the sales transaction or claim. Merchant acknowledges and agrees that Bank is not responsible for any action or inaction taken by the financial institution or other entity that issued the Card(s) to the Cardholder or the processor of such Card(s). Merchant agrees that Bank may set off any amounts due to Bank from amounts owed to Merchant, including but not limited to any amounts owed to Merchant from Bank and/or any of its affiliate(s).

6.    Exception Items. Merchant agrees to reacquire and pay Bank the amount of any sales transaction, and Bank shall have the right at any time to charge Merchant’s Account therefore with notice in accordance with Bank’s standard operating procedure, for any return (whether or not a credit voucher is delivered to Bank), chargeback, compliance case, any other similar Association action, or if the extension of credit for merchandise sold or services or sales transactions performed was in violation of law or the rules or regulations of any governmental agency, federal, state, local or otherwise; or if Bank has not received payment for any sales transaction, notwithstanding Bank’s prior payment to Merchant for such sales transaction pursuant to Section 5 above or any other section Not limiting the generality of the foregoing, Merchant agrees that any operational and/or other Services performed on behalf of Merchant, including but not limited to, production of facsimile drafts in response to copy requests, response to compliance cases, augmentation of Merchant data for interchange, transaction stand-in, digital draft storage and retrieval, etc. shall in no way affect Merchant’s obligations and liability in this Agreement including those in the foregoing sentence. Merchant may instruct Bank in the defense of chargebacks, compliance cases and similar actions, and Merchant agrees that it will promptly provide any such instructions to Bank.

7    Merchant Suppliers. Merchant may use one or more Merchant Suppliers in connection with the Services and/or the processing of some or all of its Card transactions. In no event shall Merchant use a Merchant Supplier unless such Merchant Supplier is compliant with PCI and/or the Payment Application Data Security Standard (“PA- DSS ), depending on the type of Merchant Supplier, as required by the Operating Regulations. Merchant acknowledges and agrees that Merchant shall cause its Merchant Supplier to complete any steps or certifications required by any Association (e g . registrations, PA-DSS. PCI, audits, etc ). Merchant shall cause its Merchant Supplier to cooperate with Bank in completing any such steps or certifications (if applicable), and in performing any necessary due diligence on such Merchant Supplier. Merchant shall be solely responsible for any and all applicable fees, costs, expenses and liabilities associated with such steps, registrations, and certifications. Merchant shall bear all risk and responsibility for conducting Merchant’s own due diligence regarding the fitness of any Merchant Supplier(s) for a particular purpose and for determining the extent of such Merchant Supplier’s compliance with the Bank Rules, the Operating Regulations, and applicable law. Merchant expressly agrees that Bank shall in no event be liable to Merchant or any third party for any actions or inactions of any Merchant Supplier used by Merchant, even if Bank introduced and/or recommended the use of such Merchant Supplier to Merchant, or never objected to the use of such Merchant Supplier, and Merchant hereby expressly assumes all such liability.

8.    Cardholder Information. Merchant shall not disclose, sell, purchase, provide, or exchange Cardholder name, address, account number or other information to any third party other than to Bank or an Association for the purpose of completing a sales transaction unless specifically permitted by the Operating Regulations Merchant represents and warrants that neither it nor its Merchant Supplier shall retain or store any portion of the magnetic-stripe data subsequent to the authorization of a sales transaction, nor any other data prohibited by the Operating Regulations, the Bank Rules, and/or this Agreement.

9.    Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence the date Bank executes this Agreement, and shall continue for the Initial Term as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement. Except as hereafter provided unless either party gives written notice to the other party at least [***] prior to the expiration of any term, the Agreement including all addenda, schedules and exhibits hereto or referencing this Agreement shall be automatically extended for additional periods equal to the Initial Term. All obligations of a party incurred or existing under this Agreement as of the date of termination, shall survive such termination.

10.    Bank Fees. Merchant agrees to pay Bank the fees, expenses and all other amounts set forth in the Agreement including, but not limited to, the Merchant Price Schedule. Bank may change or add fees and/or charges upon notice to Merchant in accordance with Bank’s standard operating procedure, and such fees and/or charges shall be immediately payable by Merchant when assessed by Bank. In the event Bank changes or adds its fees and/or charges pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence (“Fee Change”), Merchant may. subject to the following provisions, terminate the Agreement upon [***] advance written notice to Bank provided Bank receives such written notice from Merchant of its intention to so terminate within [***] of the date the Fee Change becomes effective. Upon Bank’s receipt of Merchant’s written notice pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. Bank shall have [***] to rescind or waive the Fee Change, and. in the event Bank elects to rescind or waive the Fee Change, Merchant shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement as a result of the Fee Change and this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding Merchant’s written notice to terminate Merchant acknowledges and agrees that this Section shall not be intended or construed to permit Merchant to terminate the Agreement as a result of a change or increase in fees from third parties and/or in pass through fees as referenced in this Agreement or the Merchant Price Schedule At Merchant’s request. Bank may. in its sole discretion, establish multiple Merchant billing definitions on its system, and in such event Bank shall assess all applicable fees separately and independently with respect to each such billing definition.

 

 

Bank Card Merchant Agreement Page 2 of 6


11.    Third Party Assessments. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Merchant shall be responsible for all amounts imposed or assessed to Merchant and/or Bank in connection with this agreement by third parties such as. but not limited to. VISA MasterCard. Discover, Other Networks, and Merchant Suppliers (including telecommunication companies). Such amounts include, but are not limited to. fees, fines, assessments, penalties, loss allocations, etc Any changes or increases in such amounts shall automatically become effective upon notice to Merchant in accordance with Bank’s standard operating procedure and shall be immediately payable by Merchant when assessed by Bank. In the event of a Float Event, Bank reserves the right to assess to Merchant, and Merchant shall pay to Bank, a cost of funds associated with the Float Event (which Bank may at its option assess as a transaction surcharge), the amount of which shall be determined by Bank in its reasonable discretion, and which may be changed by Bank from time to time, and such cost of funds shall be effective as of the start of the Float Event and shall be immediately payable by Merchant when assessed by Bank.

12.    [***].

13.    Default The following events shall be considered an “Event of Default”

(i)    Merchant becomes subject to any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or liquidation proceeding, a receiver is appointed for Merchant, or Merchant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits its inability to pay its debts as they become due; or

(ii)    Merchant fails to pay or reimburse the fees, expenses or charges referenced herein when they become due; or

(iii)    Merchant is in default of any terms or conditions of this Agreement whether by reason of its own action or inaction or that of another if not cured after [***] written notice; or

(iv)    Bank reasonably believes that there has been a material deterioration in Merchant’s financial condition; or

(v)    any standby letter of credit, if and as may be required pursuant to Section 20. will be cancelled, will not be renewed, or is not in full force

(vi)    Merchant ceases to do business as a going concern, or there is a change in ownership of Merchant which changes the identity of any person or entity having, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of either the legal or beneficial ownership of Merchant and Bank reasonably, believes that such change may have a material adverse impact on Merchant’s financial condition.

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default. Bank may at any time thereafter terminate this Agreement by giving Merchant written notice thereof provided that for termination pursuant to (iii) above, Merchant actually receives such notice of termination within [***] after the end of such cure period except in instances where such earlier termination is required by the Associations or the Event of Default is unlawful poses material risk to Bank. Termination of Merchant for any reason shall not relieve Merchant from any liability or obligation to Bank. Except for the reason set forth in romanette (vi), if, prior to the date on which the then current term of this Agreement is scheduled to expire, either this Agreement is terminated by Bank as specifically permitted by this Agreement, or Merchant for any reason discontinues receiving the Services from Bank (except as may be specifically permitted by this Agreement), Merchant shall be liable to Bank for liquidated damages in an amount equal to [***]. Merchant recognizes and agrees that the liquidated damages are fair and reasonable because it is not possible to establish the actual increase in volume and activity by Merchant during the term of this Agreement. Merchant shall also reimburse Bank for any damage, loss or expense incurred by Bank as a result of a breach by Merchant, including any damages set forth in any addendum and/or schedule and/or exhibit hereto and including all past due. unpaid and/or future invoices for services rendered by Bank in connection with this Agreement. All such amounts shall be due and payable by Merchant upon demand. Bank shall also have the option to require Merchant to reacquire all outstanding sales transactions acquired by Bank hereunder In addition to, and not in limitation of the foregoing, Bank may refuse to provide the Services in the event it has not been paid for the Services as provided herein.

14.    Bank Nonperformance. In the event Merchant, in good faith, reasonably believes that Bank has substantially failed to provide the Services, other than as a result of a failure by Merchant (or any Merchant Supplier, or other third party acting at the request of or on behalf of Merchant) to perform any obligation under the Agreement or any Force Majeure Event, Merchant agrees to notify Bank in writing within [***] of the date upon which such failure first occurred. Merchant agrees that such notice shall be sent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and shall specifically describe the nature of such failure by Bank, specify the date such failure first occurred and specifically reference this section, Bank will attempt to resolve such failure within [***] of Bank’s actual receipt of such notice from Merchant. Should Bank not resolve such failure within the cure period described in the foregoing sentence, Merchant may terminate this Agreement upon [***] prior written notice to Bank, provided Bank actually receives such notice of termination within [***] after the end of such cure period.

15.    Taxes. Any sales, use. excise or other taxes (other than Bank’s income taxes) payable in connection with or attributable to the Services provided to the Merchant per this Agreement shall be paid by Merchant. Bank may, but shall not have the obligation to, pay such taxes. In the event Bank pays such taxes, Merchant shall immediately reimburse Bank or Bank may. at Bank’s sole option, charge Merchant’s Account.

16.    Binding on Successors; Assignment. This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, administrators, successors, transferees and assignees Neither this Agreement nor any interest herein may directly or indirectly be transferred or assigned by Merchant, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of Bank, which will not be unreasonably delayed or withheld;. Merchant will remain liable for any amounts owed under this Agreement after an unauthorized transfer or assignment by Merchant, even if Bank continues to provide Services to such transferee or assignee This Agreement is for the benefit of. and may be enforced only by. Bank and Merchant and their respective successors and permitted transferees and assignees, and is not for the benefit of, and may not be enforced by, any third party.

17.    Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications to be delivered hereunder unless specified otherwise herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by nationally recognized overnight carrier, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the following addresses:

(i)    [***].

(ii)    if to the Merchant address provided above, Attention President/Owner; or to such other address or to such other person as either party shall have last designated by written notice to the other party.

Notices etc., so delivered shall be deemed given upon receipt.

18.    Unenforceable Provision. If any term or provision of this Agreement or any application thereof shall be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and any other application of such term or provision shall not be affected thereby.

19.    Payment. Merchant shall always maintain an open Account. Merchant irrevocably authorizes Bank to debit and/or credit the Account to settle any and all fees and other amounts due Bank under this Agreement, and such authority shall remain in effect for a period of [***] following the date of termination of this Agreement, regardless of whether Merchant has notified Bank of an Account Change as defined below Merchant shall always maintain the Account with sufficient cleared funds to meet its obligations under this Agreement. In the event Merchant desires an Account Change, Merchant shall give Bank [***] prior written notice in accordance with the provisions of Section 17 of any such change, and Bank shall use reasonable commercial efforts to effect such Account Change; however, such Account Change shall not be effective until the date on which Bank actually makes such Account Change on Bank’s system. In no event shall Bank have any liability for any amounts directed to an Account that has been designated by any purported representative of Merchant or its Merchant Supplier at any time during the term of this Agreement, regardless of any Account Change All amounts due Bank under this Agreement shall be paid without set-off or deduction, and shall be due from Merchant as of the date Bank originates an ACH debit transaction record to Merchant’s Account Any fees not collected from Merchant by Bank when due shall bear interest at [***] but in no event more than the highest rate permitted by law The acceptance by Bank. Bank’s affiliate or other financial institution of Merchant’s closing (or termination of) its Account shall not constitute a mutually agreed upon termination of this Agreement.

 

 

Bank Card Merchant Agreement Page 3 of 6


20.    Reserve; Letter of Credit. As a specifically bargained for inducement for Bank to enter into this Agreement with Merchant. Bank at its option reserves the right to i) establish from amounts payable to Merchant hereunder, and/or cause Merchant to pay to Bank, a reserve of funds satisfactory to Bank to cover anticipated fees, chargebacks, returns and any other applicable assessments and/or ii) require Merchant to establish an irrevocable standby letter of credit, including additional and/or replacement letters of credit if required by Bank, with a beneficiary designated by Bank, and which are issued from a financial institution other than Fifth Third Bank or any of its affiliates, that is acceptable to Bank, in a format, with an expiration date, and in an amount acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion In the event Merchant fails to establish, for any reason whatsoever, a reserve and/or a letter of credit as required above, Bank shall have all of the rights and remedies available to Bank in this Agreement, including but not limited to exercising the rights and remedies of Bank in Section 13. In the event Bank exercises its right to establish a reserve or require a letter of credit pursuant to this Section, Merchant may. subject to the following provisions, terminate the Agreement upon [***] advance written notice to Bank provided Bank receives such written notice from Merchant of its intention to so terminate within [***] of the date on which Bank establishes the reserve or requires the letter of credit Upon Bank’s receipt of Merchant’s written notice pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, Bank may, at its option, return the reserve to Merchant or waive the requirement for a letter of credit, and, in the event Bank elects to return the reserve to Merchant or waive the requirement for a letter of credit. Merchant shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section and this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding Merchants written notice to terminate.

21.    [reserved]

22.    Indemnification. Subject to the other limitations, terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Merchant, and its directors, officers, employees, affiliates and agents from and against all third party proceedings, claims, losses, damages, demands, liabilities and expenses whatsoever including all reasonable legal and accounting fees and expenses and all reasonable collection costs, incurred by Merchant, its directors, officers, employees, affiliates and agents to the extent resulting from or arising out of [***]. Merchant shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Bank. and its directors, officers, employees, affiliates and agents from and against all third party proceedings, claims, losses, damages, demands, liabilities and expenses whatsoever, including all reasonable legal and accounting fees and expenses and all reasonable collection cost incurred by Bank, its directors, officers, employees, affiliates and agents to the extent resulting from or arising out of the Services in this Agreement other than those attributable to Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Merchant’s processing activities, the business of Merchant or its customers, any sales transaction acquired by Bank, any noncompliance with the Bank Rules and/or the Operating Regulations (or any rules or regulations promulgated by or in conjunction with the Associations) by Merchant or its agent (including any Merchant Supplier), any Data Incident on Merchant’s (or Merchant Supplier’s) systems, any infiltration, hack, breach, or violation of the processing system of Merchant or its Merchant Supplier, or any other third party processor or system, or by reason of any breach or nonperformance of any provision of this Agreement on the part of the Merchant, or its employees, agents, Merchant Suppliers, or customers. The indemnification of each party shall survive the termination of the Agreement.

23.    Review of Settlement Activity and Reports; Notice of Failure by Bank. Merchant agrees that it shall review all reports, notices, and invoices prepared by Bank or its agent and made available to Merchant including but not limited to reports, notices, and invoices provided via Bank’s online reporting tool Bank reserves the right to send some or all of the reports and/or invoices and/or notices of any pricing changes permitted under this Agreement via electronic transmission (e g., via e- mail) which Bank may change from time to time upon notice to Merchant in accordance with Bank’s standard operating procedure Merchant expressly agrees that Merchant’s failure to notify Bank that Merchant has not received its settlement funds within [***] from the date that settlement was due to occur,, or fails to reject any report, notice, or invoice within [***] from the date the report or invoice is made available to Merchant shall constitute Merchant’s acceptance of the same In the event Merchant believes that Bank has failed in any way to provide the Services, Merchant agrees to provide Bank with written notice, specifically detailing any alleged failure, within [***] of the date on which the alleged failure first occurred.

24.    Choice of Law; Jurisdiction; Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Ohio without regard to conflicts of law provisions. The parties hereby consent and submit to service of process, personal jurisdiction, and venue in the state and federal courts in Cincinnati. Ohio or Hamilton County, Ohio, and select such courts as the exclusive forum with respect to any action or proceeding arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement, and/or pertaining in any way to the relationship between Merchant and Bank. MERCHANT AND BANK HEREBY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY MATTER UNDER. RELATED TO, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTIONS OR RELATIONSHIPS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

25.    Limit of Liability; Force Majeure. EXCEPT FOR THOSE EXPRESS WARRANTIES MADE IN THIS AGREEMENT, BANK DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES. INCLUDING. WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. MERCHANT HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THERE ARE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ACCEPTANCE OF CARDS AND MERCHANT HEREBY ASSUMES ALL SUCH RISKS EXCEPT AS .MAY BE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. [***].

26.    Controlling Documents. This Agreement (including all addenda and schedules and exhibits hereto and all documents and materials referenced herein) supersedes any and all other agreements, oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and sets forth the complete and exclusive agreement between the parties with respect to the Services and, unless specifically provided for herein, other services are not included as part of this Agreement. If there is a conflict between the Bank Card Merchant Agreement and an addendum or schedule or exhibit hereto, the addendum or schedule or exhibit shall control If there is a conflict between the Bank Rules and this Agreement, the Bank Rules shall prevail. If there is a conflict between Operating Regulations and this Agreement, the Operating Regulations shall prevail. If there is a conflict between the Operating Regulations and the Bank Rules, the Operating Regulations shall prevail.

27.    Bank’s Right to Suspend or Cease Services. Bank may suspend or cease providing any Service in this Agreement if, in Bank’s reasonable opinion (i) such Service, violates or would violate the Operating Regulations. Bank Rules, or any federal, state or local statute or ordinance or any regulation, order or directive of any governmental agency or court and/or (ii) if Merchant is accused by any federal, state or local jurisdiction of a violation of any applicable statute or ordinance or any regulation, order or directive of any governmental agency or court, or if Bank reasonably believes, based upon the opinion of its legal counsel, that Merchant is in violation of any of the foregoing. Should Merchant not process sales transactions through Banks system for a period of one year or more. Bank may remove Merchant from Bank’s systems without notice, without relieving Merchant from any of Merchant’s obligations under this Agreement.

28.    Conversion; Deconversion. Merchant shall take all necessary steps to, and shall, promptly convert to Bank’s system for the Services in this Agreement not later than [***] after the execution of this Agreement by Bank. Bank agrees that it shall not charge Merchant for Bank’s standard and customary internal testing and conversion preparation in connection with Merchant’s initial conversion to Bank’s system at the commencement of this Agreement, or at conversion from Bank at termination of this Agreement. The foregoing shall not be deemed to limit Merchant’s obligation to pay any third party fees and expenses incurred by Bank in connection with Merchant’s conversion, which shall remain the sole responsibility of Merchant.

 

 

Bank Card Merchant Agreement Page 4 of 6


29.    Confidential Information

(a)    Confidential Information Supplied by Bank Merchant acknowledges that Bank will be providing Merchant with certain confidential information, including but not limited to, this Agreement and information relating to the finances, systems, methods, techniques, programs, devices and operations of Bank and/or the Associations. Merchant shall not disclose any such confidential information to any person or entity (other than to those employees and Merchant Suppliers of Merchant who participate directly in the performance of this Agreement and need access to such information). Provided, however, Merchant may disclose information it receives as may be required by any federal, state or local ordinance, any regulation or directive of any governmental agency, or any court order or legal process. Without limiting the foregoing. Merchant agrees that it will fully comply with any and all confidentiality and security requirements of the USA Patriot Act (or similar law, rule or regulation), VISA. MasterCard, Discover, and/or Other Networks.

(b)    Confidential Information Supplied by Merchant. Bank acknowledges that Merchant will be providing Bank with certain confidential information, including but not limited to, this Agreement and information relating to the methods, techniques, programs, devices, operations and performance or financial metrics of Merchant. Bank shall not disclose confidential and proprietary information about Merchant to any person or entity (other than to those employees and agents of Bank who participate directly in the performance of this Agreement and need access to such information), acknowledges receipt of the Vantiv, LLC privacy notice (“Privacy Notice”). Merchant should direct any questions or requests for another copy of the Privacy Notice to a Bank customer service representative or Merchant’s primary relationship manager, if applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Privacy Notice or this Agreement, Bank may share any information provided by Merchant and/or relevant to the Services received by Merchant (a) with Merchant’s franchisor, Merchant’s franchisee(s), association(s) to which Merchant belongs and/or belonged as of the commencement of this Agreement, (b) any affiliate of Merchant; (c) in response to subpoenas, warrants, court orders or other legal processes; (d) in response to requests from law enforcement agencies or government entities; (e) to comply with applicable laws or regulations; and/or (f) in the proper performance of the Services contemplated herein,

(c)    Miscellaneous. The parties acknowledge that the injury would be sustained by the party disclosing information as a result of the violation of this Section 29 cannot be compensated solely by money damages, and therefore agrees that the disclosing party shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief and any other remedies as may be available at law or in equity in the event of a violation of the provisions contained in this Section 29. The restrictions contained in this Section 29 shall not apply to any information which becomes a matter of public knowledge, other than through a violation of this Agreement or other agreements between the parties(.

(d)    Publicity. Merchant and Bank agree that they will work together to issue a mutually agreeable joint press release after the execution of this agreement and/or after the conversion of Merchant to Bank’s Services. In any event, Merchant acknowledges and agrees that Bank may make public the execution of this Agreement by Merchant and/or any of Merchant’s affiliates, and/or the Services that may be or have been provided under the Agreement Merchant agrees that Bank may include Merchant’s name and logo on a list of Bank’s customers, which may be made public

30.    Financial Statements If at any time Merchant is not a publicly traded company, Merchant shall provide Bank with an audited financial statement for Merchant’s most recent fiscal year end and/or quarterly financial statements prepared and certified by Merchant’s chief financial officer within [***] of Bank’s request therefore.

31.    No Waiver. If either party waives in writing an unsatisfied condition, representation, warranty, undertaking or agreement (or portion thereof) set forth herein, the waiving party shall thereafter be barred from recovering, and thereafter shall not seek to recover, any damages, claims, losses, liabilities or expenses, including, without limitation, legal and other expenses, from the other party in respect of the matter or matters so waived. Except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement, the failure of any party to promptly enforce its rights herein shall not be construed to be a waiver of such rights unless agreed to in writing Any rights and remedies specifically provided for in any addendum or schedule or exhibit are in addition to those rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement and/or available to Bank at law or in equity.

32.    Compliance with Law.

Merchant represents and warrants to Bank that it will comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations in connection with Merchant’s receipt of the Services and/or applicable to Merchant’s business operations. Processor will comply with federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable directly to Bank in its provision of the Services.

33.    Security, Data Incidents Merchant will be solely responsible for the security, quality, accuracy, and adequacy of all transactions and information supplied hereunder, and will establish and maintain adequate audit controls to monitor the security, quality, maintenance, and delivery of such data. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Merchant warrants to Bank that it has implemented and will maintain secure systems for maintaining and processing information and for transmitting information to Bank. Bank shall have no liability whatsoever for the security or availability of any communications connection used in connection with the Services provided hereunder, Merchant acknowledges that Bank is responsible only for the security of its own systems, and not for the systems of any third party, including without limitation any Merchant Supplier of Merchant. Merchant shall notify Bank immediately if Merchant becomes aware of or suspects a Data Incident. Merchant agrees to fully cooperate with Bank and any Association with respect to any investigation and/or additional requirements related to a suspected Data Incident. In the event of an actual or suspected breach, Bank agrees that it will provide Merchant with prompt notice (subject to requirements of law enforcement) of the breach, including information, as is reasonably available to Bank in the conduct of contracted Services to Merchant sufficient to uniquely identify Merchant’s customers who are or could be affected.

34.    Audits. At any reasonable time upon reasonable notice to Merchant, but not more ,than [***] per year unless required by the Associations Merchant shall allow auditors, including the auditors of any Association or any third party designated by Bank or the applicable Association, to review the files held and the procedures followed by Merchant at any or all of Merchant’s offices or places of business during normal business hours. Bank agrees that should it conduct an audit which is not required by the Operating Regulations or is not requested by an Association, such audit will be at Bank’s sole expense, otherwise the audit shall be at Merchant s expense. Merchant will assist such auditors as may be necessary for them to complete their audit. In the event that a third-party audit is requested by an Association, and/or required by the Operating Regulations, Bank may. at its option, and at Merchant’s sole expense, either retain a third party to perform the audit, or require that Merchant directly retain a specific third party auditor If Bank requires that Merchant directly retain the auditor, Merchant shall arrange immediately for such audit to be performed, and will provide Bank and the Associations with a copy of any final audit report.

35.    System Requirements and Upgrades Merchant acknowledges that Bank may intercept and settle Merchant transactions directly with other entities processed by Bank. Merchant agrees that the Services shall be provided in accordance with Bank’s then current systems, standards and procedures and that Bank shall not be required to perform any special programming, to provide any special hardware or software or to implement any other system, program or procedure for Merchant. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by Bank, all sales transaction, settlement and other data and information used in connection with the Services shall be provided to Bank in Bank’s then current data formats and by means of Bank’s then current telecommunications configurations and protocols Bank may make changes in the Services based upon, but not limited to. technological developments, legislative or regulatory changes, or the introduction of new services by Bank. Merchant shall comply with all time deadlines, equipment and software maintenance and upgrading requirements which Bank may reasonably impose on Merchant from time to time.

36.    Title to the Services. Merchant agrees it is acquiring only a nontransferable, non-exclusive right to use the Services Bank shall at all times retain exclusive title to the Services, including without limitation, any materials delivered to Merchant hereunder and any invention, development, product, trade name, trademark, service mark, software program, or derivative thereof, developed in connection with providing the Services or during the term of this Agreement.

 

 

Bank Card Merchant Agreement Page 5 of 6


37.    Limited Acceptance If so indicated below. Merchant acknowledges and agrees that it wishes to be a Limited Acceptance merchant, which means that Merchant has elected to accept only certain VISA/MasterCard card types as indicated below, or via later notification. Merchant further acknowledges and agrees that Bank has no obligation other than those expressly provided under the Operating Regulations and applicable law as they may relate to limited acceptance and that Bank’s obligations do not include policing card types at the point of sale As a Limited Acceptance Merchant, Merchant will be solely responsible for the implementation of its decision for Limited Acceptance. Merchant will be solely responsible for policing, at the point of sale, the card type(s) of transactions It submits for processing by Bank. Should Merchant submit a transaction for processing for a card type it has indicated it does not wish to accept, Bank may process that transaction and Merchant will pay the applicable fees, charges, and assessments associated with that transaction. For Merchant’s convenience, a general description of VISA/MasterCard card types are:

a.    Consumer Credit - a consumer credit card issued by a U.S. Issuer or a commercial credit card issued by a non-U, S. Issuer; this o category does not include VISA or MasterCard branded signature-based debit cards.

b.    Consumer Debit - a VISA or MasterCard branded sign> based debit card (including certain stored-value and prepaid cards)

c.    Commercial - a VISA or MasterCard branded credit card issued by a US. Issuer that bears the descriptive term “Business Card”, “Corporate Card”, “Purchasing Card”, “Fleet Card” or similar descriptive term indicated pursuant to the Operating Regulations.

Only if checked below. Merchant wishes to Limited Acceptancee Merchant, which means that Merchant will accept only the VISA/MASTERCARD card types indicated below.

 

VISA Credit Cards

 

VISA Debit Cards (signature based)

 

MasterCard Credit

 

MasterCard Debit Cards (signature based)

38.    Security Interest. This Agreement will constitute a security agreement under the Uniform Commercial Code Merchant grants to Bank a security interest in all accounts owned or controlled by Vantiv at Member Bank that are funded with settlement amounts, including the Reserve Account, and the proceeds thereof (collectively, the “Secured Assets”), to secure all of Merchant’s obligations under this Agreement With respect to such security interest, Bank will have all rights afforded under the Uniform Commercial Code, any other applicable law, and in equity. In addition to the security interest in the Secured Assets. Bank shall have a contractual right of setoff against the Secured Assets.

Every such right of setoff shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder without any action by Bank or notation in the Bank’s records, although Bank may enter such set off on its books and records at a later time Merchant warrants and represents that no other person or entity has a security interest in the Secured Assets. If a bankruptcy proceeding is filed by or against Merchant under the Bankruptcy Code (whether the petition is filed voluntarily and/or involuntarily), it waives any applicable protection related to the automatic stay provisions of 11 U.S.C. §362 (or any replacement section) and consents to an appropriate reserve of funds being established between the parties pursuant to this Agreement or by Court Order.

39.    Modification of Agreement. Except as provided in this Agreement, this Agreement including any addendum or schedule or exhibit hereto shall only be modified or amended by an instrument in writing signed by each party hereto Any changes, additions, stipulations or deletions, including lining out, by Merchant, except where indicated by a space to be filled in (e.g., the space for Merchant s name and address), shall not be deemed to be agreed to or binding upon Bank unless agreed to in writing in the form of an amendment signed by each party hereto.

40.    Headings and Construction. The headings used in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect the interpretation of any provision. Merchant and Bank each acknowledge that the limitations and exclusions contained in this Agreement have been the subject of active and complete negotiation between the parties and represent the parties’ voluntary agreement. The parties agree that the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be construed in favor of or against any party by reason of the extent to which any party or its professional advisors participated in the preparation of this document.

41.    Authorization. Each of the parties hereto represents and warrants on behalf of itself that it has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement: that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company or partnership or other appropriate authorizing actions; that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not contravene any applicable by-law, corporate charter, operating agreement, partnership or joint venture agreement, law. regulation, order or judgment; that execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not contravene any provision or constitute a default under any other agreement, license or contract which such party is bound; and, that this Agreement is valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

42.    Counterparts. The parties agree that electronic signatures will have the same legal effect as original (i.e. ink) signatures and that an electronic, scanned, facsimile, or duplicate copy of such signatures may be used as evidence of execution. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

43.    Facsimile Deemed Original. Merchant and Bank agree that any facsimile or other copy of this Agreement evidencing the execution by both parties shall be deemed an original.

44.    Member Bank. The Processor and Member Bank may jointly or individually assert or exercise any rights or remedies provided to Bank hereunder. Processor and Member Bank reserve the right to allocate Bank’s duties and obligations amongst themselves, as they deem appropriate in their sole discretion As of the commencement of this Agreement, Member Bank shall be Fifth Third Bank, an Ohio banking corporation, located at 38 Fountain Square Plaza, Cincinnati, OH 45263 The Member Bank may delegate certain or all of its duties to an affiliate of the Member Bank at any time, without notice to Merchant. The Member Bank may be changed, and its rights and obligations assigned to another party by Bank at any time without notice to Merchant.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their authorized officers as of the dates set forth below.

 

FOR VANTIV, LLC and FIFTH THIRD BANK
By:  

[***]                                           

Name:   [***]
Title:   [***]
Date:   October 25, 2013
MERCHANT LEGAL NAME: TOAST. INC
By:  

[***]

Name:   [***]
Title:   [***]
Date:   September 30, 2013
 

 

Bank Card Merchant Agreement Page 6 of 6


LOGO   

ADDENDUM A TO THE BANK CARD MERCHANT AGREEMENT

GENERAL SERVICES ADDENDUM

This General Services Addendum shall be an Addendum to the Bank Card Merchant Agreement between Bank and Merchant in accordance with the provisions as set forth in the Bank Card Merchant Agreement including all exhibits, schedules and Addenda hereto and all documents and materials referenced herein. As used herein, the term “Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Bank Card Merchant Agreement.

[***]

 

 

Addendum A

General Services Addendum Page 1 of 6


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

THE BANK CARD MERCHANT AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 to the Bank Card Merchant Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made among VANTIV, LLC, on behalf of itself and its affiliates (“Processor”) and Member Bank (collectively “Bank”) and TOAST, INC. (“Merchant”). The Agreement shall be amended in the following respects.

[***]

Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, the terms of the Agreement are hereby ratified and affirmed and shall remain in full force and effect This Amendment shall have no force or effect unless and until countersigned by Bank.

 

TOAST, INC,     FOR VANTIV, LLC and FIFTH THIRD BANK
By:  

[***]

    By:  

[***]                                                             

Name:   [***]     Name:   [***]
Title:   [***]     Title:   [***]
Date:   October 21, 2015     Date:   October 21, 2015


SPECIAL AMENDMENT TO THE BANK CARD MERCHANT AGREEMENT

This Special Amendment to the Agreement is made among Processor, Member Bank and TOAST, INC. (“Merchant”). “Agreement” shall mean the Bank Card Merchant Agreement or Merchant Processing Agreement or other contract document for the Services provided by Processor to Merchant as previously executed on October 25, 2013 by Processor and any corresponding Schedules, Addenda, Exhibits and Amendments thereto. All other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect unless explicitly stated herein. All defined terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement unless otherwise specified herein. The Agreement shall be amended in the following respects.

Processor and Merchant acknowledge and agree to the following:

[***]

Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, the terms of the Agreement are hereby ratified and affirmed and shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment shall have no force or effect unless and until countersigned by Processor.

 

TOAST, INC,     FOR VANTIV, LLC and FIFTH THIRD BANK
By:  

[***]

    By:  

[***]

Name:   [***]     Name:   [***]
Title:   [***]     Title:   [***]
Date:   May 23, 2016     Date:   May 23, 2016


AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

THE BANK CARD MERCHANT AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 2 (the “Amendment”) to the Bank Card Merchant Agreement (the “Agreement”), signed by Merchant on September 30, 2013 as amended is made among VANTIV, LLC (“Processor”), the Member Bank (collectively “BANK”) and TOAST, INC. (“Merchant”). In the event of a conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall control. A capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Agreement.

 

A.

The Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

  1.

Processor and Merchant acknowledge and agree that upon the execution of this Amendment, the Agreement shall renew through May 31, 2021, and thereafter the Agreement shall renew in accordance with Section 9 (Term) of the Agreement (collectively the “Term”).

 

  2.

The following shall be added to the end of the Agreement:

American Express Acquired Program.

Capitalized terms in this Section are defined in the American Express OptBlue Program (the “AMEX Acquired Program ) Operating Regulations, Participant Sales Entity Edition (the “AMEX Acquired Program Operating Regulations”). The following will only apply to Merchant’s participation in the American Express Acquired Program. This Amendment must be duly executed by an authorized representative who has authority to bind Merchant. Merchant must operate in a manner consistent with the American Express Brand and all Applicable Laws and must comply with the following provisions:

 

   

Merchant must comply with the policies and rules set forth in the AMEX Acquired Program Operating Regulations.

 

   

The Merchant Agreement between Merchant and Sub-merchant must comply with the requirements provided in Chapter 8 of AMEX Acquired Program Operating Regulations, the American Express Merchant Requirements set forth in Appendix B, and all applicable website requirements specified in the AMEX Acquired Program Operating Regulations.

 

   

A prohibition on signing any merchant to accept Cards under the Program that is not a Sub-merchant Prospect (e.g., another Payment Service Merchant) or processing transactions on behalf of another Payment Service Merchant.

 

   

Merchant shall accurately describe Sub-merchant Prospect criteria in any type of communications, publications, promotional or marketing materials, whether internal, external, oral or written.

 

   

Processor has the right to immediately terminate this Agreement or Sub-merchant Agreement for fraudulent or other activity, or otherwise upon American Express’ request.

 

   

Merchant assumes financial liability for all settlement activity on behalf of their Sub-merchants, including Chargebacks and Credits. Merchant is also liable for all other acts, omissions and Card Member customer service-related issues caused by the Merchant’s Sub-merchants. Processor agrees to reasonably cooperate with Merchant in the resolution of any such Card Member customer service-related issues.

 

   

Merchant shall (i) perform appropriate background and verification checks, credit checks, know your customer, and anti-money laundering (AML) checks of all their Sub-merchants and their respective Significant Owners in accordance with Applicable Laws and otherwise as American Express may require, and (ii) provide American Express, on request, copies of policies governing these checks and otherwise respond to American Express’ requests about performance of these checks.

 

   

Merchant and Sub-merchants are prohibited from transferring financial liability by asking or requiring Card Members to waive their disputes rights.

 

   

Merchant shall only deposit American Express Acquired transactions from Sub-merchants within the United States, but not Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, or any other U.S. territory or possession.

 

   

Merchant must provide the names of owner(s) for each of their Sub-merchants who will be transacting on the American Express Network in accordance with the Merchant Data requirements in Section 5.4 of the American Express Program Operating Regulations.

 

   

Merchant must ensure that its Sub-merchants comply with the Program Merchant Data Security Requirements and PCI DSS, each as described in Chapter 15, “Data Security” of the American Express Program Operating Regulations.

 

   

Merchant must report all instances of a Data Incident immediately to Processor, and in no case later than twenty-four (24) hours after discovery of the incident.

 

   

Merchant must remove American Express Licensed Marks from a Merchants website and wherever else they are displayed upon termination of this Agreement or Merchant’s participation in the Program.

 

   

Merchant must include an express disclosure to Sub-merchants that American Express may use the information obtained in the Sub-merchant application at the time of setup to screen and/or monitor Sub-merchant in connection with Card marketing and administrative purposes.

 

   

Merchant acknowledges that it may be converted from the Program to a direct Card acceptance relationship with American Express if and when it becomes a High CV PSP. Merchant expressly agrees that, upon conversion, (i) Merchant will be bound by American Express’ then-current Card Acceptance Agreement; and (ii) American Express will set pricing and other fees payable by Merchant for Card acceptance.

 

B.

The attached Attachment C – Settlement shall be incorporated into the Agreement

 

C.

[***].

 

D.

The parties agree that Schedule C hereto- Value Added Services shall be inserted and made a part of the Agreement.

 

E.

The SPECIAL AMENDMENT TO THE AGREEMENT GENERAL SECURITY SERVICES, signed by Merchant on September 18, 2015, shall be amended by deleting Section A.4.a in its entirety.

 

F.

Notwithstanding anything contrary in the Agreement, and for each month during the Agreement, Merchant agrees that the monthly number of transactions processed pursuant to this Agreement shall equal or exceed [***]. If Merchants processing volume falIs below the Threshold in the aggregate for any [***] during the Agreement, then Processor shall have the right to terminate the Agreement [***], subject to the process outlined in this Section F. In the event that during such Cure Period Merchant achieves the Threshold in aggregate for each month of the [***] Cure Period, then Processor shall not have the right to terminate the Agreement and the Agreement shall remain valid and in full effect. If Merchant does not process at least the Threshold, in aggregate, for each month of the Cure Period, then upon Processors written notification of this breach of the Agreement, Merchant shall have [***] to deconvert from Processor’s systems. In the event that Merchant has not fully deconverted in those [***], Processor shall charge Merchant [***] for all Transactions submitted in the next [***], after which time Merchant will be finally terminated from Processors systems.

 

G.

[***].


H.

[***].

 

I.

Release. In consideration of the promises and benefits contained herein, Merchant hereby agrees that it, and each of its predecessors, assigns, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, principals, representatives, affiliates, insurers, attorneys, successors-in-interest, and all others claiming under or through them or on whose behalf they make or may make any claim, hereby release and forever discharge Processor, its shareholders, directors, officers and employees, predecessors, assigns, agents, principals, representatives, affiliates, insurers, members, attorneys and successors-in-interest from any and all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, lawsuits, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, causes of actions, judgments and execution at common law, statutory or otherwise, whether for breach of contract, actual, negligent, fraudulent or intentional acts or omissions of any and all kinds, including without limitation, all claims and causes of action, whether liquidated or unliquidated, that Merchant has or might have, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, that have accrued as of the date of this Amendment.

Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, the terms of the Agreement are hereby ratified and affirmed and shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment shall have no force or effect unless and until countersigned by Processor.

 

FOR VANTIV, LLC and FIFTH THIRD BANK     TOAST, INC,
By:  

[***]

    By:  

[***]

Name:   [***]     Name:   [***]
Title:   [***]     Title:   [***]
Date:   June 29, 2018     Date:   June 28, 2018


ATTACHMENT C - SETTLEMENT

[***]


SCHEDULE C – VALUE-ADDED SERVICES

[***]


AMENDMENT NO 3 TO THE

PAYMENT FACILITATOR MERCHANT AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 3 (the “Amendment”) to the Bank Card Merchant Agreement, signed by Merchant on September 30, 2013, as amended (the “Agreement”), is made among WORLDPAY, LLC f.k.a. VANTIV, LLC (“Processor”), Member Bank and TOAST, INC. (“Merchant”). In the event of a conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall control. A capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Agreement.

 

I.

Merchant acknowledges that Vantiv, LLC has changed its name to Worldpay, LLC. All references in the Agreement to Vantiv, LLC, “Vantiv,” or “Processor” shall hereafter refer to World pay, LLC.

 

II

[***].

Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, the terms of the Agreement are hereby ratified and affirmed and shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment shall have no force or effect unless and until countersigned by Processor.

 

WORLDPAY, LLC   TOAST, INC,  
By:  

[***]

    By:  

[***]

 
Name:  

[***]

    Name:  

[***]

 
Title:  

[***]

    Title:  

[***]

 
Date:   October 20, 2019     Date:   October 17, 2019  


AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO THE

BANK CARD MERCHANT AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 4 (the “Amendment”) to the Bank Card Merchant Agreement, signed by Merchant on September 30, 2013, as amended (the “Agreement”), is made among WORLDPAY, LLC (“Processor”), Member Bank and TOAST, INC. (“Merchant”). In the event of a conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall control. A capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Agreement.

 

I.

Merchant would like to receive certain Onboarding API services from Processor, and Processor shall provide such Onboarding API Services, in accordance with the following;

“Onboarding API Service” means an application programming interface (API) that is designed to enable, after Merchant receives an approved response in accordance with the selected Tier described below, automated creation of a new Merchant Identification Number (“MID”) for a Sub-merchant on Processor’s Core Processing Platform.

Onboarding API Services Tiers: Processor offers API Tier(s) designed to assist in Merchant’s “Know Your Customer” (“KYC”) compliance checks. The Processing Fee for such API Tier shall be reflected in the Price Schedule to the Payment Facilitator Merchant Agreement and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be charge only upon the creation of a new MID in connection with the Onboarding API Service, and not in connection with any modifications or updates to an existing MID.

Tier 1: OFAC and TIN plus MATCH: This package includes all of the following services:

 

   

Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) check of Sub-Merchant’s principals against OFAC’s list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (SDN list)

 

   

Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) verification of Sub-Merchant’s principals via Internal Revenue Service (IRS) records

 

   

MasterCard Alert to Control High-risk Merchants (MATCH) File check of Sub-Merchant company/principal names as required by MasterCard, as described below

Processor will perform MATCH screening on behalf of Merchant for all Sub-Merchants. Merchant acknowledges that each respective Sub-Merchant and its owner(s) must be cleared against MasterCard’s MATCH files before Processor processes any transactions for a Sub-Merchant. If the initial query indicates that the prospective Sub-Merchant or its owner(s) is on the MATCH list, Processor will research and reasonably determine if the applicable Sub-Merchant or owner is a true match.

Processor will make good faith efforts to provide Merchant with at least [***] prior notice of any material change to the Onboarding API Services (or such sooner time as Processor becomes aware of an impending material change), and shall not make any material change that materially diminishes the functionality of the Onboarding API Services.

Merchant acknowledges that the Onboarding API Services require the use or participation of third party software and services (whether provided by or facilitated through Processor or its licensor and suppliers) to which Merchant will not receive any right, title, interest or license, including but not limited to internet service providers and wireless carriers, all of which are not under Processor’s control. As such, the Onboarding API Services are presented “as is” and Processor inclusive of its licensors and suppliers) makes no representation or warranty of any kind or nature relative to the Onboarding API Services including but not limited to: (i) that a particular device will be capable of utilizing the Onboarding API Services; (ii) that the Onboarding API Services will be available at all times or will perform functions related to submissions at all times or at specific times; or (iii) that all or some of the functionality of the Onboarding API Services will be uninterrupted or error-free. Notwithstanding the forgoing, in the event of an unplanned outage of the API Onboarding Services, Processor shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to promptly restore the API Onboarding Services. Subject to Section 22 of the Agreement, and notwithstanding anything in Section 33 thereof to the contrary, with respect to the Onboarding API Services, Processor shall be responsible to Merchant for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Merchant against, any losses incurred by Merchant resulting from any compromise, unauthorized access, disclosure, theft, or unauthorized use of Sub-Merchant data experienced by Processor or any third party performing the Onboarding API Services on its behalf (an “API Data Breach”). Processor shall promptly notify Merchant in the event of an actual or suspected API Data Breach, and shall cooperate with Merchant with respect to any investigation and/or reasonable additional requirements relate to an API Data Breach. Merchant acknowledges an agrees that the Onboarding API Services to be provided by Processor hereunder do not include any customization of the license software.

 

II.

The Merchant Price Schedule to the Bank Card Merchant Agreement shall be amended by adding the following line item to Section I.B. “Other Fees”:

“(xiv) [***]”

Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, the terms of the Agreement are hereby ratified and affirmed and shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment shall have no force or effect unless and until countersigned by Processor.

 

WORLDPAY, LLC   TOAST, INC,
By:  

[***]

    By:  

[***]

Name:  

[***]

    Name:  

[***]

Title:  

[***]

    Title:  

[***]

Date:   February 16, 2021     Date:   February 16, 2021

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES

 

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

Toasttab Ireland Limited    Ireland
Toast Capital LLC    Delaware
Toast Processing Services LLC    Delaware
Toast MSC, Inc.    Massachusetts
Stratex HoldCo, LLC    Delaware
OAE Software, LLC    Illinois
Strategy Execution Partners LLC    Delaware
xtra CHEF, LLC    Delaware
Xtrachef Technologies (India) Private Limited    India

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 30, 2021, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Toast, Inc. dated August 27, 2021.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

August 27, 2021